IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)

1.0

1^ Uk

1^ 12.2

1.1 rrii^

••25 1.4 1 16

-^ 6"

►

■7]

^^S"

>%.

Hiotographic

Sciences

Corporation

23 WES' Ma^N street

WEBSTER, N.Y. 14S80

(716) 873-4S03

CIHM/ICMH
Microfiche

CIHM/ICMH
Collection de
microfiches.

Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut canadien de microreproductions historiques

Technical and Bibliographic Notes/Notes techniques at bibliographiques

Tl
tc

The Institute has attempted to obtain the best
original copy available for filming. Features of this
copy which may be bibliographically unique,
which may alter any of the images in the
reproduction, or which may significantly change
the usual method of filming, are checked below.

Coloured covers/
Couverture de couleur

I I Covers damaged/

Couverture endommag6e

Covers restored and/or laminated/
Couverture restaurie et/ou pellicul6e

Cover title missing/

Le titre de couverture manque

Coloured maps/

Cartes g6ographiques en couleur

Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or black)/
Encre de couleur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire)

Coloured plates and/or illustrations/
Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur

Bound with other material/
Relii avec d'autres documents

Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion
along interior miirgin/

La failure serrde peut causer de I'ombre ou de la
distortion le long de la marge intdrieure

Blank leaves added during restoration may
appear within the text. Whenever possible, these
have been omitted from filming/
II se peut que certaines pages blanches ajoutAes
lors d'une restauration apparaissent dans le texte,
mais. lorsque cela itait possible, ces pages n'ont
pas 6t6 filmies.

L'institut a microfilm^ le meilleur exemplaire
qu'il lui a M possible de se prcuurer. Les d6tails
de cet exemplaire qui sont peut-Atre uniques du
point de vue bibliographique, qui peuvent modifier
une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une
modification dans la m6thode normale de filmage
sont indiqu6s ci-dessous.

I I Coloured pages/

Pages de couleur

Pages damaged/
Pages endommagdes

Pages restored and/o(

Pages restaur^es et/ou pellicul6es

Pages discoloured, stained or foxe(
Pages dicoiories, tachettes ou piquies

Pages detached/
Pages ditachdes

Showthrough>
Transparence

Quality of prir

Quality inigaie de I'impression

Includes supplementary materii
Comprend du materiel suppi^mentaire

I I Pages damaged/

I I Pages restored and/or laminated/

I I Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/

I I Pages detached/

I I Showthrough/

I I Quality of print varies/

I I Includes supplementary material/

I I Only edition available/

Seuie Mition disponible

Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata
slips, tissues, etc., have been refilmed to
ensure the best possible image/
Les pages totalement ou partiellement
obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata, une pelure,
etc., ont 6t(i filmAes A nouveau de faQon it
obtenir la meilleure image possible.

P
o
fi

b
tl

si
o
fi
si
o

T
si

M
IV

b
ri
r(
rr

r~7| Additional comments:/

Commentaires supplimentaires:

Includes updates.

This item is fMmed at the reduction ratio checked below/

Ce document est filmi au taux de reduction indiquA ci-dessous.

10X 14X 18X 22X

K7l

26X

30X

12X

16X

20X

24X

28X

32X

The copy filmed here hat been reproduced thanks
to the generosity of:

Vancouver Public Library

L'exemplaire filmA fut repruduit grAce A la
giftnAro8it(§ de:

Vancouver Public Library

The images appearing here are the best quality
possible considering the condition and legibility
of the original copy and in keeping with the
filming contract specifications.

Les images suivantes ont AtA raproduites svec le
plus grand soin, compte tenu de la condition at
de la netteti de l'exemplaire filmA, et en
conformity avec les conditions du contrat de
filmage.

Original copies in printed paper covers are filmed
beginning with the front cover and ending on
the last page with a printed or illustrated impres-
sion, or the back cover when appropriate. All
other original copies are filmed beginning on the
first page with a printed or illustrated impres-
sion, and ending on the last page with a printed
or illustrated impression.

Les exemplaires originaux dont la couverture en
papier est imprimie sont filmis en commen^ant
par la premier plat et en terminant soit par la
derniAre page qui comporte une empreinte
d'impression ou d'illustration, soit par le second
plat, salon le cas. Tous les eutres exemplaires
originaux sont filmAs en commengant par la
premiere page qui comporte une empreinte
d'impression ou d'illustration et en terminant par
la dernidre page qui comporte une telle
empreinte.

The last recorded frame on each microfiche
shall contain the symbol —^ (meaning "CON-
TINUED"), or the symbol V (meaning "END"),
whichever applies.

Un des symboles suivants apparaitra sur la
dernidre image de cheque microfiche, selon le
cas: le symbole -^ signifie "A SUIVRE ", ie
symbole V signifie "FIN".

Maps, plates, charts, etc., may be filmed at
different reduction ratios. Those too large to be
entirely included in one exposure are filmed
beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to
right and top to bottom, as many fram&s as
required. The following diagrams illustrate the
method:

Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc., peuvent dtre
filmis d des taux de reduction diff^rents.
Lorsque le document est trop grand pour dtre
reproduit en un seul cliche, il est film^ A partir
de Tangle sup^rieur gauche, de gauche & droite,
et de haut en bas, en prenant le nombre
d'images n^cessaire. Les diagrammes suivants
illustrant la m^thode.

i.t

No. U6.

THE COAST

BKITISH COLUMBIA

INCLUDI.NG

THE JUAN DE FUCA STRAIT. PUOET aOUND, VANCOUVER
AND QUEEN CHARLOTTE ISLANDS.

COMPILED BY

R. C. RAY, U. S. Navy,

Untlcr flie direction of
RICHARDSON CLOVEK, Hydhoorapiier.

Price ^1.50

WASHINGTON :

GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE.

18 1.

Preface ..

Note

Index Cbii

General R

Strait of i
HesHion !

Haro Stra
]i:irtiire

Mi.l.i.le Cli

Rosario St

The Strat
Bute Id]

From the

West Cons

Inner Cbi
Sound .

Milbank S

■-!':

CONTENTS.

Preface v

Note VI

Index Chart vil

INTRODUCTORY CHAPTER.

General Remarks— Climate, Meteorology— Products— Passages 1

CHAPTER I.

Strait of Juan de Fuca, Admiralty Inlet, Piiget Sound, Hood's Canal, and Pos-
Hi'ssion Sound 9

CHAPTER II

Ilaro Strait and the Western Channels and Islands to Nanaimo Harbor and De- 75
jijirture Bay

CHAPTER III.
Middle Channel, Lopez Sound, Orcns, West and East Sounds 115

CHAPTER IV.

Rosario Strait and shores of Qeorgia Strait 131

CHAPTER V.

The Strait of Oeorgia, Nanaimo Harbor and Biirrard Inlet to Cape Mudge and
Bute Inlet 158

CHAPTER VI.

From the Strait of Georgia to Cape Scott and the Scott Islands 189

CHAPTER VII.

i West Coas • Vancouver 'sland, from the Strait of Juan de Fuca to Cape Scott. 248

CHAPTER VIII.

Inner Channels of British Columbia, Queen Charlotte Sound to Milbank
Sound 309

CHAPTER IX.

Milbank Sonnd to Chatham Sonnd, Inner and Outer Channels 331

III

IV C0XTFXT8.

CIIArTKH X.

P«(fe.
OuUr Coast, Caj-eCalvprt to OjjilciiCli;inin-l 3ua

CHAriKK XI.
CbatbnmSouDil, Edyo oud Drown rHfiai;i'«, ami Dixuii EDtrauco 367

CHAI'TEK XII.
Quecii C'bai lotto Islauda S9>i

CIIAI'TKK XIII.

Portlaud nud Observator.v Iiik-ts, ami rmtlaml Caual 414

AUKENDA.

List of Lights 425

Coaliug and Uockiug Fatilitic! 431

PREFACE.

This edition coutaiiis sailiiiK (iTectious tor tie Strait of Juan de
FucH, Admiralty Inlet, Puget Sound, and Hood's Canal; Haro and
Itosario Straits and the Western Clianuels; Strait of Georgia and the
inner waters of British Colund)ia ; the coast of Vancouver and Queeu
Charlotte Island, together with Portland Inlet and Canal and Observ-
atory Inlet.

In the compilation of this volume the following authorities have been
consulted:

Pacific Coast Pilot of California, Oregon, and Washington, U. S.
Coast and Geodetic Survey.

Pacific Coast Pilot, Alaska, Part I, U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey.

British Columbia Pilot, British Admiralty.

Archives, U. S. Ilydrographic Office.

Office of Naval Intelligence, Navy Department.

Consular Report.s, State Department.

Dock Book, British Admiralty.

Port Charges of the World, Uunter.

Ilydrographic Otlice Charts.

Coast and Geodetic Survey Charts.

British Admiralty Charts.

The information has been junncitially taken from the Pacific Coast
Pilot of California, Oregon, and Washington, Coast Survey, and the
British Columbia Pilot, Admiralty, togeth«'r with such information as
has been from time to time furnished by officers of United States
vessels.

KiOHAEDsoN Clover,

Hydrofjrapher.

U. S. Hydrooraphic Office,

Washington, D. C, 1891.

NOTE

The bearings, courses, ami trend of the land are true. Tho direction
of tho winds, the point from which they blow ; of currents, the point
toward which they set. Distances are expressed in nautical miles ;
souudiuf,'s, unless otherwise stated, are reduced to mean low water.

134°

133°

132°

€

131°

^ V^"?C

( S-

\^.

n j.%-

'2.^!iS\^a ^.f'R.^ia

b-i«'r.

131»

INTRODUCTORY CHAPTER.

GENERAL UEMARKS.— CLIMATE, METEOROLOGY.— PRODUCTS.

SAGES.

-PAS-

British Columbia includes Vancouver Island, also the numerous
islands and adjacent mainland of North America lying between Point
Koberts, in the Strait of Georgia, and Portland Canal. The average
breadth of British Columbia is about 250 miles, and the length of its
coast line about 450 miles; the area, iucluding Vancouver Island aud
Queen Charlotte Islands, is roughly estimated at 400,000 square miles.

Products. — British Columbia contains extensive tracts of arable land
and a large auriferous district. Gobi was first discovered on Thomo-
son River in 1858. Coal is found on the mainland and on Vancouver
Island; the mines at Nanaimo and Departure Bay, which yield bitu-
minous coal, being the principal places on the island. xVnthracite coal
is also found, especially in Queen Charlotte Islands. During 1870
about ;50,000 tons were exported; in 1884 the value of coal exported
nmonntcd to 82,000,000 and in lH8(i to $Q73,000.

Wiieat, barley, oats, i)otatoes, paas, vegetables, aud fruits tiourish in
British Columbia. The fishenes are very rich, but are not yet devel-
oju'd ; whaling is, however, being carried on to a small extent, and the
doglish catch is steadily progressing. Salmon is abundant, the export
of whicli, chiefly in tins, constitutes one of the principal sources of wealth
ill the country; it is also an important part of the food of the Indians,
lloulican, somewhat resembling the sardine, cod, herring, halibut (of
enormous size), sardines, anchovy, haddock, aiul oysters are also found.

Among the numerous fur-bearing animals the principal are the sea
otter, marten, silver fox, black fox, ana red fox.

The forests are of great extent, producing valuable timber, of which
the Oregon pine, white pine, maple, Scotch fir, and cedar are the prin-
cipal ; the former, yielding spars 100 to 150 feet in length, and from 20
inclies to 2 feet in diametei', is that principally exported in large car-
goes. Besides the above, the j'cllow cypress, poplar, arbor vitae, yew,
oak, arbutus, alder, dogwood, cherry, crab apple, willow, ami cotton-
wood are found. Cattle, horses, sheep, and farm auinuils thrive gen-
erally in all parts

The manufactures of British Columbia consist of sawmills aud tlour
mills, breweries, anvl distilleries; they are rapidly increj.t»ing.

Population.— The population of British Columbia is to some extent
migratory ; in 1871 it amounted to 10,58(;, exclusive of Indians, aud was
14205— No. 06 1 1

GENERAL REMARKS.

classed as follows : 8,576 wbites, 462 negroes, and 1,548 Chinese ; but id
1885 tlie population of Victoria alone reached to nearly 12,000, and con-
tinues to increase with rapiditj". The Indian population is ^stiniated at
about 30,000 or 40,000, 17,000 being on Vancouver Island, but they ap-
pear to be gradually diminishing in numbers, consequent on tribal wars,
feuds, and the ravages of smallpox and measles, both of which disease*
are deadly amongst the natives.

The Indians along the coast have great skill in the building and
management of canoes; they are a polygamous race, and subsist chietiy
by hunting and tishing; those of southern Columbia are dark, and
wear their hair long, while those of the more northern districts are of a
clearer tint. The coast Indians live in substantial one-story divelling*
of ax-hewn timber, divided into several compartments, of which one is
occupied by each family. In ti<e interior the houses, or wigwams, are
made of skins, old tent cloths, and mats; in severe weather they take
shelter in underground houses ('-ircular pits) from 20 to 40 feet in diame-
ter and 8 or 10 feet deep, covered over with a substantial earthed roof,,
with a .'Vfoot circular aperture in the center, forming the only outlet
for the inhabitants and smoke.

Railways. — The Canadian Pacific Railway is 3,054 statute n)iles iu
length between Quebec and Vancouver town, in Burrard Inlet, the
western terminus. Tiie railway is in course of construccion from Van-
couver town to English Bay, and a brauch line has been made frora
Port Moody to New Westminster. ,

A radway has also been constructed on Vancouver Island, between
Victoria, Eon'-; malt, and Nanaimo, and there is now daily communica-
tion between these places.

Telegraphs. — Esquimau is iu telegraphic communication with Eng-
land thiough Canada, by way of Nanaimo and Burrard Inlet. Also
through the United States, by way of Ser.ttle.

Climate. — The climate of British Columbia varies considerably ac-
cording to the locality; iu the southern parts and on Vancouver Lslaud
it is temperate during summer, the thermometer seldom, if ever, rising
on the hottest day above 80°, or falling below 20° in winter. In the
central part of the jirovince, however, the drought, heat, and cold are
greater, the heat sometimes being very intense. It is, however, rennirk-
ably healthy both in summer and winter, there being no malaria or
ague either during the hottest weather or in the dampest localities.
Generally speaking, the summers are dry at Vancouver Island, but
with occasional showers; the winters bring a good deal of rain, and
snow falls more less ei.ch year.

In the northti.i i)art of the province, along the coast, the atmosphere
18 excessively humid, and rains fall heavily.

The climate of the mainland coast opposite Vancouver Island differs
somewhat from that of the SE. portion of the i.slaud. In summer the
temperature averages slightly higher, and in winter somewhat lower,

lese ; but id
DO, and cou-
istimated at
mt they ap-
tribal wars,
ich diseases-

nildiiis' and
b.sist chiedy
e dark, and
icts are of a
•y dwellings-
vhich one is
igwains, are
iT they take
>et in dianie-
arthed roof,,
oidy outlet

nte miles ir>

(1 Inlet, the

n from Van-

uiade from

nd, between
communica-

n with Eng-
Iniet. Also

iiderabiy ac-^
juver Island
' ever, rising
Iter. In the
and cold are
iver, reniark-
f) malaria or
'st localities.
Island, but
of rain, and

i atmosphere

[sland differs

summer the

?what lower,

CLIMATE — THERMOMETER — BAROMETER.

while the rainfall is greater immediately along the coast. The lower
Fraser Valley (New Westminster district) does not receive in summer
the cold breezes from the 01ymi)ian Mountains which blow across Vic-
toria, nor does it receive in winter so much of the genial warmth of
warm ocean air. As a general thing ice forms on the river for a short
time, and snow begins to fall in January, and continues to do so inter-
mittently until March, the groir.^d not being contiuously covered \v;itli
it. ObservariOns for seven consecutive years — 1874 to 1880 — at New
Westminster give the highest maximum tenijierature, 92^ in 'July, and
tiic lowest 7° in January, the mean annual rainfall being .')9.0<i inches.

Taken as a whole, the climate, differing widely as it does in places,
is salubrious and invigorating. No miasmatic infection from ague-
lireeding marshes taints the atmosphere, whatever locality may be se-
Iffted for a residence, whether one of moist air and equable tempera-
ture along the coast, or the drier and more varying one of the inteiior;
tlie climate will be fon:id henlthy, invig(n"ating, and calculated to in-
spire activity, comparing more than favorably with the same latitude
on the Atlantic slope.

Thermometer. — At Esquimalt the highest summer temperature
averages 72° (in August), June, July and August being the warmest
months of the year. The lowest temperature averages 'i.'Mo, the coldest
montlis being December, January ami February. The greatest daily
lange occurs in March and the smallest in October.

The temj)erature on Vancouver Island during summer is lower than
i.n the mainland, owing to the prevailing SE. winds blowing from the
snow-capped mountains on the American side and across the sound.
The waters of the sound are peculiarly cold at this season.

Barometer. — The barometric variations are neither great nor fre-
iiueiit, f lie range for the year averaging about 1.5 inches.

Port Simpson. — The climate at Port Simpson is uncertain, no two
seasons being precisely the same or appearing to follow any general
law.

During one summer fine weather may be experienced for six weeks
at a time, and on such occasions a .serene atmosi)here, with magnifi-
cent sunsets, will be experienced. Tiie following summer may i)rove
eiie (»f almost constant rain, with ;; ."••.<'r'<»s,sion of gales from the south-
eastward. Along the shores of Chathaui Sound the rainfall is not so
trreat as within the inlets. The temperature during July and August,
ISOit, varied from .')7° to ()4o ; during June, July and August, 18(i8, it
\aiied from 48° to 7.}^. The mean temperature of the sea was 4°
li>wt'r than the mean temi)erature of the atmospliere at Port Simpson
iliiring these periods, but at Metlah catlaii and Xass IJays it was 8°
lower than the atmosphere, ))robably due to the intiiience of the cold
water from the rivers wliich tlnw into tiiose bays.

Birds. — During the month of May humuiing birds in great numbers
arrive, and remain until the end of August.

GENERAL REMARKS.

At tl»e bej^iimiiij? of October, large docks ot wild geese and ducks
are seen flying southward; and the winter season is then assumed to
have coinnienced.

Temperature. — From observations taken in 18(58, during the four
months mentioned, the maximum and minimum registrations of tem-
perature were as follows : June, 05^, oO^; July 74^, •tSO; August, 70o,
54° ; September, (i4o, 44°.

Portland CanaL — The sun's rays in August, between !l a.m. and 3
J), m., were very jiowerful, and, reflected from the snow, caused occa-
sionally intense heat. When the sun was obscured by the mountains,
the atmosphere at once conveyed a sensation of chilliness. During
that month, just before sunrise, the thermometer Vegistered 32^, water
left in basins within the tent being frozen during the night. The
vapor developed by the heat of the sun during the early portion of
the day, becoming condensed on the mountainous shores of the iulet,
usually fell as a drizzling rain from 3 p. m. to about midnight.

Temperature of the surlace water, within L*() miles of the head of the
canal, was 33°. At that distance from the mouth of the Bear Itiver
the water on the surface was fresh.

Queen Charlotte Islands.— The climate of Queen Charlotte Islands
and the ott-lying islands of the coast of British Columbia is influenced
by the warm body of water which washes their shores, and the winter
is less severe and the climate is milder on the islands than within the
inlets. The vajtor ai ising from this body of warm water is con<len8ed
upon the high mountains which form the shores of the mainland, and
falls in the drizzling riiin so prevalent in these waters.

Ice. — The Frazer Ui\er is, as a rule, frozen over at New; Westmin-
ster from January to early in March, during whicih time sleighs run to
Langley. The lakes in the vicinity ar.? frozen over, and ice forms at
the head of the several inlets where the water is comparatively fresh,
but on the coast it does not form sntticiently thick to impede naviga-
tion.

Within the inlets on the coast, north of Vancouver Island, ice is
fornie<l during the winter of from 8 to 12 inches in thickness, and occa.
sionally extends as far as 25 miles from the heads of the inlets.

The Skeena and Nass Rivers are frozen over during the winter, the
former as far as miles below port Essington, and the latter, in severe
weather, down to its month.

Rainfall — The average rainfall ai)pears to be About 55 inches ; heavy
rains generally occur in December and January.

Mav .

.Iniie

! and ducks
assumed to

ing tlie four
ions of U'ltt-
Aujiust, 70°,

i> a. 111. and 3
caused occa-
e iiiomitains,
ess. During
ed 32°, water
night. The
p!.v i)ortion of
< of tlie iulet,
ight.

le head of the
' Bear liiver

rlotte Islands
is iutluenced

id the winter

an within the
is condensed

iiainland, and

lew Westmin-
sleighs run to
[ ice forms at
i-ativeiy fresh,
upede naviga-

Island, ice it*
less, and oi!ca.
inlets.

he winter, the
itter, in severe

inches ; heavy

METEOROLOGICAL FEATURES — SMOKE. 5

The following table shows the principal meteorological features at
Esquimau, Vancouver Island, during the years 1870 and 1871 :

Barome.
ter (mean
beiKht).

Thermometer.

Tempera

ture

of sea.

Prevallinc wind.

Month.

Maxi-
mum.

Mini-
mum.

Kemarkg.

Jnimary

30.021

51.5

23.5

43.4

North and northea»terly.

FHoniary —

29. 070

SO.O

29.5

Easterly .

■

March

29. 921

45.4

Southeasterly and westerly .

Rainy month.

April

30.037

61.5

43.5

48.2

Southeasterly and south-
westerly.

Mav

30. 009

69.5

46 5

51.7

Southeasterly and southerly.
.Southeasterly and south-

Jmie

29.989

5-'. 6

53.2

westerly.

Inly

30.043-

68.5

M. 5

.57.4

Southeasterly to westerly.

Aiitxnflt

30. 039

58.9

Southeasterly to westerly.

S(|iteinl)er...

30. 018

55.4

Southwesterly, variable

Fogs during latter
part of month.

Octolii-r

30. 037

60.5

45.5

49.1

Variable

Foga and trequeut
rains.

November...

30. 059

40.6

46 7

Easterly, northeasterly to
southeasterly.

Ii'cember ...

30.066

28.5

45.1

Easterly.

Fogs.— Juan de Fuca Strait— Although fogs in this region are
not of such frequent occurrence as on the neighboring coast of Cali-
turnia (where they prevail almost uninterruptedly during summer and
a.s late as the middle of October), yet from July to November they
occur in Juan de Fuca Strait, and are sometimes very dense over the
entrance for several days together. They are generally accompanied
by calms or verv light winds from NW., which renders them the more
dangerous to sailing vessels closing tlie land.

Coast North of Vancouver Island. — Fogs are jirevalent especially
during the summer months. The NW. winds which prevail during
that season condense the vapor wliich arises from the comparatively
warm water surrounding Queen Charlotte Islands an& the coast of
Alaska. During the prevalence of NW. winds this vapor is dispersed,
bur during calms or with light winds, and especially with southwesterly
winds succeeding NW. winds, it a])proaches quickly from seaward in
the form of dense fog or drizzling mist and rain.

At times fog will be found at the entrances to the sounds during the
toreuoon, dispersing near noon by the heat of the sun, the afternoons,
becoming clear and flue.

Smokes from forest tires cause much inconvenience during the dry
season, and are a great iiapediment to navigation. In some seasons.
they have extendetl from the Gulf of Georgia to Portland Inlet.

Vancouver Island to San Francisco (sailing). — Keep between 50
and 100 miles ott' shore to obtain the benefit of the cuirent and to avoid
the fogs. Take advantage of either tack upon whicli the most latitude
•can be made. In summer make the laud to the northward of tlie port;
in winter to the southward. Use every opportuuitj- to observe for iat
itude and hingitude, as fogs prevail near the land. xVUow generally
for a soutiierly set of .\ mile per hour until within 50 miU's of tiie coast;
after which it is not ap|)reciable. With the above precaution vessels
iiuay shape a course for the south Farallou.

From November to April vessels are liable to iuive head winds from
SW. as far south as the parallel of Cape Mendocino. These winds,
ihowever are variable, and blow frequently from, the NW. To the
southward of 10° N., the NW. winds will become more freijuent.

Fnmi April to November, the good season, NW. winds pievail, and
there is no difficulty in making the passage.

The wind often blows from SW. in the morning, and NW. in the
afternoon.

San Francisco to Vancouver. — From November to April, the bad
reason, the passage should commence by putting well out to sea, the
wind generally being from the NW. When far enough from the land to
have nothing to fear from SW. or NW. stpmlls, make as much to the
north as possible. North of the parallel of Cape Mendocino SW. winds
prevail at this sea.son, and enable vessels to finish the passage without
•difficulty.

From April to November the wind almost invariably blows from tue
northward, between NVV\ and NE., but generally from the NW. Both
SE. and SW. winds have been met \n this localitj'. After leaving San
Franci.sco run about 100 or 1.50 miles to sea and then make to the north-
ward, i)roliting by every shift in the wind, and always standing on the
most lavorable tack.

Uniform System of Buoyage. — Throughout the ports of British
■Columbia all buoys on the starboard side of the channel, entering from
seaward, are painted red, and, if numbered, marked with eccn nttinhers,
4ind must be left on tlie starl)oard hand when passing in.

All buoys on the port side, entering from seaward, are i)ainted black,
■with odd numhern, if any, and mu.st be left on the port hanii when
passing in.

Buoys ))aiuted with red and Mack horizontal bands will be found on
obstructions or middle grounds, and may be left on either liainl.

Buoys painted with lohite and black vertical stripes will be found in
inid-channel, and must bo passed close to, to avoid danger.

All other distinguishing marks to buoys are in addition to the fore-
going, and indicate particular spots; a detailed description of which is
giveu when the mark is first established.

> betwetM) ">0
iiml to avoid
uost latitude
. of tile port ;
^erve for lat
)\v generally
of the coast ;
iitioii vessels

1 winds from

riu'se winds,

W. To the

luent.

i prevail, and

I >'W. in the

pril, the bad
It to sea, tlie
in the land to
much to the

8VV. winds
isajjo without

)ws Ironi the
• N\V. Both
V leaviuft' San

1 to the uorth-
mding on the

ts of British
Miteriny' from
ecen nuiuhers,

)ainted bhuk,
t hand when

be found on
1- hand.
1 be found in
r.

lu to tlie fore-
Mi of which is

BUOYAGE. 7

Perches with balls, cages, etc, will, when placed on buoys, be at turn-
ing points, the color and number indicating on which side they are to
be passed.

Spar buoys will in some cases be surmounted by a ball, which will
invariably be painted red, and will indicate that it is a starboard buoy,
and must be left on the starboard or right hand when entering a chan-
nel or harbor.

The rule for coloring buoys is equally applicable to beacons, spindles,
and other day marks, so far as it may be practicable to carry it out.

STEAl

ciflc li
wbicb
bearin
the 8t
It gra«
and Si
miles ;
miles,
Kosari
the Gi
at the
and is
forms
Whidl
water
in its I
is clos(
mi rait;
Haro,
ing be
an ave
not le.«
Head <
with a
may b
rock, V
Bay 01
On I
places,
out war
ern sid
Hay, V
harbor

CHAPTER I .

STRAIT OF ,rUAN DE FUOA, ADMIRALTY INLET, PUGET
hood's canal, AND POSSESSION SOUND.

SOUND.

Strait of Juan de Fuca. — The entmiice to tliis strait fiuin tiic Pa-
cific lies between Cajjc Flattery and Cape Bonilla, on Vancouver Island,
wbicli forms the northern shore. Its width is about lli miles, and the
bearing from Tatoosh Island to Cape Bonilla N. 5° E. From this line
the strait runs ESE. for 40 miles, with a uniform width of II miles.
It gradually contracts to 8 miles, between Beechey Head on the north
and Striped Peak on the south ; changes its direction to E. i S. for 15
miles; then expands to the northward, attaining a width of 18 to 20
miles, and divides into two ship channels, the Canal de Haro and
Rosario Strait, leading through the Archipelago de Haro northward ta
the (rulf of Georgia. It is terminated on the east by Whidbey Island ;
at the southeast it passes into Admiralty Inlet and Puget Scnuid,
and is bounded on the south by the mainhmd of Washington, which
forms the entire southern shore of the strait. From the ocjan to
Whidbey Island the mid-channel distance is 8."5 miles. The depth of
water throughout the strait is remarkably great, no bottom being found
in its deepest parts with ir>0 fathoms of line, and the 10 fathom line
is close under the shores. It is the main artery for the waters of Ad-
miralty Inlet, Puget Souud, Possession Sound, Hood's Canal, Canal de
Haro, Rosario Strait, Bellingham Bay. and the Gulf of Georgia, extend-
ing between Vancouver Island and British Columbia for 120 miles, with
an average width of 20. The currents run with an average velocity of
not less thin .? miles per hour, and off the Race Island and Beechey
Head over miles an hour. Its shores are bold, abrupt, and covered
with a heavy growth of varied timber and dense underbrush. They
iiiay be approached safely within ^ mile; there ia only one breaking
rock, which lies nearly that distance off the western point of Orescent
Hay on the southern shore.

On both sides of the strait there are several anchorages or stopping
places, which may be taken advantage of by vessels, either inward or
outward bound, when meeting with adverse winds ; those on the south-
ern side are Ne<5ah and Clallam Bays, Port Angeles, New Dungeness
Hay, Washington Harbor, and Port Discovery, before reaching the
liarbors of Admiralty Inlet and Puget Sound ; on the northern side are

STRAIT OF JUAN UE TUCA.

Port San Juan, Sooke Inlet, and Hecilier Bay, before rounding the Race
Islands, after wliicli excellent anchorage may be always obtained with
westerly winds.

On the northern or Vancouver Island shore of the strait tiie liills rise
gradually and are densely wooded, but near the coast attain to no
great elevation ; oti the southern side the almost |»eri>etually snow-dad
mountains known as the Olympian range rise more abruptly and vary.

At the eastern limit of the strait the western face of Whidbey Island
lis very steep; it is about 250 feet higii. and appears Hat, as does the
whole country eastward to the sharp cut outline of the (.^^ascade range,
stretching its serrated ridge northward, where the snow peak of Mount
Baker is distinctly seen, and to the southward, where the higher peak
■of Mount liainier attracts the eye.

During dry summers the forest (ires envelop the country in a vast
«moke that lasts for two or three months. At such times it is fre-
•(piently impossible to make out the shore at i mile distance. The strong
westerly winds coming up the strait disperse it for a while, but oidy to
fan the tires, and give them renewed force and activity.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, at Cape Flattery, at noon;
the ebl) stream commences to run strong at lih. p. ui. and continues for
about (i hours.

In the outer part of Juan de Fuca Strait there is no very great
strength of tide ; it varies from one to 4 knots near Cape Flattery ; Imt
when a[)proaching the more contracted part iu the neighborhood of the
Kace Islands, eddies, races, and irregularities occur.

The result of observations continued throughout an entire year at Es-
■quitiialt, and partially on other parts of the coast during three seasons,
appears to warrant the following conclusions, viz :

The Hood tide sets to the northward along the outer coast of the con-
tinent and Vancouver Island. It enters the Strait of Fuca at Cape Flat-
tery, running with considerable velocity, sometimes 3 or 4 knots, over
Duncan and Duntze Kocks; it then turns sharply into the strait, pass-
ing through the various channels of the Haro Archipelago into the
Strait of Georgia, and within about from 5 to 20 miles of Cape Mudge,
where it is met by a Hood from the northward, which, sweeping the
western coast of Vancouver Island, enters Goletas Channel and Queen
Charlotte Sound at its northern extreme, in latitude 51°, thence south-
erly down the narrow waters of Johnstone Strait and Discovery Pas-
sage, meeting the tide which enters bj Fuca Strait, and reaches about
midway between the northern and southern extremes of Vancouver
Island, or close to the spot where the broad expanse of the Strait of
Georgia merges into the narrow channels (adjoining it.

On the western side of the island the tides were found to be regular —
flood and ebb of six hours' duration, the times of high water on the
full ami change at Nootka Sound, and at the entrance of Goletas Chan-
uel varying very little, and occurring near noon, the greatest range 13

TIDKS — Cl'liRENTS.

ig the Race
allied with

le hills rise
tain to no
• snow-clail
y and vary.
Ibey Isliind
IS does the
uade range,
ik of Mount
liigliei' peaiv

•y in a vast

,es it is ti-e-

The strong

but only to

ry, at noon ;
outinnes tor

» very great
lattery ; luit
rhood of the

5 year at Es-
ree seasons,

t of the cou-
t, Cape Flat-
knots, over
strait, pass-
go into the
'ape Madge,
weeping the
1 and Queen
hence sonth-
icovery Pas-
aches about
Vancouver
;he Strait of

be regular —
vater on the
oletas Ohau-
est range 13

feet; nor is any nuirked irregularity <»bservable in Johnstone Strait,
and l)is(5overy Passage, except tiie not unusual circumstance tiuit the
ebb stream continues to run to the northward for two iiours after it ia
low water by the shore, tiio water rising at the same time; the ebb
stream being of seven hours' duration, tlie flood about live hours.

The great and perplexing tidal irregularities may thtnefbre be said
to he embraced i)etween the Strait of Fuca, near the Race Islands, and
Cape Mudge, adistan(!e of 150 miles; and a careful investigation of tiie
oltscrvations made at Esciuinuilt, and among the islands of the ILno
Archipelago, shows tiiat during tiie summer montlis, May, June, and
•Inly, there occurs but one higii and one low water during the twenty-
four Iiours, liigli water at the full and change of the moon happening
about, iiiidnigiit, and varying Init slightly from tiiat hour during any
day oftlie tiiree months; the siniiigs range from S to 10 feet, tiie neaps
from 4 to u fe"t. Tlie tides are almost stationary for two iiours on
either side of nigh or low water, unless all'ected by strong svinds out-
side.

During August, September, and October, there are two iiigii and
low waters in the twenty-four hours; a superior and an inferior tide,
tlie high water of tiie superior varying between Ih. and ;Jli. a. m., the
range during the.se months from ;j to 5 feet, the night tide the highest-

During winter almost a reversal of these rules appears to take place 5
thus, in November, December, and .lannary, tlie twelve hcnr tides again
(tcciir, hut the time of high water is at or aliout noon instead of mid-
iiighi.

In February, March, and April, there are two tides, the superior high
water occurring from 111. to .'5h. p. m. Thus it may be said that in
snmiin'r months the tides are low during the day, the highest tides
occurring in the night, and in winter the tides are low during the night,
the highest tide occurring in the day.

The (U)b stream has alsvays bei-ii found to run southward through the
Ilaro Archipelago, and out of Fu(;a Strait for two and one-half hours
after it is low water by the shm-e, the water rising during that time ;
tlie ebb is stronger than the Hood, and generally two hours' longer
(liinition.

The tides during those months when two high and two low waters
occur ill the twenty-four hours, are far more irregular than when there
isonly one twelve-hour tide, and another anomaly exists, viz., the greatest
range not infrequently occurs at the first and last quarters, i.istead of
at the full and change of the moon.

Currents. — A southerly current has been found to prevail on the
western coast of Vancouver Island more or less throughout the year,
|iarticularly from August to November. This current joining the ebb
Mde out of Fuca Strait has been known to set vessels between 4 and
•"> milesan hour to the southward, and during fogs there is great risk
I'!' being drifted on to Cape Flattery, or some of its ofl lying dangers ;

STRAIT OF JUAN DK F(T(A.

extreme (iautioii hIiouM therefore be observed in enteriiiR tlie strait
at siicli tiineH, especially near the full and (jliaiipe of the moon, when
the tides are at their Htroiijjt'- it. A northerly set has been experienced
with winds from the southward and eastward.

Winds. — Within the strait of .Inan de Fiica, in the winter season,
the winds usually assume its direction either up or down. Durinp
summer, the prevailing winds from NW. or SW. take a westerly direc-
tion within the strait; while the SK. fjales of winter blow directly out
and create a heavy croiis sea off the entrance to the strait.

Although a westerly wind may be blowinj^ within the strait, it fre-
quently during the change of the seasons blows heavily outside at the
same time from SSW., or sometimes snddeidy changes to that direction,
from a light easterly wind on opening the entrance, which makes that
l)art of the coast of Vancouver Island between Port San Juan and
Bonilla Point a dangerous lee shore to a ship without steam power.

Tlie coast winds in summer prevail from UVV. and NW., the former
during the early months, and the latter blow fresh and with great regu-
larity during June, July, and August. In September and the early
l)art of October the winds are very uncertain and there is generally a
great deal of calm, gloomy weather.

The barometer usually stands above 30 inches during summer; should
it fall to 2y.!)0, a southeasterly winil with thi(!k rainy weather may be
expected, but of short duration, clearing up with a westerly wind as
soon as the barometer rises.

The wint< r winds are SE. or SW., more frequently the former; they
set in towards the end of October, an«l continue until the middle of
April. SE. gales are generally preceded by a short interval of calm,
clondy weather ; they spring up graduall', -Vom E. or ESE., veering to
the southward, accomi)anied by rain 'uid tl<icl. weather, the barometer
falling rai)idly ; when the barometer becomes stationary the wind shifts
suddenly to 8W. and blows heavily wuh i'.lear weather, but frequent
8(|ualls of rain ; the barMueter begins to rise immediately the wind
veers to 8VV,, from which (piarter it generally blows from twelve to
twenty hours.

The violence and duration of these SE. gales is always i)roi)ortioned
to the fall of the mercury ; with the barometer at 29.50 a strong gale
may be looked for from this quarter; it seldom falls below 29.20, when
very bad weather is certain to follow.

A SE. gale sometimes springs up, though very seldom, with the ba-
rometer above 30 inches. On such occasions the wind has always been
preceded by calm, cloudy weather and rain, with a high but falling
barometer ; such gales are not violent and of short duration.

SE. gales are always accompanied by thick dirty weather, and rain ;
they seldom continue from that quarter for more than twelve or eighteen
hours, uidess the barometer falls very low, and almost always shift to
SW.

WINDS — K008 — I'lLOT LAWS.

{ tho strait
noon, when
ixperieiiceil

ittT season,
n. Dnrinp
iterly direo-
ilirectly out

trait, it fre-
tside at the
at (lirection,

makes that
1 Juan and
in power.
, the former
1 ureal regu-
d the early

fjenerally a

imer; should
her may be
Brly wind as

former; they
le middle of
val of calm,
., veering to
le barometer
e wind shifts
but frequent
ily the wind
in twelve to

proportioned

I strong gale

29.20, when

with the ba-

I always been

1 but falling

jn.

er, and rain ;

e or eighteen

wavs shift to

When the SVV. gale of winter is not preceded by the southeastern,
the barometer seldom falls; it eitlier remains stationary, wiien tiie gale
may be expected tocontinue l()nger,or risi's shtwly, wiien it will gradu-
ally subside and tine weather tbllow. SVV. gales are ac(!oinpanii'd by
heavy banks of clouds, and passing showers of rain, sometimes simw.

Tiie barometer has been known to tall during winter as low as :.'!». 4"i
and has been followed by no gale or bad weather, but on such occasions
there has been a heavy fall of snow on the hills, and a sudden tall of
15 de'Mees in the temperature.

A tine northerly or NF. wind frecpiently occurs at intervals during
the months of December, January, and Kebruary ; it is always accom-
panied l)y a high biivoineter, al)ove .'SO, and at such times a continuance
for several days together of clear, cold, Vosty weather may l>e l()(»ke<l
for; the barometer on these t)ccasions will sometimes rise as high as
30.70, and the tine weather will then probalily last a fortnight or more.

Fogs. —Kogs occur occasionally in Juan de l''iu!a 8trai(, from ,)iily to
November, and are sometimes very dense, over the entrance, tor several
days together. They are generally accompanied by calms or very light
winds from N W., which renders them more «laiigeious to sailing vessels
closing the land.

I'lLOr LAWS.

(Approved Fcbiuiiiy ;;, 18(iB; toiik vDisvl April 1. 18H8.)

Sva:. 11. Tliiil every pilot oa buariliug a vussbI sliiill, iit the re(|iieHt of the iiiastci,
o\liil>it Ills licciiHf, anil oti refiual to tlo no .sliall '><■ liiililc to pay a penalty of fifty
ilollarN.

Skc. l(i. Tliat it Hliall lu' tlui duty of t'viiiy pilot in diarij;!' of a, veN^tel airiviuj; at
any of the ports of Piiijet Sound or its branches to have the vessel safely niuoreil or
iineliored in snch a position as tlie master of tho vessel may direct, when his respnusi-
liility shall cease.

Skc. is. That no person except those licensed liy tho eoininissioiuirs shall pilot ves-
-rls in and ont of the hays or harbors of I'nj^et .Sound or .luan de I'uca Strait or to or
li'oin the I'aeilic Ocean throuj^h said strait for hire, under penalty of three hundred
(liillars Hue for each and every ort'ense. This penalty is not incurred where the nucstcr
<if a vessel acts as his own pilot ; provided, that the master or owner of any vessel
^llall not be eoiupolled to take a pilot under the provisions of this act.

Skc. 'J(1. That pilots taken to sea against their wills, when a boat is iu atteudauee
iiady to receive them, shall be entitled to receive live dollars per day while absent,
u hieli sum shall be paid by tho master or owner of the vessel by which the pilot was
taken away.

Skc. '■il. That if any pilot oilers himself to any vess(5l requiring his services as pilot,
(iMtsideof a liiu( drawn from the west end of Waaddah Island to Observatory I'oiut ou
the east side of Port San Juan, Oritish Columbia, if inward bouud, he shall have the
prefereiice, if a pilot's services are required by the vessel where bounil to sea, op a
|idot from the same pilot-boat.

Sec. 2;!. That the hull and appurtenances of all vessels shall be held liable for
inlot's dues.

Sku. 24. That the pihits shall at all times keep a boat, iu good condition, cruising
on the Strait of Fuca or at yea. The number of pilots to bo on ary one boat to be
dotermiued by the cumniissiouers.

STRAIT OF JUAN DE FUCA.

Se(. . 'Jii. The bnanl of pilot coinmissiouers shall fix thp rate of pilotage hetweua
the cipeu m-a and tlie port" on Piiget Sounil ; but such rate shall not exceed eight
dollars per foot draiigbt to vessels who engage pilots outside of Waaddah Island t<)
port of entry or other ports on PiijEet Sound; to vessels from British Cohinihia to
port of entry oi otlier ports on Piiget Sonnd not to exceed six dollars per foot draught.
To vessels from Port Townsend to any of the ports on Paget Sound not to exceed
four cliillars per foot dranght : I'rorUleil, Tliat nothing in this act shail be construed
as rei|Miring half pilotage to be paid wlien services are not actually |ierfornied : And
proriileil further, That every jiilot bringing a vessel fnuu sea shall take her to her
port of <li'stinatiou if reiiuireil when that jmrt is above the port of I'ntry without
additional charges. Hut after twenty-four hours of delay at the port of entry the
pilot shall be entitled to additional j)ay of five dollars per day for every day so
delayed.

KXTUACIS KliOM THE BY-I.AWS OF TIIK I>II,OT COMMISSIONERS.

SiX', I'-i. Pilot boats, while <Tuisiiig, must have a white signal lantern di.splayed in
a conspicuous manner during the night, and the number of the beat displaye<l on the
mainsail as a day signal.

Skc. i:i. Neilherpilotsnortheir bo.;: I shall be permitted to leave their peculiar serv-
ice, whether ill port (U' at sea, unless to assist vessels in distri^ss, more than thirty
miles north or south of Tatoosh light without first obtaining permission of this
board, and any boat infringing this * * * .

.Skc. 1."). That rates of pilotage shall be, as follows : Inward bound, six dollars per
foot draught troni any point on aline drawn from Cape Ueale, British Columbia, and
Flattery Rocks, Washington; tivo dollars per foot draught from any point on a line
drawn fiom Waaddah Island to the most westerly point of San Juan harbor, British
Columbia; four dollars per foot draught from any [loint west of a line drawn from
Port .\iigeles light, Washington, to Race Rocks, Briti.sh Columbia ; three dollars per
foot draught fioni PortTownsend toan.v port on Puget Sound, and rice rersa. Any frac-
tion of a foot over six inches, a foot; under six inches, not counted. Draught to be
lueasnre.l when vessel draws most. Should vessel bo detained in Port Towusend
harbor more than twenty-four hours before proceeding to any other \>OTt on Puget
Sounl, the pilot to be paid live dollars per day for every day of detention above said
twenty-four hours. Outward pilotage to be live dollars per foot draught from
Port rownsend to the sea, and six dollars |ier foot draught from any port on Puget
Sound to sea. Outward-bound vessels allowed forty-eight hours' detention without
charge lor delay.

It i.s reported (Aiifjnst 1.3, 1881)) that these laws and refinlations are
a dead letter, becaiuse no persons have (inalilied under the law whieh
does not alh)\v half i)ilotaK« when vessels decline a pilot.

Cape Flattery is a remarkable point of land, distinctl.v seen at a
distance ot';55 miles, rising gradually from the sea to a thiekly woodeu
mountain nearly 2,000 feet high, with an irregular shaped summit, and
falling again at the distaiitie of .3 or 4 miles to the eastward. When
seen from the southward or southwest it has the apiiearance ot an
island, being .separati'd b.v a stretch of lowland from hills of the same
or greater elevHtion, which ri.so again immediately southward of it.

On it neiirer view, the headland itself, with its wild otl'lying rocks,
over wiiich the sea is almo.st consta;itly breaking, presents no in
vltiug appearance; it is a rugged, sea-worn dirt" of no great elevation
and rising gradually to its more promiiuiit feature, a densely wooded
mountain. From the cape the coast trends eastward for4 miles to Neeah

TATOOSH ISLAND — DIRECTIONS.

iago botweou
exceed eight
ilah Island tt>

Coluiiil>itt to

foot draught,
not to exceed

\m construed
rt'orined : And
le her to her
'utry vvitliout
t of entry the

every diiy so

BRS.

rn di.<phiyed in
splayeil on the

rpeciiliiir serv-
re than thirty
inissiou of thi»

, six dollars per
Coluuil)ia, and
[loint on a line
harbor, British
lie drawn from
hree dollars per
I'li-Kd. Any frac-
Dranght to be
'ort Townaeud
port on Pugot
tioi. above said
drimght from
port on I'ugi't
iteution without

fiulatioiis are
le law which

etly seen at a
ieUly woodeu
.suiiuiiit, and
ward. When
iininet^ of an
sof the Hanie
lard t)t' it.
tVlyinfr rocks,
resents no in-
cat elevation^
nsely wooded
iiiles toNeeaii

Bay. There is frer.cr.V.lyahci'.'^y r.wel! with irregular tides, and vessel*
should not approach it within a mile.

Tatoosb. Island, lying i mile oft' Cape Flattery, is a steep, almost
perpendi'-iilar, rocky islet, bare of trees, a ul 108 feet high, with some
reefs extending a short distance oft" its western side. The lighthonse,
known anone seamen as Cai)e Flattery light, stands on the summit of
the islam', which, with its outlying reef is the most western pin-tioii of
the LTiiited States. Sailing vessels should not approacli the lighthouse
inside of L' miles.

Fuca Pii!sur, 140 feet high ;ind 50 feet in diameter, lies -,^',f mile S. 15°
K. of the lighthouse on Tatoosli Island. It is a leauini^', rocky 'iolumu,
and only 120 yaids from the clitt's, which are 120 feet high. It shows
well when a ve8>el is approaching Tatoosli Island from the northwest-
ward, and is las'^ !>2en from the strait when the fiice of the cape is just
open hy the eastern tangent of Tatoosh Island.

Duncan T^LOCk lies N. li° W. one mile from Tatoosh Island light; it
is it Jew feet above water, but the sea always breaks over it. There is
deep water between it and the island, but ve.ssels shonld not use th&
l)nssage unless compelled to do so.

Duntze Rock, with '.^ fathoms water over it, lies about { mile N. 1!)°
W. of Duncan Uock, and the sea fre(pieiitly breaks on it. The cross sea
which is created in this .leighborhood during bad weather strongly
resembles heavy breakers, extending a considerable distance across the
strait. In the immediate neighborhood of Cape Flattery, and among
these rocks, the tides are strong and irregular.

Directions. — Vessels from the soul h ward or westward, bouml for Fuca
Strait, should make Cape Flattery; there is no inducement to hug the
coast, on which a long rolling swell l'i'e((uent''. sets, and this swell, meet-
ing the southeasterly gales of winter, causes a confused sea. The ca[)e
mid its ort'-Iying rocks should not be approached within a distance of
at least 3 miles, as the tide occasionally sets over Duncan and l>untze
Uock with great velocity. It is necessary either in entering or leaving
tlie strait to avoid thecoastof Vancouver Island between Port 8an .luau
and Bonilla Pointwheii there is any apiiearance of bad weatiier.

It is lecoiiiiuended to pass at the distance of at least 10 miles from.
the coD'it, unless w(;rking to windward against a fine northerly wind,.
whei' it may be safely approached within 3 miles or less.

To vessels making 'he strait in bad weather it will be more desirable
III run in and seek sl'elterthan to remain outside. If tkeland has been,
made either to the southward of Cai»e Flattery or on the ''ancouver
Uland shore within a moderate distance of the entrance, or if the latitude
I Mil be relied upon within 2 or 3 miles, it will be advisable to run ior ',lie
strait. The powerful light of Cape Flattery will, unless in very thick.
Weather or fog, be seen at the distance of o miles, mid as .soon ;.s it ves-
sel j.s actually within tin strait she wili have comparatively smooth
water, with sulHcient sea room, and may run boldly up the center for the

STRAIT OP JUAN DE FUCA.

Bace light, or by the assistance of that ou Gape Flatterj' luaiutaiu her
l^ositioii ill the strait if preferred. It is to i)e reruariied that wiieii Cape
Flattery light is brought to bear to the northward of west it becomes
shut in by the laud abou'; Ne^ah Bay, and that the Race Island light from
a similar cause becomeii obscured by Beeciiey Head when brought to
bear to the southward i f S. 83^ E. ; therefore, when either of these
lights are obscured the diLtauce from either coast will be accurately
judged, and in the latter case a ship will be getting too close to the
northern shore.

Coming from tiie westward with a heavy westerly or northwest gale,
thick weather, au<l uncertain of the latitude, it would l)e prudent to lay
by iit not less than .'}() miles from the entrance of tiie strait or on the
edge of the baidi of soundings. These gales seldom last more than
twelve hours, and if they veer towards the SVV. tiie weather will clear,
and vessels may immediately bear up for the strait.

With a SE. gale it is recommended to close the land, smoother water
will be obtained, and the bank of soundings off the Vancouver Island
shore will give vessels pretty accurately their distance from the land.
Gales from this quarter sometimes continue in the winter season thirty
hours, and when a vessel strikes soundings on the edge of the bank in
0(1 fatlionis and carries them in to GO she may put her head to WSW.
and have plenty of room for drift.

It is of great importance in making the strait during bad weather to
strike the outer edge of the bank of soundings, as the ship's distance
from the land will then be accurately known.

Should sailing vessels be overtaken 'ly one of the tleiise fogi: which
sometimes hangover the entrance of the strait they should not close the
land, but stand off sulU(;iently far to avoid being set by the southerly
<Mirrenl too near Cape Flattery. If a steamer has made the laud or
light, and is certain of her position, she should get the Vancouver Island
shore aboard, when, with the assistance of the chart and lead, she may
feel her way in. When 8 or 10 miles eastward of Port San .luaii there
is anchoring ground in 12 fathoms a mile from the shore, and if the fog
is very dens<' strangers should anchor; it must be remarked, however,
that not iinfrequently the weather is clear a few miles within the strait
while the entrance is totally obscured.

Neeah Bay is between Ivoitlah Point and Waadd.vh Island; which is
a narrow high ridge, covered with pine trees. Ivoitlah l*ointis3.7 miles
East of the lighthouse on Tatootsh Island. The bay offers a safe and
convenient anchorage to vessels meeting SVV. or SE. gales at the en.
trance of the strait, and is sheltered from W. and N. round by south to
ENE. The western shore is steep and cliffy, a reef extends for more
than :J00 yards off Ivoitlah Point, and within the j>oint a siuid ; ;:i L,
which <lries, extends off' \ mile at low water from abreast he dills. "'" .
head of the bay is a low sandy l)ea<ii, on which there is generally soim^
surf rolling. On the eastern side of the bay, off' the southwestern side

NEEAH HAY — CRESCENT IJAY.

,' uiaiutaiu her
bat when Cape
?8t it becomes
laiitl light from
leii bioiifjlit to
eitlier of tliese
be accurately
too close to the

loithwest yjale,
J prudent to lay
trait or on the
ast more thau
tther will clear,

smoother water
ucouver Island

from the laud.
?,r season thirty
> of the bank in

head to WSW.

bad weather to
ship's distance

ense fogs' which
Id not close the
)y the southerly
lade the laud or
aucouver Island
d lead, she may
Sail duan tl\ere
e, and if thefoj;
arked, however,
within the strait

Island; which is
Point is 3.7 miles
offers a safe and
. gales at the en.
ound by south to
extends for riore
)iut a Kiiii<I i.;'.i li
ist hev.'litts. ''"
is generally somf
outhwesteru side

of Waaddah l8laiul,a rocky ledge and shoal water extends for 600 yards,
and the holding grouinl is not so good on the island side.

A good berth will be found in Xeeah bay, in (J fathoms sandy bottom^
with tlie onter point of Waaddah Island N. .KP I<].,and Koitlah Poiut N.
'>i'P W. ; ashort distauce withiu tiiis position kelp grows in large patches
all over the bay, and care is necessary in selecting a berth. Large sail-
ing vessels may anchor in 7 or 8 fathoms a. little outside tlie above bear.
ings, in the center of tlie bay, witli tiie outer point of the islainl N. 7(P E,

Vessels shouhl leave this i)jy oa any indication of a northeast wind,
an' if too late ami unable to weather Waaddah Island, tlu'y may run
b^'t\> ■•■ :c a.ul the main; tiie passage is -100 yards iii breadth, and the
r ■• 21 feet; they must be careful to avoid the ledge off the south-

>' est <ad of Wiiaddah, and in hauling out should give, tiie eastern side
of the island a berth of at least \ mile. N'essels have ridden out north-
west gales close to the aoutheast cad of \v''iaddah in (i fathoms, but it
is nu)re prudent to get out into the strait at the coiiinieiiceineut of tin*
gale. During strong westerly or southwesterly gales, or after they
have been blowing outside, a (jonsiderable swell rolls into tiie bay, which
renders it at such times a disagreeable th(»ugh not unsafe anchorage ;
small vessels may go close in and get smooth water, even among the
kelp wliieh grows in -t and 5 fathoms.

Clallam Bay. — From Neeah to Olallam Bay the coast is nearly
straight, ami the siiore bold, the only remarkable feature being Kla-
ImisIdIi (rteal Rock), loO feet high, which lies a short distaiure off the
shore, -* miles son theast ward of VV^aaddah Islaml. If vessels reach as
liigli as CJIallai:' i' '.. ii id meet an easterly or southeasterly wind, tiiey
:n;iy obtain iu\ ior\, and shelter in the center of the bay, but this can
only be cop d> .; v- a stopping place; it is easily recognized by Slip
Toint, its ea ''.I!,. l>i i.i, which is the western termination of a bold coast
ridge.

The Coast from i ' lam Hay continues in the samedirection to Pillar
Point, which terminates in a bare, colnmuarsIiaiK'd rock. The coast
on the eastern side of this point forms a small bight, in which there is
a considerable stream, and then trends S. ~U^ E. with a gentle curve to
Stiipeil Peak; a small river, the Lyre, empties just eastward of Low
Point, al)out (i miles westward of the peak.

Stri[)ed Peak is rather remarkaltie from a landslip occurring down its
l:i(H>; this ■ irk is being rapidly obliterated by the growth of vegeta.
lion.

Cresceii. ''.'.■;, — Toufjue Point lies about one mile northwestward oi
Stripetl Peak, . sid t'orbis the eastern side of a slight indentation of the
si", re line, extending a mile to the westward, where another low [mint
extends out ;\ mile to form <Jrescent Hay. Tongue Point has several
visible, rocks exten<ling j^ niile to the westward. Tiie western point has.
ii sunken rock \ mile northward with l."» feet water over it and upon
whiidi the swell breaks at low water. There is a depth of 8 fathoms
U'jOo—No. !»6 2

STRAIT OK .II'AX DK KlIOA.

dose outside, iiiuHi fatlioms oi Mie e:ist iiiiil west. This is the only
known iiidden (lan,:;ei- o.i the south side of the strait. There is no
jiood ancliorajie; the l)i)tl()in is not s^ood, and the currents between the
roek and tiie reet ottTonjjue Toint are treacherous.

Fresh Water Bay. — About ]r| miles east of Striped Peak is the
nHuleratel.v low wooded extremity of the land stretching from the peak
and forming' ilie western point of Fresh Water iJay. This is known
as Ob.servatory Point, a ' las several visil)le and sunken rocks run-
ning; nearly i", mile to the . J.

The eastern point of the v the low delta mimed AnjjeleR Point,

under the \ve.stern side of wIik .1 emi)lies tiie Klwha Hiver by several
months.

Anj-eles Point bears N. 82^ 10., 3 miles from Observatory Point, and
from the line joininir the.se the southern shore recedes a little over a
nule, with an irre;;u]ar outline. On the line of the two points the depth
of water is abort l.") fatitoms; inside of it the depth decreases to G
fatlioms at about A mile from the shore, which is clean excei»t toward
the western part, where there is a narrow line of kel]) for 1.^ miles to
Observatory Point. OH' the delta the depth increases from one fathom
to 10 fathoms in a mile; and to the eastward of Angeles Point a great
bank, having from o to 10 fathoms of water uiion it, stretches north-
ward a mile, and eastward towards Kdiz Hook.

The spit oil Point Angeles must be approached with great care m
thick weather, l)ecause there are no treivs on the extreme point, and
therefore it e mnot be seen; the lighthouse near its extremity serves to
mark it.

I'resh Water JJay is an open roadstead, but anclutrage may be had
in moderate weather. It att'ords no shelter from the easterly swell ex-
cept close under the lee of the rocks otf Observatory Point, where a
ves.sel may liiid comparatively smooth anchorage with goo. I holding
ground close up t(J the kel]). In the eastern i)art of the bay the bottom
is smooth rock, on which the anchor will not hold. The J^lwlia Kiver
is reported to be one of the most convenient places for obtaining fresh
water; it i.s a very rapid mountain stream and brings down a large
amount of material in suspension.

Port Angeles. — At (>.] ndles S. SCP H. of Angeles Point is the light
house upon the eastern extremity of the Ediz Hook.

This hook is ,i long, low, very narrow sand spit stretching out Irom
the clay bliitf .'5 iiuies N. TS'^ K. with a regular sweeiiing curve swelling
a little to the northwest. The extremity lies U miles otV the main
shore, and thus an excellent anil extensile harbor is formed, i»rotected
from the north round by the west and south, but open to the eastward,
with deep water from 'Jo to 30 fathoms over a sandy bottom close under
the inside of the sand spit almost to the head of the bay. Through the
ceiit( r ol the bay is found a line of 15 fathoms over sticky bottom, and
ujtweeu that and the main shore it shoals very regularly, with the same

I'OHT ANGKLES XKW DrXGENESS BAY.

kind of bottom. The .'J fiitliom line lies as inncli ;i,s j mile from tlio
>()iitli sliore, iiiicl there is a broad low-water beaidi ; but in i)laees the
i;lay blutt", which is about 75 feet high, comes abiiost directly to the
liijili-water line, except in a few localities. The blutt' and the flat coun-
try back of it are t eusely wooded.

l''resh water is found at several i)laces on the southern shore, but the
I'xiiMisive tlats render it dillicult to obtain.

On tlie .southern shore is the town of Port Angeles, stretching for 1^
miles east and west; a brea.st Taylor's or J^orman's Creek a wharf ex-
tends 700 feet into tlie bay, with a T, 100 feet long. There is a depth
(if KiA feet of water at the end of tlie wharf. On the outside of the
sjiit very deep water is found close to it, ami the hook may be rounded
V iiliin liOO yards in 25 fatlioins.

In foggy and smoky weather, with no wind and the current.s unknown,
a vessel on this side of the strait must be vigilant ami keep the lead
-oing.

Vessels coming up the strait and bound for Departure Bay may go
into Tort Angeles and '^,elegrai»h to Port Townsend for a tug.

At the head of the bay and connected therewith by a small outlet
there is a large salt-water lagoon, and the beach affords a capital place
for heaving down.

The hook is covered with coarse grass, and in many places with drift-
wood, showing t ;at the sea sometimes washes over it. Although it lies
well out of the line of vessels bound either in or out of the strait, it has
been deemed necessary to nuirk it with a light-house. In thick, hazy
weather it would be readily distinguished if clumps of trees were
planted ui)on it. From the middle of the strait it can not be seen, and
its position is ascertained by the light-house building or the jieculiari-
ties of the bluft' beyond.

New Dungeness Bay. — The shoie fiom the head of Port Angeles
inns in a slightly curving line for miles to the eastward, and at 7
miles from Ediz Hook it runs nearly straight for miles to tln^ new
Dungeness light house.

The slightly projecting point in the deepest ])art of this bight and 4i
miles from Kdiz Hook light-house is Green Point. It has 5 fathoms of
Wiileiat I mile outside. To the east of it there is no kelp; to the west-
^vard for 4 'niles there is a field of kelp reaching out to 7 fathoms of
wiitcr.

Northeast ward l\ miles from (ireen Point another long, low, narrow
suul s|»it, covered with coarse grass ami very similar to Ediz Hook,
leaves the high clay blulf shore and stretches in a general northeast
iliicction for ;5i miles. This spit forms the northwestern shore of the
roadstead of New Dungeness.

The south shore is distant 2 niilea from the light-house, and runs 6
miles southeastw ard to Wasliington Harbor. This leaves tlie bay broad
<>|ien to the east.

STRAIT OF JUAN DE FUCA.

The depth of water siloiig the outside of the spit is very grent; at i
Qiile this deptii is 11) futliDins over hard sand and gravel Iwttom, and
it drops off very suddenly to 30 fathoms within ^ mile. Along tlie outer
southern part of the spit toward tlie bluff tiie lO-fatlioin curve stretches
out IJ miles and tlie 20-fathoia cirve runs on nearly a straight line to
within 2 miles of Ediz Hook.

Off the northeastern extremity of the spit a long gravel reef extends
over :| mile from the light to the northeast, dropping off suddenly from
5 and 10 fathoms to 50 fathoms of water with heavy rips at the change
of tides and currents. Tlie extremity of this spit is marked by a buoy.

The depth of thi' bay to the westward is much inferior to that at
Port Angeles, because on the inside of the main spit and at IJ miles
from the extremity a second spit makes out SSW. for 1.J miles and
reaches to within ^ mile from the southern bluff. This second spit
divides the bay into the outer or eastern harbor pro[)er and the inner
shoal bay, which is U;\ miles long northeast and southwest by I mile
wide. It is occupied by marsh and extensive tiats. Through the nar-
row channel (ioiiiiecting the two the water passes as over a rapid at
low tide.

Abreast of this i)oint is a narrow passage, which is the opening of
the Dungeiiess Itiver, under a bluff 00 feet high, ui)on which is a large
village of the Clallams. An bundance of fresh water is to be had at
this stream, but boats must obtain their supply at low tide and come
out when the tide has risen sufficiently. The eastern shore of the
Duiigeness i.iveris low, swampy, and covered with trees and brush.
It forms the main or southern shore of the roadstead, and off it lie the
extensive mud Hats, which are bare at low water for§ mile to the north-
ward and coiitiiineas far as Washington Harbor. The area of the outer
harbor is restricted by the flats ;\ mile in width lying under the east
side of the secondary spit, and by the extensive mud tiats on the south-
ern shore, where the ;5-fatliom line is i mile from the low (shore.

lieyond these tiats the deptii of the water throughout tli': harbor
ranges to 10 fathoms with soft, tenacious, muddy bottom. The deep-
est water is under the extremity of the spit, where a de|)th of L'O fath-
oms is found ;\ mile from the lighthouse. The best anchorage is close
under the spit in 10 fathoms of water ^ mile from the beach to the
northwest, with the lighthouse bearing N. 39° E. distant J mile. A
steamer may anchor closer in, to the northwest of this location.

A southeast wind drawing out of the strait blows directly into this
harbor, but the bottom will hold any vessel with good ground tackle.
The only difficulty is to get the anchors out of the mud after riding out
a gale for two or three days. In the position mentioned for anchorage,
a vessel can readily get under way when the southeast wind comes up
and clear the iioint and the danger off it.

Eastward of Xew Dungeiiess to the entrance of Admiralty Inlet, 14
miles, there is a deep recession of the general shore-line for 5 miles to

WASHINGTON HAUBOK — PROTECTION ISLAND.

till' soatlieastwiird, witii openings into Wanliington IIail)or and Point
Discovery.

Light. — Tile liglitiiouse is near the eastern end of the spit, is conical,
and lias a keeper's dwellinji; attaelied.

Washington Harbor.— I''roiii New Dungeness roadstead to the en-
trance of the iiarbor the initnediate sliore line is nearly straight for 5J
iiiili-s, witii a sliglitly |>rqjecting angle midway, called Knlo Kala Point.
The siiore is low and Hat and bordered by an extensive mud fiat, aver-,
Mging nearly one mile wide. Tlie liar!)or is ot little importance, the
cMtiiiiice being nearly closed by a low sand sjjit, stretcliing acM-oss from
tiic east ahnosr to the western side, wiiere tiiere is a narrow idiannel,
iil)oiit L'OO yards in width, with a dejith of 2 fathoms. Inside the gen-
I'lal depth is from 10 to -0 fathoms, over a muddy bottom, and Ci fath-
otiis can be carried nearly to tlie iiead. The breadth of the harbor is a
little over a mile and its depth 3A miles.

Protection Island. — This island is about I'rJ miles long and ;-; mile
\M(U' aciDss the middle. Its giMieral direction is IC.Xl'i. and WSW.,
and it lies lij miles squarely otf the entrance to Port Discovery. There
is a long, low point at each end of the island. That at the west is rocky
and sandy ; that at liie east all sand. The hig!i"sr part is near the
western extremity and reaches an elevation of 'JM tei'i but the lir irees
which cover this end of the island make it look much higher. The
sides are vei'y steep, and rise from !Ki to l.'JO feet. The seaward crest
of till- eastern part is covered with a narrow fringe of stunted inues.
The eastern slope is steep and gras.sy, and that toward Port Discovery
is undulating and covered with fern. The i)rincipal part of the eastern
half of the island is cultivated.

Midway up the face of the cliff toward the northwest and near the
angle of the mu'thern shore there is a horizontal streak of gray glacial
el ly almost 3 feet broad, which is a local feature easily recognized.

On the inside of Protection Island there is a good bro;id passage
iduml either end. In the eastern passage the width <ti' the channel
between the o-fathom lines is l\ miles, with good water close under
Cajte George and very deep water off the p(t' it of Protection Island.
There is a depth of o.'i fathoms in this channe . The width of the west-
ern itassage l)etweeuthe black buoy off the western i)oint of Protection
Island and the nearest bluff to the S\V. is IjJ miles. The greatest depth
of this channel is (>'> fathoms.

\'essels bound into Port Discovery from the strait with a southerly
wind enter by the western passage, because the southerly wind draws
out of Washington Sound and gives a fair working breeze to reach
I'oiut Clallam.

On the inside shore of the island there is motlerately deep water close

under the banks, and anchorage may be had in 10 fathoms about 300

\ ards off the shore. Tliere is no kelp off this shore ext^ept in the middle

f the summer, when there is a little near the buoy. North of the island

KTKAIT OV JTAN DE FITOA.

an extensive shoal makes out to the nortliwani known us the DaUas
Bank. Directly otV the sliore tli(< .'Matiioin line extends t'lilly \ mile our,
and the outer line of the ivel|> marks the 4-l'athom line. The limit of
the 10 fathom line of this hmk is 2A miles to the northward or i mile
outside of the line between New Dun-ieness li};hthonse and Point Wil-
son lighthouse; the breadth is about lA miles. This lOfathoui Hue
runs shar[)ly to the east point, but it swinjjs ;| mile off the west point
and is beyond the black buoy. This bunk affords anchorage when a
vessel is bal'tled with lijilit airs ami stron<f adverse currents. The
T >ttom is irregular, full of huge bowlders toward the island, and sand
and gravel toward the strait. The bottom falls oil" suddeidy on the
east side of the t)ank (o .10 and 40 fathoms; and on the west side to -'0
and .'50 fat' >ms.

The charts do not give a shoal spot of 3 ami t fathoius, foru)erly re-
ported, near the outer nortlierii limit of the bank.

Port Discovery. — This landlocked bay lies in the eastci'U i)art of
the bight l)etween New Dungeness and Point Wilson. It is not readily
made out by vessels in tin; sti.iit because the entrance appears blocked
by Protection island. Clallam Point, the western point of the i>ort, is
low, but rises (puckly to a moderate height and slopes to the .southward.
Cape George, the eastern point, is a steep cliff and rises (lire(;tly from
the water which is very deei) under the simthside; under the north
side the .'J-fathom curve is not over 200 yards froui shore. The average
widtli is nearly l',' nnles until near its head, wlnn it decreases rapidly
to the Salmon Kiver. It makes four turns from the entrance to the
head, a distance of about 10 miles. The shores are abrui)t and covered
N^ith wood and the projecting parts are all terminated by low i>oiiit.s
stretching out short distances with deep w.iter otf them. The great '
drawback to this port is the great dei)th of water, which, in mid-chan-
nel, is in)t not less than 2.") fathoms and in some places M) fathoms.

AiU'horage may be iiad in 20 lathoms, soft b(»ttom, on the western
shore 2 miles south of Clallam Point and abreast a low swam|)y beajh.
In the deepest i)art of the bight between Clallam Point and this an-
chorage, otf the mouth of Eagle Creek, there is good anchorage in 10
fathoms about 400 yards otfshore.

At the head of the bay it contracts in width, the water shoals, a large
mud Hat exists for the last mile and the shores be",oun> higher.

A large sawmill has been buill on Puint l)iscov(U'y, the bay is here
scant one mile wide with a depth of 22 fathoms in mid channel. There
is good anchorage in the bay near the sawmill.

Middle or Rocky Point. — Midway between Cape George and Point
Wilson is a sharp point i)rqjecting out nearly ^ mile. The whole shore
line lies at the base of high yellow clay cliffs, which reach 400 or 500
feet elevation.

Current. — The currents off the point are conflicting from its proximity
to the entrance of Admiralty Itdet, the Dallas Hank, and the passage to
Port Discovery.

POINT WILSON — POINT PARTRIDGE. 2,j

Rock. — A buoy lias beeu placed A mile iiortluast of the imiiit, mid
marks a small suidieii rock which is awash at the lowest tides. This
luioy should not he ai)pioa('lied within 1(K) yard.''.

Point Wilson. — Tiiis i)oiiit lies at the entiance to Admiralty Inlet, of
which it forms the western ])oint. It is al.so the northwestern point of
tlie entrance of Port Townsend.

'rh(^ hin'li yellow (day clilfs surmounted by heavy forest rnii from Port
Di.si'overy to Port Townsend, and reach a height of 400 or .^00 feet near
li'ocky Point ; fhey aie very steep and break down snd<leidy under a
hill L'.jO feet liij;h jj mile before reachin<; tln^ extremity of I'oiut Wilson.
This i)oint stretches out toward Admiralty Head and is formed of low
sandy hillocks covered with coarse j;rass.

On the extremity of the point are the liHhthonse buildings.

i'.etween Rocky Point and Point VV^ilsoii the 5-fathom line is less than
\ mile distant, excejjt within r^ mile of Point Wilson, where it reaches
tint |l mile over a very nmj^h, rocky, and shingly bottom, with a field nf
kelp to umsk it. The kelp Held is well off the point on the north side
(if the bight just west of the low extremity. The lOfathom lim; lies
about rj mile from the shore. Directly ofltlie point towards Admiralty
Harbor, a depth of lib fathoms is found 100 yards from tln^ beach, and
the currents make by it with great velocity. During the ebb tides a
\ ery strong eddy current sets to the eastward along shore from Middle
or i;o(!ky I'oint, ami even as far as Port Discovery. Vessels working
out trom Port Townsend, with the strong suuMuer winds, hold well uiuler
the southeast shore of Point Wilson, carrying 3 fathoms within -.")0
yai'ds of the beach southwest of the lighthouse, and round t!ie ])()int
close aboard.

Quimper Peninsula. — P)etween Port Dis(!overy ami Port Townsend
lies a peninsula averaging 3 miles in breadth and 10 miles long. It is
reasonably undulating land and has many large farms.

Point Partridge. — This is the western point of Whidbey Island, the
caste; u bouinlary of the Htrait of Juan de l''u(.'a. It may be considered
the northern part of the entrance to A<lmiralty Iidet ami Piiget Sound,
aliliongh Ailmiralty Head and Point Wilson are, strictly considered,
the two points of the entrance.

The seaward slope is very steep ami shows large areas of sand and
sandy soil. TIk^ coast line is level on the summit, which is covered
with spruce, tir, and cedar. Then^ are two noticeable cultixated farms
on the shore aitout o miles to the m)rthwar(l of the point. Tiu' point is
so rounding that it is not easily recognized on coining from the west-
ward, but from the south and north it is well marked and prominent.
Its fact' is comi)os('d of yellow sand, which, being blown uj) the hill by
the strong west winds, has formed a very peculiar ridge on the outer face
i)f rhe toj). This is s) nariow that it can hardly be traveled, and in
many places it is '.i't feet above tlu^ ground ii<sidc ; yet l)eing overgrown
with bushes the ridge is now peruianent.

ADMIUAI/rV INLKI — IMfiKT SOUND.

The lii;>lifst part oftlif jioiiit is alioiit -iHi fi-et ahove low water.

Altlioujjli tin' water oil' tlii.s |ioiiit is (iiiite hold, yet tlie bottom drops
oil' s(( suddenly that in fo^'j^y or smoky weather \'essels running' by the
lead may be unexpectedly upon a bowlder reel which extends out -h
mile I'rom the i»oint and is marked by kelp very nearly to that depth.
The line of the shore south of the i)oint runs southeast and in line with
the ilireetion of Partridfie liank, so that the 1(1 fathom lines are hardly
a mile ajiarl, yet there is a depth of .'50 fathoms in that width.

Olf the end of the bowlder reef in .1 to 10 fathoms thc^ currents are
very strong' and there is much boilin^i' and overfall at the (rhan;,H'S.

Buoy. — To mark the onter end of the bowlder reef which lies (dose
under the shore of I'oint I'artridf^e, a biuty lias been placed in .'{I feet
of water just outside the kelp and about .^ mile west ol' the extreuu'
outer part ol the point. N'essels passing northwai'd under the west^'rn
shore of Whidbey Island must leave it on the starboard hand. A vessel
connn<>' from Uosaiio IStrait to Admiralty lulet must have it on the port
hand.

ADMIRALTY INLK'J', rUCET SOUKU, ANU llf)()l)\s CANAL.

G-eneral deBcription. — IJmler special mimes the ^reat boily of
water iiow known to the commercial world under the f;eneral designa-
tion of " IMi^et Hound " may be described as a series of vast interior
canals !.;iviiij;- uusurjiassed fa(;ilities lor navij:;ation in the very heart of
a pros[)erous section of the country.

" Puget Souml," in the broad acceptation of the term, lies between
latitudes 47^ O.'i' and ISo 11'; and between longitudes lli'jo 10' and
ll,';i3 10'.

Admiralty Inlet, I'ufjet Sound and Hood's Caiud, have an ajifire-
{jate shore line ol not less than iMih statute miles, and I'ossession
Sound JOO mile.s, yet the number of dangers known to exist in them is
remarkably lew.

Admiralty Inlet, at the southeastern extremity of duan de Fuca
Strait, extends in a ;;eneral southeasterly direction for about GO miles,
to the southern end of Vashoii Island; it has for this distance an
avera}:;e width (A"<^ miles, and numerous broad branches fiom it on
botli sides foi'ni other straits, channels, bays, and harbors. At Hi miles
within the enlrance Hood's Canal opens our, to the westward, and
miles further Possession Sound opens to the eastward and runs to the
northwestwuTd behind Whidbey Islaml and leads into the strait throuKh
Decei)tion Pass.

At the south end of Vashon Island the Puget Sound of V'ancouver
commences ; the chaniu'ls are decreased in width to one or 2 miles, but
they ramify by eij;iit i)riucipal arms through an areaof li2 miles square.
The extreme northwestern arm, named Case's Inlet, leaches within 2
miles of the head of Hood's Canal, and between tlieni lies cou:i)ara-
tively low ground and a large }ake.

DIKIX'TION.S ADMIUAI/IY IIEAIJ.

27)

Tilt' slioi't'S of tlii'sc iiili'ts iiif ;;(,MU',i'iilly liliitVs, raiiHiiij;' fiom .")() to
)Oii feet ill lu'ij^lit; tlicir sides an- kept bri;,'iil IVoiii llic wearing action
111' the water ami tlieir (ops are rit\fi'i'il with trees ami tliick iiiitler-
growth to the very edi^cs. It is ilillitMilt to recognize the did'ereiit
]iiiiiits I'loiii the sameness in tiie appearance in the shores.

The di^pth of water is overvwhen^ fjreat and aiicliornf^es are difHciilt
Id olttain at aii\' distance from the sliore.

Directions (general). — l''rom the entrance a S. I,"*^ \l. course fur <».i
iiiih's will take a vessel to alireast Marrowfstoiie I'oinl ; here change
course to S. 11° 10., and when oil" Doiihle Mliitta S. nic i.;. <'ours( to. 10
miles will reach the eiitraiuje to I'ossessior Sound ; thence the mid-cliaii-
iicl course to roint N'aslioii is S. (P \V.

Tlie channel on either side of Vaslioii Island may be used ; to the
eastward of the inland the currents are moderately strong. The
iliaiices for aiudioring few, and it is sometimes calm, while iii('<|lvos
l'assag:(; a fiiii! breeze is blowing. When through the narrows ami in
I'liget Sound, a mid-channel course is almost always lice from danger.
1)11 Steilacoom there is a 1 1- foot shoal, upon which the tide lip is \ cry
;;i('at and dangeidiis to small boats. The navigation of I'lr.iM Siuiiid
■should not be atteiiiiited w ithoiit a pilot unless well a<'(piainted with the
\ari(Mis channels.

Admiralty Head. — A vessel going inio the .-(uuid Ikum the Stiait ot
I'lica. when oil New 1 hingeiicss laghtlioiise, sees alieail the lii^h. bright
ilills beiween Poll Discovery and J'oit Towiiseiid, and the bioad side
of ^^'llidbcy Island beyond. Tlieie islitllc or no sign ol passage in that
direction, but when she is .S or l(t miles castwaid ol >'c\\ Diingeiicss the
eiitraiKn- to Admiralty Inlet opens; the high point 'o the northward,
crested with tr«'es, is l'artri<lge I'oiiit, the low point with a cluster of
white biiililings to th" south is I'oinr Wilstui; and direcily ahead is a
comparatively low, treeless headland standing out fairly well to the
westward, with low laud and water dirc(!tly behind it. but the higher
wooded lands beyond.

This headland is .Admiralty Head; it lies o.] miles southeast of Point
Partridge and just inside the entrance to the inlet or sound ot the east-
ern shore; and it is directly opposite the entrance to Port Townseiid.
li is a nearly vertical, rocky (did", .SO feet high, standing well out at the
extremity of the broad triangular point. 'J'he area of tin- summit is
limited and marked by the cluster of white lighthouse biiiidiiigs; it
lallsawayto the north t(» low marshy ground and a large lagoon. Towards
ilie northwest the shore, alternately clifl's and low, iiiiis nearly straight
for 5i miles to Point Partridge. Inside of it the low ptdibly beach at
its base sweejis to the northeast for L' miles, gradually ciirvingeastward
and linally southeast to form Admiralty Bay. Behind this beach for 2
miles from the head is a large lagoon more thau J mile wide. Behind
that the land rises and is wooded.

ADMIUALTY INIJ.T — I'lKJKT SOUND.

Admiralty Bay is foiini'd liy a i^rcut sweep nttlic shore line, I'oniiiiiK
11 si'iiiiciiclt' witli a (liami'tci of mmi' lliaii -i mili's. If is only iisetl
occasiiHially lor aiKflioraf^c Just to ilie east of tlie lii^lit-lioiise, wliere the
bottom is iiard iiiitl sandy in ine;;ular ridges, and witli depths of from
!.■» to 'Jo fatlionis of water. It is an nnconifortahle aneiioraye, for it is
open to the fnll sweep of the sontlieasters, and at all times the em rent is
rnnniiitj out. Tliis eurrent is so swony; that even in tlie summer wimls
a vessel rides to it. With the wind from the southward a vessel would
lie in the troiij^h of the sea.

Sailin;,' vessels should not iippi'oaeh this head or Admiralfv l>ay, he-
ciiiiso in calm weather they encounter the stronj,' and irie},nilar ciiirents
near it, or they may l»e einliayed nnder the eastern shmc.

Port Townsend isjnst within the entrance of Admiralty Inlet, now
almost universally known as Pn^et Sound, and is a port of entry for
t|e Tuj^et Sound district. it is a safe har'ior, hut fi'oiii its extent it
is sullied to a disai^reeahlesea in hea\y vvinds, and with a stron;; south-
easter lamliii;; is ottentimes impracticable and the sea danjjeroiis for
boats.

The entrance to the harbor itself lies between Point Wilson and
Marrowstone Point, the latter distant ',i'^ miles from the former. Inside
of the line bet"'"eii Point Wilson and .Marrowstone Point the width of
the i)ort is contracted by Point Hudson, which lies S. 8'^ 10. !■; miles
from Point Wilson. From the eutraime line the mid-channel direction
of the ports is nearly 8W. for .'5 miles, with an averajje width of li miles
to abreast the most westerly indentation, and then S. by K. for;!.] miles,
with an averaj;e width of 1 1 miles.

The slnnes of the i)ort are moderately lliaii bri;,'ht clift's, with some
breakdowns. The summits arc (covered with forest trees, ex(;ept near
the town.

Point Hudson is a broad, low gravel spit, stretchinj,' out \ mile from
the hi^;h cliffs of the town of Port Townsend. Part of the town is built
on this low i)i)int, and the custom-house is but a short distaiuM^ from the
wharves. \ larjje sawmill is on the extriMuity of the point; extensive
wharves project from the front of the town into dei'p water, ami land-
ing is readily and safely made. A (|uarter of a mile otV these wharves
there is a deep channel cari'ying 10 to ItJ fathoms of water, throiij^h
which the cm rents run with (tonsiderable velocity. Ot!' the north side
of the point the ^-f.tthom line extends out over .j mile for ■; mile to the
NNW.

Within recent years ;■ shoal has made out 2.50 to 'M)0 i irds north of
Point Hudson.

To mark the outer edge of thi.s shoal a spar Imoy has been placed iu
2i feet of Tater. It is about '-'50 yards NIO. of the high-water end
of Point Ilud.soii.

IJetwcen Point Wilson and Point Hudson there is a deep bight, the
blutl' shore receding A mile westward, and carrying deep water for

VOU'V TOWNHKNl) — DIRIX'TIONH.

iiioi'i' tliaii I iDilc iii8J(lt> tilt' liiii; of tlie poiiitH, *-X(;(>|)t iicar Point Iliul-
sdii, Tln^ N\V. head of MarrowHtonu Islainl, on tli« 4'aHtiMii sidi'of tlio
i)ay, is a lii;ili, hri;;lit day t'-iitr. tt'iiiiinaliiij; at tlm NH. in the low Miir-
lowstonc I'oint, ami on tin* S\V. in a low narrow sanil sjtit (mic mile Ion;;,
niiisking tlio tMitnuico to Kiiisiit Iiili't. This spit runs noarly SW.

Parallel with this part of the |)ort, and nnder the H\V. ]»oint, ther»>
IS an o|)eiiin;; and a channel throii;;!) shoals into Kdisnt or l>on;4: llar-
hor, on wliieli lies the western shore of .Marrowst(nie Island. At hiy;h
water this Inirhor (Miinninniciates by a crooUed Itoat channel, <i miles
Ion;,', with Onk ('ove, at the sonthward.

Kala Point, on the west side of the bay, and within 1,' miles ot the
head, is a low point, projeetiny: .^ mile from the steep hi;{h hillside out
into very deep water; ii lies S. 11'^ W.'.i'^ miles fioni I'oint Ilmlsoii.
I! df a n)ile Nuiith of Kala Point a small sti'iMm, called tin- Cliiniikun
i'lfi-^k, open.4 between two hi;;li and steep elilfs; the shoid waier lies \
mile on 'e this nnnith.

Wi ^oint is a very low and miu>hy projeittion on the easti'in

side ( ./ay, and stretches .| mile out into very deep water. It lies

south L'l miles from Point Ihidsoii. IJetwecn it and Kala Point, cm the
western side, tlii' bay is a mile wide, and the di'pth of water i-i ami
15 fathoms, over soft sticky bottom.

The IkM'I of llieiiiy is visible from Point Ilnds(Mi ovei' Walan Point,
and is distant .").| miles in astrai^iiit line. It is -J mile bctAccn the iii^^li
cliffs on the east and west, and deep water cmitinncs lo tlie head. In
the HW. aii^jle there is a. shoal ])oi:ket, foi'ined by a, low and very narrow
spit i\ ndle loiiy, with a rocky islet at tln^ entrance In the .SIO. an;;le
there is a narrow channel opening; into a lai;;e llal, inosily I>aie at
low water, and boiindi'd by a l)e udi nearly 100 yards across and .] mile
li'iiy:, which separates Pore Townsend (mm Oak Cove. Across this
rri'i'k there is a portai;e frecpiently nsetl by the Indians.

Directions. — Ve.ssels bound into Port Townsend from the Stiait of
f'nca must kee|> clear of the rocdcy shoal off the northern side of Point
\Vils()n, but as soon as Point Hudson is opened by I'oint Wilson the
latter may be passed within Pio yards with a depth of I'O fathoms, hard
bottom; throii,yh this deep channel a stmn;^- (aiircnt runs. When
abreast of Point Wilson a steamer should steer S. V2° K. to clear I he
shoal ju'rouiid to the XW. of Point Flndson; lata sailinji' vessel may
l-c»p ii little inside this course until within .] mile of Point Hudson, and
then ^rradnally keep away about .-^ mile from the shore in Ironi ."i to 10
l'athom.s of water over hard bottom, and as the point opens run ipiite
close, with the summer wind directly otfshore, to save makinii' a tack.
There is a depth of 10 to !."> fathoms a littli' more than i mile olfshore.
Keep alon^j about .i mile to the SW'., parallel with the city front, and
anchor anywhere otf the wharves in from 10 to 12 fathoms, and \ mile
distant. In winter anchor farther out, to clear I'oint Hudson, in ;ict-^
ting under way with a southeaster.

ADMIRALTY INLET PUGET SOUND.

WIk'ii sailing vessels are coining down the sound Jjound into tliis port
witii the ebb current, they should pass Marrowstone Point nearly ^ mile
before iu ulin;;' in for tin; town, and .so avoid a very strong eddy whicli
comes out of tlie bay along and uniici' the high shore west of this point.
Jf the wind be light and the ebb enrreut strong, pass the ])oint quite
dose to; run along the outside of the cnrrent rip, and try to net upon
the mid-channel bank .is soon as practicable, to avoid being set up the
sound by the next food.

In summer, sailing vessels not employing tugs will frequently drift
about the entrance for days withoiir a breath of wind and with very
strong currents. In winter, the SE. storms blow with great violence
in this high latitude, ar a vessel must move to an ancdioragc^ under
the clitVs of the old military i)ost to get a comfortable berth, in 10
f'athoins of watei-, soir botlum.

The mid-channel bank lies upon ami even outside of the line joining
I'oint Wilson and Marrowstone Point. Within the 10 fathom (-urve it
stretches halfway from the base on Marrowstone Island towards I'oint
Wilson, and the least water found ui)on it is 5'{ fathoms. The bottom
is (rleai'. hard sand.

Marrovrstone Point is a low sainly point, extending out .500 yards
from the binlf and forms an indentation on its southern face, where
aiu-i;i);agi' may be hail in IL' fathoms, with a current or eddy invariably
rnnning ebb.

Craven Rock lies close to shore, about 1.^ nnles south of Marrow-
stone I'oint.

Bush Point lies on the eastern shore. It is low an<l i)rqje<!ts A
mile from the general direction of the shore, and has one or two
clumps of trees ami bushes, with low ground behiiul, and the ground
rising therefrom and densely wooded. There is very deep water close
to the point, and anchorage may be ha<l on the north side in 1.") fath-
oms, saiuly bottom, but the currents are strong and irregular.

Nodule Point, abreast Rush Point, on theopjiosite shore, is a round-
ing Itlnll' itoint,(!overed with trees, l^ nnles north of the southern end
of the island which forms the NE. shore of Oak Bay. Directly oft' this
poini there is good anclnnage in 12 to \~) fathoms of water.

Oak Bay opt-'UH to the northwestward and extends nearly to Port
Town.send. It has blnlf shores; nearly all around, the S\V. face being
limestone. In beating out of the inlet with a favorable current do not
work into the bay lor the sake of a long tack.

Basalt Point, the south entrance point of Oak Bay, is a rounding
jagged |)oint, covered with trees to the shore line and rising to a mod
erate hillock covereil with wood.

Klas Rock lies j mile N. 'MP E. of Basalt Point and the same dis
tance oll'shore. It is a patch of rocks 175 yards in extent ami marked
with keljt. There is deep water all aroniul this danger and 1(1 fathoms
may be carried inside of it.

long, 1.

DOUBLE BLUFF— POSSKSSION POINT.

Mutiny Bay, i>ii the eastern side of the inlet, in the deep indentation
between Bush Point and Double Blull', lias a narrow hank of 11 fath-
oms in its nortlieni part, wliich altords good tisliinjj.

Double Bluff. — Tliis is a mesa promontory one mile wi(U' and lA miles
Ion;;, lying between Mutiny Bay on the west and Useless Bay on the
east. Theeldls are 300 to iOO feet in Insight, and the greater itart of
the surface back from the facie is covered with trees, but near the water
it is destitute of trees, except one large clump which marks it con-
spicuously in going up the sound. The NVV. point of tiiis spur is tho
liigher.

Useless Bay. — On the east side of tiie point of Double Blutl' th&
.-.liore runs to the northeastward for 2^ miles, and then swings roMud in
a long curve to the east and to the southeastward to Indian Point, one
Miili' N\V. of Scatcliet Head. This forms a bay nearly .> miles broad
at the mouth and 2A miles deep to the northeastward. It lies broad
open to tiic SSW., and looks directly upon Point Xo Point. The
shores of this bay are in part bluff and in ])art low, with a fringe of
marsh nearly around the whole bay. There is deep water in Ihis buy,
tlie 40 fathom curve reaching into it and the 20-fathoiii curve running
nearly to the deei)est {)art of the shore. The shoalest water is under
tiie east shore, where the 10-fathoni curve stretches out one mile, with a
l)ottom of sand. At the head of the bay there are two long narrow
sand s|)its, behind which lies Deer Lagoon, a large shallow sheet of
water, full of marsh islets aiid having a shoal outlet between the sand
spits. At the eastern part of this lagoon is the. settlement of Useless.

Scatcliet Head. — This is the southwestern jxtint of the long and
irregular Whidbey Island and is visible for '2r> miles from the south-
waiil; it stretches as a i)romontory into a broad part of Admiralty
Inlet; it is direcrly abreast of Point No Point. The southern entrance
of I'ossession Sound is on its eastern side and ITseless Bay on the west-
ern. It is a double headed promontoy with a length of <> miles and an
extreme breadth of li-J miles between Useless Bay and Possession Sound.

The two heads have each a face of about 'f mile in breadth exposed
tr) the south; they lire bold yellow cilay dill's; the eastern one rises
about .500 feet above the water, and is covered with wood, and the
western one rises 140 feet or more. The western head has become
locally kiu)wn as the False Scatcliet. Uff the base of the bright cliffs
tiiere are seen great erratic granite bowlders.

Possession Point. — The lower [lart is a nearly v«'rti(!al white clay
iliif; the bank slopes at an angleof 4."»°, with a partially broken whitish
tVont, until it reaches 140 feet elevation. There are a few scattered
trees on the lower part of the slope, and the summit level is covered
with them.

Tin* shore under the eastern side of the head is bordered by a low
narrow beach.

The eastern shore of the entrance to Possession Soc.ud abreast this

AUMIIULTY INLKF PUGKT SOIIN'D.

lifiul rises from ^ low iiiirrow beaoli witli (liM-iduous trees on the lower
slope ami Oregon pim' »>ii the suinuiit. Yellow i)lutl's show in patches
tliroiig'h the frees.

ISetweeii the two heads there is a shallow |)o<,!'et niniiin<;' hack li
miles, called Ciiltus Hay. [t is in pint overflowed at high tide, and
then presents the apjiearance of a bay. An c.vrensive sand bank and
shoal makes out nearly 3 miles to the southward, with the breadth of
the heads as a base. From the eastern head round the western, and a
mile toward Tseless Hay, the low-water line makes out h ndle, the shore
beinjj; bare, where older maps have deep water. For over a mile south
of the western head a de|)th of 8 and 10 fathoms of water and smooth
sandy bottom can be found; while the L'O-fathom line runs out S miles
directly tor Ai)ple Tree (love, with a l)ottom of sand, gravel, and
shells. Oft' the eastern head a strong nmlereurrent runs into I'o.sses-
sion Hound, and an upward current setting to the westward at all tides.

Off the south side of Pos.session Point on the line of 3 fathoms, is a
rock awash at the lowest tides. It is about lioO yards otr the front of
the cliffs.

Possession Sound.~(See i>age 5(5.)

Port Ludlov(r. — South at liasalt Point ami 2 miles directly west of
Foulweather Bluff is the broad opening to Port Ludlow on the west
side of the entrance to Hood's Canal. This bay has a broad entrance
oiteii towards the NNE. Tiie two points of the entrance are Basalt
Point to the north and Tala Point to the south, the former lying IJ miles
exactly SSE. of the latter.

The general direction of the western shore ol the bay from Basalt
Point is, south for L'g miles to the sawmill.

It is in part low, brolien bliift', with a gently rising country behind,
»;overe<l with Oregon pine. The low-water beacli is about 50 yards
wide, and the .1 fathom line is from 100 to -00 yards from the shore,
except near Snake Itoc'-', which it nearly reaiihes. The general direc-
tion of the eastern side of the bay from Tiila Point is SVV. by S. for IJ
miles; the shore is liigh under Tala Point and decreases to the south-
ward in the bay. Abreast the Sawmill .'oint the width of the bay is
)} mile, but the channel is narrowed by a shoal frouj the southpusterii
shore, stret«!hing fully !, mile toward Sawmill Point. Inside the Sawmill
Print the bay affords a good anchorage in (i to 8 fathoms of water over
soft mud for .^ mile to the south waid and westward. This small basin
is comi)letely landlocked, and is proti'ete<i from gales from every <|uar-
ter by the high land, and high trees about it,

Tala Point is a bright blutT head less than | mile broatl, covered on
top with Oregon pine.

From Tala Point there i.s a bar of hard sand nearly J mile wide
■\vitliin]the5-(athom line,stk'etchingin ait outward curve toColvi s Uocks,
whieh lie one-third the distance from Basalt Point to Tahi Point.

The 3fathoiu curve stretches nearly jj mile, with a width of ^ mile,

(VOLVOS KOCKs — foulwp:ather uluff.

I till' l(twor
ill patches

ii;- l)ack li
I tiilf, and
haiiU atid
breadth of
erii, and a
, tlie shore
mill' south
nd smooth
»ut 3 miles
•avi'l, and
to I'ossos-
t all tides,
lionis, is a
le front of

ly west of
the west
I entrance
ire Basalt
]i ]J miles

m Basalt

y behind,
r»0 yards
11) shore,
ral dirt'c-
S, for 1\
he Koiith-
he bay is
hoii.sterii
Sawmill
Iter over
all basin
'ly iiuar-

vere;l on

ile wide
■* llocks,
It.
t" t "'ilt',

iioiii Tala I'oiiit to the nortiiward, reachiiiir to the biaek buoy; liie
:i(ittoiii is hard sand. The low-water line is tilMt yards from the cape,
and kelp lies for \ mile to the northwartl.

Abreast Tahi Point the width of the l>ay is '^ mile, with <xihh\ water
and j^ood holdiii;.; liioniid.

The approaches to this liarboi' are marked bv Ivlas Buck and Colvos

Iv'iK'liS.

Colvos Rocks area cluster of three rocks; the luarest one to the
shoie lies nearly A mile S. 2(P K. of Basalt Point. It is •_'."> feet iii-li
and of small extent; the lar<;est nxik is \ mile larther on in the sime
cdurse. I'hc third one is I'dlt yards iioithwards of the outer one.
There is deep water around the north^vest rock, but a Ion;; shoal
stretiihes to the southeast Irom the laif^est. The bottom aioniid these
rocks is rocky and hard sand. Kroai these rocks there is a bar nearly
1 mile wide, of less than o fathoms, reaching in an outward curve
toward Tala i'oint.

There is dtep water on the north, went, and east sides of the north-
eastern rock o! the v^olvos gtoiip.

fiieie is \'eiy shoal {ground lor l.'."»ll yards SSW. (rom the southeast
("olvos Mock, and Irom this there is .i lo.is' tail of hard sandy bottom
stietcliiiiy over j^ of a mile, nearly tSii. towards the red biioy.

Abreast the Colvos Rocks, and nearly \ mile fioni the shore, tliereis
a \;\vtn' rock. This is the Snake Ivock l.'iO yards in extent and Just
awiisli at lii^ii tide. There is a narrow line of ."i fathoms of water just
in.side of it.

Directions. — The deepest channel linto this bay lies outside the
Klas liock, and between the inner (Jolvos lioek and 8i!ake Bock,
wiiere the channel is (JOO yards wide between the .Ifathom lines, and
I'arries H» fathoms of water over stiiiky bottom. Thence everythiiiji' is
clear to the head of the bay, gradually reducin;; the depth to 8 and 7
iathoms inside the Saw Mill Spit, and having ^ood water under each
diore, but the better water is under the western sliore. There is a broad
; ireshore, or low water beach, under the easteru shore.

The usual channel is between the Colvos IJocks and lala Point, cross-
ing the bar iu -If fathoms of wafer, o^v. hard sandy bottom, between
the red ami bhiek buoys.

This i»assage is -^ mile wide, and the buoys lie N. l.'P K. and S.
i;{0 W. of each other.

If the wind and currents do not suit foreidering by this buoyed cliaii
iiel, a vessel must run inside of (he ('olvos Boiiks, cariying gooil water
<!\er a sofr muddy bottom. The approaches to both channels are good.

Hood's Canal. — Sec page .11).

Foulweather Bluff. — This is one of the most noticeable of fiie many
<lilfsin Pnget Sound. U is the northern eitremity ofa 7-niile peninsula
which separates A Imiralty Inlet from the entrance to Hood's Canal.
It is the landmark for nnddng Tort Ludlow at the entrance to that canal.

ADMIRALTY INLKT PUGKT SOUiND.

iiiul Port (jiimble, 5 miles inside. The northern face is about a mile
broiiil, witii nearly verti(!al sandy clay clitt's about '225 feet high, and
covered on the summit with heavy firs and a very dense undergrcwth.
It, slopes toward tiie east to a blulV 40 feet high, but on the side next
to Flood's Canal the elilf is steep. Hood's Canal is here almost I'fj miles
wide, and tiie inlet across to Double HliilVis barely ,'5 miles across.

On the southwestern side of the bluff two small points make out, with
a little recession between them. The northern one is low.

Rock. — A rock awasii at the lowest tides lies off the face of the blufl",
a little to the east of the middle of the face,aml3 fathoms water is found
outside this danger. It is intended to place a buoy outside of tlie rock
in r> fathoms of water.

Point No Point. — This is one of the turning points in the broad
waters of the sound. The point itself is low and just above high water,
with a guily and small stream open just at the western part. To the
westward the broken clitfsrnn in a concave curving line to Foulweather
BIntf. To the. southward tiie shore is nearly straigiit for 10 miles, "with
increasing licight to theclilis, ami a low narrow marshy line under them
to Pilot Point, 2.\ miles distant. The land behind it is 200 or .'500 feet
high and moderately wooded. I^eep water runs close to the point, aud
one third of the way across the channel abreast it there is a depth of
1 14 fathoms. Under the south side of the point tlnnv, is good anchorage
in 10 fathoms.

Apple Tree Cove liesOi^ miles S. 18° E. of Point No Point, and is a
low point rising behind to liigher grouml, which i.-> wooded. Prom this
point there is a soft iniuldy tlat extending sevdal hundred yards up
the sonntl, witii good water ov(!r it. From ."> to 12 fathoms of water
and sticky mud bottom are found fully A mile from the sliore, and a
de]>thofO fathoms i.s carried well into the cove, whicli is formed i)y a broad
receding of the shore for neaily one mile to tiie westward. The head of
the cove is 1.] miles from the point, and vessels may avoid adverse cur-
rents by anchoring on the muddy banic. The head of tiie bay is marshy;
no fresh water is obtainable here. The .south shore of the cove runs
almost southeast for a mile and then trends more to the southward for
President I'oiiit. Tliere is very deep water (ilose under the soulhern
shore of this cove.

Edmund Point. — Piiectly abioast of Apple Tree ('ove, (ui the east
side of ti.e iiil.'t or .-oiind, is Edmund Point. It is a low, roiiinling
point with a lagoon i iside its shores and it makes out from the low nar-
n»w valley beliind it. There is a blnlf to the southward. Thence to
lOlliot Point, on the east side of the entrance of Possession Sound, the
direction is almost NNH. for Qfi miles. The shore north of it is low and
the water deep ; off the point itself the water is very deep. The inlet
is here :Vl miles wide.

Point Wells, south of Hdmund Point, is low and makes out from the
high bluff behind it. There is a slight recession of the shore between the

PRESIDENT POINT I'OKT MADISON.

l)oints, and the lO-fatliom line is outside of tlie line joiniii;^ tlieiu, but
rliere is ancliornfie in the bight, although contracted. The .3()-fathoni
\hw is close under the point.

President Point and Point Jefferson. — On tlui west side of the
sound and on the north side of the entrance to I'ort Madison, there is a
line of moderately high, straight bluff shore, with the land rising beiiind it
;ind covered with trees; itcornnieiices at President Point and continues
( me mile south to Point .Iclferson. wlicii tlii' shore inakesashai'p turn and
runs to the west I'or more ihau .5 miles. This soutlieru face of Point
Jefferson is a low, bright ditf in i)la(;es. Wlienabreast Point .Jefferson
It shows broken white dill's de(a'easing to the northward and to the
south westward, and then from the latter rising again. Stretcliingbroad
(itf the shore between Presi<lent Point and Point Jelferson for more than
A mile there is a D-fathom bank wliich affords excellent ancliorag(^ for
vessels when drifting with light airs and adverse currents. (]lose nn<ler
the south side ;!nd extending out to l.\ and '> fathoms of w.iter, there is a
compact massof kel|) \ mile long |)arallel with tlie shore southwest and
iiortlieast.

Port Madison. — This is a broad and deep recession of the western
sliore of the inlet. Under the north shore it stretches in 3 miles west,
,ind the entrance toward the inlet is U nideswide. There is deep water
throughout this large bay, ranging from 80 fathoms at the SE. part
to U(» fatiioms at the X \V. part, but there is a narrow bank stretching
one mile south of Point Jetl'erson with li") fathoms of water, sandy bot-
tom.

Tlie northern shores of thi^ bay are broken white cliffs and interven-
ing low beaches. The western face is moderately low bright cliffs,
with the white buildings of the Indian reservation in tiie 8\V. angle at
the entrance to Ag;ite Passage. The south shores are broken cliffs, cx-
icpr at the entrance to the Port Madison (locks. The mills ate S mile
insider the Nli. point of the entrance, with very ami)le wharf facilities and
II ooring dolphins for vessels to haul out to. The channel is nari'ow and
■arries l.'J feet of water. Outside the entrance to this inner i)ort the
water deepens to 15 fathoms in less than 4 mile, except to the west,
where there is along s[)it with only 1.'. to IS feet of water u|ion it for ^
mill' from th ' shore.

Point Monroe. — The SE. point is a low, narrow sainl spit, curving in-
ward from the outer shore to the westward and merely outlying the
cliffs I ndle.

Buoy. — A. biioy is i>laced just outside tiie .'{fathom bank, wliich
makes out northward /^ of a mile from the low saiuly hook of Point
Monroe. Very shoal water is crarrieil out very nearly to the ;i-fatlioin
liiH', and then the depth increases to 10 fathoms in .10 yards and to liO
tathoms in I2il0 yaids.

Bainbridge Island.— Tiiis ishind lies in a deep bight of the Great
I'einnsiila, and its eastern shore forms the western side of the inlet or
1420o— No. !»(] 3

ADMIRALTY INLKT Pf(.KT ISOI'NU.

Kouiid (liit'ctl.N iihicast ^Vt•^it Pointaiid Diiwaiiiisli IJu.v. Tlii' iioitli .slioru
foiiis tlic soiitli .side of I'ort Madison. It is a iitric over !> niiios long >\
hy W. and .iJ, nnlcs wide. It is niodcratt'ly iiijjli, lias sonic high hluH's
along the castcin shoio, hat tiiis is IjioUen by several indentations, {'orni-
ing anehoiagis and harbors. To t!ie westward of the island is a long
sonnd, wiiieh, with its arms, is iieaily .'50 niiies long and one mile wide
with a good depth ol' water elo.se to the shores.

Port Orchard has its entrance in the sonthwestern part of Port!
Madist)n. This entrance is very narrowand somewhat crooked, but has
trom ;5 to 4 fatiionis of water in it. \'cssels mnst enter nnder easy sail
and lieep the lead going on eacli side to find the deepest water. When
tluongh, give Point JJolin a berth ol' nearly .{ mile, to avoid the shoal
making ont eastward tVom it. ArouTid Point Holin, Dogfish I>ay opens
to the N\V. and near the head of the port, Dye's Inlet opens to the north-
ward and westward.

Rich's Passage, thesontliern entrance to Port Orchard, isobstrncted
by rocksainl isditlienlt ot navigation. The winds are lightand variable,
and at Its narrowest part, where it makes a sharp turn, the current is
swift.

Skiff Point. — This is the first point, .ij miles south of Point Monroe,
on the west side of the sound. It is directly abreast of West I'oint
light-honse, where the channel isl'-,' miles wide. The i)oint is moderately
liroad and rounding, ami projects fully .] mile into the channel Jt is
low at the water line, and rkses regulaily to a ridge to the westward;
the blufi' to the northward is moderately high. The water oft' the point
is quite bold.

Murden's Cove. — This is a wide recession of the western shore ot
the s(nind, just under Skilf Point; the shore sweeping to the westwaid
for nearly a mile and then southeastward for H nides to Yenioalt Point.
The northwestern shore is low ; the southern shore has steep clay cliffs.
The inner part of the cove has shoal water, but inside of the line of the
two i»()ints tln-re is aiudiorage in 10 to 1.5 fathoms.

'Y'eiuoalt Point is the southern point of Murden's Cove. It is a low
point, with gently rising land behind it. The (;liil's to the northward
and southward aic nnxleiately high and broken. There is ileep water
ntf the point.

Eagle Harbor. — This is a narrow, deep iinlentation in the eastern
shore of Maiubridge Island. At the mouth the entrance is barely .1
mile wide, and the.'J-lathoin curve extends nearly a mile into the harooi.
A (lei)th f 8 fathoms is 4 mile inside from the north junnt. The north
side of the entrance is Wing Point; it overlap;; the south side ^ mile
and is a very narrow, low point. It is nearly in the line of the latter
jioint, Vemoalt Point, and Skiff Point.

A long, pebbly beach makes out 'Mi) or 41)0 yards fc'E. from Wing
Point, ami late surveys have deveIo{)ed a direct conneciion from this
ledge to the Jilakely Itock, running parallel with the sbon. For ^ mile

PORT ni.AKELY — I.'KSTOKATION I'OINT.

iroiii the, poiiiC on ii linn to IMakt^ly R()(!k tlicn* is IoiiimI us littii*. iis 2i
I] liitlionisor water. Outside of tlii« leii;^!', tiie bottom drops very suddenly

to ")(» Catlionis.

W'ssi'l.s hound into I'ort ISlakelv niustnot liiiul tooe.lose

lo the shore until they are, witliin .', mil""*'
^I'ls are Iw."-'' =• *

es-
ho
ep

of
il

S
., ...lie iiisKic tlie north

.n-arer the southern sliore than the northern, in !>i

fatlioniH of water, over hard hottoni. Here the width, under the north-
ern and southern Kliores, is only .'{DO yards, and that width decreases
liirtlier in.

Blakely Rock. — In the outer road tliere is a ledf;;e of rock nearly
i mile in extent, and a large part of it is above water. The middle
and hi<;he8t pait is !."» feet above water. TiKre is shoal water and foul
ground for 200 yards to the northward of the roek, with a bank of kelp
I'xtendiufj out to 7 fathou's of water all around it. On the south side
I here is deep water close under it, with a passage between it and the
norihern shore of Restoration Point, | mile wide; this passage has 25
lathoms of water with sticky bottom. The passage between the north
liomt and Blakely Uock is i mile wide between the lO-fatho-m curves
and has 20 fathoms of water over sticky bottom, so that vessels from
tlic noi'th always ]tass between the rock and tiie north point. The
approach from the north is over the long ledge which runs from Wing
Point ro Blakely Hock. A little U .s than i mile north of Blakely Itock
this ledge can be crossed in M fathoii.s water, sandy bottom ; but thence
111 Wing I'oint tlie depth of water on the ledge decreases, and as little
us 2A fathoms is fc ...i, with deep water inside. Outside of the ledge
tlie dejith increase,^ rapi<lly to TiO fathoms.

Restoiration Point is in some resiiects very iiecnliar; no other point
Ml I liese w iters, except Battery I'oint, [tresents the same formation. For
.{<>(» yards it is Hat, about 10 feet above high water, and has a foot depth
of soil covered with grass, over a limestone rock upheaved nearly on
edge, the direction of the strata pointing toward Battery Point, ov a
little southwestward of it. Inshore the land rises 8har|)ly about 100
teet, its sides covered with grass and its summit with tir trees. Around
tlie whole southeastern face of the point these peculiarities exist. Oiv
the upper levels of the high land adjacent are small lakes of water.

Decatur Reef. — From the extremity of the point, a ledge, bare at low

ADMIRALTY IM.Kl — IMHiKT SOI'NU.

sound (Itrcctly iihrciist West Pointaiid Diiwaiiiisli Bii.v. Tlic iioilli shoiv
tbni's tlie soiitli side of I'oit: .Madison, li is a little over !> miles Ions; >.'.
Uy W. and .1.^ miles wide. It is nicideiately liisii, lias some liifjli IdiifVs
al(in;L; the eastern shore, hut this is liroken by .several indentations, lofni-
iny aiieiioiages and liarhors. To the westward of the island is a Ion;;

(1728) WASHINGTON— Fuget sound-Fort Orchard— Brbmerton
naval station — Hydrographic information. — Conunander V. L.
Cottniau, U. S. Navy, Puget Sound naval station, leports under date
of October 18, 1905, that the piers at the naval station are numbered
as follows:

jjiThe first pier eastward of the eoalin^f wharf is pier No. 1. The
pier wliere the receiving ship lies is No. 2. The pier forming the
western side of the entrance to the dry docli is No. 5. The eastern
side of the entrance to the dry dock is pier No. 6. About 50 yards
eastward of No. is pier No. 7.

T)«e mooring buoy on the ciistein side of the dock entrauce is No. 1 ;

oil the western side is No. 2. The stern buoy, ^50 yards to the south.

ward, is No. 3. (N. M. 43, 1906.)

oy ropivsand isditlunitt ol navigation, llie winds are iignr ami variaDlo,

and at its narrowest part, where it makes a sharp turn, the current is

hwilt.

Skiff Point. — This is the first ])oint, :>.[ miles south of Point Monroe,
on the west side of the -sound. It is directly abreast of West I'oint
lifjht-house, where theidianiiel is2-j' miles wide. The jioiiit is moderately
broad and roiindiiiy, and i)rojects fully .\ mile into the channel It is
lr)w at the water line, and rises regularly to a ridge to the westward;
the bluff to the northward is moderately high. The water off the point
is (inite bold.

Murden's Cove. — This is a wide recession of the western shore of
the sound, just under Skiff Point; the shore swee|)ing to the westward
for nearly a mile and then .soulheastwaid for 1.^ nines to Yemoalt Point.
The northwestern shore is low; the southern shore lias steep clay cliffs.
The inner part of the cove has shoal water, but inside of the line of the
two ])!»iiits there is anchoiage in 10 to 1.5 fathoms.

Yemoalt Pcint is the southern point of Murden's Cove. It is a low
point, with gently rising land behind it. The cliffs to the northwaiil
and southward are moderately high and broken. There is deep water
eff the point.

Eagle Harbor. — This is a narrow, deep indentation in the eastern
.slioie of Haiiibiidge Island. At the mouth the entrance is barely J,
mile wide, and the-l-falhom (iiirve extends nearly a mile into the iiarooi.
A depth of 8 fathoms is -i mile inside from the north jioint. The north
side of the entraiuie is Wing Point; it overlaps the south side ^ mile-
and is a very narrow, low point. It is nearly in the line of the latter
jioint, Yemoalt Point, and Skiff Point.

A long, pebbly beach makes out •'500 or 400 yards SE. from Wing
Point, and late surveys have developed a direct connection from this
ledge to the lilakely KocU, running parallel with the shore. For if mile

I'OIM' HLAKKLY — l.'KSTOKAI'ION POINT.

Mf)

a luirrt'iit is

11(1111 tilt' puiiit, on II line to IJIakfly Rock tliciHi is roimd us littiti us '2^
r.itiiotiisof wiittT. OiUsidi' of tliis ii'(lj,n> tim bottom drops very siiddi'idy
to "((» fatlioins. Vessels bound into Port IMakely niustiiot lianl tooclo^e
to the sliore until they are within ^ mile of IJhikidy K'oek. If laiffe ves-
sels are bound into ICajile Harbor, they would have to enter from the
southward, close uiuler sluu'c, and pass throuj^h the narrow but deep
I liannel between the ledjje and the shore.
Port Blakely i« a moderately deep indentation on the north side of

U'Htoration I'oint, whitdi is the mark fiu" the entraii

The acttual

length of the port is Jj mile, and it (tarries ;{ fathoms fully ;■ mik- inside
the openiufj, whieh is jj mile wide.

l"iu^ usual outer antihora^e of Port HIakely is 8. IP 10, of th«' noitli
point of the entraneo, a little nearer the southern shore, in l.'J fathoms
of water, over sticky bottom. The deepest water in the entranee is 18
fathoms. Tho inner anelu)ra;;e is from \ to .\ mile inside the north
point and rather lu'arer the southern shore than the northern, in !>.J
tathoms of water, over hard bottom. Here tlie width, under the north-
ern and southern shores, is only ;500 yards, and that width decreases
farther in.

Blakely Rock. — In the outc^r road there is a ledge of rock nearly
i mile in extent, and a large part of it is above water. The middle
and highest ])art is 1.1 feet above water. There is shoal water ami foul
ijround for 2(10 yards to the northward of the rock, with a bank of kelp
I'Xtemling out to 7 fathoms of water all around it. On the south side
there is deep water close under it, with a pa.saage between it and the
norihern shore of Restoration Point, jj mile wide; this i)assage has lio
fathoms of water with sticky bottom. The passage between the north
point and HIakely Itock is A mile wide between the lO-fathoni curves
and has 2(5 fathoms of water over sticky bottom, so that vessels from
the north always ])as8 between the rock and the nortli point. The
approach from the north is over the long ledge whi(!h runs from Wing
Point ro HIakely Hock. A little less than J mile north of IJlakely liock
this ledge (;an be crosseil in !) fathoms water, sandy bottom ; but thence
to Wing Point the deitth cf water (Ui the ledge decreases, ami as little
:is LM fathoms is found, with deep water inside. Outside of the ledge
the depth in('reas(',< rajiidly to ."»0 fathoms.

Restoration Point is in some respects very iieculiar; no other point
in t hese waters, e.\cei»t Battery Point, presents the same formation. For
■ iiMI yards it is tiat, about 10 feet above high water, and has a foot dei»th
1)1 soil (!overed with grass, over a limestone rock upheaved nearly on
edge, the direction of the strata pointing toward Battery Point, or a
little southwestward of it. Inshore the land rises sharfdy about 100
liet, its sides covered with grass and its summit with tir trees. Around
the whole southeastern face of the point these peculiarities exist. On
the upi»er levels of the high laud adjacent are small lakes of water.

Decatur Reef. — From the extremity of the point, a ledge, bare at low

3«

ADXIIIULIT INLKT iniGi:T SOUND

tides, inaUcs out l)r()ii(l into tiio sound for .iOO yards, tiic <U'i)tli of the
WiittT is fi t'atlioins 100 yards oil its extremity, and 1(! latlioiiis at ^
mile. Sontli oi ili" jioint, aiiclioiage may be had in 15 fathoms of water
over stieky bottom, \ iiiiie from siiore, or, as a rule foi' (indiiij; aiieiiora};!',
brinn tlie IMakely Uoei' nortli of tlie point to ran;;e just o\ er and inside
of it. Kelp exists idoiif"- tlie sontiiern faue.

Point Orchard. — Tliis is tlie low I'oc^ky i)oint at llie south side of tin;
entrance to liicli's I'assii;;c into I'ort Orchard. iJehind it the land rises
into a moderate hillock with a low neck to the southward, and (rove
inside the i»ass;i!,M' to i\n' W'NW. Off this point the water is deep.

Meadow Point, nearly opposite Point .Monroe on the western shore
of the sound, is a small low jjiassy point, with a marshy la<j<'<>'i inside
and hiuher i:;roiind risiin;- bciiind

West Point is a shaip low <;iassy iioint projecrtinj; nearly a mile into
the chaniu'l. It has a li^ihthouse on its (extremity.

Shilshole Bay and Creek. — Between the two latter points is yiiils-
bole Hay, and iit the bottom of the bay .Shilshole (Jre dv empties, .rain-
infj Union Lake .'! miles to the eastward.

Tnder the broken clift's between the Shilshole Creek and West I'oint
the low-water be.ich is shiufjle, l)ut outside of the .'{fathoms the l)ott()iii
is sticky. (Jn the line between the two points the depth midway is L'a
fathoms directly abreast the opening of the creek. One third of a mile
inside this line is the .'{-fivthom <!urve. The shoal water makes out
farthest at lIk^ mouth of the creek. Two feet can be carried into the
month of this small stream at low water.

Anchoraf^e may l>e had in Shilshole Bay in 1.1 fathoms of water over
sandy bottom, with the lij;ht house bearinj"' S. 21° \\. di.stant if of a mile.

There is a aoad anchorajje in 7 to 10 fathoms about liou yards from
the siiore lietween \Vest Point aud Shilshole Creek, and good j)rotec-
tion Irom soulheasters.

It has been proposed to excavate a channel from tln^ sound to Union
Lake, and thus have a safe port in I'resli water. Locally, this bay is
knowr as Sjilmon IJiiy.

DuTvamish Bay. — On the eastern side of the sound and on the south
sale of West Point, Duwiimish Pay opens with a width of ^tf^ miles, con-
tracts rapidly to 2)^ miles both from the northern and southern shores,
and then continues with that width for 2 mdes to the edge of the ex-
tensive rials at the mouth of the Duwamish River.

On the south side of the high wooded blutf (touunemang just east of
West Point there is a long bright horizontal out, which is halfway be-
tween the water and the toj); it is a good landmark. This blutt" is
named Magnolia Plnlfand it makes a long rounding sweeji for 1.^ miles
to the southeastward from the light-house. It reaches nearly 400 feet
elevation and continues with decreasing height for 1'^ ndles nearly
KSE. to a sliarp recression of the shore which makes in to the northward
for ■{ mile. This recession forms a moilerately wide cove, bare at low

SKATTLK DIUKCTIONS.

>'ii inilo iiito

wiitrr, ouIIlmI Smith's Cove. UikIlt tlic foot of Ma},'iu)liii lUuB' and
nearly jj iiiil« SSIC. of its liigliest break, there is a large granite erratic
liowlder inside the low-water line, and loeally known as Four Mile Roek.
Tiie hntken blntV abreast tiiis rocik is 2l'0 feet liigh and the land behind
il rises to nearly M)0 feet. From the eastern side, of Smith's (Jove the
shore for 3 miles to Seattle, is nearly straight and runs southeast. It
is comparatively low l)ut the lanil behind rises rapidly to the top of the
riilge between this bay and Union Lake, the extreme height being IM
feet. After rounding West Point a vessel keeps about i mile off the
iiiirthern shore, and the general course to Seattle is S. r»7° K., and the
distance is 51 miles from the light on West Point.

Duwamish River. — This is a moderately large stream in the (Cascade
iMiige of mountains, and rnniiing a general course to the northwest to
Duwamish Bay. A tributary from tlici north drains the extensive lakes,
Washington and Sammamish ; and in its valleys and at the lak.'s there
lin\e been developed extensive de|)osits of <;oal and ir )ii. Tlie whole
I'oiintry is well wooded. The great mud Hats at I lie head of Duwamish
l)iiy are formeil from the sediments brougiit down by this river.

Seattle. — In the northeastern part of the bay is an extensive town.
Vessels (!an obtain all kinds of supi)lies. It is the shipping port for the
roal mines in the vicinity and large cpiantities are ex|)orted. Vessels
are rapidly coaled at the wharves by cliutes, price -Sfi.oO per ton. Wheat
is liiigeiy exported and the lumber Vmsiness extensive.

There is an extensive .system of wharves in the extended frontage, of
Seattle, and steamboats and vessels go directly there to discharge and
load. These wharves reach out to 3 and 4 fathoms of water. \e8seKs
anchoring oH' the town find the best ground near the .southern part of
the town, where a depth of 15 to 20 fathoms over muddy bottom is found,
4(10 yards outside the wharves. It drops off suddenly from lo fathoms.

Directions. — When a sailing vessel is getting under way from her
.iiichorago off Seattle, the usual summer winds compel the first tack
to be to the southward towards the edge of the great inud Hat. If it
he high water this Hat can not be distingui.shed, and the lead must bo
kept going. Wiien a dejjth of 1.5 fathoms is striK^k a vessel must go
about, for the water .shoals to 3-fatlioms very sudilenly, and keeping
(in would soon bring her up on the Hat. If the luirrent be =ibb, vessels
liiinnd out of the .souinl should stand well into the inlet; and if bound
11)) the .sound should work clo.se uinler and arouml Duwamish Head
to Uattery Point. If the current be Hood, vessels bou'"d out of the inlet
should work under the north shore and close to West Point; if bound
lip the sound, they should work under the north shore about 3i miles
1" Magnolia Point, or to tin? Four Mile Rock, or until they (!an fetcii well
I'lear of Battery Point. If (taliiis prevail, the tug is employed to tow
ve.s.sels in or out. The tug service throughout the sound is good.

DuT^amish Head is steep, about 320 feet high, and the sninniit is
spar.sely covered with the Oregon pine. Tlie western side of the head i.s

ADMIlJAl/rV INI^KI — IMIOKT SOUNO.

broken to tlif lit'iKliI of lidd \Wt at tlic lii;;lic,st point iiinl U(ll> IVct iit
tln' t'XtroMK* point. On tli<' inside it is very steep but not broken tor
^ mile. Tilt' 'leucli at low \>aler streliilies out ^ mile to tin- nortliuani,
when the shoal water is continued to the .'5 fathom line, whi(!li is (»(>(►
yards Ironi the hlntl', the dro]) to L'O fatlioniH is within 250 yards.
Aloiiii' the east lace of the hhill' the water is very deep close inshore.
L'ner the eastern side of the head is the town of VV^est Seattle, with an
extensive sawmill ami wharfa>ie fatiilities. Seveiieijjhtiis of a mile in
side the head is a small settUmient (;alled ()'('onnOr, within tiieonlei
edjre of the yreat Hats.

Battery Point. — 'liie .south point of the entrance to Diiwamish Hay is
Uattery Point, which isAj^ miles nearly south of West I'oint liKlit-hoiise.
From the northwestward just before reachiiiji' West Point, IJattery
Point is seen as a moderately low, liar*-, nearly llattopped mound, with
a steej) clilf nearly <»(( feet lii;;li to\\ar(ls the watei', and a short, low
])oint ontside of it, wiiich is the leal point. Inside oi' the curiously
shaped mound theic is a low neck with lar.uc strati^liii;; pine trees, and
behind this the land ajjain rises. I'rimi the .soiilheaalward beyouil
Bra(;e Point, tlie same characteristics are seen with one lone pine trunk
standinji' in tlie middle of the j;ently slo[)in{' surface of llie mound.
Tliis tree shows m)w only the bare trunk ; tbrmerly it was a yood nuirk.
On the north side of Hattery Point a vessel aiKihorinn' in -<• fathoms
of water <iver sandy bottom can not liave a greater scope of chain than
^0 fathoms, without lieiiifj too close to the shore. The beach is smooth
and \('ry re;;iilar, beiny composed of sand and f;ravel.

Point Williams. — This point, on the east side of the .sound, is
the first small low sindy and ;jrravel i>i)int, -i, miles from Hattery
I'oinl. The land rises rai)idly behind it and it is pine covered. IJe.
tweeii it and liattery Point the shore rtitieats .\ mile to the eastward
and is nearly str.iif;lit. It is not a notable jtoint to vessels fjoiu};' up or
down the sound becausi- it retreats inside the line of Brace Point. It is
the north point nt Paunlleroy Cove.

Brace Point forms the .south side of Kauiitleroy (.'ove. It is a small
low sandy jiravelly point, backed by rapidly rising- k''<>"ii<1- covered
with Oreijon pine. In rnnnin;^; north, betbre a vessel reaches Point
J'ully, IbiKH- Point is seen as a modeiately hifih wooded iiointjnst to
the eastward of Hattery Point; the land behind the lirst rise falliuf; a
little aiMl then rising to the eastward.

Fauntleroy Cove. — This slight indentation is between I'oiut
Williams and Hrace point; the distance ajiart of these jioints is a
bttle over •,' mile, and the shore recedes [ mile to the eastward. The
imiiiedialo shore is low except under Point Williams, where the blutt
reaches the water. (Joixl anchorajje may be had here in 10 and 11*
fatlionis of water ; but when on a raiifje of the two jtoints tlic^ depth in-
creases and the bottom drops away very suddenly ontside. Fresh
water is easilv obtained in the vicinity.

POINT VVijLY VASIION I.SLANI).

Point PuUy li<>s l} miles IVoiii Uran- I'oint. I'.cHvim'ii ISr.ni' I'oiiit
mil Point I'lilly liic sliorc rctrciits niort' tliiiii a mile to tlic eastwarti,
with low shores bonlerin;,' tli« hiffhor piiie-tiovereil land. Two or threw
Miiali sti'eaiiis enter tills hi^iht, anil tlie (ieptli of the water is very ^'reat.
I'oint I'lilly |ir(iie(;ts more than \ mile into tiie sound; it is sharp and

llllll'OW.

Ir is a low |».)inr with a Hat r iiiMilin;,' hilloiric hehiiid it, iinil upon wliicli
>i,iii(ls (MIC lar;;'e li.Ji tree in the miildle and two or threi- smaller ones
stra'4Kliii;i on eiudi side. The extremity of Mie point is sand and ;,'riiv(d
mil it pitches sharply ofV itito very deep water, the.'iKf'athoiii (Mii've lyiii.t;
l)iit a short (listanee outside with IJi) f.ithums in mid-channel. There
Is deep water on the north and south sides; stronj; eurrents sweep
iiv ii. IJiiiler Point INdly to the t>astward the hliill" l)i'e,ilvS down to
lirowii slopes without trees, and iit one mile from the point a stream
I'niii's in from a moilerately Itroid valley. Oil' this v.illey a ll il makes
I'lii some distance, with deej) water at its edge.

Blake Island. — 'J ..is island is at the nnrtliern entrance toCn'vos Pas-
sive. It is altoiii '>ti" aile in extenl, not lii^li, but covered witli wooil,
i\ii pt at the eastern point, which is low and pehltly. Tin- eastern side
III the island is low, with straij^lin^j trees, and the land rises to near
till' western side. There is deep watei' fi'eiieraHy around the island, the
I'li-ratliom (iiirve Wein;; (dose under the smitli and west sides and olV the
east point. Oil tiie north side tlit^ Kll'athoin ciiivc makes out ;i, mile
towards the hroad shore of Ucstoratioii Point, and lliei'i- is aiicliora};e
In 17 to l.S fathoms close ninler the east point, wiili bottom of soft mud.

Allen Bank. —Stretirhin^ from the SIO. f,ic(M)f iJlake Island there isa
ll ink with less tiian L'O fathoms of water reachiii;,' all the way across to
Point V^ashon at the NI<]. part of the entraiKje toColvos Passaj^e. The
liiitlom is variable: in some places mini and in others hard sand. The
ilejith is jrreater near the island and decre.isi^s to as little as. Si fathoms
one mile X. 17'^ 10. of Point Vashon. This bank has i)roven of gr(?at
service to ve-ssels losiiij;' the wind and having adverse currents: the
more especially when the Oolvos l*assaue was the (iliannel used by all

\ i'SS(ds.

Vashon Island. — This is the largest island in the waters of Admiralty

Inlet and Pdiiet .Sound It is hi^li, with steep sliori's, e, )vert'il with
wood and underjjrowLli. Its surfa(!e is marshy, In iimiiv parts (piite
elevated. It is 1 1 miles in lenjith, north and south, and raii,'"s from one
to tJjV' miles in breadth. It mav be considered aslyinjxin a j^reir exi)an-
sioii of the sound I'J (ir 14 miles lonii' and 10 mlhvs wide. IJetween the
cast and SK. sides of the island and the nriinland is the li inile-wide
channel of the main inlet, reacliiiiif as far as (joinmencement iiay. The
shore line of the island is 47 miles, and around the .shores of the island
there is a belt of kelp in the latter part of the sutnnier ami aiitninn,
bu'. it is torn away by the storms of the winter and spriii};'.
The easternmost projection of the shore of N'ashon Island is a ciiri-

ADMIRALTY INLET PUGKT SOUND.

oiisly aliiipi'd peiiiiisiila, walled Maury Island, li miles loii^f and li miles
wide, lyiiiy uudenieath tlie 9E. part of VasUoii Island. This peninsula
is liif^li, wooded, and hascompaet, bold shores.

Tiie N W. [lart is eonnt'eted with Vashon Island by a low sandy neck ol"
land only 100 yards wide. The bight at the north side of this neck is
Tramp Harbor, broad open to the XW. The deep bay on the south side
of the neek and between Vashon Island and Maury Island is .'U miles
long and over ^ mile wide, with r> to 10 fathoms of water over sray sand
and mud at the north extremity. Tliis bay is an excellent shelter at 2
miles inside the entrance, with good water and good holding grouinl.
It is named (Quartermaster's Iliubor.

In the earlier years of the navigation of these waters by large sailing
vessels, the <'olvos Passag.'. was universally used, but in recent years
the develoi»inent of Taconia an;l the use of tugs have changed the whole
traftic to the main channel between Vashon Island and the main shore
to the eastward. In thiscliaimel tliecnrreuls are iu)t strong, the chances
for anchoring are tew, and It is sometimes calm wliile there is a tine
breeze blowing through Colvos Passage.

The ui-.i'm clinnnel on t':>'- east side of this island is the best to work
in with a head wind.

Point Vashon. — Tlie northern point of Vashon IsUiiid is named Point
A'ashoM ; it is a higli rounding bluff, covered with Oregon i)ine, forming
the NK. point of the entraucn* to Colvos passage.

Anchorage. — Broad off the north face of Vashon Island there is good
anchorage from \ to i mile offshore, with protection from southeasters.

Dolphin Point is the eastern jwint of the north end of Vashon Island.
It is a higii, sharply rising bluff, covered with Oregon ]iine to the base,
where there is a clump of trees to the water's edge, forming a little
projection. L'nder Uolphin Point tlie shore lino runs a mile to the
SSW., and then li miles to the SE. by S. to P(»int Beals ; the deiith
of water is very great, and in the bight to the southward the depth is
still greater. Tlie I'O fathom curve is close to the ])oint, and the mid-
channel deptii is lOS fathoms.

Good anchorage is reported, however, in from 7 to II fathoms.

In the bight betv/een this point and Point Heals there are three rocks
above water closti under till' shore. The southernmost is on the NW.
side of Point Heals, and is 14 feet above the water; the other two in
the bight ar<> 7 ami (I leet high.

Point Beals is l';; miles from Dolphin Point. It is a wooded jioint,
rising gradinillv to several hundred feet, but it does not prqjt^ct far into
the channel. There is deei) water clo.se off i I and deep water under
the slightly rn cding shore to the n<»rth and to the south.

Point Robinson is the prominent ami noticeable point forming the
easternmosl iirojection of Maury Island. It stretches well over toward
the eastern short* ;)! the channel, whicli it rediu;es in width to U miles-
The extremity of the spit is a low point 150 yards outside the trees, with

COMMENCKMENT BAY.

:iitt'rv(Miinff niiirsliy Kn^mul, ami tlioii a bliitf'. wliicli is almiit Mi fret
liisli, and bii^lit on the soutli side, but covered on the top witli trees.
The l)lnf1' rises to about 7!t fL"-'. hehin;).

Upon the point are three ineonspieuous houses, beiiiy; parr of tiie f'ojj;-
sii,nial I)uildiny:s. To tlie northwest of tlie point the siiore runs nearly
\vest for -i miles, then with a sweeinn}; curve to the north for one mile
to I'oint Hejer, tlience N. by \V. for nearly .'3 miles to Point Heals. On
the south of the point the blullf shore runs l>f miles sonthuesicrly, in a
receding curve to I'oint I'iner.

. I'nderthe south side of Pdiiit Meyer is a broad open biy;ht (tailed
Tramp Harbor, with a very low shore on tlm southern paTt and neaily
roimected with the head of (Juarte.rmaster's Harbor. In lliisbiyjlit tliere
is am hoiajft'. in 1.1 to bS fathoms of water over line K'^'.v ><and, with tleep
water of more than (JO fatiioms on tiie line between Poini lleyerand
Point Robiusou. This is a <.;c)i)il aiichoiMije and tlnwe is fresh water.

(Ml" Robinson Point the water is very deep ; and between tiiis and
Point lirown it is saiil that, when the weather is calm, there is always a
lot of old seaweed and stutf atloat, as if theic was \cry little current
ninvemeiit.

Point Brown. — This forms the norlli i)oint of the entrance to Ooni-
nuMKienu'iit IJay. On the outermost point to the nortli it is lr)w and
L;ravelly with jrenlly risiu;? wooded jiroiind behind a marshy sjVot inside
the low i>oint. On the south face of the point the shore rises .iiiadually
and irrcfjulariy in exposed white clay dills from LM to L'lMl feet iiif;li
within ^ mile from the point. There is very deep watei' 1(M» yanls otf
the point.

Dash Point. — The low po'at 1^ miles N. .'}(i^ K. of i'oint lirown is
Dash Point, sli^ihtly breakin<r the yeiuu-al line of the shore to the north-
eastward. T'here is a siiniit bi-jht with tlei p water l)etween them.

Commencement Bay. — .South of Point Robinson the width of tlie
ink't or sound e.vpands to .S,^ n»iles, with iiii;h blulV wniided siiorcs on
botii sides; on the northwestern sh(»re the bliifls aieunluokcn ; on the
southeast they are l)roken by small streams entcrin;; the sound. In
this expansion of the .sound the water i-; deep to either shore, and in
till' center it is about 100 fathoms. A^ the sontiierii jiar; of this basin
(UmnnencenuMit Pay opens from the southeast with an entrance of 2^
miles between Point lirown on the north .side and the main shore east
of Point Deliance to the southward. The head of the bay is .'$ miles in-
side of Point lirown and somewhat increases its width, but al its liead
there is a broatl and extensive mud tl.it and low marsh land lormed by
the deposits broujjlit down by the Puyallup Ri\cr. Tiiis is a larj,'e
sti'cam eominji' in frcun the ItanUs of the (Cascade ran;;e ami nearl.\ par-
iillel with the Duwamish ot White I'ivi'r.

Thr.'UK'houl the bay the depth of the water is very i^rcat. ranuiu}'
from SS fathoms in the middle of the entrance to .'50 fathoms close under
either shore, and carrying; 'Jt» fatli<nus dose u|i to the ed^ti of the mml

ADMlRAT/rv IN'LKT — I'UCKl' SOUND.

Hats, wlilcli iuv haivat low water. No spiM-ial directions a^c iiccdoil t(t
(.'iiti'i«»r Icavo tills bay. Tin- anciiora^'.eott'Tacoiiia i.s not ^ood, because
tile (le|ttli of wattii' is too j^reat and increases very rapidly otVslioic.
There is },'ooil anchorage under tlie uortii slioie in the slijiht recession
be^inninji: ;J of a mile eastward of Toinl lirown. Half a mile otVsliore
aiid .i mile i'lSK. of the hi^iliest brii;lit blulTof I'oint Urown there is a
dejith of LMl fathoms over brown mml. andtiie.'S fathom line is 1(M> yards
offshore, 'i'iiis anehorafte is well sheltered from all but tlie sontlieasters
o( winter.

The eildy currents are so vei'y irrej;iilar in (yommencemeut ll.iy that
courses to steer by in thick weather are almost iisi'lcss. There is a pe-
(!idiar film of whitish water on the snrfac.' of the Itay (lurini.r tin' ebb
titles and lirst (juarter of the Hood tides; tiiis raiclv leaves the bay ami
is said to come from the f;lacial waters brou,uht down b\- the I'uyalb/p
Iti\er. Whi'ii in or oifthe entrantte to this bay the snow-covered sum-
mit of the massive Mount K'ainier shows wondeifidly distinct over the
low inidfUe jxrotind at the head of thi' Iciy.

Tacoma. on the southwestein sid(^ of the ttay, is the terminus of the
Northern I'acilic, Itailroad. Its juiucipal trade is in wheal, coal, and
bind)er. Supplies of all kinds may be obtained. Vessels (!oal from
aloujiside ot wiiarves.

ColvoS Passage. — ISefore the ,t;eiieral use of steam tu^s oii these
waters aiid Itefore the development of Tacoma as the terminus of a
transcontiiientai railroad, this passage was the almost invariably used
ship (!haiim'] Ibr vessels to and from Tujict Sound. It is formed by the
western siM)re of Vaslion isiami and the eastern shore of the (ireat
Peinnsula. It is 11 A mih's \in\ix and nearly strai.ulit on a course
S. by W., and has a very rejiular width of oiu' mile, with hi!;li blurt
shores, \aried by nutnerotis small low sand points makinj;' ont a sinu't
distam-e (rom the face of ihe blnlf ami all ha\in,u' \ ery deei) watei' olV
then). The mid-cliannel depths are from "•(• to <>(> talhoms over tim'
;;ray sand and {ifravel. A vessel may anchor anywiiere umler either
slior*' if she iuis room to swin,;,'. The l)est amdnjiatic is under the (fast-
ern sluue, near the north «'ntraiice, about \.\ miles ii:"-;Ie of I'oint
\'aslion. There is here a slight reeediny and breakinj;' down of tln^
blutfanda \cssel will fiml excellent anchoraui' in o ro 10 fathoms <if
water. This aiichorajje is km)wu as Fern (3ove, and the low point form-
inj.^ the southern shore is Point Peter.

There is usmdiy moie wind in this i)assa<je tiiiin in the broad passajjo
to the eastward of Vashou Island, and nuudi stroaner currents, while
at Ihe north I'litrauce, between Point Vashou and li'ake Island, is the
anchorinj;- ^^ronnd of Allen liaiik, already des(;ribed. There are no
known dan^i'ers in this jiassaf;*'.

Point Southworth. — The northwest entrance of the ('(d\os Passajje
is om- mile wide between Point N'ashon and Point S(Mithw(uth, tlii^
latter bcariiif;- nearly west from tlie former. It is low near the water

THE NAKUOWS.

4»

liiit list's to ii liigii w()()(U'(l blii.'l'. It lias deep water elo.sii midei' its
siiiitlieast side, but aiiohorase may be, had off the north face with strong

CUllCIltS.

Oalco Point. — Tliis is tiie southwestern point of Vasiion Island,
wliere t!ie Colvos Passage ojn'.ns to the sonthward. The southernmost
juint of tiie ishiiid is Ninll Point, whieli is nearly a mile to the eastward
ol' Dalco Point. The former ^joint is a moderately liiijii wooded bluff
with no definite i)oint, beinjj: a rounsliiif;- shore.

Neill Point, as seen when oCt Point Defianee, is a hi,i>li slo))inf;- bluff
covered with trees to the beaeii without any bright exposed part.
There is a very narrow beaeh at hi,i;h water.

Dalco Passage. — The passajj^e between Xeill Point and i'oint Deti-
iince is known as Dalco Passa.i,^'. The currents in it are \ery vaiial)le.

The NarroAVS. — There is a relatively narrow passu^c leadini; from
tlic more expaiisi\(' channels of the Admiralty Inlet propi-r to tlie n;ir-
rower l)ut <;reiirly rainili'Nl inlets of Pnjjet Sound. Tiiron<;h it piss all
the waters of I'ujict S( and. Tliis passaj;:e is calleil The Nariows, at
tile enti-ance it is one mile wide; for '2 miles llie coui'se is 8. L'T'J K.,
curving: gradually with a slijjhtly decieased width to S. L'.S'^ W. for
•> ndles, when the wati'rs of the sound open to the si)ulliward and west-
Wiird. The aveiaj^e width of The Narrows is .ibout ■] mile; the shores
are hifih, bold, and in some phuies roiUy. The sununitof the clilfs is
wooded. Tile deplh of water through the mid-channel ranji'es from
.')U to -40 fathoms, with deep water close under the slnaes. I'he eastern
shore is the bohler, having 'iO falhoinsol water within L'Od yards of
file clilfs; the .'Malliom line is close under the sliorc. Midway thr«mgli
The Narrows the hiyh lon^j ronndinu point on the west side is Point
ICvans, and close under it is a sunken rock with kelp around ii and
in other jiatirlies alonj;- the shore. This danger is called {'Ivans l\o(!k.
and lies about I.JO yards olf the shore, and is Just a litlle VNlvof
Point I'lvans. It has about iS feel of water up(m it at extreme low
tidef, and the pilots of (he steamboats have spec-ial marks and laii^jes
for i,s location 'vlicn passin;;' close to il. It is locall\ known as the
" llowlder.'' At the exireme low tides of the year, about dune, this
ro(rk sliov.s just above the water for a tew minnies at the .stand.

The Currents in The Narrows. — In mid-cliaimel the reniilar llood
and eb!» cikii iits are always Ibund to run from \ to one Imnr atler the
rise or 1 ill of the iide. There are <;(Mierally considerable cuiTcnt rip-i,
especially at (he spring- tides, with strong swirls, whuih make the water
very ronj;li and danjjerous for small Ixiats, more particularly when the
winds are contrary to tlie^auients.

On the east side of The Nariows and smith of I'oint Delianee a strong
eddy ciirrenl is Ibund on the tlnod tide from about abreast of Point
l"iVans to Point I)eliaiic(\ This eddy is much used by small steamers,
but ^reateare must be exercised wiien close to I'oiut Defiaiuic, if boiiml
tlirouiih the Dalco Passage to Tac'oma, to haul mit gr.uliially to meet

PUOET SOUND.

the stroiiji Hood nt the point either bow on or (]iiiirteriiiij on tiio .star-
board bow, instead of rnnnin;ij into it almost at ri^^ht angles. The line
bet'.vet'ii tlie th)od and the o(hly i.s well marked by the rip, and as l>oth
<!urrents are strong care is demanded.

On the west side of Tiie Narrows, between Point Evans and (lijj:
Harbor, there is ii strong eddy current on the ebb tide. This eddy is
always taken advantage of by steamboats and small craft, but the
pilots of boats using this eddy mast be earefid to keej) ch'ar of the
"Bowlder,"' or Evans Rock. On the west side of The Narrows, be-
tween Point Evans and Point Fosdiek, there is slaekwater very close
iinder the sliore during the tiood, but only the smallest craft can take
advantage of it. in densely smoky weather the steaml)oats UJ-e the
echo of the steam wliistle to learn their distance Ironi shore and when
they make Point Defiance.

Point Defiance. — This head is the NE. poir.t of the northern en-
trance to The Narrows. It li 'es by several stei)s. Between high
and h)w watermark there is a narrow ledge or shelf of ro(!k bare at-
low water. The face of this rock is almost perpendicular, witii ."> fatli-
oms of water alongside, and at 70 yards otf 10 fathoms over rocky bot-
tom. A\)ove this rocky ledge there is a rise of 40 feet, a slope reaching
.lO feet iiigher, and a third rise of 100 feet, above whicl. the head is
denseiy woodt'd, and the ground rises gradually inland. The lace of
the clitf is too steep for trees, and is a bright yellow color. The north
face of the point looks directly into Colvos Passage. On the east side
of the point the trees come down to the beach, which is very tnirntw
and covered at high water. Tliere is very bohl water close under the
point, and the currents and strong eddies exist around the point on the
flood.

Gig Harbor.~On the western side of The Narrow.s, at the north
entrance, and dire<!tly o[»[)osile Point I)e(iani;e, there is a small boat
liarbor, with a depth of 10 feet of water in the entrance and ."» fathoms
inside. The entrance is very narrow.

Day Island Anchorage.— At the south entrance to The Narrows, on
the eastern side, tliere is a small narrow jirojecting jxjint from the east-
ern shore, whicli forms a little (mpvc or indentation on the north side.
The nniin shoi'e itselt is low and recedes slightly, thus adding to the
si/e ol this little cove. Ancliorage is had in lo fathoms of water, but
then^ are .strong swirling currents which nnike it an uncomfortable
berth. On the south side of this little peninsula ami outside the kelp,
anchorage may also be had bu! tlie currents are strou;;. There is a
small pat(^h of kelp, with b' •.Jders, (^l()se olf \)%\ Island.

Puget Sound. — This nanu> is applieil in its origiind meaidngfor the
sake of snlxlividing these waters. Up tt) the Nai'rows the channel had
been broad, ojien, imd nearly straight; south of the Narrows the shore
line of the sound and of the islands in it amounts to li80 miles, with
<leep water along almost every niih'. Tiic main body of the inlet lies

KOX ISLAND — TOLIVA SHOAL.

to tlic south \vni(l iinil westward. Tlui geiiiM-iil width of the main ihau-
iiels is one, niih', and tho deptli of tht^ water is snilieient for the lirj^est
ves.sels tlirouKhout, and reaches KM) fathoms. The (hinders in all this©
channels are few, and only two are in the main cliiinnels mnl reciiiire
marking.

The navigation is very himple in sf>"«l weather, hut in tliick and
fojr^'y weather it re(iuiies a full lotial knowledife of the curreiils and tlie
l)eculiaiities of the t'clioes from all points jjjissed by the stcand»oats.
With a knowlei'oe of the tides and currents the (•a])tain.s am! jtilots run
in fofif^y or thick smoky weatht>r by (ionrses and lime-dishuutes, and
when approacliinn' any point tiu-y ascertain its distance and bcarin;;' by
the eclio of their steai'i whistle si<jnal froni the shores, Xo minute
sailinji' dii'eclions conld be diawn up to take tiie phi(H> of the local
kiH)wl<'djjc and experience of the pilots, and senoral directions are only
su^'uestive in ii'oinl weather, for the chart is the best ;.'iiide.

Fox Island is 1;^ miles lonj; NW. by X. and SB. Ity S., with an av-
erage width of one mile. The ])i'.S8aKe l)etween it and the mainhnnl to
the north is over a mile wide at the eastern entrance, abreast of Day
Island, and i mile wide at the western entrance, where it is known ii.h
Hale's rassa;;e. Tiiere is deep water and m) known datujers throufjh
the wlioh^ of this passay;e. The noitlieasternmost part of the island is
a brif^'iif, yellow clitf, estimated to be 70 feet hi{j;h, and covered with
()re^( n I'lne to the edfj'e.

WhoUochet Bay. — This is a moderately wide buy, openiiiR into the
north side of llnle's Passage, opjiosite the middle of the north shore ot
Vi)\ Island, ami one mile west of Point Fosdick, at the south entiaiice
oi the Nari'ows. The immediate shores of this bay are low, risin;;' to
wooded hi.u'li land. It (tarries deep water for lA miles, wlien S fathoms
is found. The ."> fathom cnrv(! is inner more than 'JhO yards from the
sln)n's. for ^ mile tht^ bay runs to the northward, and then curves
{iradimlly to the X\V., ami affords a yood and sheltered anchorage.

Toliva Shoal. — This danjicr lies directly in line of the southern
entrance to tlie Xarrows. it is om- mile (rom (libson I'oint at the south-
east i»att of Fox Island, one mile from tlm eastern nmin shore, and 14
miles trom Hteilacoom.

N'essels hound up the souiul to Hteilacoom or direct to or from
Olympia by Halch's Passage must beware of this shoal. Tiit> extent
within the .'J fathom curve is about loit yards, and there are two spot.s
on it (•<> yards apart in lini^ with the point of Fox Islainl, wlii(;ii have
14 feet of water upon them. OiU' of these shoai i)at(tlies is (!() yards
in extent to the .'{-fathom limit, fhe bottom of the sin)al ami around it
is foul and marked by a i)atch of kelp. (,)ntsi(h> of it the water is very
deep, the li(( fathom curve coming clo.se up to and around it. Fn ni the
west side of the shoal this 20-fathom curve reaches nearly to Point
(libsiMi, on I''ox Islainl. The (turrent ri|) upon the shoal is very gieat,
and with a little wind it raises a confused short swell sulhcient to
swamp a smaii boat.

in;OKT SOUND.

This (laiificris now iiiarkcil l»y a hiioy; it is pliUiod in 1^7 loct of water
at tlie ci'i'tor of tiic shoal ami may Ite jtiissiMl on eitlicr hand by jfivinj;'
it a <;()o<l bcrlli.

Steilacooni — On the eastern shoiv of IMi^'et S.)iin(l,!> miles south
from I'oint Deliance, is the town of Steilacooni, sifiatetl upon a risinj^
blnllf. The gronnd rises to l.")!! f«^et antl is patcjiied with trees; behind
the ciest, on the level land, is the Orej^on pine. There is a wharf for
the steandtoat landing, and in approaehinj;' in tliiek weather the eeho
■of the \essers steam whistle is very ;;'ood.

Vessels approachinj;- this trom the northward keep alonj; under the
eastern shoie; when abreast the south entianee to the Narrows a broad
pa.ssage opens to the west, with the southeastern end of Fox Island
fornduff tlie western shore of the main eliannel into the sound. This
main (dianuel is here about I mile wide. The shores of the mainland
mid of the island are bold, high, and of nearly uniform elevation,
and (;overed with trees. A vessel keejis the eastern shore close aboanl
to avoid Toliva Shoal, and if liound for Steilacooni, anchors ot!' the town
ill 15 fathoms of water over hard bottom about 4(M( yards oft' the shore.
The eurrent rip in the eliannel abreast of the town is frequently sufli-
<:ient, with a little wind, to swami) a small boat.

Steilacooni River is a small stream enii)tyin};' into the sound one
mile north of the town, but is now locally known as ('hanibers (Jreek.

Ketron Island. — This is a narrow island 1| miles loiijj, lyinjn' paral-
k»l with the main shore, a mile south of Steihieoom, with \ mile wide
pa.s.sage on the east side called the (Jorinorant I'ass, carryiiiR' 2o fathoms
of water over muddy bottom, and the .sound on the west side, 1.^ miles
wide towards Anderson Island. This main passage has 7.j fathoms o
water over tine gray sand and mud. The island is from CO to 100 feet
high, with steep sides, and is covered with tall Oregon pine.

Oil the south end of the island the 3-fatlioin curve reaches out I'lO
yards;()ff the north end of the island there is kelp for \ mile, but the
;Matlioni (Miivc i-< only L'OO yards from the point. There is a narrow
beach around the island at low water.

McNeil Island. — The island is about ^ miles in its lonijer diameler
east ami west and L", miles north and south, lietween its north side
ami the south side of Fox Island there is a channel IS miles wide run-
ning for some miles into (Jarr Inlet. Between the south side of the
island and the north side of Anderson Island there is a comparatively
narrow channel, known as Malch's I*assage. McNeil Island is high and
wooded, with high blutl shores broken at the east end.

Anderson Island is moderately high and wooded, with deep water
around the shores and no known dangers. It is a little over .'i miles
from Steihujoom and is 1 miles long, north and south, and about LM miles
broatl. The southern end reaches well down into the .southern part of
the sound opposite the mouth of the Nisiiually Uiver, only '{ iidlefrom
the Nis(iually Flats. There are good passages all around the island, with

Nl.SCil'ALLY KKACll — UKVILS ilKAD.

llic bi'oiiiU'sf loujiids Ni;(|iiiilly, turiniiiu llif Nis(|ii;illy Kcacli. mid llio
iiiiirowest towiiids AI(;Ncil l.sliiiid, lliis hittci' loniiiDji I'alcirs I'asf^iifje.

Id till' soiitlit'iist .side of Aiidfrsoii Isliind tlniv is a dt'i'|) iiidciitatiini
1)1 i' mill', and nearly mic iiiil*^ wide hctwi'cii tlic jioiiit.s ot ciitiaiict'. Tlii'
line of . sounding's aci'oss tliH t'iitraiic(^ is '2') latlionis, with jjjood water
close, to eitlier point, but deeper under tlie sonfli point. The .'i fathom
line reaches nearly .\ mile into the hay, with nin(ld,\' hotloin.

Caution. — In ronndinjjr the sonth [loiiit of Anderson Island, jiixeita
v:iHHl berth, as fonl bottom exists tlieie.

Nisqually Reach. — Metweeii the south end (d' Anderson Island and
Nis(]iially l''lats the jiassaf"!' is known as the Nis(|nally Keach. It is one
Hide wide, with a depth of IL' fathoms \ mile off the eilp' of tiie bank,
where HI fathoms is found. The south end of Anderson Island opposite
the bank i^s called Tui kn I'oint, or Lyle Point; a lonji, rounding;, moder-
ately low point, with trees eominj;; down to the liijjth water mark. There
is a depth of 10 fathoms ot watei' for U.IO yards to the SSIO. of the
jioint; and ninU'r the west side tlieie is a sli;;lit indentation called
Thompson Ooxc, with ani^hora^c in 't and (J fathoms of water. OH' furkii
Point there aie stion;;' current rips on the Hood.

Nisqually Flats. — These extensive tiats lie in the broad southern bend
of till' siMind smith of Anderson Islanil. They are ;>.] miles in extent
NVSW. and HXI-]., and about -f mile wide. They lie off the broad, low,
marshy valley throu-ili which the Nisipially Hiver and its ramifications
reach tln^ sound. There is very deep water alonjj the nortliern edf;e of
the tiats, but especially towards the eastern limit.

Nisqually. — This place is o miles soutli of Steilacoom, on the same
side ol tlii^ sound. It is at the month of a small stream and at the
eastern edjje of the extensive Inskip Paiik or Xis<iually Flats.

Nisqually Landing. — It is one mile north of the ^'istjually Kiver.
wliere the Sisnalilchew Oreek empties. There is one sawmill on the
<'reek. This <!reek is the natural outlet of the (thain of lakes on the
prairies; one of these lakes, American Lakt', is several miles hniji'.

Devil's Head. — This is a blull' alioiit SP feet above the water and
riiveied with trees that reach a heijihl of KM) feet. There are trees
under the bliilVtlown to the \t'iy narrow sand beach. It is tiic sontliei n
point of the uniiaiiied peninsula la'tween t'arr's Inh't. on the east, and
Case's Inlet on the west. AVreast of it the channel is I | miles wide with
bold water under either shoie, and reaiihiUfirtO fathoms close under the
head. The .'{fathom curve is wilhiii "JOOyards of the shoic, except at a
small jioint aliont one mile I^I'M'rom the head, where the otathom curve
is| mile out and at the edj;e of the low-water line. This part of the sound
is the entrance to Case's Inlet and stictidies NNW, 7 miles from Devil's
Mead and then nearly north for S inili's farther, with an averaf^e width of
\\ miles, and depths raiiftinjj from •'{") fathoms to 5 at the head. To the
SK. of the Devil's Head this broad arm reaches to the Nisqually Narrows.

As the Devil's Head is approached from the west Mount h'ainier is
opened just clear of it, showing three nearly equally high summits.

PUGET SOUND.

Moody Point. — This is the extremity of the [troinontory between tlie
broad waters towards Drayton Passaj^e and Nis(|ually Ueacii, and the
narrow arm of tiie sound on the west eallcd Henderson's Inlet. It
points directly towaids the middle of Case's Inlet. It is a low, sandy
point of almost 100 or UOO yards extent, with some nnpainted shanties
nndt'i' the trees and bliitl', which are inside ami behind the low siiore.
Tlicif is ;4()()(1 water oil' I he point, tiie -O-fathom (uirve being less than
\ miii^ out. Across Case's Inlet to the SK. the breadth of the channel
is IjJ miles wide. Aeioss Dana's l'assai;e to the west the width is the
same, with the Itsami iShoal in the middle. Moody's Toint is locally
known as Johnson's I'oint.

Itsami Shoal. — This ilanger lies one mile from the northern most ex-
tremity of Moody or Jolmson's Point and .^ mile from the nearest shore
of Haitstene Island to tiie west. Between it and Ilartsteiie Island the
main ehamiel rniis with L'U fathoms of water and good water cl<)se nnder
the western short'. It is a rocky patch having as little as it feet of water
on it with keli) spreading out to 'Ah fathoms of water. There is 10 fath-
oms of water between the siioal and the west shore of Moody I'oint and
(i;^ fathoms lu'tween it and Dickerson's double point, -] mile to the south.
This danger is marked b_\ a buoy. It is placed in 24 feet of water over
rocky bottom on the north side of the kelp patch. Vessels bound to
Olympia should leave it on the port hand.

Dana Passage. — From the Itsaini Shoal the passage is contracted to
al)our S mile wide with mid-channel dei)tlis of 20 to lo fathoiusof water
over coarse gray sand, shells, and gravel, and good water clos- to the
shores. Its general direction is t> W. by \V. and NE. by E. for 2 miles.
The eastern shore is indented and moderately low, but covered with Ore-
gon lir; the western shore is formed by the south side of Ilartstene island
and is higher than the eastern shore. There are very strong (mrrents
during si)riiig tides in this passage. 'J'here is foul bottom close to Brisco
Point and liii! cdgt' of the channel is steei)to.

Brisco Point is a sharp narrow point (iO feet higli o;i the westward
side of Dana's Passage, and nearly 2 miles W.SW. of Itsaini Shoal. It
is wooded and has good water close to it (mi the east side, but the 3-
f.ithom line extends .'500 yards smitli Irom the point, with a fringe of
kelp in -1 faliioms of wati-r and witli a narrow, htw neck on the north.
The cliannel immediately on the west side of the point is Peale's Pass
age, h mile wide, and with 12 to 1.'! fathoms in it; it leads to the N\V"
eoiiiplctely aiMUiid Ilartstene Island.

Dofilemyer Point is low and (.leared on the north witii clids 80 feet
higli to tlu' soutlnvard. The .'i-fathom curve is close to it, but lies 300
yaids outside of deal's Point, J mile to the NE.

Point Cooper, at the western side of the entrance to Budd's Inlet,
projects to the northward; it is low and sharp and rises to SO feet in ^
mile towards the south. It «livides liudd's Inlet from Eld Inlet and the
.'{ tathom curve spreads out 300 yards from the point and narrows the
entrance to Eld Inlet.

BUDD'S INLKT — OLYMPIA.

Budd's Inlet — This long arm at the head of the sound is '^ mile wide
;it tlie entrance, one mile wide inside, and then gradually narrows to f
mile at the head. It is G miles long, and its general direction is south.
For 1^ miles before reaching Olympia the bay or inlet is occupied by
an enormous mud dat, of which one-fourth is bare at low water, and this
shoal within the 3-fathom line extends from the head of the bay for 1^
miles to the northward, and then continues under the east shore for 2
miles towards Wepusec Inlet. Tlu' hhitts on the west shore average
about GO feet higli, are steep, and generally covered with Oregon j)ine.
The bluffs on the east shore are higher for the first mile, and then de-
crease towards tlie iiead.

The average depth of the water is 6 fatiioms, and is quite uniform
over a l)ottom of mud. There is only one danger inside the inlet,
and that is 3^ miles south of Cooper Point, under the western shore.
It is a stony patch, in part bare at low water, and surrounded by hard
bottom in one to 3 fathoms of water. The total area of this shoal spot is
100 yards north and south and 300 east and west, and it lies a little
over i mile from the western shore, abreast the GO-foot bluff '^ mile
north of Butler's Cove. There is a good channel carrying 8 and 9
fathoms on the west side of it, and a broader channel on the east carry-
ing 8 to 4 (iithoms of water. This shoal is marked by a buoy. There
is good water on either side of the buoy, but less than halfway from it,
towards the eastern shore, the 3 fathom lino is reached. A depth of 3
fathoms can be carried one mile farther u}) the inlet than the buoy by
keeping close under the western shore. Large vessels pass this shoal
and anchor nearly a mile 8. by E. of it in 3^ fathoms of water. Many
vessels go to the wharf at Olympia at high water and lie there in the
soft mud at low water. Steamboats run up to the wharves at high
water, but if intending to move during the time of low water they must
lie nearly a mile to the NNW., under the west shore, where there is a
wiiarf, and whence there is a good road along the shore to Olympia.

Olympia is the county seat and also the capital of Washington.
The United States land otlices and the oflice of the United States
collector of internal revenue are located here. It has large private
educational institutions, manufacturing establishments, sawmills, etc.
The lumber output of the country is large. Extensive deposits of coal
have been discovered and located.

Olympia Wharf. — A new wharf has been projected northward from
the town of Olympia, through the middle of the great Hats, § mile be-
yond the old wharf. It reacihes 3 or 4 feet of water at the lowest tides,

Tumwater is a village about one mile south of Olympia, on the Des
('hutes River, where the water-power of the falls is utilized by mills
tor various products of manufacture.

Olympia — Directions. — It would be almost useless to attempt to
describe the route between Olympia and Steilacoom, because a pilot
or a chart is absolutely necessary to make the passage. The mid-chau-
1420G— No. 9G 4

PUGKT SOUND.

uel coiirso from wliiirf to wliiirf is 21 miles in leiifjtli, and the width of
the passivf^e from 4 to lA miles. In tine clear weather a stranger
would see nothinf^ but land close around him, as if' he were in au
irregularly shai)ed lake wish arms leading in every direction. lu
foggy weather, or in the dense smoUy weather of a dry summer, it
is impossible to see a ship's length ahead, with irregular currents to
add to the difliculty. The chart is tiien almost useless, and a thorough
local knowledge of every mark on the beaches and of the peculiarities
of the echo of the steam-whistle I'rom every clitf and point are nec-
essary to enable the i)ilot to make his trii)s. Steamboats and tows
do not take the luoader channel from Steilacoom between Jvetron
and Anderson Islands through the Nis()nally Reach, but the first
course is through IJalch's J'assage. The entrance to this passage is
nearly -i miles from SteilacoiTm, and the passage itself L' miles long
and A mile wide for the middle jiart of the pass. There is plenty of
water in this iiassage and tlie shores are steep too. Midway in the
liass is a Kiiiall rocky islet known as Hagle Island; it is nearer the
south shore, but tliere is good water on either side of it.

The island is only L'SO yards long north and south and l()(t yards wide.
It is about 10 feet above high water and covered with Oregon pine
70 feet high. The ;5 fathom curve is 100 yards off the eastern side,
where kelp is found out to 1 and ') fathoms. The Eagle Island shoal,
withir. tho 3-fafhom line, extends J- mile to the NVV, parallel to the shore
of the passage, It is marked by plenty of kelp. A «leptli of 5 to
6 fathoms can be cariiod tiirough the southern channel between Eagle
Island and Anderson Island, ke<M)ing rather closer to tlie latter, and
this channel is preferred by the large steamboats, because at night and
in thick weather they can much better keep the courses and distances
which they run in clear weather. Ten fathoms can be carried through
the northern and wider channel between Eagle Island and McNeil Isl-
and by keeping rather close to the shore under the latter.

After i)assing through Halch's Passage there is a narrow channel
called Pitt Passage, ^ mile wide, on the west side of McNeil island, to
the northward ; a bay named Titusi Bay, one mile deep, witli an entrance
nearly i mile wide with good water, directly ahead ; and to the south
opens the broad Drayton Passage, li miles wide, decreasing to one mile
in width in 14 miles, and then opening into the broader waters of the
sound. This ])assage is 3 miles long, and at the southern entrance there
is Point Treble on the east on Anderson Island, and Park Point or the
Devil's Head on the west. There in a depth of 18 to .'JO fatiioms in it,
with good water up to either shore. The direction of the channel is
north and south.

Remarks. — It would require an immenseamountof detail to describe
the intricacy of all the inlets, jiassages, and islets throughout Paget
Sound south of the Narrows. The principal navigation is from Olympiii
by the route just described to Steilacoom, and thence to Tacoma and

IIO'JIJS ( \AL.

Seattle. There are now small towns and st'ttlcnu'iitsfjrowins upon tlie
.■slioics oC tiu'Ke inlets, also small sawmills. 'I'iierc is yood water through
the narrower inlets, whieh have bold shores and i»ine-(!overfd country.
Case's Inlet and Cano Inlet aie tlietwo printtiiial arms, tach beiiifjaltout
12 miles long and IVom one to li mili-s wide, with .'{() to ."iK fathoms in
them and no dangers ; tiie peninsula between iiiei.< has no lakes through
it. The chart gives all that is at present needed f ir the navigation of
these waters.

Hood's Canal. — This great arm of Admiralty Iidet commence.N 141^
miicM inside tlie entrance to the inlet o,. Point Wilson ; opening on the
west side of the great channel, lietvM m tiu' Fonlweather ISlnlf on the
east of the entrance and Basalt Point on tiie west. At.'J'f miles from the
entrance there is i)assed on the starlioartl hati'! a liigli round wooded
peninsida .'f mile long north and south, and S mile witle east and west.
It is connected witli the mainlanil by a narrow neck of low sand Iteach.
This j)eninsnla is frcfjuently ntistaken for an island, and is named Hood's
Head. Metween this head and I'ort Gamble the canal changes its
course and runs in nearly a straight line S\V. l>y S. for 4(( miles, with
an average width of lA miles. In latitude 47'^ lil' N. the cainil makes
an abrupt turn ami runs 12 miles nearly NM, where it heads within 2
miles of the head of Case's Inlet, in Puget SouikI.

At 15 miles from Port Gamble there is a slight crook in the line of
the canal, and at 17 miles another broad arm stretches to the N. by \V.
for 10 miles, with a peninsula IS miles in width between it and the
canal. This is the Toandos Peninsula. The shore line of the canal
amounts to l!t2 miles.

The shores of the canal are bold, high, and wooded, rising to much
greater heights than anywhere el.se on the inlet or sound. This is i)ar-
ticularly so on the western shore, where the west shore of the Dabop
Bay attains an elevation of 2,GU0 feet in less than 2 miles from the
water. The.se high flanking mountains of the Olympus Kange are called
Jupiter UilLs.

Southward from Point Mi.sery, at Seabeck Harbor, the canal runs in
nearly a straight line S. 31° \V. for 21 miles, with a nearly uniform and
average width of 1] mile.s. It has bold, rocky shores on either side,
the eastern land of the Great Peninsula being of moderate height ; the
western land rising boldly and rapidly to 7,(IU()feet at the eastern jjcaks
of the Olymi>ns Kange. "The Brothers" aud Mount Ellinor, witli
elevations over (;,((()() feet, lying only 7 or 8 miles to the westward,
and Mount Constance 10.^ miles, but reaching 7,777 feet elevation.
The water is very «leep close under the shores, except where streams
make out, and through mid-channel the depths range from more than
i>(> to 50 fathoms. The bottom is mud throughout.

Hood's Head. — This is the islandlike mass on the western side of
Hood's Canal, 3 miles in.side of Fonlweather Bluft". It is about ^ of a
mile long N. by E. and S. by W., and ^ of a mile wide. It is Joined to

I100D8 CANAL.

the western iiiaiii .shore by a low narrow strip of Hand)' i)each ^ a mile
loiifj. wliicli lias iiioderately deep water on the north side and a eon-
traeted shallow eove on tiie south. A vessel may anchor to the north-
westward of the iicad in !"» tathonis of water over muddy bottom at ^
of a mile from the shore.

The north facie of the head is a very steep bare clill", nearly 9 mile
fronta{;e east and west, and the soutli face is a rouinliuH, high, bare clitt".
All behind the ciilfs is covered with pine. At the N K. point of the head,
a low sandy point makes out .'500 yards and terminates in a very sharp
point; towards the hit;lier jioint tlu' };round is marshy. This is I'oint
Ilannon, and otl it deep water is found with stronj; swirliiifj currents.

Port Gamble is a laiuMocki'd bay -\ miles lonj; north and south, with
a lu'arly uniform width of ;^' mile. It narrows at the entrance between
two low lirassy sand spits only .{00 yards apart, an<l with a cliannel way
of I'JO yards width between the .'{fathom lines. The deejtest water in
the bay is !) fathoms, and it may be said to have a nearly uniform
depth of 5 fathoms. On the western point of the eutrantie is a saw-
mill, and the buildinjfs reach to tiie rise of the blulV to the westward.
The wharves on the western point are built out so that vessels have
deep water between them and Kast I'oint.

Outside of the entrance to the bay there is a hard sand flat on either
side; that from the east shore reaches westward .'{00 yards, that on the
west stretches out to the N. by VV. from tlie mill parallel with the east
shore. Between these two flats is the channel way, 90 yards wide be-
tween the .'{-fathom curves. Westward of the entrance for li miles
there is a renuirkably straight shore line, partly clilf and partly low
grouiul, towards the west, where Salsbury Point nnirks the turn of the
shore liiu^ to the southward.

Directions. — Vessels fron>, the northward after leaving Marrowstone
Point pass Nodule Point,*) miles from Koulweather Bluff, on a S. 59°
W. course, steering for Hood's Head if it is recognized. This cour.se
passes more than a mile to the westward of Foulweather Hlutt' and
nearly haUway between l-'onlweather Blurt' buoy and Colvos Kock buoy.
After passing Foulweather Bluff keep closer to the eastern shore than
the western to avoid the strong ami irregular current passing arouiul
the low point which makes out 27o yards eastward from Hood's Head.
Then run for the sawmill plainly in sight on the west side of the en-
trance, and when within a mile of it, approach the eastern shore within
if mile. When it is foggj^ or smoky steamboats get their distance froii'.
the shore by the echo of their whistles. Outside of this entrance the
bottom is sticky out to l~) fathoms ; beyond that it falls off rapidly. A
vessel may anchor in 8 fathoms with the mill bearing south, distant '^
mile and the eastern shore distant | mile. When a vessel is going in
she must have either good local knowledge of the chenuel and natural
ranges, or must keep the lead going smartly. In s .uar the wind gen-
erally blows into the harbor lightly ; in the winter l 8E. gales prevail

niRECTIONH PORT OAMHLK SQUAMISH HAUIIOR.

r,3

ami draw directly out. When i',iiteiit\K niidcr sail tlu* \ x'shi'I must drop
in witli llu^ (^arly Hood. Loaded vt'sscls arc, towed in and out l>,v tlio
tu}{; when witlionr tlie tujj; tlu'.v must warp out in summer with llie last
of the «bl) or trust to a lij,dit soutliorly air in the moruinjf, with au ebb
cnrreut. None but small, smartly workirif; vessels can beat out, aiul
very few of them have done so within channel limits. Wiicuu small
ve.ssel is beatiii^j^ out she should no out on the ebb.

Inside the sawmill and Indian Viilafje points there is ;;i)od water in
mid-channel lor ancihorap;. On the western side there was formerly
a < lib ill '6\ fathoms of water, around wiiich a siioal has formed with
only 10 to l.") feet ; between this crib an<l the limiber wharf there is from
17 to l.'li feet of wat»!r; if a vessel has to aiK'lior, she can do so just
beyond this crib iii 5 fathoms over soft muddy bottom. On the east
side of the steamboat wharf there is a d(!pth of.") to li2 feet, the shoaler
water beinjj at the northern end. On the south side of tiie wharf,
where the liimlier vessels lit^ to receive their carj^oes, there is a dei)th of
from 21 to 24 feet at 20 feet from the wharf. Inside of the steamboat
wharf, with an opeiiin;; to the northward, there is a " j^ridiroii," upon
wiiieli .small vessels are taken out at hifih water for repair or «'.\amiiia-
tioii. It has 12 feet of water on it at lii}j;h tide. I'iie siiores of the bay
are steep but not lii};h and are bordere<l by a pebbly head, olleriii;^ (capi-
tal cli.iiices tor heaving; down a vessel.

Squamish Harbor. — The point on the western shore, nearly one mile
S.SW. of Mood's Head, is Termination Point, with liiKli wooded land
behind it and a low narrow beach in front. At Termination Toint the
shore continues WSW. for nearly one luile and then sweeps west for 2
miles to the head of Sipiamish 15ay. From this head of the bay the
west shore runs SSI'], for 2 miles, thus formiiif; a larjie triaii<jular oi)eu
bay with moderately low shores, a low valley and stream at the head, and
marshy land under the shore, with a broa<l low water beach. A large
sand bank parallel with the west side one mile hni<^ and nearly A mile
wide lies within i\ mile of the west shore. There is a (il'athom channel
inside of this shoal and around the north end.. On the east side of this
shoal, and under the north shore and across the month of the bay there
is ;;()od water. In thick weather the approaches to the -lioal, which is
in part bare, a'-e detected by the lead; the soundings decrease with fair
regularity; from 20 fathoms the bottom is nidddy.

The Sisters. — From Termination Point tiie 10-fatliom curve runs
nearly SSW. for ^ mile to the rocks called The Sisters, which lie north
and south of each other. These ro(!ks are 420 yards broad off the south
face of Termination Point, and are, therefore, nearly one-(piarter the
width of the channel from the western shore. Ivicli is about loO yards
in extent, and they are covered at half tide; the tide ranges from 10 to
12 feet. They lie N F. and S\V. from each other, and are SO yards apart.
There is a depth of 7 fathoms between them, and good water all around.
The walls are bold, and tlr\v are marked by a i)atcli of kelp laround

ilOOD S CAXAL.

tlieiii. Tlio sdiitlii'iii rock lies ^ miles tVom Salsbr.ry Point and i mile
from TeriiiiiiiitioM Point. These roeks are also known as the Sqiianiish
Kocks. The north shore of the harbor is called Yulkat Blulf. The
shoal in the nest part of the harbor is known as (base's IJank.

Seabeck Bay. — Sonthward fro n Termination and oalsbiiry Points
the canal rurts for 12 miles in a SW. by S. direction, with a general
width of 1^ miles, gradnally decreasin<f to the point of the Toandos
Peninsula on the west side of the canal. The shores are bold, and there
is pood water close under them and no known daiijfer. The bottom
ranges from .'?() fathoms in depth, to 72 at the narrowest point; the
cnrrents are stronjj.

The eastern point of the Toandos Peninsnla is Hazel Point, and here
the canal takes a di'-e(!tioii nearly W, by S. for 5 miles. Under the
eastern shore of tliis reach and directly abreast Oak llead lies the Har-
bor of Seabeck. This bay is an indentation of one mile in a southerly
direction and is therefore open to the N. by E. At its narrow head
there is the month of a small stream. On the east side of the . -ly the
shore is moderately low ; on the west there is a long point which forms
the protection to the bay. On the old charts this projection was called
Seabeck Point; on the recent ones it is named Point Miseiy. At the
entrance the harbor is more than 'I mile wide with 15 fathoms over
sandy bottom in the middle; near the head it is contracted, but a depth
of 5 fathoms of water is carried well up to the mill which is on the
eastern side.

Oak Head is the southernmost projection of Toandos Penin^'ula.
It is high and abrupt with deep water close under the ; hore. It is
almost 2 miles noith I'rom Point Misery, with (iO fathoms of water in
mid-c'liannel.

Fisherman's Bay. — -Just on the east side of Oak Head there is a long
narrow cove making in to the XVV. by W. for ■} mile. There is a little
spit at the west side of tlie entraiKte and the water is not deei).

Dabop Bay. — From Oak Head the shore runs XVV, for a mile, and
then nearly N. by 1']. for '.) miles, witl: a broad arm of Hood's Canal
extending that I'ar in and ending in two smaller arms. This bay has
very bold shores, deep water, and Vi'vy high iiills on the west side. The
western arm at the nortii is named <^nilceiu! Hay and is shallow and
marshy at the head, where there is a small si'ttlcmeiit called <,)uilcene
on the left bank of Big Itiver. Tin; large mountain stream entering
Quilcene I'ay has its rise in th(> northeast Hank of Mount <'nnstain'e by
tw(j tributaries, and a tnird tributary comes from a large lake midway
to Port DiH(;overy and nearly reaches (Jrocker Lake, whirh empties into
Por* I)is(i)v<'rv.

Dusewallips River. — Al)reast of Oak llead, on the west side of
Daiiop l>ay, the river empties and has formed a Ha! delta and a
broad shoal in front. This shoal is 2 miles long ami .4 mile wulo
with deep water close uji to it. Between this shoal and Tskids' >

QUATSAl" POINT (.LU'TON.

I'oint, tlie nearest i)art of the Toaiuloa Feniiisiila. the width of tho
liay is IJ miles and tho dei»th of tiie water is 80 fathoms over muddy
bottom. On either side of this river the mountains rise to 540 feet
,111(1 to 2,:500 feet within U miles.

Quatsap Point — Four miles WSW. of Oak Head and on m- west
side of the canal is a moderately low head, under the south side of
which is a broad open hay one mile wide with an extensive flat extend.
injj out of the line of the northeast and southwest iwints. This bay
receives the Du-^kabus River, which brings down much detritus.

Hamahama River. — This stream empties on the west side of the
oanal 12 miles S. 48- \V. of Oak Head. Ic is marked by a broad tlat one
mile long and ^ mile wide in front of it with 15 fathoms of water close
outside; but the 20 fathom curve reaches out to mid-channel to the
southeastward. This river drains a large lake 4 or 5 miles behind the
liigli mouTitains over the shore and into this lake a large stream comes
trom the Olympus range.

The Q-reat Bend of Hood's Canal is 22i miles by the mid-chauu?!
course from I'oint Misery. Here the breadth of the oanal expands to
2 miles for the same distance and thence runs nearly 15 miles to
tlie head in a general northeast directiou, decreasing in width to ^ mile
at Sister's I'Dint on the north side. The shores are bohler on the port
hand going up; the depth of water continues large to within 2.J miles
of the head where there is a depth of ;{ fathoms only. The head has
mud flats and the width decreases to ^ mile.

Annas Bay. — This is the southernmost part of Hood's Oanal at tho
(ireaf Hend ami it I'eceives the vaterof ihc iSkokomish River, which has
l>iought down so much sediiinat tliat a sipiare mile of the bay is a
great sand Jiud mud flat with <leep water around the outer edge to the
west and north. There is deep water between tiie western edgt^ of this
bank and the western main shore one mile distant. On the point at
the south side of the shore of the inlet and forming the east side of
Annas Hay is the village of Union City, wjiicli has a road through to
Oakland on Hammersly's Inlet. The Skokomish is a large mountain
stream <!oming around the southeast tlardc of the ()lyini)us .Mountains.
It drains a large lake named (Jiisiiman. high up the Hanks of Mount
Kliinor.

Ayers' Point is the head which forms tlie farthest projeeiiou of the
Great I'eninsiila fntm llie nortliwird into the canal at .\nnas Hay. It
is a high loundin;^- point .lud lias deep water closi" under it.

Sister's Point is a high rounding hlntf on tlii^ north shore of the
canal 4 miles east of Ayers' Point at the (rreat Bend. It projects from
the northward and nearly shuts the eaiial. leaving a chaiiuel only
^ mile, w ide with dei'|) water over gravelly bottom.

Clifton — This village is at the extreme head of Hood's canal, with
a long sand and mud Hal for 2.1 miles down the (lanal. There is a road
thence to Oakland, anotl.'er to Lightville, at the head of Case's Inlet,
and a third to Weabeck Harboi'.

POSSESSK^N SOUND.

Possession Sound. — Tlu> southcin cntriinco to this now iini)ortaut
and extensive series of broad deep ciiannels lie between Possession
Point, the southernmost point of Whidbey Ishind, and the main shore
op])osite, uninarived by any special projection or object. Scatchet Jlead
and I'ossession Point liave already been desenlted. The northern en-
trance to this sound is the intricate, narrow, and deep l)ecei)tion Pass.
The sound is formed by the irrej^Milarly shaped Whidbey Island on the
west and the main shore on the east, with (iedney and Camano Ishinds
between them. The sound receives sever.il important water courses,
the Snohomish River in the southeast, the Stillaf,niamisli Kiver .'bout
the middle, with the iSicajjit River in the northeast. It also conueets at
the north by the Swinomish Slough with I'adiila Bay, and thence with
Guemes Channel and Bellin^iham Bay. The depth of water throuf;hoHt
the sound is great, e.vcejtt at the deltas of the rivers, wlii(,'li bringdown
an immense amount of alluvial material whicii forms mud flats. That
from the S(pu)namisl) Rivei has nearly (llled m across the sound and
reduced the ciiannel to \ mile wide with only 4 to (i fathoms of water.
Tliere are numerous villagt'S and towns on the livei's and shores and
sound, and beside the traflic in sailinj;' \essels, regular communication
is ke))t up by steamer fioin Seattle with all the towns and settlements.
The shores present the general features of Piiget Sound, but the chan-
nels are narrower, averaging about 2 miles in width, and the depth of
water inside the soutliern entrant^e, teaches (i.* fathoms. There* aie no
known dangers iu the chanmds. The shores of the deltas of the rivers
are low and muddy, and behind them there is a dense forest and under
growth.

Fort Q-ardner. — The southern part of the sound runs almost north
from Possession Point for '.iS miles to abreast Point Elliot on the east,
when it widens out into a nearly circiihir basin ~>\ miles in diameter,
with 'Jedney Island in the middle; this basin is locally known as Port
firmrAwr, although the chart restricts that nanu^ to the southeast part.
The *bores are high and liold and wooded on the summit of the tiat
mesaJjike lamls. ThiM'e is dee|) water ami no dangers close umler
*Jtlier «il»«»«>. This port receives the Snohomish River in the northeast
ytipt. TIk" Hver in its lower course comes throu;;h a marshy valley 2
miles wide. Keliind Point ICllioi is the town of Mnckilteo; and 1 miles
farther along t'le shore to the northeast is the town of Port (lardner.

In the NW. part of the |»ort the high SK. point of Camano Island,
(■alWil Po'.ut Allen, divides PortCiardnei into two clianm-ls, leading to
tin* VW ho one to the east, U miles wide, leads to Port Susan and
StillagiiaiHi»«li River; the one to tiie west is the Saratoga Pa.s.sage, and
leadi< by ,i lln<' deep bioad rhannel !•") or 1(> miles l(»iig, between the west
side ot' Camaini Island and the east side of WliidJ.ey Island, to tiie north
end of tt^'' toniM'r. Point Allen, at the south end of Oamano Island,
and y^iMi, point on Whidbey Islaml, I'r! miles scnilli of the former,
are the entranre points to Saratoga I'assage.

long
of Si
a lo\
Ther
show
ward
level
the
Oil

(IKDNEV ISLAND .SARATOGA PASSAGE.

O-sdney Island, l,viii<r in the niiddle of Port (ranlner, i,s li miles
Ion;; SE. bv E. ami N\V. by VV. Wlieii .seen from tire N W., cominjront
ol .Sanitofja Ta.s.sage, it .^liow.s a mixloi'atcly .sleeji bintt' to the we.st and
a low slowly ri-siii;; bluff to tlie ea.st, both covered with Orojiou jMiie.
Tlit'ie is one i^roniiiicnt tree on this ca.st jioint .there a low sand R\)\t
sliow.s out about 50 yards as it is approacheil. As seen from the north-
ward, broadside on, the ridjje line of.Gedney Island looks moderately
level, about 80 feet hij^li. and covered with Ore;;on pine. The trees are
the hi{;her on the M \V. end.

Off the SE. end of the i.sland there is a great erratic bowlder
visible at low water. TluMe is moderately deep \vat<'r around the
ifland. A banli with 1.1 fathoms is ieport<'d by th-^ sleauibuat cai)tains
to lie more t;*;)! -t mile off the NW. p<)i;>t of the island towanls Allen
Toint or Ca..';^!'/ i-Iead. Around the so, Hi sliori^ there is a lejith of 10
latliouis nearly ^ mile off; and on the pro on;j:ation of the a'ds to the
SI'], of the SE. point there is a ahoal, wh eh exte!ids<>ut a little more
than A mile, with adeptli of only ;5i fathomsi t liie eml. Outside of those
tJM' depths iiKirease to as much as (i."> fatlioi is.

Tulalip lies on tlu' main shore nearly ab.cast of Allen I'oint, at the
entrance to Port Susan. The west poi'.i of the entrance has a lui^iht
])alch of Idnlf with pim's n])on it: the bluff is about 40 feet hiyh and 00
yauls Ion;;. The 810. point has a bbilf with trees, an ' a low ne<;k
of land towardvs the luiildinjis of the Sisters of Charity. The li.iy is
protected li.\ two points, and sominviiat restricted by a siioal making
out from the X\V. point to tlie middle of the opeidng. The entiance
IS i>|icii to the S\N'., and the two points aic abont :\ mile apart.

Tulalip Bay Buoys. — Two buoys have been phteed to mark the
entr.mce to this ancliyrage. Tlie one is a bl.ick spar bno.v and the ot'ior
is a red spai' buoy.

Stillaguamish Slough Buoy. — Two sjiai' buoys have been placed
otf the MO. shore of Camano Island to mark the (ihannel into Stilla-
guamish Slonuli, at the north end of Port Susan.

Davis Slough Buoys. — Six spar buoys have iieen placed to mark
the channel leading into I>avis Shuigh, one of the iiKUitlis of the Sno-
IkmimsIi Kiver.

Saratoga Passage. — This is the line, broad, deep strait, leading from
I'ort (iardnei' to I he northwestward between Caiiiano isl.nid on the east
ind Wliidbey I.sland on the west. This strait, from <"aniaiio Head to
he Mills of LU'valaily is fS miles lonu. The eastern slmre i> continuous,
whereas into the weslcin shore penetrate Holmes llaibor, Penn"s<'ove,
Oak Harbor, and Duncan's I'ay. 'I'hc strait a\eragcs •_' miles in width:
• lie shores are l)lutfs c(»\<'re.i witii Oicgon pine, luit not so denselv .is
Ixlbre the sawmills depleted the forests. 'I'liere are pr.iirie openings
on either side. The channel is from 'J't to .'»0 fathoms deep, with good
water clo.se under the shores. No steamboat navigation could be bet-
ter in good weather. Ill smoky and in fogg.v weather the steamboats

r)8

POSSESSION SOUND.

.mil by courses and time, iic('or(liiif>' to tlic, currents, ami use the echo of
the steani-wliistle to deterinino their i»roxiinit,v to tlie land.

Allen Point. — This is the south end of ("aiiiano Ishiiid, and forms
the north point of the entrance to Saratojja Tassa^^e. It rises inland
to the toi)s of the trees, whieli are, esiinuited at KiO feet above the water.
A fjreat landslide has taken place here, and 3 or 4 acres of the point
have slid away, leaving a low outer white cliff with a few trees upon it;
then the surface falls back to the base of the second or inner white-clay
clitt', which rises to about 100 feet above the water, and is covered on
the suuimit with high pine trees. There is deep water ott" Point Allen.
This point is known to steamboat caiitains as Oainano Head.

Sandy Point, on VVhidbey Island, abreast of Allen Point, and form-
ing the south i)art of the entrance to Saratoga Passage, is moderately
long, low, and has no bushes. The blutl' liehind it rises by three steps,
with straggling trees. There is a house at the inner or western end of
the low beach of the point, with a cleared sjiace on the sloping, rising
ground, and a wliite house in the upper part of the clearing. There is
bold water close under this point. It is locally known as Joe Brown's
Point.

East Point is on the west side of Saratoga Passage, miles from
Sandy Point. The jioint on the opposite side of the channel, distant
IJ miles, is Point Ijowell, on Camano Island. Kast Point is a short,
low, grassy spit, backed by a high liluif well wooded. The tops of the
trees are estimated to be loO feet above the water. There is very deep
water off the point. Point Lowell has very deep water oil' it. One and
one-third miles west of East I'oiiit is Rocky Point, the turning point
into Holmes Harbor, which runs south for4i miles; it is U miles wide,
and has L'O fathoms of water to the head, which is only one mile from
Mutiny Hay.

Rocky Point is low at the water's edge and rises gradually to 80
feet. The trees have been cut away and scrub now covers it. About
100 yards olVthe jioint is a rocky islet covered with s(;rul>. It is about
50 yards in extent at low water, and is then conne(!ced with the point.

Watsak Point lies on the west side of the Saratoga Passage, and
9i miles N. .'J.T^ vV. of East INiint, wliere the passage widens to t or .">
miles. Towards the west, around point Watsak, is the beautiful harbor
of Penn's Cove,3iJ| miles long and one mile wide, with l.j to ~ fathoms of
water, and heading within U miles of Point Partridge; towards tise
north are the i>roa<l bays of Oak Harbor and Duniian's Hay; to the
nortliwestward,.ji!.>t bejond point Demock, is Utsalady. There is deep
water along all these shores except oil' Point Watsak, where a narrow
shoal runs io the northwurd for fully A mile, with fully '2\ fathoms of
water on tiie east side and l(i fathonis on tlie west side. .

Watfak Point Buoy. — At the extremity of Point Watsak there is a
buoy [)!,iced in 4 fathoms of water aliont .'>0 yards oil the end of the
spit, whu-h has only one fathom upon it at low water. This point is
locallv known as Snakeland Point.

POINT POLNELL — VANCOUVER ISLAND.

Point Polneli is on Wliidbey Island, and (ornis tl»e eastern boundary
of Duncan's Bivy ; it lies 4 miles N. 39° E. of Watsak Point. Between
it and Utsalady the broad Saratoga Passage maybe said to end attbe
turn around point Demool , the NW. point of Camano Island. Point
I'jinell is a long narrow point Jutting out to the soufaward from the
rounding shore behind it. When seen from the southward it looks like
;i blurt-faced islet. Locally this point is known as Miller Point.

Utsalady. — This is the most, important place on Possession Sound.
It lies on the north side of Caniaiu> Island, 27 miles i)y midchannel
course from the southern entrance of Possession Sound. The channel
to it through Saratoga Passage averages lunirly 2 miles wide; the water
is deep, the shores are bold, and tl.ere are no known dangers. The
ohart is a good guide for a vessel, but vessels are usually towed either
way.

Oak Harbor and Duncan Bay are two bays on Whulbey Island, in
the NW. part of Saratoga Passage. There is the town of Oak Harbor
at the head of the former. Forbes Poiiit is a broad ptninsula l.^ miles
long, lying between the two bays. Around this broad point is shoal
water, and buoys have been placed to enable the steamboats to avoid it
in foggy ami smoky weather.

Skagit Bay. — The entrance to Skagit Uiver is marked by buoys as is
also La Conner, at the south entrance of Swinomish Slough.

VANCOUVER ISLAND.

North Shore of Juan de Fuca Stiait. — Prom Point Honilla to Owen

Point the shore luns 10 nules S. l'J.° E, It is nearly straight, rocky,

and bluff, with high mountains rising immediately behind it, all heavily
...,.„. 1,,, J

,ii.nr,»f. San Juan ^Whistling buoy established.- The Oana
d an Go ern nent lusgnen nothv that an automatic whistling buov

poirhan Juan, Vancouver island.
The buoy is painted ,xm\ wd is moorwi in 14 fathoms of water
Approx. position: Lat. 48° .'H' 4(i" A., Long. 124° 2!)' W W.
than '-!<>(( yards from it a low flat rock, named Uwi,. „ „ la^ ^
high water.

Observatory Rocks, off the <*ast»'rn eutiance point, are high pin-
nacles, with two )r three tre«'s growing on them and some smaller rocks
011, the outermost of which lit»s30(> yanls from the shore. At 800 yards
within these rocks and 3n<) yards frotm the shore is another reef, i)artly
out of water, name«l Ilatmnond Uo<ii.>.

The port rnus nearly straight ff« 3.J miles, aiul carries its breadth

almost io its head, which tei - in a round beach, eoini>osed of

muddy sand. (I >rdon River t ■. the iwit through thi> north eml of
this beach, aud Cooper Inlet (ieuetrates its southern ; very small coast-
ers may enter them towards high water, and t'nd depth and shelter
withio.

POSSESSION SOUND.

mil by courses and time, accsordiuf;? to tlu^ currents, and use the eclioof
tlie steain-wliistlc to detonnino their proximity to tlie land.

Allen Point. — This is the south end of (Jamano Ishmd, and forms
tlie nortii point of the entrance to Sarato^'a I'ns.sajije. It rises iidand
to tiie tops of tlie trees, \vhi(!h an; esi imated at lOO feet above tlie water.
A great landslide has taken place here, and .'3 or 4 acres ol the point
have slid away, leavinj,' a low outer white cliU" with a few trees upon it;
then the surface falls back to the base of the second or inner white-clay
clitt', which rises to about 100 feet above the water, and is covered on
the summit with hijjli pine trees. There is deep wattir off Point Allen.
This point is known to steamboat ca[)taiiis as Camano Head.

Sandy Point, on VVhidbey Island, abreast of Allen Point, and form-
ing the south i)art of the entrance to Saratoga I'assage, is moderately
long, low, and has no bushes. Tlie bluff behind it rises by three steps,
with straggling trees. There is a house at the innev or western end of
the low beach of the point, with a cleared space on the sloping, rising
ground, and a white hou-se in the ui>per part of the clearing. There is
bold water close under this point. It is locally known as Joe Brown's
Point.

East Point is on the west side of Saratoga Passage, fi miles from
Sandy Point. The jioint on :he opposite side of the channel, distant
Ifs miles, is Point Lowell, on Camano Island. Kast Point is a short,
low, grassy spit, backed by a high bluff well wooded. The tops of the
trees are estimated to be ir»() feet above the water. There is very deep
water off the point. Point Lowell has very deep water off it. One and
one-third miles west of Kast Point is Kocky Point, the turning point
into Holmes Harbor, which runs south for4A miles; it is l.;V miles wide,

jjmj ' " ■' ** — -fc^« *-„ t-l,rt I,, A*.. I .1.1. ^ol. :.. rtt.IiT rvtiti inilfi fl'OIii

-Muti

R(
feet.
100;
o(» y

V
!)iV miles ^\. .>.)^ vv. of Kast Point, where the passage widens to i or r>
miles. Towards the west, around point Watsak, is the beautiful harbor
of Peiin's ('ove,;iA miles long and one ini!e wide, with l."> to 7 fathoms of
water, and heading within l.i miles of Point Partridge; towards the
north are the broad bays of Oak I[ari)i)i' and Duncian's Bay; to the
northwestward, ju.it beyond point l)(miock, is Utsalady. There is deep
water along all these shores except off Point Watsek, where a narrow
shoal runs to the northward ftir full> A mile, with fully '2\ fathoms of
wait'i' lin tilt' t'Mst side and 10 fathoms on the west side. •

Watsak Point Buoy. — At the extremity of Point Watsak there is a
buoy [diieed in 4 fathoms of water aliout 50 yards off the end of the
spit, which has onh one fathoni upon it at low water. This point is
locally known as i^uakelaiid Point.

POINT POLNELL — VANCOUVER ISLAND.

Point Poluell is on VVliidluiy Island, and fornis tliecasterii boundary
(if DuiKian's Bay; it lies 4 miles N. 39° E. of Watsak Point, lietweeu
it and Utsalady tUe broad Saratoga Passage may be said to end at the
turn around point Deinock, the NW. point of Oamano Island. Point
I'ulnell is a long narrow point Jutting out to the southward from the
rounding sliore behind it. When seen from the southward it looks like
II blutf-faced islet. Locally this point is known as Miller Point.

Utsalady. — This is the most important |)laceon Possession Sound,
it lies on the north side of Camano Island, li7 miles i>y mid channel
course from the southern entrance of Possession Sound. The channel
to it through Saratoga Passage averages nearly 2 miles wide; the water
is deep, the shores are bold, and there are no known dangers. The
jliart is a good guide for a vessel, but vessels are usually towed either
way.

Oak Harbor and Duncan Bay are two bays on Whidbey Island, in
the N \V. part of Saratoga Passage. There is the town of Oak Harbor
at the heatl of th«' former. Forbes Point is a broad |)eninsula l.J miles
long, lying between the two bays. Arouii<l this broad point is shoal
watei", and buoys have been [)laced to en*i,iXe the steatnboats to avoid it
in foggy and smok.> we^ither.

Skagit Bay. — The entrance to Skagit Rivtr is marked by buoys as is
also La Conner, at the south entrance of Swinomish Slough.

VANCOUVEK rsl.AND.

North Shore of Juan de Fuca Strait. — From Point Bonilla to Owen
Point the shore runs 10 nnles S. I'J." E. It iis nearly straight, rocky,
and blutT', with high mountains lising immetliately behind it. all heavily
wooded.

Vessels are apt to lose much of their wind close to the shore.

Port San Juan is the lirsi inichorage on the northern shore within
the entran(;e ot Fuea Strait. The opening, which i. remarkable from
seawai'd, is seen for a considera-ble distance, and makes as a det'i» tf^P
between two mountain ranges.

O^ven Point, at the western entrance to the pwl, has at alitth- more
than 'i(K) yards from it a low Hat rock, named Owwn island, aw.-jsh at
high water.

Observatory Rocks, oil' the eastern entranr-t point, are high jtiu-
naeles, wiili two oi iliree trees growing on tliem and some smaller rocks
olt', the outermost of which lies3tM) yards frmii the shore. At 800 yards
within these rocks and .'?0() yams from the shore is another reef, jiartly
out of watei', n:imed llammond Kocks.

The port runs nearly straiglit for .'5J miles, and carries its breadth
almost to its head, which terrnimites in a round bi>ach, (Minpo.sed of
minldy sand, (lordon Kiverenlers the port through ihe north end of
this beach, and Cooper Inlet penetrates its southern ; very small coast-
ers may enter them lowanls high water, and find depth and IShelter
within.

(io

STRAIT OF JUAN DK VVV\.

Oil tlie iiortli side of tlio port .soiiit' nicks and broken {ground extiiid
for one mile witliin Owiu I'oiiit iiiid nearly ■lOO yurds I'roin the shore;
one roek, awash, lies SOO yards N. 7(P H. of Owen Island, and is distant
550 yards from the shore.

Anchorage. — The i)ort is entirely open to SW, winds, and a lieavy
sea rolls in when a moderate gale is blowing from that direction ;
and though it is possible that a vessel with good ground tackle would
ride out a gale if anchored in the most sheltered i)art, it is l)y no means
recommended to remain with any iiidJ(!ation of such weather, but to
weigh immediately, and if outward bmuid seek shelter in Neeah bay.
There is a convenient depth of water all over I'ort San Juan, from (J to
It fathoms, the bottom fine muddy sand; when witliin :l mile of tie
head it shoals to 4 fathoms, and here in heavy gales the sea breaks;
u Hat luys off (KM) yards from the head. Jii the outer part of the i)ort
there is generally a swell. Good anchorage will be found about 1^
miles from the head, Nvitli Owen Island bearing S. 1)7'^ W., anil Adze
Head S. 1.")^ K., in 7 fathoms.

The hill named I'andora Peak does not show as a [leak within the
l)ort.

The Coast. — From Poit ISau Juan the shore is thickly wooded, and
the laud rises to a considerable elevation. Providence Oove, fit for
boats, lies .1 mileseastwardof San Juan ; at the distance of altoutlmiles
farther east, in a small bight, is a stream named Sombrio Kiver. Tlie
Eiver Jordan, a considerable stream, is 5A miles wi^stward of Sherring-
ham Point.

Eastward of Sherriugham Point the shore makes a bight, and at the
distance of 4A n)iles is Otter Point. Tlie points on this side the strait
are not remarkable nor easily distinguished unless close in shore.
Vessels running or working up the strait at night should be careful not
to get so near the northern shore as to shut in itace Island light by
Beechey IJea<l. From Otter Point to the entrance to Sooke Inlet, the
intervening coast forms rather a deep indentation, named Sooke Bay,
in wlii(!h vessels may anchor in fiiie weather a little mon^ than h mile
Irom the shore in 8 fathoms.

Sooke Inlet is little over ^ mile in breadth, and the Itar has only a
«le])tli of M feet on it at low watei'. Within the bar, the entrance jiroper,
between Whillin Spit and Fntry Ledge, has 7 fathoms water, but is
only 70 yards across, with a sharp tin ii and strong tide. Thence a nar-
row and tortuous (;lianiiel '2^ miles in length, with ageneral north direc-
tion, leads to a beautiful landlocked basin, nearly 2 miles iu extent east
.111(1 west and one mile iiortii and south, with a depth of from 8 to 16
fathoms all over it. Independently, however, of strong tides and
several sliarp turns, which xcssels would have to nake in entt^ring,
the breadth of the deep channel seldom exceeds lOII yard.i, ami is con-
sequently only adapted for coasting vessels or small steamers.

SOOKK INLET ANCHORAGE RACE PASSAGE.

Anchorf«p;A. — V<^s8selH may .anchor outside iti 10 t'atlioms i mile oft"
ilie eiitraiu.i); or, if iiooessary, run ii'sido VVliitflii Spit, wiiere tliere
is siilUcieut spiuH'- to aiioiior; eare must, liowever, l)e taiieii as to the
(li'[ttiis on tiie bar, ami to thi? state of the tide in tiie entrance proper,
wiiere the ebb at s|)rinfj8 runs about 3 or 4 knots.

Whiffin Spit is low, gravelly, and connected with the western
(Mitran<!e; it must be rounded close, as a reef (Kntry ljed},'e) lies only
!(»(( yards eastward fiom it. On roundiuj; the point dro|) the anchor at
L'OO yards within, ill 8 fathoms water ; here there is a space of deep
water 401) yaids in e.xtent.

Secretary Island, small and wooded, lies 350 yards oil' L'ossession
I'oint, a mile to the southward of Sooke Inlet. T'.ere is a depth of 16
fathoms l)etween it and the main shore, and from it Heechy Head bears
S. 01^3 K., 2i miles, with a bold stee|) shore between and deep water
dose-to.

Becher Bay. — Beeehey Head is a bold wooded elitf, forminf; the
western iMitraiice point of Heclier Hay, cape (JIuirch beinfjf the eastern
(Hie. Oil' the eastern side are several small wooded islands, named Red-
ford. At '^ mile within in a northerly direction are Wolf and Frazer
islands, with some small islets oil' them. Between these two islands,
Krazer being on the eastern side, is the channel, 800 yards wide, to the
Miieliorage ; anchor with the center of Frazer Island bearing S. J6^ W.,
distant ^ mile.

Becher Bay can not be recommended as a j^ood anchorage, as it adbrds
110 great shelter with southerly or westerly winds. Vessels outward
l)ound had better wait a fair wind in Parry Bay, to the northward of Race
Islands.

Vessels bound up the strait should pass the laud about Beeehey Head
at the distaiKieof 'J miles, if intending to go outside the Race Islands.

Race Islands are a cluster of low bare rocks, the outermost of which
lies a mile S. 23'^ E. of Bentinck Island, at the SE. point of Vancouver
Island; but SE, for h mile from this rock tlie bottom is very irregular,
with two points of sunken rocka. They occupy more than A mile in ex-
tent north and south, and the samt east and west. The outermost and
largest, or Great Race, is 300 yards in extent and 25 feet high ; the
others are smaller, a few feet above high water or awash. The tides
among them run from 3 to knots, and during bad weather heavy and
dangerous races occur. The outer rock shonhl be given a berth of a
mile.

The farthest oftlying danger is the Kosedale Koek, with 5 feet on it,
lying S. 34° E. of the Crreat Race, distant 800 yards. In light winds
sailing vessels should give these islands a good berth, especially when
eastward of them, as the ebb sets strongly towards them.

Race Passage is a clear channel between the Race Rocks and Ben-
tinck Island. This passage may be taken by steamers; but it is not
recommended for sailing vessels on account of the strength of the tides,

(12

.STRAIT OK .irAN DK KTCA.

and races caused by llie iire{>ular rocUy nature ot the bottom. A case
may arise, however, when veasels overtak-iii by a strong SK. wind
■would do better to run tiirouf,'ii than risk w( itlieriuK the (ireat Race,
'.)y less tlian a mile; it' so the Hentinck Island shore siiould be kei)t
aboard at a distance of 400 yards, or Just outside the kelp; for the
northernmost rock, wiiicti forms tlu^ southern side ol the passajje, is
covered at hijih wati-r, and the strony'est tides and eddies are found in
its neighborhood.

Tlie i)assa^e inside nentin(!k Island is clioked with rocks and should
iie\'er be taken.

Bentinck Island, lyinijj close off the southeastern point of Vancou-
ver Ishiiid, is irregularly shaped, beiii},' almost divided in the center by
anarrowneck. It is about 100 feet liiKh. and, lik(' the adja(!ent land,
covered with pine trees; .ts southern and eastern sides are frinjjed
with kelp, outside which there are no daufjers beyonil those described
in the Iface ("Imimel. lictween it and the maiidand is a boat channel,
and coasters accpiainied with the lo(!ality lind shelter at its eastern en-
trance; there are some settlers' houses in the neij;iil)orhood.

Between lientinck Islam! and Ks<inimalt Harbor the coast is indented
by seveial bays, and anchorajje may be obtained in 8 to 10 fathoms
anywhere within a mile of the shore, excei)t immediately ofl William
and Albert Heads; the only dangers area reef lyiiifj about LM)0 yards
off Albert Head, and Cojjhlan Kock in Itoyal Bay, lying 700 yards
north of the same head.

Pedder Bay, the first ot these indentations, has its entrance imme-
diately northward of Bentinck Island, between Cape Oalver and William
Head, where its breadth is 'l mile. The bay, .j mile within, is only tit for
small craft, which may find good shelter at its head. Vessels of any
size may anchor in the entrance, but though the holding ground is good,
it is open to all winds from NH. round east to south, and with a SE.
gale would neither be a desirable nor safe anchorage. The tides are
irregular.

Parry Bay, immediately northward of William Head, attbrds good
anchorage with all westerly winds. Vessels bound to sea and meeting
with a strong wind from this (juarter are re(!ominended to return here.
With a southeast wind there is ample room to weigh, which vessels
should immediately do, and if not able to round the Race Islands and
jirocced to sea, run for JCsiiuimalt Harbor.

Albert Head, ihe northern point of the bay, is moderately high,
sloping to the sea, bare of trees at its extreme, but wooded immedi.
ately behind; a reef lies L'OO yards oti" it. William Head somewhat
resembles it, but is lower. The water is too deep for anchorage imme-
diately off tiiese heads.

Royal Bay oi' Roads, of which Albert Head is the southorn jmint,
and the entrance of Esijuimalt Harbor the northern limit, is a fine sheet
cif water, 3 miles in extent and afi'ords good anchorage with all winds

coHtly n^pairs.

caSr'" "'■' '""""'"'' "^"""•'^* anchoring i„ tl.e vicinity of this
in;; vessels unless with a eoiniiiaiKlmn \miui imm..i... ^.,. *T.:.^: '^.l' A?9^.-A
ol'nKire liian a niii«. Tiu'llood sets to the NH., and witii ligiit winds
vesHels are liable to be carried to the eastward, ii|i Ilaro (Jhannel,
where the water is ^(Mierally too deep I'or an(!iioraj,'e ; therefore, with
the Hood, the (!oast of I'arry J>;iy should he kept aboaid, if possible,
where f^ood anehonifje may be had in moderate weatluM' and witli all
westerly winds, less than a mile from tlie shore in 10 fatiioms.

By night, when Fisj;ard lifjht bears N. lli^ K., a vessel may steer
for it. Kemeniber to keep thi' irhitc light in full view; should it be-
come dim or shade<l tlu^ shore is bein^i' too closely ajtiu'oached, and the
vessel should immediately haul out to the eastward until it is again
distinctly seen.

Kntering Esfpiimalt Harbor the Fisgard light should be left about
MM or 400 yards to port. When it bears N. ;57o \V. the light changes
from white to »*erf. and shows red within the harbor. Anchor when the
light bears S. 34° W., at a convenient distance, or stand into Constance
Cove. The Scrogg Kocks on the eastern side of the entrance must be
avoided. Itoyal J5ay has good anchorage in 9 fathoms at 4 a mile from
the light, bearing K. 12^ K.

The entrance to Victoria Harbor is 2 miles eastward of I'jsquiinalt
Harbor, and the same jjrecautions are necessary in running for it.
The course from one mile otf the liace Islands is N. 31^ .'iO' E. At night
or in bad weather Victoria Harbor should not be attempted. It can
only be entered at certain stages of the tide, and the anchorage outside
is exposed and unsafe in dirty weather; but if it is decided to run for
the harbor, remember that when Fisgard light changes from ivhitf to
ic'l a vessel is very neai' the shore.

Fisgard Light. — The white light is intended to guide a vessel in
from seaward, and while visible clears the western coast between Kace
Islands and Es(|uimall and ticrogg ilocks olf the southern shore.

The red light will be found useful in coming from the eastward, if
bound to Victoria or Ksquimalt. After rounding Trial Island it will
indicate a vessel's distance from the shore. If bound to Esquimau, a

<>.

IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-S)

1.0

I.I

in 12.5

1^ 1^

1.8

1.25

\M. JA

■* 6"

►

Photographic

Sciences
Corporation

33 WEST MAIN STREET

WEBSTER, NY. I4S80

(716) S72-4503

>>•

Viy

gJJ "'•'RAIT nv iiTAXT t,,i ,-.T.«.

aud 1
may
woul
by Ic
aboa
iiortl
cove:
its u

TL
nevt

B(
ver '.
H uai
cove . ., .- .......u^in aim eastern sides are friugi

with kelp, outside which there are no dangers beyond those described
ill the Race Cliaiinel. Between it and the inainhmd is a boat channel,
and coasters acijuainted witli the locality find shelter at its eastern en-
trance; there are some settlers' houses in the nei}j;hborhood.

Between Beiitinck Island and Esqninialt Harbor tiie coast is indented
by several bays, and anchorage may be obtained in 8 to 10 fathoms
anyv"here within a .niic of the shore, excei»t immediately oft' William
and Albert Heads ; the unl.v dangers are a reef lying about 200 yards
ott" Albert Head, and Ooghlan Hock in Royal Bay, lying 700 yards
north of the same head.

Fodder Bay, the first ot these indentations, has its entrance imme-
diately northward of Bentinck Island, between Cape Calver and William
Head, where its breadth is 5 mile. The bay, ^ mile within, is only fit for
small craft, which may find good shelter at its head. Vessels of any
size may anchor in the entrance, but though the holding ground is good,
it is open to all winds from NE. round east to south, and with a SE.
gale would neither be a desirable nor safe anchorage. The tides are
irregular.

Parry Bay, immediately northward of William Head, attbrds good
anchoruge with all westerly winds. Vessels bound to sea and meeting
with a strong wind from this quarter are recommended to return here.
With a southeast wind there is ample room to weigh, which vessels
shouhl immediately do, and if not able to round the Race Islands and
proceed to sea, r in for Esiiuimalt Harbor.

Albert Head, the northern point of the bay, is moderately high,
slojiiiig to the sea, bare of trees at its extreme, but wooded iminel'.
ately behind; a reef lies 200 yards off it. William Head somewhat
resembles it, but is lower. The water is too deep for anchorage imme-
diately off these heads.

Royal Bay or Roads, of which Albert Head is the southern point,
and rhe entrance of Es<iuimalt Harbor the northern limit, is a flue sheet
(if water, '6 miles in extent and affords good anchorage with all winds

RACE ISLANDS TO KSt^UlMALT HARBOR — DIRKCTrOXS.

which woiihl ]»reveiit vessels from entering that harbor; they may anchor
anywhere within ij mile from the western shore. A good bertlj is a
mile S. 22° W. of Dnntze Head witli the entrance open, or llie beacon
on Dyke Point just open of Inskip Uock; the latter is also a leading
mark for clearing Scrogg Rocks.

Caution. — Heavy tide races occur along the north shore of the strait
from Es(|uiinalt to IJeechey Head.

Race Islands to Esquimalt Harbor. — The lighthouse on Fisgard
Ishind, at the we.stern entrance point of Esquimalt Harbor, is very con-
spicuous, and will be seen imme<liately on rounding the IJace Islands;
a course direct for it will clear all dangers, but attention must V'e
l)aid to the set of the tides. Tlu' el»b runs almost directly from tiie
ilaro and neighboring straits towards the IJace Islands, and sail-
ing vessels unless with a commanding wiml should give them a berth
of more than a mile. The flood sets to the NE., and with light winds
vessels are liable to be carried to the eastward, uit Haro Channel,
where the water is geiuMally too deep for anchorage ; therefore, with
the Hood, the coa.st of I'arry J5ay should be kept aboard, if possible,
where good anchorage may be had in moderate weather and with all
westerly wiiuKs, less than a mile from the shore in 10 fathoms.

By night, when Fisgard light bears N. 12° E., a ves.sel may steer
for it. Remember to keep the white liglit in full view ; should it be-
come dim or shaded the shore is being too closely approached, and the
vessel should immediately haul out to the eastward until it is again
distinctly seen.

Entering Esquimalt Harbor the Fisgard light should be lell about
l}<)0 or 400 yards to port. When it bears X. 37° W. the light changes
from white to red, aud shows re<l within the harbor. Anchor when the
light bears S. 34° W., at a convenient distance, or stand into Constance
Cove. The Scrogg Rocks on the eastern side of the entrance must be
avoided. Royal Ray has good anchorage in !) fathoms at ^ a mile from
the light, bearing N. 12^ E.

The entrance to Victoria Harbor is 2 miles eastward of Esquimalt
Harbor, and the same precautions are necessary in running for it.
The course from one mile ofV the Race Islands is N. 31° 30' E. At night
or in bad weather Victoria Harbor should not be attempted, it can
only be entered at certain stages of the tide, and the anchorage outside
is exposed and unsafe in dirty weather; but if it is decided to run for
the harbor, remember that when Fisgard light changes from ichite to
red a vessel is very near the shore.

Fisgard Light. — The white light is intended to guide a vessel in
fi'om seaward, aud while visible clears the w estern coast between Race
Islands and Esipiimall and Scrogg Rocks off the southern shore.

The red light will be found useful in coming from the eastward, if
bound to Victoria or Hsquimalt. After rounding Trial Island it will
indicate a vessel's distance from the shore. If bound to Esquimalt, a

STRAIT OF JUAN DE FUCA.

west course will lead a safe distance outside Brotcby Ledge, until the
ligiit changes from red to white, when the light may be steered for, and
not before.

Esquimalt Harbor is a safe and excellent anchorage for ships of
any size, and with the aid of the light on Fisgard Island may bo entered
at all times with great facility. The entrance is (iOO yards in breadth,
opening (Mit immediately within to an extensive harbor having a gen-
eral depth of (5 fathoms over it. and extending l[ miles to the northwest.
( )ii the eastern side are 'Jonstanco Cove ami I'lnmper Bay, in the former
of which, built on Diintze Uead, are the Government naval ostablish-
nieiits.

Tiiere is daily communication with Nanaimo bj' rail. The railway
terminus is situated in Thetis Cove, from which there is an extension
to ^'i<'to^ia; and a short branch runs down to a pier, which has been
built out from the south point of Thetis Cove, into a depth of 15 feet at
low water.

Above Dykt^ Point, 200 yanb,, the water shoals to .'} fathoms, and
from thence to the head of the harbor is a Hat with only a few feet on
it at low water.

Dock. — A dock 450 feet long, and 05 feet wide at the entrance, with
a depth of liOi feet over the sill at high water ordinary spring tides,
has been constructed west of Thetis Island. This dock is closed by a
caisson, which, if necessary, can be placed on the outer side of the outer
invert, giving an additional length to the dock of 30 feet.

Winds. — The strongest and most frequent gales blow from SW. and
SE., which are leading winds in, but rarely from NW. The SW. is a
summer wind, generally fresh, and brings tine weather, unless it blows a
gale. SE. winds may be looked for during the winter months, or be-
tween November and March, and generally a strong gale once a mouth
with rain and thick weather. The NE. wind rarely blows with much
strength, ami always brings tine, clear weather; a direct south wind,
to which some parts of the harbor are open, seldom blows, and there
is never suHicient swell to render the anchorage inconvenieut.

Supplies, with the exception of fresh beef and bread, must be ob-
tained from Victoria.

CoaL — liKlependent of the supply kept at the naval establishment
on Thetis Island a stock of 5,000 tons of coal is maintained at Esqui-
nialt. Vessels of about 15 feet draft can coal alongside Thetis Island
wharf; regard should, however, be paid to the 15 foot shoal, which lies
(50 yards from the high-water mark of the island, in the direction of
the pier. Vessels can also coal along.side a wharf; on the east side of
which there is a depth of 25 feet at low water. Or coal can be taken on
board at all times from colliers or boats alongside.

Water may be obtained during the winter mouths without difficulty
from the many streams that How into the different bays; but in sum-
mer, watering is a tedious process, and boats must be sent either to

KSQUIMALT IIARBOU — ANCIIORAOK.

(;5

Rowe strejim, at the lieii'l of tlio harbor, or to tli« salt lagoon just out-
side the iMitraiKie. Botii offer (lilliciiltit's, miU's.s at or near liifjli water.

Pilotage and Dues. — Sailing vessels 8$ per t'oni. Vessels in tow
^•*.. Steamers $1.50, Half these rates when tiie services of a pilot aro
offered bnt not aceei»te«l.

Harbor dnes on vessels under .'iOO tons, ^i; over ")()() tons, $5.

Population.— The population of Escpiinialt in '"'SI was (514.

Beacon. — A white iiyraniidal wooden beacon -'3 feet above high
water, is erected on Dyke Point (at tLe head of the harbor).

Scrogg Rocks. — The only dangers lie on the eastern side of the en-
trance GOO yards south Duutze Head, and cover at three (jnarters Hood.
Iiiskip Islands kept well open of the head leads clear to the westward
of them ; but the best mark for entering with a leading wind is the
beacon on Dyke Point, just open of the rocks off' the western end of In-
ski]) Islands, bearing N. 8° !•]., which leads in mid channel.

Fisgard Island should not be passed within less than liOO yards keep-
ing just outside the kelp, which extends about 100 yards eastward from
It, as a rock with only 7 fVet water over it lies 150 yards X. 08° E. of
the light-house.

Buoy. — The shoal with only 4 feet on it at low water, lying .south of
Village Kocks, is marked b^' a red nun buoy.

Wliale Rock, with only 7 feet on it at low water, lies 400 yards N.
di'^ W. of the outer Inskip Island, or nearly midway between it and
the western shore of the harbor. This rock is of small extent, and not
marked by kelp; it has a clear passage on either side, that to the east-
ward being the wider. Yew and Kodd Points Just touching, point to
the rock; Yew Point Just touching the light-house on Fisgard Island,
leads nearly 200 yards westward; and when Ashe IIea<l is well shut in
by Inskip Islands, a vessel will be clear to the northward. The nxtk is
marked by a buoy colored red and black in vertical strii»es, moored off'
its south side.

Anchorage. — The most convenient anchorage is in Constance ('ove.
on the eastern side of the harbor, immediately round Dnntze Head, the
general depth being fathoms, and the holding ground good ; vessels
of war anchoring between Dockyard -Jetty and Foster's Pier, oi Village
Rocks. There is, however, safe anchorage in any i)art of the harbor,
in not less than 4.i fathoms, as far northward as Dyke Point.

Thetis Cove, in Plumper Bay, on the eastern side of the harbor im-
meadiately north of Constance Cove, is a snug anchorage in IS fathoms,
with the harbor entrance Just shut in by Inskip Kocks; bnt vessels pro-
ceeding above these rocks must take care to avoi«l the Whale Hock.

Directions. — Vessels entering the harbor at night with a strong
wind after them, should take care to shorten sail in time, as the space
for rounding to is somewhat limited; and it is desirable to moor if any
stay is intended, as the winds are changeable.

The bc't time for sailing vessels to leave the harbor is early iu the
14-05— No. 90 5

STRAIT OK JUAN 1)K FL'CA.

uioruiiig, when eitliera calm orli<;lit land wind urnybe e.\'|)eclu(I; there
is little stienj^th of tide in the harbor, or for some dititaiiKe outside, aud
it sets fairly in iin<l out.

Victoria Harbor has its entrance between Ojjden and McLan.Thlin
Points. .Maeanliiy Point, a remarkable projection nearly midway be-
tween the two harbors, is a bare Hat point about 30 feet hif"!'! showiiijj
as a yellow clay dirt, worn by the action of the sea and weather into a
rouiiiec knob at the extreme. The coast for one mile (»n either side of
this point is frinjied with sunken rocks, and is dangerous for boats in
bad weather, many fatal a(!ci«lerits havin^'decurred.

The entrance to the '.larbor is shoal, narrow, arul intricate, and with
SW. or SK. L'ales a heavy roUiiifj swell sets on the coast, wiiich renders
the anchorajic outside unsafe, while vessels of draft can not run in for
sheltemnlessator near high water. Vessels drawing 11 or \ii feet water
nmy, under ordinary circumstances, enter at such times of tide; and
ships drawiiiy 17 feet have entered, though only at the top of spring
tides.

Victoria, the seat of the government, is the largest and most im-
l)ortant town in Hritish Columbia, and has a considerable foreign and
coasting trade, wliich is annually increasing. The resident population
according to the census taken in 1881 was 0,(j87, exclusive of Indians,
but is now said to be nearly 12,000. Victoria has excellent educational
institutions, hosjiitals, and library, and the streets are lighted by the
electric light.

Harbor and i>ilot dues are cliarged ; and tnere are sick mariners' dues
of 2 cents a ton register three times a year on vessels of 100 tons and
upwards, ami once a year on vessels under 100 tons. There is a quar-
antine station for persons att'ected with infectious diseases; and a hos-
])ital for seamen wiio are recommended for admission by masters of
ves.sels that have paid sick mariners' dues.

At tiie entrance of the harbor, on the south side of Shoal I'oint, there
is a wharf which is used by the ISan Francisco steamers, The pier is
GOO feet in length and has a depth of 2{ at low water. Along the east-
ern side of the harbor in front of the town there are about 400 yards of
fair wharfage, with a depth of from 10 to 1(5 feet at low-water spring tides.
Between Songhies and Limit Toiuts, on the opposite side of the harbor,
is a small slip capable of receiving vessels of about 200 tons burden;
larger vessels, however, may hi ave down alongside the wharves.

A submarine telegraph cable crosses the Htrait of Georgia at Nanaimo
and connects the city with the mainland of British Columbia, and an-
other crosses Juan de Fuca Strait to Washington.

There is direct mail communication with San Francisco every week,
a triweekly service to the east coast of Vancouver Island, aiul a daily
service to Port Moody, except o» Mondays; and steamers run daily,
except on Sundays, to the ports in Paget Sound. There is daily com-
muuicatiou with Nauaimo by rail.

VICTOiUA ANCHORAGE PILOTS.

(

Buoys. — The channel is marked by black buoys with otUl numbers
on the northern side, and red buoys with even numbers on the southern
side.

The buoys marking; the northeiii odf,'o of the shoal extending from
Siioal Point, as al.soCiiannel Uock (iyinfj 100 yar.is southwest of Pelly
Island), are of ]>yraniidal sha]>e, surmounted by a bail.

Supplies. — I'rovisions of all kinds, and of an exwllent quality, may
be procured, and water is to be had from a (ioatin;; tank cajtable of
<i(»in<!; outside the harbor. Supplies for rclittiufr mid repairinj;' vessels,
excrept timber, are scarce ami expensive, but of fair (jiiality. Ordinary
repairs to machinery of steamers can be ettecte«l.
" ■' f^nJ.'i '««;—;«-:■ '-LuilUil'" "''**« o^r ton.lmt alarifiMniantitv is
(1754) BRITISH OOLUIBBIA-Vaiiconver Island- Victoria har-
bor— Laurel point-Light establlahed.— The Canadian Government
has given notice that on October l(i, 1}>05, a fixed ml electric litrht
consisting of two 16-candlepower incandescent electric lamps sus-
pended in a. red globe, will be exhibited at a height of 25 feet above
high water from a pole standing on the bare rock at high watermark
on the extremity of Laurel point, southern side of Victoria harbor!
Vancouver island. The light should lje visible 1 mile from all points
of approach by water. ^

Approx. position: Lat. 48° 2W 22" N.. Long. 123° 23' 02" W
wiien Dad wearner nuiy ue lowufu lui »ii/ii iiii.«^ ...i.in.

Pilots. — There are pilots attaclied to the port, who kee)> af-uun'iuuB.
out for vessels ott' the entrance. IMiotajxe is compidsorv to all merchant
vessels, except coasters. The rates same as at Ksiiuimalt. Pilots are
seldom met witii below the Hace Uocks ; but between .January and .lulj',
in moderate weather, vessels approaching the Strait of Juan de Fuca
and requiring a pilot, may obtain a nmn con.petent to take them to
Royal Koads or Port Townsend from the schooners en;,Mged in the
seal tishery oft' the coast, between Cape Heaie and Clayoquot Sound, at
a distance of from 5 to 20 miles from the land. Sometimes in Ne6ah
Hay a pilot may be had if a gun is tired twice in (juick succession.
Guns are used by the sealing schooners in foggy weather, but only
once in 10 or 15 minutes, so that a gun tired twice in quick succession
would not be mistaken.

Harbor dues on vessels under 500 tons, $4 ; over 500 tons, 85. Tug-

secondJi. ^ ^^^ weather, one stroke every ten

. bell it« operation «u, be temSl v resLSl '"^^^'"""^ ^° '"^

Whenever the electricity is shut oflfor any cause it will Im, imnn«

sible to opemle either alarm. , J ' "® ""?«**•

(N. M.84.1906.)

■» ii

STRAIT OF JUAN 1)K FUCA.

Miornin^r, when either a calm orlij^ht hind wind may be expected; there
is little strength of tide in the harbor, or for some distanee outside, and
it sets fairly in and out.

Victoria Harbor has its entrance between Ogden ami McLaughlin
Points. Macanlay I'oint, a remarkable projection nearly midway be-
tween the two harbors, is a bare Hat point about 30 feet his;h, showing
as a yellow clay dirt, worn by the action of the sea aiul weather into a
rounded knob at the exti'eme. The coast for one mile on either side of
this ])oint is fringed with suidien rocks, and is dangerous for boats iu
bad weather, many fatal accidents having occurred.

The entrance to the harbor is shoal, narrow, and intricate, and with
yW. or SK. irah's a heavy rolling swell sets on the coast, which rendew
the anchorage oulsidn iiiiu-*"" "•'■=•
shelter
may, n
shi])s d
tides.

Victt
portant
coasting

accord in

but is IK ., iu,()(K>. Victoria has excellent educational

iustitutii,.!.-., iiosi)itals, and library, and the streets are lighted by the
electric light.

Harbor and pilot dues are charged ; and there are sick mariners' dues
of 2 cents a ton register three times a year on vessels of 100 tons and
upwards, and (»nce a year on vessels under 100 tons. There is a (piar-
antine station for i>ersoiis affected with infectious diseases; and a hos-
pital for seamen who are recommended for admission by masters of
vessels that have paid sick mariners' dues.

At th'! entrance of the harbor, on the south side of Shoal Point, there
is a wharf which is used by the San Franciisco steamers. The pier is
GOO feet in length and has a depth of 2i at low water. Along the east-
ern side of the harbor in front of the town there are about 400 yards of
fair" ■ ' '^'- '••»'•■—« iof,i ir'.fwphnt low-water spring tides.

is a
larg
A
and
otht

a tri ,«

ser\

exc(

muuicatiou with JNanaimo uy ran. ____

VICTORIA — ANCHORAGE — PILOTS.

dues

Buoys. — The channel it* msirked by blacU biio,v.s with otbl iiuinber.s
on the nortiiiMn Hide, and red biio,v8 with even nuiuberson the8uutiiern
side.

The buoyH marking the northern edffe of the shoal extending from
iSiioal I'oint, as also (^iiannel Hock (l.vinK 100 yanis southwest of Pelly
Island), arc of pyramidal Hha])c, sunnountod by a ball.

Supplies. — Provisions < "all kinds, and of an excellent ([uality, may
be procured, and water is lo be had from a lloatin^' tank capable of
{roiiifj outside the harbor. Supjilics for rclittiiifr and rejiairin;,' vessels,
except timber, are scante and expensive, but of fair (juality. Ordinary
repairs to machinery of steamers can Uo eHVcfed.

r'oal can be obtained at tli" jnice of #0 per ton, but a hn}ie«inantity is
not kept in store. Vessels can coal alon^'side the wharves in the luir-
bor, and iUho from the wharf on the south side of Shoal Point.

Anchorage. — Vessels auchoriuf? outside the harbor to wait for the
tide, or from other causes, should not come witiiiu a line between 0}j;den
and MacLauf,ddiu Points, the former bearing 8. t>2'3 E., the latter X.
(i^o W., midway between, or \ mile from either; this is a good stopping
l)lace with otVsliore winds or line weather, but is by no means recom-
mended as a. safe aiuihorage for sailing vessels during the winter nu)nth8,
when ba<l weather may be looke«l for with little warning.

Pilots. — There are pilots attached to the port, who keep a good look
out for vessels oil' the entrance. Pilotage is compulsory to all merchant
vessels, except coasters. The rates same as at Ksquinuilt. Pilots are
seldom met witii below the Hace Rocks ; but between January amlJuly,
in moderate weather, vessels api)roaching the Strait of Juan de Fuca
aud requiring a pilot, may obtain a man competent to take them to
Royal Roads or Port Townsend from the schooners engage<l in the
seal tishery oil' the coast, between Cape Heale and Clayoquot Sound, at
a distance of from 5 to 20 miles from the land. Sometimes in Ne6ab
Bay a i)ilot nniy be had if a gun is fired twice in q>iick succession.
Guns are used by the sealing schooners in foggy weather, but only
once in 10 or 15 miiiHtes, so that a gun fired twice in quick succession
would not be mistaken.

Harbor dues on vessels under 500 tons, $4; over 500 tons, $5. Tug-
boat charges from Royal Roads, $50. Discharging cargo or ballast, 50
cents per ton. Labor per day, $J.50. The average price of stores is,
for fresh beef 7 cents per pound : salted in barrels of 200 pounds, $10
per barrel. Pork, S18 to $24 per barrel. Ship bread, 5 cents per pound.
Vegetables are always obtainable at from cme to 2 cents i)er pound.

The Unitkd States is represented by consul and vice-consul.

Brotchy Ledge is in the fair way of vessels entering Victoria Harbor
from the eastward ; it has only 5 feet water on its shoalest part, is
covered with kelp, and about 200 yards in extent within the 5-fathom
line. There are fathoms water between the ledge and the shore.

Buoy. — Tills shoal is marked by a pyramidal buoy, colored red and

.STRAIT OF JUAN I)E KUCA.

black in hoiixontal Htripi's and .siitiiioiintiMl by a ca^c, moored 300
yards S. (»7^ \V. of the slioal of o I'l-t't. The buoy is occaHionally
washed away diiriiifj; tlie heavy winter ^ales.

Fi^^ai'd Ishind li};'lit-iioiise, iiortli part of Brothers Ishmd, and Macau-
lay I'oint in line bearinj; N. o!)^, W., leads 20(> yards nortliward of the
ledjjie in !) fathoms, between it and the shore ; and Fisgard Island light-
lionse, just open southward of Hrothers Island bearing N. 53° VV., leads
400 yards southward of tiu- ledge in 2\ fatlioms water.

Directions. — Tlie channel is buoyed, but it is necessary for a stranger
to take a pilot, and the s)>ace is .so conlined and tortuous that a long
ship has considerable dilliculty in making the necessary turn ; u largo
percentage of vessels entering tiie port, .small as well as large, con-
stantly run aground frctm these causes, or from trying to enter at an
improi»er time of lide. or negle(!tiiig to takt^ a pilot. Such accidents,
however, are seldom attended with more than delay and inconvenience,
as the shoalest an<l must intricate part of the pa.s,sage is sheltered;
when within, the port is peifecitly landlocked, antl ve.s,sels nuiy lie in
from 14 to 18 feet at low water, but tlie harbor accommodation is lim-
ited.

Victoria to Vancouver. — With liood tide and clear weather the
following route is recommended, the distance being shortest, water
smoothest, ami tide of the most assistance :

Enterprise, iMayor, and liaynes Channels, Sydney Channel (passing
to westward of Moresby Island and the islands to the .southward of
it); thence through Swan.son Channel and Active i'ass, and acioss to
13urrard Inlet.

With the elih tide the usual route is outside of Trial Island to the
main channel of Uaro Strait, following the latter to the (iulf of Georgia.
This route is recommended in thick weather, and also, at all times, to
uavigators not familiar with the tides and dangers of the narrower
channels.

Some of the fastest steamers, after pa.s.sing outside Trial Island and
part way through llaro Strait, tide ebb, stand up Swanson Channel
and through Active Pass.

Victoria to Nanaimo and Departure Bay. — With flood tide and
clear weather i)ass through Enter])rise, Mayor, Baynes, Swanson, and
Trincomalie Channels, and Dodd Narrows. l>y this route the smooth
water and strong tide will be of great assistance. On the southward
trip this route should also be followed when the tide is ebb.

With adverse tides the usual route is through the main channel of
Haro Strait and the Gulf of Georgia.

The Coast from Victoria Harbor trends in a southeasterly direction to
Clover Point, and isfor the nu)st part failed by whitesandycliffs, varying
iu height from 10 to 80 feet ; a sandy beach extends along the whole way,
and at 200 yards' distance oil' in many phuics are rocks ami foul ground.
Four hundred yards east of UoUand Point, and 200 yards off shore, are
the Glimpse reefs, which cover at three-quarters flood.

TRIAL ISLANDS — KNTEIII'HISK CHANNKL.

Beacon Hill, » geiitlu vine of iIh; laiitl, 400 yar<!8 from tlio wator'H
etlpc, rtiid a mil« east of tli« liarl)or, is (jrasay and Itare of treos; its
iKMgiit is 140 feet, aii*l tlieru is a staiVor beacon on tliu siiniinit.

Clover Point, 2 miles eastward of tlie entrance to Victoria Harbor,
is low, bare of trees, and |)rojectinjj; it is steep-to, and off it are some
strong tide rips, dangerous to boats in heavy weatlier. Ross Hay to
tlie eastward of it is open, bat sometimes used b}' small cu>ft if waiting
lor the tide.

Foul Bay, nearly one mile to the eastward of CIovt Point, is of small
extent and tilled with rocka. Otl'its entnince are the 'lemplar Uocks,
about 4 feet under water, and marked by kelp.

Foul Point, on tlu^ eastern side of the i)ay, is rocky, but has not less
than I fathoms at 200 yards distance ; the lanil at the back of the i)oint
rises to a height of 'SM feet, forming,' a rocky ridge or summit, known as
(ionzales Hill.

Trial Islands, nearly 1-J miles eastward of Clover Point, on the .south-
ern side of Enterprise Channel, are two in number, bare and rocky, but
generally appear as one. The southern or largest island is .so feet high,
and steepto at ''s outer end ; the northern one is low, and from it foul
ground extends some distance. Strong tide rips prevail oil the.soiitheru
islaiul, especially during the Hood, wiiich runs nearly 6 knots at springs
Just outside it.

Inner Channels. — The inner channels leading from Juan de Fnca
Strait into the llaro Strait are the Knterprise, Mouatt, INIayoi', and
llaynes Channels, and Hecate and Plum]>er Passages.

Enterprise Channel, bi-tween Trial lslan<isand the Vancouver shore,
is a narrow, tortuous, but deep ciiannel, much u.sed by steamers and
coasters trading to Victoria Harbor, as a .slight saving of distance is
effected, and less tide experienced than by going south of the Trial
Islands. Hs length is about a mile, its width in the narrowest place 100
yards, ami there are not less than 24 feet in the shoalest part.

McNeil Bay, on the northern side of the channel to the eastward of
Foul Point, 18 (iOO yards in extent, with from 2 to falhoms water; it is
open to the southwanl, and foul grouiul exists in its eastern part, but the
bay is much used by small vessels waiting for the tide.

Mouatt Reef, in the eastern i)arr of tlie channel, 000 yards from
North Trial island and nearly 400 yards olV shore, is about 200 yards
in extent, and covers at oue<piarter tlood ; this reef is dangerous for
ves.sels using the linterpri-se Channel, as it lies just north of the
fairway.

Directions. — Hound through the Enterprise Channel to the east-
ward, when past l'\)ul 15ay, give Foul Point a berth of from 400 to
600 yards, and steer for the west side of McNeil Bay on a northerly
course; approach it close to, after which steer direct for Kitty Islet,
and when within 100 yards of the latter, haul quickly to the eastward,
keeping McNeil farm just open west of Kitty Islet, bearing N. 64° W, ;

8TKA1T OF JUAN UK KUCA.

tliiH will lead saft'ly tliroiiuli tlic narrowest pait of tim clinniicl ami
soiitli of IMoiiiitt Ki'd'. When Cliaiiiit'l Point and tli« west siilw of
(Jreat Ciiiiin l.sU't coino in line l)t'arin>f N. IJ7^ K. tliu vossi'l will be
well east of tli(> reef, ami should alter eonrso to tlie nortliward to avoid
the Hrodie Kocrk, proceeding; np tliroii<;li any of tliu inner uliannels.

Brodie Rock, a |>ateli of .1 fatlioms least water, marked by kelp,
lies nearly one mile N. (Jo^ K. of tli»' summit of the south Trial Island.

The north ]K>int of small Trial Island in line with Foul Point bear-
ing west, lends north of Hntdie Koi^k.

Poul Point seen between the Trial Islands bearing N. 70° W. leads
south of the rock.

Cadboro Point in liiu' with the east extreme of Great Chain Island
bearing N. lli^ K, leads eastward of the iock.

Qonzales Point forms the sonth.iastern extremity of Vancouver
Island. It is a low salient ]u)int, r(>cky, bare of troe.s, and steep-to on
the east side.

Oak Bay. — From (Jonzales Point, the Vancouver shore trends to the
northward, and at (die iniie from the jxiiiit forms a f-audy bay which is
somewhat le.ss than oiu^ mile in extent, and atlords fair anchorage near
its north part in trom '^ to I fathoms.

The best anchorage is to tlie northward of Mary Todd Islet in the
south i)arr of the bay. This islet is hare, and about .'50 feet high ; east
of it, is Kmily Islet, 4 feet above high water, and south of Kuiily Islet
lies the Itobson Heef, which uncovers at low water.

Cadboro Bay, to the northward of Oak Itay, is about i mile in ex-
tent, ami oi)eii to the s< utherist ; no sea rises within it, and there is
good anchorage in from 3 to 4 fathoms near the entrance.

The Vancouver shore from Gonzales Point to this bay is low and
lightly timbered with tlwarf oak and pine trees; to the northward of
Oak Bay it is clear of danger at 20i» yards distance.

Mayor Channel is to the eastward of Gonzales Point, and west of
Chain Islets. The channel is bounded on the western side by Thames
Shoal, Harris Island, and Fiddle Reef, and abreast the latter on its op-
l)08ite side lies the Lewis Heef. The tide seldom runs more than 3
knots through this channel, and it is the one generally used.

Thames Shoal has 2 fathonis water over it, is of small extent, and
marked by kelp; it lies nearly i mile N. 4.P E. of Gonzales Point, at
the southwestern jiart of the Mayor Uhaiuiel. Channel Point in line
with west side of Great Chain Islet bearing N. .'J(P E. leads east of the
shoal and the highest ))art of Trial Island in line with Gonzales Point
bearing S. JJP W. leads west of it.

Mouatt Channel— Lee Rock, which only uncovers at low water
springs, lies 300 yards northwestward ')f Thames Shoal; it is marked
by kelp and steep-to on the eastern side. Hetween this rock and
Thames Shoal is Mouatt Channel, L'OO yards wide.

The highest pait of Trial Island in line with Gonzales Point, 8. 31°

I'lUULK KKKF — TIIK CHATHAM ISLANDS

W., Inuls iiiitiway butween TliaiiicH Slioal »iul LeK Uock ; also tliroii^li
tlie t'liirvviiy of the iiortliuni part of Mayor Cliaiiiiel, between Fiddle and
LewJH HofCs.

Fiddle Reef, at the nortlierii extreme of Mayor Clianiiul, and up-
wards of a mile from OonzaleH Point, is of Hmall extent, and awash
at iii^h water Hpring tides ; it may be approaulied elose to on tii*^ east-
ern side.

Beacon. — A beacon, consisting,' of a wliife conical strnctiire 41 feet
hijiU, Hurinonnted by a black pole and cage 10 feet lii);h, lia.s i on
erected on Kiddle Ueef.

Todd Rock, at ■'{(>() yards NW. of Fiddle Ueef, in the entrance fo
Oak I5ay, covers at two thirds Hood, and is marked by kelp.

Lewis Reef, at tiie northeastern ]inrt of Mayor (Jhanne) ' ^m SOU
yanis 8. M'^ B. of T ildle liaet', covers at high water, an<l may be
approached irlose-io on the western side.

Tlie pa; ;;e between it and Chain Islets is tilled with kelp, bat has
not less than 2 fathoms water.

Beacon, consisting; of a round stone tower, colored black, 10 feet in
height, surmonnted by a cross 10 feet above higii water, is sitnated on
Lewis Keef.

Chain Islets, niiilway between Discovery Island and the Vancouver
shore, are a l)ar»' rocky ^rronp. The largest, called (ircat ('liain Islet,
is about -'00 yards in extent and ;{0 feet above high water; it is the
southwestern one of the group.

Spencer Ledge, ott' their eastern side at a <listance of 300 yards
from the easternmost high-water rock, is marked by kelp, and has 9
feet water on its shoalest |»art; if going through Hecate Passage it
recpiires to be guarded against. Oadboro Point, open west of Channel
Point bearing N. 7^ W., leiuls east of this ledge through Hecate
Passage.

Caroline Reef, at the northern part of the group, ami connected to
it by a rocky le<lge, is "f small extent, and covers at one quarter tlood,
but is well out of the track of vessels using any of the channels. Foul
ground with dej)tlis of from 3 to 4 fathoms, marked by kelp, extends
upwanls of -'00 yards westward from it.

Discovery Island is at tlH> junction of the Ilaro and Fuca Straits.
It is wooded, about '^ mile in extent, and its shores on all sides are
bordered by rocks, extending in some places move than tOO yards.
Kudlin I5ay, on its southeastern side, is lilled witi. rocks, and should
not be used by any vessel.

The Chatham Islands, to tiie northwest of Discovery I.sia :d, and
separated from it by a narrow boat i)ass, are of small extent, forming
an irregular groui), low, wooded, ami almost connected with each other
at low water. Their western side is steep-to, and the tide ruslies with
great strength through the passages between them.

STRAIT OP SAN JUAN DE FUCA

Leading Point, at the soutli western extreme, ia a bare rocky isle*^ at
high water. To the eastward of it is a small boat cove. Channel
Point, their western extreme, is also bare and steep to. The tide runs
Ptrongly past it.

Strong Tide Islet, the northwestern of these islands, is rocky, about
60 feet hijjli, and woodeil. Its uorthwesteni side is steep to. The ebb
tide runs very strongly past it, nearly li knots at springs.

Refuge Cove, on the nortiicastern side of the Chatham Islands, is
small, and has H fathoms in the center; coasters or small craft en-
tangled among these islets may find shelter in it. Alpha Islet, the
easternmost of the group, is bare, 10 feet above high water, and steep-
to on the eastern side. Hoats only ought to go westward, or inside it.

Fulford Reef, (iOO yards northward of the Chatham Islands, is about
200 yards in extent, and covers at three-quarters tlood. Vessels using
the Baynes Ciiannel should keep well to the westward to avoid this
reef, as the tide sets iiivguhirly in its vicinity.

Hecate and Plumper Passages. — Discovery Island is separated
from the Chain Islets liy a i)assage A mile wide in the narrowest part,
forming an ap|>arently clear and wide channel. Near the middle of the
southern part lies Center Ko(!k, which has only ;} feet over it, and though
marked by kelp, this from the strength of the tides is often run under
and sehloni seen. There is deep passage on either siile of tiiis dan-
ger, the one to the westward being called Hecate, and the eastern one
Plumper Passage. The latter is wider and better adapted for large
steamers, but the tide sets very strongly through both of them.

Cadboro Point, open west of Channel Point N. 7^ \V'., leads through
Hecate Passage in mid-channel, west of Center Rock.

Cadboro Point, well shut in, north of Leading Point, N. 15° \V., leads
through Pliimi)er Passage in midchannel, east of Center Hock.

Baynes Channel, between Cadboro Point an<l the Chatham Islands,
connecting these inner channels with llaro Strait, is upwards of one mile
long and A mile wide; the depths in it are irregular, varying from 2^
to .'JO fatiioms, aiul the tide at spring sets through it with a velocity of
4 to knots, strongest along the eastern side.

Five Fathom Shoal, wiiich lies in tiu' center of the channel, is not
marked by Ueli). Nearly liOO yards N. li.'P \V. of it is another shoal
■with only 1G4 feet water on it, and extending about 83 yards north and
south and oO yards east and west. To avoid it a vessel should keep a
little over on either side of mid channel.

Cadboro Point, on the Vancouver shore, at the terminati(»n of the
inner channels, is nearly .'5 miles NNH. of (lonzales Point, and 'l mile
N. 23^ W., of the Chatham Islands. It is about ">0 feet high, rocky itud
bare of trees. A small islet lies just off It, also a reef which covers;
when i)assing do not approacih the islet within 400 yards.

The coast west from Cadboro Point to Cadlmro Hay is low, very much
broken, aiul there are some off-lying rocks.

JEMMY JONES ISLET — CONSTANCE BANK.

fcs " i^enuny Jones Islet, which is bare and 15 feet above high water, lies

" -" '^-lunrn Point; foul

md
lall

not

less

ble.

iier-

fter

line

ilet,

)rth

oal,

'rial

that

ddle

tak-

"ive-

itch.

and

rong

Idom

? the

lead

)etter
using
el, or
them
el be-
Iboro

Tides. — me mjin i»,mi .^v ., iniicU

iniliienced by i)revailing win la; the greatest rise and fall of tide at
Dist'overy Islrnid is li' feet. During snnitner tnontlis in tliesc cliannel.s
the Hood stream couiii'.euce.s at 11. i") a. ni., running with great .strength
till nearly .'J p. ni., after wiiicli but little tide i.s felt till 4 a. ni. on the
following day, when the ebb coininences and runs strong till nearly 11
a. ni., the tinn^ of low water by the .shoie.

ConstanueBank, lying in the Fnea Strait, nearly inile.s 8. ;5P E.
of Fisgard Lightlionse. is upwards of one jnile in extent with depth.s of
from y to 14 tathonis, but a ves.sel should not anchor on it, a« tlie bot-
tom is rooky.

STRAIT OF SAN JUAN DE FUCA

(253) BRITISH OOLUnBIA-WASHINQTON - Submarine tele-
phone cable laid between Vancouver island and the mainland.—

Through the courtesy of Mr. William P. Anderson, Chief Engineer,
Department of Marine anil Fisheries, Ottawa, Canada, the following
advance proof of Canadian Notice to Mariners No. 7 of 1905 is pub-
lished for the benefit of mariners:

A submarine telephone cable has recently been laid across the
several channels between Vancouver island, British Columbia, and
the mainland ii^ Wiishington, United States of America. The parts
cross the channels follows:

From a point in Telegraph cove near the southeast extreme of Van-
couver island, in latitude 48° 27' 55" N., longitude 123° 17' U" W.,
across Haro stiait on a course N. 45° E. true (NNE. mag. ), 8.45 miles,
to a point in Andrews bay, in latitude 48° 32' 30" N., longitude 123°
10' 00" W., on the west shore of San Juan island.

From a point on the east shore of San Juan island, north of Friday
harbor, in latitude 48° 33' 03" N., longitude 123° 01' 00" W., across
San Juan channel on a course N. 77° E. true (NE. | E. E'ly mag.),
1.21 miles, to a point on the southwest shore of Shaw island, in lati-
tude 48° 33' 15" N., longitude 122° 59' 28" W.

From a point on the northeast shore of Shaw island, in latitude
48° 35' 03" N., longitude 122° 55' 23" W., across Harney channel on
a course N. 1° W. true (NNW. j^W. mag.), 0.542 mile, to a point on
the south shore of Orcas island, in latitude 48° 35' 31" N., long'tude
122° 55' 23" W.

From Lawrence point the easternmost point of Orcas island, in
latitude 48° .39' 40" N., longitude 122° 45' 00" W., across Kosario
strait on a course N. 48° E. true (NNE. | E. mag.), 3.62 miles, to a
point on the west shore of Lummi island, in latitude 48° 41' 43" N.,
longitude 122° 41' 28" W.

From a point on the east shore of Lummi island, in latitude 48° 42'
17"N., longitude 122° 40' 30" W. across Hale passsige on a course N. 57°
B. true (NE. byN. mag.), 0.915 mile, to a point on the mainland, in
latitude 48° 42' 47" N., longitude 122° 39' 28" W., in Lummi Indian
Reservation, Washington, and 7 miles from Whatcom.

The geographical positions and bearings given are approximate.

Each landing is designated by a white monument sign 12 inches
wide by 66 inches long, with the word "Cable" in black painted
+''ereon. Mariners are instructed not to anchor in the vicinity of

I aese cables. (N. M. 7, 1905.)

marked by keli). Nearly 200 yards N. 23° \V. of it is another .slioal
•with only 104 feet water on it, and extendinj,' about 83 yards north and
south and .")(> yards east and west. To avi id it a vessel sliould keep a
little over on eitiier side of inideliannel.

Cadboro Point, on the Vancouver shore, at tiie termination of tlio
inner cliaiincls, is nearly 3 miles NNE. of (Jonzales Point, and 'f mile
N. 23^3 W., of tlie Chatliam Islands. It is about 50 feetiiiKh, rocky anil
bare of trees. A small islet lies Just oil' it, also a reef which covers;
when |>assing do not approach the islel witlim 4(tO yards.

The coast west from Cadboro Point to (iadboro IJay is low, very much
broken, and there are some ort'-lyiny: rocks.

JEMMY JONES ISLET — CONSTANCE UANK.

Jemmy Jones Islet, which is bare and 15 feet above high water, lies
GOO yards off shore, and 000 yards B, 33^ VV. of Cadboro Point ; foul
ground extends around it (or upwards of 200 yards in some parts, and
though there is deep water between it and the shore, none except small
craft should go through that passage.

Directions. — Though these inner channels are deep, they should not
be used except by steamers of moderate size or by small craft, unless
in cases of necessity, and a knowledge of the tide i^ indispensable.
Coasters and small steamers, when taking advantage of them, gener-
ally proceed through the Mayor Channel. If using this channel, after
passing Gonzales Point keep the west side of (Ireat Chain Islet in line
with Channel Point bearing N. 37'^ E. till within 400 yards of the islet,
when the north end of "Shwy Todil Island will be in line with the north
point of Harris Island and the vessel will be clear of the Thames Shoal,
after which steer to the northwest, bringing the higliest part of Trial
Island in line with Gonzales Point bearing S. 3P W., and with that
mark on astern, steer N. 31^ E., which will lead between the Fiddle
and Lewis lleefs, and on through Haynes Channel, to Ilaro Strait, tak-
ing care, however, to avoid the patch of Ifi.^ feet lying close to the Five-
latliom Shoal, as this mark leads only 100 yards westward of the i>atch.
When past Lewis and Fiddle lleefs, a vessel may steer N. iS*^ E. and
pass out of Baynes Channel between Five-fathom Shoal and Strong
Tide Islet, but the tides are much stronger this side of the channel,

Going through Mouatt Channel, which is very narrow and seldom
used, after rounding Gonzales Point at liOO yards distance, bring the
highest part of Trial Island in line ivith the point bearing S. 3P \V.,
and keeping this mark on astern, and steering N. 31° E., will lead
through clear of danger.

The Hecate and Plumper Passages are nearly straight, and better
adapted for large steamers than those west of the Chain Islets. If using
either of them, after passing eitiier through Enteri)rise Channel, or
southward of Trial Islamls, bring the leading marks on, and keep them
so till northward of the Center Kock, when steer u|) in mid-channel be-
tween Chain Islets and Chatham Islands, X. 34'^ VV^., towards Cadboro
Bay. and through Haynes Channel into Ilaro Strait.

Tides. — Tlie high water at full and change is Irregular and much
inlliieniied by prevailing winls; the greatest rise and fail of tide at
Discovery Island is 12 leet. During summer months in these clnuinels
the flood stream commences at 11.1.") a. m., running with great strength
till nearly 3 p. n)., after which but little tide is felt till 4 a. m. on the
following <lay, when the ebb commences and runs strong till nearly 11
a. m., the tinu' of low water by the shoie.

ConstanceBank, lying in the Fuca Strait, nearly (J miles S. 3P E.
of Fisgard Lighthouse, is upwards of one mile in extent with depths of
from to 14 fathoms, but a vessel should not anchor on it, as the bot-
tom is rocky.

STRAIT OK SAN JUAN DE FUCA.

Middle Bank, l.vinj; in tlie southern entrance of Elaro Strait, 4 miles
S. 79^ E, of Discovery Island, and almost in mid-cliannol, is a rocky
patch about 2 miles in extent each way, and the least water found on
it is 10 fathoms. In bad weather tliere are heavy tide rips on and in
the vicinity of this bank, which are danjjerous to boats or small craft.

Hein (Fonte) Bank, within the depths of 10 fathoms, is about 1^
miles in extent; it has depths of from 3i to 5 fathoms on it and is
marked by kelp. It lies nearly in the middle of Fuca Strait, G| miles
S. 27° W. of Cattle Point (San Juan Island), and 8 miles 8. 57^ E. of
Discovery Island. This bank should be avoided, as there may be less
water on it than shown on the chart.

Smith Island lies almost in the center of the eastern end of Fuca
Strait. It is about i mile in length, cliffy at its western end and 50 feet
high. A large kelp patch extends for nearly lA miles from the west-
ern extreme, and should be avoided. From the eastern end a saud spit
"xtends for :f mile and is partially covered at high water. On the north
side of the spit anchorage may be had in ."5 fathoms, about ^ mile from
shore, but no vessel should lie li i e with any appearance of bad weather.

Beacon. — A beacon has been erected on Minor Island a I die extremity
of the spit extending from the eastern end of Smith or IJiunt island.

Partridge Bank, 3 miles S. 31° W. of the light-house on Smith's
Island is the northwestern point of thisbank within l(t fathoms of water.
Inside this depth the bank is 3 miles long and 1^ in width. The bottom
is generally sand, gravel, and bowlders, excei)t near the shoalest spot,
where it is rocky and thickly covered with kelp. This dangerous rock
is covered by 14 feet water at lowest tides, and lies on the northern side
of the bank, 3,^ miles from the nearest shore of Whidbey Island. A
considerable part of the bank is covered with kelp, which is much
uuderrun bj- strong currents. The currents over the bank are irregular,
except under the eastern extremity, when they set strongly from the
north and XW. at Hood and ebb tides. There are curient rips on all the
banks in the straits, which split the moving volumes of water, and these
rips are heavier in westerly wijids.

Hausler Bank lies N. 38^ W. of J^ew Dungeness lighthouse, on a
line nearly midway to Victoria. This is a 20-fathom bank, 2 miles long
and i mile wide, with as little as lo fathoms of water over it.

Fiica strait into the straii oi vTeui»..., v.^_ for

18 miles; it then turns sharply to the ENE. round Turn I'oint oi otu-
art Island, for a farther distanee of 12 miles, leaving Satunia Island to
the westward, and Waldron and Patos Islands to the eastward, wiien it
enters the Str.ait of Georgia between Saturna and Patos Islands.

It is for the most part a broad, and for its whole extent a deep navi-
j,Mble ship clmnnei; but on account of the reefs which exist in certain
parts, iiie general absence of stoixly winds, tlie scarcity of anchorages,
and ove all, the strengtii and varying direction of the tides, much
care d vigilance is necessary in its navigation, and it is far more
adapted to steam tlnin to sailing vessels.

Besides the maiu channel of the Ilaro Strait thus described, there are
several smaller channels and passages branching from it by whicii ves-
sels may enter the Strait of Georgia; tiius the Swanson Channel leads
into the strait by Active Pass, and the Trincoinalie and Stuart (Jhan-
Dels by the Portier Pass, or the Dodd Narrows.

These channels may be again entered by smaller ones; thus Sidney
and Cordov ^'lannels, on the western side of Haro Strait, lead by
Moresby, Colbourne, and Shute Passages into the Swanson, Satellite,
and Stuart Channels, and finally into the Strait of Georgia, These
channels are essentially adapted to steam navigation, or to coasting
vessels; they afford smooth water, and many of them anchorages.

Zero Rock, one of the principal dangers in the southern part of Haro
Strait, lies on the western side of the strait, is about 100 yards in ex-
tent, covers at three quarters Hood, and its vicinity is iniirked by kelp;
it lies (tfr miles N. -'J^ VV. of the east point of ]>: .covery Island.

Beacon. — A whitewashed beacon, |)yrami(lal in shape, ; 50 feet high,
surmounted by a pole and frame, resembling an obelisk, 20 feet iiigli,
also colored white, has been erected on Zero Hock.

A Rocky Patch, part of which nearly uncovers at low water springs,
lies 700 yards N. 5° \V. of Zero Uo(!k.

Discovery Island Light Is obscuretl in the direction of Zero Rock, and
westward of it.

STRAIT OK SAN JUAN DE FUCA.

Middle Bank, l.vinjj in the southern entrance of Ilaro Strait, 4 miles
S. Ty^ E. of Discovery Island, and almost in mid-ciiannel, ia a rocky

(1063) WASHINGTON— Juan de Puca stralt-Hein bank -Buoy
changed In position.— Keferrin{>; to Notice to Mariners No. 25 (923)
of 1904, further notice is given by the lighthouse inspector that Hein
Bank buoy, a red and black horizontally striped nun, was moved on
June 10, 1904, about 1,300 feet to the southward in 35 feet of water,
and is now (approximately) 50 feet N. 16° E. true (N. f W. mag.)
from a pinnacle rock or bowlder having but 14^ feet over it at mean
low water, on the following bearings:

Smith Island lighthouse, 8. 75° E. true (E. f N. N'ly mag.).

New Dungeneas liglithouse, S. 14° W. true (S. i E. mag.).

Discovery Island lighthouse (Canadian), N. 60° W. tr-e (W. | N.

L/Jkhl. ji lo ciuunL IT III lie 111 icii^i.11, viiitj ,.., .v.. J;?! •. ^J *?J A "*''*• )

high. A large kelp patch extends for nearly l.i miles from the west-
ern extreme, and should be avoided. From the eastern end a sand spit
extends for 'l mile and is partially covered at high water. On the north
side of the spit andiorage may be had in 5 fathoms, about i mile from
shore, but no vessel should lie here with any aiipearance of bad weather-
Beacon. — A bcaon has been erected on Minor Island at the extremity
of the spit extending from the eastern end of Smith or lilunt island.

Partridge Bank, 3 miles S. 31° W. of the light-house on Smith's
Island istlie northwestern jioint of this bank within 1(» fatlu)ms of water.
Inside this depth the bank is 3 miles long and lA in idth. The bottom
is generally sand, gravel, and bowlders, except near the shoalest spot,
where it is rocky and thickly covered with kelp. This dangerous rock
is covered by 14 feet water at lowest tides, and lies on the mirthern side
of the bank, 3;^ miles from the nearest shore of Whidbey Island. A
considerable part of the bank is covered with kelp, which ic much
underrun by strong currents. The currents over the bank are irregular,
except under the eastern extremity, when they set strongly from the
north and NW. at flood and ebb tides. Tliere are curient rips on all the
banks in the straits, which split the moving volumes of water, and these
rips are heavier in westerly winds.

Hassler Bank lies N. 38^ W. of New Dungeness light-house, on a
line nearly mitlway to Victoria. This is a 20-fathoni bank, 2 miles long
and jV mile wide, with as little as 1.5 fatlioms of w;,;er over it.

IFABO STRAIT, THE WESTERN CHANNELS AND ISLANDS TO NANAIMO
UARBOR AND DEPARTURE DAY.

Haro Strait, the wcstermnost of tlic three channels leading from
Fiica strait into the strait of Georgia, trends in a N. by W. direction for
IS miles; it then tarns sharply to the ENE. round Turn Point of Stu-
art Island, for a farther distance of 12 miles, leaving Saturna Island to
the westward, and Waldron and Patos Islands to the eastward, wiieu it
enters the Strait of Georgia between Saturna and Patos islands.

It is for the most part a broad, and for its whole extent a deep navi-
gable ship clmnnel, but on account of the reefs which exist in certain
parts, the general absence of steady winds, tli<^ scarcity of anchorages,
and above all, the strength and varying direction of the tides, much
care and vigilance is necessary in its navigation, and it is far more
adapted to steam than to sailing vessels.

Besides the main channel of the Ilaro Strait thus described, there are
several snmller channels and passages branching froni it by which ves-
sels may enter the Strait of Georgia; thus the Swanson Channel leads
into the strait by Active Pass, and the Triucoinalie and Stuart Chan-
nels by the Portier Pass, or the Dodd Narrows.

These channels may be again entered by smaller ones: thus Sidney
and Cordova Channels, on the western side of Haro Strait, lead by
Moresby, Colbourne, and Shate Passages into the Swanson, Satellite,
and Stuart Channels, and finally into the Strait of Georgia. These
channels are essentially adapted to steam navigation, or to coasting
vessels; they afford smooth water, atul many of them anchorages.

Zero Rock, one of the principiil dangers in the southern part of Ilaro
Strait, lies on the western side of the strait, is about KK) yards in ex-
tent, covers at three quarters flood, and its vicinity is nnirkcd by kelp;
it lies OA miles N. L'2^ W. of the east point of Discovery Island.

Beacon. — A whitewashed beacon, jiyramidal in shape, iSOfeet high,
surmounted by a pole and frame, resembling an obelisk, 20 feet high,
also colored white, has been .uected on Zero Ilock.

A Rocky Patch, part of which nearly uncovers at low water springs,
lies 7«M» yards N. 5° W. of Zero Kock.

Discovery Island Light is obscured in the direction of Zero Rock, and
westward of it.

STRAIT OK SAN JUAN I)K FUCA.

Middle Bank, l.vin<; in tlio soiitliera entrance of Ilaro Strait, 4 miles
S. 79° B. of Discovery Island, and almost in niidcliannol, is a rocky

(lor>3) WASHINGTON— Juan de Fuca stralt-Hein bank-Baoy
changed In position.— Referring to Notice to Mariners No. 25 (923)
of 1904, further notice is given by the lighthouse inspector that Hein
Bank buov. a red and blnck liorlzontsillv Kfrinpd mm woo nio-nri ««
(790) WASHINaTON— Juan de Fuca strait— Hein bank— Buoy
established.— May lO, 1904, a lir.st chuss nun buoy, painted black and
red in horizontal strii)es, wsis established on Hein liaiik, .Inan de Fuca
strait, to mark the bank. (N. M. 21, 1904.;

Smith Island lighthouse, .S. 75° E. true (E. f N. N'ly mag.).
New Dungeness lighthouse, S. 14° W. true (8. i E. mag.).
Discovery Island lighthouse (Canadian), N. 60° W. true (W. ^ N.

'"*«;^.-. .,...2""-'"— »-M— -v (N. M, 29, 1904.)

high. A large kelp patch extends for nearly li miles from the west-
ern extreme, and should be avoided. From the eastern end a sand spit
extends for -^ mile and is partially covered at high water. On the north
side of the spit anchorage m.iy be had in 5 fathoms, about ^ mile from
shore, but no vessel should lie here with any ai)j)earance of bad weather.
Beacon. — A beacon hiis been erected on Minor Island at the extremity
of the spit extending from the eastern end of Smith or Blunt island.

Partridge Bank, 3 miles S. 31° W. of the light-house on Smith's
Island is the northwestern point of tliis bank within 10 fathoms of water.
Inside this depth the bank is 3 miles long and 1^ in width. The bottom
is generally sand, gravel, and bowlders, excejit near tlic shoalest spot,
where it is rocky and thickly covered with kelp. This dangerous rock
is covered by 14 feet water at lowest tides, and lies on the northern side
of the bank, 3.^ miles from the nearest shore of Whidbey Island. A
considerable part of the bank is covered with kelp, which is much
underrun by strong currents. The currents over the bank are irregular,
except under the eastern extremity, when they set strongly from the
north and NW. at flood and eb'> tides. There are curi ent rips on all the
banks in the straits, which split the moving volumes of water, and these
rips are heavier in westerly winds.

Hassler Bank lies N. 38° W. of New Dungeness lighthouse, on a
line nearly midway to Victoria. This is a20-fathom bank, 2 miles long
and i mile wide, with as little as 15 fathoms of water over it.

CPI AFTER II.

IIABO STRAIT, THE WESTERN CHANNELS AND ISLANDS TO NANAIMO
HARBOR AND DEPARTURE RAY.

Haro Strait, the westermnost of tlio three cbamiels leading: from
Fuca strait into the strait ol' (leorgia, trends in a N. by W. direction for
18 miles; it then turns sharply to the ENE. round Turn Point of Stu-
art Island, for a farther distance of 12 miles, leaving Saturna Island to
the westward, and Waldron and Patos Islands to the eastward, wiien it
eiiteru the Strait of Georgia between Saturna and Patos Islands.

It is for the most part a broad, and for its whole extent a deep navi-
gable ship clmnnel; but on account of the reefs which exist in certain
parts, the general absence of steady winds, the scarcity of anchorages,
and above all, the strength and varying direction of the tides, much
care and vigilance is necessary in its navigation, and it is far more
adapted to steam than to sailing vessels.

Besides the main channel of the Haro Strait thus described, there are
several smaller channels and passages branching from it by which ves-
sels may enter the Strait of Georgia; thus the Swanson Channel leads
into the strait by Active Pass, and the Trincomalie and Stuart Chan-
nels by the Portier Pass, or the Dodd Narrows.

These channels may be again entered by smaller ones ; thus Sidney
and Cordova Channels, on the western side of Haro Strait, load by
Moresby, Colbourne, and Shute Passages into the Swanson, Satellite,
and Stuart Channels, and finally into the Strait of Georgia. These
channels are essentially adapted to steam navigation, or to coasting
vessels; they afford smooth water, and many of them anchorages.

Zero Rock, one of the principal dangers in the southern part of Ilaro
Strait, lies on the western side of the strait, is about 100 yards in ex-
tent, covers at three quarters flood, and its vicinity is mai-ked by kelp;
it lies <>i miles N. Ii2^ W. of the east point of Discovery Island.

Beacon. — A whitewashed beacon, pyramidal in siiape, 30 feet high,
surmounted by a i>ole and frame, resembling an obelisk, 20 feet higl',
also colored white, has been erected on Zero Hock.

A Rocky Patch, part of which nearly uncovers at low water springs,
lies 700 yards N. 5° W. of Zero Hock.

Discovery Island Light is obscured in the direction of Zero Rock, and
westward of it.

HARO 8TKA1T.

The Kelp Reefs, i^ mile in extent, lie alino-st in the center of Haro
Strait, 7 miles north from the east point of Discovery Island. They
uncover at low 8i>rings, and are well marked by kelp, which extends
in detached patches to Darcy Island.

A black spur buoy is moored in G fathoms water otl" the easternmost
patch of the Kelj) Reefs. The buoy is liable to drift.

The Unit Rock lies i| mile eastward of the south point of Darcy
Island, and uncovers 3 feet at low tides.

Bare Island well open north of Sidney Island, bearing N. ^jo W,,
leads east of Kelp Ueefs and Unit Hocks.

Directions. — Vessels passinjj u[) Haro Strait to avoid the above
dangers, after rounding Discovery Island at the distance of one mile,
should steer north, or for Kellett Blurt' of Henry Island, a remarkable
steep rocky headland. This course will lead clear to the eastward of
Kelp Reefs. In working up, >vhen standing westward, a vessel should
tack when the X W. extreme of Low Island comes in line with the
SE. point of Sidney Island, wiiich will give the ZtTo Rock a good
berth; but when approaching the Kelp Reefs, Bare Island must be
kept well open to the eastward of the same point to avoid them. The
eastern or San Juan shore is steep dose-to.

When abreast Kellett Blurt, at from i to one mile distant, a N. 11^ W.
course will pass the same distance from Turn Point of Stuart Island.
There are no dangers olf tiiis point; but whirling eddies and tide
rips, caused by tiie meetings of the streams from so many channels,
are generally met witii, particularly on the ebb. A vessel may reach
this point with a fresh southerly wind, but will almost invariably lose
it here, until having opened out the middle channel eastward of San
Juan.

After rounding Turn I'oiiit, a N. 02^ E. course for 10 miles will lead
to the northern entrance of Haro Strait, between the east point of Sa-
turna and Patos Islands. Tiiis passage is 2i miles in breadth, but is
subject to heavy tide rips and eddies; vessels when possible should
pass through the center of it, steering for the white cliffs of Point Rob-
erts (Orcas Xob, Orcas Island, well open east of Waldron Island bear-
ing S. 3° E. leads through in inid-channel), and should not bear away to
the westward until the .south end of Sucia is shut in with south end of
I'atos Island. At night, after passing between Saturna and Patos
Islands, they should maintain a northerly course for about 2 or 3 miles,
and then if the light on (ieorgina Point, at the entrance to Active Pass,
is not visible, steer N. ioo \\\ until it is sighted ; remembering that
\'iis light becomes obscured when it bears to the westward of N. 72°
\v''., and as whilst it is in view all dangers on the southern shores of
the strait will be avoidcJ, they should be careful to keep it in sight and
by no means stand to the southward of the above line of bearing.

The rtood from the Bosario Strait, which is met with as soon as the
passage between Orcas and Sucia Island is open, is apt to set a vessel

HARO STRAIT DIRKCTIONS — TIDES.

IdWiirds the east point of 3ati»riia, oil' wliicli mid Tiiiiibo Island tlioieis
inimli luiovon and broken Rionnd, witli In-avy tide races. Tliis jjoint
slionld bo (jiven a bertli of IS miles; talking care to avoid a danyerons
nuik l.viii;: ^ mile N. 4")° K. of Kaee I'oint.

The ebb sets to tiie eastwanl even Itefore the Strait of Georjjia is well
(i|)en, and a vessel flndinfj herself not likely to weather I'atos should
pass between it and Sneia, where there is a tjood clear passage of above
one mile in breadth ; if tliis passage is taken, the I'atos Island shore
siionld be kept ratlier aboard. iJeware of the IMiirnper and Clements
Keefs ; the former lies l\ miles S. alP W. of the northwest blulf of Sncia
Island, and has 1(» feet water on it; the latter the same distance N. 02°
H. of the same bluff, and has !t feet water over it.

Entering the strait and having passed to the northward of Patos
Island, if the ebb is running a vessel is extremely liable, unless with a
commanding breeze, to be set to the eastward and down the Uosario
(Channel.

The northern shore of Sucia Island should by all means be avoided.
If Alden Hank can be fetched it offers a good anchorage while waiting
for a tide. Alden I'oint, the western j)oiiit of I'atos Island, in one with
Monarch head, a bold cliffy bluff' bearing S. 74^ \V., leads over the
northern edge of this bank in from (5 to 9 fathoms. When Mount Con-
•''titution is in line with the center of Matia Island, bearing S. 3^ B., 9
fathoms may be expected, and vessels should not anchor in much less
than this depth, as in the shoaler i)arts rocky ground is found. The
least water on the bank is 2^ fathoms.

With a foul wind and ebb tide vessels should always work up on the
eastern shore; there are no dangers, little tide when eastward of a line
between Roberts Point and Alden Hank, and anchorage maj' always be
had within a mile of the shore if necessary. Hirch and Semiahmoo Hays
otter good anchorage, and are easy of access. In working ui> the Strait
of Georgia the western slvore should never be approached within a mile,
for the tides sweep strongly along this shore, and there arc several
outlying reefs between East I'oint and Active Pass.

As soon as the strait is entered from the southward, lloberts Point
will show its eastern part as a bold white-taced clitf, its western as a
low shingle ])oint. Its summit is covered with trees, and it wcmld at
first sight be taken for an island in consequerce of the land on its
northern side falling rapidly in elevation. After passing northward of
this point, its low water extreme, or the trees just within it, must not
be brought to bear southward of S. (52^ E. to avoid lloberts Hank, which
extends Ci miles off" the Eraser River entrance, is steep-to, and shoals
sudtlenly from 25 to 2 fathoms.

Tides. — The stream of tide runs fairly through the main channel of
Ilaro Strait, outside the Kelp Reefs, from 3 to knots, and inside them
through the Cordova and Sidney Channels. Passing outside the Kelp
Reefs, and eastward of Sidney Island a part of the flood stream will be

HARO STRAIT.

foiind to branch ott" to tliu castwurd, between Sail Jiiaii ami Stuart
IslaiiiKs, and tlierc, inei>tiii>( tlio Hood from tlie Middle Cliaiinel, cause
. heavy races ami eddies, .so that althoiijjh there are deep water channels
between tlieso islands, they are not recoinniended for sailing vessels.
In like niaiiiicr the Ihtod runs to the NW. between the group of islands,
northward of Sidney Island, and through Shuteand Moresby Passages,
though the main stream will be found to run fairly between Stuart and
Moresby Islands.

Johnstone Reef midway between Cadboro Point and Gordon Head,
is marked by kelp, and is of small extent.

Three Shoal Patches, witli from to 12 feet on them, lie one to 1^
miles distiint from Zero KoeU.

There is but little stream of tide in Cormorant Hay when within the
Zero Rock, and the holding ground is good.

Cormorant Bay, i>etween (iordon and C'owitcliin Heads, on the we-
ern side of Haro Strait, is a good stopping place, easy of acces.s un r
most cireumstanees.

Mount Douglas, a remarkable hill 000 feet high, with its Bummit bare
of trees, rises immediately over the coast at the head of the bay.

Directions. — To enter Cormorant Hay southward of Zero Rock, com-
ing from the northward, bring Mount Dough.s to bear S. (»2° W. and
steer for it; when the western points of Discovery and Chatham Islands
are well shut in by Cadboro Point, a vessel will be westward of Zero
Rock and can take up a berth in 5) or 10 fathoms water, at one mile ott'
shore, with Mount Douglas bearing S. ;{P \V.

To enter this bay northward of Zero Rock, the Kelj) Reefs must be
avoided. The positions of both rock and reefs will generally be easily
distinguished from a vessel's deck one mile off. By steering for Cow-
itchiu Head (a very remarkable high white cliff at the northern end of
Cormorant l>ay), on a N. T.'V^ \V. bearing, will lead in mid-channel, and a
good anchorage wdl be found in 8 to 10 fathoms water, at from one to
2 miles off shore with the head on that bearing.

This anchorage is more exposed to SK. winds than the one last men-
tioned, but a vessel with good ground tackle will always be perfectly
sak'.

Anchorages. — Although there are many harbors among the archi-
pelago which form the Haro Strait and its tributary channels, yet the
number eligible for sailing vessels overtaken by darkness or an adverse
tide is comparatively small.

Between Cormorant Bay and the northern entrance of Haro Strait,
Plumper Sound and Cowlitz Bay are i-he only eligible stopping places
for a sailing vessel seeking shelter.

Stuart Island has two fair l-arbors, and Ilocho Harbor at the north-
west eiul of San Juan Island is a suitable anchorage for steamers or
small coasters, but no sailing vessel of moderate tonnage could enter
either under ordinary circumstances without great loss of time, as well
as risk.

SAN JUAN ISLAND — ItOCHi: HARMOU.

San Juan Island, tlio wcHturn coast of wliicli foriiiH for hoiik; <listtuu'c
tliiM-astcrn l)oiiii(liiiy ofllaro Strait, is ot'coiiHiderable size. Its wt'sterii
slioH's art' sti'i'p antl ro(!lvy, and atl'onl no aiiclioragt' ; depths of from
100 to 150 fa!i)oiiis beiiijr found witliiu i niiln of the voast. Mount
Dallas rises abruptly to a liei^jht of 1,(>.S() feet. The eastern side of the
island falls in a more (gentle shtpe. Towards the southern end, and vis-
il)le from seaward, are some white bnililin;;s, the farming' establishment
(if the lliulson Itay (.'ompanj ; the southeastern extrcMiie, whit-h forms
one of the entrance points of the middle channel, terminates in a white
(lay clilV, over which rises .Mount Finlayson to a heijih* of .ViO feet, re-
markable as bein^j entirely clear of trees on itssontheiii side, while it is
thickly wooiled on the northern. Tlien^ is a clean ^jravel beach under
Mount Kinlaysou where boats can {generally land.

Henry Island lies off the NW. eiul of San .Juan, beiiifj only separated
from it by a narrow (ihannel called Mosquito l'as.sa},'e. The island would
lie taken as a part ot San .loan, the passajj;e appearinj-' merely as an 'ii-
deuta'ion in the latter. Kellett blulf, the southwestern j)oint of lleniy
Island, makes as tlif most |)romineiit headland on the eastern side of
llaro Strait, when fcii from the southward. Immediately eastward of
it is Open Hay, which has more the appearance of a channel than the
true one, Mosquito l'assa<(e. There is no shelter either in the bay, or
anchora;-" in the i»assa;;e, tor anything beyond coasters.

Mosquito Passage is studded with numerous reefs, which are marked
by kelj). When a nule within the passage, Westcott Ccicek, an indent-
ation in San Juan branches olf to the KNE., and allords a haven for
coasters. There is a L'-fathom channel through the i)assage and into
this creek. The oidy directions necessary are to avoid the kelp patches.
The tide runs strongly through it.

Roche Harbor. — At the northern entrance of Mosquito Passage, the
space betweeu San Juan and Ilenry Islands opens out considerably,
and the depth of water increases. This space forms Koche Harbor,
which must be entered from the northward by vessels of burden. Its
entrance is somewhat confined but not difficult of access, and it affords
good shelter when within.

Roche Harbor to Port Townsend.— With strong /ood tide the fol-
lowing route is recommended :

S|)ieden Channel, President Channel, leave Barnes Island to the east-
ward, Kosario Straits. With ebb tide and clear weather use Spieden
and San Juan Channels.

Morse Island, a small, tlat, cliffy island, about .30 feet high, lies J
mile westward of the north point of Henry Island ; and the entrance of
Koche Harbor is h mile eastward of the former.

Directions. — To enter, pass as near as couvenient northward of Morse
Island, as there are no dangers outside it. The entrance will then open
out between Henry Island and the western point of Pearl Island, which
is wooded and lies in the center of the passage. Off the northern side

HARO STRAIT.

of Pearl is iv small island conuecfced with it at low water. The breadth
of the entrance is 400 yards, but the navigable chan'',el is contracted to
litile over 100 yards by shoal water, which extends off both shores-
Scout Patch, a danfcerous siiit projecting' from the western shore
just south of Iiimau Point, has only a depth of 17 feet on it at low water;
and althouf'h there is a depth of 5 fathoms in mid (ibannel, jjreat care
must be exercised to avoid this i)atch by vessels drawing over 14 feet.
Vessels of less draft may approach the shores on either side to within
150 yards; immediately within Pearl Island the harbor opens out to a
considerable breadth.

Anchorage. — A good ancliorage is in fathons, with the west end
of Pearl Island bearing N. 22° W., distant abont J mile, and the north
part of Heniy Islmd just open of it.. If working in, remember that a
shoal of 1'> fee. lies .'?00 yards northward of Bare Islet, and that fair
anchorage may l)e had in 9 fathoms off the entrance ; but a vessel should
get in far cnougii to be out of the tides of Spieden Channel. Small
vessels leaving iiociie Harbor, and bound southward, may take the
Mosquito Passage.

Stuart Island, lying 3 miles northwestward of the northern i)art
of the island of San Juan, is of an irregular shape ami 042 feet high,
the summits of the hills i»artially bare of trees; Turn Point, it.*-: noith-
western extreme, a bold cliffy bluff, forms the salient angle of the Llaro
Strait, where it changes its direction suddenly from N. 12^ W. to N. 08°
E. before entering the Strait of Georgia. There are two anchorages in
Stuart Island, Peid Harbor on its southern side and Prevost Harbor
on its northern, but both are small and intricate for sailing vessels
above the .size of coasters.

Reid Harbor. — To enter l?eiil Harbor from the southward, beware
of being drawn l)y the Hood into the channel between San Juan and
Stuart Islands, where there are several dangers, and the tides most ir-
regular in their direction. The southwestern side of Stur.rt Island
should therefore be iirst closed; it is hold and free from danger.

The harbor bears X. 22° W. one mile from Sjtieden Bluff, a remarkable
bare grassy point, geneially of a yellow color, the western extreme of
the island of the same name, (iossip Island, from which a shoal extends
."{00 yards N. oC^ W., lies in the entrance; leave it on the right hand in
entering. The breadth of the channel is .'500 yards, the depth from 4 to

5 fathoms, and no daiigers !)ut whiit are visible. The best anchorage is
.J mile withi'! the entrance.

Prevost Harbor, on the northern side of Stuart Island, 1^ miles
east ,trd from 'I'nrn P'.int, has James Islainl lying in the center of it.
The entrance is to the westward of this island, bi-tween it and Charles
Point, aiitl is ai)out400 yards in breadth, the harbor extending south
for a short distamie, and then taking an easterly direction. Anchor in

6 fathoms as soon as the eastern arm opens out, or if desired run up the
arm into 4^ fathoms; here it is narrow, but perfectly sheltered. The

JOHNS ISLAND — SPIKDEN CHANXKL.

passage to tlie eastward of James Island is a blind one, but a vessel
may anchor, if necessary, at its entrance in 10 or 12 fathoms water.

Johns Island, with its nnmorous oft'-lying reefs, lies to the south-
eastward of Stuart Tsland, and is sei)arated from it by a navigable
chaunel of 10 fathoms, but it is narrow and not recommended except
for coasters acquainted with the locality.

Several islets and rocks, all above water, extend :| mile southward and
eastward of the southeastern end of Johns Island ; the most southern of
these are called Cactus Islands, between which and Spieden Island is the
east entrance to New Channel.

G-uU Reef, 2 feet above high water, lies ^ mile N. 59^ W. of Cactus
Islands ; rocks extend from it in a southeasterly direction for more than
200 yards.

Spieden Island, lying between Sun Juan and Stuart Islands, is 2^
miles long and very narrow; its soutnern side grassy and bare of trees,
its summit and northern side thickly wooded ; Green Point, its eastern
extreme, is a sloping grassy point.

There is a channel on both sides of Spieden Island ; New Channel to
the northward, and Spieden Chaunel to the southward. It may some-
times beconvenient tO take either of these channels when passing from
the Middle Channei to llaro Strait, or vice versa, as the distance round
Stuart Islaiul will be saved. IJut from the strength and irregularity of
the tides, and the number of hidden dangers which exist in certain parts
of them, tluy can not be recommended for sailii-.g vessels, nor indeed
to any vessel without a pilot.

Ne^w Channel, to the northward of Spieden Island, though narrower
than Spiedc i, is deep, more free from danger, and the navigation of it
more simple. 'l"he northern shore of Spieden Island is bold and steep,
and should be kept aboard; the narrowest part of the channel is .^ miie
wide between Spieden and C;";tus Islands, and care should be taken
not to get entangled among the reefs to the northward of the latter.
The flood tide sets to the northeastward among them; but it also sets
fiiirly through New Channel, anff by keeping the S|)ieden Island shore
aboard there will be no danger .)f being set to Hie northward ; the ebb
tide runs to the soiithwestward between Johns and Spieden Islands.

Spieden Channel, between the island of that inimo and San Juan,
has a general east and west direction. Its eastern entrance, between
Green Point and the iiorMieastern point of San Juan, is jj mile wide,
and for 2 miles the water is deep and clear of dangers. The meeting of
the flood tide, however, from llaro Strait, with that from the Middle
Channel, causes heavy rips and irregular eddies. These, together with
the general absence of steady winds, render the navigation always
tedious and dangerous fo." sailing vessels. Its western entrance iaencum-
bered with numerous reefs and shoals with irregilar soundings.

Sentinel Island stands in the western eiitranee of this chaunel. It
is small, bare ou its southern side, and about loO feet high. The pas-
14205— No. 00 (I

HARO STRAIT.

sage between it and Spiedi'n Island is more than 200 /ards wide. Ves-
sels iisiiiji (lie Sjtieden Channel are recommended to keep uio Spiedeu
Island shore aboard, and to pass between it and Sentinel Island. There
is much less tide here than in the center of the chaniiel or on the Ban
Juan shore. Sentinel Kock lies iOO yards west of the island, the pas-
sage between being foul.

Center Reef is a dangerous i)atch, awash at low water, and almost
in the center of the channel. It bears from Sentinel Island S. 62^ W.
nearly 4 mile. Kelp will geiieridly be seen around the reef, but it is
sometimes run under. Both the dood from Haro Strait and the ebb
through Spieden Channel set on to the reef. When Hearing it the Sau
Juan shore should be kept aboard, avoiding the shoal 300 yards north
of Bare Islet.

Danger Shoal is also at the western entrance. It is marked by
kelp, though not always to be distinguished. It lies about a mile from
Morse Island, N. 12o H.

Bare Islet is a rock about 15 feet high, lying in the southern part of
the channel S. SJ'^ E. one mile from Morse Island. There is a shoal ))atch
of 15 feet nearly 300 yards north of it. This patch is always covered
with kelp, and is the last danger known in the channel.

Directions. — Vessels bound from Uaro Strait to the eastward through
the Spiedeu Cliannel should pass about J mile to the northward of
Morse Island and then steer N. 85° E. for Green Point until Sentinel
Island bears north ; the dangers in the western entrance will then be
passed and a straight course may be steered through, bearing in mind
that less tide will be found near Spieden Island shore.

Bound westward through this channel, if the passage between Spie-
deu and Sentinel Islands is not taken, the shore of Spiedeu Island
should be kept aboard to avoid the tide races. If Center Reef is awash,
or the kelp on it is seen, pass { mile south of it and steer to pass the
same distance northward of Morse Island. If Center Reef is not seen,
take care not to bring Morse Island to bear to the southward of S.
680 w. nntil Bare Islet bears S. 22° E.

Waldron Island lies in the northern entrance of the Middle Chan-
nel, and its anchorages are frequently availa ble for vessels passing to
or from Haro Strait.

The island is thickly wooded, moderately high, and clifty on its south-
ern and eastern sides, but falling to the northward, where it terminates
in low sandy jjoints. Disney Point, its southern extreme, is a remark-
ably high stratified blutt".

Cowlitz Bay m the western side of Waldron, between Disney and
Sandy Points, .. ords good anchorage with all winds, the depth of water
from 5 to 8 fathoms, and the holding ground stiff mud ; it may be some-
times more desirable for sailing vessels to anchor here than to work up
into Plumper Sound, particularly for those coming up Middle Channel.
If entering from the northward or westward, Sandy Point may be passed

NORTH HAY FLUMPEtt SOUND.

at a distance of |r of a mile, and standing into the bay anchor on the
line between it and Disney Point in 5 or 6 fathoms. If a southeaster
is blowing, a vessel may stand far enough in to get smooth water under
shelter of Disney Point ; no sea, however, to aft'ect a vessel's safety gets
up in this bay witii any wind. Tiie only danger in the bay is Mouatt
Reef with a depth of only 3 feet on it; it lies J mile X. 17^ W. of Dis-
ney Point witii deei) water between it and the shore.

If entering from the southward, Disney Point should be kept within
less than ^ mile, particularly with the ebb, for as soon as Douglas Glian-
nel is opened out, which is the continuation of Middle Channel and
through which the tide runs sometimes 5 knots, vessels are apt to be
set down on Danger Rock.

North Bay, on the northwestern side of the isiland, affords anchorage

about ^

mile oft'shore, but it is not by any means such a desirable

place as Cowlitz Bay, the bank being rather steep and the tide felt
more strongly.

White Rock is 35 feet above high water and lies S. 60° W., 1| miles
from Disney Point. There is a reef extending 500 yards N. 39° W.
I'rom it.

Danger Rock, a dangerous reef with only u feet on it, and on which
kelp is rarely seen, lies S. 40^ E., ff mile from White Rock.

Caution. — It is particularly recommended to give these rocks a wide
berth, as with strong tides the water is too deep for anchorage in case
of getting entangled amongst them in light winds.

Plumper Sound. — If from any cause it should be found necessary
to auchor in that bend of the Haro Strait between Stuart Island and the
east point of Saturna Island, this sound is recommended as a safe and
convenient harbor, easy of access with the wind from any quarter. It
is formed between Pender and Saturna Islands. Blunden Island, about
400 yards in length, and close to the shore, forms the western entrance
point, and Monarch Head, a high, bold, rocky headland, the eastern.
There is anchorage in a moderate depth of water in most parts of it, as
well as several bays or harbors if preferred.

There are no dangers at the entrance, and but little tide is felt. A
rocky patch lies about N. 56° W., distant 550 yards from Croker Point,
in a spot whe-e the charts indics^e 13 fathoms. It is of small extent
and steep-to, except on its northern edge, where it shoals gradually
from 3 fathoms. Between this patch and Saturna Island the soundings
are irregular, varying from 8 to 20 fathoms.

In coming from the southward, the western extremity of Fane Island
in line with the northeastern extreme of Pender Island clears this patch,
and Lizard Islet open of Elliott Bluff clears its western edge.

The most convenient anchorage is off the entrance of Port Browning,
on the western side of the sound, in 8 fatiioms, J mile from the shore.
Above Port Browning tiie oidy danger is I'erry Rock, witii (> feet on it,
marked by kelp. It is 401) yards from the shore and N. 11° W., J mile
from Razor Point, the northern point of the port.

HARO STKAIT.

Port Browning is on the western side of Plumper Sound. Tlie best
anchorii<;:c is in the center, Just above Shark Cove, which is a conven-
ient creek witli 4 fathoms in it, on the sontliern side of tlie harbor, ^
mile within the entrance; here a ship might beach and repair on a
sandy spit. The cove is separateil by a narrow neck of land loO yards
wide from Bedwell Harbor, on the south coast of Pender Island.

Lyall Harbor lies on the eastern side of Plumper Sound, and is an
indentation in the northwestern end of Saturna Island. The King
Islets, two low, rugged islets, with a reef extending nearly 200 yards
oft" their western end, form the northern entr.Mice. The harbor termi-
nates in a sandy beach, with a good stream of fresh water at its head.
Crispin Rock, with G feet on it at low water, decreases its value as a
harbor for sailing vessels. This rock is a mere pinnacle, nearly ^ mile
within the entrance ; there is no kelp to give warning of its position,
and it lies exactly in the middle of the harbor. There is a clear pas-
sage on either side of it 300 yards wide, and vessels anchoring witiiin
it should drop their anchor in 5 fathoms, i mile from the beach at the
head of the harbor. Boot Cove, on the southern side of the harbor,
J mile within the soutiiern point, has 3 fathoms water, and is a con-
venient spot for rei»airing a vessel. A small islet lies oft' its western
entrance jmint.

Samuel Island, between Saturna and Mayne Islands, is almost con-
nected with both, but leaving two passages by which boats or even
small coasters may pass into the Strait of (loorgia at proi)er times of
tide. This island is indented on its southern side by several bays.

Winter Cove is formed between the southern side of Samuel Island
and the northwestern point of Saturna, and is only i mile northward of
Lyall Harbor. The dei)th of water in the cove being only frotn 2 to 3
fathoms, is only lit for small vessels. The outlet to the Strait of Georgia
is not over 90 feet in brendth and the tides rush through with great
rapidity.

Water is easily obtainable, during the winter or rainy months,
from streams in almost any part of Plumper Sound. At the head of
Lyall Harbor or Port Drowning, constantly in the former, a certain
quantity may be procured during the driest manths of summer, from
June to August.

Navy Channel is a c(Mitinuation of the western part of Plumper
Sound, and leads, between Pender and Mayne Islands, into the Triu-
comalie Channel.

Independently therefore of its value as an anchorage. Plumper Sound
becomes a high road for vessels bound into tho Strait of Georgia or
Prazer River, by the Active Pass, or to Naualmo, or any of the north-
western i)orts of Vancouver Island.

Conconi and Enterprise Reefs. — Conconi Reef lies about midway
through Navy Channel, l'{ miles from Fane Island, ami nearly 400 yards
oS' the northern shore, and narrows the strait at that part to i mile.

NAVY CHANNKL DIRECTION'S— liKDWELL HAHbOR.

It is a ledge of rocks exten<liiig in the direction of tlie cliamiel for more
tliau 200 yards, and ooveriuy at half tide; its vicihity is marked by kelp,
and a patch of 2 fathoms extends nearly 400 yards westward from it.

The Enterprise Reefs are two rocky patches, the westernmost of w hich
is covered at oneqiiarter flood, and both are marked by kelp. The out-
ermost of these reefs lies ^ of a mile S. 11° W. of Helen Point, the
south point of Active Pa.ss. A patch of 2 fathoms lies 400 yards S. 45'^
E. of the westernmost rocky patch.

Beacons. — A beacon 22 feet above high water has been erected on
Enterprise Keef, near its western extremity; to the pyramidal frame-
work of the beacon are tixed two disks at right angles to i-ach other,
liaving the appearance at a distance of upper and lower balls. The
whole is colored white.

On Helen Point (nailed on a dead fir tree) is a diagonal white board,
with a corresponding one on the opitosite bight. These marks when
in line, bearing X. 14^ E., lead over northwestern extreme of Enterprise
Reef; and when they come well open a vessel can steer for Active
Pass.

Directions. — Vessels using Xavy Channel should keep rather south-
ward of mid-channel. The shores of Pender Island are bold. When pass-
ing out of the western entrance, if bound through Trincomalie Chan-
nel or Active Pass, steer over towards Prevost Island until Pelorus
Point (the east point of Moresby Island) is open of Mouatt Point (the
west point of Pender Island) bearing S. 19^ E. ; then haul up N. 19^
W., keeping the marks just open, which will lead over ff mile to the
westward of Enterprise Reefs.

When Helen Point, which is a low bare yellow point, bears N.3to E.,
or the northern beacon comes well open west of the southern one, a
vessel may steer for the entrance of Active Pass, or shape her course
up the Trincomalie Channel.

Tides. — The flood tide from the Swanson Channel runs through Navy
Channel to the eastward and meets the tiood in Plumper Sound, caus-
ing a slight ripple at the east entrance; its strength is upwards of 3
knots.

Bndwell Harbor, the entrance to which bears X. 23° E. 3 miles
from Turn Point of Stuart Island, is, on account of its narrower en-
trance, not so eligible a stopping place for vessels waiting the tide,
but for stoanrers it is a good harbor. The only danger which does not
show is the Drew Rock, with 10 feet on it, in the center of the harbor
)f mile from its head; there is, however, no necessity for vessels to go
as high as this, the most convenient anchorage being in a bay on the
eastern shore jj mile within the entrance, in 8 fathoms, midway between
Hay Point and the Skull Reef, which always shows some feet above
high water.

Camp Bay, between Bedwell Harbor and Plumper Sound, otters
shelter as a stopping place to small craft, when not convenient to wor';
into either of these ports.

HARO STRAIT — WESTERN CHANNELS.

The Western Channels of Haro Strait maybe uscm] witli ndvanta^e
by steatnera or coasters* boiiiul from the soiitliorii ports of Vaiieoiiver
Island to the Strait of Georgia, or to tlie districtsof Saaiiicli,Co\vitcliiii,
Naiiaimo, and the numerous intermediate liarbors. Their advantage
over tlie Haro Strait consists in the strength of tide being loss, besides
sheltered anchorage being obtainable in almost all parts; while in the
latter strait the depth of water is so great that it is impossible to anchor,
and sailing vessels may frequently be set back into Fuca Strait, thus
entailing great tlelay as well as risk'. On the other hand the western
channels are not free from danger; yet, with the assistance of the chart,
and a good lookout from aloft for keli), a precaution which siiould
never be neglected, they may be navigated during daylight with ease
and safety.

To vessels passing from the southward, and intending to take the
western channels, the dangers to bo avoided after passing Discovery and
Chatha i Islands are: Johnstone Keef, lying nearly' one mile from the
shore, midway between Oadboro I'oint and Gordon Jlead; Zero Kock,
which lies in the f.iirway; and the shoals which extend off Darcy, Sid-
ney, and James Islands,

Sidney Channel, between James ami Sidney Islands, is the best; it
is nearly one mile wide, and deep until near its northern end, where
ahoal patches with only to 9 feet water on them, marked by kelj), lie
from GOO to 1.000 yards off the western point of Sidney Island. Whale
Islet, a small rook only G feet above high water, lies at the southern
entrance to Sidney Channel, and is joined to Sidney Island by a sand-
spit. Sidney Spit, the northwestern extreme, is a low sandy tongue with
a few trees on its extreme. A beacon 40 feet high, surmounted by a polo
and cage, has been erected on the spit. There is good anchorage off"
the spit in 8 fathoms.

Cordova Channel, betvyeeu James Island and the main island of
Vancouver, is a fair passage with little tide; it is not, however, to be
preferred to Sidney Channel, neither is any saving in distance gained
bj' taking it, and it can not be recommended for vessels drawing over
14 feet. Ithasa sand bank over L'Ol) yards in extent with 1-5 feet water
on it lying in the center of the passage. A little northward of Cowitchin
Head a low flat of swamjiy land extends for 2 miles in a northerly
directior), and from ^ to i mile off' the high land ; shoal water extends
from l-'OO to 401) yards outside ; this Hat forms the western side of the
.southern entrance of the channel.

The southern face of James Island is a moder.itely high and steep
whiteday cliff, its summit covered with trees; towards the eastern part
of this cliff' are two remarkable notches on its summit. A bank, hav-
ing from one to 3 fathoms water on it, extends one mile to the eastward,
and nearly \ mile to the southward, and westward from the S\V.
bluff' of James Island. A shoal 'j mile in extent, having depths of from
IJ to ^ fathoms on it, lies southeastward of the island; the center of it

DIRECTIONS — SHUTK TASSAGE,

tage

bears 8. 39° E., distant 1^ miles from the soutlnvestern bluff of James
Island.

Directions. — If the passage inside Discovery and Cliatbatn Islands
has been taken, and intending to take the Sidney Channel; when
al)reast Cadboro Point, steer north, keeping the i)assage between that
point and Chatham Islands open astern until Mount Tuam (on the
southern point of Admiral Island) is in line over the center between the
two remarkable notches on James Island bearing N. 31^ \V.; this mark
will lead nearly one mile eastward of Zero Uock, (iO(t ysirds westward
of the 3-fatiiom patches off Darcy Island, and between them and the
shoal of n feet extending southeastward from James Island.

When Morse Island is in line with the southeastern jmint of Sidney
Island, bearing N. G(P E., alter course to north to avoid the shoal which
extends one mdeS, 84^ E. from S\V. blutlof James Island ; pass about
GOO yards westward of Whale Islet, and then steer up mid channel, and
avoid the shoal patches off the northwestern end of Sidney Island, by
not shutting Whale Islet in with Darcy Island, until the end of Sidney
Spit bears N. 23° E.

If passing outside the Discovery and Chatham Islands, at about one
mile off, steer N. UP W. until the leading marks (Mount Tuam, in line
between the two remarkable notches on James Islands), bearing N. 34°
W., are on, when proceed as before directed.

Miners ChanneL — Low and Bare Islands are two small islands lying
off the ea-^tern side of Sidney Island, and between them ami the latter
there is a good passage. The eastern side of Sidney Island is bold, and
affords good anchorage in 8 fathoms, out of thetidn, in a bay S. 45° W.
of the north end of Bare Island. A 3 fathom shoal lies 500 yards off the
eastern point of Sidney Island, and a similar shoal lies about the same
distance S. iio'^ E. of Low Island.

Midway between Low and Bare Islands, and on the line between
their northwestern points, is a reef which, uncovers, and about ^ mile
to the eastward of this reef is a rock marked by kelp. There is a rock
3 feet above high water X. 50° W., distant >f mile from the north western
end of B:ire Island. After passing this island a course shonld be
steered between Sidney Si)itand Jonos Island.

Having passed to the northward of .Sidney Island, either by Cordova,
Sidney, or Miners Channels, the Shute or Moresby Passages may be
taken as ciiMveiiient; if bound for Saanich, Cowirchin, or through Stuart
Channel, the former is ]>referable, while the latter offers a more direct
course through the Swansoii or Trincomalie Channels, or to Eraser
River by Active Pass.

Shute Passage. — To enter this passage, after leaving Sidney S|>it
pass between Jones Island and the Little Group, then eastward of Coal
and Pym Islands, and bi'tween Piers and Portland Islands, when the
Satellite Channel will be enteied, which leads directly to Saanich,
Cowitchin, and the western ports of Vancouver Islan '. This is a good

HAI?<) STKAIT — WESTKRN CHANNELS.

clear cliiiiiiiol, iiiul with the assistance of the chart may be used with
much facility.

Jones Island lies N. 22^ E. of Sidney Si)it,!-; mile, with a dear passage
between ; shoal rocky ground extemlsL'OO yards westward of the north-
western i)oint of Jones Island, and the tides set with considerable
strength, from -' too knots round this point; dettiihed rocks extend
40U yards off the southeastern end of the island and '.AY the northeastern
side.

Tree, Hill, Domville, Comet, and Qooch Islands, which lie in the
fairway between Sidney and iMoresby Islands, are moderately low and
wooded. The passages between them are not recommended.

Reefs. — North Cod Reef covers at one-quarter Hood, and lies 800
yards S. 17^ W. of the western <'ndof (loocli Island.

South Cod Keef has only feet on it at low water; it lies 1,400 yards
S. 17° W. of the western end of Gooch Island. Both reefs are marked
bj- kelp.

A patch of 2 fathoms, marked by kelj), lies nearly midway between
the southern end of Jones and Domville Islands; the passage between
Gooeii and Comet Islands is lilled with kelp.

The Little Group lie 'i mile N. r,6^ W. of Jones Island. They
consist of four rocky islets, ;V mile in extent east and west, bare of trees»
and connected by reefs; there is a good i)assage between them and
Jones Island, and their eastern side may be jtassed at 200 yards.

Birdlslet, lyingou the eastern side of Shu te Pas.sage, and 5 niile nurth
of the north point of Jones Island, is about feet above high water;
and has a cluster of reefs around it almost 200 yards iu extent, mar'od
bj' kelp; between it and Coal Island there is a clear passage one luile
wide.

Coal Island, which heli)s to form the western side of Shute Passage,
lies immediately at the entrance of Shoal Harbor; it is one mile in extent
and thickly wooded, and its eastern and northern shores are free from
danger.

When working up the passage between Bird Islet and Coal Island,
a vessel should not stand to the westward of a line joining the east end
of Little Group to the east point of Coal Islanll, as a rock which covers
atonequarter Hood lies nearly ij mile south of the east pointof the island.

Reefs. — A small patch with 4 fathoms water over it, and probably
less, and marked by kelp, lies one mile X. 70° E. of the east point of
Coal Island. When abreast the east point of Coal Lsland, and distant
^ mile, a X. 45^ W, course will lead through Shute Passage iu mid-chau-
uel, passing eastward of Pym Island, off the eastern side of which a
reef, which uncovers, extends a little more than 200 yards length.
Patches of kelp have been seen extending some distance off the south
end of Pym Lsland.

Celia Reef has .S feet of water on it. It is marked by kelp and lies
N. 22° E., § mile from the northern point of Pym Island.

KNAPP ANIJ PYM ISLANDS — CANOE ROCKS.

Knapp and Fym Islands are .small and wooded, lying between Piers
and Coal Islands. The passajjo between Piers and Portland Lslands is
above a mile in breadth, with no danj^ers which are not vLsible ; oil" the
eastern .side of the former, abont liOD yards, is a rock always nncovered.
flavinp passed westward between the.se i.slands a vessel is fairly in
Satellite Channel.

Moresby Passage. — After leaving the northern end of Sidney Island,
the directions for Moresby Passage are the .same as those already given
for Shute Passage, until abreast the eastern point of Coal Island. From
abont iV mile off this point, the direct course throiigii the passage is
N. 17° E. for L'.^ miles, or until near its northern entrance, which lies
between Portland and Moresby Island.s. TurnbuU lieef and Canoe
Eoek.s, which extend off both these i.slands, narrow the channel at its
northern entrance to little over j\ mile.

The Sisters. — Otf the eastern point of Portland Island are three rocky
islets, the Sisters, wliicli extend to a distance of nearly 4b(l yards. They
are abont 25 feet high, have a i\j\v stnnttd cedar trees on their sum-
mits, are joined by reefs, and will be immediately recognized either from
the northward or southward.

Turnbull Reef. — Eastward from the Sisters, at a distance of more
than ;\ mile, extends the Turnbull Reef in a semicircular direction to-
wards the NW. point of Portland Islaml, and almost joining it ; 2 fath-
oms is the least water found on its outer edge, and it is^narked by a
heavy bank of kelp, which, however, is not always visible until close to
it, on account of the tide.

Canoe Rocks form a dangerous ledge, extending N. (15^ W. nearly
J mile from Keef Point, the northwestern point of Moresby Island. The
outer rock of this ledge covers a little after half flood, and is not marked
bj' kelp, though kelp grows between the point and the rock.

Beacon. — A stone beacon 25 feet high, surmounted by a cross, is
erected on Canoe llocks. A buoy has been bolted to the rock at the
western extremity of the reef otf Reef Point. Between the buoy and
the point there is a rock with only 1.^ feet over it. The channel between
this rock and the point is 75 feet wide. Vessels using this channel
should keep close alongside the point.

Directions. — When the beacon is visible, the passage is very ea.sy,
as the dangers maybe jias.sed as close as convenient; but when not
seen, it is desirable in coming from the southward to borrow on th*^
Moresby Island shore. i)a.ssing Seymour Point, the western cliffy point
of the i.sland, at the distance of 4(K) yards.

From this jtoint the Canoe Rocks bear N. 22° W., nearly a mile, and
from a berth 400 yards oft' it, a X. 17° W. course direct for Beaver Point,
the sloping bare southeastern point of Admiral Island, will lead almost
in mid-cliannel. When Chads Island, just off' the northwestern point of
Portland Island, comes open of that point, then vessels will be well to
the northward of both rock and reef.

HAKO STRAIT WKSTERN (.'HAN'NELS,

If coining from the nortliwanl, iiiidiiitoiidiiitj to take .More-iUy Passiige,
by keeping' Meaver I'oiiit astern witli the easternmost (3haiiiiel Islaiul
in (lan<,'es Harbor toneliin;; it, or Just shut in by it, tiie Canoe Hooks will
be cleared. The western Ciiannel Island Just tonehin^ Beaver point
leads on to the rock.

Prevost Passage lies l)etween Moresby Island and the firoiip of
smaller islands to the southward ot it, and leads by theShuteor .Moresby
Passajjesinto Satellite Channel.

To vessels passin^^- up the main stream of ITaro Strait and bound for
the Swaiison Channel, the easiest and most direct r^iute is between
Stuiirt and Moresby Islands; but circiimstaneos of wind or tide may
render it convenient to take the Prevost Passajje ; for instance, with
light winds they may bo set into the passajje by the Hood, or, if near
to Moresby Island, by the ebb tide from the ui>per part of Ilaro Strait,
which runs here, as it does in all other i)arts of the channel, from two
and one-half to three hours after low water by the shore, and sets to
the westward among the small islaiuls, and down the ^liners and
Sidney Channels.

Arachne Reef. — The dangers to be avoided in Prevost Passage are
Ara«jhne and Cooi»er Reefs. Arachne Heef lies nearly in the center of
the passage, in a direct line between Fairfax Point and the east point of
Gooch Island. This reef covers at one-ciuarter Hood, and has a good
deal of kelp ion its northwestern edge, which, however, is frequently
run under by the tide.

Cooper Reef, lying ^ mile N. 13° W. of Tom Point, is marked by
kelp, ami uncovers at half ebb ; there is a passage one mile wide between
it and Arachne Reef, the channel being about the same width between
the latter and Moresby Island, with deep water. There are no dangers
ott" the southern or western sides of Moresby Island.

Tom Point, in line with the southeast point of Sidney Island, bear-
ing S. '6'^ E., leads only just clear to the eastward of Cooper Heef.

North part of Portland Island, in line with south aide of Moresby
Island, bearing N. 47^ W., leads to the northward of Cooper and
Arachne Reefs.

Yellow Islet, a snnill bare islet 8 feet high, lies 1;\ miles S. 7iP W.
of Fairfax Point, and should be passed on the north side to clear the
shoal of ,'i fathoms which extends nearly 400 yards westward from the
islet, and to avoid the small i)atch of 4 fathoms (probably shoaler)
marked with kel|( lying .\ mile S. 08^ W. of it; having passed west-
ward of this island either the Sliute or Moresby Passage may be taken
as convenit'Mt.

Satellite Channel is formed by Admiral Island on the north, and
Moresby, Poitlaii'l, an<l Piers Islands, and the northern siiore of Saanich
Peninsula on the south. It leads to 8aani(;h Inlet, Cowitchin Harbor,
and l>y the Sansnm Narrows to Stuart Channel. It is a good, deep
passage with but fewdaugers, which are not always visible; among these

SIIUTE RKEF — COLE BAY.

iiri' Sliiite l{et't' ami I'atey Rode. The yoiieral breiultli of the cliniinel is
oni' mile, with (Icptlis of from .'{(> to 10 fiitlioms, ami the strength of tide
from line to '2 Uiiots, ami somt>timt's ,'i knots.

Shute Reef is a ii-dfie i«'ss than 10(( vanlsin extent, witli two rockH,
onoofwhicli is »!overe<l at .S feet Hood, its vicinity bein^; marked hykelp.
It lies ij mihi west of Harry I'oint, and nearly liOlt yards X. ;}7^ H. of
Arbutus, a small islet with two or three of the rod stemmed arbutus
jfrowin;: on it, and lyinfjfAmile westward of Piers Island.

Patey Rock, at the western end of Satellite Channel, is a sinj,'lo
ro(!k, covered at (i feet rise with kelp around it, and is in the way of ves-
sels workiiifi into Saainch Inlet or Cowiteliiu Harbor. It lies nearly 2
miles N. .5!)^ \V. of Coal I'oint, a remarkable nob point, the southern
extreme of Deep Cove.

Clearing marks. — Harry I'oint, open northward of Arbutus Islet,
beai.a},' N. 7!P E., leads (!0() yards southward of I'atey Rock; and
the lii^jli rouml summit of Moresby Island, well open northward of
Arbutus Islet, bearing east leads 701) yards to the northward of it.

Boatswain Bank, on the western side of the channel, affords jjood
anchorajje in from 4 to fathoms, sandy bottom. It extends :f mile from
the Van(H)uver shore, between Cherry and Hatch Points. The edge of
the bank is steep.

Saanich Inlet is a deep indentation running in a nearly south direc-
tion for 14 miles, carrying deep water to its head, which terminates in
a narrow creek within 4 miles of Esquinialt Harbor. The inlet formsa
peninsula of the southeastern portion of Vancouver island. The coast
line is fringed with pine forests, but in the center it is clear prairie or
oak land, and much of it under cultivation; seams of coal have also
been found.

Off the eastern or peninsula side of the inlet there are some good
anchorages, the center being for the most part deep. Immediately
southward of James Point, the northwestern point of the peninsula, is
Deep Cove, but no convenient anchorage.

Norris Rock, awash at half tide, lies S. 57° W. 400 yards from
James Point, with 12 fathoms between it and the point. Vessels round-
ing this point should give it a berth of i mile.

Uilion Bay, 2 miles southward of James Point, affords good anchor-
age in 8 or fathoms i mile from the beach. There is a stream of fresh
water in the southeastern corner of the bay.

Cole Bay, immediately under Mount Newton, is small, but capable
of atfording shelter to a few vessels of mo lerate size; oil" its northern
point are two small bare islets, the White Rocks.

These bays are somewhat open to S\V. winds, but a gale rarely
blows from this ipiarter ; nor, from the proximity of the opposite shore,
distant s(!arcely .'i miles, could much sea get up.

Tod Creek is 2 miles southward of Cole Hay. Senanus Island, a
small wooded islet, 150 feet high, lies off its entrance; foul ground ex-

HARO STKAIT — WESTKKN CIIANNKL8.

tends nearly 200 yards off the nortl» western side of the island ; on the
other sides tiie water is deep. A small islet, and a roek lyinj; liOd yards
north of it, lies in tiie entrance to the southeastern part of the creek.
A short distan(!o inside it narrows rapidly and winds to the sonthward
ami sontheastward for '^ mile, with a breadth of less than 200 yards,
carrying fathoms nearly to its head.

There is anchoraife in tin outer part of the creek in 15 fathoms.

Squally Reach. — Krom Willis I'oint, the western point of Tod Creek,
the inlet known as S(inally Reach trends to the 8NV. for 2^ miles, the
breadth of the arm here beinj; ^ mile, with no bottom at 100 fathoms.
Finlayson Arm, its continuation, terminates Saanich Inlet. Heacon
Rock, which covers at three-quarters Hood, lies 200 yards S. 02'^ \V. of
Elbow Point, Finlayson Arm. A small islet named Dinner, with deep
water on either side, lies near the head of this arm. At (iOO yards south
of the islet the arm terminates in a llat, which dries at low water.

Mill Creek Bay is a fair anchorafic and the only one on the western
side of .Saanich I idet; a bank of sand and rock, which has only from one
to .3 fathoms water on it, exteiuls from the western shore across the bay ;
a larfje stream Hows into the NW. corner of the bay. A rock with
only <) to 9 feet lies almost in the center of the bay.

Cowitchin Harbor is westward of Cape Keppel, the southern ex-
treme of Admiral I.sland. Separation Point, its northern entrance
point, is somewhat remarkable, being the termination of a high, stony
ridge, dropping suddenly, and running off as a low, sharp point to the
southward. The harbor extends to the westward from'this point for 2
miles, and the general depth of water in it is 30 fathoms, which shoals
suddenly as the Hat is approached ; this dries off for more than ^ mile
from the head of the harbor.

In its NW, end is a considerable riv^d, the Quamitcbau, which
flows through the fertile valley and i.s ii ivigablo for small boats or
canoes for several miles. There is a .scti I jment here, off which is a long
pier (on the south side of the harbor). Coming from the southeastward
the entrance is easily distinguished by the pier and lumber yard, just
inside the point on the west side. Mail steamers call here twice a week.

Anchorage. — Snug Creek. — The only convenient anchorage to be
obtained is in Snug Cieek, on the northern side of Cowitchin Harbor,
or off the outer village on the south side, 1.^ miles within the entrance ;
in the latter ca.se a vessel must approach the shore within little more
than 200 yards, and anchor cautiously, when 12 fathoms are obtained.

Snug Creek is a convenient anchorage for small craft or coasters, and
one or two vessels of moderate size might obtain anchorage and shelter
in it; it extends in a northerly direction for nearly one mile, and is J mile
in breadth. Nearly in the middle of the entrance is a rock which un-
covers at low water in the center of the kelp ; it is about 20 feet in ex-
tent, and has li fathoms water around it. The western point of entrance
can be passed close as it is bold, and has 10 fathoms water within 100

HAXSOM NAKIIOWS — STIJAKT ClIANNKL.

yards of it ; wIumi \ mile, or less, inside tlio point, anclior in the iTiiier
of till- (Mi't'k in (i I'atliotns.

Sansum Narrows take a ficncral northciiy dirt'ctiitn Ix'twi'un \ au-
(•onviT and Admiral Islands for a distance of (i niilos, wlien they lead
into Stuart ('lianncl; the averaj;e hreadtii of the narrows is about ^
mile, hut Ht their narrowest jmrt, abreast Hold IJlnlt, they are contracted
to Jy mile. The hiffh land on both sides renders the wind generally very
unsteady ; from this cause as well as from the somewhat contiiied nature
of tiie chamn'l, and tlu^ depth of water which prevents ancliorin^, the
narrows can n(tt be recommended except for steamers or coasting vec-
sels. There are but few dangers to be avoided, and the strength of the
tides has seldom been found to exceed 3 knots, generally much less.

Entering .Sansum Narrowc Irom the southward a kelp patch, with 9
feet on it, lies on the Admiral Island shore, 100 yards S. i5° W. of a
small islet close to the coast, nearly a nule S. 79'^ E. of Separation
Point ; there are liO fathoms between it and the small islet.

Another rocky i)atch extends nearly 200 yards off shore from the
eastern side of the Xarrows, ■{ mile northwestward of Entrance Point.

Burial Islet lies on the eastern side of the narrows, 1.^ miles above
.Sei)aiatioii Point; pass outside of it as close as convenient to the kelp.

Bold Blutr, H smooth headland of bare rock, is steep-to. itocky
iTonnd marked by kelp extends 200 yards oHf Kelp Point on the west-

(1001) BRITISH OOLUMBIA-Vancouver Island -Southeast
coast — Stuart channel — Oyster harbor-Dangers. —During the
lesurvey of Oyster harbor by H. 15. 31. S. J-Ji/nio, ("onimander J. V.
Parry, Jt. N., the following dangers were found:

A rock, with « feet over it at low water onlinary springs, was
found to the eastward of Colli n island. From this rock Colli n' Island
lighthouse bears S. 8.^° W. true (SVV. by W. 3 W. W'ly nnig ) dis-
tant 200 yards.

Anothei' head with 12 feel over it was also found 120 yards to the
eastward of the above position. Fr()n\ this danger Collin Island
lighthouse bears S. .S,S° W. true (H\V. by W. 5 \V, W'ly mag.), dis-
tant l}SO yai'ds.

The ":{} fathoms" refcircd to in Notice to ^Mariners No. 22 (1101)
of lOO.'l, was found on examination to be the outer extreme of a nar-
row ridge extending from the reef oil" the ])oint in FiV<'niiigeove lying
000 yards northwestward of Hhar]) point, 'fhis ridge has depths of from
2 to .'5 fathoms over it and tVom it.s extreme jioiiit Collin Island light-
lunise bears N. .")0° K. true (NNE. \ E. E'ly mag.), distant .520 yards.

Oil' the wt'st end of the western Twin island the .'J-fathom line was

found to extend into the anchorage 200 yards to the southwestward

in the direction of the head of the coaling wharf on the opposite

shore, the .")-t'athom line extending 120 yards farther in a similar

direction. This extension is in the nature of a spit running oil' the

above point. Vessels are cautioned against anchoring in this vicinity

_, . • " fN. M. 48, IfK)4.)

of Thetis Island.

Oaborn Bay, the southernmost anchorage ou the western side may

be known by the Shoal Islands, a low wooded group, connected at low

HARO STRAIT — WESTERN CHANNELS.

tends nearly 200 yards olf tha nortli western side of the island; on the
other sides the water is deep. A small islet, and a rock lying 200 yards
north of it, lies in the entrance to the southeastern part of the ci-eek.
A short distance inside it narrows rapidly and winds to the southward
and southeastward for ^ mile, with a breadtli of less than 200 yards,
carrying G fathoms nearly to its head.

There is anchorage in the outer part of the creek in 15 fathoms.

Squally Reach. — From Willi.s Point, the western point of Tod Creek,
the inlet known as Squally Reach trends to the S\V. for 2^ miles, the
breadth of the arm here being if mile, with no bottom at 100 fathoms.
Finlayson Arm, its continuation, terminates Saanicii Inlet. Bencou
Rock, which covers at tiireequarters flood, lies 200 yards S. 02^ \\ . of
Elbow Point, Finlayson zVrm. A small islet named Dinner, with deep
water on either siue, lies near the head of this arm. At 000 yards south
of the islet the arm terminates in a Hat, which dries at low water.

Mill Creak Bay is a fair anchorage aiul tlie only one on the western
side of Saanicii Inlet; a bank of sand and rock, wliich has only from one
to 3 fathoms water on it, extends from tlu^ western shore across the bay ;
a large stream Jlows into the N\V. corner of the bay. A rock with
only 6 to 9 feet lies almost in the center of the bay.

Cowitchin Harbor is westward of Cape Keppel, the southern ex-
treme of Admiral Island. Separation Ponit, its northern entrance
point, is
ridge, dr^
south wai
miles, an
suddenly
from the

In its
flows thi
canoes fc
pier (on
the ertra
inside th

Ancli(
obtained
or otf th(
in the k
than 20(

Snug
one or t
in it; it(

in bread .o middle ot tue euiraiiutj m .i luv^.v ., ..

covers at low water in the center of the kelp : it is about 20 feet in ^jx-
tent, and has I.J fathoms water around it. The w estern point of entni nee
can be passed close as it is bold, and has 10 fathoms water withir. 100

— — tjjj •>

SAXSOM NARROWS — STUART CIIANXEL.

yar<iH of ••: ; when ^ mile, or less, inside the point, anchor in the center
yf tht! creek in 6 fathoms.

Sansum Narrovrs take a general northerly direction between Van-
couver and Admiral Islands for a distance of (i miles, when they lead
into Stuart Channel; the ave.age breadth of the narrows is about ^
mile, but at their narrowest part, abreast Bold Blnii, they are contracted
to if mile. The high land on both sides renders the wind generally very
unsteady ; from this cause as well as from the somewhat confined nature
of the channel, and the depth of water which prevents anchoring, the
narrows can not be recommended except for steamers or coasting ves-
seij. There are but few dangers to be avoided, and the strength of the
tlvleti has seldom been found to exceed 3 knots, geuerallj' much less.

Entering Sansum Narrows from the southward a kelp patch, with 9
feet on it, lies on the Admiral Island shore, 400 yards S. 45° W. of a
smaii islet close to the coast, nearly a mile S. 79^ E. of Separation
i'oint; there are 20 fathoms between it and the small islet.

Another rocky patch extends nearly 200 yards ott' shore from the
eastern side of the Narrows, -J mile northwestward of Entrance Point.

Burial Islet lies on the eastern side of tlie narrows, IJ miles above
Separation Point; pass outside of it as close as convenient to the kelp.

Bold Bluff. <i smooth headland of bare rock, is steep-to. Uocky
ground markec' by kelp extends 'i(H) yards oft' Kelp Point on the west-
ern side alriiosl oi)posite to Hold IJhift'.

Burgoyne Bay, the entrance to which is A mile eastward of Bold
BluH, is a narrow and rather deep indentation, terminating in a sandy
head. Anchorage may be had it necessary.

Maple Bay. — From Urave Point the narrows take a northwesterly
direction, ar.d on the Vancouver Island shore is Maple Bay. Bowlder,
the southern entrance point, is remarkable from a large bowlder stone
standing at its low-water extreme. Although an inviting looking bay,
the water is t<»o deep for comfortable anchorage.

Bird's-eye Cove, which runs in a southerly <lirection for nearly a
mile from Bowhb-r Point, affords fair anchorage, with the bowlder
bearing X. 02^ K.; the cove at this point is not above j\ mile across.

Stuart Channel. — Sansum Narrows extend lA miles northward of
Maple Bay. when they lead into Stuart Channel, tlie westernmost of the
ship [>i'.ssages which wasli die eastern side of Vancouver Island. The
princii)i(l dangers are the Nortii and Escape Reefs, White Bock, and
Dange* Keef.

On the western or Vancouver Island siiore tliere are some good har.
bors, viz, Osborn Buy, Horseshoe Bay, Oyster Harbor, and Chemainos
Bay; on the eastern side there are also some aiichoi:iges ; Telegraph
and Preedy Harbors on the western, n:id 01am Bay ou the eastern side
of Tiietis L-,iand.

Oaborn Bay, the southernmost anchorage on <!ie westeini side niaj*
be known by the Shoal Islands, a low wooded group, connected at low

HARO STRAIT — WESTERN CHANNELS.

'f*

water by r lefs and imul banks, aud which form the northern side of the
baj'; tiie southeasterninost of these ishuids lies N. 3.'}° W., a little over
2 miles from the northwestern entrance jmint of Sansum Narrows.
The bay affords Rcod anchorage, sheltered from the prevailing winds
from the westward and sontheast. The best anchorage is with the
southeasternmost Sl.oal Island, in one with iSonthey Point, and the
southern trend of the voast S. 5()3 E.

The coast northwestward of Osborn Bay, between it and Horse-shoe
Bay, is shoal for some distance off, deepening suddenly when ^ mile from
the shore, and vessels siiould not approach it withiu that distance.
The northern point of the North Shoal Island has a remarkable Hat
sandy spit, on which is built an Indian village; tliere are no passages
between the small islands northward of this, and the bank dries 400
yards at low water. A rock awash at high water lies nearly J mile
north of the sontheasternmost Shoal Island.

Horse-shoe Bay will be known by a rather remarkable sharp i)uint
(Bare Point) bare at its extreme, which forms its eastern entrance.
There is convenient anchorage for small vessels off the sawmill on the
west side of the bay or within \ mile of its head in 8 fathoms, and
within tliis distance it shoals suddenly from o to 2 fathoms.

Bird Rsef, a rocky ledge uncovering at half tide, extends 200 yards
from the si ore, northwestward of the western point of entrance, and
bears from Bare Point N. 79^ W., i mile.

Oyster Harbor is 4 miles from Horse-shoe Bay, the intervening
coast being free from danger; the harbor is nearly one mile wide at the
entrance, narrowing gradually with!'-.. Entering from the uorthward.
Coffin Islet should be given a berth of 400 yards; there are uo other
dangers which are not visible; at low water the oyster beds dry for
400 yards off the western shore.

A Reef which covers at half flood extends 200 yards southward from
the Twin Islands; J mile above this the harbor narrows to ^ mile in
width ; the deepest water, from 5 to 3 fiitlioms, will be found at 200
yards off the western side of Long Island on the northern shore; on
the western side are the oyster beds ; small vessels may go as far up as
the NW. end of Long Island, where 3 fathoms will be found at low
water.

Anchorage. — A good anchorage for a large vessel is one mile inside
the entrance in fathoms, mud bottom, with the SE. end of Long
Island bearing N. 37° W., and eastern extreme of Twin Islands bearing
N. 22° E.; good anchorage may also bo had in fatlioms, mud bottom,
nearly '^ mile farther up the harbor, with the SE. end of Long Island
bearing N. 28° \V., and west end of Twin Islands bearin).' N, i'*:*'^ ii.

ChemainoB Bay is 2^ miles northward of the cnti i u »> of Oyster
Harbor, and about the same distance westward of Ileef ?oint, the ?:\ '',' .
point of Tlietis Island.

Anchorage may be had in 8 fathoms at ^ mile from its head, on a

YELLOW POINT — ALARM ROCK.

side of the
1 little over
i Narrows,
iiug winds
s with the
It, and the

Uorse-shoe
^ mile from

distance,
rkable Hat

passages

dries 400

arly J mile

harp puint

entrance.

uill on the

horns, and

200 yards
ranee, and

iiterveuing
vide at the
lorthward,
e no other
ds dry for

ward from
) i mile iu
md at 200
shore; ou
» far up as
nd at low

nile inside
[ of Long
Is bearing
d bottom,
iig Island
t>'*'^ li.
of Cht,ter
, the ::s '^ • .

lead, on a

bank which projects from the southern shore, with Deer Point at the
northern entrance of the bay bearing N. OS'^ E., and the southern trend
of the coast bearing S. 33° E. It is open and can not be recommended,
unless in fine weather, or with ortshore winds. There are no dangers
in working into it.

Yellow Point, bare and grassy at its extreme, is the northern jioiut
of Cheaiainos Bay; theuce to Kouud Island, at the southern eiitrauce
of Dodd Narrows, the coast is moderately bold and free from diuiger.
At li miles southward of Round Island is a boat harbor, at the en-
trance of which a vessel may drop an anchor in 8 to 10 fathoms if wait-
ing for the tide, though there is equally good anchorage nearer to the
narrows.

North Reef. — From the northern entrance of Sansum Narrows, on
the eastern side, to No''tu iloef, there are no dangers, and both shores
ma^- be api)roached boldly in wcr'-l"a' up, except, as before observed,
the coast of Vancouver Island from the S'loal Islands to Bare Point of
Horseshoe Bay, which should be given a berth of ^ mile.

North Reef is a sandstone ledge running in a iiorthwesterlj and
southeasterly direction, as all the reefs in this channel do. It bears
from the SB. point of Tent Island S. 0° W., i mile. It is just awash
at high water, and therefore easily avoided ; its shoal part extends in a
NW., direction for i mile, steep on its northern and southern sides.

Tent Island lies off the southern extreme of Kuper Island; 200
yards oiic' its southeastern end are two remarkable worn sandstone rocks
8 t»- ;<' fact above water ; the breadth of the passage between them and
N n,ii (.'ief is ff mile. Eastward nearly 400 yards from the southeast-
M^ •) i ;' jf Tent, is a rock which uncovers 2 feet. In passing eastward

o.'-.S) BRITISH COLUMBIA— Vancouver Island-East coast—
^tiuavt channel -Escape reef— Beacon established.— A pynunidal
)0<! n beacon, 12 fct't sciuarc at the biL««>, surmounted by a staff
canving a latticework drum 8 feet ligh and 8 feet in diameter, the
whole i)ainte(l wliite, and slu.win,' 20 feet above high wat<^rmark,
has been erected by the Goveinmciit of Canad i on Escape reef, Stuart

channel.

Api>rox. position: Lat. 18 ,^(»' Iti' N., Lo ig. 123° 39' 40" W.

The reef covers 4 fe«,'t at high ^.lUn: The beacon stands on a bed
of concrete 2 feet deep. (N. M. 44, 1904.)

Xioading mark. — Yellow Point, just open westward of Scott Island,
jS Preedy Harbor, bearing N. 25"^ VV., leads COO yards westward of the

Alwvti, Rock is scarcely in the track of vessels working up Stuart
Channel. It lies 200 yards S. 34^ W. of the SE, point of Hudson Island,
tiic southeasternmost ol the group of islands, which lie off the western
sides of Kuper and Thetis Islands, facing Preedy and Telegraph Har-
bors. It just covers at high water, and is connected by a ledge with
Hudson Island.

HARO STRAIT — WESTERN CHANNELS.

water by reefs and uiud banks, aud which form the northern side of the
bay; the soiithei, stern most of these ishiuds lies N. 33^ W., a little over
2 miles from the northwestern entrance jmint of Sansnm Narrows.
The bay affords good anchorage, sheltered from the prevailing winds
from the westward and southeast. The best anchorage is with the
southeasternniost Shoal Island, in one with Sonthey Point, and the
southern trend of the coast S. oO^ E.

The coast m 'p*' -stward of Osborn Bay, between it aud Horse-shoe
Bay, is shoal for »») vance off, deepening suddenly when ^ mile from

the shore, and vess: jiiouUl not approach it within that distance.
The north ;rn point of the Xorth Shoal Island has a remarkable Hat
sandy spit, on which is built an Indian village; there are no passages
between the small islands northward of this, ami the bank dries 400
yards at low water. A rock awash at high water lies nearly J mile
north of the southeasternmost Shoal Island.

Hors6-Bhoe Bay will be known by a rather remarkable sharp point
(Bare Point) bare at its extreme, which forms its eastern entrance.
There is convenient anchorage for small vessels off the sawmill on the
west side of tlie bay or within J mile of its head in 8 fathoms, and
within this distance it shoals suddenly from 5 to li fathoms.

Bird R^ef, a rooky ledge uncovering at half tide, extends 200 yards
from the shore, northwestward of the western point of entrance, and
bears from Bare Point N. 79° W., ^ mile.

Oyster Harbor is 4 miles from Horse shoe Bay, the intervening
coast being free from danger ; the harbor is nearly one mile wide at the
entrance, narrowing gradually within. Entering from the northward.
Coffin Islet should be given a berth of 400 yards ; there are no other
danger
400 yar

AR(
the Twi
width ;
yards o
the wes
the NV
water.

Anchorage. — A good anchorage for a large vessel is one mile inside
the entrance in 9 fathoms, mud bottom, with the SE. end of Long
Island bearing N. 37° W., and eastern extreme of Twin Islands bearing
N. 22° E. ; good anchorage may also be had in G fathoms, mud bottom,
nearly '^ mile farther up the harbor, with the Sl'^. end of Long Island
bearing N. 28° W., and west end of Twin Islands bearing N. 02° E.

Chemainos Bay 's 2i miles northward of the entrance of Oyster
Harbor, and about the same distance westward of Ileef Point, the NW.
point of Thetis Island.

Anchorage may be had in 8 fathoms at ^ mile from its head, on a

YELLOW POINT — ALARM ROCK.

bank which projects from the southern shore, with l^eer Point at the
northern entrance of the baj- bearing N. U8° E., and the southern trend
of the coast bearing 8. 33° E. It is open and can not be recommended,
unless in line weatlier, or with ott'shore winds. Tliere are no dangers
in 1 orking into it.

Yello'w Point, bare and grassy at its extreme, is the northern point
of Ciiemainos Bay, thence to Round Island, at the southern entrance
of Dodd Narrows, the coast is moucrately bold and free from danger.
At li miles southward of Round Island is a boat harbor, at the en-
trance of which a vessel may drop an anchor in 8 to 10 fathoms if wait-
ing for the tide, though tliere is equally good anchorage nearer to the
narrows.

North Reef. — From the northern entrance of Sansum Narrows, on
the eastern side, to North Reef, there are no dangers, and both shores
may be ap[)roached boldly in working up, except, as before observed,
the coast of Vancouver Island from the Shoal Islands to Bare Poi;it ol
Horseshoe Bay, which should be given a berth of i mile.

North Reef is a sandstone ledge running in a northwesterly and
80utheast*^rly direction, as all the reefs in this channel do. Il bears
from the SK. point of Tent Island S. 0° W., i mile. It is just awash
at high water, and therefore easily avoided ; its shoal part extends in a
NW., direction for ^ mile, steep on its northern and southern sides.

Tent Island lies off the southern extreme of Kuper Island; 200
yards off its southeastern end are two remarkable worn sandstone rocks
8 or 10 feet above water ; the breadth of the passage between them and
North Reef is ^ mile. Eastward nearly 400 yards from the southeast-
ern end of Tent, is a rock which uncovers 2 feet. lu passing eastward
of Tent, its eastern shore should be given a berth ol ^ mile, as some
rocky ledges extend off it. There is no ship passage between Tent and
Kuper Islands, being only one fathom deep at low water.

Escape Reef at 2 miles N. 36° W. of North Reef, is a dangerous
patch, which covers at quarter Hood, and has uo kelp to mark its posi-
tion. It lies nearly ^ mile from the western shore of Kuper Island, with
Josling Point, its southern point, bearing S. 70° E., 1^ miles. There
is a deep channel J mile wide between it and Kuper Island. The two
entrance points of Sansum Narrows, just touching lead on to the reef.

Leading mark. — Yellow Point, just opeu westward of Scott Island,
oft" Preedy Harbor, bearing N. 25° W., leads OOO y ^rds westward of the
reef.

Alarm Rock is scarcely in the track of vessels working up Stuart
Channel. It lies 200 yards S. 34° W. of the SE. point of Hudson Island,
the southeasternmost ot the group of islands, which lie off the western
sides of Kuper and Thetis Islands, facing Preedy and Telegraph Har-
bors. It just covers at high water, and is connected by a ledge with
Hudson Island.

HARO STRAIT WESTERN CHANNELS.

False Reef lies 700 yards X. 50° W. of Scott Islaiul, the norlliwest-
ward of the {iToiip Just nieiitioiicd, and a loiiji; ^ mile S. 02'^ W. of Cres-
cent Point, the NE. point of Treedy Harbor; it covers at half tiood.

White Rock, about 30 yards long', and 15 feet above hi{i;h water, lies
one mile north of Reef Poin*^, tiie nortli western extreme of Thetis Island ;
a bank having from 2 to 5 fathoms water on it extends 400 yards north-
westward from the rock. This rock lias a whitish ajipearance, and is
readily distinguished from a vessel's deck at a distance of 2 or 3 miles.
It should not be passed within 400 yards, and there is a good jiassago
between it and Thetis Island, giving Reef Point a berth of 4 mile to avoid
a rocky ledge extending nearly that distance northwestward from it.

Ragged Island, a low rocky islet, with a few trees on it, lies J mile N.
45° W. of Pilkey Point, the north end of Thetis Island, with a passage of
12 fathoms water between them. There are no dangers 200 yards from
the islet.

Danger Reef, lying one mile N. 17° \Y. of White Rock, and li miles
N. 56° E. of Yellow Point, covers a space of i uiile almost in the center
of the channel. A small portion of it is generally awash at high water,
at wiiich time it is difticult to make out until within ashort distance of it.

Directions. — Wlien i)assing through 8tuart Channel there is a dear
])assage one iiiilt' in breadth between Danger Keef and tlie Vancouver
Island shore, and going itlier up or down the channel. White Rock kept
in line witli the NE. extreme of Thetis Island, bearing S. 45° E., leads
to the westwartl of the reef. Bound southward tlirougli Stuart Chan-
nel from Dodd Narrows, pass at from 200 to 400 yards eastward of Round
Island, and steer for the westernmost ragged tree summit of Thetis
Island, S. 30^ E.; this course leads in mid channel and over 4 mile west-
ward of Danger Reef and Wiiite Itock ; when the latter bears S. 07° E.,
alter course to south for iStuart Channel, avoiding shoal water north of
Keef Point.

Vesuvius Bay, on the western side of Admiral Island, immediately
opposite Osborii Bay, has deep water, but shoals suddenly at its head.

There is anchorage inside Idol Islet, in Houston Passage. This islat
is S. 80° E. about one mile from the southern end of Tent Island, and is
600 yards from Admiral island; with the islet bearing N. 56° W. mid-
way between it and the shore, there is anchorage in fathoms. ,

Grappler Reef, on the eastern side of Houston Passage, is 200 yards
in extent and uncovers at very low water. It lies \ mile olf the north-
western end of Admiral Island. Passing through Houston Passage,
the eastern jxiiiit of Sansuiii Narrows kept well open of the points of
Admiral Island to the northward of it, leads westward of the reef, and
wlien the southern ])()int of Secretary Island is open of Southey Point,
it is cleared to the northward.

Telegraph Harbor, on the west side of Knper Island, is a siuig anchor-
age, and its entrance is between Hudson Island and Active Point, which
are ^ mile apart. Entering from the southward, if passing inside Escape

PREEDY IIARnOR — CECIL ROCK.

Reef, the shore of the island should be kept aboard withiu J mile ; if
outside or westward, keep Yellow Point just open westward of Scott
Island until Upright Clifl'of Kuper Island bears N. 68° E., when a vessel
will be well to the northward of it, and may steer for the entrance of
the liarbor, which is free from danger, with the exception of Alarm
Kock, extending from the southeastern point of Hudson Island.

There is good anchorage in 8 fathoms with the NW. end of Hudson
Island bearing west and distant about ^ mile.

Freedy Harbor is separated from the one just described by a group
of small islands and reefs; iis entrance is to the northward of them be-
tween Scott Island and Crescent Point of Thetis Islaiul, and is ^ mile in
breadth. When entering, the Thetis Island sliore should be kept aboard

tn Qirf.iM IJinK-." W""P " «-*--i. — 1----» - -■

tt and

3aring
Island

tward
) east,
tween
lorgia.

iinsoQ
;h and
them,
anges
uarbor on Its eastern side.

Over Burgoyne Bay, on the western side. Mount Baynes rises to an
elevation of 1,953 feet, and is very remarkable, its southern face being
a perpendicular precipice, visible a long distance from the southward
or eastward. Tiie Otter range, of somewhat less elevation, rises
northward of Mount Baynes, from whence the island slopes away in a
wedge-shape, its northern termiiation, Southey Point, being a sharp
extreme. The ishuul is for the .nost part thickly wooded, but there is
a considerable extent of partia.ly clear laud both in the valley at the
head of Fulford Harbor and at the northern end.

Fulford Harbor penetrates the southeastern side of Admiral Island
in a northwesterly direction for li4 miles. At its entrance is Russell
Island, between which and Isabella Point, the western point of the har-
bor, is the best passage in.

Cecil Rock, with one fathom on it, lies S.42o E.,^ mile from the south-
ern point of Russell Island. The breadth of the southern eatrance is
g mile, with a depth of 20 fathoms until abreast North Rock ; here the
harbor narrows, and carries a general breadth almost to its head of some-
thing less than ^ mile.

14205— No. 9G 7

HARO STRAIT WESTi:RN CHANNELS.

False Reef lies 700 yards X. 50° W. of ScDtt Isliind, the norlliwest-
wai'd of the {^roiH) Just ineiitioned, iiiid a lonjr A mile S. (52^ W. of Cres-
cent Point, the Xl'i. point of I'reedy Barbor ; it covers at half Hood.

White Rock, about 30 yards loiij;-, and 15 feet above high water, lies
one mile north of Reef Point, the northwestern extreme of Thetis Island ;
a bank having from 2 to 5 fatiioms water on it extends 400 yards north-
westward from the rock. This rock has a whitish appearance, and is
readily distinguished from a vessel's deck at a distance of 2 or 3 miles.
It should not be passed within 400 yards, and there is a good i>as8ago
between it and Thetis Island, giving Keef Point a berth of ^ mile to avoid
a rocky ledge extending nearly that distance northwestward from it.

Ragged Island, a low rocky islet, with a few trees on it, lies ^ mile N.
4" \V. of Pilkev Point, the north end of Thetis Island, with a uassaee of

(1559) BRITISH COLUMBIA— Vancouver island -East coast-
Stuart channel— Danger reef-Light on beacon. - Referring to
Notice to Mariners No. 22 (1100) of 190.3, the Canadian (Jovernraent
hasgiven further notice that in consetpience of the threatened collapse
of the wreck of the steamer Miomi, the light shown therefrom wiis,
on October 1, 1904, discontinued, and has been replaced by a similar
light shown from the summit of a small wooden tower, painted white,
standing on a wooden framework foundation, painted black.

The light is shown from a .31-day Wighara lamp fixed inside the
framework of the wooden beacon.

Approx. position: Lat. 49° 03' 42" N., Long. 123° 42' 43" W.

The light is a fixed white light, elevated about 24 feet above high
watermark and should be vi-sible 9 miles from all points of approach

by water.

The illuminating apparatus consists of a pressed glass lens.

The light is uuwatched. When passing to southward, it should be
eiven a berth of at- least 600 yards. (N. M. 44, 1904.)

alter course to south for Stuart Channel, avoiding shoal water north of
Reef Point.

Vesuvius Bay, on the western side of Admiral Island, immediately
opposite Oshorn Bay, has deep water, but shoals suddenly 'it its head.

There is anchorage inside Idol Islet, in IIou.ston Pa.ssage, This islet
is S. 80^ E. about one mile from the .southern end of Tent Island, and is
600 yards from Admiral Island; with the islet bearing N. 56° W. mid-
way between it and the shore, there is anchorage in fathoms. ,

Grappler Reef, on the eastern side of Houston Passage, is 200 yards
in extent and uncovers at very low water. It lies \ mile otf the north-
western end of Admiral Island. Passing through Ilouston Passage,
the eastern i)oint of Sansum Narrow.s kept well open of the points of
Admiral Island to the northward of it, leads westward of the reef, and
when the soutliern point of Secretary Island is open of Southey Point,
it is cleared to the northward.

Telegraph HarLor, on the west side of Kuper Island, is a snug anchor-
age, and its entrance is between Hudson Island and Active Point, which
are ^ mile apart. Entering from th. southward, if passing inside Escape

PREEDY HAUnOR — CECIL ROCK.

lleef, the shore of the island should be kept aboard within J mile ; if
outside or westward, keep Yellow Point just open westward of Scott
Island until Upright Clittof Kuper Islaud bears N. 08° 13., when a vessel
will be well to the northward of it, and may steer for the entrance of
the harbor, which is free from danger, with the exception of Alarm
Kock, extending from the southeastern point of Hudson Island.

There is good anchorage in 8 fathoms with the NW. end of Hudson
Island bearing west and distant about ^ mile.

Preedy Harbor is separated from the one just described by a group
of small islands and reefs; its entrance is to the northward of thom be-
tween Scott Islaud and Crescent Point of Thetis Island, and is j^ mile in
breadth. When entering, the Thetis Islaud shore should be kept aboard
to avoid False Reef, a patch which cover.s at half tide.

Shoal water extends for 300 yards oflf the northern sides of Scott and
Dayman Islands.

Anchorage will be found in 7 fathoms, with Crescent Point bearing
N. 46° W., distant nearly J mile, and east point of Dayman Island
bearing 8. 34° W.

Swanson Channel leads from the Haro Strait to tho northwestward
between Admiral Island on the west and Pender Island on the east.
Passing eastward of Prevost Island it enters the Active Pass between
Galiano and Alayue Islands and thence into the Strait of Georgia.
Northward of Active Pass it connects with Triucomalie Channel.

Admiral Island, separating Stuart from Trincomalie and Swanson
Channels, is of considerable extent, being nearly 15 miles in length and
varying in breadth from 2 miles at its northern end to 6 at its southern.
It has two good ports — Fulford Harbor on its southeastern and Ganges
Harbor on its eastern side.

Over Burgoyue Bay, on the western side. Mount Baynes rises to an
elevation of 1,953 feet, and is verj' remarkable, its southern face being
a perpendicular [)recipice, visible a long distance from the southward
or eastward. The Otter range, of somewhat less elevation, rises
northward of ]\Iount Baynes, from whence the island slopes away in a
wedge-shape, its nortiiern termination, Southey Point, being a sharp
extreme. The island is for the most part thickly wooded, but there is
a considerable extent of partially clear laud both in the valley at the
head of Fulford Harbor and at the northern end.

Fulford Harbor i)i'uetrates the southeastern side of Admiral Island
in a northwesterly direction for lii miles. At its entrance is Kussell
Islaud, between which and Isabella Point, the western point of the har-
bor, is the best passage in.

Cecil Rock, with one fathom on it, lies 8.42° E,,;^ mile from the south-
ern point of llussell Island. The breadth of the southern entrance is
§ mile, with a dei)th of 20 fathoms until abreast North Rock; here the
harbor narrows, and carries a general breadth almost to its head of some-
thing less than | mile.

14205— No. 9G 7

IIAUO STRAIT — WKSTKRN CHANNKLH.

North Rock is ii «iiiiill rooky islet lying close off the nortlicrn side of
the hailior; ;i lock which covers at ([iiarter llooil lies westward of it,
aiul more tiiaii 3W) yards offshore, so tliat strangers entering should
keep rather to the westward of niidelninnel until past it. Mount I'.aynes
appears very remarkable from the harltor, rising immediately over its
head almost as uperpeiidienlar crliff. Immediately ovt^r the northern side
of the harbor is Iteginald liill, a stony elevation between 700 and 800
feet high ; with this hill bearing oast there is good anchorage in 10
fathoms in tiie center of the harbor; at the head of the harbor is a con-
siderable fresh-water stream, from which siioal water extends for (iOt>
yards.

The northern passage into the harbor between llussell Island and
Eleanor Point, though in places not more than i mile in breadth, is a
safe channel.

Louisa Rock, with only one fathom on it, is the oidy danger ; it lies
400 yards from the northern or Admiral Island shore, with the western
end of Kussell Island bearing S. 17° E., 800 yards, and North Kock west
the same distance ; with a leading wind the Kussell Island shore should
be kei)t rather aboard.

Ganges Harbor is a safe and commodious port for vessels of any
descri])tion or size. Its southern entrance in the Swausoji Channel lies
between Admiral and Prevost Islands, and has no dangers which are
not visible. TiieChannel Islets may be passed on either side, but to the
northward is by far the widest passage ; they are two small wooded
islands, l.J miles within Beaver Point.

Liddell Point, the southeastern extreme of Prevost Island, and the
northern entrance point of the harbor, has a reef which '.s covered at
half rtood extending 100 yards southeastward from it.

The Acland Islands, two in number, lie to the iu)rthwestward of
Liddell Point along the shore of Prevost Island, between which and
them there is no ship eiiannel.

Directions. — The fair eiiannel into tlie harbor, between tiie Channel
and Acland Islands, is nearly A mile wide; having pa^;sed these islands,
th<' harbor is nearly li miles wide, and tiie general depth for 1' miles is
from 20 to I'.i fathoms.

There are but few dangers in working into the harbor, and they are
easily avoided. A rocky i)atch with one fathom water on it lies 550
yards N. 05° W. of the west point of the westernmost Acland Island,
and the same distance off" shore. There is another one fathom patch
which is more in the track of vessels . it lies nearly 2 miles N. 50^ W.
of the southernmost Channel Islet, and is S mile from the Admiral Island
side of the harbor; there is a clear passage GOO yards wide, the depth
being 14 fathoms, southward of the patch; to the northward of it the
jiassage is =f mile wide, with dei)ths of from 13 to 21 fathoms.

The Chain Islands are a group of or 7 low narrow islets connected
by reefs, extending from the head of the harbor in a SE. direction for

CHAIN ISLAND ANCIIORAOK — KLLKN HAY,

U miloH. To tlie soutliwanl of tliese islands tlie ground is clear, but
to tlio iiortliward of tlioin aro scattered reefs, and vessels are not recom-
mended to iUKilior on that side above tlie outermost island.

Anchorage. — A vessel may anchor as soon as a dei)tli of 10 or 12
fathoms is found ; a good berth is in U fatlioins water with I'eile Point,
and the two entrance points of Long Harbor nearly in line bearing N.
noo I'j., and the easternmost (Jhiiiu Island \. 45° W. if desirable, an-
chorage may be had in (i fathoms, mud, midway between the Chain
Islands and the south shore, the easternmost island bearing east, or in a
still snugger berth one mile above, off the sandy spit on Admiral Island,
in 4 or '> fathoms. This latter berth is recommended for vessels of mod-
erate size intending to make any stay.

Captain Passage also leads into Ganges Ilarlmr, to the northward
of Prevost Island. It is a clear deej) passage, ^ mile wide ; vessels from
the northward intending to enter the harbor should always use it-
There is only one danger, which is well inside Ganges Harbor, and which
is almost equally in the track of vessels working up by the southern
liassage ; it is a small patch of 2 fathoms lying 700 yards S. 79° W. of the
western entrance point of Long Harbor. Entering by Captain Passage,
Peile Point should not be shut in by the entrance points of Long Har-
bor until the opening between Prevost and Acland Islands is shut in,
when this reef will be well cleared. When working up by the southern
channel, a vessel should not stand so far to the eastward, when in the
neighborhood of this patch, as to open out the passage between Acland
and Prevost Islands.

Long Harbor may be almost consi<lered as i)art of Ganges Harbor.
Its entrance is between two sloping, rocky points, similar to each other,
on the northern side of Captain Passage. At \ mile within the en-
trance i;! a high, bare islet, which must be passetl on its southern side ;
one nnle witliin is another island, sonunvhat simihir, which nniy be passed
on either side. At the head is a snug place for a ship to repair, etc.,
but as a liarbca-, it is oidy adapted to steamers or coasters.

Prevost Island, lying in the center of Swanson Channel, is mod-
erately high, thickly wooded, and of an irregular shape. On its .South-
ern !ind western sides it is indented by several bays and creeks; its
northern side is almost a straight clill'y shore.

Ellen Bay, on the southeastern side of Prevost, between Lidilell and
Red Island Points, affords fair anchorage with all but southeasterly
winds in 10 fathoms, mud. The head of this bay is a grassy, swampy
liat, the distance between which and the creeks on the western shore
is only 200 yards.

There are two bays northward of Ellen Bay, but too small to att'ord
any shelter.

Annette and Glenthorne Creeks, on the western or Ganges harboi
side, are curious, narrow indentations running into the island for a mile
in a S. 56° E. direction, and only separated from each other by a uar-

100

IIABO STRAIT — WESTP^RN CHANNKL8.

row, stouy ridge. In tbo westorii one, Gleiithonie, there are 3 fatboius,
the other has 1 J fathoms ; tliey are snug places for small c. i^ft or for a
vessel to repair.

James Bay, iu the northwestern side of the island, and on the south-
ern side of Ca|)tain Passage, otters fair but conllued anchorage iu 10
fathoms for a vessel of moderate size sheltered from southerly wiuds.
There are IS to 20 fathoms in the outer part of the bay.

Hawkins Island is a small rocky islet with a few bushes on it lying
close olf a remarkable white shell-beach, on the northeastern side of l*re-
vost Island. From 400 to 700 yards N. (W^ VV. of its uorthwestern point
are the Charles Kocks, three smooth-topped rocks, not marked by kelp,
and uncovering towards low water.

Active Pass. — From Discovery Island, in the southern entrance of
Haro Channel, to the sand heads of Fraser River, by the Active Pass,
is just to miles, and the line is almost a straight one. By adopting
this route, not only the most dangerous and inconvenient i)art of the
Haro Strait is avoided, viz., its northern entrance abreast the east point
of Saturna Island and Patos Islatid, where the tides are strong and apt
to set vessels down Uosario Strait or over on the eastern shore, but a
distance of nearly 10 miles is saved.

Tae southern i)oint of entrance to Active Pass, llelen Point, is low,
bare, and of a yellowish color ; over its northern side rise the high, stouy
hills on the southern side of Galiano Island ; the entrance itself does
not become very apparent until it is approached within a mile.

Active Pass takes an easterly direction for IJ miles, and then turns
north for the same distance, fairly into the Strait of Georgia. The
average breadth of the channel is about )f mile, and its general depth
about 20 fathoms; there are no hidden dangers with the exception of a
small rock off Laura Point, on which there is said to be a depth of
only a few feet, and which should therefore not be closely approachel
and at ^ mite within the western entrance, and very close off the norvh
ern shore, a rock which uncovers at half tide. The great strength of
the tides, together with the absence of steady winds, renders the pi\ss
unfit for sailing vessels, unless small coasters. It is an excellent chai-
iiel for steamers, but it is advisable for larg;^ ships aiK\ those deep y
laden to i»ass through at or near slack water.

Otter Bay, on the western side of Pender Island, would serve ai a
good stopping place if overtaken by night or waiting for the tide. A fair
anchorage in 8 fathoms may be had iu the center of the bay. Ellen Bay
might also bo used lor this i>urpo.se.

Miners Bay, on the southern side of Active Pass, affords anchorage
if necessary, but vessels must go close in to get 12 fathoms, and then
are barely out of the whirl of the tide.

Directions. — After entering Swanson Channel, between Admiral and
Pender Islands, steer to pass to the eastward of Prevost Island, and
keep Pelorus Point (eastern extreme of Moresby Island) open of Mouatt

■

ACTIVE PASS DIBKCTIONS — TRINCOMALIE CHANNP:L.

101

Point (the, westtirn extreme of Pender Islanil) bearing,' S. 19^ IC, which
will lead westward of Unterpriso \lw,(, and wIkmi Helen Point tbears N.
34'^ I'i., or the nortiiern lii!a(!on (iorne.s wt^ll open west of the southern
one, the reef will be (bleared, and the entrance of the pass may be steered
for. There i« a passaj^e inside lOnterpriso Reef which may be taken
when both kelj) patches can be seen. If cotuinj^ out of Navy (Jiiannel,
betwe(Mi Pentler and Miivne Islaiiils, a vessel should keep over for Pre-
vost Island until Pelorus Point is open of Mouatt Point; these two
points in line, or Just touehinfj, lead very close on Kiiterprise Ueef. On
the western side of Swanson Ohannel, the reef which lies 400 yards

-•••'• 1 " riji.ii II, :..^ ^ 1,. ,.„,.;.i..,i i |>,..| ,,,,,i 1^,.}^,],^

berth

tlood,

• 18 tlje

;h nn-

Pass,
int on
ctions
hence
The

lened
t time
essels

ihould
ide of

' from
in the

tides,
y tide
le tide
r less
kelp

Trincomalie Channel commences at Active Pass, from the southern
entrance of which its general direction is NVV. for 24 miles, when it
enters tlie Dodd Narrows.

This channel must be classeil as a channel for steamers or coasters;
it can only be used with advantage by vessels bound to the eastern
ports of Vancouver Island below Nanaimo, or by such as choose to enter
Nanaimo itself by the Dodd Narrows.

100

HARO STRAIT — WESTERN CHANNELS.

row, stony ridge. lu the western one, Gleuthonie. there are 3 fathoms,
the other has IJ fathoms; they are snug places lov small craft or for a
vessel to repair.

James Bay, in the northwestern side of the island, and on the south-
ern side of Captain Passage, otters fair but couflued anchorage in 10
fathoms for a vessel of moderate size sheltered from southerly winds.
There are 18 to 20 fathoms in the outer part of the bay.

Hawkins Island is a small rocky islet with a few bushes on it lying
close off a remarkable white shell-beach, on the northeastern side of Pre-
vost Island. From 400 to 700 yardj X. G2<3 W. of its northwestern point
,, l^■, — !„.. w„„i,„ fi,,.oo cMxnnt-ii.fnnnpil roo.ks. not marked bv kelD.
(17(51) BRITISHOOLUEIBIA-Strait of Georgia— Active pass—
Hydrographic not«3. — Commander J. F. Parry, R. N., H. B. M. sur-
veying ship Ef/cria, reports the following notes consequent upon the
resurvey lately by iiim of Active pass:

A rocky patch having several heads with .5 feet over them at low
water was found 2(i0 yards offshore in the bay on the Galiano Island
side of the soutliern entrance to the i>ass. from which pass Helen point
bears S. 9° W. true (S. by E. f E. mag.'), 900 yards. This shoal lies
(approximately) in the ])()Hition of Ihe 17 fathoms shown in the cen-
ter of the bay "on H. O. chart No. 17«9.

This danger is well marked by kelp in summer and autumn.
A rocky head having a depth of 18 feet over it at low water was
found lying 140 yards from the shore to the north of Helen point.
From this head "^ Helen point bears B. 44° W. trae (S. by W. f W.
mag.), 260 yards. There is deep water close-to on tlie outer side of
this danger. This is not marked by kelp.

An examination of the shoals lying to the northward of Georgina
point, a rocky head with 5 feet over it at low water, was found in the
position of the 1^ fathoms shown on H. O. chart No. 1769.

The 7-fatliom shoal .shown in the center of the northern entrance to
the pass was found to lie about 200 yards farther to the westward, and
has a least depth of 30 feet ovei" it at low water.

Fiom tliis 30-foot head Active I'ass lighthouse bears S. 64° E. true
(E. ^ S. S'ly mag. ), 1,040 yards. This shoal is usually plainly marked
by heavy tide rips.

IMaiy Anne point, the eiistern extreme of Galiano island and opposite
Miners bay, bi aring 8. 33° W. true (S. J W. W'ly mag.), is a good
line f(.>r entti ii g or leaving the northern end of the piiss.

The rock in!m(<1iately to the northward oi and close under Helen
point, shown on It. O. charts Nos. 1769 and 1815 as drj'ing 2 feet,
diies 6 feet at \o\y water, and the rock on the opposite shore at Galiano ,
island, shown as bimiiig N. 12° W. true (NW. ;| N. N'ly mag.), 700
yards from Helen p()int, dries 8 feet at low water. (N. M. CO, 1904.)
might also bo used for this i)nrpose.

Miners Bay, on the southern side of Active Pass, affords anchorage
if necessary, but vessels must go close in to get 12 fathoms, and then
are barely out of the whirl of the tide.

Directions.— After entering Swansou Channel, between Admiral and
Pender Islands, steer to pass to the eastward of Prevost Islaiul, and
keep Pelorus Point (eastern extreme of Moresby Island) open of Mcuatt

ACTIVE PASS DIRECTIONS — TRINCOMALIE CHANNEL.

101

:boui8,
for a

lying

f I're-

point

kelo.

Point (tli« western extreme of Pender Island) bearing.? S. 10'^ E,, which
will lead westward of Enterprise licef, and when Helen Point ibears N.
Sl*^ E., or the northern beacon (jornes well open west of the southern
one, the reef will be cleared, and the entrance of the pass may be steered
ibr. There is a passa<?e inside Enterprise Keef which may be taken
when both kelp patches c^in be seen. If coiuin*,' out of Navy ('h'annel,
i)etween Pender and Mav.ie Islands, a vessel should keep over fo'- Pre-
vost Island until Pelorns Point is open of Mouatt Point; these two
points in line, or Just touching, lead very close on Enterprise IJeef. On
the western side of Swanson Channel, the reef which lies 400 yards
eastward from Liddell Point must b • avoided. ;ind lied and Bright
Islands, off the points to the northward of it, should be given a berth
of -'OOyiirds.

When passing through Active Pass to the westward against the tlood,
a vessel should keep rather on the southern shore of the pass, as the
tide nets over towards the rock near the western entrance, which un-
covers at half tide.

When entering or passing out of the eastern entrance of Active Pass,
the point of Gossip Island on the west, and also (Jeorgina Point on
the east, should be given a good be -th ; indeed, the best directions
which can be given are to pass through in mid channel. Pi"oni thence
the sand heads of Fraser Itiver bear N. 3^ E., distant 1). miles. The
sand-head buoys are visible from a distiince of '2 or 3 miles.

Caution. — It is dangerous for vessids of heavy draft or deeply ladened
to attempt the passage at flic full strength of the tide, as at that time
an unihM'iMirreiit has, in several instances, been felt and caused vessels
to run ashore from refusing to answer their helms.

The Crossip Island buoys at the northern entrance of the pass should
not be approached within (JOl) yards, as there is foul ground outside of
them.

Tides. — The tlood tide in Active Pass sets from west to .^ast, or from
the Swanson Channel into the Strait of Georgia; and tae ebb in the
contrary direction.

The velocity during springs is sometimes 7 knots; ai onlinary tides,
from 3 to 'j. In the northern entrance there is .sometimes a heavj- tide
rip, caused by a patch of Tniid !• fathoms, and by the meeting of tiie tide
through the pa.ss with that in thti strait; no favorable eddy, or less
strength of tide, will be found on either side, unless within the kelp
wliicii lines the shores.

Trincomalie Channel connnences at Active Pass, from the southern
entrance of wliicdi its general direction is NW. for 24 miles, wheii it
enters the Dodd Narrows.

This channel must be classed as a channel toi steamers or coasters;
it (!an only be used with advantage by vessels bound to the eastern
ports of Va.icoua;r Island below Namiimo, or by such as choose to enter
Nanaimo itself by the Uodd Narrows.

102

HARO STRAIT WESTERN CHANNELS.

Til." eastern side of tlie dinnnel is formed by the long narrow islands
of Galiauo and Valdes, iiiid tiie western l)y Adiiiirjil, Kuper, andTlietis
Islands; some sn)aller islands are scattered over it, and there are also
several rocks which require to be known. Montague Harbor, on the
western side of Galiano Island, is a good stopping place, also Clam Bay
on the eastern side of Thetis Island.

Trinconialie Channel contracts in breadth when abreast Narrow Island,
but the shores are bold ou either side. On the shore of Caliano Island,
N. 6S" E., one mile from the southeastern point of Narrow Island, is Ke-
treat Cove, otferiiig shelter for boats or anchorage for coasters ; an island
lies in the center of it.

Portier and Gabriola Passes lead into the Strait of Georgia;
both are intricate and dangerous, and the tides are so strong, and vary-
ing in their set, that vessels would not be justified in using the passes
unless in cases of emergency.

Montague Harbor is formetl between the southwestern side of Ga-
liano Island and Parker Island, and its entrance, between I'hillimore
Point and the small island of Julia, is I'J miles N. 45° W. from the west-
ern entrance of Active I'ass. The entrance is but little ()ver L'OO yards
in breadth, but has deep water, and is free from danger; immediately
within tliei)oints it widens out to ^ nnle, and anchorage may be ob-
tained in the arm wliich leads to the harbor, which though small is a
snug and secure anchorage, with good holding ground. There is a nar-
row passage to the northwestward from this harbor into the Trincomalie
channel.

Sevcial smaller islands extend N^\ . of I'arker Island, ^ iz, Sphinx,
Charles, Wise, and Twin Islands, the latter two iiither remaikable
rockj' islets about .'iO feet high. A rock which uncovers al low water
springs is said to be W> yards N. 51^ W. of the Twin Islands,

Atkins Reef lies on the westevn side of Trinconialie Chaimel. ,\ mile
from the shore of Admiral Islanl, and in the track of vessels working
ui» or down. It is 'i()0>ards in extent, and covers at 4 feet tloo<l, its
neighborhood being marked by kelp, which is rarely seen when tlieie is
any rii>i)le ou the water. The reef beais from I'eile I'oiut N. r>{\° W., li^
miles: from the Twin Islands S. 17° W., li miles. The SW. abrupt
tangent of (iaiiano Island in oiu with Mount I'aike, ii remarkable
bare topped conical hill on the southern side of Active I'ass, bearing S.
(il" K., lends well outside Atkins Heef.

Walker Hook is fdiincd by a lu'ninsula or tongue (d land project-
ing from Adunral Island, 4 nntes northwestward of the Captain Pass-
age. On its SE. side is fair anchorage tor small vessels in i> fath-
oms, but a shoal patch marked by kelp, ;\ mile in extent, lies 100 yards
eastward of the southeastern point ol' the peninsula ; small vessels may
pass between the shoal and the point in 5 fathowis, or between it and
Atkins Heel', which is Itetter, and anchor in (J fathoms, 400 yards south,
ward of the neck of the peninsula. There is also anchorage in 10 fath-

"''*'<lf

ano

TUINCOMALIE CHANNEL UIKECTIONS,

103

island

01118 northward of the [leuiasula, but vessels must not go within the
noi'thern point of the tongue of laud fonniug the hook, as it dries a long
way out.

Governor Rock, a dangerous rocky patch lying almost in the center
of Trinconialie Channel, has 4 feet on it at low water, is about 100 yards
in extent, and though kelp grows on it, yet it is very difljcult to make
out until quite close to. It lies Ir, miles X. 7(P W, of Twin Lslands and
1\ miles X. 11° W. of the SK. point of Walker Hook. Quadra Hill
rises from the center of Galiano Island to the height of 750 feet, and a
remarkable white basaltic clitt' will be se'Mi on the coast immediately
(1193) BRITISH COLUMBIA — Trlacomali channel - Walker

rock— Change in color of beacon. — The Canadian Government has

given notice that the concrete lower iiortion of Walker Kock beacon,

Trincomali channel, will be changed in color from black to ichitc,

without further notice, so that in future both the beacon and the

tow«ir surmounting it will be white.

A^pprox. position: lijit. 48" 55' 28" N., Long. 12.3° 29' 40'f W.
and while on north and south, is erected on the Walke. (N. M 3i, 1905.)

These two rociks are the principal dangers to be avoided in the south-
ern [lart of Trinconialie Channel; they are both steep-to, antl maybe
passed if necessary at 100 yards.

Directions. — In jiassing up or down Trincomalie Cjiannel, vessels
may either take the i>asrijige westward of (lovernoi nek or that be-
tween it and Walker Kock, or eastward of the latter, ii taking the west-
ern pa.ssage, after having cleared Atkins Reef and the shoal off Walker
Ilook, the ."hore of Admiral Island, which is bold, should b< kept
aboard within i mile, until Qua<lra Hill bears N. 08^ K., when they will
be to westward of both rocks, and may steer north over towards Gali-
ano Island, giving the southeastern end of Narrow Island a berth of 'it
least J mile, as a reef extends oil it.

If passing betwtien tlie two rocks, the marks for a mid channel course

* '•'•* "<■ 'I'lietis Island kejtt well open of the east-

with these

lot to open

I sland as to

it on to the
uld be kept
just halfway between the eastern sideoi i>a»iu« .m.i t..^ ^tern sideof
Hall Islands; these marks are very clear and well defined, and are gen-
erally seen from a long distance. In passing to the southward, when
the HE. point of Walker Hook bears 8. 23^ W. vessels will bo well
sonthwanl of the rocks.

If passing eastward of Walker Kock, when bound up the channel,
keep Parker and ^Vise Islands aboard witliii; ^ mile ; there are no dan.
gers off them. When abveast Twin Inhinii, which may bt passed with-
in (500 yar((s, li'in' in t(» the northward until Mount Sutil on the southern
end of Galiano Island is in line with Charles Island bearing S. iiS'^ E.;

102

HARO STRAIT WESTKRN CHANNKLS.

Tlie eastern side of the channel is I'ornied by the long narrow islands
of Galiauo and Valdes, and the western by Admiral, Kiiper, and Thetis
Islands; some smaller islands are scattered over it, and there are also
several rocks which require to be known. .Montague Harbor, on the
western side of Galiano Island, is a good stoi)i)ing place, also Clam Bay
on the eastern side of Thetis Island.

Trincomalio Channel contracts in breadth when abreast Narrow Island,
but the shores are bold on either side. On the shore of Galiano Island,
N. 68® E,, one mile from the southeastern i)oint of Narrow Island, is lie-
treat Cove, ottering shelter for boats or anchorage for coasters ; an island
lies in the center of it.

Portier and Gabriola Passes lead into the Strait of Georgia;
both are intricate and dangerous, and the tides are so strong, and vary-
ing in their set, that vessels would not be Justilied in using the passes
unless in cases of emergency.

Montague Harbor is formed between the southwestern side of Ga-
liano Island and I'arker Island, and its entrance, between riiillimore
Point and the small island of Julia, is 1^ miles N. 4.5° W, from the west-
ern entrance of Active Pass. The entrance is but little over liOO yards
in breadth, but has deep water, and is free from danger ; immediately
within the i)oints it widens out to ^ mile, and anchorage may be ob-
tained in the arm which leads to the harbor, wliicli though small is a
snug and secure anchorage, with good holding ground. There is a nar-
row passage to the northwestward from this harbor into the Trinconialie
channel.

Several smaller islands extend NW. of I'arker Island, viz, Si)liinx,
Charles, Wi.se, and Twin Islands, the latter two rather remarkable
rocky islets about .">(» feet high. A rock which uiu;overs at low water
sjirings is said to be 100 yards N. SI'' W. of the Twin Islands.

Atkins Reef lies on the western side of Trinconuilie CJliauncl. .'. miln

(UM) BRITISH COLUMBIA — Trincomall channel — Atkins
reef-Ohanee In color of beacon —Referring to Notice to Marinera
No 84 (817) of 1899, the Canadian Government hsis given further
notice that vVtkins Reef beacon, including the staff and ball, will be
changed in color from black to white without further uotiee.
Approx. position: Lat. 48° 58' N., Long. r2Sy2H'W

»<_'iL ..1 - .iji.iiiv. i.Maiiii 111 one Willi jiomiL a .i. (.•'?',• ?!i°*" *■'""•'

bare-toppfd conical hill on the southern side of Active Pass, bearing S.
(14^ i;., Uads well outside Atkins Keef.

Walkijr Hook is formed by a iicninsula or tongiu of land iiroject-
ing from Admiral Island, 4 miles northwestward of the Captain Pass-
age. On its SE. side is fair anchoiage for small vessels in (i fath-
oms, but a shoal ]>at('ii marked by kelp, ;\ mile in rxtent, lies 400 yards
eastward "f the southeastern point of the peninsula ; small vessels may
pass betwei-n the shoal and the point in 5 fathoms, or between it and
Atkins Reef, which is better, and anchor in fathoms, 4(tO yards south,
ward of the neck of the peninsula. There is also anchorage in 10 fath-

TUINCOMALIE CHANNEL DIKECTIONS.

103

oius northward oF the peninsula, but vessels must not go within the
northern point of the tongue of land forming the hook, as it dries a long
way out.

Governor Rock, a dangerous rocky patch lying almost in the center
of Triucomalie Channel, has 4 feet on it at low water, is about 100 yards
in extent, and though kelp grows on it, yet it is very difficult to make
out until quite close to. It lies I'rJ miles X. 7G° W. of Twin Islands and
li miles N. 11° W. of the SK. point of Walker Ilook. Quadra Hill
rises from the center of Gsiliano Island to the height of 750 feet, and a
remarkable white basaltic cliff will be seen on the coast immediately
(1193) BRITISH OOLUmBIA — Trincomall channel - Walker

rock— Change in color of beacon,— The Canadian Government biis

given notice that the concrete lower portion of Walker liock beacon,

Trinconiali channel, will be changed in color from black to whiti',

without further notice, so that in future both the beacon and the

tower surmounting it will be white.

Approx. position: Lat. 48° 55' 28" N., Long. 123° 29' 40'« W.
and white on north and south, is erected on the VValki . (N. M 31, 1905.)

These two rocks are the principal dangers to be avoided in the south-
ern part of Triucomalie Cliannel ; they are both steep-to, and may be
passed if necessary at 100 yards.

Directions. — In passing up or down Triucomalie Channel, vessels
may either take the ])assage westward of (lovurnor Rock or that be-
tween it and Walker Kock, or eastward of the latter. If taking the west-
ern passage, after having cleared Atkins Reef and the shoal off Walker
Hook, the shore of Admiral Island, which is bold, should be kept
aboard within 4 mile, until Quadra Hill bears N. 08^ E., when they will
be to westward of both rocks, and may steer north over towards Cali-
auo Island, giving the southeastern end of Narrow Island a berth of at
least ^ mile, as a reef extends off it.

If passing between the two rocks, the marl.s for a mid channel course
are, the northeastern point of Thetis Island kept well oi)en of the east-
ern side of Xarrow Island, the latter bearing N. 50° W. ; steer with these
marks on until Quadra Hill bears X. 08° !<],, taking care not to open
the northeastern poiut of Thetis Island so much of Narrow Island as to
bring the former on with Hall Island, as this would lead right on to the
Wji!!:er Kock. The northeastern pointof Thetis Island should be kept
just halfway between the eastern side of Narrow and the western side of
Hall Islands; these marks are very clear and well detined, and are gen-
erally seen from a long distance. In i)assing to the southward, when
the SE. point of Walker Hook bears S. 23-^ W. vessels will be well
southward of the rocks.

If i)assing eastward of Walker Kock, when bound up the channel,
keep Parker and Wise Islands aboard within i mile ; there are no dau.
gers oft" them. When abieast Twin Island, which may be passed with-
in 000 yards, haul in to the northward until Mount Sutil on the southern
end of Ualiano Island is in line with Charles Island bearing S. 53^ E.;

102

HAKO STRAIT WESTKRN CHANNELS.

Tlie eastern side of the clianriel is formed by the long narrow isiands
of Galiauo and Vahles, and the western bj' Admiral, Kuper, and Ihetis
Islands; some smaller islands are scattered over it, and there ar. also
several rocks which require to be known. Montagne Harbor, on the
western side of Galiano l«laiid, is a good stopping place, also Clam Bay
on the eastern side of Thetis Island.

Trincomalic Channel contracts in breadth when abreast Narrow Island,
but the shores are bold on either side. On the shore of Galiano Island,
N. 6tS® E., one mile from the southeastern i>oiiit of Narrow Island, is Re-
treat Cove, offering shelter for boats or anchorage for coasters ; an island
lies in the center of it.

Po
both
ing ii
unles!

Mo
liano i ^ .„..^.., ..uLHeen I'oillimorS*

Point ..a of Julia, is ].| miles N. 45° W. from the west-

ern eiiuance of Active Pass. The entriuice is but little over liOO yards
in breadth, but has deej) water, and is free from danger; immediately
within the j)oints it widens out to ^ mile, and anchorage may be ob-
tained in the arm which leads to the harbor, which though small is a
snug and secure anchorage, with good holding ground. There is a nar-
row passage to the northwestward from this harbor into the Trincoinalie
channel.

Several smaller islands extend NW. of I'arker Island, viz, Sphinx,
Charles, Wise, and Twin Islands, the latter two rather remarkable
rocky islets about .'{() feet high. A rocik which uncovers at low water
springs is said to be 400 yards N. 5P W. of the Twin Islands.

Atkins Reef lies on the western side of Trincomalie Channel. .'. i>iil«

("1194^ BRITISH OOLUHBIA — Trincomall channel — Atkins j
reef-Ohange in color of beacon— Keferriug to Notice to Manners
No 34 (817) of 1899, tlie Canadian Government hiis given further
notice that Atkins Reef beacon, includin(; the staff and ball, will be
changed in color from black to white without further uohce.

^ Addi-ox. position: Lat. 48° 53' N., Long, l'-^^"!^;^^- j^^g .

Approx. position:

iniMiiu 111 uiie

V« (tlKllllf

Willi moiiiii,

bare-topped conical hill on the southern side of Acitive I'ass, bearing S.
04"^ I']., leads well outside Atkins Ri^(it'.

Walker Hook is formed by a iieninsula or tongue of land project-
ing from Ailmiral Island, 4 miles northwestward of the Captain Pass-
age. On Its SE. side is fair anclionige for small vessels in fath-
oms, but a shoal i)at(!li marked by l;elp, ;\ mile in extent, lies 400 yards
eastward of the southeastern point oftii'. peiiMisula ; small vessels may
pass between the shoal and the point in 5 fahoms, or between it and
Atkins Reef, which is better, and anchor in fathoms, 4iK) yards south,
ward of the neck of the peninsula. There is also anchorage in 10 fath-

TUINCOMALIE CHANNEL DliiEC'TIONS.

103

oins northward of the peninsula, but vessels must not go within the
noi'theru point of the tonyne of land Corniing the hook, as it dries a long
way out.

G-overnor Rock, a dangerous rocky patch lying almost in the center
of Triucomalie Channel, has 4 feet on it at low water, is about 100 yards
in extent, and though kelp grows on it, yet it is very ditticult to nuike
out until quite close to. It lies IrJ miles N. IVP W. of Twin Islands and
li miles -X. 11° W. of the SE. point of Walker Hook. Quadra Hill
rises from the center of Galiano Island to the height of 750 feet, and a
remarkable white basaltic clirf will be seen on the coast immediately
southward of it. Governor liock lies I'f miles S. 45° W. of it.

Walker Rock lies ;j mile N. 2li° E. of Governor Rock, and covers at
4 feet rise. It lies 1,\ miles S. 5CP W. of (Quadra Llill, and 'j mile from
the shore of Galiano Island.

A Beacon of stone, 8 feet high, surmounted by a staff 18 feet high,
with cross pieces at right angles, painted l)lack on east and west sides
and white on north and south, is erected on the Walker Rook.

These two rocks are the princMpal dangers to be avoided in the south-
ern part of Triucomalie Channel; they are both steei>-to, and maybe
passed if necessary at 100 yards.

Directions. — In passing up or down Triucomalie Channel, vessels
may either take tlu! i»assag'i westward of Governor Iio;!k or that be
tween it and Walker Kock, or eastward of the latter. If taking the west-
ern i)assage, after having cleared A-tkins Reef and the shoal off Walker
Hook, the shore of Admiral Island, wliich is bold, should be kept
aboard within i mile, until Quadra Hill bears X. 08^ E., when they will
be to westward of both rocks, and may steer north over towards Gali-
ano Island, giving the southe:istern end of Narrow Island a berth of at
least I mile, as a reef extends off' it.

If passing between the two rociks, the marks for a mid-channel course
are, the northeastern point of Thetis Island kept well ojten of the east-
ern side of Nai .ow Island, the latter bearing N. aO^ W. ; steer with these
marks on until (t'ladra Hill bears X. 08^ E., taking care not to open
the northeastern point of Thetis Island so much of Narrow Island as to
b-' .^ the former on with Hall Island, as this would lead right on to the
Walker Kock. The northeastern pointof Thetis Island should be kept
just halfway between the eastern side of Narrow and the western side of
Hall Islands; these marks are very clear and well defiiu'd, and are gen-
erally seen from a long distance. In passing to the southward, when
the SE. point of Walker Hook bears S. 23° W. vessels will be well
southward of the rocks.

If passing eastward of W^alker Kock, when bound up the channel,
keep Parker and Wise Islands aboard within h mile ; there are no dan-
gers off' them. When abreast Twin Island, which may be passed with-
iu 600 yards, haul in to tlu' northward until Mount Sulil on the southern
end of Galiano Island is in line with Charles Island bearing IS. 53° E.;

104

HARO STRAIT — WESTERN CHANNELS.

run up with these marks on astern (wliich will lead well inside Walker
Rock) until Quadra Hill bears N. 08° E., when a mid-channel course
maj' be steered between Galiano Island und the islands forming the
western side of the channel.

Coming down Trincon)alie Channel, and desiring to pass eastward of
Walker Kock, keep over on the Galiano Island shore until the northeast-
ern point of Thetis Island is well shut in bj' the south point of Hall
Island; as long as those points are not ojjened vessels will be east-
ward of the rock, and when Quadra Hill bears N. 22° E. they will be
well eastward of both it and the Governor l{o(!k.

Houston Passage. — Vessels intending to take it had better pass up
westward or inside the Governor Rock. The entrance is between the
northern point of Admiral Island and Narrow and Secretary Islands;
the western side of Narrow Island is foul, several small islets and rocks
extend from 2(M» to 600 yards otV it; at ^ miles S. 56° E. of Southey
Point, a l»ank having from 2 to 3 fathoms water on it extends j^ mile
off the shore of Admiral Island, narrowing the navigable channel be-
tween that island and Narrow Island to i\ mile; the general depth of
water in mid-channel is 20 fatiioms, and anchorage within a moderate
distance of the shore of Admiral Island may be obtained in 10 or 12
fathoms water, oft' Saltspring Settlement, at 2;^ miles 3. 50° E. of
Sonthey Point.

Southey Point, the sharp northern extreme of Admiral Island, may
be approached to within 200 yards. At ^ mile S. 4.")° W. of it, is the
Grai)i)!er Eeef; round it Houston Passage turns abruptly to the south-
ward, and Stnart Channel may be entered either by the main passage
between North Poef and Admiral Island, or if necessary, between
North Roef and Tent Island. Give North Reef a moderate berth, as
a shoal ridge of rocks extends ^ mile oft' its NW. and S\V. ends.

Foitier Pass, between Galiano and Valdes Islands, is the first out-
let into the Strait of Georgia northward of Active Pass; the pass,
though short (not exceeding one mile from its southern entrance until
fairly in the strait) is narrow, and is rendered still more so by sunken
rocks on its wc^stern side; the tides are very strong, running from 4 to
7 knots, and overfalls and whirling eddies are always to be mot in the
northern entrance. No vessel but a steamer commanding a speed of 8
knots should take it.

Black Rock, the first danger in the southern entrance, isjust awash
at high water ; it is on the western side of the pass, 200 yards S. 45° E.
of Native Point, the northwestern entrance point, and is easily avoided.

"Virago Rock, the principal danger, is almost in the center of the
channel, but rather on the western side ; it only uncovers at low tides,
and lies 400 yards S. 84'^ E. of Native Point, and a little over 400
yards N. 84° W. of Race Point; the center projecting i)oint on the east
side of the pass ; here is the narrowest part of the passage.

PORTIER PASS — DIRECTIONS,

105

Two-fathom Patch. — The third danger is a 2fathoin roelcy patch,
extendiiift from one of the outer east poirts of the pass ; it lies If mile
N. 480 K. of Race Point, and 0(M) yards N. 48^ W. of Tongue Point, the
onter east point ; this [tatch is covered with kelp, whicli is generally
visible.

Directions. — At any stage of the flood stream, steam vessels ac-
(juaiiited with the channel might pass out into the Strait of Georgia
with facility ; tlie eastern shore siioiild be always kept aboard within
200 yards iiiitil bryond Race Point, whicli slioidd be passed close, after
which vessfis with the Hood stream should make for O.uioe Islet, a bare
yellow rock north rj mile distant, in order to clear the lifathom patch;
Cauoe Islet on its eastern aide should not be approached within ^iOO
yards.

In passing out of the channel with the ebb tide, the great danger to
be avoided is the violence of the stream setting against and round Race
Point, whicli, if vessels have not sutlicient i)ower to stem, will either
take them on the port l)ow and set them on the point, or, which is still
more probable, on the starboard, and set them on Virago Rock.

Entering Trincomalie Channel iVom the Strait of Georgia by this pass,
vessels should keep .^ mile eastward of Canoe Islet, and then steer for
Race Point, due allowance being made with the flood for the -'fathom
patch ; if with the ebb, Race Point should be kept close aboard to
avoid being sot on Virago Rock, and having passed the point, hug the
Galiano Island shore, which is clear of danger; the rule on all occasions
should be to avoid the Valdes Island shore ; the great strength of the tide
ceases immediately on clearnig the entrance points either way. From
the Strain of Georgia the pass is always easily recognized at the dis-
tance of several miles, by the gap formed by its sloping wooded en-
trance points terminating in two low extremes, from most points of
view overlapping each other.

Tides. — The flood tide runs from Trincomalie Channel to the north-
ward into the Strait of Georgia, and the ebb in the contrary direc-
tion. The ebl> stream commences from one hour to one and ouehalf
hours before it .s high water by the shore, and runs for one hour after
IonV water, or from seven to eight hours; the high water at the full
and change of the moon occurs about 4 j). m., but is not very regular.
At springs the tides run with a velocity of 4 to 7 knots with dangerous
whirls ami eddies.

Clam Bay is on the eastern sides of Thetis and Kui)er Islands, oppo-
site Reid Island. The continuation of the bay separates these twa
islands at high water, when there is a boat channel into Telegraph Har-
bor on their western side.

White Spit, a remarkable point of broken clam shells which can be
seen from a long distance, forms the southern entrance point of the bay ;
immediately southward of it is a considerable native lodge; a reef,
having less than one fathom water on it in some places, extends over

106

HAKO STRAIT — WEHTKUN CHANNELS.

COO yarks in a S. 45'^ E. diroction iroiii Wliito Spit Point; Leecli Island
oir the iioitiii'rn i)()iiit of tlic bay is a small wooded islet.

GflnterReef, witii (i feet water on it, and marked by kelp, should
not be aitproached nearer tlian li.jO yards ; it lies almost in the center of
the entranee, learly 000 yards N. 28° W. of White Spit.

Rockot Shoal, on which there is only a dejitli of feet at low water
spring tides, lies nearly in the center of the bay, with White Spit ex-
treme in line with the highest pa:t of Indian Island, bearing S. OjO E.;
it is 100 yards in extent, with depths of from 2 to 4 tatl">nis aronnd it.

Directions. — The best passage into Clam liay fVoin the eastward is
eastward of Narrow, Secretary, and Indian Islands, between tl.em and
Hall Island ; after passing Indian Island, steer in for White Spit on a
S. 08° W. bearing, giving it a berth of HOO yards.

If desired, vessels may enter westward of Narrow ami Secretary
Islands, between them and Knper Island, and there is fair anchorage
in a moderate depth of water in this))assage; there are, however, sev-
eral dangers in this channel, previously escribed, a' ^o two rocks
marked by kelp with less than one fathom water on them ott' the south-
western side of Indian Island; the southern lies 800 yards S. 730W., of
the south end of Indian Island, and the northern 300 yards S. 67^ W., of
the north end of the same island ; therefore the west side of Indian
Island should be kei)t aboard, and a vessel shonld not bear up round
AYhite Spit until its extreme bears S. 07^ W,, as rocks extend otf more
than 000 yards S. 45° E. of it. This channel is not recommended.

Entering from the northward there is a clear, deep passage of !}
mile in breadth between Thetis and lieid Islands,

Anchorage may be had in Clam bay in G fathoms water, between
Eocket Shoal and tlie shore.

Rose Islets, live small rocky islets, the northeriiiost about 20 feet
high with a few bushes on it, lie i mile northwestward of the north
end of Keid iNland, but witli no ship passage between. Vessels bound
to Clam Bay from the northward siiould ])ass westward of these islets.

Yellow Cliff Anchorage. — There is fair anchorage on the western
«ide of Valdes Island, 2 miles above Portiei Pass, immediately off a yel-
low clitf ; 8 fathoms, sandy bottom, will be found with the cliff bearing
N. 10° W. distant ^ mile.

It will also be known by Shingle Point, a low projection with a native
village on its extreme.

Fylades Channel. — The De Courcy Islanda are a group extending
4J miles in a southeasterly direction from Mudge Island, and on their
eastern side, between ihem and Valdes Islaiul, is Pylades Channel,
which leads by the Gabriola Pass into the Strait of Georgia, as well as
to the entrance of the False Narrows.

False Narrows are full of kelp, and shoal at low water, affording only
a boat passage into Northumberland Channel. The passages between
the De Courcy Islands are deep and navigable ; Ituxtoa Passage be-

twe

GAHHK)I.A PASS TMHASMKU KOC'K.

107

tween tlu^ northern and middle island, is .\ niiic wide and IVce (roni dan-
"IT: tlm narrow itass l)et wihui tiit; middle and aoutlieni island ia soarcoly

(112(;) BRITISH COLUMBIA - Strait of Georgia - Gabriola
pass— Uncharted rocks. —The Canadian Government liaH^iven notiee
that Commander J. F. Parry, R. N., reports tiie existenee of tlie fol-
lowing roeks in tlie appioaeh to fiabiiolu pass:

On close examination of Gabriola reef, the soiithernmoHt danger wiis
found to be a depth of l.S feet at low water, with (iabriola beacon
bearing N. 25° E. true (North mag. ), distant I..'} miles.

A rock, with 4 feet over it at low water, was found off the eastei'n
entrance to Gabriola pans, lying 410 yards S. 4.S° K. truc^ (ESI-:. E'ly
mag. ) from the southea.st extreme of the long island abrea.st of the
pass. This places tlu^ danger about midway between Urn extreme of
the island and the .S| fathoms .shown on the chart. (N M 80 1905 )
siioal water extends \ nine o. •!•> i">. irom me (sonineasieni mVi t>i I'ii^ "'

island; the channel from the jiass info the Strait of Georgia is l)etweeu
the southwestern side of this island, and a narrow ridge of low wooded
islands on the west sid''. off which a chain of covtuing locks ma.ked
by kelp extends nearly 400 yards to the eastward.

Directions. — I'roceeding through the jm.ss into the Strait of Georgia,
when nearly { mile east of the narrows, "steer !S. .'5!P E. for if mile, when
alter coiinse to the eastwanl.

There is also a jiassage in a northerly direction, from the pass into
the strait, between the east extreme of Gabriola and the islands off it,
but it is not recommended.

Telegraph. — Overhead telegrajih wires are stretched acro.ss Gabriola
Pass; vessels having masts over 150 feet high should not attempt to pass
under the wires.

The sliore end of the telegraph cable laid from Point Grey (connecting
Vancouver Island with the mainland) is landed at Valdes Island, 2^
miles SE. of Gabriola Pass. Wires ire thence carried to Xauaimo and
Vi(!toria.

Tides. — The tides in Gabriola Pass run from 5 toG knots.

Gabriola Reefs, a dangerous duster of rocks, covering a space of
I^ miles, some of which cover at half flood, and others having only a
few feet water over them, lie 2 miles off the eastern itoint of Gabriola
Island. There is a passage inside the reel.s, V)nt it is not recommended.
When the north extreme of the northeriMiiost Flattop Island bears 8.
SC W., a vessel will be one mile to the northward of the reefs. Nanoose

" , " of Gab-

ward of

ameter

^j. fvuun.. — ivi iii.-ciii,> ijjuo yards JN. 3»^ I'j. ot tne aOove bea-
con, and about 400 yards seaward of the end of the Gabriola lleefs, is
a detfiched rock which dries li feet at low-water spring tides, in the
kelp which marks the neighborhood. There is 11 fathoms within 200

10()

HAliO STRAI'I' WKSTKUN ClIANNKLS.

<»»)(> .varks ill a S. 45o E. direction i'loni W'liito Spit Point; Leecli Islaiul
oil' tlie nortiierii point of tli« bay is a small wooded islet.

Center Reef, wilii (5 feet water on it, and marked by kolp, should
not be, appioaclu'd lu-aivr than lijO yards ; it lies almost in the center of
tlie entrance, nearly (iOO yards N. L'.so W. of White Spit.

Rocket Shoal, on whicli there is only a depth of (i leet at low water
spring tides, lies nearly in the center of the bay, with White Spit ex-
treme in line with the highest pait of Indian Island, bearing S. 05° E.;
it is 100 yards in extent, with deittiis of from 2 to 1 taliioms around it.

Directions. — The best pa.ssage into Clam l?ay from the dastward is
eastward of Narrow, Secretary, ami Indian Islands, between them and
Hall Island ; after passing Indian Island, steer in for White S])it on a
S. (iS° W. bearing, giving it a berth of L'OO yards.

If desired, vessels may enter westward of Narrow and Secretary
Islands, between them and Knper Island, and there is lair anchorage
in a moderate depth of water in tliis])assage; there are, iiowever, sev-
eral dangers in this channel, previously described, also two rocks
marked by kelp with less than one fathom water on them oil' the south-
western side of Indian Island; the southern lies 800 yards S. 730W., of
the south end (tf Indian Island, and the northern 300 yards 8. H7-' W., of
the north end of the same island; therefore the west side of Indian
Island should be kej)! aboard, and a vessel should not bear up roninl
White Spit until its extreme bears S. 07^ W,, as rocks extend oil' more
than (iOO yards S. 45° E. of it. This channel is not recommended.

Entering from the northward there is a clear, deep i>asaage oi ^
mile in breadth between Thetis and Keid Islands,

Anchorage niay be had in Clam bay in G fathoms water, between
Eocket Shoal and the shorn.

Rose Islets, live small rocky islets, the uortliermost about 20 feet
high with a few bushes on it, lie i mile northwestward of the north
end of lioi<l I.-laiul, but with no ship passage between. Vessels bound
to Clam Hay from t!ie northward should pass westward of the.se islets.

Yellow Cliff Anchorage. — There is fair anchorage on the western
side of Valdes Island, 2 miles above Portiei Pass, immediately off a yel-
low cliff'; 8 fathoms, sandy bottom, will be found with the cliff bearing
N. 10° W. distant i mile.

It will also be known by Shingle Point, a low projection with a native

( lii^") BRITISH COLUmBIA- Vancouver island— Pylades chan-
nel—Uncharted rock. — The Canadian (iovernment has given notice
that Commander .1. F. Parry, K. N., reports the existence of a rock,
awash at low water, lying at a distance of 220 yards off" the eastern
extreme of the easternmost island of the De Cotircey group, approxi-
mately ju.st outside of the 2 fathoms shown on the chart.

■„ , ,, ^- „ ii I 11 1.1 rN.M.80, 1906.)

False Narrows are full of kelp, and shoal at low \\Hit;i, imuiumt; umj

a boat passage into Northumberland Channel. The passages between

the De Courcy Islands are deep and navigable; lluxton Passage be-

twe
«»er

gauuioi.a pass — tiikasiikk rock.

107

twecn tlu' nortlu-rii and iniddli' island, is .1 iiiilf wii.i' and Irt'c Croni dan-
flft^r: rim narrow pass Wet wtuui tin; nnddlc and sontlit'rn island is scarcely

(ii2<i) BRITISH OOLUUBIA - Strait of Georgia Oabriola
pass— Uncharted rocks. —Tin- Canadian (ioveninicnt ha.sKivcn notice
llial Coniniandcr J. V. I'arry, K. N., reports the existence oniie fol-
lowing rocks in tlie a|»i>roacli to (;al)riola pass:

On close examination ol'Gahriola reef, th.i 8ontliernmoHt danger wa.s
found to be a dei)th of l.H feet at low water, witli (Jahriola beacon
bearing N. 25° K. trne (North mag.), distant \.:i mile.s.

A rock, witli 4 feet over it at low water, wa,s found off the eastern
entrance to Gabriola pans, lying UO yards 8. 4.S° E. trne (ESK. E'ly
mag. ) from the soutnea.st extieme of the long island abreast of the
pjiss. This |)liice8 the danger about midway between tiie extreme of
the island and the .'5,^ fatlioms shown on tlie chart. (N M 80 1905 i
shoal water extends j\ mile o. •!•> i'.. iroin me .souiMea..Mci n «ii"u in c,.^ ''

islaii 1; the channel from the i)ass into the Htrait of Georgia is between
the soutliwestern side of this island, iiud a narrow lidge of low wooded
islands on the west side, off winch a chain of covering rocks maiked
by Ki'Ip extends nearly 4(10 yards to the eastward.

Directions. — I'roceeding through the pass into the Strait of Georgia,
when nearly j mile east of tlie narrows, "steer S. 31P E. for :^ mile, when
alter (ionise to the eastward.

There is also a |)assage in a northerly direction, from the pass into
the strait, between the east extreme of Galiriola and the islands off it,
but it is not recommended.

Telegraph. — Overhead telegrajih wires are stretched across Gabriola
Pass; vessels having masts over .'{() feet high should not attempt to pass
under the wires.

The shore end of the telegraph cable laid from Point Grey (coniiectiug
Vancouver Island with the mainland) is landed at Valdes Island, 2^
miles SE. of Gabriola I'a.ss. Wires are thence carried to Nanaimo and
Victoria.

Tides. — The tides in Gaiiriohi I'ass run from ."» to fi knots.

Gabriola Reefs, a dangerous duster of rocks, covering a sj^ace of
1^ miles, some of which cover at half Hood, and others having only a
few feet water over them, lie 2 miles off the eastern point of Gabriola
Island. There is a passage inside the rei-ls, but it is not recommended.
When the north extreme of the northernmost Flattoj) Island bears S.
iJO° W.. a vessel will be one mile to tiie northward of the reefs. Nanoose
or Notch Ililljust open of Herry Point (the northeastern point of Gab-
riola Island), bearing N. 72-^ W., also leads one mile to the northwaril of
them.

A Beacon, 20 feet higl , surmounted by a cage 8 li et in diameter
.stands on the largest ledge, wliiidi covers at feet rise of tide.

Thrasher Rock.— At nearly 1,200 yards N. 38° K. of the above bea-
con, and about 400 yards seaward of the end of the Gabriola lieefs, is
a detached rook which dries li feet at low-water spring tides, in the
kelp which marks the neighborhood. There is 11 fathoms within 200

lOG

()()() ya-
ofV tlu

HARO STRAIT WE.STKKN CHANNELS.

s -irio K. direction I'roiu Wliite Si)it Poiut; Leech Island

iiitv;

not b(.
tlio ei

Rot
spi'inj
tieme
it is 1

Dii
eastfl
Hall IsUind

after i)a.s8ing Indian isianti, aicci

S. 08° W. bearing, giving it a berth of iJOO yards.

If desired, vessels may enter westward of Narrow and Secretary
Islands, between them and Knper Island, and there is fair anchorage
in a moderate depth of water in tliis})assage; there are, however, sev-
<.'ral dangers in this channel, previously described, also two rocks
niaiked by kelp with less tlian one fathom water on them off the south-
westeiii .side of Indian Island; the .southern lies 800 yards S. 73oW., of
the soul h eu'."' .A' Indian Island, and the nortliern 300 yards S. 67=' W., of
the north eiid of the same island ; thereibre the west side of Indian
Islaiul should be kejit aboard, and a vessel should not bear up round
"Wiiite Spit until its extreme bears S. G7=> W., as rocks extend off more
than (JOO yards S. i'P E. of it. This channel is not recommended.

Entering from the northward there is a clear, deep passage of '^
mile in bieadtli between Thetis and Iteid Islan<ls.

Anchorage may be had in Clam bay in G fathoms water, between
Itocket Shoal and tlie sliore.

Rose Islets, live small rocky islets, the northermost sibout 20 feet
high witii a few busiies on it, lie i mile northwestward of the north
tMid of Ivcid Irlaud, but witii no ship passage between. Ves-sels bouiul
to Clam IJay from the northward should ])ass westward of these islets.

Yellow ens' Anchorage. — There is lair anchorage on the western
side of Valdes Island, 2 miles above I'ortiei Pass, immediately off a yel-
low cliff; 8 fathom.s, sandy bottom, will be found with the cliff bearing
^^ HP W. distant h mile.

It will also be known by Shingle I'oint, a low projection with a native

( 1T2.5) BRITISH dOLUBIBI A Vancouver island - Pylades chan-
nel — Uncharted rock. — The Canadian (ii)vernment has given notice
that Coninninder .1. F. Parry, H. X.. re])o!t.s the existence of a rock,
awash at low water, lying at a distance of 220 yards off the eastern
extrenu' of the eiwterumost island of lln^ I)c Conreey group, approxi-
matelv just ont-side of tlie 2 fathoms .shown on the chart.

■„ , -, r 11 <i 1 11 I . 1 fN.M.80, 1906.)

False Narrows are tulloi kelj), and shoal at low wuun, iimnuiuf; v»ni^

a l)oat passage into Northumberland Channel. The passages between

the Do Courcy Islands are deep and navigable; Kuxton Passage bu-

GAHKIOl.A PASS THKASHKli KOCK.

107

tween the iiortliern and middle island, is A mile wide and free from dan-
ger; the iiiiiTOW pass between the middle and southern island is scarcely
200 yards ".Tide, bui !;as a dejUli of ."> fathoms.

Gabriola Pass, l)et\vfeu tiie suuth end of Gabriola Island and the
north end of Vaides island, is not recommended, unless for eoastinj^
vessels knowinj;- the locality, or steamers, if ncfiossary, for it is a narrow
and intri(;ate channel, sometliin^olthe samecharatjteras Dodd Narrows,
except that it is a nuuili lonj^er reach. Its direction is east for little over
one mile, its narrowest part is not over 250 yards in breadth, and the
shoalest water is fathoms.

An island nearly one mile long in a northern and southern direction,
lies over i mile eastward of the narrow eastern entrance of the pass;
shoal water extends .\ mile S. 4"}" E. from the southeastern end of the
island : the channel from the pass into tlic* Strait of Georgia is between
the southwestern side of this island, and a narrow ridge of low wooded
islands on the west side, off which a (;hain of covering rocks marked
by kelp extends nearly 40(( yards to the eastward.

Directions. — I'roceeding through the j)ass into the Strait of Georgia,
when nearly ', mile eastof liie narrows, steer S. 30- E. for ;| mile, when
alter course to the eastward.

There is also a passage in a northerly direction, from the pass into
the strait, between the east extreme of ihil)riola and the islands oft' it,
but it is not recommended.

Telegraph. — Overhead telegra|)h wires are stretched across Gabriola
Pass; vessels having masts over .'50 feet high should not attempt to pass
under the wires.

The slior . end of the telegraph cable laid from Point Giey (connecting
Vancouver Island with the mainland) is landed at Vaides Island, :i^
miles SE. ot (iabriola Par.s. Wires are thence carrieil to Xanaimo and
Victoria.

Tides. — The tides in Gabriola Pass run from 5 toO kiutts.

Gabriola Reefs, a dangerous cluster of rocks, c()veiing a sjrace of
3^ miles, some of which cover at half Hood, and others having only a
few feet water over them, lie -' miles off the eastern point of Gabriola
Island, riiere is a passa.ge inside the reels, but it is not K-commended.
When the north extreme of the northernmosr Flattop Island bears S.
80° \V., a vessel will be one mile to the northward of the reefs. Nanoo.se
or Notch Hill Just open of Heny Point (the northeaslei ii point of Gab
riola Island), bearing N, T'-'o \V.,also leads (jue mile to the iiorthwanlof
them.

A Beacon, !.'<) feet high, suriiu)unted by a cage 8 feet in diameter
stands on the lar.;.;'est ledge, which covers at 6 feet rise of title.

Thrasher Rock.— At nearly 1,L'00 yards N, :iS^ E. of the above bea-
con, and about 100 yards seaward of the end of the Gabriola IJeefs, is
a detached rock which dries U feet at low-water spring tides, in the
kelp which mark.s the neighborhood. There is 11 fathoms within liO<>

108

HARO STRAIT — WESTERN CHANNELS.

yards of Mie rock on its seaward side, ami between ic mid the Gabriola
Reef's tliere appeared to be a depth of about 5 fatiioins over a rocky
bottom.

Berry Point, bearing X. 72- W. (well open of Flattoj) Point), leads
about one mile northward of (labrioia Heefs and Thrasher Uock. The
entrance points of Portier Pass, just touchinfct on a S. i'^ E. bearing,
leads more than ii miles eastward of the reefs.

Buoy. — A black conical iron bnoy, marked with the letters G llfs. in
white, is moored in 11 i fathoins, 20i( yards N". (18- K. of Thrasher Itock.

Caution. — Westward of Flattop Island the shore of (labrioia is bold
until near Berry Point and Entrance Island, when it should not be
approached within a long A mile; foul ground extends for some distance
eastward from the point of the island.

Dodd Narro'ws may be said to commence above Koiind Islan''., al
though the narrowest part is a mile distant from it. To small vessels
or steamers of sullicient i>ower that obey their helm (piickly, this nar-
row pass otVers no dangers. The strength oi' the tide at its greatest
rush is above 8 knots, the least (U^[)th of water 7 fathoms, and tiie nar-
rowest part of the channel is 80 yards wide; but this is for a short dis-
tance, and the pass being nearly straight, a vessel is (tarried tlirough
in a few moments. Vessels siiould, however, oidy pass througii at or
near the time of slack water. The ebb stream sets across the north-
ern entrance of tin; narrows.

Anchorage.— If bound through Dodd Xarrows, and having to wait
for tide, there is fair anchorage with but little tide westward of Itound
Island in (5 fathoms, midway between it and the shore.

Percy Anchorage is a convenient stojjping place to wait for the tide.
It is immediately on the north side of the narrows between (labrioia
and Mudge Islands.

Mudge Island separates Dodd Narrows from the False Narrows.

Directions. — \Vhen jjroceeding for Dodd Narrows from abreast Por-
tier Pass, the midchannel course is N. 45^ W. for about 3 miles, or
until Ragged Island and Reef Point of Thetis Island are in line liearing
S. mo W.

The most direct course is northward of Danger Reef, between it and
Tree Islaml ; the latter is a small round wo(»ded islet lying olf the south
end of De (Jourcy Islands; this passage is '^ mile wide, with depths of
from -'5 to 'M) fathoms.

Danger Reef eousists of two rocky patches 'iOO yards apart, the east-
ern of which is generally awash, and it should not be approached within
j^ mile ; if the reef should not be seen it is recommended to pass {
mile to the southward of Tree Island.

The passage between White Rock and Danger Mvef is likewise a very
good one; it is .V mile wide, with depths of from 20 to 30 fathoms.
White Rock is 15 feet high, and may be passed if necessary on either
side at the distance of 500 yards. When the i)assage between Tree

Isla
bear
nel
be s

veni
mid

d
1

s
»
e

DODU NARROWS DIRECTIONS — NANAIMO HARBOR.

109

l8laud and the south point of De Courcy Island is open, the former
bearing east vessels will be northward of Danger Reef, when a nnd-chan-
nel course for Dodd Narrows and Kouud Island, at the entrance, should

be seen ahead.

When passing up, keep on tlie eastern side of Round Island at a con-
venient distance; the only directions necessary after this are to keep m
raid-channel, and to attend the steerage quickly and carefully, ^v heu
- . — - '•I... cf^„,>n-ii, nf Hi« tidp. i'.eases, and a vessel wul

only

mis-
they
The
from
nade
tides
rait of
Shoals
K. N.,
British
survey

heads,
ivcastle
L on it,

t 1,100

1 uxile

), dis-

JlWU aiiuaiat .;\/v ^ytbiuo (^^/ciii, wii.u icivnu nc^iv.i \ji «»u icc -.fvci them,

surrounded by deep water, were found oft Hammond bay. From the
more; westerly of thestv—

Five Finger Island summit bears S. 76° E. true (B. by N. mag.),
distant 1 mile 900 yards.

Southern West rock, >S. 40° K. true (KSE. ^ E. E'ly mag.), distant
1 mile 440 yards.

Lag(K)n head, S. 1.3° E. true (SE. f S. mag.), distant 1,040 yards.

From the more southerly —

Five Finger Island summit bears S. 81° E. true (ENE. ^ E. mag.),
distant 1 mile 500 yaids.

Sotithern West rook, S. 49° E. true (SSE. J E. E'ly mag.), distant
1,940 yards.

Lagoon head, S. 12° 30' W. true (S. by E. J E. mag.), distant 700
yards.

Hammond bay is not recommended a.s an ancihorage, owing to the
swell usually prevailing there at all wasons.

Ships should not pass between Five Finger island and the West rocks,
several 18-foot patches having been found in this locality.

Ships with masts over 100 feet in height are warned of the exist-
«Mi"e of a telepoiie wire stretching acioss the Newciistle Island passiige
iicar '-Stone quarry" nnirked on the chart. (N. M. 44, 1904.)

108

HARO STRAIT WKSTERN CHANNELS.

yards of the ro(!k ou its sftaward side, and between ic and tlie Gabriola
ilctif's tiiere appeared to be a depth of about 5 fathoms over a rocky
bott<)in.

Berry Point, bearins N. 72'^ W. (well open of Fhittop Point), leads
about one mile northward of (labriola Ueefs and Thraslier Rock. The
entrance points of Portier Pass, just touohiny; on a S. 2'-^ E. bearing,
leads more than Li miles eastward of the reefs.

TJ^t: tLZlioi^>'<: 'be a„proac„ to Dodd, «a,TO« fron,
point of Rouua jf'H^.-./i,'^^™^ ':^,;;"tr;,a,e,cl,;«™u.ul

to,,!. Thi» sl.o,»l !?■'«'»'''; "TettvJ it lie» 140 ya,* off the s..„t!.
A„ isolate.! i-oek »''' |^'i;'X^„ "„ ranee t« DoMs murows.

3i'95SS"'^«oisS

S:, „,V ,!,e »»th side of M™;««;«^«'^So'1\ "of »n> II eiten^

y *»»i«5o xDiciuu separates uoaa in arrows from the False Narrows.

Directions. — Wlien jiroeeedinj;' for Dodd Narrows from atireast Por-
tier Pass, the mid-channel course is N. ■k'P W. I'or about .') miles, or
until liag,ij;ed Island and Reef Point of Thetis Island are in line bearing

s. mo w.

The most direct course is nortliward of Danger Reef, between it and
Tree Island ; the latter is a small round woiKled islet lying off the south
end of De Courcy tslands; this passage is '^ mile wide, with depths of
from \'I) to 'M) fathoms.

Danger Reef consists of two rocky patches 'JOO yards apart, the east-
ern of which is generally awash, and it should not be approached within
\ mile ; if the reef should not be seen it is recommended to pass J
mile to the southward of Tree Island.

The passage between White Rock and Danger lioef is likewise a vcw
good one; it is ^ mile wide, with depths of from 30 to 30 fathoms.
White Rock is Vi feet high, and may be passed if necessary on either
side at the distance r f 500 yards. When the passage l)etweeu Tree

DODl) NARROWS DIRECTIONS — NANAIMO HARBOR.

109

Island and the south point of De Coiircy Island Is open, the former
bearln" east vessels will be northward of Danger Re ef, when a uml-ohau-
nel course for Dodd Narrows and Round Island, at ibe entrance, should

be seen ahead.

When passing up, keej) on the eastern side of Round Island at a con-
venient distance; the oidy directions necessary after this are to keep in
mid-channel, and to attend the steerage quickly and carefully. ^^ hen
through the narrows the strength of the tide ceases, and a vessel wdl
be in Northumberland Channel, a flue wide passage leading to, and only
5 miles from, the anchorage at Nauaimo.

When taking the narrows from the northward, be careful not to mis-
take the False Narrows, on the northern side of Mudge Island ; they
are mucu wider than the real pass, but nearly dry at low water. The
Dodd Narrows are not so easy to pass through from the north as from
the south, as in the former case the slight bend that has to be made

(l.-io7) BRITISH COLUMBIA Vancouver island-Strait of
Georgia- Nan aimo harbor and Departure bay approaches - Shoals
located — Hydrographic information. — Captain .J. F. Pany, R. N.,
H. B. M. survoying sliip J-J</fria, engaged in a resurvey of British
Columbian waters, reports the following information from the resui\ ey
of the approaches to Nanaimo harbor and Departure baj':

A shoal of about 200 yards in extent and having several heads,
was found outside the lO-fathoni line oif Angle point, Newcastle
i.sland. The outeimost and slioalest of these heads ha« 18 feet on it,
on the following bearings:

McKay point, N. 78° W. true (WSW. J W. mag.), distant 1,100
yards.

Snake I.sland summit, N. 35° E. true (N. | K. mag.), distant 1 mile
840 yards.

Southeiii West rock, N. 22° W. true (NW. j^ W. W'ly mag.), dis-
tant 1 mile 1,460 yards.

Two shoals, "lOO yards apart, with least water of .30 feet over them,
surrounded by deep water, were found oft' Hammond bay. From the
more westerly of these —

Five Finger Island summit bears S. 76° B. true (E. by N. mag.),
distant 1 mile 900 yards.

Southern West rock, S. 4!»° E. true (ESE. A E. E'ly mag.), distant
1 mile 440 yaids.

Lagoon head, 8. 1.3° E. true (SB. f S. mag.), distant 1,040 yards.
From the more .southerly —

Five Finger Island summit bears S. 81° E. true (ENE. ^ E. mag.),
distant 1 mile 500 yards.

Southern West rock, S. 49° E. true (SSE. ^ E. E'ly mag.), distant
1,940 yards.

Lagoon head, S. 12° 30' W. true (S. by E. ^ E. mag.), distant 700
yards.

Hammond bay is not recommended as an anchorage, owing to the
swell usually prevailing there at all sea.sons.

Ships should not puss between Five Finger i.sland and the West rocks,
several IH-foot patches having been found in this locality.

Ships with masts over 100 feet in height are wari:ed of the exist-
ence of ii telejunie wire stretciiing acro.ss the Newcastle Ishiiid ])ils^^Jlge
near "Stone quarry" marked on the chart. (N. M.44, 1904.)

HARO STRAIT— VVESTEUN CHANNELS

I'lMiiLf, or lottier Pass, jiisl tone i inr on i S •»'> T? i.
lea.ls .noro tl.an U .nil-s eastsvuni of the reo s " ''" '"^'

(93) BRITISH COLUSIBIA — Vancouver island — East coast —
Stuart channel — Approach to Dodds narrows — Shoals located.—

Commander J. P. Parry, E. N., H. B. M. S. Egcria, reports the exist-
euce of the following shoals in the approach to Dodds narrows from
Stuart channel :

A rock with 6 feet over it was found 180 yards from the northern
point of Kound island. This rock lies in the position of 4^ fathoms
as shown on H. (). chart No. 1915. There is deep water close round
this shoal except between it and Round island, wheie the ground is
foul. Thii

An isoli
shore of M

Prom thi
true (SB. I
the south s
distant 800
marked by

A shoal,
southeastw;

From th(
bears N. 7
islet off tlu
iN. N'ly I
is surrounc
by kelp.

Directii

tier I'iiHs,

an til Kag<.

S. o(Jo w.
The ino.«

Tree Islam
end of De
from 'i.5 to
DaMs:pr I
eru of whic
!^ mile; if
mile to tiie
Tlio passi
good one;
Wliite Rod
side at the

DODD NARROWS DIRECTIONS — NANAIMO HARBOR.

109

Island autl the south point of De Courcy Island is open, the former
bearing east vessels will be northward of Danger Reef, when a mid-chan-
nel course for Dodd Narrows and Round Island, at the entrance, should
bo seen ahead.

When passing up, keep on the eastern sid e of Round Island at a con-
venient distance; the only directions necessary after this are to keep in
mid-channel, and to attend the steerage quickly and carefully. When
through the narrows the strength of the tide ceases, and a vessel will
be in Northumberland Channel, a flue wide passage leading to, and only
5 miles from, the anchorage at Nanaimo.

When taking the narrows from the northward, be careful not to mis-
take the False Narrows, on the northern side of Mudge Island ; they
are much wider than the real pass, but nearlj*^ dry at low water. The
Dodd Narrows aie not so easy to pass through from the north as from
the south, as in the former case the slight bend that has to be made
must be made immediately on entering the narrow jjart. The tides
should be studied in passing eitlier way. Vessels should not attempt
it with ihe full rush of the stream ; an hour before or after low water
there is no difficulty to a steam vessel.

Tides. — It is high water in the narrows at full and change at 3h. 30m.
p. m., and low water at 9h. 30m. a. m., and at that period the Hood
stream commences at low water and runs about 7 hours. The first of
the tiood is ihe best time to pass the narrows. Vessels leaving Na-
naimo and intending to pass down, shouhl be at the narrows an hour
before high or low water, as the tides are nearly an hour earlier at the
narrows.

Northumberland Channel runs from Dodd Narrows in a north-
westerly direction for over 3 miles. The water is everywhere deep. A
rock which uncovers lieslOO yards oft" the extreme of Sharp Point.

A submarine cable crosses the channel 'I mile westward of the nar-
rows.

Nanaimo Harbor is formed by Protection Island to the eastward and
Newcastle Island to tlie northward; this latter island approaching the
shore of Vancouver to within a distance of 300 yards, and forming a nar-
row strait atlbrdiug communication with Departure Bay to the north-
ward.

The channels leading into Nanaimo Harbor from the eastward are
marked by red buoys on their nortliern sides, and black buoys on their
southern sides. These buoys are iiiimbtMed.

The entrance to the harbor lies between (lallows Point on the north
side and a bank of mud on the south side. A rocky ledge extends for
300 yards on all sides of the point, and in summer is marked by kelp;
a large bowlder stands on the ledge off the i)oint, distant 150 yards, and
covers before high water. The south side of the channel is the northern
edge of the great shallow bay to the southward, which, altliough it does
not quite dry in this part, has only 2 to 3 feet on it at low water, and is

110

HARO STRAIT WESTERN CHANNELS.

Steep-to. Tlie entrance is here uiarked by a red conical buoy off Gal-
lows Point and a black bnoy on tlio sontli side, a little over 200 yards
apart. The harbor thence opens out, and whtMi tiie banks are covered
{jives the idea of being: a large sheet of water, but tiie deej) part is
limited.

Tht! town of Xanaiino, which is rapidly increasinj^in iniiwrtance, con-
tains about 4,000 inlnibitants, but it is being continually adde<l to by
innnigration. Extensive colliery works are in full oi)eration, and the
country around possesses exceptional natural facilities. Steamers call
here from San Francisco, Portland, and Alaska, as well as from Vic-
toria and coast ports, and there is communication with Victoria by rail.

Between San Francisco and Nanaimo two steamsliips make two trips
a montii eacii. Nanaimo is connected with Victoria and New West-
minster bj' telegraph. The wharf accommodation is excellent. Two or
more steamers can be coaled at the same time; the depth alongside the
wharf at low water being 28 fcot.

Shii>s are often placed on the beach at the high rise of the tide, aiford-
ing an opportunity for effecting any repairs to the hull.

Provision is made for sick seamen, who are eitiior admitted to the
Nanaimo hospital or transferred to the nnirine hospital at Victoria.

A steam ferry runs between Nanaimo and Departure Bay.

Middle Bank lies in the center of the harbor, and has a depth of
only 3 feet on it in places ; it is marked by a black conical buoy on its
north end, and a re(< conical buoy witli globe on its south end.

Beacon Rock lies nearly 200 yards olfsliore abreast the northern
pier ; a beacon, consisting of an iron statf surmounted by a ball, has
been erected on this rock.

Nicol Rock, lies 300 yards 8.450 e. of Beacon Rock, and is marked,
by a bnoy, colored red and hlacl: in horizontal stripes.

Directions. — Two narrow winding cliannels, the North and South,
lead into the usual anchorage, whicili is ciiose oft' the town, and westward
of tiio Middle l>ank; both are buoyed in the vi(;inity of the hitter, but
strangers shonhl not enter eitiier channel without a pilot.

Tiie North Cliannellies between the Middle IJank andtiiesouth edge
of tlie Satellite lieef, wliich is marked by a rail buoy with statl'and ball;
steer about VVNVV.'to pass between tiie latter and the black bnoy off"
tlio north edge of the Middle Bank, then iiaul close round the southern
buoy to avoid the .3-fath(»ni patch, and steer for the mine cliiinney.
The South Channel, though of sutlicient depth for large vessels, has a
somewhat sharp turn at its western end, but is very convenient for sail-
ing vessels leaving with a northerly wind, wlien they would be obliged
to warp out of the North Channel.

A black conical buoy is moored at the edge of the bank, which extends
more than 400 yards from the shore at tlie entrance to Mill Stream, to
the northward of the town.

NANAIMO — ANCHOUA(iE — COAL — DKPAKTURE HAY.

Anchorage. — Aiiclior close ort' the town in 5 latlioin.s,miihvay between
the bhick buoy on north ed^e of Middle Bank and Beacon Rock. Ves-
Ncls can ^o alon;;.side the wharves.

Supplies. — Hticf and mutton may be i»rocured, and tiie country
around abounds in wild fowl and deer.

Ship stores can be ol>tained ; but material necessary for refittinjj: a
vessel must be i)rocured from Victoria. Tiie facilities for repairinj;- a
ship's hull and machinery are limited, but small work connected with
the latter mi{jht be executed at the machine sho[»s beloiif^ing to the
Vancouver Coal Company and II. Dnnsmuir t!t Sons.

Trade.— The chief exports consist of coal, and the imports of gen-
oral merchandise.

Coal. — The mines of Xaiiaimo produce a fair bituminous coal, which
answers .veil for steam in j;' purposes. It is lighter ()y about lOpercient.
than Welsh coal, and its consumption proportionately rapid. The mines
are now in full working.

The (piantity of coal usually maintained on hand is 5,000 tons, and
the price is about ."JS3.50 per ton. Vessels can coal from lighters along-
side at all timex.

New(!astle Island also produces large quantities, and the mines there
are being rather extensively worked.

A small creek on the north side of Douglas coal wharf attords excel-
lent facilities for beaching a vessel, and is frequently resorted to for
that purpose.

Pilots are necessary and pilotage eomi)ulsory.

Rates. — (1) For vessels eniering or clearing from Nanaimo (includ-
ing Departure Bay) 83 per foot under 10 feet draft, $4 [)er foot over 10
feet draft. Vessels under steam or in tow of a steamer onti-fourth less.
(2) For sailing vessels from Koyal Koads to Xanaimo or from Xanauno
$3 per foot; for steamers or sailing vessels in tow of a steamer the
pilots sliall receive $10 per day.

Then- are no legal rates for tugboats; tlie charge varies from $-10(>
to $.100 to Race Uock in Fuca Strait for vessels of from 1,000 to 12,000
tons. This charge includes the service of the tug both ways.

Harbor dues, '2 cents per registered ton, i)ayable three times a year;
wharf (lues ."»0 cents i)er ton on cargo landed or taken on board. No
charge at coal company's wharves.

Departure Bay. — From Xanaimo the long narrow chiinnel or arm
between Xewcastle Island and the nuiinleadsina north westerly direction
to Departure Bay. It is 200 yards in breadth, with 12 feet at low water,
except on a rock which has only 2 feet water on it lying in mid-channel,
and is nnirked by a black buoy. Vessels of 15 or 10 feet draft may
enter Departure Bay by this channel.

The northern entrance to Departure Bay is between Bowlder Point,
the steep vAitfy north point of Newcastle Island .ind flesse Island. Very
little less than 20 fathoms will be found in any part of the bay, and it

112

HARO STRAIT — WESTERN CHANNELS,

18 not tiearly so sheltered as Nanaimo Harbor. When comiiiff from the
northward, care must be taken to avoid the reef wliich extends more
than 300 yards from Ilorswell Bhifl", the north entrance i>oint of tlie bay,
A black can buoy is moored off Horswell Bluff in 3i fathoms water, at
the eastern extremity of the reef.

There are coaling piers in the northwestern part of the bay, and two
additional coaling wharves have been built in tlie southwestern corner.
There is a depth of 5 to fathoms at low water alongside all the wliarves.
Three warping buoys have been placed for the convenience of vessels
about to coal. Fresh water can be obtained from Messrs, Dunsmuir's
wharf.

Coal. — The coal is about the same weight as the Welsh ; price $5 per
ton.

The mining village of AVellington has a populationof about 1,000, and
when required 1,500 tons of coal can be put out in a day.

Buoy. — A red beacon buoy marks the reef in southeastern corner of
Departure Bay.

Reef. — A reef extends from the east end of Jesse Island ; it is marked
by a black can buoy, moored in 7^ fathoms. A red can buoy is also
moored in 3J fathoms westward of Black Island, northern side of De-
parture Bay. These buoys are intended to mark the channel inside
Jesse Island to the North Wellington coal wharves, which is frequently
used by vessels proceeding to load.

Directions. — Vessels intending to load with coal should bring the steep
NW. point of Newcastle Island to bear N. 54° E., and anchor in not
less than 18 fathoms off the coal mine, 400 yards from the shore (or make
fast to themooring buoy until ready to haul alongside the wliarf ); the bank
runs up steep within the above depth, and shoals from 12 to 2 fathoms.
Unless anchored well out, a vessel is liable, with NW. winds, to tail
on the bank ; and ships are not recommended to lie here after they have
got their cargo in. Strangers should take a pilot for the coaling station
in Departure Bay, either from outside or in Nanaimo Harbor,

West Rocks lie northeastward of Horswell Bluff, These islets and
rocks occui)y a space of .J mile in a NW, aud SB, direction ; there is a
passage fiOO yards wide between them and Five Finger Island with irreg-
ular rocky bottom, the depths varying from !) to 35 fathoms ; the pas-
sage is not recommended, but, if used, Five Finger Island should be
kept aboard.

Inner Channel lies between the above islets and the shore of the
main, and being more direct, is convenient for steamers or small craft
bound to or from the northward. Almost in the center of this channel
are the Clarke Kocks, which dry i feet at low water, A black can buoy
is moored on these rocks.

Tides. — It is high water, full, and change, atNanairao Harbor about
5 p, m., and the range of tide is sometimes 14 feet, which is as much as
is met with anywhere on the coast, rendering this a most eligible s{)ot for

LIGHT-IK 'SE ISLAND — ENTRANX'K ISLAND.

113

the coiiHtriiction ot'docivs, for wliicli it oticrs pociiliar facilities. This
j.M('at raii;,M' ul'tiiU' only occMirs at iiiiiliii^iit diiriiif,' winter, and in the
daytime in sninnier. Tiu' Hiiperinr and infciior tides «!xist here as they
do at Ksqiiitnalt and ainoiia; the Uaro Arohipehigo.

Five Finger Island is a hare nif;}:ed islet 4S (eet iii;;li, of aboni the
same dimensions as Li;iht lioiisc Island ; the live iinmmockson it resem-
ble knuckles more than lin;;ers.

Middle Channel, over one mile \vid(>, lies lietweeii Five Fin^i'i and
V'j7r \'ijii t'iht o »» "« A"'^"« 1. i''"" *''"'" daML-ff. and lias a <leiiti!
island ^Teinor. V.t^^f^'^r ?*'"'' °^ Georgia -Entrance

I 1 ■■• *e™POra.y Ught. 1 he li;;htiiiK aiipiimtiis at l-hitrnw,.

bshjnd .Khthons,. having been danm,ed by Ji.v/.lntil repairs n.
pie ed a <th order lens will be nse.l t.-mporarily and the li-dit slu.wn
will be a ./,>,./ >rlu,r U^Ui. Farther no\iee will be give when th

.„,..., f::^"^:^: i::^:!li:'i!i: J^.^^::'^. ^o::N.,.L,,ng,i23° 48' 45- w.

'Jl feet on the southern. Tiie ledge is generally covered w/.^- **• ^1> 1906.)
kelp and has a (rlianuel of 7 fathoms of water between it and the islai I.

The southern t xtreme of this ledge is marked by a hlack can buoy
moored in 3| fathoms. This buoy is iiitentioually colored black to show
better; regarded as a danger buoy merely.

A hlavl: buoy is moored liDO yards S. 'tG^ \V. of the south point of the
island.

Fairway Channel, between the shore of (labriola and Light house
Island, is the most direct for vessels entering from the southward or
eastward. A bell buoy has been ])laced in the channel with the south-
orn end of Lighthouse Island bearing N. 39^ \V., distant 'I mile.

The channel, between this ledge and Kocky point of Gabviola
Lsland, is fully '{ mile wide; for a distance of 400 yards off the latter
point are depths of Irom 4 to 7 fathoms, rocky bottom, where kelp occa-
sionally grows; this ledge of uneven rocky ground should be avoided.
A mid channel course is recommended, which from a ])osition h inileoff
Entrance Island is S. 73"^ W. for 3 miles; the water is deep, and the
bottom irregular, varying from 15 to 40 fathoms; if to the southward
of mid cliannel it will shoal to IT) fathoms and shoitly to 8 fathoms off
Kocky Point.

Entrance Island, off P)erry Point, is rocky, SO feet high, formed of
sandstone, bare oltrei's, but has some \'egetation on it. Vessels pass-
ing up the strait bound forXanaimo should round this island ; there is
a deep passage between it and lU'iry Point, named Forwood Channel,
a little more than 400 yards in breadth, which steamers or small craft
may use; but the southern and western sides of Entrance Island must
be avoided, as reefs and bioi;en ground extend 400 yards off them.

Having rounded Entrance Island at the distaiuje of .| mile or more,
the entrance of Nanaimo Harbor will be distant 5 miles. Fairway
<3hannel is the most convenient for vessels bound to Nanaimo from the
14205— No. 00 8

112

HARO STRAIT — WESTERN CHANNELS.

in not nearly 80 sheltered iis Nanainio Harbor. When cominfj from the
northward, care must be taken to avoid the reef which extends more
than 300 yards from Horswell HlnB", the north entrance jtoint of the bay.
A black can buoy is moored ol!' Horswell Blutt" in 3^ fathoms water, at
the eastern extremity of the reef.

There are coalinfj; piers in the northwestern part of the bay, and two
additional coaling wharves have been built in the southwestern corner.
There is a depth of 5 to fathoms at low water alon};;sule all the wharves.
Three warping buoys have been placed for the cm. «'""!--
about *'^ ""■'' "
wharl

COE

ton.

The
when 1

Buo ..^.ti-iLi uuruer or

Depart

Reel. ^ it ei extends from the east end of Jesse Island ; it is marked
by a black can buoy, moored in 7^ fathoms. A red can buoy is also
moored in 3J fathoms westward of Black Island, northern side of De-
parture Bay. These buoys are intended to mark the channel inside
Jesse Island to the North Wellington coal wharves, which is frequently
used by vessels proceeding to load.

Directions. — Vessels intending to load with coal should bring thesteep
NW. point of Newcastle Island to bear N. ■ii'^ E., and anchor in not
less than IS fathoms oft' the coal mine, 400 yards fnm the shore (or make
fast to the mooring buoy until ready to haul alougsid i the wharf); the bank
runs up steep within the above depth, and shoals from 12 to 2 fathoms.
Unless aiuihored well out, a vessel is liable, with NW. winds, to tiiil
on the bank ; and ships are not recommended to lie here after they have
got their cargo in. Strangers should take a ])ilot for the coaling statioTi
in Dejxirture Bay, eith.er from outside or in Nanaiino Harbor.

West Rocks lie northeastward of Horswell Blutt". These islets and
rocks occupy a si)ace of ft mile in a NW. and SE. direction ; there is a
passage fiOO yards wide between them and Five Finger Island with irreg-
nlar rocky bottom, the depths varying from !( to 35 fathoms ; the pas-
sage is Hot recommended, but, if used, Five Finger Island should be
kei)t aboard.

Inner Channel lies between the above islets and the shore of the
main, and being more direct, is convenient for steamers or small craft
bound to or from the northward. Almost in the center of this channel
are the Clarke Rocks, whicli dry 4 feet at low water. A black can buoy
is moored on these rocks.

Tides. — It is high water, full, and c' ~e, atNauaimo Harbor about
5 ]). m., and the range of tide is somet "'^a 14 feet, which is as much as
is met with anywhere on the coast, rendering this a most eligible spot for

LI0HT-H0U8K ISLAND — KNTRANCK ISLAND.

113

ler 01 ^'•swi

the coiiHtnic-tion ot'tlocikH, lor wliiiili it oHcrs peculiar facilitil^s. Tliis
{ji'cat raii;j;(' of tiilf only ()c(!iirs at niitliii^ihr diu'liij;' winter, and in tlio
(laytinu' in Munmn'r. Tlie sniHTior an<l inlfrior tides exist here as they
do at KN(|uiinait and ainoii;;' the llaro Ai'cliipelanfo.

Five Finger Island is a l»are ni^itred ish-t 4S leet iii^li,ol' about the
same dimension,-, as Iii;;htlioiise Isiaml ; the live InnnnKxtkson it resein-
iiie knnekles inoie than lin;^ci's.

Middle Channel, ovei one mile wide, lies lietwe«'M Five Finnei and
Liuhl in)iise Islands; it is perfectly free fidm dan^^er, ami has a deiith
of XO fall s.

Light house Island is a smooth-topped grassy sandstoiie island, (iOO
yards in extent nortli and sontii, and about .'5!l feet hi;,'h. A ledj^e of
rocks, H(l(( yai'ds lonj;' iii a north and south direction, lies to the south-
eastward of Iji;jht-liouse Island, with the north end 40(1 yards east of
the south point and the south end !)()0 yards 8. .">.'{^ E. of the same
point ; the least tlepth on this ledf^e is 7 feet on the northern edfje and
21 feet on the southern. The ledge is Rcnerally covered with streanuny
kelii and has a chaniu'l of 7 fathoms of water between it ami the island.

The southern extrt'nu' of this ledj^e is marked by a hlacl: can buoy
ino(ued in US fatlionis. This buoy is intentionally colored black to show
better; rejjurded as a dauftcr buoy merely.

A hlaclc buoy is moored 250 yards S. olP VV. of the south i>oint of the
island.

Fairway Channel, between the shore of (labriola and Li^dit-house
Island, is the most direct for vessels entering;' from the southward or
eastward. A bell bm)y has been placed in the channcd with the south-
ern end of Lijjht-liouse Island bearinj? N. 39° \V., distant i mile.

The (diannel, between this ledfje and Rocky point of Gabriola
Island, is fully ■{ nule wide; for a distance of 4(»() yards olf the latter
point are depths of Irom 4 to 7 fathoms, rocky bottom, where kelp occa-
sionally {jrows; this ledjje of uneven rocky fjround should be avoided.
A mid channel course is recommended, which from a position i nuleotf
Kntrance Island is S. 73'^ W. for 3 miles; the water is deep, and the
bottom irrep:ular, varyiuf; from 15 to 40 fathoms; if to the southward
of mid-channel it will shoal to lo fathoms ami shortly to 8 fathoms off
Kocky I'oint.

Entrance Island, olf P>erry I'oint, is rocky, 30 feet hi;;h, formed of
sandstone, bare of trees, but has sonu' vej;etatioii on it. Vessels pass-
ing up the strait bouml for Xanaimo should round tiiis island ; there is
a deep passage between it and Berry Point, named Forwood Channel,
a little more than 400 yards in breadth, which steamers or small craft
may use; but the southern and western sides of Entrance Island must
be avoided, as reefs and broken ground exteiul 400 yards olf them.

Flaving roumled Entrance Island at the distance of i mile or more,
the entrance of Xanaimo Harbor will be distant o miles. Fairway
Channel is the most convenient for vessels bound to Nanaimo from the
14205— Xo. 9G 8

114

NANAIMO HARBOR DIRKCTI0N8.

southward or eastward, but Middle Ohanuol is certainly tho safest and;
nu.st de«iiai>le for vessels from the nortliward.

Directions. — llavinj;- entered tlie Strait of Georgia, between east
point of Saturna aiid I'atos Island, a N. ■lu'^ W, course for oS miles will
lead nearly 3 miles outside Gabriola IJeefs, and abreast Entrance Island,
the latter bearinsj S. (18^ W. distant "> miles. A vessel ])roc»'edin<?tliron;;h
Fairway Channel, if nortliward of mid channel, must keep a lookout
forthekelpon Lifjiit-house Island Ledge; when Light-house Island bears
N. 22° W., steer S. 25^ \V., whicli leads for the entrance of Nanaimo
Harbor. Strangers should be careful not to mistake Northumberlaml
Channel for it. Olf Siiarp I'oint, a I'lMuarkable narrow projection on
the main, at tiu', distance of 100 yards, is a ro(!k which uimovers.

Having jiassed between Light-lionse and (Jabriola Islands, there is a
gootl woiking space of l.\ miles in breadtli, btitween G"bri.ila on the
east, and Newcastle and I'rotectiou Islands on the west, but the water
is too deei) for anchorage. The shores of the latter islainls should not
be ai)proached within -\ mile, as shoal rocky ledges extend oif them.
Having brcaigiit Oallows I'oint (the southern exirenu' of Protection
Island) to bear S. 7o^ U'., the town will conu' in view.

A vessel may anchor if necessary with the high-water mark of Cal-
lows Point bearing N. 4.5° VV., distant [ mile, which will be in the fair-
way of the entrance, but it is difficult for a sailing vessel to pick up a
berth here with a strong breeze, as the space for anchorage is conlined.

C H A P 'J^ l-: U HI.

SAN JUAN (MIl)DLK) CHANNEL. — LOl'KZ SOUND. — (HtCAS. WE.S! AND

EAST CHANNELS.

tSan Juan (Middle) Channel is tlic (usurer of the tlirct' i)as.satre8 It-ad-
(1004) WASHINaTON— San Juan channel Salmon Bank bnoy
No. 1 changed in position.— <Jii ,Ju\w lo the fiist claN.s Ki)ar Imioj-
No. 1, marking Saluioii bank, south entrance to San Juan channel,
was moved Ij.'iOO feet to the southward of its former i)ositiou and
moored in 41 feet of water on the following bearings:
Cattle Point post light. N. 24° E. true (North map.).
Smith Island lighthouse, S. 42° E. true (SE. by E. | E. mag.).
Discovery Island lighthouse (Canadian), West true (.SW. by \V.
f W. mag. ). (N. M. 29, m».)

trends to tlie NW, lor 7 miles to its Junction with President {lJoii;(las;
Channel. The southern entrance lies between tiie .southeastern jtoint
of San .Inan and the southwestern point of Lopez l.siand; for 1/, miles
its ilirection is norlii, !Ui>l tiuj l)readth of the i>a8sage for this dis-
tance varies from if mile to 800 yards; abreast Goo.se Islau'l,oii the
western side, it does iiot exceed the latter breadth. When entering,
the danger to u« avoided on the western side is the Salmon I'.ank. ex-
teudiug southerly from San Jiuin, and on the easteru the Whale lU)cks,
always out of water. The tides in this entrance set from .3 to li knot.s
an hour, with eddies and confu.sed rips; when within the entrance
there is far less tide, an<l (iritlin Bay, ottering good anchorage, is ea.si!y
reached.

Salmon Bank extends 1.^ miles south from Cattle Point, the south-
eastern extreme of San .Juan Island; a bare i)oiiU about .")<» leet iiigh,
the .sloping termination of Mount Finlayson, and the least depth of
water fouud on it is 10 feet, with rocky patc^hes, marked in suniniep by
kelp; lUpths varying from 4 to fathoms extend lor a farther di.'^tance
of l mile in the same direction.

Whale Rocks, on the eastern side of the entrance, are two lilack
rocks, 200 yar<ls apart, and .! or 4 feet above iiigli water; a itatch, on
which kelp grows, with one fathom on it, extends 400 yards to the
southward of tiiem, otherwise they are steepto, but it is not reconi-
inended to i)a.ss them nearer than ( mile, as the tides set .slrongl,\ over
them.

Directions. — Entering San Juan Clianiiel from the westward orxturh-
ward, Cattle Point should be given a berth of at least I I miles. .Mount
Erie, a remarkable summit on Fidalgo Islainl 1,2.*)0 feet high, in line with

114

XANAIMO IIAKUOR — DIRKCTI0N8.

southward or eastward, but Middle Channel is certainly the safest and
most desiral)le for vessels from the noithward.

Directions. — llavin<;- entered the Strait ef Goorfjia, l)etween east
point of Saturna and Patos Island, a N. -45° W. course for 38 miles will
lead nearly 3 miles outside Gabriola Keefs, and abreast Entrance Island,
the latter beariufif H. *iH^ \V. distant.") miles. A vessel proccedin^itlirou^di
Fairway Channel, if northward of mitl-channel, must keep a lookout
for the kelp on Lifjht-honse Island Ledge ; when Li^'ht-houae Island bears
N. lilio W., steer S. -.5^ W., which leads for the entraiu'.e of Nanaimo
Harbor. Stiausers should be careful not m mistake Northumberland
Channel for it. Oil' 81iarp I'oint, a remarkable narrow projection on
the main, at the distance of 100 yards, is a rock whicli uncovers.

llavinf? passi'd lietweeii Linlit-house and (labriola Islands, then' i>i •••
good working space of 1A mil.... ;■• '-
east, and 2s
is too deej)
be approacl
Having bro
Island) to b(

A vessel
lows Point b . .„..-

way of the -^, ^»ui- il is muicult for a sailing vessel lo i)ick up a

berth here with a strong breeze, as the space for anchorage is conlined.

8t aud

n east
«8 will
islaiul,

>()k(>ut
I bears
iiaimo
I'liaiid
ion on

up a
lined.

Q H A P T E II r I I.

HAS JUAN (MIDDLK) CUANNEL. — LOl'KZ SOUND. — ORCA«, WEST AND

EAST CHANNELS.

San Juan (Middle) Channel is the center of tlie tiire<* passaj^es lead-
(iiit;ti()ui tlif Strait ol' Fnca into that cU' (/cornia, and is honnded by San
•hian Island on t lie wet-!, and tlie islands ol L'»jiez,Sliau-, and (treason the.
east. Alfhon<>!i a (b-ep navijjable whip ciianiiel, and tdi^'ible for steam-
,ers of the larjiest size, th '. southern entrance is somewhat eonlined, and
Hubjeet to strong tic'ie.s, w th a gtner,ii altsenee of steady winds; the
wide straits of Kosirio an I llaro, on either side of it, are therefore far
to be preferred for sailinff veHsels above the size of eoasters.
' The geiteral direction '•( the channel is north for .5 miles, when it
trends to the N\V. for 7 miles to its jiuu^tion with President (Dcni^ilas)
Channel. The southern entrance lies between the southeastern i)oint
of San .Iiiaii ami the southwestern point of Lo])ez Islainl ; for 1.'^ miles
its direeti(Mi is north, and the lireadth of the passa^^e for this dis-
tance varies from ?, mile to 800 yards; abreast Goose Lslat d, on the
western side, it does not exceed the <atter breadth. When entering,
the danger to be avoided on the west(»rn side is the Salmon P>ank, ex-
tending southerly from San Juan, and on the eastern the Whale liocks,
always out of water. The titb's in this entrai\ce set from .3 to ti knots
an hour, with eddies and confused rii)s; when within the entrance
there is far less tide, and (Iriftiu Bay, oS'eving good anchorage, is easily
reached.

Salmon Bank extends Ik miles south fnun Cattle I'oint, the south-
eastern extreme of San Juan Island ; a bare point about 50 feet high,
the sh)ping termination of .Mount Finlay.son, and the least dei>th of
water fouutl on it i- 10 feet, with nn-ky patches, marked in summer by
kelp; depths varying from 4 to lathoms extend for a farther distance
of j mile in the same direction.

Whale Rocks, <>n the eastern side of the entrance, are two black
rocks, L'OO yards apart, and .'> or 4 feet above high water ; a ]»atcli, on
which kelp grows, with one fathom on it, extends 400 yards to the
• 'I'thward of them, otherwise they are stee|i-to, but it is not recom-
mende<l to pass them nearer than \ mile, as the tides set stKUigly over

tlUMll.

Directions, — Kntoing San .Fuan Channel from the westward or south-
ward, Cattle I'oint should We given a berth of at least IJ nfiles. .Mount
Erie, arennirkalile summit on Fidalgo Islaml 1,2."»0 feet high, in lino with

lir.

116

SAN JUAN CHANNI-:L.

Jemiis Point beiiring N. 82^ E., loiuls 1 j iiiiU's soutli of Salmon Bank
in 13 tatbonis ; wlu-n tlie <Miti'aiict' to tliecliannei is open, bearing north,
or when Goose Island, a small islet on the western side of the entrance,
is in line with Orcas nob, bearing X, o^ VV., a vessel will be well to
the eastward of the bank, and may steer in for the i)assage.

The bottom in the channel is roeUy ami irregular, (tausing overfalls
ami eddies wliicli are ai)t to turn a ship olT her eonrse ; but there are
no positive dangers after passing the Salmon Haidi ; between this bank
and Cattle I'oint there is a passage carrying .'3.V fathoms, ;\ mile in
breadth ; ."i fathoms will \hi found within lidO yards of the point. The
westernmost Whale Kock, si-en in the eentei' of the channel between
Charles Island and the north side of Maekaye Harbor, leads through
the mi(hlie of this narrow channel. whi('h, h()W(^\-er, is not recom-
mended.

Griffin Bay is an extensive indi-ntation on the eastern side of San
Juan. There is l)ut a limited pi.'tion of the bay available for aiu'hor-
age, and this is in the southern angle, immediately off the remarkable
prairie land between two forests of pine trees.

With winds from nortli or >'E. the bay is considerably exposed, and
landing is ditlicnlt in consequence of the long flat which extends oft
the beach. Tiiese winds, however, are not of fre(inent occurrence.

Half-tide Rock, just awash at high water, lies 1;^ miles N. 04^ W,
of Ifarbor Iiock. There is another rock which covers at oi.e-quarter
flood, lying itOO yards S. ITc- K. of Half-tide Itock.

Directions. — Filntering by the southern i)assage. Harbor Rociv on the
western side, nearly one mile within Goo.se Island, may be passed at '-'00
yards, keeping outside the kelp, which extenda some distance oft" it.

Anchorage. — The best anchorage is in 9 fathoms, mud bottom, with
the southernmost of the white cliffs on Lopez Ishmd kept well open of
Harbor Kock, bearing S. 84^ E., aiul the black, rocky extreme of Low
Point just o|ien mirth ward of Half-tide liock, bearing N. 45<^ W. From
this position the water shoals rapidly towards the shore, and strangers
should drop an anchor directly 12 fathoms is obtained.

North Bay, immediately under Park Hill, allbrds good anchorage in
from 4 to 10 fathoms, mud bottom, with all winds but those from SE.
The bottom here is more regular than in Grillin Hay, and it is a
snugger anchorage, though less convenient, being ii miles from the set-
tlement.

Anchorage. — Anchor in from to 9 fathotns, mud bottom, witn iii<
east ])oint of Dinm-i- Island bearing S. o K.. distant SOO yards.

Tides. — The, greatest rise and fall at i lie southern entrance of San
.luan Channel at full and chanjjie is ll' feet ; but little stream is felt at
the anchorages. ^Vith the Hood an eddy, of aboiit one knot an hour,
Lsets to the southward in (iritlin Hay, ami with the ebb in the opposite
(lireMiou.

TURN ISLAND — KOCKY HAY.

117

Turn Island. — Its easttMii point, a clilly hliiiy, makes as tlie extreme
of the peiiinsiihi wliieli forms the north side of (rritiin Bay. The island
should be passed at a distance of over .i mile, particularly ^'oinj,' north-
ward with the flood ; tlie're is a channel for boats or small craft between
it and the peninsula.

Turn Rock lies nearly \ milo N. G8° E. of the island, and covers at
hi^ii water. The tide sets with sreat strcn^ith over this ro{;k, and ves-
sels passing; up or down the channel should give it a jrood b'.'rth.

Friday Harbor is on the north side of the peniiisuhi, immediately
opposite to North Hay ; it is rather confined, but offers pood ancliorage,
and is easily accessible to steamers or small vessels. Brown Island '.ies
in the entrance, and tliere is a passaj;e on either side of it ; that to tlie
eastward is narrow, less than 200 yards in width, but with a depth of
14 fathoms. Vessels entering? by this piissaf^e may find anchorajje in the
bif^ht immediately south of it, and distaMtfiom tlieisland | mile. Tiiere
is a clear channel throuf^h, inside the island, of more tlian 200 yards in
wiilth, and a deptii of (» or 7 fathoms.

. The passaf^e in, westward of Brown island, is the widest, beins (iOO
viiids across. In the center of the entrance there is a rocky patcli, with
a di'|)tii of ;3.] fathoms at low wnter. To avoid it keep li(M) yanl.s oil the
iSan .Iiian Island shore.

Anchorage. — Anchor in (athoms, mud Ixittom, with tlif piissa^i'
bcrwccii the islaml and main open.

Reid Rock. — After roun<linti Turn Island, San Juan < liannel trends
to tlie iioriliwestward. and Kiid luxk, the least water on which is 12
fete, lies rij-ht in tlu^'fairway ; it is surroundetl by thick kelp, whi(!h,
however, is sometimes run undci by the tid»-. The rock bes 1 ,',, miles
N. ■15'^ W. of the north poini of Turn Island. Tin- iassajje on the north
side of tlie ro(!k is recommended lor vessels bound up or down San
Juan ("hannel, as, haviiij; to jiive the Turn Rtjck a ^ood berth, it is the
more diiect one.

After passiiiK Ueid U«x'k there are tK» «lanfjers which are not visible.
From Caution I'oint, one mile above the rock, on the western side, the
channel {gradually increases in breadth, and varies but little from a
NNV. direction, tb«? de|)th of water increasing.' to 00 and 70 fathoms.

Wasp Islands are mi the eastern side ol the channel. Between and
among tliem are several passajjjes leadin-; between Shaw jmd Orcas
Islands, and communicatinj:^ with the magnilicent harbor.*^ and sounds
wliK-h deeply indent the southern coasts of Oi<'as.

Rocky Bay. ori the westerti side of San Juan Cliiinnel, 4 miles from
CanruHi I'oint, d-^rs not affonl much shelter, and vessels are not recom-
mended to nsi' it unlfss in ease of necessity. The small inland, O'Neal,
lies in the c»*»it«'r of it. There is a depth of 14 fathoms between the
island ami >aii hian, but the bottom is rocky. A reef of rocks, on
which tl»4> sta generall.v breaks, exteuils iiOO yanls off the San Juan
shore, iiettring S. 59'^ W. of O'Neal Island.

118

SAN J IAN CHANNKL.

Jones Island lies in tin- iiorllicni iMitriiiu^o of tlic San Juiiii Clianncl,
iieaily A iiiik' iVoiii Orcas Island, ln'iiis -separateil from clie latter by
Spriny: Passaj^e. Tlie island is less than one mile in extent, mostly
wooilcd, but its wi'stern ])oints are bare and fjrfissy.

Spriiij Passage is a safe deojiwater elianiiel, and saves some dis-
tance to a steamer passing uj) or tlown San Juan Channel, by tlie Presi-
dent Channel.

Some ro(;ky iialclies extend li(K) yards oil' the eastern side of Jones
Island, and a rock which covers at "J, feet Hood lies the same distance
north of a snmll cove on the northeastern side of the island; a rocky
patch, with 5 fathoms water on it, lies 400 yards ott the west side of
Orcas IsIiMid ; therefore it is desirable to pass through in mid-channel.

Caution. — I'assinj;- up or down San Juan Ohannel, the NE. ei'd of
San ,hian shonhl be avoided, as the tides are stronji', and a sailinj;' :es-
sel is apt to l)e di'awn into the stronjj tide-rips and overfal'-^ in the
eastern entrance of Si)ieden Channel.

Flattop Island, in the northern entrance of San Juan Channel, is i^
mile in length, wooded, and about 100 feet high. At 400 yards oil its
western side is a rock 25 feet al>ove high water. Between it and the
island is a deep ])assage.

President (Dough's) Channel may be said to be the continuation of
San Juan Channel, and leads into llaro Strait, i)etween ()rc<\s and W'al-
(Iron Islands. There are other passages leading into the llaro Strait, viz,
westward of Flattop Island, between it ami Spieden and Stuart Islands;
and eastward of Flattop, between it and Waldron island. In the former,
the confused tides and eddies are liable to entangle sailing vessels
among Si)ieden and the neighboring gionps of small islands and rocks;
in the laltei, the Wiiite liock with its olf-lying dangers oilers serious
im|)ediments to the safe navigation of the same class of vessels.

The narrowest part of the chaniml isl:\ miles between Waldron and
Orcas Islands; the depth varies from 00 lo 108 fathoms, and Itotli shores
are free from danger. If necessary, vessels will find a temporary an-
chorage in I'J fatiM)ms water, in the bay, about 800 yards southwaitl of
the Doughty Point (15111 of Orcas).

Directions. — The channel westward of Flattop Island is less than
one mile in l)rea(lth at its narrowest part. Oreen i'oint of Spieden
Island is steep-to; a tide-rip is generally met with oil it. Aiter passing
Flattop Island the channel course is N. 11^ W. untd Skipjack Island
opens of Sandy Point (Waldron Island), bearing N. 37^ F., when a course
may be shai)ed either up or down llaro Strait ; with the ebb, be careful
not to get set into the (ihannel between Si)ieden and Stuart Islainls.

The channel eastward of Flattop Island, between it and White Hock,
is about the same breadth as the one Just described, but Danger Kock,
with 5 feet water on it, which lies \ mile S. 38^^ E., of the center of
White Rock, must be carefully avoided.

After passing Flattop Island, keep its eastern side Just touching the

PRESIDENT CHAXN'EI. DIRECTIONS PATOS ISLAND.

I 'J

-»ve.steiii point of Jones Island, Itoaring S. 24^ E., and it will lead nearly
'J mile westwaid of Danger I'oek ; wlien Skii)Jaek Island oj)ens out
northward of Handy Toint, bearing N. 37^ E., all tlie dangers are
cleared.

If passing between Wliite liock and Disney Toint, tln^ latter should
be ke|)t well aboard if the ebb is running, or a vessel is liable to be set
on the rock. The west blutf of Snoia should b;, no means be aliut in by
the southern part of AValdron Island until Moirireli Head is well shut in
with Sandy Point, the latter itearing X. 17^ VV. ; steer through with
these marks on, and when Wiiite Koek is in lino with the west si<le of
Flattop Islaiul, bearing S. -'0^ \V., u vessel will be clear of all dangers,
atid may steer either up or down Ilaro Htrait. giving Sandy Point a
berth of .\ mik'.

Tides. — Sailing vessels working through President Channel should
beware of getting too (rlose over on the Waldron Island shore, near
Di.suey Point, as with calm or light winds they would run the risk of
being set by the el)b onto Danger Uoek, on wliieli tiie ki'lp is seldom
seen. Hoth Hood and e-M) set fairly tlirough San Juan and Presilent
CliaiiU) Is, at tiie rate ii*t 2 to ii knots.

Tln' ebb tide, coming down l>etw«HM« East Point and I'atos Island,
strikes the north ]ioint of Waldron Island, ami one part of it, together
with the stream between I'atos and Sncia Islands, passes down Presi-
dent and San Juan Cbannel!-'. The other part sets between the Skip-
jack ami Waldron Islands; thence soi.tlierly through the groujis in the
neighborhood of Stuart Islatid into Ilaro Strait, as well as down San
Juan (Jhannel. The ebl» stream continues to run down through the
whole of the jiassages in the archipelago, for 2 j hours after it is low
Witter by tin- shore, and tin* watei- has begun to lise.

Skipjack and Peaguiu Islands are small islands lying (^lo.se otf the
north side of Widdron Island: the former is considerably the larger,
and is wooded: the larter is small, grassy, ami hare ot trees. A reef
which c,o\ ers. mul is marked by kelp, lies betwtvn the two, but between
this reef iw»*l Skipia,(!k Lsland thnre is a narrow passage of 8 fathoms.
The tiib's. iiowever, set stwngh betwt«en the t>ill.ands, and the i)assage
IS not recommended; neither, tor ''tv same n?tts»>n, is tliv passage be-
tween them and Waldp»*« Islaiid.

Patos Island lies east of Stknuma Island, the passage between them
being the widesi.and at pref»ent most fre(piented, though it is iH)t always
the best channel from Ilani »r San Juan Channels into the Strait of
Cieorgia. Patos is U miles hmg in an east and west dire<'tion, nairow,
wt'dge-shaped. sloping towards its western end, ami ctovercd with trees.
Active Cove ;it Its western end is forme<i by a small islet connected at
low wiiter, ami attbrds anchorage for one (u- two small vessels in 'J fath-
oms, but a strong tide-rip at the point renders it dillicult for a sailing
-vessel to enter.

The jia.ssago into the Strait of Georgia between Patos aiul Sucia

120

SAN .JUAN CHANNEL.

IsliUids, altlioiiKli narrower than the one just mentioned, i.s to be pre-
ferred, esiK'ciall.v fur ves.sel.s passing;' throngh San Juan Channel, or for
sailin"- vessels with a NW. wind. The tides are not .so strong, more
rejfular, and .set more fairly throuf^h; the passage is almost free from
tide rips.

Directions. — If intending to take the passage between Patos and
Sueia Islands, either up or down, an excellent mark for clearing the
Plumper and Clements Keefs (dangerous i)at('.lies lying southward and
northward from Sucia) is to keep the remarkable round summitof Stuart
Jslainl just open westward of Skijyack Island, bearing 8. (W^ W. ; this
leads well clear of both the reefs, and the same marks would lead across
Aldeii l^ank in .") fathoms water.

If taking the passage from the San Juan or President Channels, keep
the white-laced clitVs of Koberts Point well open westward of Patos Isl-
and, the clitfs bearing N. 'P \\'., until the marks before described are
on, when steer through the passage. If the ebb stream is running, it is
better to keep the Patos Island shore aboard ; H! fathoms water will be
fouiiil on the Sucia shore, but it is not recomm(Mided to anchor unless
positively necessary.

Standingtothe northeastward, when the northern end of Clark Island
ia oi)en of the east end of Matia, the ibrmer bearing 8. 15^ M, a vessel
will 1)e eastward of Clements Keef.

Sucia I&lBnd is of a horseshoe shape, rennirkably indented on its
eastern side by bays and inlets; the largest of these, Sucia Harbor,
affords fair anchorage. The island is from liOO to .'500 feet high, thickly
covered with pines, and its western side a series of steep wooded bbil'i.

Plumper Reef, with !(► feet water on it, lies I'i miles north of the
Doughty Point, and nearly '2 miles S. IL"^ W. of the east point of Patos
Island. There is a deep passage between Phimper Reef and Sucia
Island, but it is not recommended.

Clements Reef, on which there is a ilepth ot !) feet, lies 1.^ miles
i^. 05° E. of Lawsou liluff, and 2 miles S. 78o E. of the east end of
Patos. Some rocky patches covering at high water, and marked by
kelp, lie between Clements Reef and Ewing Island, and it is not safe to
pass between them. There is a deep channel of nu)re than one mile ia
breadth between Sucia and Matia.

Directions. — Etitering Sucia Harbor from the northward, steer for it
with the N\V. jmint of Clark Island in line with Pulliu Islet, about
S. 40"^ E., which leads between Alden Bank and Clements Reef; when
the SE. end of Ewing Island bears S. 57° \V., alter course to about
S. 230 \Y_ (Jive the point of the island a berth ot at least 600 yards to
avoid some rocky iiatches which extend 400 yards southeastward of it.
When the harbor is well open steer up the center j^J. 73^ W. ; it is bet-
ter to keep the southern or Wall Island 8hor(> rather aboard, as it is
quite steep, and there are some reefs extending L'OO yjirds off the north
shore. Wheu the west point of Ewing is just shut in by the east poiut

SUCIA HARBOR DIRECTIONS — LOPKZ ISLANDS.

121

of Siicia bearing N. 57° H., aiiclior in the center in 7 or 8 til lioins, nnul

(li

iili

de.sirablt

thf

bottom.

harbor is small tor a larjje ve.s.sel ; it atVonKs j,m)0(1 .shelter from westerly
winds; with those from SE. some swell sets in bnt never isurtieient t»
render the anchoni^'e nnsafe.

Ifeuteriny from President Channel, keep Doughty I'oint just touch-
ing the .south blutl'of Waldron Island, bearing S. 00^ \V.; iliis lends well
.southward of I'arUer Keef. The .SE. points of Sucia may be passed at
200 yards; they are a .series of iiairow islands the sides of which aie
as steep as a wall, with narrow deep passages between them ; steer in,
keeping the northernmost of these islands aboard, to av(>!d the nets on
the north side of the harbor. For a s'eaimr it is recommended to pass
in between the north and middle Wall Islands, as it gives more room to
pick up a berth ; this passage, tliongli less than L!ilO yards wide, has 12
and If) fathoms water in it, and the wall-like sides of the islamls are
steep-to.

If bound to .Sucia Harbor from liosario iStrait, pass on either side of
Barnes, Clark, and Miitia Islands as convenient; if nnithwaid of the
latter, as soon as the harbor is open steer for it, Ueciting tiie sontlieru
side auoard as before directed, or passing between noitli .mhI .iiiddie
Wall Islands; if south ward of !\Iatia Island, then do not stiind so far to
the westward as to shut in the north part of .Sinclair Island with Law-
rence Point, in order to avoid Parker Iteef.

Parker Reef is of considerable e.vtenr, lying in the passage l>et wcen
8ncia and Ureas Islands; at low water it uncovers \ mile of rock and
sand, but its eastern end always shows its rocky summit, which i-< just
awash at high water. It lies '2.\ miles N. 77^ E. of Doughty Point (t)r-
cas Bill), and l\ miles S. 17'^ W. of the east point of Su(!ia. There is
a i)a.ssage on both sides of the reef; the one to the southward is .^ mile
wide, with a depth of from (5 to 8 fathoms, but it is in>t recommended
as the points of Orcas Island at this part run oil shoal. If the northeru
pa.s.sage is used, the nort!. i)art of Skipjack Island kept in line with the
south extreme of Pender Island bearing west, lea<ls well clear of Parker
Reef. A part of the ebb stream setting down between Sucia and Matia
Lslands runs to the westward strongly over Parker llet't', and through
the channels on both sides of it ; ilie Hood .sets in the contrary direction.

A patch of .3 fathoms lies at the distance of \ mile west of Parker
lieef, with depths of from 4 to 5 fathoms extending for j\ nnle from its
western side.

Matia Island, a little more than one mile eastward of Sucia, is about
one mUe in extent, east and wt st, and has no dangers oil' it; on its south-
ern side are several boat coves. CIo.se oft" its eastern extreme is Puffin
Islet, oft' which a Hat rock extends for 300 yards.

Lopez Island, on the eastern side of San Juan Channel, is thickly
wooded, but dift'ers from all the other islands of the archipelago in
being much lower and alniost flat, except at its northeru and soutiicrii

122

SAN .II'AN CIIANNKL,,

extreiiius, wlieii^ eluviitinns (»('(!iir of a few ImiMlicd loct. Its soiitliern
si(k' is mncli iiuleiittMl l>.v luiys and vTceks wliicli ciiii not bo reckoned as
aiu'lioiiif'i's ; uii its wostLTii sidt', ill San tJiiaii Clianncl, is a creek ter-
niinatiiifj in an extensive lagoon, tiie tonner oHering "freat facilities for
l)ea(;liiiif,' and repairing' sliips. On tiie nortiiern shore is Siioal Hay,
atfoidinj;' aiicliorajfe; and on tiie east is tlie spacious and excellent
Sound of Lope/.

Mackaye Harbor, on tlie soutli coast of Lojiez Island, is entered
bet\v»'eii l(!el»ery- (Jennis) I'oint on tlie soiitli and Loiiji' and Charles
Islands on the north; from the latter it takes an easterly direction for one
mile, an<l then trends to the SDiithward for a short distance, terminating;'
in a low, sandy beach. In tlic entrance there are depths of from 8 to 12
fathoms, muddy bottom, but with the prevailing: southwesterly winds
the aii(!liora;ie is a j^ood deal exposed. Iceber;; I'oiiit should be pas.sed
at about tl(K» yards; the aiicliorajic is about l.\ miles from it.

Directions. — With southwesterly winds the coast ami islaniks on the
eastern side of the San .luan Channel entrance, between Whale Kocks
and Iceberj;' Point, should be avoided, as then a considerable sea sets
in; a. id when iiassinj;' the (toast Itetween Iceber;; I'oiiit and NVatmouj^h
Head (Cape Colville), it is desirable to keejt one mile offshore, as some
stiajif^liiifi rocks exist, which will be treated of under the head of llo-
sario Strait.

Shark Reef, immediately within San diiaii Channel, and .V mile
nouliward of While ClilV, consists of two rocks awasli at low water,
extcndiiii; a little over lidO yards oll'shore. There are no dangers on the
coast of the island for li miles north of this reef, but hwjH' ves.sels work-
in^ up should not ap])roacli nearer than j mile.

Careen Creek is on the west side of Lope/ Island. The western
entiaiiiie i)oint is a low sandy spit, close around which there are 3 fath-
oms water, and on it a vessel mij,dit, in perfect shelter, be tieached and
reiiaired with iiiiich facility; the creek terminates in a lar^esalt layoon.

Upright Channel is a deep, steep passaj;e, leadiii};- from San Juan
Channel to the Sounds of Orcas and Lope/, and by several passages
into Rosario Strait. The narrowest itart of the entrance is between
Flat Point and Canoe Island, and here for a short distance it is scarcely
400 yards in breadth.

Flat Point is a low alinifile or sandy ])oint, with gra.ss and small
bushes on it; it is sieepto, and may be passed at less than L'OO yards.

Canoe Island, — The shore of ('anoe Island is fringed by kelp, close
outside, of whicii a vessel may pass ; a rock marked by kelp lies 200
yards S. 2,3^ W. of its south point. The tides in Upright Channel are
seldom over 3 knots, and the channel in all resjiecta is safe.

Anchorage may lie had in (i or 7 fathoms in Indian Cove, northwest-
■ward of Canoe Island, with Flat Point in line with the south point of
Canoe Island; the only precaution necessary is to avoid the kelp oft'
the south point of the island.

NIIOAL IIAV — KNTKANCi: HAV.

Shoal Bay fxtiMidw in a soiitlicily tliit'cititui (or oin- mile t(t itslicatl,
\vliit!li is st'piiriiltMl i'vum Fal.-'e I>a.v, in liopcz S.iumi, bv a low iii-ek (tf
liiiiil. Alllioiijili apiiaiviitly a coiisideiablc slu'ct of wator, tlit; aiiolior-
a};ti lor lar;j;e vi'sscls is imicli liiiiiteil l»y a slioal \vlii(!li extends inoiu
tliau half way across IVoiii just witiiiii ('i)ri;;lit I'oiiit to tlii' licad of tlie
bay, leaviiifj the jfrcatcr lialf on tlif western nidn, with no nioro than
from .; to .'i fathoms at low water.

Anchorage. — The best aiichoraj,'e for hiijie vessels is in S fathoms,
with Uiiri^ht I'oint in line wiih the east point of Shaw Island bearinj; N,
')\P W. and the east point of Shoal I Jay S, ;j.'V-' K.; liOt) yards inside this
[losition thei'e are 1 fat horns ; t he holdin;"' i;riinnd is ;;()od. Vessels desir-
inj; to proceed up tin^ bay after roundin;;- L'pri;;hl I'oint, whiidi may be
passed close to, must steer tor the east point of the bay, until within
-(HI yards of it. and then l<eep aluny i lie eastern clill'y slioic at the same
distance, when not Ic^s liian •> f.ithoins will he found until within ] mile
from the head, where there is anehoran'e in t fathoms; the spaee bo-
tween the eastern side of the shoal and the <':isteru siiiu'e of the bay ia
nearly lOll yards.

Lopez Sound extends m a southerl\' directinn ne,nl,\ the whole
lenj;th of the Island, its head reachin;;- within A mile of the waters of
Fnca Strait. The a^'eraj;e breadth of the sound is nearly l.l miles, and
thei'e is a »!onvenient depth of water for auchiMaj;('. in almost every part
ot it.

Middle Bank, on which there are not less than .■Jfaliiouis allow
water, is tli" oidy iin|)ediment between I'^rost and Houston Islands. It
is A mile iu extent north and soui h, Kill yards east and west, and lies
almost III the centi-r of the soiim'., its north end beinu ', mile south of
the south end of I'^rost Island. IJeiween l''rost Island and iliebank thert^
are trom '.I to 1 1 tatiioms, and i)el\.'een the south end ol iliebank and
tli<' west shine of Dei-atiir Island there is a channel ;\ mile wide, with a
de|)th of from (! to lib falli<iius; close oil' this part of Decatur Island is
a ledge of rocks always awash at hiy;li water. Itetween .Middle Bank
and Houston Island there is anchoiai^c in any jiart of thesmind in fi'oiii
5 to 7 fathoms, mud liottom.

Abreast Lopez (Maury) I'ass the water deejieus to l.'J and lo fathoms,
and this depth is carried for H miles, or as far as Crown Islet, a small
steep rocky islet on the eastern side, within (me mile of the head of the
eouTiil.

Tides. — There is but little stream of tide felt in Ijoi)ez Sound, unless
in the immediate neifjhborhood of the narrow passages from Hosario
Strait.

Entrance Shoal, with' 2 fathoms water on it, and marked by kelp>
lies U miles eastward of Upright I'oint, and A mile from the shore ot
lilakely Island ; there is deep water on either side of it.

False Bay, on the western side of the sound, is separated from Shoal
Bay by a low narrow neck, the cliffy extreme of the peninsula being

^>.

..>^. w

IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)

1.0

I.I

\^ |28 |2.5

■^ m |2.2

:: ■:£

1.8

11.25 ■ 1.4 i 1.6

Pboiographic

Sciences
Corporation

23 WEST MAIN STREET

WEBSTER, N.Y. 14S80

(716) 872-4503

f ... w

124

SAN JUAN CHANNEL.

Separation Point. A Hlioal, on which there is a «leptli of li fathoms^
extends from tlie center of False Bay and (ionnects with tlie small island
of Arbutns, lying in itsentrauce, and it renders the bay unlit for anchor-
age, except for small vessels. Vessels may anchor in 8 fathoms south-
ward of Arbutus, between it and Frost Island.

Half-Tide Rock, .covering at half flood, and not marked by kelp, is
in the track of vessels entering. It lies 800 yards northward of Arbutus
Island. It is better to pass eastward of it; when it is not visible the
point of Upriglit Uill kept just open of !Se|)arati()n I'oint, bearing N.
53° W. until tlie(;lay clitf of Gravel Spit is in line with the east point
of Arbutus Island, bearing S. 12^ W., will lead clear of it.

Frost Island, ^ mile long north and south, lies close otf (iravel Spit
on the western side of the sound ; it is wooded, and its western side a
steep clilf, between which and tlie s[)it end i here is a narrow channel
with a depth of 5 fathoms.

Black and Crown Islets. — The Black Islets are a ridge of steep,
rocky islets, lying witiiiu and across the entrance of Loi»ez (Maury)
Pass; at 400 yards S. 31° W. of the southernmost of lhe.se islets is a rock
which covers at (piarter flood. Tliere is a passage of .S and 9 fathoms
on either side of Crown Islet, and aiuihorage above it in 5 or (i fathoms^
but vessels should not procee<l far above, as at a distance of ,\ mile it
shoals to one and li fathoms, and dries lor a considerable distance from
the head of the sound ; there is also good anciiorage in a fathoms m the
biglit westwanl of Crown Islet.

Passing up the souinl between Crown Islet and the western shore a
rocky ])atch of 2 fathoms must be avoided ; it lies \ mile N. o.'P W. of
Crown Islet, and 800 yards from the western shore of the sound ; there
are 12 fathoms close to it, and deep water in the passage on either side
of it.

Lopez (Maury) Pass is the southernmost entrance to the sound
from Itosario Strait. It is scarcely 400 yards wide at the entrance,
with a depth of 12 fathoms; the Bhuik Islets lie across the western en-
trance, ami it is necessary to keep to the southward, between thein
and Lopez.

Thatcher Pass, between Blakely and Decatur Inlands, is the widest
and most convenient passage into Lopez Sound from Kosario Strait; it
is IJ miles in length, and its mirrowest part 800 yards wide, with a gen-
eral depth of from 20 to 25 fathoms.

The tides in Thatcher Pass run from 2 to 4 knots.

Lawson Rock, lying almost in the c'>nter of the eastern entrance,.
is the only danger, and covers at 2 feet flood. It lies 800 yards N. 11°
W. of Fauntleroy Point, the southeastern entrance point. There is a
good j)assage on either side of the rock, but that to the southward is
the best.

Directions. — Entering Thatcher ))ass from the southward, if the flood
is running, the south shore should be kept pretty close aboard, as until
well within the passage it sets up towards Lawson Rock.

OnSTRirCTION PASSKS — SIIAW ISLAND.

125

Wbeii the passage between Decatur and James Islands is sliiit in by
Fauntleroy Point, a vessel will be shut westward or inside tlie rock.

Vessels cnteriii},' by Tliatclier I'ass, and drawiu}; over 18 led, to
avoid the MiiUlie Hank, keep tiie soiitlurn shore aboard within 4()U
yards. White Hock in line with the south point oflilakely Island leads
over the tail oftiic shoal in -d feet.

The tlood tide sets IVoin IJosai io Strait throujjh Tliatcher Pass both
up and down the sound : a slight stream ol' Hood also enters t;;e sound
fV<un tile nortliward.

Obstruction Passes. — Olistrucition Island lies in the center of the
<!haiiiU'I, between IMnkely and Orcas Islands and the jtasses <mi eitlier
side of it are safe. The.se pas.ses are more adapted to steam than sail-
ing vessels, altlioiifih there would b" nodilliculty with a leadiu}; wind
and fair tides. 8mail vessels would lind no dillieulty if the tides were
|)roperly taken advant!i<::e ot.

North Obstruction Pass IS about Ij miles loiiff, and its averajre
breadth 4(10 yards; tliereare no dangers which are not visible. In conse-
ijiieneo of the bend in this channel it has more the appearance of a deep
bay when seen from either i utrance. The eastern end of ()i)strnctiou
Island shonid not be ap|)roached lu^arer tlian 'J(M) yaids, as shelving;
rocks exleml a short distance otl" it ; the best course for a .steamer is to
keep in mill-channel. The eastern entrance bears west from Cypress
Cone, a remarkable l»are peak on the north end of Cy|)resa island.

South Obstruction Pass, though narrower than the North, is per-
haps the iu'tter chaniu'l of the two, as it is not more than ^ mile in
Jeiiytli, ami is perfectly straight in a EXE. and WSW. direction. Its
narrowest part is not much more than 200 yards wide; the deitth of
water much tlie same as in the northern pa.ss. On the south side of
the eistern entrance two rocks extend otf' Hlakely Islaiul, the inner
being always above hi;;h water; the outer, a long black rock, is nearly
!^ mile offshore, and is just awash at hi<;h water.

Kutering from Uosario Strait t!ie pass should bo brought well open,
bearin^i S. (18° \V. behue approacliinv: it nearer than A mde ; in like man-
ner when passing into Hosario Strait, if the lilack Rock is not seen, a
N. 08° E. course should be maiidaiued until at that distance from the
eastern entrance. When the west |)oint of Harrows island opens out
eastward of the east i)oint of Hlakely Islaiul, bearing 8. 22° E., a ves-
sel will be .\ mile eastward of any dangers. The southei ;; side of the jiass
api»ears like a round wooded island, in consequence of the land falling
abruptly beinnd it, where tliereare two lagoons.

Tides. — Tlie Hood tide in botli passes .sets to the westward from
Uosario .Strait, and the ebb to the eastward ; the latter runs for nearly
two hours after it is low water by the shore ; the strength varies from 2
to r» knots.

Shavr Island is mncli of the same character as Lopez, tlifuigii con-
siderably smaller. It is the continuation of the eastern side of the San
.luan Channel, and between it and Orcas Island lie the Wasp group.

12G

8AN JUAN CHAXNKL.

Wasp Islands and Passages.— Tlie Wasp Islands are five in ninn-
bt'r. Ix'sidos some sninller islets and rocks.

Yellow Island, tiie wostcrnmost oftlie group, is rather remarkable
from its color, grassy and nearly bare of trees, the remainder of the
group being wooded; from its westend a sandy si)it extends 200 yards,
liiuing at its extreme a rock wliicii dries at low water, and around
which Uelp grows.

Brown and Reef Islands lie northward of Yellow Island; oft" the
West side of the latter a reef extends for more than 200 yards, and sev-
eral rocks, snrromiihMl by kelp, extend over 2(K( yards otf tlie west side
of Brown Isiniid. Wasp Passage leads through this group to Orcas
Sound and Kosario Strait. With the assistance of the chart steamers
will lind but little ditliculty in j)assing through it, though the passage
by L'i»riglit Channel is to be prelerred.

Crane Island, on the northern side of Wasp I'assage, is wooded and
niucli larger than either of the Wasp group. A rocky nn'f extends for
^ mile from tlie N f'i. point of tiie isl ind in a north wtvsleily direction.

Knob Islet is a remarkable round islet, 50 feet high, with two or three
bushes on its summit ; it lies just westward of Cliff Island.

Directions. — Passing between Urown am Iteet Islands, where the
channel is nearly \ nule wide, with a depth of !) fathoms (a depth of -I
fathoms surrounded by kelp, lying lietween lleef and IJrown Islands,
has l)een reported). Bird Hock (awash at higii water) may be pas.sed on
either side; the widest passage is to the eastward of it, between it hihI
Crane Island, where the channel is { mde across, and has a depth of
15 fathoms. The passage northward of Crane Island is so narrow that
it a[)i)eafs Joined to Orcas. After passing Bird liock steer to the south-
ward ot Crane Island, between it and Clitf Islainl, and thence between
Crain; Island and the north end of Shaw l.vland.

Imu' ii mile the channel is of a good breadth, with no dangers until
ajjproaching the east end of Ciane Island, when it narrows to little
more than 200 yards. The .steep cliffy shore of Shaw Island must now
be kei)t aboard to avoid the Passaj;o Rock, which lies 'M)0 yards east-
ward of Pas-sage Islaml. Knob Islet, just touching the north end of
Cliff Island, and just open southward of the south side of ('raiie Island,
leads 200 yards south of Passage Kock, which is covered at 2 feet rise.

When Orcas Knob is just over the narrow jiassage between Double
Islands and the west .shore of West Sound, bearing N. 8"^ W., vessels are
e.istward of Passage Kock, and may steer iii) West Sound or eastward
for Kast Sound or Kosario Strait. Passing out of West Sound the
same marks are equally good; steer down just westward of Broken
Point (a rennirkable ditty peninsula on the north side of Shaw Island)
until tlie ishunls above riu'ntioned touch, when steer for them, giving
tin' south side of Crane Island a moderate berth, and passing out of
A\'asp Channel as before diretited for entering it.

If desired, a vessel maypass into Wasp Channel to the soutl'wardof

NORTH PASSAGK— ORCAS ISLAND.

127

Yellow I«liiii<l, between it and Low iHlaiid (a small islet), tlieiice iiortli-
ward of Knob Islaiul, as before directed, between Crane and Cliff isl-
ands.

Tiierc is anotlier passajje into Wasp Channel southward of Clitf
Island, between it and Xeck IViint, the remarkable western extreme of
aiiaw Ishiiid. The i)readth between tliem is a little over I'OO yards, l)nt
there is a )>at(:ii of I tatlioms, with iveip on it, in the (H-iiter of the pas-
sajte. If takiiijr i is channel tiiere is a re«^t lyiiin rt. (J2^ \V., aiii! ex-
tendiiiff more liiaii \ \mUi from the S\V. iMid of Cliff Islaml ; tiiis reef
is sometimes covered, and is tlie only dan^'er known that is not visible.

These two latter passa<i;es are the shortest into the \Vas|> Channel for
vessels frotn the soiithwiiril. The eye will be liiiiiid thf iiesf ^(iidi> ; a
}jood lookout is netH'ssary and to steameis there are no dilliiMilties. To
the northward of Crane Island, between* it ami Orcas, there is a narrow
elianiu'I, but thou<i:h deep it is only tit for boats.

Tides. — 'I'he Hood tide sets to tin- west in riic eastern eutiance of
Wasp Channel, i)nt in the western entrance the liood from San Jnati
Channel partially sets to the eastward and (lanses some rips anion;;' the
islands, which may be mistaken for shoal water.

Nortli Passage. — This clear deep cliannel leadinj;' to Deer Harbor,
the westernin(»st port in Orcas Island, lies between Steep I'oint and
Keef Island. It is nearly \ mile wide and 20 fathoms deep, and the
oidy danj;er to avoid is the reef o(f the western side of lleef islaml.
To enter Deer Harbor: After passinjj Jones Islaiul keep Steep Point
ami the shore of Orcas aboard within .'{(>(> yards, until past Keef Island,
when haul up to the northward and anchor as coiiveuieiit.

Orcas Island is the most extensive of the {jroiip known as the Haro
Archipelago, and contains the tinest harbors. It is mouutainous and
in most parts thickly wooded. Its .southern side issiniirularly indented
by deep sound.s, which in some placrs almost divide the island. On the
eastern side of the island .Mount Constitution arises to an elevation of
2,420 feet, wooded to its summit ; on the west side is the Turtle Back,
a long wooiled ranjje 1,(J00 feet hij{h, and west of it, risinj,' immediately
over the sea, is the singular bare top cone known as Orcas Knob.

On the western and northern sides there is no convenient aiichoratre.
A vessel inijrht drop an anchor, if necessary, southwanl of Douirhty
Point, where 12 fathoms water will be found within 200 yanls of tli'^
shore; a small ves.sel might al.so unciior in 1.^ fathoms, just insitle a.
small islet in the bay g mile southward of Doughty Point.

The northern coast is steep and precii)itous, except between Doughty
Point and Thompson Point, a distance of 2A miles; here occurs the low
laiul at the head of East Sound, and the [mints are shelving, with large
bowlder stones extending some distance oil".

Thompson Point is bare and clilly; from it the coast forms a slight
curve southeasterly to Lawrence Point, distant miles,

Lawrence Point, the sloping terminatitm of the high range of Mount
Constitution, is the eastern extreme of Orcas Island ; on its northern

128

ORCAS, WEST AND EAST SOUNDS.

side it is ii stoe]) iiiid iilino8t i»ei'i)eiKlicnlar clitt", and from it the coast
turns alnnptly to the- soiitiiwaid, Corininjjf the western side of Hoaario
Strait; 4 miles soutliward fioiu tiie point is the entrance to Nortli Ob-
struction Pass.

Deer Harbor, tiie westernmost of tiie tliree poits of Orcas, may be con-
veniently entered I'rom the San iTuan Channel by North Passage, and
Brown Islands. The harbor is one mile lon^ in a north and south direc-
tion, and about the same breadth at its southern end ; it narrows rapidly,
and terminates in a shoal creek and fresh- water strcains fed from a lake.

Fawrn Islet lies oil tiie steep clitfy shore of the west side of the har-
bor; below it the depth varie.sfrom 10 to 15 fathoms ; abreast and above
it from .J to (S fathoms, mud bottom.

Anchorage. — A convenient berth is in 7 I'athoms, hallway between
Fawn Islet and the eastern shore, or a siui;^ anchorage in o fathoms
■will be foand \ mile al)ove tiie islet. Between Kawn Islet and the
western shore is a passage tiW) yards wide with 9 fathoms. There
are no dangers in this harbor except a reef of rocks extending from
the north side of Crane Island. The west end of this island, in line
with the west end of Clilt" Island, bearing S. IVJ'^ W., leads on to the
western edge of this reef, on which there is only one fathom water.
If working up the harbor a vessel should not stand so far to the east-
ward as to shut in the east end of Clift" Island behind the west end of
€rane Island; this will lead more than liOO yards clear of the reef.

West Sound may be entered from San .)nan Channel, either by the
Wasp or lJi)right Passages already descril)ed, or from Itosario Strait
by either of the Obstruction Passes, Having entered by the Wasp
Passage, cleared the Passage Rock, and l»eing ott" Broken Point, West
Sound will be open, with Orcas Knob immediately over the head of it.
The sound is about '^ mile broad with depths of froni 10 to 16 fathoms,
and no hidden dangers.

Anchorage may be had in any part above Double Islands, which lie
close oft" its western shore, but the snuggest anchorage, and the best
lor vessels intending to make any stay, is either in White Beach Bay,
ou the eastern shore, or in Massacre Bay, at the northwestern head of
the sound.

TVhite Beach Bay, so named from the quantities of white clam
shells lying on its sliores, and giving them the appearance of white
-sandy beaches, is on the eastern side of the soun<l, 2 miles above
Broken Point. A small islet. Sheep Islet, lies in the middle of the bay,
nearly connected with the shore at low water.

Anchorage. — There is good anchorage in 9 fathoms water, with
Sheep Islet bearing N. ii2° E. and Haida Point, the northern point of
the bay, N. 34'^ W., distant i mile.

Massacre Bay is between Haida and Indian Points. Il-.irbor Rock,
covering at one-third Hood, is almost in the center of the bay, between
the two entrance points and nearly 600 yards east of Indian Point; it

HAKNKY CHANNKL STOCKADK BAY.

129

with

may be passi-il on eitlier side in ii depth nt 5) fathoms. If to the east-
wanl, llaida Point slioiild l>e i<ept within 3(M) yards; if to tiie west-
ward, tlie eastern clitfy part of I5rok<'n Point and tlie eastern side of
Double Islands iiept in line astern, bearing t^. 17 K., leads westward
of the roek. When Indian Point bears a. 23'^ W. <;ood anchorage will
be found in the center of the bay in 8 fathoms, nind bottom.

Harney Channel eonneots the West and East Souiids of Orcas. It
commenees at IJrokeii Point, and takes an easterly direction for 3 miles,
when it enters rprij;lit(!hannel between Fosterand llaiikin Points; thb
former is a low slopiii}; ;rreen point, the southern termination of the
peninsula which separates the two sounds; the latter is the eastern
blull wooded jiointof Shaw Island.

The north side of Harney Channel is a sciies of small bays with
shiufile beaches, and there is a deeji cove rj mile west of Foster Point ;
just westward of this cove is a rocky patch which lies more than 200
yards olfsliore, ami covers at half Hood.

Camp Cove is immediately northward of Foster Point; it is a con-
venient c(»ve for boats, or a snnill vessel mij^ht anchor there in G
fathoms; there is a {jood stream of fresh wafer rniiniiifj; into it.

High Water Rock lies more than 200 yards from the shore, ^ mile
no'theastward of Foster Point; it is awash at hifrh water, and there is
a depth of 8 fathoms between it and the shore.

Blind Bay is on the southern shore, midway between Broken and
Hankin I'oints. A small round islet partialiy wooded lies in the center
of the entrance, and a reef of rocks covering at high water extends
from its western i)oinr, almost cljokiig the entrance on that side, but
leaving a narrow passage close to the islet; a rock covering at one-
<juarter tlood also lies off the eastern side of the islet, leaving a channel
of 5 fathoms almost equally narrow on that side, .so that the bay is only
eligible for coasters, which should keep the island close aboard when
entering; the eastern side is the best.

Anchorage in 4 or o fathotns ma;.' be had with the islet bearing north,
distant 400 yards.

East Sound. — Entering this sound, remarkable conical hills over
1,000 feet high rise on both sides of the entrance, which is between
Diamond and Stockade Points. From between these i)oints the sound
takes a northwesterly direction; it contracts at Cascade Haj' to i mile,
and opens out again above to more than one mile wide; the head of the
souml terminates in two bays, separated by a jutting cliffy point. The
depth of water in the sound is 1.5 fathoms.

Stockade Bay, on the eastern side of the entrance to the sound,
nearly one mile north of Stockade Point affords anchorage in 8 fathoms,
at about 000 yards from the shore ; there is a good stream of fresh water
running into the bay : with a strong S\V. wind some swell sets into this
anchorage.

14205— No. 96 9

180

ORCAS, WEST AND E/ 8T SOUNDS.

Qreen Bank, on the western side, iintiuMliiitely opposite Stockade
Bay, is a bank of sand extending lialt'way across the sound ; ou it there
are deptlis of from o to !) fatlioms, with one patcli of 4 fathoms, and a
vessel nii<jht anclior on it if necessary, as being more convenient than
the deep water immediately oft' it. Tlie best anchorage is in (5 fathoms
at i mile nortli of Diamond Point, witii a small green islet, which lies
just off a white sliell beach, bearing N. 07° W., distant about SOU yards.

Cascade Bay, on the eastern side of the sound, is formed by a small
hook of land. Anchorage may be had 300 yards from the beacii in 10
fathoms; but it would not be a desirable i)lace to lay witii a south-
easterly wind.

Water. — A large stream falls by a cascade into the above bay, and
it would be a (ionvenient place at which to water a ship.

Fishing and Ship Bays. — Fishing Hay, tiui westernmost of the tvvo
bays at the head of the sound, has good anciiorage in 10 fathoms, with
Arbutus Point, the ciilfy extreme of the jutting peiinsula before men-
tioned, bearing N. 68° E., midway between it and the west side of the
sound.

Ship Bay, eastward of Arbutus Point, runs off shoal for 400 yards or
neaily to the extreme of the point ; but it affords good shelter, perhaps
better than Fishing Bay. There is good anchorage in 9 fathoms, mud
bottom, with Arbutus Poiut bearing N. 55° W., distant GOO yards.

c n APTK \i r V,

ROSAUIO STIIAIT ANU SUOKKS OF GEORGIA STRAIT.

Rosario Strait is tbo easteniino.st aiul otic of the iH'iiicipal rbanuuLs
leatliiig lioiii .Jiiaii tie Fucii Strait into tliiit of (l»!orgia. Its .soutlicrn
eiitraiKii' is between Loiiez ami l"'i(lal;;i> Islands, and from tlience its
{general direetion is north and northwesterly for li.j miles, wiiere it en-
ters Georjfia Strait.

Like Ilaro Strait, the llosario has several smaller channels whiish
braneh ofl'to the eastward, and lead between islands to the settlements
in Bcllin{;ham Baj-, or by a more eirenitous route into the Strait of
Georjjiii itself; among the principal of these channels arcGiieines, Bel-
lingham, and Lummi.

The principal dangers are the Bird and Belle Uocks, which lie almost
in the center of the strait, 4 miles within tiie southern entrance. There
are several anchorages available for vessels delayed by the tides or
other causes. Shoal Bight (Davis Bay) on the eastern side of Lopez
Island, 3 miles within the southern entrance ; Burrows Bay, immedi-
ately oj)i)08ite it, under Mount Erie, on the west side of Kidalgo Island ;
Ship Bay in Guemes Channel; and Strawberry Bay, on the western
side of Cypress Island, are the principal, Vessels entering Fuca Strait,
and bound to any of the ports of Puget Sound, or up Hosario Strait,
either by day or night, should make New Duiigeness light, and then
Smiih or Blunt Island.

Tides. — The tides in Kosario Strait are strong, from 3 to 7 knots in
the narrower parts.

Directions. — Having made Smith Island, which vessels bound from
sea up Kosario Channel should do on about a N. 7.i° E. bearing, it may
be passed on either side, but to the northward appears most convenient.
When Dungeness Light-house bears S. 34^ W. keep it on that bearing,
astern, steering N. 34° E., whicii leads midway between Smith lslan<l
and the Uein (Fonte) Bank. (By day tliis bank will be always seen in
time to avoid it.)

When the light-house on Smith Island bears S. .').")0 E. a vessel will be
to the eastward of the bank, and a course may bo steered for the en-
trance of the strait, which, however, should not be entered at night
until there is a light on Bird or Belle Hocks, unless by those perfectly
acquainted with the navigation and the state of the tide. If passing to

182

ROSAKIO STKAIT.

th« sontliWHid of Smitli iMlaiid, riMiicMiibi'r to avoid Pnrtridf^e Bunk.
Tlio iiortlnvt'sttTii edge oJ' tlie bank is marked by n buoy.

VcshpIs fioin Mk' soiithciii pints o( Vancouver Islaiul, bound up Uo-
sarii) Strait, should of course pass uortiiwardof Sniitii Island, Tliecudy
dangers to bi« avoided are the Salmon Hardi, with 10 feet of water over
it, olf the south eiul of San .luan, and the Davidscui Kock otf Southwest
Islanil. Mount Kric (on Fidaluc Island) in line with leeber;; Point,
bearinj; X. .Sii^ K., leads 1 j miles south of the former, and it is not rec-
onnnendi'd to pass the southern side of Lopez Island at less than one
mile, which will insure deariuj;' the latter; moreover, the coast is rocky
and the flood tide sets o\\ to it.

Watmough Head (Cape Colville), the southeastern extreme of
Lopez Island, is the western entrance point of Kosarlo Strait; Wat-
mough Hill, Hat-topped, and about 450 feet hij;h, rises immediately
over it.

Southwest iBland (Colville Island), snmll, and bare of trees, about
40 feet high, lies one mile S. 45^ W. of the cape ; close to the cape and
appeariuji; from most points of view a pait of it, ia Castle Island, a high,
precipitous rock. Enteriiifjr the strait, Southwest Island should be
given a berth of oiu' mile.

Davidson Rock, on which is only a dei)th of 4 feet at low water, and
occasiomilly uncovering at low springs, lies a little more than (500 yards
S. 67° E. of the east end of Southwest Island, and nearly one mile S. 23°
W. of Watmough Head ; kelp grows about the rock, but the patch is so
small that it is diHicult to make out. Kellett Island, or (Jape St. Mary,
kept open of the extreme of Watmough Head, bearing north, leads ^
mile to the eastward of the rock, and Kagle Point (San Juan) kept
oi)en of the south end of Lopez Island, bearing N. 64° W., leads one
mile southward of it.

Kellett Island is a small tlat-topped islet covered with grass, lying
immediately northward, and close ott" the low extreme of Watmough
llea<l.

Cape St. Mary, the next point northward of Watmough Head, and
a little nu)re than oiu) mile from it, forms the southeru point of Davis
Bay.

Kellett or Hulah Ledge, with one fathom water on it, and marked
by kelp, lies (500 yards N. 58° E. of Cape St. Mary ; there is a deej) pas-
sage between it and the cape. Vessels i)assing outside it shoulil give
the cai)e a beith of ov(>r .A mile.

Shoal Bight (Davis Bay) Anchorage. — Shoal Bight atlbrds good
and convenient anchorage in a uu)derate depth of water. After rouiul-
ing Hulah Ledge, a vessel nuiy stand to the westward into the bay and
anchor in fathoms, mud bottom, at little more than i mile from the
shore, with Cape St. Mary bearing S. 11° E.; inside this the water
shoals rather suddenly to tih and 3 fathoms. A kelp patch, on which
there is shoal water, lies one mile N. 11° E. of the cape. There is auchor-

IJECEI'TION PASS UUKROW8 BAY

133

ink.

„

ngu in from 4 to S fiitl'oniM anywhere within ont> mile ut° the eiiHt Hhuru of
Lopez ami Decatur Ishmds, from a little nortiiwanl of Cape 8t. Mary,
as far north as tlie wliite cliff of Deeatur Island, avoiding tiie liclp
patcheH Just mentioned, or while the Bird Itoek buars anything to tiie
northward of S. (iT=> B., hut little tide will be felt. With the Lopez
(Matiry) Pass open, bcarin;; N. (57^ W., there is Rood anchorat;e at from
i mile to one mile from tli shore, in from (i to 8 fathoms.

Deception Pass is a narrow channel separating Fidal^o from Whid-
bey Island, and eomiminieatinfi with the witers of I'uget Sound and
Admiralty Inlet; l)Ut it is only elifjibh^ for such small vess-ls or steam-
ers as are well acipiaii ',etl with the locality. The tides set through it
with iiVi'ixt velocity.

Lawson Reef, on which there is only a depth of 3 fathoms at low
water, is a ledfje of small extent lyinj,' J ,",r miles 8. 84° \V. of the West
l)oinr of Deception Island at the entrance to Deception Pass.

Allan Island is '{ mile in extern and '2'Mi feet hi^di. Its southern face
is l)iire.

Burrows Island, separated from Allan Island by a channel \ mile
wide, is (»!(» feet lii;jii, has a notably flat top, is woodcl, and may l)e
si't'w Iron) tiie Strait of Fu(!a.

Burrows Bay, on the eastern side of the entrance to Uoaario Strait,
is well marked by Mount I'hie, a remarkalde (Minical hill, rising' 1,'J5(>
feet immediately over it, at oiu' mile from the (toast. The l)ay is shel-
tered from westerly and southwesterly winds by Burrows and Allan
Islands, and affords good an('hr)ra>:e.

Williamson's Rocks, a duster of rocky islets, lie in the southern
entran(!e of the bay, S mile south of Allan Ishuul, with deep water dose
around them.

Directions. — The best entrarni', wlii(!li is one mile in breadth, is to
the sotitli ward of Williatnson's Rocks, between them and Fidaljjo Islatid.
On the eastern side of Allan Islatid the water is deep for j mile off
shore, ha viiifj depths of from 18 to 25 fathoms. The eastern shore of the
bay is shoal for CAM yards off the beach, aiul in one spot a bowlder,
awash at low water, lies nearly 800 yards off".

Vessels from the northward may enter Burrows Bay by the passage
uortluvard of Burrows Island, or between the latter and Allan Island ;
they are about an equal breadth, a little over 400 yards at their nar-
rowest part, free from danger, and lie nearly east and west.

Anchorage may be had in (5 fathoms, with the passage between Bur-
rows and Allan Islands open bearing' west, J mile from Young Island;
but the most sheltered anchorage is iu 12 fathoms at the uorth head of
the bay, J mile from the eastern shore of Burrows Island, with the
p.assage shut in, and Young Island bearing 8. 40° W.

Tides. — The ebb tide sets to the eastward into both passages, at the
rate of 3 to 4 knots during siirings.

184

HOSAHIO STRAIT.

Denis Rock. — T1kt«* i.s si tin-p (•liiinnt'l ^ iiiilf in Itrcadtli, l)i>t\vc«Mi
AVillitiiiisiiirM Itocks and Allan Lsliind, but vcssi-Ih taking; it, or workin;;
<i|) westward of the latt<M' island, must avoid Donis itock, wliicli has \i
IV'tit on it at low water and laivly uncovers. It lies nearly 1, '-'(>(» yards
N. .JP W, of Williamson's I{oc,ks, and the same distance west of the
south end of Allan Island.

Bird Rocks, lyiuf: almost in the center of Uosario Strait, nearly I
miles N. lid ' li. of WatniouKh lieail. are (utmposetl of three detaeheil
rocks close tofjether, the southernmost Itein^j the hirjjest. There in deep
water close to it, '>iit en leeoant of the stntU},' tides, sailing vessels
workiufi 111' oi' down, jjarticularly during li;,'!'^ winds, should jjive it a
berth of 4 mile. There is an e(|ually iiooi\ jtas-sajjc on either side of the
rock; that to the eastward is the wider ['2 miles across); to the west-
ward it is one mile Vvide, with somewhat less tide, lly taking; the latter
clninne'. with a leading wind, straiiners will more easily avoid the Itelle
IJoek; passin;j: IJird i^xrk at a convenient distance, steer Just oiitsM^',
01 to the eastward of James Island, until the passaj^e between (luemes
and Fidalfio Islands is open.

Belle Rock, the t!!i>st serious dan;ieriii the Kosario Strait, only un-
covers near low water, and the tides set over it tVom - to .'» knots, it
lies 1, •_'(!(» yanls N. tlP K. of Hird h'ock, and in the jjassa^*' between them
aie depths of S to L'O fathoms. N'essels should not pass lietween them
except in cases of necessitv. The IJelle Rock is easily avoided 1>.\ day;
if passiufj to the eastward of it, keep Lawremse I'oint (rhe eastern
l>oint of Orcas Island) Just shut in by Tide Point ^the western extreme
of Cypress Island), bearinjj north, until the passaj^e between (iiu-mes
and Fidalji'o Islautls is Just open.

If takiuff the channel westward of JJird Hock, keep that rock well
eastward of Watmouffh Head until (luemes ('hannel is open. The
threat danj^'cr of the IJelle IJock to a sailing vessel is being lett with a
light wind in the center of the strait, as the water is too deep to allow
of an an<;h(»r holding in so strong a tideway.

Buoy. — A bell buoy, painted black, is moored in '.> lathoins, with
Hii'd Kock S. 4-)" W. and Helle Hock N. 58° W.

James Island, almost divided in the center, is a remarkable saddle
islaml with two summits, :iot( leet high; l.ving close otf the east side of
Decatur Island. There are no dangers on its ott or eastern side.

White and Black Rocks are :{ mile apart, and lie off the south-
eastern shore of Ulakely Island. White Hock, the southernmost, is 16
feet above high water, and a little more than ^ mile from the shore at
the easteiii entrance of Thatcher Pass. HIack Hock, 10 feet high, lies
^ mile N. 570 E. of White Hock, and A mile from Blakely Island.
There is a deep channel between these rocks, as also between them and
Blakely Island.

Bellingham Channel between Oiienies and ('yiiress Islands, is
about 3^ miles long ann ^ mile wide in its narrowest part, between

HKLLINGIIAM CllANNKL AND HAY.

135

VCCII

kiug
UN 'J
arils
tho

l,v4
Ik-iI

C'Cp

wis
it u
tlio

'.St-

ttcr
ifllu

1..

Kii.st roiiit aiitl (riieiiu'H Islaiiil. Ahn'iist tlie nurtluMii t>iiil ol' (iiumiu'H
I«liiMtl, wliicli isiiNtccp bliilVcalletl Clark's I'oiiit and on tlio woHtoni
Midi- of tilt; clianiM-l, arc! suvoral sniall, liigli, \voo<li-il JNU'ts, callfd tlio
Cone Isli'ls. No dan^'ins will Im; nirt with in iiavi^jatinj; this cliaiinid,
ra.ss north of Vcnilovi and soiitii of l'ili/.a Islands, and l<«'llin;:iiain
lia.v o|)(MiH. Slionid the wind Uf li;;ht and the tide Hood, pass clost* to
Clark's Point to avoid lu'inj,' set past Sinclair Island,

Guemes Channel, south of <fut«ines Island, K-ads into Tadilla Hay
niitl fast ward ol the island to lifiliii^hani Bay. At the western entiaiiue,
on tin- sonthcrn shore, is Ship liail .

Port Townsend to Bellingham l?ay.— With .strong Jlttod tide and
clear weather vessels pass tlininy^! diiernes Channel instead of tlirou{,'h
liellinijhain Cliannel. The i" i tl ro<i'" is thron",l. ISellin^rhiini Clianntd

(1065) WASHINGTON - Bellingham bay-BellinKham - Infor-
mation. — Coiuiuaiider V. L. Cottiiian, 11. H. Navy, eoininanding the
U. 8. S. Wyomiiii/, reportw uiuh diueof.runc 20, l!»Ot, that the towns
of Whttteoiu and Fairhaven have Itecn united under the name of
Bellingham. He also states that no coal can be obtained here as
stated in the Sailing Directions. (N. M. 29, 1904.)

uemngham Bay. — the i^eneral direction of this liay is norm aiiu

^>ouIh ; ii is I miles in width .ind 14 miles Ion;;, inclndiii;^ tln^ broad llats
at either end. In the intrthea.stern corner of the bay are the villa;,'^es of
Helliii;;ham, Sciione, and Whatcom. 'J'here are coal mines near these
villa;;('s, biU the amount of coal is not yreat iMid the (|iialit\ is poor,
ilall a mile from the shore there is ;;ooil anchorage in Mallioms, soft
stick,\ hottoiu. Underlying this soft bottom there is a stialiim of sand-
stone, which |»reveiitN the anchor Iroin holdiiifi, ami vessels dra);\vith
sontheasters, which blow strong up the bay and raise a rough sea.

Rocks and Shoals. — X single bowlder, with H feet of water over it,
lies aliont midway between I'oint Fiances and Kli/.a Island. Tliisrock
bears N. «= j^' \\. from the north end of Eli/.a Island ami S. ."ifP 48'
■\V. from Chnckanut liock.

Starr liock, a small ledge about .'<7 yards in length, in aN. 4r>- K. and
S. i'P W. direction, with a least depth of feet on it, is about ;$S4yardM
offshore, with from 5 to fathoms inshore of it, and lies with the west
end of warehouse on Whatcom Wharf bearing N. 24^ (»<S' ]]. and the
.south smokestack of Hellinghaiu sawmill S. 8^ lU' K.

A small shoal spot, about .'i28 yards oil' VAiza Island, with a least depth
of.") feet, is 40 to ">0 feet in length, and there is 1.1 fathoms (uitside and
from 7 tl) fat! mum inside of it; it lies with the dead tree on extreme
west point of Fliza Island bearing S. 8° 12' F. and south point of
Lummi Island S. .53^ .'50' W.

A shoal spot on the east side of Lununi Island, about \:{ miles from
the south end, is about 110 yards offshore, and has a least depth of 8 feet
on it, with from 4 to (i fathoms inshore ol it; it lies with the north end
of Fliza Island S. 07'^ 10' E.; tangent to east side of I'oiut Frances N.
140 18' E.

134

ROSAIUO STRAIT.

Denis Rock. — Tliere is ii (U'cj) cliaiiiiel i mile in lireadtli, between
WilliauKson's Kocks and Allan Island, but vessels taking it, or working
up westward of the latter island, innst avoid Denis Kock, which has 2
feet on it at low water and rarely uncovers. It lies nearly 1,'J0{> yards
N. 34'^ W. ot' Williamson's Kocks, and the same distance west of the
south end of Allan Island.

Bii-d Rocks, lying almost in the center of Itosario Strait, nearly 4
miles N. -'0° 10. of Watmough Head, are comi)osed of three detached
rocks close together, the southernmost being the largest. There is deep
water close to it, but on account of the strong tides, sailing vessels
working up or down, particularly during light winds, should give it a
berth of i i " 'riw>,„. j^. .,,, ,.niiiillv srood i)assageon either .side of the
rock; that
ward it is '
channtl wi
Kock ; pair
oj' to thee
and Fidalgo Islands is open.

Belle Rock, the most serious danger in the Kosario Strait, only un-
covers near low water, and the tides h^-t over it from 2 to ~> knots. It
lies 1,200 yards X. i'i° E. of 15ird Kock, and in the passage between them
are depths of S to 20 fathoms. Vessels should not pass between them
exce])t in cases of necessitv. The Belle Kock is easily avoided l)y day;
if j)assing to the eastward of it, keep Lawrence Point (the eastern
point of Orciis Islantl) just shut in by Tid(! Point (the western extreme
of Cypress i.sland), bearing north, until the passage between Guemes
and Fidalg(> Ishrnls is just o|»en.

If taking the channel westward of Ilird Kock, keep that rock well
eastward of Watnumgh Head until Guemes Channel is open. The
great danger of the Belle Hock to a .sailing vessel is being left with a
light wind in the center of the strait, as the water is too deej) to allow
of an anchor Indding in .so strong a tideway.

Buoy. — A bell buoy, i)aiiited black, is moored in lathoms, with
Bird Kock S. i'yo \y. inul Belle Kock N. 58^ W.

James Island, almost divided in the center, is a remarkable saddle
island with two summits. 250 leet high, lying close olf tiie east side of
Decatur Island. There are no dangers on its oil or eastern side.

White and Black Rocks are '■{ ?nile ai)art, and lie oft' the south-
eastern shore of Blakely Islaml. White Kock, the southernnKJst, is 16
feet above high water, and a little more than | mile from the shore at
tlie eastern entrance of Thatcher Kass. Black Kock,. 10 feel high, lies
^ mile N. 57° E. of White Kock, and A mil;' from Blakely Island.
There is a deep channel between these rocks, as also between them a.id
Blakely Island.

Bellingham Channel, between Guemes and Cypress Islands, is
about li^ miles long and ^ mile wide in its narrowest part, between

ween
rkjng
has 2
rards
f the

UELLINGHAM CHANNEL AND BAY.

135

East I'oiiit and Giiemes Island. Abreast the northern end of Gneiiies
Ishmd, which in a steep bhilf called Clark's Point and on the western
«ide of the channel, are several small, high, wooded islets, called the
Gone Jslets. No dangers will be met with in navigating this channel.
Pass north of Vendovi and south of Kliza Islands, and Bellingham
lia.v oi»en8. yiionld the wind be light and the tide Hood, pass close to
Clark's Point to avoid being sot i>ast Sinclair fsland.

Quemes Channel, soiitli of (inemes Island, leads into I'adilla I^ay
and eastward of the islaiul to Bellingiiam Bay. At the western entrance,
on the sonthern shore, is Shij) Harbor.

Port Townsend to Bellingham Bay.— With strong /ood tide and
clear weather vessels pass througli Guenies Clnimiel instead of through
Bellinghan! Channel. The usual route is through Bellingiiam Channel
and to the northward of Vt'udovi island.

Bellingham Bay to Roche Harbor. — With ebh tide small vessels
use Hale's Passage. Witli.//o(«/ tide pass l»etween Viti Kocks and Car-
ter Point, then across to tiie northward of Oreas Island, passing be-
tween the island and Parker lieef.

Bellingham Bay. — The general direefion of this bay is north and
south; it is I miles in widtli and 14 miles long, in<'luding the broad llats
at either end. In the northeastern (!onier of the bay are the villages of
Jieilingham, Hclione, and Wliatcom. There are coal mines near these
villages, i>ut the amount of <^oal is not givaf and the quality is poor.
Haifa mile from the simre there is good ancliorage in Hatlioms, soft
fitieky bottoin. Underlying this soft bottom there is a stratum of sand-
stone, which prevents the anchor from holding, and vessels drag with
soutlieasters, wiiicth blow strong np the bay and raise a rough sea.

Rocks and Shoals. — A single bowlder, with 8 feet of water over it,
lies about midway between Point Frances and Kliza Island. This rock
bears N. so IL" W. from the north end of Eliza Island and S. 3(i^ 48'
W. from Chuckanut Kock.

Starr Kock, a small ledge about 'M yards in length, in a N. 45^ K. and
S. 4J'^ W. direction, with a lensttlepth of U feet on it, is about 384 yards
offshore, with from 5 to fathoms inshore of it, ami lies with the west
end of warehouse (Ui Wliatcom Wharf bearing N. 24^ 08' E. and the
.south smokestack of Bellingham sawmill ti. 8^ 12' E.

A small shoal spot,al)out .'{28 yards olf Eliza Island, with a least depth
of .J feet, is 40 to 50 feet in length, and there is 1~> fathoms (uitside and
from 7 to U fathoms inside of it; it lies with the dead tree on extreme
west point of l-^iiza Island bearing tS. 8° 12' E. and south point of
Lummi Island S. 53° 50' W.

A shoal spot on the east side of Lummi Lsland, al>out ]'l miles from
the south end, is about 1 10 yards olfslutre, and has a least depth of 8 feet
on it, with from 4 to fathoms inshore o! it; it lies with the north end
of I'jliza Island S. 07^ 1(5' E.; tangent to east side of Point Frances N.
14- IS' E.

136

R08ARIO STKAIT.

A sboal 8i)ot off the entrance to luati Bay is about 110 yards loiigiu
a NNE. and SSW. direction. Its shoalest part is Just bare at low water
and lies with tlie nortli end of Eliza Island S. 57° 25' E.; tangent to
Point Frances N. liio 20' E.

Cypress Island t'ornis a portion of the eastern side of Uosario
Strait. It is thickly wooded with pine and white cedar trees; on its
northern extreme a remarkable bare, rocky cone rises immediately
over the sea to 720 feet. A reef of bowlder stones, some of which un-
cover, with kelp growing about them, extends i mile off the SW. point
of the island ; the outer bowlder covers at half Hood. Between Cypress
and Blakely Islands is the narrowest i)art of Uosario Strait, and here
the tides during springs occasionally run between 6 and 7 knots.

Strawberry Bay, on the western side of Cypress Island, will be
known by the small iiiJand of the same name, which lies immediately off'
it, l\ miles N. 22° W. of Keef Point, the southwestern extreme, and
protects the bay from the westward; it is rather a contined anchorage,^
and at certain times of tide would be dillicnlt of entrance for sailing
vessels.

The bay is exposed to southerly winds, which, however, do not fre-
quently blow; from SE. it is sheltered, and there is no re.tson to doubt
but that with good ground tackle a vessel would ride out any gale.
There is a psissage of 10 tathonis water to the northward between
Strawberry and Cypress Islands; and in the event of parting or slip-
ping, a vessel should run thnmgh this passage, and take shelter in
Birch or Semiahmoo Bays, in the mainland.

Directions. — A sailing vessel should not attempt to enter the bay
during the strength of the tide, unless with •: coniuninding breeze, and
should remember that the tides set with great strength against the
points of Strawberry Island ; it was remarked that, while the ebb was
running strongly in Kosario Strait, which it continues to do for two and
one-half hours after low water, a stream of Hood set to the northward
through Strawberry Bay, as soon as it was low water by the shore.

Anchorage. — About 000 yards from the sandy bight of the bay, with
the north bluff' of Strawberry Island bearing N. 45° VV. and the south
point of this island S. 50'^ W., is the best berth, in 7 fathoms, good hold-
ing ground, and nearly out of the tide, which sets with considerable
strength inside Strawberry Island.

Water. — There is a belt of tlat marsh-land in Strawberry Bay,
through which several streams of good water run from the mountains.

Rock Islet, a snnill round islet covered with trees, lying nearly 400
yards northward of the north end of Cypress Island, has its shores
strewn with large bowlder stones. Tliere is a passage of 9 fathoms
water between it and Cypress Island ; but the ebb tide sets with great
strength to the southward, and close round the western points of the
latter island.

CYPRESS REEF — EASTERN SIDE OF 0RCA8 ISLAND.

137

igm
ater
t to

Cypress Reef, lying ^ mile westward of Rock I slet, is a dan gerous rocky
patch with kelp growing about it, covering at half flood. James Island
kept open of Tide Point, the west point of Cypress Island bearing S»
14° W., leads to the westward of the reef; and Uock Islet bearing S.
45° E., or either of the Cone Islands open of it, leads to the northward.

Sinclair Island, thickly wooded and comparatively low, lies to the
northeastward of Cypress Island, with a deep passage of nearly one
mile in breadth between them, leading to Bellinghani Channel. Shelving
rocks project a short distance oft" its western shores.

Bowlder Reef (Panama Reef), an extensive ami dangerous shoal,
extends nearly ^ mile in a northwestern direction oft' the 2<\\". ex-
treme of Sinclair Islaiul, soMu* parts of it uncovering at half tide ; a large
bowlder stands on the inner part of the reef. GnMit (piantitie.-. of kelp^
grow in the neighborhood, but it is sometimes run under by the tide or
concealed by the rips; there are fathoms of water close to the edge of
the kelp. By keepiii;/ Cypress Com- open to the westward of Kock
Islet, or ihe strait between Cyi»ress and Blakely Islands well o|ien,
vessels will e.iear it in jtassiiij;; up and tlown; and the centers of Ven-
dovi and Barnes Islands in line leads elear to the northward and east-
ward of it.

The Peapods are two small rocky islets, bare of trees, lying h mile
from the western shore of Kosario Strait, and from 1^ to neatly 2 mile*
southward from liawrcnee I'oiiit. They are '} miles apart in a Nli. and
SW. direction, the northernmost lieiiit;- the larger and higher. A little
to the westward of a line dr-iwn between thtin is a third rock which
just covers at high water. There are no dangers about them wlii<;h
are not visible, and there is a passage lib lathoms deep between them
and Orcas Island. •

The Eastern Side of Orcas Island between the Peapod Islets and
Obstruction Pass, falls back in a bight, where there is considerably less
tide than in the main stream of the strait, and if necessary vessels may
anchor within A mile of the shore in about 1(5 fathoms water.

Lawrence Point, the eastern extreme of Orcas, is a long Nloi)ing
point; immediately on its north side it rises abruptly in almost per-
pendicular clift's, and trends to the westward, falling Imck for 6 mile*
in a somewhat ileep bight, which is rocky, has deep water, and is un-
sheltered.

To the northward, Kosario Strait lies between Orcas and Lummi
Islands, the direct channel being along the western shore of the latter^
Anchorage may be had, if necesi»ary, on the eastern side of the strait,
within one mile of the shore, in 15 fathoms, between Sandy and White-
horn Points, northward of Lummi Island.

Tides. — After passing northward of Lawrence Point, the ebb tide
sets to the eastward between Orcas and the small islands to the north-
ward of it, as well as to the SE. through the northern entrance of the
strait; when in the vicinity of Aldeu Bank, or about 8 miles above

138

ROSARIO .STKAIT.

Lawrence Point, tlie .stren};lli of tlie tide sensibly decreases, and wLile
Tessels are eastward of a line between this bank and Roberts Point
they will be entirely out of the strong tides of the archipelago and the
Strait of Georgia. It is recommended with the ebb tide to work up
on this shore.

Lummi Island is 8 miles long and very narrow. On its southwest-
ern siile it is Uigii and precipitous, a remarkable double mountain rising
about 1,5(»0 feet abruptly from the sea; there are no dangers oil its
western side; a small, high, double rocky islet, Lummi Rock, lies close
oil' the shore, 3 miles from its soutlicrn point ; ioul ground extends from
its northwestern [)oint in a N W. direction for more than i mile ; and at
about 1,600 yards SW. of Carter Point lies Viti Rock. A reef extends
€00 yards from this rock in a southeasterly direction.

Rock. — A rock lies about i mile >!. 31)° W. of Point iligley, and is
marked by a buoy placed 50 ieet iSE. of it.

Hale's Passage, east of Lummi Island, connects with Bellingliam
liay. A ledge extends across this passage from about tiie position of
the stake light to the mainland. It has a least depth of from 12 to 15
Ieet.

Lummi Bay opens northeastward of Lummi Island, and is a shore
biiy backed by marshy ground. Into it by several mouths the Lummi
River empties. The main entrance of the river in the nort' part of the
biix can only be reached by boats at high tide. Sandy P.,. the north
entrance jwint of the b ly, is low and grassy with a few but js upon it.

Clark and Barnes Islands are two small wooded islands 2 miles
N\V. of Lawrence Point ; two smaller islets, the Sisters, bare of trees,
ami a liigli rock lie immediately southward of Clark Island. There is
a passage 1^ miles in breadth betweeu these islands and Ureas with a
<lepth of 4.") fathoms; there is also a narrow channel with a depth of 20
fatiioms between Clark and Barnes Islands, which a vessel may take if
necessary.

Tlie tides set strong about the Sisters, ami the best and most 3t

channel is between Clark and Lummi Islands. When taking this dian-
nel the nortli jtoint of Lummi Island should not be approached within
one mile, as shoal and broken ground extends for some distance oil" it;
Sinctlair Island kept just open westward of the NW. i)oint of Lummi
leads to the westward of this foul ground in ir> fathoms water.

Matia Island, 3 miles NW. of Clark Island, and oiu^ mile eastward
of Sucia Island, is moderately high ami wooded, and has some coves
on its southern side, alfording shelter for boats ; close oB' its east point
is Putliu Islet, and extending a short distance eastward of the islet is
a tiat rock which covers. Vessels bound through Rosario Strait are
recommeniii ,'. to pass eastward of Matia.

Alden Bank, 3 miles in extent north and south and one mile east and
west, lies in the center of the northern entrance of Rosario Strait; its
southern limit is 2 miles north of Matia Island, and there is a channel
3 miles in breadth between it and the eastern shore.

ALDKN HANK JJKAYTON HAKOK.

liM)

while
Point

1(1 t\w
>.i'k up

Tbe (leptli of water on this ban!; varios from L'} to 7 fathoms; the bot-
tom ia in some parts rocky, witii patches of kelp growing on it; in other
l)arts it is sandy, and offers a convenient anchorage for vessi Is be-
calmed or waiting for tide. It freijuently happens that a vessel liaving
passed to the northward between East Point and Patos Island, meets
the ebb tide and is carried to the eastward; in such a case it would be
desirable to ainthor in 7 or S (atlioms on Aldcii IJank, and thus prevent
being set down Kosario Strait.

Vessels passing up or down are recommended to pass on the eastern
side of the bank ; Mount Constitution on Orcas Island kept just open
eastward of Pullin Island, bearing S. '.)' W., leads over the eastern edge
of the bank in i;i fathoms; and tht low west point of J*atos Island in
liiu; with Monarch Ihad (Satniiiii Island), bearing S. 73'^ W., leads
over the nortln'iii eilge in 7 fathoms.

Whitehorn Point is u remaikai)ie iiohl bluff about l.'ib feet high,
its face showing as a steep white clay vMi^'. It is the southern ])oint of
I'ir<;li Bay. ami is miIe-< NNW. of the north point of l.nmmi Island.

Birch Bay is between Whitehorn I'oint ;iiid liircli Point (South
Blutl') ; the latter, which is a moderately high mnniling point, foiiiis
the noi'th eiitrame point of the bay ; sonn- large bowldei' stones stand
a short distance oil' it, ami should i^it be roiimled at a less distance than
h mile, 'i'lic ba> is nearly 2 miles in bicadth at a distaiuie of one mile
inside the enlrance points; the head of t'n' bay dries oil a consiilerable
♦listance at low water, ami the .'Jt'athom lineextemls 1^ mill's ollsliorein
the center of the bay. Tin* holding ground is good, and with southeast
gales it all'oi'ds excellent shelter. A good berth is in 4 fathoms, with
AN'hiteliorn Point bearing S. 'J.'{-' \N., distant one mile; the wat"i- shoals
gradually from 14 fathoms at one mile off to (i fathoms between the en-
trance points; inside this line, i fathoms only will be found tor a far-
ther <listauce of one mile towards the head of the bay. Poth enlrance
points are buoyed.

Semiahmoo Bay, between liirch Point (South lllull) and Kwo-
mais I'oint (N<nth lilulf), alVords good anchorage in from ('< to S fathoms
water, at about U to 'i miles distaiice(»utside Drayton Harbor entrance ;
a good berth is in fathoms, mud bottom, with Binih Point bearing S.
12° W. and Tongue Point bearing S. 7.S'^ K. This is always good an-
chorage, unless with a heavy Southwest gale, when vessels might take
shelter in Drayton Harbor.

Supplies. -Wild fowl fiecpient this anchorage in considerable num-
bers during tlie winter months.

Drayton Harbor is formed by a remarkable low narrow spit over one
mile long. The siiit is covered with grass and drift timber, and a few
pine trees grow on it; several wooden buildings were erected on it in
1858, and received the name of Semiahmoo town.

Directions. — Off' the outside of Tongue Spit a bank extends for a
•considerable distance, and vessels should not approach the a|)it within

140

K08ARI0 8TKAIT.

5 mile until its extrenio point bears S. 7()o E., when it may be steered
for and passed close to. There is only a depth of 4 fathoms at low-
water in the fair- way, at from i to 'i mile outside the entrance; the
channel is narrow, and vessels unaccpiainted with the locality sliould
not enter before placing boats or poles on the edges of the shoals ; when
within, it opens out into a considerable sheet of water, but it is for the
most part shoal, drying ott" from the main shore from i to one mile.

Anchorage. — The anchorage is in from 7 to 10 fathoms; it is per-
fectly siieltered, and attords room for 3 or 1 large vessels, as well as
several small ones, ami on the inside of tlic spit a vessel might be
beached for rei)airs. The only landing at low water is at the spit end,
which is steep-to.

Boundary Bay is an extensive sheet of water between the promon-
tory of Roberts Point on tiie west and Kwomais I'oiiit (North Blnlf) on
the east. The bay extends in a northerly direction for nearly 7 miles,
and is only separated from the sontii banic of Fraser Itivec by a low
delta 3 miles across, intersected by streams and swamjjs; it is very
shallow and dries off for a distance of 3 miles at low wa'er; the edge
of the bank in 3 fathoms water extends l\ miles off the wliole of the-
north snore of the bay.

Vessels should never stand so far to the northward as to bring th&
white bluff of Roberts Point to bear to tlie southward of S, 79° VV.,
which line of bearing leads more than J miie outside the shoal edge of
the bank; the general .iepth of water outside this line is from 7 to 15
fathoms, good holding ground, but this anclioiage is exposed to all
southerly winds, which send in a considerable hea.

Roberts Point is the termination of a remarkable promontory, which
stretches southerly from the delta of the Fraser iviver. Theeastern |)oint
of the promontory is a remarkable white-faced cliff 200 feet high, its
summit crowned with trees; from it the land gradually tails to the west-
ward and teniinates in Roberts Spit, a low shingle point, within which
is a small space of level, clear land, where a few wooden buildings were
erected on the f^rst discovery of gold in the Fraser River and named
Roberts Town ; for a few months it served as a depot for the miners, but
it has been long deserted.

From most points of view, and particularly from the southward, Rob-
erts Point presents the appearance of an island ; shoal water and rocky
irregular bottom, on which kelp grows in summer, extends for more than
one mile SW. from the white face of the point, and vessels should give
it a good berth.

Boundary Mark. — There is a granite monument 25 feet high erected
on t' °i summit of the boundary bluff, which is only just visible from the
anchorage on account of the trees ; it marks the boundary between the
United States and British possessions.

Anchorage will be found on either side of the promontory ; to the
ea>stward in 9 fathoms, aaudy bottom, with the extreme of the white cliff

ROIiKRTS HANK — OKORGIA STRAIT.

141

teered
at low

'j the

!ll01ll(}

wlien
or the

bearing west, distant li mih's, and Itoherts Spit, the western tcnnina-
tiou of the promontory, just shut in by tiie white clitt". To tlie west,
ward of the si)it lliere is fair anciiora^je in S fatlionis, good iiolding
ground, with the spit extreme distant one mile, liearing S. li'J-' E., and
tin' bare blntf of tlie 4!P parallel, or the nionuinenton itssiimmit N. '2'>'^
E.; here tlie cilge of the hank is distant J mile, ami vessels should not
anchor any farther to the northward, as the Hob<'rts Rank tremls rap-
'dly to the westward.

Directions. — Vessels should ^'eel their way by the lead cautiously
into tiiis anchorage; the hank is very steep outside, and shoals sud-
denly within; a signal staff at i)resent atainls on the end of the spit.

Ships should not lie at this anchorage with strong southerly or west-
erly winds, but should shift rouml to the eastern one, or to Semiahmoo
Bay, and give the southern face of Roberts Point a berth of 2 miles in
rounding ; neither of tln^ aniihorages at Roberts l^oint can be considered
as more than stopping places, and during winter vessels should be
prepared to w(>igh at short warning.

Roberts Bank, Ibrmed by the alluvial deposits of the stream of the
Fra.ser liiver, extends from the spit of lioherts Point in a N. ut'P W.
direction for !(i miles, to the Sand Heads or river entrance, and at this
point is '} miles from the shore; it then takes a northerly direction for a
farther distance of 12 miles, joining Point Grey on the north, as it does
Roberts I'oint on the south. The portion of the bank northward of
the Fraser is named the Sturgeon Bank ; it is steep-to, there being
depths of from 70 to GO fathoms at one mile from its edge, shoaling sud-
denly to 20 and 2 fathoms.

Strait of Q-eorgia. — Having passed out of Fuca Strait by either of
the channels now «lescribed, when to the riOrthwestward of a line
drawn between east point of Saturna Island and VVhitt-horn I'oint
(^lainland^ a vessel nniy be considered well in the Strait of (ieorgia.

General Remarks. — Of the channels leading into Georgia Strait,
Haro Strait is the nore tortuous; the water is so deej) that it would be
impossible for a vessel to anchor in the main stream, and for its whole
length the tides, though not stronger, are more varying in their direc-
tion.

Rosario Strait leads by a very gentle curve almost a straight course
into Georgia Strait ; the depth of water, although considerable, is such
that if necessary a vessel might anchor m it; in one i)art it is some-
what narrower than the narrowest parts of Haro Strait, and the tides
run with equcal strength; it has its sunken rocks and dangers in an
equal degree with the Haro, and perhaps the anchorages in point of
numbers and facilities for reaching them are equal in both ; extreme
care ami vigilance are called for in navigating either with a sailing-
vessel ; to one with steam power neither offer any difliculties.

To a vessel bouml from sea, or from any of the southern ports
of Vancouver Island to the Strait of Georgia, the Haro Channel is pref

■■*

142

GEORGIA STRAIT.

ertihle, while to readi the same destination from Admiralty Inlet or
Pn>j;et Sound, Uosario Strait is tlie most direct and desirable. Having
entered, lunvever, by eitlier cliannel, tiie promontory of Itoberts Point
will be immediately seen with its consi»icuouH white-faced clilf, appearing
us an island.

Dangers. — The dangers to l)e av'oided in working tiirongii the Strait
of Georgia lire, on tlie northern sliore, Roberts and Sturgeon Banks;
and on tlie southern, the neighborhood of East Point and Tund)o
Island, and the coast of Saturna and Maym^ Islaiuls, until beyond the
entrance of Active Pass. A chain of reefs and rocky islets lie i)arallel
with this shore, in places extending nearly one mile olf ; and the bottom
is rocky and irregular, with strong tides.

Extending one mile east from the east end of Tumbo Island is a ledge
of foul, rocky ground, over which there are very heavy tide rips and
dangerous overfalls. At -f mile N. 02^ E. of liace Point is a rocky
patch of ') fathoms, about 400 yards in extent; and at about 200 yards
to the north westwird of this patch there is a rook with only 14 feet
water on it, possibly a shoal head of the 5-fathom patch. This rock
lies 5 mile N. 43° E. of Race J'oint. Orcas Knob kept wtll open to
the eastward of tl'.e east point of Waldron Island, bearing S. 3'^ E.,
leads in the fairway between Saturna and Patos Islands, l^ miles east-
ward of the rock; and Toe Point (Patos Island), inline with the north
extreme of Sucia Island, bearing S. 04^ E., leads nearly if mile to the
northward of it.

A rock lies 300 yards S. 50^ E. of Edith Point, Mayne Island. The
least depth on it is 2 feet, with irregular soundings around.

Caution. — As before observed vessels should when possible pass
midway between Saturna and Patos Islands ; they should on no account
give the east point of Tumbo Island a berth of less than Ik miles, and are
recommemled not to approach the northern shores of the islamls lying
between Haro Strait and Active Pass, within a distance of li miles; and
the," are strongly urge<l to adhere strictly to this advice.

The light onGeorginaPoint, at the entrance to Active Pass, becomeg.
obscured when bearing to the southward of X. 73° W. ; and it should
be borne in mind that during the night while this light is in sight all
the dangers ott' the northern shores of the above islands will be avoided.

It should also be remembered that the ebb sets to the SW., through
Active Pass, and that tide races occur in its northern entrance. Roberta
Bank is easily avoided. The extreme of Roberts Spit, or the tangent
of the high trees immediately within it, should not be brought to bear
to the southward of S. 67° E. If the weather is thick, when 50 fathoms
is struck, vessels will be getting very near the edge.

The Tides, although not nearly so strong as among the Ilaro Archi-
pelago, yet run with considerable strength (3 knots), particularly dur-
ing the freshets of summer, when the Fiaser River discharges an im-
mense volume of fresh water, which takes a southerly direction over

OEORQIA STRAIT TIDKS — FKASKIi RIVKK.

14$

't or
ving
oiiit
ring

til
a.

Cll

-
r

•

the biiiik« almost litraight for the entrance to Active PasH. This pecul-
iar milky coh/red water is Irequentl.v carried quite across the strait,
and is somt'times seen in the inner channnls aloii};; the shores of Van-
<!ouver Island ; at other times it reaches the center of the channel only,
forming a remarkable and most striking contrast with the deep blue
waters of the Strait of Georgia.

Helow the mouth of the Fraser the tide is rather the stronger on the
southern shore. On the northern side, within tiie line between Koberts
and Sandy Points, scarcely any tide is felt; and vessels vill gain by
working upon that shore with the ebb, where good anchorage can also
be found, if necessary.

Allowance must be made for the tide; this is not ditlicnlt when after
having on(!e entereil the Strait of (reorgia by daylight, and noted which
tide was running. In the center of the strait above Satnrna and I'atos
Islands, the strength of the tide varies from one to ',i knots, seldom more,,
unless close to the i.daml shores. whi(!h are swept by the rapid currents
out of Gabriola, Portier, aiul Active Passes. Above the month of the
Fraser there is siill less stream and plenty of sea room, the breadth of
the strait being nearly 15 miles.

Fraser River possesses advantages over any other river on the coast ;
a sheltered strait, scarcely 15 miles across, receives its waters; and
Vancouver Island serves as a natural breakwater, ])reveuting the pos-
sibility of any sea arising which would prove dangerous to vessels eveu
of the smallest class, unless they ground.

The river is navigable to Hope, 80 miles from the enfri""- - steamer*
of light draft reach tt.if -"'-' ' es above

fdy and

1 stream

it, and

rom the

gation.

. . ..mouth,

..vv/irtoie strength of current, from 4 to 7 knots, at

-ore ; but at Laugley the river becomes a broad, deej), and
placid stream, and except during the three summer months the influ-
ence of the flood stream is generally felt, and vessels of any draft may
conveniently anchor. The depth is 10 fathoms; the current not above
3 knots.

Midway between Langley and Hope the Harrison River th ws into the
Fraser, and by it and a long chain of lakes extending in a general north-
westerly direction a comparatively easy route has been establislicd, by
which the Upper Fraser may be reached at a point just below the
Bridge lliver.

Vessels of 14 feet ilraft may enter the Fraser near high water, and
proceed as high as Laugley with ease, provided they have or are assisted
by steam power, and are acquainted with the existing deep water chau

142

GEORGIA STRAIT,

erablf", wliili* to reach tl>e same ileatinatioii from Admiralty Inlet or
Piiji'i't Somul, Uosario Strait is tlio most tliroct i!ii»l (lesirable. ilariiig
eiitcTi'tl, however, by either chauiii'l, the promontory of Roberts Point
will be immediately seen with its conspicuous white-faced clitl',a]»peariiig
as an island.

Dangers. — The danj^'ers to bo avoided in workinff tiiroufjh the Strait
of (;eor},na are, on the northern sliore, Kt)berts and Stur};eon IJanks;
and on the .southern, the neighborhood of East Point atnl Tundm
Island, and the coast of Satiirna and Mayne islands, uutil beyond the
entran(!e of Active Pas.s. A chain of reefs and rocky islets lie ]>arallel
with this shore, in jdaces extending nearly one mile olf; and the bottom
is rocrky and irregular, with strong tides.

Kxtemling one mile cast from the east end of Tnmbo Island is a ledge
of foul, rocky ground, over which there are very heavy tide rips and
dan ,'erous overfads. At '{ mile X. 02^ H. of itace Point is a rocky
paten of .5 fathoms, about iOO yards in extent; anil at about iiUO yards
to the nortlnvestwird of this patch there is a rock with only 14 feet
water on it, possibly a shoal head of the Sfathom patch. This rock
lies jj mile N. 48'^ E. of Kace Point. Orcas Ivnob kei)t well open to
the eastward of the east point of Waldron Island, bearing S. 3° E.,
leads in the fairway between Saturna and Patos Islands, 1| miles east-
ward of the rock; and Toe Point (Patos Island), in line with the north
extreme of Suoia Island, bearing S. <J4^ E., leads nearly ^ mile to the
northward of it.

A rock lies 300 yards S. 5G^ E. of Edith Point, Mayne Island. Tho
least deiith on it is 2 feet, with irregular soundings around.
Caution. — As before observed vessels should when jwssible naas
; 1 1 97^ nRTTlSH OOLUBIBIA Strait of Georgia— Tumbo island—
illT,?SiJ™h«V^r«Br Change in character of buoy.-The Cana-

„>, >,w...o .11 iiiinii tnat during the night while this ligu'^".-,"^.-.?";..^.":'.-..
the dangers off the northern shores of the above islands will be avoided.

It should also be remembered that the ebb sets to the SW., through
Active Pass, and that tide races occur in its northern entrance, Roberts
Bank is easily avoided. The extreme of Roberts Spit, or the tangent
of the high trees immediately within it, should not be brought to bear
to the southward of S. 07° E. If the weather is thick, when 50 fathoms
is stru(!k, vessels will be getting very near the edge.

The Tides, although not nearly so strong as among the Ilaro Archi-
pelago, yet run with considerable strength (,'} knots), particularly dur-
ing the freshets of summer, when the Fraser River discharges an im-
mense volume of fresh water, which takes a southerly direction over

r.KOROIA STRAIT TIDK8 — FRASKR RIVKR.

145

lot or

'oitit
uriiig

■Jtriiit

llkn;
111)1)0

the
nillel
ttoiu

<l<fe

ocky
anls

feet
rock
u to

E.,

3ast-

orth

the

Tho-

i)as»_

iia-
i)g
12
ihe

"t:

ed.

rts
mt
lar

li-

ir-
n-
er

the banks almost straight for tho t'Dtraiioe to Active Pass. This pecul-
iar milky colored water is frequently carried quite across the strait,
and is soM)t'times seen in the inner channels along the shores of Van-
<"ouver Island ; at oJier times it reaches the center of the cliannel only,
forming a remarkable and most striking contrast with the deep blue
waters of tlie Strait of (Tcorgia,

Helow the monti) of the Fraser the tide is rather the stronger on tho
sonthern shore. On the northern side, within tl)e line between Koberts
and Sandy Points, sc'arcely an,\ title is felt; and vessels vill gain by
working upon tiiat shore with the ebb, where good ancl)orage can also
be fonnd, if necessary.

Allowance must be n)a(le for the tide; this is nt)t tlillicnlt when after
having once entered theStiait of Georgia by daylight, and noted which
tide was running. In the center of the strait above Satnrna and Pato*
Islands, the strength of the tide varies fi'om one to ',i knots, seldom n)orey
unless close to the island shores, which are swept by the rapiil curients
out of Gabriola, Portier, and Active Passes. Above the mouth of tho
Fraser there is siill less stream and plenty of sea room, the breadth of
the strait being nearly 15 miles.

Fraser River possesses advantages over any other river on the coast;
a shelteretl strait, scarcely 15 miles across, receives its waters ; and
Vancouver Island serves as a natural breakwater, preventing the pos-
sibility of any sea arising which wonld i)rov»; dangerous to vessels eveti
of the smallest class, unless they ground.

The river is navigable to Hope, 80 miles from the entrance; steamer*
of light draft reach this point and even the town of Yale, 15 miles above
it, during from six to nine months of the year. In June, .Fnly and
August, the melting of the snow causes so rapid a downward stream
that vessels even of high steam power are rarely able to sten) it, and
during these months numbers of large trees are brought down fi-om the
flooded banks, which offer another serious obstruction to navigation.
Between Hope and Langlej', the latter 30 miles from the river's month,
there is always a considerable strength of current, tron) 4 to 7 knots, at
times more ; but at Langley the river becomes a broad, deep, and
placid stream, and except during the three summer n)onths the intin-
ence of the Hood stream is generally felt, and vessels of any draft may
conveniently ai chor. The depth is 10 fathoms; the current not above
3 knots.

Midway between Langley and Hope the Harrison River Hows into the
Fraser, and by it and a long chain of lakes extending in a general north-
westerly direction a comparatively easy route has been establislied, by
which the Upper Fraser may be reached at a point Just below the
Bridge River.

Vessels of l-t feet draft may enter the Fraser near l)igh water, and
proceed as high as Langley with ease, provided they have or are assisted
by steam power, and aro acquainted with the existing deep water chan-

144

OEOIIGIA STRAIT.

iiol, whioli. it should ho remeiuhered, ia Huhject to chuiif,'*'. It tiiiist he
ri'tiK'inhcrcil, h(>\vt^V(«^, timt tlu' tiiU's uf tho Htniit of (icoifiiii HwtM'p
acroHstlic chiiiiiiel of thuiMitraiict', and liirfic ships me ri'coiiiiufiided to
«iiter or leave witii tlie last (iiiiirter of tlu' Hood.

Tilt' ffreat (|iMiint.v of (h^|)i>sil l)roiiy:lit down l)y tlie ficslii'ts of Hum-
mer lias created an extensive series of l»anl;s, wliich extend 5 miles out-
side the entrauct' pr )|)er of the river. Tlie main stream has forced a
somewhat narrow (;lianMel, in \vhi(;ii there is a sharp hend, tliroU{;li thoue
banivs, and at its Junction with the current ol tlie Strait of (ieoryia,
which runs at ri;;lit an;,des to it, lias caused the wall ird^^ed hanU hefore
alluded to, e.Ytetidiii}r to Koberts I'oint on the south and Grey I't»int on
the north.

Tho river is at its lowest stage diiriiifj the months of January, Feb-
ruary and March, lu Ai>ril it commeiicea to rise from the meltinj,' of
the snows, and is perhaps L' feet above its lowest h^vel; the Hood stream is
stronj; eiiouf-h to swiiifjf a shipiij New ^' ^tiniiister up to the end of this
mouth. In .May the water rises rapidl.> lie river is at its hitthest about
the end of June, and remains u|) with tniiiiia; rtuetiiations until the end
of July or middle of Auj{ust. Dnrinjj these six weeks tho banks
are overflowed and extensive ]>laiu8 above Lanpley covered for a space
of several miles ; the 8tren<(th of the stream between Lansjley and Hope
being from 4 to 7 knots, and in the narrow parts even more. The usual
rise of the river at Langley due to these floods is about 14 feet, out it
has been known to reach '2'} feet.

From the middle to the end of August the waters begin to subside,
and in September the stream is not incouvenieiitly strong. September,
October and November are favorable months for tho river uavigatiou,
as the water is then sutticiently high to reach Hope, and the strength
of the current considerably abated. The shallow stern-wheel steamers
liave got to Hope a." late as December; between this mouth and April,
owing to the shoalness of the water and the great quantity of ice formed,
navigation, even by these vessels only drawing 18 inches, is attended
with great ditliculty, and rarely practicable at all. The snags or drift
trees which become imbedded in the river also form a serious obstacle
to navigation at this season.

In April the steamers commence again to run; in June, July and
August the rai)idity of tho cirrent is the great obstacle, but these high-
pressure vessels, comnmiiding a speed of 11 and 12 knots, frequently
accomplish the voyage, though at much risk. The Harrison Kiver route
ol)viates some but not all of those dithciilties.

Tides. — At New Westminster the freshets raise the level of the river
about feet, l)Ut the banks being high no incouveuieiice isfelt, and the
strength of the stream is rarely 5 knots, during the winter from 2 to A;
for some miles within the entrance the low banks are partially flooded
for a mouth or six weeks. Tho rise and fall due to tidal causes is from
8 to 10 feet at springs, between the Sand Heads and the entrance of

(1192) BRITISH OOLUfflBIA - P*Tait of Georgia— Fraser river
entrance -Light vessel to be established.— A li(,'litshi|) willHlioitly
bu «-stnl>liHlu'(l Ity tli«- (Mtvcriiiiioiit of ('aiiiidii olV t\u' Uaiidlu'iulH, to
iiiaik tlio ciitriiiice to Fiiiwcr river.
Tlic light will be .ijiued irliilc light, visible nil round the horixoii.
The fog Higiial will be a bell.
_ Due iiotiee of the establiHhiueiit of the lightship will be given.

(2007) BRITISH OOLOfflBIA- Strait of Georg.iN. M a: im ) f
Fraser river -Roberts bank Bell buoy established, A bell buoy
hiw been entablislied by the (loveinniei.t of Canada on tli.- .'xtivnie
western shoulder of Uobert.s bank, 1 mile H. 1° :U)' W. true(h.Sh. mag. )
from Fraser Kiver lightshii). . , , , •

The buoy is moored in 15 fatlioms; it is painted red and is sur-
mounted by a bell rung automatieally by the motion ol the buoy.
Approx position: Lat. 49° 05' XV' N., Long. 12.r \H' :VJ" W.
riii\ii island withm tlie sound, bearing \. .i ' 1-:., leads nln.'N. M. 49, 1906.)
elear (^f the edge of the Sturgeon IJaiik and about the saine distaiieo
westwanl of the light house.

The South Sand Head dries at low waler, and has fre<i-.ieiitly a ripple
on it when covered ; it is marked by :; red buoy. The least depth in
the old (south) ehauiiel is 5 feet at low water; as, however, the channel
shifts fioin time to time, the scriucen of a local pilot are ahsolutcli/
neccsKart/. Approaching the entrance, the buoy moored olV the North
Sand nea<l shouhl liebnmglit to bear N. 45° I<L,aiid then steer to leave
it a'.ioiit l-'tHt or .'JOO yards on the port side, which will lead in, nearly in
iiiid-ehaiinel.

New Channel. — In 1884 a new chaunel through the sands at the
mouth of the river had formed with a depth of 8 feet at low water,
summer spring tides. This channel (to the northward of the old oue)
is marked with black spar buoys numbered consecutively from 1 to 9.
Directions. — Vessels making tor the new channel should, to clear
the Sand Meads, keep on the leading marks of Howe Sound until Garry
Bush (Leading Tree)* bears N. 79° E., when it should be steered for;
leav(! the black buoys 50 yards on the port hand, and after passing No.
9 buoy, steer for No. 15 (fairway buoy), whicli may be passed on either
liand, and tiience to Garry Point. The Sand Heads Light-house bears
S. 16° E. of No. 1 buoy, distant l/,r miles.

New Westminster stands ou the north or right bank of the Fraser
liiver, just above the Junction of the North Fork, and 15 miles in agen-
tial northeasterly direction from the entrance proper. It occupies a
commanding position, is within an easy distance of the entrance, and
lias great facilities for wharfage along its water frontage, a good depth
of water, and excellent anchorage.

The river bank is somewhat precipitous in places, and the country at
the back is, like all the lower parts of the Fraser, densely wooded ; a
considerable clearing, however, of the timber has taken place in the
vicinity of the town, which now assumes a prominent and thriving
aspect. It has several public buildings of note, including a very good

* A reiiinrkablo iHolatud tree situated 430 yards N. 12° W. of Garry Point, but it
is reported as liavlug been cut down.
14205_No. 96 10

144

, >. \Jl il LA ^/ AA Vj

uel, wbioli, it
remembered,
across the clii
«nter or leav<

Tlie gr ■
iner has <
side tiie i
«oinewha
banks, ai
wliicii rill
aUiided ti
the nortli

Tiie rivci l,^ ai. lus iu\M.-st stajje diuiiij; the luontiis of January, Feb-
ruary aud Mi'.rch. lu April it commences to rise from tiie melting of
the snows, and is iierliaps 2 feet above its lowest level ; the Hood stream is
strong enough to swing a ship ni New Westminster up to the end of this
month. Ill May the water rises rapidly; the river is at its highest about
the end of June, and remains up with tritling Huctuations until the end
of July or middle of August. During tiiese six weeks the banks
are overflowed and extensive [)lains above Langley covered for a space
of several miles ; the strength of the stream between Langley aud Hope
being from 4 to 7 knots, and in the narrow parts even more. The usual
rise of the river at Langley due to these floods is about 14 feet, but it
has been known to reach 25 feet.

Fiom the middle to the end of August the waters begiu to subside,
and in September the stream is not inconveniently strong. September,
October and November are favorable months for the river navigation,
as tiie water is then sulHciontly high to reach Elope, and the strength
of tlie current consideral)ly abated. The shallow stern-wheel steamers
have got to Hope as late as December; between this mouth and April,
owing to the shoaliiess of the water and the great quantity of ice formed,
navigation, even by these vessels only drawing 18 inches, is attended
with great dilliculty, and rarely practicable at all. The "nags or drift
trees which become imbedded in the river also form a serious obstacle
to Mavigation at this seasoi'.

In April the steamers commence again to run; in .lune, July .and
August the rapidity of tiie current is the great obstacle, but these high-
pressure vessels, comiuan<ling a si)ee(l of 11 and 12 knots, frequently
accomplish the voyage, though at much risk. The Harrison lliver route
obviates some but not all of these difticulties.

Tides. — At New Westminster the freshets raise the level of the river
nliout <» feet, but •!;•> banks being liigli no inconvenience is felt, and the
strength of the stream is 'iirely f) knots, during the wiiiter from 2 to I'i;
for some miles within tiie entrance the low banks are partially Hooded
for a month or six weeks. The rise and fall due to tidal causes is from
8 to 10 feet at springs, between the Sand Heads and the entrance of

KRASER RIVER DIRECTIONS NEW WESTMINSTER.

145

the river proper at Garry Point; at New VVestmirster it is (5 feet, and
at Langlcy scarcely perceptible.

Directions. — Tbe lijjlit-liouse on tlie Xortli Sand Head enables a
vessel to pick up tiie narrow entrance between the Sand Heads with
ac(!uracy. A larfie black buoy is i)laced ofl' the the outer edjfG of the
North Sand Head, and the edj-e of the ciiannel inside is marked by
buoys, colored red on the starboard liainl (south bank), aud black on
the port hand (north bank) ; they are also numbered consecutively ; the
Sand Head buoy can be seen well from a distiinceof 2 miles.

Comiii<;from the northward. Passage Island, at the entrance of Howe
Sound, kept in line or just open eastward of a remarkable peak on
Anvil Island within the sound, bearinjj; N. .'P K., leads about one mile
clear of tiie edfje ol the Sturgeon Bank, and about the same distance
westward of the light house.

The South Sand IJead dries at low water, and has frequently a ripple
on it when covered; it is marked by » re?/ buoy. The least depth in
the old (south) channel is 5 feet at low water ; as, however, the channel
shifts from time to time, the services of a local pilot are absolutely
necessav}/, Appioaching the entrance, the buoy moored off the North
Sand Head should be brought to bear N. 45° Fi.,aiid then steer to leave
it about L'Ul> or .'iUO yards on the port side, which will lead in, nearly in
mid channel.

New Channel. — In 1884 a new channel through the sands at the
mouth of the river had formed with a depth of 8 feet at low water,
summer spring tides. This channel (to the northward of the old one)
is nnuked with black spar buoys numbered consecutively from 1 to 9.

Directions. — Vessels making tor the new channel should, to clear
the San<l Heads, keei> on the leading marks of Howe Sound until Garry
Bush (Leading Tree)* bears N. 7!)° K., when it should be steered for;
leav(^ the black buoys 50 yards on the [)ort hand, ami after passing No.
1) buoy, steer for No. 15 (fairway buoy), which may be passed on either
hand, and tiience to Garrv Point. The Sand Heads Light-house bears
S. UP E. of No. 1 buoy, distant 1 ,'',r miles.

New Westminster stands on the north or right bank of the Fraser
liiver, Just al)ove the junction of the North Fork, and 15 miles in a gen-
eral northeasterly direction from the entrance proper. It occupies a
<!onnnanding j)osition, is within an easy distance of the entrance, and
has great facilities for wharfage along its Nvater frontage, a good depth
of water, and excellent anchorage.

The river bank is somewhat i)recipitou8 in places, and the country at
the back is, like all the lower parts of the Fraser, densely wooded; a
considerable clearing, however, of the timber has taken place in the
vicinity of the town, which now assumes a prominent and thriving
aspect. It hati several public buildings of note, including a very good

'A reiuai'kablii iiolatttd tree Hitiiated 430 yards N. 12° W. of Garry Point, but it
is reported as liavlii^ been cut down,
14205 -No. 96 10

14(i

GEORGIA STRAIT.

hospital, and large canneries which put up some 70,000 cases of salmon
eacli .'.eason.

The i)()]mlation of New Wa;<tminster in 1S81 was about 3,000.

Pilots. — rilora^'c is compulsory; the rates subject to agreement,
but not to exceed $ti per foot. Vessels under steam or in tow of a
steamer, one-fourlli less. Tugboat charges from Koyal Koails, V^an-
couvcr Island, and return, for a vessel of 700 tons, about $300. Harbor
dues on vessels over oOO tons, $5 ; under 500 tons, .'i!4.

Supplies of all descriptions are readily obtained, and salmon in
abundance in tlie season. Thc're are not many facilities for repairs to
shipping and iniicliinery.

('oal can be obtained at a price of )?(> per ton. About 500 tons are
usually ke]it in stocrk, l)nt any quantity can be procured at a short
notice. Vessels can (ioal from barges, or they can go alongside a wharf
wliicii extends into a deptii of -0 feet at low water.

Pitt River. — At 5 mih's eastward of New WcNtminster is the en-
tra.ice to tiie I'itt Kiver, whicii trends in a general northeasterly direc-
tion for ii.S miles, terminating in two remarkable lakes inclosed between
almost perpendicular mountains, and navigable to the hea<l for vessels
of 14 feet draft, the depth in ]»laces being far too great (or anchorage.

Derby or New Langley. — The landing place at Fort Langley is ILf
miles above New Westminsfr in an easterly direction, on the south or
opposite side ot the river; tlie channel between is deep and there are
no impediiiiciits to navigation. The depth of water here is 10 fathoms.
Large vessels may ])rocced with ease 7 mil(^s beyoTid Langley; the nav-
igation then beconu's somewhat intricate, ami the current too rapid for
any vessels but steamers of light draft and great i>ower.

The North Fork is another entrances to the Fraser, mivigable for
vessels drawing (1 or S feet water, antl is generally used by the natives
proceeding to or from Hurrard Inlet. A large, low, ])artially wooded
island lies in its cntram-e and splits tlie channel into two arms.

In many i)arts of the North Fork the water is deep, in holes, .uid the
bottom irregular; it can only be considered a boat channel.

Burrard Inlet has its entrance betv,een (Irey Point on the south
and Atkinson I'oinr on tiie north. lloweSound immediately adjoins it
on the north, Atkinson Point, the northern entrance point of the inlet,
being the eastern limit of the sound.

The entrance to the inlet is well marked; Grey Point, a long, wooded
promontory teriiiinating in a rounded bluff, is very (;onspicuous from
the southward, while Bowen Island, whichliesat the entrance of Howe
S(nind, and may also be said to form the northern boundary of the
itdet, is very remarkable; its high, round, and almost bare summit,
Mount (lai'ilner, reaching an elevation of I3,47i* feet, is easily recognized
from any iioiiit of view. Passage Island, small but prominent, lies lit
the eastern passage if Howe iSound, midway between Bowen Island
and Atkin.sou Point, and is an excellent mark from the southward. As

UURRARD INLET — ANCHORAGE.

147

before observed, Anvil Peak, in line witli or just open westward of this
i.siiind, bearing N. 3° E., leads 1 A miles clear of the edge of the Sturgeon
Bank, and at night the light on Atkinson Point should not be brought
to bear westward of N. 23° E.

Burrard Inlet differs from most of the great sounds of this coast in
being I'.omparatively easy of access to steam vessels of any size or class,
and in the convenient deptli of water for anchorage which may be found
in almost every part of it; its cluse prcxiinity to Eraser Uiver, with
the great facilities for constructing roads between the two phuies, and
its having become the terminus of the* PacitU; and Canadian Railway,
likewise add considerably to its importance. It is divided into three
distinct harbors, viz, l'>uglish bay or tlieoutcr anchorage; Vancouver
(formerly called (Joal Harbor), above the First Narrows; and Port
Moody, at the head of the eastern arm of tlic iidct.

There is communication l>y steamer daily an<l bi-weekly with jirovin-
cial i)orts ; weekly with 8an Fraiu'isco, and bi-weekly with ports in
Puget yound ; and by railway to all parts of Eastern Canada and
throughout the United Slates. Tliere is also telegraphic; commnniea-
tion with ::>aiu points throughout tbe province, with the L'nited tjtales,
and with Eurojjc.

A submarine cable extends from Point Grey across the Strait of Geor-
gia to Valdes Island.

English Bay is more than 3 miles ii breadth at the entrance, and
carries the same breadth for nearly its t ntire length, or almost 4 miles.

Spanish Bank, which extends in a northerly direction from (irey
Point for 'j mile, and then ijurves easterly. Joining the south shore of tl',3
inlet at the distance of 2 miles' within the point, contracts the entrance
in some nu-asiire, however. This bank is composed of hard sand, and
is dry at low water; its edge is stee]»-to, having olV it tiom 20 to 7
fathoms and then onshore; when covered its existence would not be
susiH'cted ; there is no ripple on it uide.ss with strong westerly winds,
and then oidy near low water. A red can buoy is moored olfits north
edge in 7 fathoms. A red can buoy, surmounted by a staff and cage, is
moored in 10 lathonis westward of the bank.

The head of English May on the southern shore teriinnates in a shoal
arm, name«l False Creek; on the northern shore it leads by the First

uj the j)oiut, bearing K ii'-> li<., a \i..-.o

" ■■! (i (athoms,

the bay (olf

. -103 E., and

anchorage is

id is also out

ad farther to

. stan>!s close

sjust shut in

h in.

146

GEORUIA STRAIT.

hospital, and largo canneries wliicli put up some 70,000 cases of salniou
eacii season.

The p(>i)nlation of New Westminster in 1881 was about 3,000,

Pilots. — Pilotage is compulsory ; the rates subject to agreement,
but not to exceed $(> per foot. Vessels under steam or in tow of a
steamer, one-fourlh less. Tug-boat charges from Koyal Uoails, Van-
couver Island, and return, for a vessel of 700 tons, about 'j.'iOO. Harbor
dues on vessels over 500 tons, $5 ; under 500 tons, $4.

Supplies of all descriptions are readily obtained, and sa]iiio?i in
abundance in the season. There are not many facilities for rejiairs to
shipi)ing and macliinery.

Coal (\aii be obtained at a i)rice of .*0 per ton. About 500 tons are
usually ko]it in stock, i)nt any quantity v.nn be luocnred at a siiort
notice. Vessels can coal from barges, or tiiey can go alongside^ awharf
which extends into a depth of L'O feet at low water.

Pitt River. — At 5 nnles eastward of Mt'w Westminster is the en-
trance to the I'itt Itiver, wliich trends in a general northeasterly direc-
tion for 28 iiiih^s, terminating in two remarkable lakes inclosed between
almost periioiidicnlar mountains, and navigable to the head for vessels
of If feet draft, tiie de])lli in jtlaees being far too great foi- anchorage.

Derby or New Langley. — The landing place at Fort Langley is ILf
miles above Ntnv Westminster in an easterly direcition, on tlie sontii or
opposite side of th(' river ; tlie channel between is deep and tliere are
no ini])ediiiients to inivigation. Tlie dei)th of water here is 10 fathoms.
Large vessels may proceed with ease 7 ndles l)eyond Langley; tlie nav-
igation then becomes somewhat intricate, and the current too rapid for
any ves.sels but steamers of light draft and great i)Ower.

The North Fork is another entrance to the Fraser, navigable for
vessels drawing (I or 8 feet water, and is generally used by the natives
proceeding to or troin Ijurrard Inlet. A large, low, jiartially wooded
island lies in its entrance and splits the channel into two arms.

In many jiarts of the North Fork tlie water is deep, in holes, ami the
bottom irregular; it can only be coiisidere<l a boat channel.

Burrard Inlet has its entrance between Grey Point on the south
and Atkinson Point on tlie north. Howe Sound immediately adjoins it

on the north Atl>iii«i>n Pnint tlx. iinrtlioni <ii>tt>.ii..w. •>..:..» ..♦' *i. .,:..'.»

(1128) BRITISH OOLUUBIA— Strait of Georgia— Burrard inlet-
Grey point— Change in character of buoy.— The Canadian (iover.i-
ment ha.s given notice that the red can buoy surmounted by a cage,
moored off Grey point, Burrard inlet, and known iis Grey Point fair-
way buoy, has been replaced by a bell biu)y of United Rtati's Govern-
ment jiattern.

The buoy is of st«el, paint«d red, and is surmounted by a bell rung
by the motion of the buoy on the waves. It is moored about 1^ luiles
N. ;?° VV. true (NNW. g W. mag.) from fJrey point.

Aiiprox. position: Lat. 40° 17' 00" N., Long. 123° 15' 50" W.
ine (Msrern jiassage I 1 llowi; tSouinl, miclway liei . (N. M. 80, 1905.)
and Atkinson Point, and is an excellout mark from the southward. As

UURRARD IM.KT — ANCHORAGK.

147

before observed, Anvil Peak, in Hue with or just open westward of this
island, bearing N. 3° E., leads li niilesclear of theedgeof tlieStiirgeou
Bank, and at nigiit the light on Atkinson I'oiut should not be brought
to bear westward of i?f. 23'= E.

Burrard Inlet diflFers from most of the great sounds of this coast in
being (!omi>aratively easy of access to steam vessels of any size or class,
and iu the convenient deptli of water for anchorage wliiish may be found
in almost every part of it; its ciise proximity to Fraser liiver, with
tlie great facilities for constru(!ting roads between the two plac^es, and
its having become the terminus of the PacMlic; and Canadian Ifailwiiy,
likewise add consi<lerably to its importaiuje. It is divided into three
distinct harbors, viz, Knglish bay or the outer anciiorage ; Vancouver
(foritierly called Coal Harbor), above the First Narrows; and I'ort
Moody, at the head of the eastern arm of the inlet.

Therii is communication by steamer daily and bi-weekly with provin-
cial i)orts ; weekly with San Fran 'isco, and bi-weekly with ports in
Puget Sound ; and by railway to all parts of l^asterii Canada and
tliroughout the United States. There is also telegraphic communica-
tion with main points throughout the [)i'Ovincc, with the United States,
and with Europe.

A submarine cable extends from Point Grey across the Strait of Geor-
gia to Valdes Island.

English Bay is more than 3 miles in breadth at the entrance, and
carries the same breadth for nearly its entire lengtii, or almost 4 miles.

Spanish Bank, which extends in a northerly dirt'ctiou from (Irey
Point for 'I mile, and then curves easterly. Joining tlu^ south shore of the
inlet at the distance of 2 miles' within the jtoint, contracts the entrance
in some measure, however. This bank is composed of hanl sand, anil
is dry at h)w water; its edge is steep-to, having olV it from lib to 7
fathoms and then onshore; when covered its existence would not be
suspected ; there is no ripple on it unless with strong westerly winds,
and then oidy near low water. A red can buoy is moored off its not th
edge in 7 fathoms. A red can buoy, surnu)unted by astalf and cage, is
moore«l in 10 fathoms westward of the bank.

The head of English liay on the southern shore Terminates in a shoal
arm, named False Creek; on the northern shoie it leads by the First
Narrows to Burrard Inlet.

Anchorage. — There is good anclunngein English Bay in (> fatlioms,
stiff mud Imttom, at about J mile fr»)m the south shore of the bay (off
Indian huts), with the extreme of Coal I'eninsula bearing N, 41)° E., and
light-house on Point Atkinson bearing N. 47^ W.; this anchorage is
well protected from westerly winds by the Spaiush Bank, ami is also out
of the influence of the current. Anchorage may also be had farther to
the eastward if desired; a remarkable high Nine-jiin IJoek stands close
off the west end of Coal Peninsula, and when this rock is just shut in
by the point, bearing N. G° E., a vessel will be far enough in.

148

GEORGIA STRAIT.

Tides. — In English Bay dnriiig tlm winter months from Septombcr to
Marcii tiiere is wiiat is locally called a "short ran ont" during the day,
and a "long ran out" at night. The tide is consequently high during the
day and low at night. The duration of the short run out is from 3 to
4 hours, that of the long 7 to I) hours. Tiiis is entirely reversed during
the summer-months, when it is high water during the night, and low
water during the day. The tides are very complicated, and can not be
depended on, except at full and cliange of the moon.

Directions. — Entering Burrard fnlet from the southward. Grey Point
should not be approached within one mile, when the extreme of the blutt'
bears S. KP E. and the north end of (Joal Peninsula is N. 7!)° E., steer
in east, which will lead ^ mile clear of the Spanish Bank ; a good look-
out being keitt for the buoy.

Vessels intending to pass above the narrows must attend to the tides,
and strangers will do well to ..nchor in I'^nglish Bay before i)roceeding
farther up.

The First Narrows lie between the bluff of Coal Peninsula and the
north side of the inlet, where the breadth of the channel is not more
than 300 yards with a depth of from 10 to IL* fathoms; to strangers the
entrance is not easily made out until close in. A Hat coini)osed of
shingle and bowlder stones, covering with the early Hood, extends from
L'OOto (JOO yards off the north shore, so that the peninsula bluff' must
bo kept pretty do.se aboard, rather less than 200 yards. From the en-
trance of the narrows, when abreast Peninsula Blutf, steer for Brockton
Point for about a mile, then gradually alter course to pass Brockton
Point at the distance of about 300 yards, when a S. 78° E. course will
lead to the Second Narrows. To sailing ships a knowledge of the local-
ity is necessary, as well as acommandingbree/e, and the narrows should
never be attempted with the full strength of the stream; and vessels
must be quick and careful with the helm. Even for steamers, the
strength of the current in the First Narrows necessitates unusual care.

The narrow i)art of the chaniud is ft mile in length, when it gradually
opens out from 100 yards to A mile, whi<;h is the breadth abreast of
Brockton Point, 1^ miles within the Peninsula Bluff' on the southern
shore. When past the narrowest i)art, the southern shore should be
kept aboard within 400 yards until abreast Brockton Point.

Shoal. — A shoal spot L'40 yards in diameter, depth of 4 fathoms, has
been found almost in mid-channel off lirockton Point. The center of
the shoal lies about 700 yards N. 2~>° W. of the eastern extreme of the
point. Less water than charted is fonml north of the shoal, but south
of it the depth is unaltered.

Beacons. — Three beacons have been erected on the northern side of
the First Narrows.

Each beacon consists of a cluster of five piles, 8 feet in height above
high water, painted black and surmounted by a triangle 10 feet high,
placed base upwards and painted white.

BURNAUY SHOAL — VANCOUVER.

149

»er to

' <iay,

ff the
3 to

uring
low

ot be

Point
■ blurt'
steer
look-

The outer beacon stands in 6 feet at low-water spruiij: tides, with
Nine-pin Rock open of the blurt", bearing S. 41° 27' W., and Hastings
sawmill open of Brockton Point, bearing S. 47° 09' E.

The middle beacon is situated 3,000 yards S. 5^1° 35' E. of the outer
beacon. The inner (easternmost) beacon stands in 10 feet of water at
low-water spring tides, 1,000 yards S. 04° E. of the middle beacon.

Tides. — The strength of the tide in the narrowest part of the First
Narrows is from 4 to 8 knots. It is high water, full and change, at 6
p. ra. ; and the rise is 13 feet. The ebb stream commences directly it
is high water by the shore, and runs out for two hours after it is low ;
there is consequently only 4 hours' flood stream.

Burnaby Shoal, about 400 yards in extent, marked by kelp, with 9
feet water on it, lies 050 yards S. 70° E, of Hrockton Point; the kelp,
however, is frequently not seen until close upon it. The houses north-
ward of Brockton Point open north of tiiat point, lead north of Burnaby
Shoal, and the pier at Vancjouver, bearing S. 0° W., clears it to the
eastward. A red buoy is moored on this siioal; leave to the west in
j)as8ing.

Vancouver Harbor, tiie first anchorage inside the First Narrows,
is a bight formed by the land fallinu back from Brockton Point. At
the northern side of the harbor is the Burnaby Slioal, and midway be-
tween Vancouver town ami Hastings mill the Whiting Bank extends
350 yards from the shore, with 2\ fatiiums on its outer edge.

Vancouver, a rapidly increasing town which had in 18S7 about 3,500
inhabitants, is on the east si(le of Vancouver Harbor ; it is tlie terminus
of the Canadian Pacific Railway, and trains leave <laily for Montreal.
It is in telegraphic communitiation with Van(!ouver Island ami Mon-
treal. There are excellent facilities for l)eacliing vessels. A small
steam vessel plies between this town and Moodyville sawmills on the
northern side of Burrard Inlet. There is an establishment for herring
curing here.

A pier has been constructed eastward of Buckland Point, with a
depth alongs'de it at low water of 24 feet.

Vancouver is the center of the great lumber district which produces
the supply for Hastings mill.

At Hastings sawmill, on the east entrance point of Vancouver Har-
bor, several piers have been constructed for the convenience of vessels
loading lumber ; there is a depth of 25 feet alongside the largest of
these piers.

Large quantities of timber are exported to Saudwich Islands, Aus-
tralia, China, and 8an Francisco; vessels of !,500 tons ko alongside
the piers to load. Tht; steamers from China coal at Vancouver from a
hulk.

Anchorage. — The best anchorage in Vanconver Harbor is in the
Boutheastern corner in from 10 to 12 fathoms, mud, with the north ex-
treme of the x>ier8 at Hustings mill bearing 3. 78° E., and the landing

150

GEORGIA 81RAIT.

stage iit Vancouver Town (ii lonp tloatinp stage) bearing 8. 23° W.
Tliis position is out of the inliuenee of tlie strong tidal streams.

Supplies. — Wood for steaming purposes can be abundantly procured,
and also ordinary supplies. Water is of bad fiuality.

Coal is obtained from Nauaiino, from which port it can be shipped at
the rate of $1 pei- ton. A small quantity can be procured from the
retail dealers; price, )f8 per ton.

A powerfkd steam tug is available for towing vessels between Juan
de Fu(!a Strait and Burrard Inlet.

Directions. — From about SOU yards otT Brockton Point steer S. 73°
E., keeping the houses X\V. of Brockton I'oint open north of that point
until tiiepierat Vancouver Town bears S. G° W., when Burn.iby Shoal
will be passed and the anchorage may be steered for.

Hastings, a small village situated on the south side of the inlet, is
3 miles from Vancouver, and is connected with New Westminster
by a stage road 9 miles long. It is much frequented during the sum-
mer months.

Moodyville. — At Moodyville, on the noi th shore, there is a steam
sawmill, also a gridiron 180 feet long and 40 feet wide, capable at spring
tides of taking a vessel drawing 12 feet; alongside it is a small wharf.
Moodyville contained in 1884 about -'50 inhabitanfs, i)rincipally em-
ployes of the sawmills. Two steam ferryboats ply between this place
and the several other settlements in Burrard Inlet.

Second Narrovrs. — The Second Narrows are similar to the First; a
bank of the same description, but more extensive, is caused by the de-
posit brought down fiom the high mor-tains by the numerous streams
which llowinto the inlet on the north side. This bank is dry at low water,
and the breadth of the deep channel, at the n-irrowest i)art and for i
mile on either side of it, varies from 300 to 400 yards, with a depth of
from 10 to 20 fathoms. The channel, however, is straight, and the tides,
which run from 3 to 7 knots, set fairly tiirough it. The only directions
necessary are to keei* the southern shore close aboard, and steer from
point to point without going far into the bights which indent the coast
on either side of the narrowest part. The great strength of the tide
ceases when ^ mile from the narrowest part of the narrows

Telegraph. — A submarine telegrai)h cable crosses the Second Nar-
rows in the narrowest part, marked by three wooden painted posts
placed on the mud Hat; and the outer of these being on the southern
edge of the Hat is a good guide for the deep-water channel.

Port Moody.— The entrance to this snug harbor is 4 miles eastward
from the Se(!Ouil Narrows, at the head of the eastern arm of the inlet.
At its entrance it is 400 yards across ; there are no dangers, and there
is a uniform iK'pth of water, with good holding ground. It termi-
nates in a muddy flat at its head, which readies within 3 miles of the
banks of I'itt River. Wharfage accommodation for vessels of large
tonnage is provided, the depth alongside of which is 30 feet at low

■

POUT MOODY ANCllOHAOE CROKKK ISLAND.

151

red,

dat
tho

uati

watt^r. A considerable Hottloment is being formed on the south shoro
at the liead of tiie bay, wliich in 1884 contained about 250 iniiabitants.

The st^a worm is very destructive in the port.

Anchorage. — Tiio best auciiorage, in from 5 to fathoms, is in the
widest part of the iiarbor. Just before readiiuK the arm which turns to
the soiitiiward and eastward at about ^ mile from the road which leads
to New Westminster. Abreast the turning point, aiul on the iioith
shore, a bank dries oft' for nearly 400 yards at low water, on which good
oysters aie found.

NorthArm, Just before reaching Port Moody, branches oft' from the
main inlet, and takes a general iu)rtherly direction. It is entirely dif-
ferent in its cnaracter from other portions of the inlet. The water la
deep, ami it is inclosed on both sides by rugged mountains rising from
2,000 to 0,000 feet almost perpendicularly, and down the steep sides of
which the melting snow in summer forces its way in foaming cascades,
reudering the surface water in the inlet below nearly fresh.

There is scarcely sufticient level laud in this arm to pitch a teut, nor
is there any anchorage except in Bedwell Bay, a narrow (treek 2 miles
within the entrance, on the eastern shore, where 7 to fathoms are found
near its head. North Arm is nearly one mile wide at the entrance, but one
mile within it is contracted to a little over 400 yards, when it shortly
opens out again, and maintains an average breadth of "rj mile as far as
Croker Island. There is a settlement on North Arm named Kiehmoud
with a i)opulation of about 250, and there are two salmon canneries
there.

Croker Island is one mile from the head of the arm, and on both sides
of it there are deep but narrow channels; that to the eastward is the
wider. The head terminates in a delta of swampy rushes, through
which some rapid streams tind their way into the inlet from a deep and
narrow gorge in a northerly direction.

Water. — During the winter months fresh water is to be obtained in
all parts of Burrard Inlet, and probably the whole year rouiul there
would be no scarcity; in June there is abuiulance at the creek in Eug-
lish Bay, oft" which is the anchorage.

In I'ort Moody there is a fine stream close to the oyster bank.

CHAPTER V.

nori

THE STRAIT OF CtKORGIA, FROM NANAIMO HARBOR AND BURRARD
INLKT TO CM'E MUDGE AND BUTE INLET.

The Strait of (leorgifa, as already observed, coimneiioes at the north-
ern end of the Haro Archipelago, and extends in a general northwest-
erly direction for 110 inih's. There are many harbors, both on the Van-
couver and continental shores; and several islands, some o'' consider-
able size, form other channels, all of which are navigable.

The tides are not strong, iind between Nanainio and Cape .Mudge there
are few dangers in the way of ships navigating the strait.

The smaller channels on the continental shore are Malaspina Strait
and Sabine Channel.

On the Vancouver shore is Ballinac Channel, lying westward of the
islands of the same name; also Lambert Channel and Baynes Sound.

Tides. — The meetingof the tides takes idace between Cape Mndgeand
Cape Lazo; that is to say, the flood entering by Fuca Strait meets that
entering by the north end of Vancouver Island within 20 miles of the
former cape, generally much nearer, but varying according to the pliases
of the moon and the state of the winds ; and at the point of meeting a
considerable race occurs, which would be dangerous to boats ; there
is generally sucii a race at the entrance of Discoery Passage. It is
high water, full and ciiange, at Cape Mudge and Cape Lazo at about
5h. 30m., and the range during ordinary springs is from 12 to 14 feet.
At the entrance of the passage during springs the tidal streams attain a
velocity of 4 to knots an hour, the flood, or easterly stream, being the
strongest.

Winds. — The prevailing summer wind is from NW., or the same as
on the outside coast, and between May and September it blows strong
and steady, commencing about a. m. and dying away towards sunset.
These winds do noc generally extend much below Point Roberts; among
the Haro Archipelago they become variable and baffling, while in the
main channels of Rosario and Haro, the westerly wind entering the
Strait of Fuca is deflected to SW., and vessels running up these chan-
nels with a fair wind will almost always find it ahead on entering the
Strait of Georgia. During winter there is a good deal of moderate
calm, and gloomy weather, but gales from SE., and SW., are frequent.

Nanoose Harbor, 8 miles westward of Nanaimo, is easily recognized
by Nanoose or Notch Hill, a remarkable hill immediately over its

168

NANOOBE HARBOU — DIRECTIONS — ANCHCKAdE.

153

northern Hide, Hhowiiijj; us a double or notch peak tVoni the southward;
the harbor or inlet indents the coast for over 3 miles, and is remarkably

The kelp on this is (.nly visiliie at and about low

.... ....,, w,, ,„,,-, ,,., ,„,,v visiuM' ill and al)oiit low water

.Sinai .u.d North K-k, is the sontliein extreme of Notdi Hill p.-ninsula
.n hne w, h tlu- loot oftheslope from the northern .shonld.M' f mZ
Arrow-smith, beaiiiiK N. ,s<i° W. tr„o (WHW. 1 W. mair )

I he back mark of this leading li.u, is the .southern part of the
l».we,st dip m the farthest, range of mountains in this vieinity

Mount Arrowsmith is the higduvst mountsiin with sev

mpped sumniits, lying well back over the head of the bav

^veral snow-

,. ,..,-, ,, ' - " over ine Jiead of the bi

lie oil the north point oi iNanoo.se uctiuui. 7 v m '

Maude Island, small, wooded, and about lOOfeet higii. Is I'lii- oi.,...'.;
enimost of the group. Vessels working in may stand pretty close to it
and to Blunden Point, but when inside the latter, a sand-bank dries for
a considerable distance olV at low water, and the sontliern shore .should
not be approached within i mile.

Entrance Rock, 'J feet above higii water, lies \'l miles west of
Bliiinlen Point, off a low inai)le flat on the southern side, almost into
the middle of the harbor, and <!ontracting the width of the passage to
GOO yards; within this tiie harbor opens out to nearly one mile in width,
terminating at a distance of l'^ miles in a shoal mud Hat, which dries at
low water more than ^ mile, and where (piantities of oysters are found.

North Rock, the only danger on the northern shore when entering,
lies nearly 400 yards from the slioie, and has a de[»th of 5 fi-et on the
outer part.

Directions. — When midway between Maude Island and Blundeiv
Point, the fair course in is west. When the east point of Southey Is-
land is shut in by the north entrance jmiiit, Xorth Kock will be passed^
ami the northern shore should be kei)t rather aboard. Entrance rock
should in no case be passed nearer than 200 yards, and if working in,^
beware of the Ninth liock, and the sank-bank already mentioned as ex-
tending off the southern shore, and which stretches aKso for J mile west-
ward from Entrance Rock; when that distance westward of the rock
both shores of the harbor are clear of danger.

Anchorage. — No convenient anchorage in less than 18 fathoms will
be lound, until well up towards the head. When Nanoose Hill bears
N. 23° E., anchor in 12 fathoms in the center of the harbor, or as near
to either shore as desired. It is a spacious anchorage and well shel-
tered from all winds.

There is a convenient nook with a steep shingle beach, where a ves-
sel might be laid for repairs if necessary, on the north side one mile
from the head.

THE srn

The St
em end o
erly diiec
coiiver an
able size,

The tide; ...muo iiiiauape Miidgetliere

are few da. ...,j of ships navigating the strait.

Tiie smaller channels on the continental shore are Malaspina Strait
and Sabine Channel.

On the Vancouver shore is Ballinac Channel, lying westward of the
islands of the same name; also Lambert Channel and Baynes Sonnd.

Tides. — The meeting of the tides takes jdace between Cape Madge and
Cape Lazo; that is to say, the flood entering by Fuca Strait meets that
entering by the north end of Vancouver Island within 20 miles of the
former cape, generally much nearer, but varying accordingto the phases
of the moon and the state of tlie winds; and at the point of meeting a
considerable race occurs, wliicii would be dangerous to boats ; there
is generiiUy awA\ a race at the entrance of Discovery Passage. It is
high water, fuU luid change, at Cape Mudge and Cape Lazo at^about
6h. 30m., ai',1 Uie range during ordinary springs is from 12 to 14 feet.
At the entr'nco of the passage duritig springs the tidal streams attain a
velocity of 4 to (J knots an hour, the Hood, or easterly stream, being the
strongest.

TVinds. — The prevailing summer wind is from NW., or the same as
on the outside coast, and between May and September it blows strong
and steady, commencing about 9 a. m. and dying away towards sunset.
These winds do not generally extend much below Point Roberts; among
the Haro Archipelago they become variable and battling, while in the
main channels of llosario and Haro, the westerly wiiul entering the
Strait of Fuca is deflected to SW., and vessels running up these chan-
nels with a fair wind will almost always find it ahead on entering the
Strait of Georgia. During winter there is a good deal of moderate
calm, and gloomy weather, but gales from SB,, and SW., are frequent.

Nanoose Harbor, 8 miles westward of Nanaimo, is easily recognized
by Nauoose or Notch Hill, a remarkable hill immediately over its

NAN008B HAkDOU — DIRECTIONS — ANClICIMdK.

153

iiortlierii Hide, HhowingUH a double or notch peak fioiii tbo south wunl;
the harbor or iiihit iiidwntM theuoiist for over 3 uiih's, and i« remarkably
clear of danger. The cntraiuie is '^ mile wide, and the width of the
harbor vari«^s between (iOO yards and over one mile. There are depth*
of from .30 to 35 fathoms at the entranee, and deep water is carried ni>
to witiiin ^ mile of the head, when it shoals more rapidly.

The Coast for Vi miles westward of Nanoose is frinffed witii numer-
ous small islands and reefs, the latter generally nnirked by kel]i. The
outermost of them, Winchelsea ami Yeo Islands, extend between one
and 3 miles from the land, and beyond these there are no hidden
dangers.

Small vessels may lind good shelter in Schooner Cove at 1^ miles
NW. of the north i)oint of Nanoose Harbor. There is a rock awash
nearly in the center of the entranee, but nearer to the north point.

Winchelsea and Ada Islands, a group of snnill wooded islands^
lie olf the Morth point of Nanoose Harbor.

Maude Island, snndl, wooded, and about lUU feet high, is the south-
ernmost of the group. Vessels working in may stand pretty close to it
and to Bluiiden Point, but when inside the latter, a sand-bank dries for
a considerable distance olV at low water, and the southern shore should
not be ai)proached within ^ mile.

Entrance Rock, - feet above high water, lies 1'/ miles west of
Blunden Point, olf a low majde Hat on the southern side, almost into
the middle of the harbor, and contracting the width of the passage to
tiOO yards; within this the harbor opens out to neatly one mile in width,
terminating at a distance of li^ miles in a shoal mud flat, which dries at
low water more than J mile, and where cpiautities of oysters are found.

North Rock, the only danger on the northern shore when entering,
lies nearly 400 yards from the shore, ami has a depth of o feet en the
outer part.

Directions. — When midway between Maude Island and Hlumleii
Point, the fair course in is west. When the east point of Southey Is-
laml is shut in by the north entrance point. North llock will be passed,,
and the northern shore should be kejtt rather aboard. Entrance rock
should in no case be passed nearer than j'Jo yards, and if working in,,
beware of the North Kock, and the sank-L»ank already mentioned as ex-
tending off the southern shore, and which stretches also for \ mile west-
ward from Entrance Kock ; when that distance westward of the rock
both shores of the harbor are clear of danger.

Anchorage. — No convenient anchorage in less than is fathoms will
be found, until well up towards the head. When Nanoose ilill bears
N. 23'^ E., anchor in 12 fathoms in the center of the harbor, or as near
to either shore as desired. It is a spacious anchorage ami well shel-
tered from all winds.

There is a convenient nook with a steep shingle beach, where a ves-
sel might be laid for repairs if necessary, on the north side one mile
from the head.

154

GEORGIA STKAIT.

Supplies. — Grronae are to be pot here, aiul fresli water may be ob-
tained Ironi a cove at the head on the nortli side.

The Grey Rock, bare, 12 feet above high water, and rather remark-
able, lies 400 .yards east of the eastern end of the Winc!'«laea groui).

Rudder Reei, with a depth of one fathom on it, lies | i.iile S. 27° E.
of Giey Itocli, and has veiy little kelp on it. The southoastern end of
the Winchfelsea Islands should be given a berth of at least ^ mile.

Yeo and Gerald Islands lie northwestward of tlie Winchelsea
■Group, and are smaller. They may be safely passed to the northward,
at the distance of i mile.

Ballinac Islands, two in number, . e larger than the gnups just
described, and lie L'.^ miles offshore. The northernmost has cnly two
or three trees on it, and its summit terminates in a sharp, barn nipple;
the southernmost is wooded. They have the appearance of I'e'.ng one
island seen from all points, being only separated by a narrov/ passage,
which at the eastern entrance is less than li'J!) "ards wi'.le, but opens
out within, and forms a sheltered cove with aiichon'.f^e for smal! vessels
in 8 fathoms, close to its soutiiern sandy beach ; on the west side this
•channel is almost closed, and there is no passage into it. The islands
are steep and bold on all sides, and are (ionspiciious after ]>assing west-
ward of Nanaimo ; vessels bound through the &rrait of (Jeorgia would
do well to steer for them.

Having passed Entiance Island, or gained an ofling of one mile from
Light-house or Five Finger Islands, adirect course for Ballinac Islands
leads well outside all the small islands and reefs lying off the coast
westward of Nanoose.

Ballinac Channel is a safe, clear passage, 1.^ miles in width at its
uarrowest j)art (abreast Gerald Island) ; the shores of the islands on
both side.-* may be approaclie<l within 200 yards, if necessary.

To steamers, coasters, or vessels with a fair wind, Ballinac Channel
is recommended. Large sailing vessels with a foul wind would find it
an advantage to make long boards, anil pass to the northward of the
islands through the main strait.

Cottam Reef, the only danger in tin', "hannel, has 2A lathoms water
on it, and is generally marked by kelp ; it \< s on tiie soutli western side
of the channel.

The northernmost of the Winchelsea Islamis kept open of Yeo
Islands, bearing S. 61 '^ K., leads well north of the reef.

Northwest Bay indents the coast for 2 miles in a southeasterly di-
rection, making a peninsula of the lainl which separates it from Nanoose
Harbor. It is much expose<l to NW. winds and the water mi it is
very deep ; a considerable stream Hows into the bay at its western en-
trance.

Mistaken Island, low, wooded and A mile long, lies close off' the
entrance to Nortlnvest Bay.

The Coast. — From Northwest Bay the land trends, with a slight

QUALICUM HIVEli — HAYNKS SOUjND.

155

indetitiitioii, wt'stwiird to Di'iiiiiaii and Hornby Jsdaiids. and to the
soiitliorn on trances of ISa.vncs Sound and rjaii-beit Cliannel. This
stretch of coast presents no iemarkal»h' feature; wooded bliifls, of mod-
erate lieijiht, tenninatinff in sandy or .siiinj-Ie points, off which for a
very short distance tlie. water is s'u. al.

Qualicum River is a small stream, only noticeable as affording
shelter to <',anoes or i)oats within its entrance.

The entrance of Qualicum Itiver has nothinft' to mark its position
until within one mile of it, when the bowlder stones which fringe the

■ ■" ' '■'• "■•♦•••.■1 c-<->ii,oivii.it further ott' shore

rnby Island
of one mile,
e northward

idiately west
T 10 fathoms
^"i^f at '} mile from tiie shore, with tiie east imint oi iiorno> island bearing

N. l.'P E. ; the holding ground is good, and northerly ii'ls, which
would make it a lee shore, seldom blow with any strengtii. From NW.
winds it is in a great measure slieltered by the islands, but with those
from 81']. a considerable sea will get up, though there would be plenty
of room and no thmger of drifting with good ground tackle.
Denman and Wr>vv.i — ■» ' - the coast ; the

)»st, and has an

>n; on its west-

irkable (lat toj)

east side and

<ide is Tribune

eis a consider-

., ^.. ..lu r.itier, also fresh water.

...ini IS separated from the mainland l)y a good jtassage

•iiled Baynes Sound, and lIornl)y island from Denman l>y Lambert
Chann( 1. There is more tide felt in the chaniu'I than in the sound ; in
the former fts rate is sometbnes 2 knots, the flood coming frr-m the
southeastward. The prevailing winds aie northwesterly; thereforo, for
sailing vessels from the southward, the main strait east of Hornby
Island is to be preferred.

Baynes Sound has an average navigaiile widthof over A mile. There
are two very lair anchorages. Fanny Hay on the south or main si«le, and
Henry liay on the north or island side.

The exit into the Struit of (Jeorgia by the uorthwestern eiitrance of the
sound, between the north end of Denman Islaiul and Cape Lazo, is nearly
2 miles in width, but a remarkable bridge or bar of sand, strewed with
large stones, extinds the whole way across, and at low water there is as
little as 8 feet on it; during summer it is thickly covered with kelj*.

154

GEORdIA STRAIT.

Supplies. — Grouse are to he got here, and fre.sh water may he oh-
taiiied Irotn a cove at tlie head on the nortli side.

The Grey Rock, hare, 12 feet ahove liigh water, and f-ather remark-
ahle, lies 400 yards east of the eastern end of the Wiuchelsea group.

Rudder Reef, with a depth of one fathom on it, lies | mile S. 27° E.
of (hey Kooic, and has very little kelp on it. The southeastern end of
the Winchelsea Islands should he given a berth of at least ^ mile.

Yeo and Gerald Islands lie northwestward of the Winchelsea
^rniui. ai)(l sire smaller. Thov mav be safely pa sod to tbe northward,
(l.nS) BRITISH OOLUMBIA-Strait of Gee -gh '>'^ Soath Bal-
linaclsland— Uncharted shoal.— Commandt'i' ;. 11. B. M.S.

J-Jf/cria, reports the existence of a rocky shoa! v n l; .,-et over it at
low water 500 yards olf the southeast extreme of th-. -South Ballinac
island, with the lighthouse bearing N. (!1° W. true (W. f N. mag.).
Depths of 10 fathoms were found between the shoal and tlie Soutli
Ballinac island, and L»0 to U) fathoms close-toon its other sides

^^4uy Vi.}\H[tVmWV.i>l!.9iisj:M^ .... . . (N. M. !!«, 1904.)

out within, and forms a sheltered cove wii,ii anchorage for small ve.ssel8
in 8 fathom.s, close to its southern .sandy bench ; on the west side this
channel is almost closed, and there is no passage into it. The islands
are steep and bold oi! all sides, and are conspicuous after passing west-
ward ot" Nanaimo ; vessels bound through the Strait of Georgia would
do well to steer for them.

Having paissed Entrance Island, or gained an offing of one mile from
liit'lit-howse (ir Five FiiiL'-er Islands, adiract course for Ballinac L- lauds
(1.U7) BRITISH OOLUHIBIA-Strait of Georgia— Balllnar/ ohfn-
nel— Uncharted rock. — Com nnuider .1. F. Parry, H. B. M. S hi/ana,
reports the existence of an uncharted rock in IJallinac cLan ,n ; ci '^,o
line between the ea.st(!rn extreme of the South Ballinac lu il '^i''
Douglas island, being distant from the latter SOO yards.

The rock has \'y feet of water over it at low water witJi <i'-^ m of

20 to 40 fatlionis dose-to all round. No kelp wa.< Svcn on the loi t.

From the rock Ballinac lighthouse bears N. 1° W. true (NNW.

}\\. W'ly mag.), 1 ,'(, miles, and the north extreme of Mistaken

island N. 7S° W. true (WSW. l \V. mag.), 2 A mile.s.

Ksmnusnuongn ineinaM. »um.. rN.M.SO. 10O4.)

Cottam Reef, the only danger in the channel, has z^ laniom.-t ., ...iv.,
on it, and is generally marked by kelp ; it lies on the southwestern side
of the chamu'l.

The iM)rthernmost of the Winchelsea Islands kep )pen of Yeo
Islan«Is, bearing S. 01° E., leads well north of the re '

Northwest Bay indents the coast for 2 miles in a .m ■ ■, .sterly di-
rection, nniking a {teiiinsnla of the land which separates ii i, .n ISunoose
• Harbor. It is much expo.sed to NW. win(':i and the water in it is
very deep ; a considerable f'rean-. !' m .^ 'wto tbe bay at its western en-
trance.

Mistaken Island, low ucodc' n./u .^ mile long, lies close oft' the
entrance to Northwest Bay.

The Coast — From Northwest Bay the land trends, with a .slight

QUALICUM KiVER BAYNlvS .SOUND.

155

iiidentatioii, westward to DiMiinan iiiul Hornby Islands, and to tbe
southern entrances of Uaynes Sound and Landiert Channel. This
stretch of coast i)resents no reinarkaUle feature; wooded bluti's, of mod-
erate height, terininatin}? in sandy or shingle points, otf which for a
very short distance the water is shoal.

Qualicum River is a small stream, oiily noticeable cs affording
shelter to <!anoes or boats within its entrance.

The entrance of Qnalicnui Itiver has nothing to mark its position
until within one mile of it, when the bowlder stones which fringe the
whole of this coast will be seen to extend somewhat farther off shore
than at other points. When the sharp east j)oint of Hornby Island
bears N. V2° E., it will be easily made out at the distance of one mile.
A hlack can buoy is moored in 5 fathoms water, about ^ mile northward
of the river entrance.

Quaiicum Bay is a slight indentation of the coast, immediately west
of the river, wliere very fair anchorage will be found in 8 or 10 fathoms
at ^ mile froci the shore, with the east point of Hornby Island bearing
N. 18° E. ; the holdiiig ground is good, and northerly winds, which
would make it a lee siiore, seldom blow with any strength. From N\V.
winds it is in a great nu^asure sheltered by the islands, but with those
from SK. a consj(b'ral)le sea will get up, though there would be i)lenty
of room and no danger of drifting with good ground tackle.

Denman and Hornby Islands lie imuu'diately ott' the coast; the
fornuM' IS !» miles long, in a direction parallel with the coast, and has an
average width of 'J nnles.

Hornby Island is about 1 miles a(!ross in every direction ; on its west-
ern side rises rather abruptly Mount (leolfrey, a remarkable flat-top
hill, 1.076 feet high, sloping gradually down on the east side and
terminating in a low, bare, grassy jtoinr : on the eastern side is Triltuue
Hay, aft'onling good anchorage. On both these islands there is a consider-
able (|nantity of good land, particularly on the latter, also fresh water.

Denman Island is sejiarated from the mainland by a good ]>assage
called li.iynes Sound, and Hornby Island from Denman by Ijambert
Channel. Then! is more tide felt in the channel than in the sound ; in
the former fts rate is sometimes 2 knots, the flood coming from the
southeastward. The i»revailino; wiinls are northwesterly; therefore, for
sailing vessels from tlu^ southward, the main strait east of lliuiiby
Island is to be preferred.

Baynes Soundhas an average navigable width of over A mile. There
are two very fair anchorages, Fanny Hay "u thesoutlior main side, and
Henry Ha.v on the north or island side.

The exit into the Strait of (Jeorgia by the northwestern entran«e ofthe
sound, between the ncuth end of Denman Island andCaiie Lazo, is nearly
2 miles in width, but a remarkable bri<lge or bar of sand, strewed with
large stones, extends the whole way acro.ss, and at low water there is as
little as ci feet oil it; during summer it is thickly covered with kelp,

156

GEORGIA STKAIT.

which never altogether disappears. The bar is very narrow, and is
always smooth ; towards high water, vessels of 19 feet draugiit, by care-
fully paying attention to the leading marks and buoys, may safely pass
either into or out of the strait by this channel.

Buoys and Beacons. — The northern and sonthern ent ances to
Baynes Sound ar.i marked by buoys. A black can buoy is moored in 4
fathoms on the NE. side of Keljt Bar, and a similar buoy is mooied in
3i fathoms on the S\V. side of the bar ; these buoys bear, approxi-
mately, Ironi each other N. 40° E. and S. 40^ W. A course I'roui one
to the other leads over the bar in 2 fathoms water.

Maple I'oint beacon : A beacon consisting of three piles driven in a
cluster, surnu)unted by two circular disks 7 feet in diameter, the one
showing black from seaward, the other white when abreast of the bea-
con. Tiie beacon stands in 18 feet on the extreme end of Maple Point
bank, and its summit rises 10 feet above high-water mark.

Keef Blutf spar-buoy : A red spar-buoy in 20 feet, on the western ex-
tremity of Keef Bluff Keef.

Base Flat beacon : Exactly similar in form and color to the Maple
Point beacon. This beacon stands in 12 feet on the outer extremity of
the flat.

Village Point s|)ar-buoy : A red spar-buoy in lil feet on the end of
the reef.

Union Spit beacon: A single i)ile, surmounted by a circular disk 7
feet in diameter, painted b^ick. The pile is driven in 18 feet on the ex-
tremity of the s|)it, and the beacon stands 10 feet above high-water
niaik.

Grassy Point beacon: Similar to the last described. This beacon
stands in 18 feet on the NE. extremityof the Hat extending out from
Grassy Point, and rises 14 feet above high water.

Leading marks. — On White Beach, leading marks consisting of
whitewashed planks attached to trees have been erected.

These marks when in line, bearing S. 40° W. present the api»earanco
of an ui)per and lower cross, and may be seen frou) a distance of 4
miles; they lead across the bar at the western entrance, in not less than
12 feet at low water.

Yellow Island is small an<l bare, and generally of a yellow color*
It lies close olf the SE. i)oint of Denman Island, is conspicuous, may
be seen for several miles, aiul is a good object to sieer for coming from
the enstward, as it forms the eastern entrance point of the sound. A
light has been i)ut in operation on Yellow Island. The light, besides
indi<'ating the entrance to Baynes Sound, is useful for the general nav-
igation of the Strait of (Jeorgia.

Maple Point, which forms the western entrance ])oint, is also very
coiirii-ii;u(;ui; ; it is low and covered with maples, wliich in form and
foliage bear a remarkable contrast to the pine, particularly in autumn
and winter, when the leaf assumes a bright yellow or orange color.

--j^

BAYNES SOUND DIKECTIONS — DEKP BAY.

157

A saiid-spit, which dries at low water and is ratlier steep-to, extends
i mile north from Maple Point, and the 3-fathom line is tiie same dis-
tance from the shore as far eastward as Qualicnm Bay; therefore,
neither the coast nor the point should be approached within tliat dis*
tance.

Anchorage. — Tf desire<l there is good anchorage outside, in fathoms,
with Yellow Island in line with Norris lieef hearing N. (i.'P E., and
Maj.le Point west.

Directions. — Entering Baynes Sound by the southeastern ciiannel,
some care is necessary to avoid the shoal sand-spit extending off Maple
Point, as well as some rocky jjatches and foul ground lying off the Den-
man Jshmd shore, nearly U miles northwestward of Yellow Island.

Immediately opposite on Denman Island, north west of Maple Point, is

• '"'"'h clay cliff, with a bare grassy sIojjc ; otV this clilf, for

-f^olips (Kelp Keef), marked by a red spar

" '■"'"Oil them and Majjle

s recom-

e of Reef

earing N.

01° \\ ., until Mapie * -- etou is in

ine with or just shut in by Bayle I'oiuu, k,k.... teer west,

keeping these marks on astern, which will lead midway ut-i,..een Maple

Point spit and the i)atches otf the northern shore.

In coming down the Sound the light on J^<!«^^^tV Island must not be
brought to bear to the eastward of S. S-P E. to clear Maple Bank.

Mount Tremeton, the summit of Lasqueti Island, is a very remarkable,
bare, castellated knob, l,()r)(S feet high. When Maple Point bears S. 55°
E. the first reach of the sound will be well open, and Ba.se Flat, a low
grassy point on the west side of Fanny Bay, will be .seen open of Ship
Point; then steer up mid-channel. Ship point, with the land one mile
SE. of it, shows as two bold wooded bluffs, which should not be ap-
proached within tdO yards.

The western side of the sound between Maple Point and Fanny Bay
for about 4 miles is low, and shoal water extends for a considerable dis-
tance off it; it is recommended not to stand so far over on this side as
altogether to shut in Base Flat by the bluffs of Ship Point just men-
tioned.

Deep Bay. — Maple Point from the extremity of the trees turns sharp
off' at a right angle to the west for A mile and forms a low sandy spit,
in shape resembling the long beak of a bird ; westward of this is Deep
Bay, in which the depth varies from 15 to 20 fiithoras, irregular bottom,
but sandy. It is a small, and not very desirable anchorage, and as the
shoal extends off the back of the spit for its whole length to the dis-
tance of ff mile; the extreme of it, which is steep-to, can not be steered
for until it bears S. 22° E, ; if intending to anchor, the best berth is in
14 to lU fatboms, near the center of the bay.

156

GEORGIA STRAIT.

which never altogether disappears. The bar is very narrow, and is
always smooth ; towards high water, vessels of 19 feet draught, by care-
fully i)aying attention to the leading marks and buoys, may safely pass
either into or out of the strait by this channel.

Buoys and Beacons. — The northern and southern entrances to
Baynes Sound arn marked by buoys. A black can buoy is moored in 4
fathoms on the NE. side of Kelp Bar, and a similar buoy is mooted in
3^ fathoms on the SW, side of the bar ; tliese buoys bear, approxi-
mately, Irom each other N. 40° E. and S. 40° W. A course from one
to the other leads over the bar in 2 fathoms water.

Maple Point beacon : A beacon consisting of three piles driven in a
pliiutov unrinoiiiitTxi i»v txvn pirpiiljip disks 7 feet ill diameter, the one
(324) BRITISH GOLUBIBIA— Vancouver Island— East coast—
Baynes sound— Reef point— Dlstingnilshins mark on buoy.— A
wooden triangle painted red luis been placed on the top of the steel
conical buoy moored off Keef point, Baynes sound, to serve as a dis-
tinguishing mark in foggy weathei-.

Approx. position: Lat. 49° 28' 40" N., Long. 124° 43' 24" W.

Base Flat beacon : Exactly similar in torm ai. (N. M. 10, 1904.)
Point beacon. This beacon stands in 12 feet on the outer extremity of
the tlat.

Village Point spar-buoy : A red spar-buoy in 21 feet on the end of
the reef.

Union Spit beacon: A single jiile, surmounted by a circular disk 7
feet in diameter, painted b^ick. The pile is driven in 18 feet on the ex-
tremity of the spit, and the beacon stands 10 feet above high-water
maik.

Grassy Point beacon: Similar to the last described. This beacon
stands in 18 feet on the IN'E. extremity 'of the flat extending out irom
Grassy Point, and rises 14 feet above high water.

Leading marks. — On White Beach, leading marks consisting of
white- washed planks '\ttached to trees have been erected.

These marks when in line, bearing S. 40° W. present the appearance
of an upiier and lower cross, and may be seen from a distance of 4
miles; they lea<l across the bar at the western entrance, in not less than
12 feet at low water.

Yellovr Island is small and bare, and generally of a yellow color-
It lies close off the SE. jmint of Denman Island, is conspicuous, may
be seen for several miles, and is a good object to steer for coining from
the eastward, as it forms the eastern entrance point of the sound. A
light has been put in operation on Yellow Island. The light, besides
indicating the entrance to Baynes Sound, is useful for the general nav-
igation of the Strait of Georgia.

Maple Point, which foi-ms the western entrance jioint, is also very
conspicuous ; it is low and covered with maples, which in form and
foliage bear a remarkable contrast to the jiino, jiarticularly in autumn
and winter, when the leaf assumes a brigl t yellow or orange color.

BAYNE8 SOUND DIRECTIONS — DEEP BAY.

157

A saiid-spit, which dries iit low water and is ratiier steep-to, extends
!^ mile north from Maple Point, and the 3-fathom line is tlie same dis-
tance from the shore as far eastward as Qualicum Bay; therelbre,
neither the coast nor the point shonld be approached witiiiii that dis-
tance.

Anchorage. — If ilesired there is pood anchorage ont.side, in fathoms,
with Yellow Island in line with \orris Reef liearinf* N. (i.'P E., and
Maple Point west.

Directions. — Entering Baynes Sound by the southeixstern channel,
some care is necessaiy to avoid the shoal sand-s|)it extendinf;; oif Maple
Point, as well as some rocky patches and fonl ground lying off the Den-
man Island shore, nearly 2 miles northsvestward of Yellow Island.

Immediately opposite on Deninan Island, northwest of .Maple I'oint, is
Reef Bluff, a high clay cliff, with a bare grassy slope; off this cliff, for
400 yards, extend some rocUy patches (lulj) Reef), marked by a red spar
buoy, which narrow the width of the entrance between them and Maple
Point spit to something over OOU yards. Wiien entering, it is recom-
mended to steer in ni'arly mid-channel, or with the low extreme of Reef
Bluff in line with tiu' low part of Ship Point of Fanny Bay bearing N.
({1° \Y., until .Maple Point bears S. L'iJ^ W., or Mount Tremeton is in
iue with or just shut in by Bi)yle Point, bearing east ; then steer west,
keejjing tliese marks on astern, whicih will lead midway between Maple
Point si»it and the patches olf the northern shore.

In coming down the Sound the light onji^^^^^lsland must not be
brought to bear to the eastward of S. 84° E. to clear Maple Bank,

Mount Tremeton, the summit of Lasqueti Island, is a very remarkable,
bare, castellated knob, 1,05(J feet high. When Maple Point bears S. 55^
E. the first reach of the sound will be well open, and Base Flat, a low
grassy point on the west side of Fanny Bay, will be seen open of Ship
Point; then steer up mid-channel. Shii» point, with the land one mile
SB. of it, shows as two bold wooded bluffs, which should not be ap-
proached within 400 yards.

The western .side of the sound between Maple Point and Fanny Bay
for about 4 miles is low, and shoal water extends for a considerable dis-
tance off it; it is recomnuinded not to stand so far over on this side as
altogether to shut in Ba.se Flat by the bluffs of Ship Point just men-
tioned.

Deep Bay. — Maple Point from the extremity of the trees turns sharp
oft' at a right angle to the west for i mile and forms a low sandy spit,
in shape re.sembling the long beak of a bird ; westward of this is Deep
Bay, in which the depth varies from 15 to 20 fathoms, irregular bottom,
but sandy. It is a small, and not very desirable anchorage, and as the
shoal extends oft" the back of the spit for its whole length to the dis-
tance of t^ mile; the extreme of it, which is steep-to, can not be steered
for until it bears S. 22° E. ; if intending to anchor, the best berth is in
14 to 10 fathon s, near the center of the bay.

158

GEORGIA STUAIT.

Fanny Bay att'ords a gfood though somewhat limited aucliorage.
Base Fhit, the delta of a considerable stream, liaviug its rise iu the
Beaufort niiigo of mountains, forms its western point ; and Ship Point,
a bold wooded bluff, its eastern. Entering from the eastward, give Ship
Point, and the coast of the peninsula immediatelysouth of it, a berth of
J mile.

Anchorage. — Anclior in 12 or 1.'} fathoms in the middle of the hay,
with Ship Point distant a short i mile and in line with the Ree)? Bluff,
bearing S. (11^ E.; the latter will api)ear as the SE. extreme of Deuman
Island.

The southern part of the bay dries entirely at low water, and a sandy
llat extends a considerable distance off all around the shores. Small
vessels may stand in to 8 I'atlioins, from which depth it shoals very sud-
denly off IJase Flat; a sandbank dries for more than 000 yards at low
water.

Village Point. — From Fanny Bay the trend of the sound alter-s
sli;;li(iy to the northward, and incireases gradually in width Irom one
mile to 2 miles, which latter it attains at the ncnth end of Dennian
Island. IJoth shores are free from danger, with the (exception of some
ro(»ky or bowldtir ledges which extend from L'OO to -biO yards otl" the
])oints. Village i)oint has on it a large native settlement, and a sancl-.i
spit extends ii short distance otV it.

Henry Bay. — Denman Island, towards its N\V. end, falls away into
a remarkable wedge shape, terminating in a singular sharp beak shaind
extreme en lied Beak Point; the hollow of this beak, on thenorthwestera
side of the island, forms Henry Bay, and is a safe and convenient
anchorage, though it is somewhat limited in size. The shores are mod-
erately high and wooded; its western extreme is a low but steep shingle
spit, with one or two trees on it, and a clear beach of the same charac-
ter extends all arouml the bay.

Anchorage. — The holding ground is very good, and the anchorage
in !J or 10 fathoms in the canter of the bay, with Beak Point bearing N.
22° \V., when a remarkable clumi) of trees on S.indy Island will be just
open westward of it; here a vessel will be ^ mile from the beach, where
a considerable native village is built. The Indians resort to this bay in
large numbers during summer to tish.

Sandy Island. — From Beak Point a series of sand-banks, some of
them above water, others covered, extend in a northwesterly direction
for a little more than 2 miles. Sandy Island, the largest of them, is §
mile from the point, and C feet above high water, with large bowlder
stones dispersed over it; there is a good boat passage through at half
tide.

White Spit. — Two-thirds of a mile N\V. of Sandy Island ia White
Spit, which almost covers, and is very remarkable from the number of
clam shells collected on it. giving it an appearance of a white sandy
beach : it is connected with Sandy Island ar verv low tides.

■•

KELP BAR — PORT AUGUSTA.

161>

Kelp Bar. — Tlii'eiiiloftlie shoal, which occiisioiially dries in p!ir«!ht'8,
extends jj of a inilc.NW. from Wliito Spit, and from it commcnct's a ro-
marl<abl(^ Itclp i)ar, wiiich connectH Dennian Lsland witli tiic land ahuiit
(Jape Lazo, distant nearly 2 miles. The bar is (;omposed of sand, in-
terspersed with larjje bowlders, which can be seen at low water; threat
quantities of kelp tjrow on it dnrinj;- summer, and it is rarely entirely
without it. In shape it resemble an hour {^lass, very narrow in the <!en-
ter, not above (iOO yards wide, and with a depth of IL' feet at low water.
The western edge of this bar is steep, shoalinj; suddenly, and vessels
workinj; to the northwestward throujih liaynes Sound shun Id not stand
so far to eastward as to shut in a remarkable sinjjle tree on tiu- sliinult>
spit of IJeak I'oint behiinl the clump of tre«'s on Sandy Island, or avoid
briiij;in}:- White P>lnlT(wliich is 2A miles southward from Cape I-azoaiul
very consi)icuons) to the westward of >.'. TJ- W., and when wiihin (uie
mile of it, to the westward of north.

To cross the Kelp Harover its mirrowest part and in the deepest water,
a ves.sel should stainl L'4 miles tlirou},'li the sound, northwestward from
Henry Hay, until the lfi.<^<linj; marks on the western shore are in line
bearing S. 4()o W., then steer out boldly N. 4(P E., or on a direct course
from oiM' buoy to the other ; two or three casts of 12 feet will be st ruck,
at low water, but it will immediately deepen to .'5, 4, and shortly 15"
fathoms; the same directions will hold f>ood for enteriiij;. The white
beach may be distinctly seen at.'i or 4 miles distancie, but when entering,
until it is (ilearly nuide out and the buoys on the bar are visible, Cai)e
Lazo should not be broujiht to the eastward of north, nor the clump of
trees on Sandy Island to the eastward of south.

Port Augusta, in the northwestern corner of Baynes Sound, although
Hpi)earin}i; to be a large sheet of water, at high water, has its upper ))art
entirely tilled up by a mud flat, which ahnost dries at low tides, and
is formed by the Courtemiy lliver, which flows into it.

The small settlement of Coir.ox, containing about 350 inhabitants,
contains all necessary conveniences for settlers. There is a long wooden
pier on the north shore with a depth of 14 feet alongside, ami at about
one mile off is a Hudson's Bay store and Indian village. Some number
of English aiui Scotch farmers are settled in the neighborhood.

Oil wells have recently been discovered in the vicinity of Port Au-
gusta.

Goose Spit, a remarkable elbow-shaped tongue of laiul, ])rojects to
the southward and westward from AVhite Blntf ; it is grassy, witii one
or two hillocks, and bare, with the exception of two solitary small
clumps of trees.

Grassy Point, the southern entrance point, is very low and swampy,
the delta of a considerable stream ; off it, at low water, sand and bowl-
ders dry for 400 yards, and the water shoals suddenly from 10 to one
fathom at the distance of 800 yards, leaving a width of less than one
mile between the entrance points.

IGO

GKORGIA STRAIT.

Directions. — (ioose Spit is steep-to at its western end, but shoal
water extends (}!)() yards oft' its soiitiiern face; and if worltiii}^ in, the
iow western extreri:e mnst not he broujihr to the sontliward of N. 07°
W. Steer in N. GT^ W., passiiifj ^ mile from tlie spit, and anchoring
in 13 or 14 fatiioms, mnd l)ottom, A little more tlian ^ mile westward
from the spit the water shoals snddenly from 7 fathoms to a few feet.

Ronnding the spit end, which may he done very close, a deep cove ex-
tends one mile to the eastward, or close np to White Bluif ; its upper
half dries at low water, but there is snug anclioragj- in its outer part, in
14: fathoms, witli the spit end bearing S. 11^ K. distant 400 yards. This
is .an excellent place during a SK. gale, though no sea to speak of conhl
get up in any i)iirt of Pin-t Augusta.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in I'ort Au^^-ista, at 5h. Om.;
springs lise 12 feet.

Supplies. — Fish and wild duck are ])lentiful.

Courtenay River is a deep and rapid mountain stream, but, on ac-
count ot fulls and other obstructions, is only navigable for a few miles
for boats and canoes ; it has its ri.se in Mount Washington, from whence
it Hows in a southeasterly direction. Salmon and <"ront, at the proper
season are found in large quantities.

Mount Washington is remarkable, and rises to 5,415 feet ; it is the
westernmost of a range 10 miles in length, terminatingin Mount Beecher
to the east.

Lambert Channel, a safe passage, is one mile wide at its southern
entrance, gradually increa.sing to th? NW. as it opens into the Strait
of Georgia; the water is deep but shoals to 10 fathoms on either side
within 400 yards of the shore. Coming from the southward. Yellow
Island marks tlie western entrance point, while Monnt Geoft'rey rises
over the eastern side of the channel; either of these may be steered for
until approaching the entrance, when NW. is a mid channel course
through. Yellow Island and the western shore are free from danger.

Norris Rock, on the eastern side, is of considerable extent at low
tide, but at high a mere patch 6 feet above water. From Norman
Point, some reefs and foul ground extend nearly 800 yards towards
Norris Rock, leaving a narrow passage of 8 fathoms water pretty close
to the latter, but it is not recommended.

The eastern side of Lambert Channel, between Norman Point and
Shingle Spit, a distance of 2 miles, has two groups of rocks which cover
at high water, extending nearly 400 yards off", and the shore should not
be approached within J mile ; on these rocks the sea generally breaks
when there is any wind, and they are marked by kelp in summer.

Shingle Spit is a remarkable low point on the eastern side of the
channel ; shoal water extends off its extreme, which should be given a
berth of 200 yards ; temporary anchorage will be found on either side
of it, according to the wind ; to the northward, in 13 fathoms, at less
than 400 yards from the shore ; to the southward, iu 9 or 10 fathoms.

LAMBERT CHANNKL TRIIIUNIC ItAY.

161

One patcli of tlie rocks wliicli cover, before mentioned, lies 8(K) yards
S. 450 K. «)f tiie spit (Mid.

After passiiifjf Sliiii},'le Spit the width of tiie eliannel increases, and
there are no dan^jers \viii(!ii are not visible. On the western side there
is anchoraf,'o in I'i fathoms off a low maple (lat, a little over li miles
NW. of Shiiifjle Spit, with the hi^h bowlder of Hornby Island bear-
ing N. (JSo K. ; with N\V. winds it would be exposed.

Two miles northwestward of this Hat is Konias Bhitf, a bold wooded
headland, from whence the coast trend!-, away to the northwestward
and terminates in Beak I'oint. This stretch of land is shelvin;,', with
kelp ])atches and shallow water extending some distance otV, and vessels
should give it a berth of S mile; after passing Ivonms Hbitt, a good
limit in standing to the westwanl is Shingle Spit of Hornby Island in
line with the SH point of Denman Island bearing S. 25'^ E.; it is
belter not to stand so far to the westward as to o|)en out the channel
between these two points, in onler to avoid the shoal ground in the
neighborhood of Sandy Island and the eastern side of Kelp Bar ; these
marks are very prominent, and answer ecpialiy for vessels bound
through I/ambert Channel from the northward.

Oil' the north end of Hornby Island is a remarkable bowlder rock, 7
or 8 feet high, with smaller ones near it, and vessels should not ap-
proach the shore in this neighborhood within a long i mile.

Tribune Bay, on the southeastern side of Hornby Island, atibrds good
anchorage with all but easterly or southeasterly winds, to which it is
exposed. It is easy to enter or to leave, and conveniently situated as
a stopi)ing place for vessels bound either way, being 35 miles west of
Nanaimo, and 40 eastward of Cape Mudge and the entiance of Discov-
ery Passage. At its head are two bays, separated by a jutting point ;
the northern has a clean, white, sandy beach.

The eastern end of Hcunby Island ternnnates in a rather remarkable
l)oint (St. John), grassy and bare of trees. Oft' it are two or three small
low islets. Some reefs on which the sea gp;,;^vally breaks extend nearly
^ mile outside the islets, and vessels shouM rot pass nearer than i mile
to the northeastern coast of Hornby Island. The entrance of Tribune
Bay is one mile west of St. John I'oint; its eastern shores are bold and
clitfy, its western low and shelving, with shallow water, and reefs ex-
tending a considerable distance oft" them.

In passing Hornby Island, the light on Yellow Island kept in view
•will clear the Kelp reefs south of the island ; while, if the light is ob-
scured, it will indicate that the vessel is lu dangerous proximity
thereto.

Nash Bank, the outermost of these dangers, is a one-fathom rocky
patch, which must be carefully avoided. It extends nearly one mile
iu a southeasterly direction from Dunlop Point. There is a passage ^
mile wide between it and the eastern side of the bay, but no passage
between it and Dunlop Point. Norris Rock kept iu line with Yellow
14205— No. 96 11

162

GEOUGIA STRAIT.

Isliiiul, bmuiiij; S. (53^ W., leads soiitli of it, in 14 fiiflioiiiH; and wliwn
tho ciMitor of Iho wliito «aii«(y beach at the head of the bay bears N. 45°
W., steer ill for it. Yellow [slaiid well open soiitli of Nonis Uoek, bear-
ing; S. (i(P \V., leads .\ mile south of the reefs off Ht. .John Point.

Anchorage. — Witli a leading wind it is reeoniniended to pass the
eastern side of the bay within a short i mile, ami to steer up for the
white sandy beach as soon as it is open, anchoring,' with the eastern bluff
of the bay bearing" H. M'^ K., about .SOO yards from the eastern shore, in
!t fathoms, sandy bottom ; this berth will be ',' mile from the white beach
at th(' head, and will enable vessels t(> leave conveniently on the aj)-
proacli of a SE. wind, whicl, they shoidd always do. There is anchor-
age, if desired, in 4 fathoms, much closer in.

Cape Lazo is a nMnarUablc salient point about L'OO feet hifih, flat
and grassy on its summit, but wooded behind, and tailing abruptly to
the Heain yellow clay cliiVs. Although a bold looking headland, shoal
water extends a cousidei'ahle distaixre o(f. i' *'essels shouhl not
ai)i>roach its eastern and southeastern sides ne an 2 miles, as only

4^ fathoms uneven bottom is <'ound at the disiiu. of lA miles. Large
bowlder stones dry oil' for ), mile at low water. When the iiilch of the
cape bears S. 08° W. it may be ai)i)roa(!lied to within one mile in 11 or
12 fathoms, and the coast to the westward may safely lie jiassed at that
distance.

Oyster Bay. — From (Jajie Lazo the coast trends NW. is moderately
high, and slightly indented with bowlder beaches, which makes boat
landing attended with danger unless in very calm weather. At the
distance of l.*) miles is Kuhushan Point, the southern extreme of a large
but not very deep indentation named Clyster Bay; Shelter Point is its
northern extreme.

A reef, which affords considerable ,)rotection from NW. winds, ex-
tends A nule eastward from Shelter Point.

Anchorage.— There is fair auchoraze in 10 or 12 fathoms water in
this bay for vessels waiting wind or tic e. A good berth is a little more
than A mile from the shore with Mitlenatch Island bearing M. 74° E.,
and the highest part of Cape Mudge be\ring N. 11'^ W.

Cape Mudge is one of those peculiir headlands ao fretpiently met
with on this coast, and resembles Kobe. ts Point and Cape Lazo, except
that the yellow clay cliff which forms i.s face is more covered with vege-
tation. The cape is between 200 and GOo feet high, tiat, and wooded
on its summit, f Uing to the westward as it enters Discovery Passage
with a low bowlder point ; the high land of Valdes Island appears be-
hind it from the southeastward. A bowlder beach extends in a semi-
circular form from it to the eastward, and at the distance of 2 miles in
this tlirection the depth is not more than 5 fathoms. The edge of this
shoal water is fringed with kelp during summer, and is generally well
defined by a tidal line, and sometimes heavy tide rips, which it is
recommeuded not to stand into. Between Cape Mudge and Willow

DIRECTIONS — NORTHKRN 8HORK.

163

ex-

Poiiir tlie tide rips at flood arc daii^'-'foii'' to .sriiall craft iti blowing
\v«atli«r. Tlio westiM-ii low |)art ot'('apo MndRo sliould not bo In'onglit
to bear westward of N. 43^ VV. when entering or leaving Discovery
Tassage.

Directions for Georgia Strait. — From tlie coast of <labriola Island
abreast Nanaiino, to the opposite shore of the continent, abo.it iJurrard
Inlet, the width of the strait is 1 I miles, the navigation free from dimgcr,
and the strength ol the tide between one and two knots an honr. Com-
ing from the sonthward, Mt. Shepherd, on the aonth eml of Texada
Island, is a vt^ry rennirkable ol)it^ct, ami shows as a solitary peaked
island standing in the middle of the strait ; it is li,!'*'*' ^cet Ingh, and is
jilainly seen in clear weat er more than .SO miles olV.

Proceeding westward, the long and comparatively low island of I/is-
(pieti rises above the horizon, its singular bare turret-shaped summit,
J.b.jd feet high, presentin an unmistakable feature. The Palliiiae,
and sniiiiler ishiuds westward of them, will now soon be nia(l(! out.
When abreast the former, the width of the channel contracts to 4 miles
between them and the snndl island of Sangster orf the HK. end of
Ijasqueti. after which it opens out again to 7 miles, and the rather re-
markable llat-toi»ped Mt. (Jeoflrey on the west end of Hornby Island
will be i)lainly seen. The southern coast of I/as(pieti is bold, with no
dangers ntf it which are not seen, except Seal IJccks, which (iover at
hidf tide. Off its west end are the small groups of Flat and Hare
Ulands, but no hidden dangers. False Itiiy, which indents its west end,
is exposed, and not reeonunended as an anchoriige.

The Sisters Islets are the next remarkable objects; thej- are two
sniidl black rocks 17 feet above high water, S. 67° W. of the west
lioint of Lasqneti, with a deep-water channe: over one mile wide between
them and Flat Islands. They are bold on all sides, but should not be
approached too close in calms or light winds, as the tide sets straight
piist them.

Q-illies Bay, on the w.-st side of Texada Island, and 2 miles N\V, of
the Mouatt Islets, a small grouj) which lie nearly one raile from the
shore, is easily reciognized bv a remarkable white patch on its northern
point, which is seen for many miles, and shows as two distinct white
spots. An anchor may be dropped at } mile from the beach in Hi fath-
oms, but it is only a stoi)ping place.

Caution. — When standing to the westward towards the Denman
Island shore, L imbert Channel should not be oi»ened out l)Otwecn the
SI'L end of the islaiul and Shingle Spit, nor should Cape Lazo be
approached nearer than 2 miles.

NOKTIIEllN SIIOUR (IF THE STRA.rr OF CrEOUaiA..

Howe Sound, iuimeiliately ailjoining Hurrard Inlet, is an extensive
though probably useless sheet of water, the general depth being very
great, while there are but few anchorages. It is almost entirely luMumed

164

GEORGIA STRAIT.

in by rugged and precipitous mountains rising abruptly from tlie water's
edge. A river of considerable size, the Squawmislit, navigable for
boats, Hows into its head ; it leads by no useful or even practicable route
into the interior of the country.

The entrance to the sound is between Atkinson Point and Gower
Point. Tlie sound i)enetrates the continent in a northerly direction for
20 miles, and althougli of such considerable width for nearly 1'2 miles
of its length, yet it is choked by some large and numerous smaller
jslands, between which are several shi[» passages.

Bowen Island, lying at the eiitnmce, is remnrkahle, being round,
smootli. and ])artially oare, unmistakaltly pointing out the entrance
from any direction ; the island is 7 miles in length in a northerly direc-
tion, and more than .'J in width.

Queen Charlotte Channel. —Passage Island, only J mile long but very
])rominent from the southward, stands in the center of the channel, and
on both sides of it is a deep-water passage; that to the west, l.i miles
in width, is the best, the shores of Bowen Island being steep and bold;
some small rocky islets lie a short distance off the eastern side of ihe
other passage, but the clianiiel is a goid one and one mile wide. A
tide-rip is frequently met with oil Atkinson Point, caused by the meet-
ing of the ebb streams from the .sound and Burrard Inlet.

Snug Cove. — At lif miles nortiiwanl of Pa.ssage Island, and on the
eastern shore, is White (Jiilf Point, and opposite, on the Bowen Islaiul
shore, distant 1.^ miles, is a double-headed cove. Snug Cove, the
southermost of tlie.se, though narrow, attbrds excellent anchorage to
small craft in 9 fathoms, slieltered from all winds.

Deep Cove, the nortiiernmost, is larger, but with a 8E. wind,
when anchorage would be most required, a swell would set in. After
passing White Cliff Point the width of the channel increases to 2^ miles,
and o miles to the northward is Bowyer Island, with a deep ship pas-
sage on both sides of it, that to the westward being the widest.

Directions. — Vessels bound to Poit (Jn'ves, which is the princi])al
anclioiage in the sound, shou''l pass westward of Bowyer Island be-
tween it and Ilood Point, the north point of Bowen Island. The latter
is a rather rcMuarkable low fl.it peninsula point, with a small high cliffy
island lying off it, connected at low vater; both island and point are
bold. From Hood Point, Uope Point boars N. 72° W., and after round-
ing it a N. 23^^ E. course leads inti> the harbor.

Bound up the sound by Queen (Charlotte Channel, a north course
leads in mid-channel; pass eastward of White Rock, Center Island,
and Anvil Island, through Montagu Channel; the depth of water is 140
fathoms ; the eastern shore quite bold.

White Rock is a small but remarkable islet 36 feet high ; Home
rocks which cover at high water extend ^ mile north and south from it.

Center Island lies midway between it and tlie south point of Anvil
Island.

MONTAGU OlfANNEL BARFLEUR PASSAGE.

165

Anvil Island is oval shaped; its summit, Leading Peak, 2,74G feet
high, IS very remaikabie, resembling tiio horn of an auvil pointed up-
wards. From almost all parts of the strait of Georgia this peak appears
as a most prominent object.

Montagu Channel, between Anvil Island and the eastern shore, is
one mile wide and oyer 100 fathoms in depth; passing out of it the
sound takes a northerly (lire(!tion for 7 nules to Watts Point, when it
trends to the northeastward for a further distance of 4 miles, terminat-
ing in a low delta, throu;j;li which flows the Squawmisht River. The
sound carries its depth to the head and shoals from 100 fathoms sud-
denly to 2 fathoms; the latter doi)th is close to the mud at the head of
the sound, which is so soft, that supposing a vessel to anchor, she would
be certain to drug on shore with any wind up the sound.

Anchorage may be obtained off a waterfall on the eastern side of the
souni in UO fathoms water, about 100 yards from the shore and (me
mile from the entrance oftheSquawmisht River, with Watts Inner Point
bearing S. 57'^ W,

CoUingwood Channel, to the westward of Bowen Islaml, between it
and Ihe group of smaller islands which stud the eei.ter of the sound, is
the niosf direct route to Port Oraves. At the entrance both shores are
steei> and bold ; the channel takes a northerly direction, and is for 4
miles about one mile wide, the general depth varying from 50 to 100
fathoms. The small islands forming the western side have no dangers
that an^ not visible ex;;ept I'.issage Rock.

A rock which uncovers at very low spring tides lies l.\ miles S, 46^
W. of llutt Island, and oiii' mile 8. .VJo M of Oottois Point, Keats
[stand.

■Wrorlcombe Island is the outermost of the small islands, .] mile long
east and west, and very narrow.

Passage Rock, which lies almost mill way between Worlcombe and
Pasley Islands, and covi h at half lide, lies 700 yards X. \'P W. of the
eastern point of WorKi.mbe Island, and when working in or out, vessels
should not staml so f;r to the westward, between Worlcombe and Pas-
ley Islands, as to shut in the western points of White and Ragged
Islands behind the low east point of Pasley Island.

White Island. 1 S nules northwanl of Worlcombe, is small and round
with some white (juartz veins showing through the foliage.

Ragged Island is a short distaiu'e farther to the northward, and
has four or live very remarkable bare white rocks lying oft' its eastern
end.

Keats Island forms the western side of the channel ; it is moder-
ately high, with a bare cliffy summit near its center.

BarHeur Passagt lies to the westward of the central gron;» of small
islands between them and Keats Island; it is a safe ship iihannel, but
not (piite so wide as CoUingwood Channel.

Working in, it is better not to approach nearer than \ mile to Pop-

166

GEORGIA STliAir.

liaiii r.sliuitl ami the two smaller oiicts uortli of it, whidi form the enHt-
livn siih' oi' tUi- inisAH'^c The passages lietweeii the small islands are
not recoiiimended.

A Rock, on which the sea breaks at low water, extends 3lH) yards
into tht- channel westward from the second of these islands; otherwise
there are no danglers which are not visible.

Shoal Channel, the westernmost entrance to Howe Sound, is be-
tween Keats Island and the mainland of Gower I'oint. It is convenient
for vessels cominj;' from the westward, and leads to I'liimper Cove, a
snug au(;h()rage on the northwestern side of Keats Isla id ; Gower
Point, the S\V. extreme of the channel, is not very remarkable, but when
ai)i»roaching it a huge bowlder rock will be seen at its extreme, and a
similar one on the shore \ mile to the westward of it; a conspicuous
cone 900 feet high also rises inunediately over the coast, .'> miles within
the point on Ihe west side of the channel, and can be seen a long dis-
tance off.

The south point of Keats Island, which forms the eastern point of
entrance to the channel, has, lying close off it, Home Island, a small
but prominent and thickly wooded island. From a short distance
northward from this island a bar of sand and sliin<ih; extends (piite
ata'oss the channel to the steeii clitt's of the mainland ; the depth of
water on it varies from 7 to 18 ff.et; the least water is on a spit extend-
ing ."iOO yards from Keats Island; it then deepens to 2\ fathoms, l)utat
100 yariis failher to the westward there is a shoal spot of 1.^ fathoms,
and there is also a similar depth at .'iOO yards »S. 17° W. of iStei'p Cliff
Point; vessels, therefore, when entering JSIioal (.'hantiel, shouhl keep
rather over to tlie maiidand sido, about fOO yards from it, which may be
increased when llmiie Island bears S. ;3;P I'j.

Observation Point, in line with the north end of South Shelter Island
or just showing to the westward of it, bearing N. •17'^ 10,, leads over the
bar ill 'J\ fathoms water, which is here only LMO y arils across, but the
nassage with this depth is veiy narrow. Observation I'oint kii»t just
shut in with Mouth Toint of >'()ith Shelter Island 'tearing X. ."».'P lC.,and
when Home Island bears S. 'Xi"-' E. kei)t well open of it, leads over the
bar in not less than 2 fathoms; but vessels drawing more than 8 feet
of water are recommended not loalti'inpt Shoal (llmnnel at low water.

The width of the bar in the eeiiter is not over .{ mile; it does not
shoal veiy suddeidy from outside, ami a vessel might anchor in 9 or 10
fathoms, sandy bottom, with Hume Island beating S. (>2''^ 10.

Two dangerous rocks which uncover at very low water spring tides
are reported as lying (JOO yards N. 1.5^ 10. of Steep (liff I'oint.

Phuiiper Cove. — Immediately after crossing the bar of Shoal Chan
nel the water dc.'iu'iis to L'O fathoms, and two small islets, partially
wooded and almost joined at low water, will be seen ore mile to t'.ie
NE. ; between fliem and the shore of Keats Island is Plumper Covi?.
which is perfectly sheltered from all winds, as, however hard it may be

■'iikhi

THORXnOUOUGH CHAXNEL PUKT GUAVKS.

IG7

st-
ue

•cLs

o e,,4.^. —

blowiiifr ontaiile, it is generally a calm here. Both siiores of the chan-
nel are steep, and if wishing to enter, a vessel should pass round the
north end of the islets.

"•• . There

iiniendcd
orth end
he cove,
arge ves-

. ..^.. v,„. „ nel. Its

uuci-ii..ii after i)assiiig Plumper Cove is north, and at the distance of 6
miles is VVoolridge Island. The wider cliannel lies westward of this
island, but there is over 100 fathoms of water througii I/atona Passage
to tlie eitstward of it, and a width of ', mile. Passing Woolridge Isl-
and, the arm turns to the northeastward, and northward of Anvil Island
leads to the head of the sound. Tiie depth of water is very greii't in
evory part, and there is no anehoiage above.

Qatnbier Island, immediately northward of Howen Island, is almost
square shaped and (i mik's in extent eitiier way. On its western side
rise two very remarkable cone shaped mountains over 3,000 feet in ele-
vation. The southern fare of the island is iiulented by three very deep
bays or inlets, bu^ 'idy in the easternmost is convenient anchorage
found. Close off the 8\V. point of the island are the Twiius, two small
islets; they are the only part of its coast which may not lie approached
very close.

Port Graves, the easternmost of the three bivs on the .south side of
Gambler Island, is the i)rincipal anchorage in lluwc Sound. It is about
8 miles from the eiitraiu^e and amy be reached with great facility by
any of the, chainiels already described ; its < ntrance u ill not, however,
be very apparent to strangers until closin Hope I'oint, which forms
its eastern side.

Tiie direction of the |)ort, as also of the two deep bays westward of
it, is SiS'i'i. ami it runs more than U miles in that direction ; the width
m>t (piite i mile.

Hutt Island, scarcely i_ mile long, but vei ; liigh and reunirkalde, lies
close off the northwestern side of Bowen Island, and is a good guide to
the port when entering by either of the western channels.

Directions. — On the western shore. | mile inside the entrance, a

points of approach

Whillfisff '"^'' "" P'"''" "^ '^'' ^'^''•''•^" -'"' !"*««"* «t'".dingon
Approx. position: Lat. 49° 24' 50" N., Long. 123" 42' .32" W.

(N. M. 48. 1IK)4.)

166

GEORGIA STIUIT.

ham Isliiiul and the two smaller ones north of it, which form the east-
ern isidi' of the passajie. The passaj^es between the small islands are
not recommended.

(1374) BRITISH OOLUfflBIA -Strait of Georgia— Rock Point
reef— Buoy established. — The Government of Canada has given notice
that a spar buoy, painted red, has been established off Rock point,
which is the point midway between Gower point and Mission point,
to show the extent of the reef eastward of Rock point. The buoy is
moored in 6 fathoms of water.

Approx. position: Lat. 49° 24' 20" N., Long. 123° 37' 20" W.

oi^iij^ •im^iiuictf^c uil llie HUM ll>vconriii oiiic i>- /ji « go ig()4 )

Point, llieSW. extreme of the channel, is not very remarkable, but when
approaching it a large bowlder rock will be seen at its extreme, and a
similar one on the shore 4 '"'le to the westward of it; a conspicuous
cone !)()() feet high also rises immediately over the coast, 3 miles within
the point on the west side of the channel, and can be seen a long dis-
tance off.

The south point of Keats Island, which fornis the eastern point of
entrance to the channel, has, lying close ott it, Home Island, a small
but prominent ami thickly wooded island. From a short distance
northward from this island a bar of sand and sliingle extends (jnite
across the channel to the steep cliffs of the mainland; the dei)th of
water on it varies from 7 to l.S feet; the least water is :n\ a spit extend-
ing ')(M yards from Keats Island; it then deepens to 2,^ fathoms, l»ut at
100 yards farther to the westward there is a shoal spot of l.l fathoms,
and tiiere is also a similar depth at .'500 yards S. 17'^ W. of Steep Cliff
Point; vessels, therefore, when entering Shoal Channel, should keep
rather over to the mainland side, about 400 yards from it, which may be
increased wiieii Home Island bears !S. 3;P E.

Observation Toiiit, in line with the north (Mid of South Shelter Island
or jiisf showing to the westward of it, bearing N. 47" 10., leads over the
bar in '2\ fathoms water, which is here oidy 250 yards across, bat the
passage with this depth is very narrow. Observation Point kejtt Just
shut in with South Toiiit of North Shelter Island bearing X. ."»3^ E.,and
when Home Island bears S. .i.'^ E. kept well open of il, leads over the
bar in not less than 2 fathoms; but vessels drawing more than 8 feet
of water are recommended not to attempt Shoal Chanind at low water.

The width of the bar in the center is not over \ mile; it does not
shoal very suddenly from outside, and a vessel ndght tnchor in 9 or 10
fathoms, saIl(l^

Two dangen
are reported as'

Plumper Ci
nel tll«^ water d
wooded and al
NK, ; between
which is perfec

ist-
are

THORNlJOROUGH CHANNEL POKT GKAVHS.

1G7

blowiii}!: outside, it is generally a calm here. Both shores of the chau-
nel are steep, and if wishing to enter, a vessel sliould pass round the
north end of the islets.

Anchorage. — Anchor in 8 fathoms in the center of the cove. There
is room to lie aL single anchor, but a vessel of any size is recommended
to moor, dropping her outer anchor in 10 fathoms when the north end
of the islets bears N. 06° W., and, running up the center of the cove,
drop the inner one in G fathoms. There is only room for one large ves-
sel, but several small ones could find shelter.

Thornborough Channel is a continuation of Shoal Channel. Its
direction after ])assing Plumper Cove is north, and at the distance of 6
miles is VVoolridge Island. The wider channel lies westward of this
island, but there is over 100 fathoms of water through Latona Passage
to the eastward of it, and a width of \ mile. Passing Woolridge Isl-
and, the arm turns to the northeastward, and northward of Anvil Island
leads to the head of the sound. The depth of water is very grea't in
every part, and there is no anchorage above.

G-ambier Island, immediately northward of Bo wen Island, is almost
square shai)ed and miles in extent either way. On its western side
rise two very remarkable cone shaped mountains over 3,000 feet in ele-
vation. The southern face of the island is indented i)y three very deep
bays or inlers, but only in the easternuiost is convenient anchorage
found. Close off the SW. point, of the island are the Twins, two small
islets ; Ihoy are the only part of its coast which may not be approached
very close.

Port Graves, the easternmost of the three bays on the south side of
Gambler Island, is the i)rin('ipal anchorage in Howe Sound. It is about
8 miles froui the entrance and amy be reached with great facility by
any of tlic <;lianiiels already described ; its entrance will not, however,
be very apparent to strangers until closing Hope Point, which forms
its eastern side.

The direction of the port, as also of the two deep bays westward of
it, is NNE. and it runs more than 1| miles in that direction ; the width
not (piite i mile.

Hutt Island, scarcely .1 mile long, but very high aiul remarkable, lies
close o(f the northwestern side of Bowen Island, and is a good guide to
the port when entering by either of the western channels.

Directions. — On the western shore, '} mile inside the entrance, a
shingle spit extends out for a short distance, which should be given a
berth, as shoal water extends 100 yards olf it ; when past the spit there
is anchorage anywhere in 10 fathoms, but S mile or more inside it, in 7
fathoms, is the best berth. N'essels entering by Shoal Channel, and
bouiul for I'ort Graves, after i)assing Phnnper Cove should steer K G7°
E. until lu'ar Hope Point and the harbor opens.

The Coast from (rower Point to the entrance of Malaspina Strait is
free from danger. White Islet, a bare rock 51 feet high, lies \^ miles

168

GEORGIA STUAIT.

from the. shore, 6 miles westward from Gower Point, and is remarkable,
always showing very white ; there is dee,) water close to it and inside it.

Trail Bay. — At 4 miles NNVV. from White Islet the coast recedes
and forms Trail Bay.

Anchorage may be obtained oft' the village iu Trail B.ay, abreast a
bluff in the northeastern corner, in about 15 fathoms. The Indians
(Sechelt) are under the care of the Koman Catholic mission, and their
chapel is a conspicuous object from seaward.

Trail Islets, four in number, lie a little more than ^ mile otf the
western eml of this bay, and if necessary small vessels may drop an
anchor inside them in 12 or 13 fathoms water.

Tezada Island, lying parallel with and on the eastern side of the
Strait of Georgia, is 27 miles in length, with an average width of scarcely
i miles. Throughout its whole lengtli strettihes a ridge of nigged trap
mountains, wooded generally to their summits; at the southern end
Mount Shepherd reaches a height of 2,900 feet. Its shores are steep
and bold on all sides, and the land rises abru|ttly, excei)C at the north-
ern extreme. On the north side, 3 miles from Marshall Point, there is
a boat cove.

Q-illies Bay, the oidy anchorage, and that merely a stop|)ing place,
is on the southwestern side.

Upwood Point, the south extreme of Texada Island, is rugged and
precipitous; stunted jtines grow between the crevices of the b-^re trap
rock ; the land behind more thickly wooded. Almost immeiliiitely o<'er
it rises Mount Dick, a very remarkable hump-shaped hill, and 3 miles
inlaiul is Mount Shei)herd. A rock whi(!h covers lies 400 yards oif the
point.

Laoqiieti Island is separated from Texada by a channel about one
mile wide. It is miles long, with an average width of over 2 miles;
Mount Tremeton, a singular turret-shaped summit, rising nearly in its
center. On its southern side are several boat coves.

Tucker Bay, on the northern side of Las((ueti, and equidistant from
either end. is a very fair ruichorage. Entering from the westward ifc
will be readily known by a group of small wooded islands which form
its eastern side ; its westei'n point is slM[)ing and somewha' ..^inarka-
ble, partially bare of trees. The witer shoals rather suddenly from 30
to 10 fathoms.

Anchorage. — The anchorage !:■, in 14 fathoms, with the outermost
and westernmost of the small islands bearing N. 40° E. and the west
point of the bay X. o(P W., which will be within \ mile of the shore.
With a stron^T NW. wind ami Hood tide, the bay, though safe, would
not be a <M)mforlable anchorage; from the eastward, sailing vessels
wouM find sdhk; iMHicu'ity iu reaching it iu consequence of the prevail-
ing NW. wini'a and the narrowness of the channel at that end.

Small vessels may a:.chor in the southeastern corner, inside the small
islaiul on the sout'icu shore, iu G or 7 fathoms water, sheltered from
almost any wind.

SANG8TER ISLAND — BUCCANEER HAY.

169

SangBter Island, ^ mile long, lies one mile SW. of Young Point.
There is a deej) passage of 70 fatiioms between the two, but ii rocky
ledge with shoal water on it extends off the western point of Sangster
Island.

Seal Rocks, which cover at half tide, lie a little more than one mile
N. 01° W. of the western point of Sangster Island, and it is not recom-
mended to pass between the island and the rocks.

Jenkins Island lies 3 miles westward of Sangster, and close to the
southern shore of Lasqueti.

aaa T'trtv-Onr.\ra ;ilwa\s uiicovered. lie ()0(t yards off the west end of

l> bight but
would find

leti, IS per-
ild be given

„..v. 4 , ..„ - up l.viiig oil"

the nortiiwestern end of Lasqueti.

Sabine Channel, between Texada and Lasqueti Islands, is a good
ship passage witii very deep water; it is.'i miles wide at the W(>stern end,
but several high conical islands lying o'V the northeastern side of Las-
queti contract the width at the easte; .: end, in some parts to ;| mile.
Bull Passage, to the southward of these islands, is a narrow but deep

/ If ») BRITISH COLUMBIA -Strait of Georgia - Malaspina
strait -Uncharted rook.-Septeml)er lO, 1)>04, Captain A. .1. Bjerre
of the steamer Actirr, found an uncharted rocky shoal, on which a
a depth of 12 feet was obtained at low water, in Malaspina strait, off
Heechelt peninsula, mainland of British Columbia.

From the shoal, which is about 200 feet in extent, point Upwood

^^''^o'^o^; i^" VoiT ^^- ^y ^^- * ^^'- "'«g-) '"Hi Oovvlland point
S. 38° E. true (SE. by E. ^ E. mag. ).

Caution must be exercised in navigating deep draft v^jsels in this
neighborhood, as the shoal is nearly in the fairway to Welcome oass

MW. ijoint in a steep clay clitt, on wmcii, at io« w.ul-i, u ,„ ,, ,„ .„5,
' -,, . , ,. , . . . , fN. M. 47, 1904. )

l)oint. Shoal water extends trom this point in a northwesterly (iirecLion

for about 800 yards, and a bank with not more tiian 5 tathoms water
on it borders the northern side of the western island <'or a distance of
froai (100 yards to one mile.

From the north point of the eastern island, Tattenham Ledge extends
i mile; this ledge uncovers at the inner part and has 4 fathom t water
on the outer.

Welcome Pass is a deep but narrow channel, about oi.:» mile in
length. This passage has not been well sounded, and as sunken rocks
exist in its simthern entrance, it should be used with great caution.

A shoal of some extent is reported to exist in the southern entrance,
contracting the passage to about 600 yards.

Buccaneer Bay, formed by the junction of the two Thormanby

168

GEORGIA STRAIT.

from the shore, 6 miles westward from Gower Point, and is remarkable,
always siiowing very white ; there is deep water close to it and inside it.

Trail Bay. — At l miles NNVV. from White Islet the coast recedes
and forms Trail Bay.

Anchorage may bo obtained off the village in Trail Bay, abreast a
bluff in the northeastern corner, in about lo fathoms. The Indians
(Sechelt) are under the care of the Komau Catholic mission, and their
chapel is a conspicuous object from seaward.

Trail Islets, four in number, lie a litlle more than ^ mile off the

western end of this bay, ami if necessury small vessels mav dron an

( 1 '\v\\ BRITISH OOLUMBIA-Malaapina strait -Texada island-
CIS? 3) BRiiisnuuiju «ib»*' Q „ie,jt of Canada has

""'^^ SSof tli-Jt al)u bu"; !^^^^ has been established off

given ^tice that a sp. buoy _^^ ^ ^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^

the north point of Tex.ula 'sun"- ^i 5„ ^

TtfsCyCrkra" e>t:lich exteSis "S^S the north point of
Texail iSd for about 400 yards. There is a rock near the e^ of
the reef which dries about 4 feet. (N. M. 88. 1904.)

ern extreme. On the north side, 3 miles from Marshall Point, there is
a tiout cove.

Gillies Bay, the only anchorag'', and that merely a stoijpinj;' place,
is on the southwestern side.

Upwood Point, the south extreme of Texada Island, is ru}.",sed and
precipitous; stunted i>ines jjrow between the crevices of the hare trap
rock ; the land behind more thickly wooded. Almost immediately over
it rises Mo"-*^ '"•" '- . - -

inland is T
point.

Lasque
mile wide.
Mount Trt
center. C)

Tucker
either end ^, — ....v. .. vol.. ..m lu

will be rea „ - group of small wooded islands which form

its eastern side ; its western point is sloping and somewhat remarka-
ble, partially bare of trees. The water shoals rather suddenly from 30
to IG fathoms.

Anchorage. — The anchorage is in 14 fathoms, with the outermost
and westernmost of the small islands bearing N. 40° B. and the west
point of the bay N. 50° \V., which will be within \ mile of the shore.
With a strong NW. wind and Hood tide, the bay, though safe, would
not be a ••omfortable anchorage; from the eastward, sailing vessels
would tind some ditliculty in reaching it in conse<iuence of the prevail-
ing NW. winds and the narrowness of the channel at that end.

Small vessels may a:.chor in the southeasterii corner, inside the small
island on the southern shore, in 6 or 7 fathoms water, sheltered from
almost any wind.

8ANG8TRR ISLAND — BUCCANKER HAY.

169

Sangster Island, ^ mile long, lies one mile SW. of Young Point.
There is a deej) passage of 70 fathoms between tiie two, but a rocicy
ledge with shoal water on it extends ottthe western point of Sangster
Island.

Seal Rocks, which cover at half tide, lie a little more than one mile
N. 01° W. of the western point of Sangster Island, and it is not recom-
mended to pass between the island and the rocks.

Jenkins Island lies 3 miles westward of Sangster, and close to the
southern shore of Lasqueti.

Sea Egg Rocks, always uncovered, lie (iOO yards oil' the west end of
Jenkins Island.

False Bay, in tiie west end of Lasqufti Island, is a tieep bight but
is not rtutommended as an anchorage, though small vessels would find
shelter in its northwestern corner in 7 fathoms.

Stevens Passage, between the Sisters Islets and Lasqueti, is per-
fectly sJife and dear. Flat Islands, on its eastern side, should be given
a berth of ,{ mile, as should also Haie Islands, a small gronj) lyiiig ott"
the northwestern end of Lasqueti.

Sabine Channel, between Texada and Las(|ueli Islands, is a good
ship passage with very deep water; it is 8 miles wide at the western end,
but several high conical islands lying oft" the northeastern side of Las-
queti cor.tract the width at the eastern end, in s<m)e parts to 'J mile.
Bull Passage, to the southward of these islands, is a narrow but deep
channel.

The Tides through Sabine Channel set at the rate of L* knots an hour,
the Hood running to the westward, the ebb to the eastwaid.

Malaspina Stiait is a wide navigable channel. Itsgeneral direction
is NW. The Texada shore is bold, and almost straight (or its whole
length, fronted by narrow shingle or bowlder beaches.

Thormanby Islands, two in number, are almost joined. They form
the southeastern entrance point of Ma'aspina Strait, Lying close to
the maiidand, these islands appear as a part of it, ternnuating at their
NW, point in a steep clay clitf, olf which, at low water, dries a bowlder
point. Shoal water extends from this point in a northwesterly direction
for about 800 yards, and a bank with not more than 5 lathoms water
on it borders the northern side of the western island for a distance of
from 600 yards to one mile.

From the north point of the eastern island, Tattenham Ledge extends
4 mile; this ledge uncovers at the inner jiart and has 4 fathoms water
on the outer.

Welcome Pass is a dee]) but narrow channel, about one mile in
length. This passage has not been well sounded, aiul as sunken rocka
exist in its southern entrance, it should be used with great caution.

A shoal of some extent is reported to exist in the Ksouthern entrance,
contracting the passage to about 600 yards.

Buccaneer Bay, formed by the junction of the two Thormanby

170

CiEDROIA 8TKAIT,

Isliiiids, allorcLs {jood ami alieltercd ancliorage at its head in 15
fatlioiiis.

(Jaiition must l)e observed wiie^ eiiteriiifj, as siioal water extends for
fully .\ mile from tlie iiortliern shore of both ishiiids on both sides of
the eiitr.uice. Tutteniiam Ledj^je, on the east side of the entrance, will
be avoided by Jceeping' tiie outer of the Surry Ishinds (lying off tiieeast
shore within the iiarbor) in line witii Wolf Point and the center of the
beach at the head of the bay, bearing S. ts K.

A rock, dry at low-watei prings, lies near, but a little to the west-
ward of, the spot marked 2 fathoms on the chart, and on the following
bearings : Derby Point S. 3'i^ 10., distant about 7()(( yards; N\V. point
of Thormanby West Island S. 71° W.

Secret Cove. — At one mile northward of the entraiu'o to the Bucca-
neer Bay is the entrance to Secret Cove. The channel in, bet ween Point
George (the SE. end of Turnagain Island) and Entr.ince Island to the
eastward, is 100 yards wide with <lepths of from 7 to 1 1 fathoms in it.
One hundred .>ards S. 57^ tV. of the west end of Entraniic Island is a
rocky patch which covers at threerpiarters flood; it will be cleared by
keei>ing White Hock ('J feel high) inside the harbor on its west shore,
just open of the nortiiwestern shore of Entrance Island, bearing N.
540 K.

Anchorage. — When past Entrance Island, amihorage may be taken
Hj) as (M)nvenient in 7 t<i !• fathoms, midway l)etween that island and
Echo Island,

Rocky Patch. — From Secret Cove the coast, which trends to the
uortliwestward, is boldto for 4 miles, at whicii distance a rocky i)atch of
considerable extent lies oiu^ mile S. 'SS'^ 10. of Francis Point, and extends
nearly the same distance parallel to the shore. The least water found
on this patch was 7 fathoms, but less may jtrobably exist. Several
small islets lie north of the patch, between it and the shore.

Bargain Harbor. — To the north want of these islets is the entrance
to tills small harbor, with dcpthsof 5an<l (i fathoms iu it. Tin? entrance
lies between the WHiitestone Islands and the islets lying oil" the shore
to the eastward, the largest of whicli are Flat (the southern) and Green
Islets. By keeping in mid ciiannel the hai'bor may l)e safely entered.

The head of Bargain Harbor communicates with Pender Harbor by
a narrow passage, whicli is available tor boats at high water.

Jervis Inlet. — The entrances of tlni inlet are between Francis and
Scotch Fir Points. Nelson Island lies immediately in the center, and
divides it into two channels, the westernmost being the principal one.
Both channels can be made out from I'pwood Point Neither from a
commercial [)oint of view, as a refuge lor shii)ping, or as a means of
communication with the interior of the country, does the inlet ai)pear
likely ever to be of any great importance.

Agamemnon Channel, the southern entrance to Jervis Inlet, runs
between Nelson Island and the main in a general northerly direction
for 9 miles, then. joins the main channel of the inlet; its average width

for
s of
will
east

tlio

rest-
fing

Dint

AGAMKMNON CHANNKL PKNDKR IIAKMOK.

171

is little more tliiiii .^ iiiiie; the titles riiii from one to '.i knots; tiie tleptli
of wiitei' varies from 50 to 100 fatiioms, and it affords no anclioraKe.
The sontheni entran(!e is eii(!n?nl»ereil l)y a ^^roup of small islands, tiie
renter and larj,'est of whicii. I'earson Island, is | mile in extent, woodedi
and jr>(i feet liif,'h. Northwestward of I'earson, a little more than ^
nMo ut'o fii.. (Mi'iKiioi i«i<.i< t(\M (IV t luce small islets joined l>\ reefs;

(15.>6) BRITISH COLUMBIA - Strait of Georgia - Malasplna
strait - Nelson rock - Beacon erected. —A day beacon inis l.een
erected by the (Jovernment of Canada on Nelson rock, Malaspina
strait, 1 niile S. 86° W. true (S\V. by VV. i W. mag.) from Fearney
l)oint. Nelson islan<l. ''

Approx. position: Lat. 49° 38' 50" N., Long. 124° 08' 19" W.
The beacon consists of a frustrum of a S(|uai-e pyramid in stone-
work, 14 feet s(iuare at the bottom, 9 feet at the top, by 1(J feet high
surmounted by a wooden staff carrying a lattice work drum fi feet
high by (i feet in diameter, the whole painted black and showintr 26
feet above high water.

Nelson rock dries about b feet at low water and extends half a cable
in a northeiist and southwest direction with a width of 75 feet. The
beacon is on the northejist end of the ledge and can be approached
on the northeast within 100 yards. i-k m a± huh .

but its entrance is so encumbered by islands as to render it dillicult of
access to any but steam or coasting vessels ; it immeiliately adjoins the
Agamemnon Channel on the south, and lies '^ mile east of I'earson
Island.

The entrance to Pender Harbor may be approached by three passages
between the islainls lying olf the southern entiance of Agamemnon
Cliaiinel. When coming fiom .lervis Inlet by the abovenained chan-
nel, the i)assage between Channel islets and Pearson Island to the
SW. and Noinian Point to the NIC, is the most convenient, but coming
from my other direction it would be better to use either the one be-
tween Pearson Island anil Channel Islets or that between the for-
mer islaml and Martin Islaml ; the latter is to be preferred.

Williams and Charles Islands lie immediately across the entrance,
forming tiiree cliannels; 111, it to the nortiiward, between Williams
Island and Henry Point, is not :M»() yards in width, but it is the best
and has a <leptli of 20 fathoms. A shoal extends about luo yards from
the north western side of Wiliiam.-; island.

Entering the harbor between Williams and Charles Islands the chan-
nel is only 100 yards in width, with 7 fathoms water, ami a rock which
covers at three quarters Hood lies a little more than 100 yanls north of
the eastern point of ("harles Island.

Skardon Islands are two in number. Pass on either side of them
and steer up the harbor. One mile within the entrance, a, peninsula
extends to the -south from the northern shore: pass between its south-
ern point and Mary Island.

Anchorage. — Anchor in Gerrans Bay, \ mile to the southward of the
peninsula, in or 7 fathoms; there is also good anchorage in Garden

170

0K3UGIA 8TKA1T.

Ishinils, allords ^ood and .slicltortMl aiicliora^re at its licad in 15
latlioins.

Oaiitiiiii iiKiHt 1(0 oUsorvod wliefi t'iiteriM<,', us slioal water oxtends for
fully .] mile from tlio iiortlicrii shore of both islands on both sides of
the entrince. Tilteniiam Led;,'e, on the east side of t!ie entrance, will
be avoided l),v lveei)inf; tiio outer of tiie Surry Islands (lying off tlieeast
«hore within the liiirl><>i'\ in !!•... —in- "'-"^' •» • ■

beach at I

A rock,
ward of, t
beaiings :
of Thorma

Secret
ueer Hay ii
Georf^e (th
eastward, i
One htmdr
rocky patci
keepiufj W

just open ( ..w^v.. ..i^iv.111 oinue oi r^ntranc^e Island, bearing N.

54° K.

Anchorage. — When past Kntraiuie Island, anchorage niay be taken
u]) as cDiivenient in 7 to !• fathoms, iniilway between that island and
Echo Island.

Rocky Patch. — From Secret (Jove the coast, which trends to tiie
northwestward, is bold-to for 4 miles, at which distance a rocky patch of
considerable extent lies one mile S. .'53° 10. of Francis I'oint, ami extends
nearly the same distance parallel to the shore. The least water found
on this patch was 7 fathoms, but less may i)rol)ably exist. Several
small islets lie north of the pafcli, between it and the shore.

Bargain Harbor. — To the northward of these islets is the entrance
to tliis small harbor, with depths of o and (i fathoms in it. The (entrance
lies between die Wliitestone Islands and the islets lying oil' tiie shore
to the eastward, the largest of which are Flat (the southern) and (rreen
Islets. By kee|)ing in mid chaiinel the harbor may be safely entered.

The head of IJargain Harbor communicates svith I'ender Harbor by
a narrow passage, which is available for lioats at high water.

Jervis Inlet. — The entrances of the inlet are between Francis and
Scotch Fir Toints. Nelson Island lies immediately in the center, and
<livides it into two channels, the westernmost being the princij»al one.
Both channels can be made out from IJpwood Foint Neither from a
comamrcial point of view, as a refuge for shipping, or as a means of
comniiiiucation with the interior of the country, does the inlet ai)pear
likely ever to be of any great importance.

Agamemnon Channel, the southern entrance to Jervis Inlet, runs
between Nelson Island and the main in a general northerly din'ctiou
for 1) miles, then joins the main channel of the inlet; its average width

AOAMKMNON CirANNKL PKNDF.R MAKHOH.

171

s for

'H of

will

CilSt

is little iiKiro tliiiii .\ iiiilc; tlif tidi's run from one to .'i knots; tlu> ilt'|)tli

of Wilt*!!' varies from ")(» to I0(( fatlioins, iiixl it atlonls no iincliornyc

The southern entiiunte is encumUered Ity ii ;;rou|) ol sniiill ishinds, the

center iiml !iu;j;est of whieh, rciirsoti lsliiinl,is { mile in t-xterif, wooded,

and '2'tii feet lii^'h. Norlhwestwunl of I'eurson, u little more tliiui \

yiile, are the (Jliiuii.el IsU-ts, two or three small islets joined Ity reefs;

Liid southeastward of it at the same distance is Martin Island, also

•ery small. The passaj^es into the eininnel are aliout the same width

over ^ mile), and have deep water. There is also a passage eastward

»f Martin Island.

Nile (Nelson)Rock, which covcrsat (piarter Hood, lies one mileH. 8.5°
tV. of Kearney Point, and the same distanee west of the largest Chan-
icl Islet, is steep all round, anil is situated .\ niilc^ ti'om the nearest,
>oint of Nelson Islainl, off whieh a reef extends ; unless the rock is
isible it is re(!oinmendcd t" pass outsiile or southward of it. The
jonthern (Jhamicl Islet in line with the north end of I'earson Island
leads <m to the roi-k.

Pender Harbor is the only anchorage de.serving the name with a
noderate depth ot water, tobe fouml in the neigliliorhood of .lervis Iidet,
but its entrance is so encuinliered by islands as to render it dillicult of
access to any but steam or coasting vessels; it immediately adjitins the
Agamemnon Channel on the south, ami lies ;^ mile east of I'earson
Island.

The entrance to Pender Harbor may be approached by three passages
between the islands lying otf the southern entiance of Agamemnt)n
Channel. When coming from .lervis Inlet by Ihe abo\enanieil chan-
nel, the, passage between Channel islets and I'earson Island to the
SW. and Norman I'oint to the NH., is the most convenient, but coming
from any other direction it would be better to use either the one be-
tween I'earson Island ami Channel Islds or that between the for-
mer island and Martin Island; the latter is to be preferred.

Williams and Charles Islands lie immediately across the entiance,
forming three channels; that to the northward, between Williams
Islaml and Henry I'oint, is not :'XH) yards in width, but it is the best
and has a depth of -'(I fathoms. A shoal extends about KMl yards trom
the northwestern side of Williams Island.

Entering the; harl>or between Williams and Charles Islands the chan-
nel is only l(»b yards in width, with 7 fathoms water, and a rock which
covers at three quarters flood lies a little more than 100 yards north of
the eastern point of Charles Island.

Skardon Islands are two in number. Pass on either side of them
and steer up the harbor. Une mile within the entrance, a peninsuli<
extends to the south from the northern shore; p'ls^ betueen its sout'i-
ern point and Mary Island.

Anchorage. — Anchor in Gerrans Bay, \ mile to the southward of the
peninsula, in (i or 7 fathoms ; there is also good anchorage in Garden.

172

GEORGIA STRAIT.

Bay, just eastward of tlie ptMiiiisula and abreast an Indian village, in
5 or(i fatliou)o. The latter is the niore suitable tor a larjfi- ship. Pen-
der Uarbor extends ^ mile above Garden Bay by a very niirrow pas-
saj^e with only L' fathoms in it, and tiien o[»eus out with a deptii of 7
fathoms. To tlie eastward of this narrow passaj>e is (lunboat Bay,
where small vessels may anchor in 7 fathomy. The space in this anciior-
ase is somewhat confined, as is also the case with i)oth Gerraus and
Garden Bays,

The Northern Entrance to Jervis Inlet is between Alexander
Point oil the east and Scotch Fir Point on tiie west. Tlie points are not
remarkable, but the opening is easily made out; it is nearly '2 miles in
width and takes ffir a short distance a iiortlierly direction, Scotch Fir
Point is rocky, and has two small islets lyin^^' (;lose to the westward of
it, which, like the point itself, are (M)veied with stunted pines. Hardy
Island lies closf to and is nearly coiine(!ted with Nelson Island ; Blind
Bay between them is useless, and its entrance choked by small islands.

Thunder Bay, formed on the western side, is one of the few places in
Jervis Inlet wliere vessels may anchor, and beiii^' near the entrance it
is likely to jirove convenienl. The i)ay is about i mile deep, with a
sandy beach at its head, off which, at the distaiu^e of K)0 yanls, 17
fathoms water will be found ; immediately outside it there are 30 fath-
oms, and the lead then drops suddei ly to a groat depth.

One mile wirliiii Scotch Fir Point. Jervis Inlet takes an easterly direc-
tion for Ili miles, when Agameiuiion Channel Joins it at the northern
end of Nelson Island. Just before reaching this point, HothaiflSound,
trends to the north, terminating at the distance of 7 miles in a double
headed bay ; the water in every part of it is too deep for anchorage.

Nelson Island is in the middle of the entrance to Jervis Inlet. Its
shores are much broken and indented by several bays, in none of which,
however, can aiuilioriige be obtiu'iied. i'ii\H\ Cockbnrn, its southwestern
point, is of w lit,'^ granite, about .SO or '.»(> Ie(!t high, covered with a few
dwarf pines ; a rock lies L'OO yards south of ir.

Captain Island, NF of Nelson Island, and separated from it by a
narrow passage, is about one mile in extent, rocky, ami stei^jto.

One Tres Islet, l.i miles east of Captain Island, is small, and has a
single tre(! on its summit, which is very conspicuous; its height is about
.50 feet. A rock awash at low water lies 200 yards off its southeastern
side; but the islet maybe approached close on the west side. Just
within the islet on the east shore of the inlet is a bight where coasting
vessels may anchor.

Prince of Wales Reach.— Dark Cove is 2 miles northward of Cap-
tain Island. The cove is only about 100 yards in extent, imt aflords a,
snug anchorage in 15 fathoms, and is the only place in the inlet de-
serving of that name. Vessels of considerable size could moor within
it. There is a dear deep passage 200 yards wide into this cove on both
sides of Sydney Islet.

VANCOUVER BAY SECIIELT ARM.

173

e, in
Pen-
pas-
of 7
Bay^
lior-
aiul

Vancouver Bay, on the eastern side of tiie reach, is about i mihi
in extent, and of square sliape. From its head, Inch is low, a (ioiisid-
erable vaHey extends to the eastward, but the shores on botli sides are
crapgy and precipitous, and the bay is too dee|) to aflord ancliorage.

Princess Royal Reach.— Deserted Bay, on tlie east sub- at the
termination of I'rincess Itrjyal Keach, and about 37 miles from the en-
trc.ice, is small, and allbrds an indift'erent anchorage in its eastern part
i\ear the head in about Hi fathoms, e.Kposed to west and southwesterly
winds.

Queens Reach.— The head of Jervis Inlet terminates in a patch of low
swampy iand through which tlow some small streams, and a bank dries
off about 200 yards ; it does not atiord any anchorage, there being 25
fathoms within 100 yards of tiie outer edge of the bank. A remarkable
peak, Moui'.t Victoria, rises 2 miles north of the head of the reach to a
height of 7,ir)2 feet.

Princess Louisa Inlet, on the east side of Jervis Inlet, 5 miles below
the head, is narrow and about 4 miles long; it is connected by a narrow
gorge to the main inlet, which at low tide becomes almost a waterfall,
rendering it iinpossible for boats to enter except at high water; inside,
like Jervis Iidet, it is deep, and the mountains on both sides ri.se to
7,()(M) ;ind S.OOO feet.

Sechelt Arm, the entrance to which is one mile north ot Agamemnon
Channel, is an extensive arm of the sea, penetrating; the land for 17 nnles
in a southeasterly direction and only separateil from the 8traitof(ieorgia
by a low neck of land, 1,100 yards wide. ()i\ the east side of the arm,
at a distance of 7 and 11 miles from its entrance, are two smaller
branches, Narrows Arm and Salmon Arm, extending to the northeast-
ward for upwards of 10 miles.

Rapids. — The arm at three miles within its entrance contracts in
breadth to less than ff mile, and is partially choked up with rocks and
small islands; tlie.se cause dangerous rapids, the roar of which may be
heard for several miles. Tlie rapids prevent any vessel, or even boat,
from entering the arm, except for a short time after high and low
water, when the tide slackens foravc -ry limited period ; it would, how-
ever, 1)6 hazardous for any vessel, except a very small one, to attempt
to ent«r at any time.

The shores of the arm, excejit near its south pi^.rt or head, are high
and rocky, and it is a useless sheet of water, except as regards tishing.

Tides. — It is high water at full and change in Jervis Inlet at hours,
the rise and fall being about 14 feet; within the Seclielt arm the rise
QTiil fnll seldom exceeds G or 7 feet.

( mr,) BRITISH COLUMBIA Strait of Georgia— Atrevlda reef-
Buoy established.— The (Jovernment of Canada has given ii(»tiee that
a spar buoy, jiainted red, has been established to mark the western
extremity of an nnsurveye<l reef, named Atrevida reef, lying oil' the
mainland coiist of British Columbia, northward of Ilarwood island.
Approx. position: Lat. 40° .^f)' 0,5" N., Long. 124° 41' 48" W.

The buoy is moored in 5^ fathoms of water. There is no .safe pius-

sage eastward of the buoy

(N. M. 88. 1901.)

172

GEORGIA STRAIT,

Bay, Just earttward of the jHMiiusula and abreast an Indian village, in
') or(j fathoms. The latter ia the more snitable for a lar<>v ship. Pen-
der Harbor extends j mile above Garden Bay by a very narrow pas-
sage with only '2 fathoms in it, and tlien opens out with a depth of 7
fathoms. To the eastward of this narrow passajte is Gunboat Bay,
where small vessels may anchor in 7 fathoms. The spjiee in this anchor-
age is somewhat confined, as is also the case with both Gerrans and
Garden Hays.

The Northern Entrance to Jervis Inlet is between Alexander
Point on the oast and Scotch Fir Point on tiie west. The ])oints are not
remarkable, hut the opening is easily made out; it is nearly U miles ia
width and takes for a short distance a uoitlierly direction. Scotch Fir
Point is rocky, and has two small islets lying close to the westward of
it, which, like the point itself, are (!«»\ered with stuiit«'d pines. Hardy
Island lies close to and is nearly connected with Nelson Island; Blind
Bay between them is useless, and its entrance choked by small islands.

Thunder Bay, formed on the western side, i- one of the few places in
Jervis Inlet v/here vessels may anchor, and In ing near the entrance it
is likely to prove convenient. The ijay is about ^ mile deep, with a
sandy beach at its head, off which, at the distanc^e of 400 yar<ls, 17
fathon^s water will be found ; immediately outside it there are 30 fath-
oms, and tin' lead then drops suddenly to a great depth.

One mile within Scotch Fir Point, Jervis Inlet takes an easterly direc-
tion for lli miles, when Agamemnoti Ghannel Joins it at the northern
end of Nelson Island. Just before reaching this point, HutiraniSoniid,
trends to the north, termimiting at the distance of 7 miles in a double
headeil bay : the water in every ])art of it is too deep for anchorage.

Nelson Island is in the middle of the entrance to Jervis Inlet. Its
shores are much broken and indented by several bays, in none of which,
however, can anchorage bcolitained. Cape Uockbnrn, its southwestern
point, is of w lite granite, about SO or !)0 feet ligh, covered with a few
dwarf pines ; a rock lies liOO >ards .south of it.

Captain Ik^r.iid, NF of Nelson Island, and .separated from it by a
narrow |).issage, is about one ndle in extent, ro(!ky, and steei)to.

One Tree Islet, I^ nules east of Captain Island, is small, and has a
single tree on its summit, which is very conspicuous: its height is about
50 teet. A rock awash at low water lies 200 yards oil its southeastern
side; but the islet maybe approached close on the west side. Just
within the islet on the east shore of the inlet is a bight where coasting
vessels m.uy anchor.

Prince nf ■Wal«B Ttfar^Tn — "n-^vU n ;- " •'

tain ishii
snug anc
serving t
it. Ther
sides of S

e, III
Pen-

pas-
of 7
Bay,
ilior-

aiul

VANCOUVER HAY SECHELT ARM.

173

Vancouver Bay, ou the eastern side of the reach, is about i mile
in extent, and of square shajJB. From its Iiead, which is h»w, a coiisid-
«ral>h> vaUey extends to the eastward, but the sliores on botii sides are
craggy and precipitons, and tlie bay is too deep to afford anchorage.

Princess Royal Reach. — Deserted Bay, on tlie east side at the
termination of I'rincess Itoyal Keach, and about 37 miles from the en-
trance, is small, and affords an indifferent anchorage in its eastern i»art
near the head in about 1(5 fathoms, exposed to west and southwesterly
■winds.

Queens Reach. —The head of Jervis Inlet terminates in a patch of low
swampy land throngli which flow some small streams, and a bank dries
off about UOO yards ; it does not afford any anchorage, there being 2-5
fathoms witiiin lOO yards of the outer edge of the bank. A remarkable
peak, Mount Victoria, rises 2 miles north of the head of the reach to a
lieight of 7,4r)'J feet.

Princess Louisa Inlet, on the east side of Jervis Inlet, o miles below
the head, is narrow and about4 miles long; it is connected by a narrow
gorge to the main inlet, which at low tide beconms almost a waterfall,
reinlering it impossible for boats to enter except at higli water : inside,
like Jervis Inlet, it is dee|>, and the mountains on both sides rise to
7,(100 iind S.OdO feet.

Sechelt Arm, the entrance to which is one mile north of Agamemnon
Chaniul, is an extensive arm of the sea, penetrating the land fOvI7 miles
in a southeasterly direction ami only separated from the Strait of (ieorgia
by a low neck of land, 1,100 yards wide. On the east side of the arm,
at a <listaMce of 7 and 11 miles from its entrance, are two smaller
branches. Narrows Arm and Salmon Arm, extending to the northeast-
ward for Mi)vvards of 10 miles.

Rapids. — The arm at three miles within its entrance contracts in
breadth to less than ^ mile, and is partially choked up with rocks and
small islands; these cause dangerous rapids, the roar of which may be
heard for several miles. The rai)idH prevent any vessel, or even boat,
from entering the arm, except for a short time after high and low
water, when the tide slackens for a very limited [)eriod ; it would, how-
ever, be hazardous for any vessel, except a very suniU one, to attempt
to enter at any time.

Tiie shores of the arm, excejtt near its south i»art or head, are high
and rocky, and it is a useless sheet of water, except as I'eganls fishing.

Tides. — It is liigh water at full and change in Jervis Inlet at hours,
the rise a!id fall being about 14 feet ; within the Sechelt arm the rise
and fall seldom exceeds G or 7 feet.

Th': tidal streams, except near the entrance of Sechelt aroi, are
weak and irregular and intiucnced by winds.

Harwood Island, oil the northern entrance to Malaspina Strait, IJ
miles from the contiinuital shore and about 3 miles NNW. of Point
Marshall, is from 150 to 200 feet high, (iat and thickly wooded. It is

174

GEORGIA STRAIT.

bordered by a sandy beach, and at its north point is a low, grassy spit.
Tlituv is dcei) water between the isbmd and tiio shore.

Rebscca Islet, lyin^; midway between Point Marshall and Harwood
Ishiiid, IS of small extent and "> feet above high water.

Bare Islet, one mile west of the sonth end of Ilarwood Island, is a
bare, yellow, ciill'y roiik, about 400 yards in extent, and oO feet above
hij;h water.

The Coast. — Westward from Jervis Inlet the north shore of JNIalas-
piiia Strait takes a westerly direction for 11 miles, terminating at (Irief
Point; for a eonsiden'.ble distance inland it is low, and bordered by a
sandy beacli ; there are no otf-lying dangers that are not seen.

From Crief Point Uie north or continental shore of the Strait of
Gi orgia triMids northwesN-rly for nearly 'JO miles to Sarah Poiiit, the
sontheastera entrance point of Desolation Sound. Throughout tiic
whole distance the coast is low, not rising to more than TiOO or (iOO feet
and but slightly indented Ther^- is a fresh water stream of coMsi(U'r-
able Niz<' 4 miles north <.f llrief Point communicating, at about li miles
from ihe shore, with a lake wiiicii extends .some 40 miles northward
owards the head of Toha Inh't.

Claamen. — At one mile farther westward vessels may anchor, in tine
weather iVjr night or tide, about ;\ mile oil' shore abreast Ilarwood Isl-
and in 12 to (-'} fathoms. Anchorage must be takon up with caution as
fiats extend a consideralile distance olf shore. V'he i anchoring do not
shut in the eastern point of S.ivary Island.

Navigating along this coast between (Irief and Sarah Points, vessels
will avoid danger by keei»ing about i mile olf shore as far as Ilurtado
Point, and ])assing northward of Ilarwood and Savary Islands. When
past Hurtado Point, a vessel ought to steer more to the westward, and
pass southward or westward of th(> White, Douide, and Powell islets.

Savary Lsland, one mile from the eontiiuMital shore, is 4 miles long
and less than one mile wide. A sainly beach strewn with huge bowl-
ders surrounds it, and extends a considerable distance otf its northern
and western sides. These bowlders extend a greater distance from the
southern side, and the island should not be closed nearer than ■{ mile.

The height of the island varies from 80 to PJO feet, and tlu^ southern
side is faced l>y some remarkable white sandy cliils, veiw conspicuous
from the southeastward. Its east extreme is a granite clilf, steep-to.
There ate several c^lear grassy ])atches on the island, l)nt the sod is
]»oor i'.t.d sandv. A samly bar or ledge of one to '-' fathoms water ex-
tends trim its west point to Hernando Island.

Hurtado Point, on the main abreast Savary Island, is about 250 feet
high, l)old and elitt'y.

Mystery Rock, -ij miles S. 27"^ F-. of the east end of Savary Island,
is a i)atch which uncovc^rs 4 feet at low water. From the roclc sho:kl
patches of from one to 3 fathoms extt^id towards the east end of Savary
Island. Ves.sels, tiiereforc, in navigating this locality should observe

KAGGED ISLANDS UAKKR PASSAGE.

175

spit.

is ii
hove

great caution when p'oing' between Savary and Elarwood Islands but by
keepinjj witliiii i mile of the continental shore, tliese dangers will be
avoided. Vessels woi'.rinp up or down the Strait of (leorgia, when
standitifi'to the eastward between Harwood and Savary Ishmds, should
not pass eastward of a line forming the SW. eml of Savary and the south
end of Hernando Islands.

Ragged Islands, lying close to and ])arallcl with tiie <;onfinental
shore, are a rocky group of small islands li.l miles long and (100 yaids
wide; their southeastern ])art is about 2.\ miles NW. of Ilnrtado Point,
ami some loclis extend 800 yards from their northwestern extreme.

White Islet, one mile southwe^tward of the Ragged Islands, is a
very remiirka'i)ie, liare. wliite granite rock. A rock v, hich uncovers at
low wiitcr lies 200 yards east of it, hut in tlie middle of the passage
between the islet and Hagged Islands is a deplli of .'57 fathoms.

Double Islets, ft nnle west of tlie nortliwestern ])art of the IJagged
gronj), inc small, with a single tree on eacli ol tiieir summits.

Po'wel!. Islets, one mile N\V. of Double Islets, are two in inunber,
(unall and covered with a few stunted busiu's and trees; the western-
most ish't is stee|)-lo on its north and west (tides.

Sarah Point may be ('ailed t!ie northwestern entraiu;e point of the-
Strait (»f Georgia. It is a rounded, rocky jMiint, sloping giadually to
sea bom a heipht of about ".")(» i'eet, at a short distance within it. The
coast here turns sharply round to the eastward into .Malaspimi Inlet.

Mitleaatcli Island lies :',S miles south of IJeef Point. It is .} mile
in extent. IJOO ieet high, l)are and peaked, Between it and the Vi'.i-
couver Islnnd siiure, distant nearly (i miles, is the fair channel t" <',ipe
Mmlgeand Discovery Passage.

Hernando Island, - miles N\V. of Savary, is about 2 mil< s in ex-
tent, flat and tliittkly wooded. A ledge composed of sand tud large
bowlders extends ij miles from its SB. ])oint, and there is '.nly a depth
of ]\ fathoms in the channel between it ami Savary 'slaud. From
the s(aith western side some rocks exteml off upwards of 100 yards in
numy places, and it should not be ajiproached nearr than if mile in
passing.

Stag Bay, on tiie north side of Hernando, atfor is anchorage in 12 to
15 fathoTiis at a distance of iibout KK* yards otfs'iore, ami is useful as
a stopping ])lace for vessels bound to i?ute Inlet or Desolation Sound.
There is a small freshwater stream in the easteili part of the bay.

Tongue Point, the nortliwestern extrenu' of Hernando and of Stag
Bay, is a low sharp sandy ])oiut or spit, <:overed with a few trees, steep-
to, and may be, approa(^hed to .^0 yards.

Anchorage. — \'essels should anchor at about 'f mile from this point,
with the east part of Twins Lslaiuls bearing N. 12- M

Baker Passage, to the northward of Hernando Island and leading
from the Strait of (ieorgia to the entrance of Desolation Sound, is one
mile wide in the narrowest part. The only danger is at its north-

176

GEORGIA 8TKA1T.

western entrance point, off wliicli a bovrUler leilge exteuils upv ards of
COO yards in a si)utii«asterly direction.

Twins Islands, about lA miles uortli of Elernando, are two rocky
islands connected by a sandy beach at low water. Their sontiiern shore
is steep to ami may be approaciied to within a distance of i'.OO yards.
The northernmost Twin is 4!>0 feet high, rising to an almost bare sum-
mit in the center; the southern one is about 30!) feet. None but small
craft should go north of these islands. Some small islets lie a short
distance olf their northwestern side.

Center Rock, which covers at one-quarter Hood, is in the middle of
the passage, between Twins and Cortes Islands.

To avoid tiie ledge off Reef Point, when entering Baker Passage from
the Strait of Georgia, bring Tongue Point on a N. G'J^ E. bearing, and
steer for it, passing about 200 jards otf, then keep midway between
Ilernando and the Twins.

Blind Creek, on the southeastern side of Cortes Island, li miles
north of Twins Islands, is a basin of about 800 yards in extent, with from
7 to S) fathoms water; there is, howevei', in the entrance, a rock which
covers at one-quarter flood, rendering the place useless as an anchorage.

Three Islets, lying ^ mile off' the entrance of Blind Creek, are three
bare white rocks, almost connected at low water; there is a depth of 27
fathoms at a distance of 400 yards eastward of them.

Turn Point, the southwestern entrance point of Lewis Channel and
the east extreme of Cortes Island, is about 100 feet high, rocky and
covered with a few stunted trees ; the coast turns suddeidy to the north-
westward around it, and close inshore to the northward of the point
are two islands forming a small boat cove.

Lewis Channel, between Cortes and Uedonda Islands, runs nearly
straight upwards of 113 miles in a northwesterly direction, and varies iu
breadth from one mile to GOO yards; its shores are generally rocky, low
in the south part, but rising gradually to the NW., steep-to and every-
where free from danger.

Tides. — In Lewis Channel the tides are weak and irregular, seldom
exceeding 2 knots, find are inlluenced by the winds.

Squirrel Cove, 4i miles from Turn Point, is a small landlocked
basin of G to 7 fathoms water, with room for a vessel of considerable
size to lie at single anchor. It is entered b}' a narrow passage about
130 feet wide, with .T fathoms water on the west side of Protection Isl-
and in the entrance. The shores are moderately high, and though much
broken very picturesque and fertile iu ai)pearauce. To the northward
of aiul connected at high water with the cove is a long narrow lagoon,
stretching to the northwestward nearly across Cortes Island.

Squirrel Cove can only be entered by steamers or sailing vessels with
a fair wind, and the chart is the best guide. There are no dangers
whatever within or near it.

Bowlder Point is low and may be easily kuown by a large bowlder

on it
it, bi

Ni
more
tiou
vessi
shor(

M
direc
svide
of w
wide
ern s
porti

to CO

from

',;<^-

yard

Inlet
iiig f
300 y
wide
yard
Cave
wh il-
ea
E. of
Cr
lies (
yard
R(
a was
west
near
Ti
S. 10
ea8t\

MALASPINA INLET TIIOKP ISLAND.

177

OH its west side ; a rock, wliich covers, lies nearly 200 yards south of
it, but the i)oiut inaj' bo rounded at a distance of 400 yards.

Northward of Squirrel Cove the west side of Lewis Channel becomes
more rocky and gradually increases in height. At JiA miles from Junc-
tion Point the depths in the channel shoal to 27 and 30 fathoms, and a
vessel may. anchor in about 18 fathoms at 200 yards from the west
shore.

SAalaspina Inlet penetrates tiie (iontineutS miles in a southeasterly
direction, forming with the Strait of Georgia a i)eniusula al*out 2 miles
whle; it has one good harbor, and several arms, at the head of some
of which there is anchorage. The inlet at its entrance is 800 yards
wide, which is its general width, nntil abreast Scott I'oint on the east-
ern side, a distance of 2 miles, when it is contracted to 400 yards; this
portion of the inlet, however, is so studded with islands and rocks as
to considerably narrow the navigable channel. The depths in it vary
from 30 fathoms to fathoms. At Scott Point the inlet for J mile takes
-•• "'osterlv direction, and then between llillingdon Point and the north

— ;-iu„m out to one mile and again turns to the

■" -^t'Okeover Arm, con-

■idtii

Oke-
. _ , s400

yards from the head of the arm, ju.ii. — very

dose to the southwestern shore.

Josephine Islands, about if miles within the entrance of IMalasiiina
Inlet, with a passage on both sides, are two in number and almost join-
ing each other; the northwestern one is very small, the other is about
300 yards long in the direction of the iidet, and not more than 100 yards
wide. The passage between tlieni and the southwestern shore is 200
yards in width, and that to the northeastward 300 yards, but as the
Cavendish Rock lies nearly in the center of the latter, the tornier, in
which the dei»th of water is not less than G fathoms, is to be preferred.

Cavendish Ropk, awash and marked by kelp, lies 300 yards S. 78°
E. ot the SE. end of Josephine Islands.

Cross Islet, distant 300 yards from the eastern shore of the inlet,
lies on the northern side of the channel; it is small, not more than 100
yards in extent.

Rosetta Rock, the principal danger in entering Malaspina Inllet, is
awash and lies nearly 200 yards S. 35^ \V. of Cross Islet. The south-
western point of Josephine Islands in line with the extreme of the land
near /epliine Head leads nearly on the rock.

Thorp Island lies close to the western shore of the inlet aOO yards
S. 7° W. of Josei)liine Islands; a rock awash lies about 100 j-ards south-
eastward of it.

1420.-)— No. 9(i 12

176

GEORGIA STRAIT.

westoni eiitraiico point, oft' wliicli a bowlder loilgo extcmls upwards of
(JOO yards in a soiitiieasterly direction.

T<vins Islands, about IJ miles north of Hernando, are two rocky
islands connected l»y a sandy boacii at low water. Their sontiiern shore
is steep to and may be approached to within a distance of 200 yards.
The nortliernmost Twin is 400 feet high, rising to an almost l)are sum-
mit in the center; tlie southern one is about 'Mi) feet. Xone but small
craft should go north of tiiese islands. Some small islets lie a short
ilistance olf their northwestern side.

Center Rock, which covers at one-quarter tlood, is in the middle of
the i)assage, between Twins and Cortes Islands.

To avoid the ledge oft' lleef Point, when entering Baker Passage from
the Strait of Georgia, bring Tongue Point on a N. 60° E. bearing, and
steer for it, pissing about 200 yards off, then keep midway between
Hernando and the Twins.

Blind Creek, on the southeastern side of Cortes Island, lA miles

uni'fli 111' TwiiK (.jliiiila is ii liiiviii nf'•.^l>l-»n^ mill v-ivd^ ill ovfimt witli ^"•■ni<i

(1376) BRITISH COLUMBIA — Sutil channel — Oortes island —
Whaleton bay — Buoy established.— The Government of Canada lias
given notice that a spar buoy, painted red, has been established on
the rock lying off the entrance to Whaleton bay, Cortes island. The
buoy is moored in 5h fathoms of water.

Approx. position: Lat. 50° 06' 18" N., Long. 125° 05' 05" VV.
Turn Point, tlie southwestern entrance po... (N. M. 88, 1904.)
the east extreme of Cortes Island, is about 100 feet high, rocky and
covered with a few stunted trees ; the coast turns suddenly to the north-
westward around it, and close inshore to the northward of the point
are two islands forming a small boat cove.
, Lewis Channel, between Cortes and Kedonda Islands, runs nearly
straight upwards of 12 miles in a northwesterly direction, and varies in
breadth from one mile to 600 yards; its shores are generally rockj-, low
in the south part, but rising gradually to the NW., steep-to and every-
where free from danger.

Tides. — In Lewis Channel the tides are weak and irregular, seldom
exceeding 2 knots, and are inftuenced by the winds.

Squirrel Cove, 4^ miles from Turn Point, is a small landlocked
basin of 6 to 7 fathoms water, with room for a vessel of considerable
size to lie at single anchor. It is entered by a narrow passage about
130 feet wide, with 5 fathoms water on the west side of Protection Isl-
and in the entrance. The shores are moderatelj' high, and though much
broken very picturesque and fertile in appearance. To the northward
of and connected at high water with the cove is a long narrow lagoon,
stretching to the northwestward nearly across Cortes Island.

Squirrel Cove can only be entered by steamers or sailing vessels with
a fair wind, and the chart is the best guide. There are no dangers
whatever within or near it.
Bowlder Point is low and may be easily known by a large bowlder

MALASPIISA INLET TllOUi* ISLAND

117

OM its west side; a rock, which covers, lies nearly 200 yards south of
it, but the poiut may be rounded at a distance of 401) yards.

Northward of Squirrel Cove the west side of Lewis Channel becouies
more rocky and gradually increases in height. At .'U miles from Junc-
tion Point the deptiis in the channel shoal to '27 and 'M fathoms, and a
vessel may, anchor in about 18 fathoms at 200 yards from the west
shore.

Malaspina Inlet ixMU'trates tlie contiiientHmiles in a southeasterly
direction, forming with the Strait of Georgia a peninsula aUont 2 miles
wide; it has one good harbor, aiul several arms, at the head of some
of which there is anchorage. Tiu! inlet at its entrance is S(H) yards
wide, which is its general width, until ai)reast Scott I'oint on the east-
ern side, a distance of 2 miles, when it is coiitra<!ted to 400 yards; this
portion of the inlet, however, is so studded with islands and rocks as
to considerably narrow the navigable channel. The deptlis in it vary
from ;{() fathoms to fathoms. At Scott I'oint the inlet for ^ mile takes
an easterly direction, and then between nillingdon I'oint and the north
end ofCoode Peninsula widens out to one mile and again turns to the
southeastward for 2.1: miles, and, under the name of Okeover Arm, con-
tinues in the same direction for a farther distance of 2A miles, the width
gradually decreasing to 700 yards.

Freke Anchorage, in 12 or 14 fathoms water, is at the head of Oke-
over Ann, about 000 yards from the edge of the flat thai extends 400
yards from the head of the arm, just above Lucy Kock, wiiich lies very
close to the southwestern shore.

Josephine Islands, about :| miles within the entraiuu> of Malaspina
Inlet, with a passage on both sides, are two in number and almost join-
ing eaiih other; tiie northwestern oiu; is very small, the other is about
^00 yards long in the direction of the inlet, and not more tlian 100 yards
wide. The passage between them and the southwestern shore is 200
.yards in width, and that to the northeastward 300 yards, but as the
Cavendish Hock lies nearly in the center of the latter, the former, in
which the deptii of water is not less than fathoms, is to be preferred.

Cavendish Rogk, awash and marked by keli), lies 300 yards S. 78°
E. of the SE. end of Josephine Islands.

Cross Islet, distant 300 yards from the eastern shore of the inlet,
lies on the northern side of the channel; it is small, not more tiian 100
yards in extent.

Rosetta Rock, the principal danger in entering Malaspina Inlet, is
awash and lies nearly 200 yards S. 35'^ W. of Cross Islet. The south-
western point of Josephine Islands in line with the extreme of the land
near Zei)hine Head leads nearly on tiie rock.

Thorp Island lies close to the western shore of the inlet a(K) yards
S. 7° W. of Josephine Islands; a rock awash lies about 100 yards south-
eastward of it.

1420r)— No. !»() 12

■w

178

OKORGIA STRAIT.

Neville Islet is vory small aiul lies close to tlie eastern shore nearly
A mile SK. of Cross Islet.

Cochrane Islands, a gioup of several small islets, lie 400 yards from
the west shore of the inlet, and southward of Neville Islet. These
islands shonld not i)e ai)i)i'oaehe(l too elosely, and then? is a patch with
3 fathoms water on it about L'OO yards from their western end.

Lion Rock, snrroimded by kelp, lies 400 yards S. 21° 15. of Selina
Point, the southern extreme of Gilford roninsida, and 400 yards east-
ward of Coode Peninsula.

Trevenon Bay, one of the arms of Malaspina lidet, indents the land
and runs jiarallel to the Strait of (ieornia for Ij miles, and at itshead
is only separated by a narrow neck of land 000 yards broad from Pen
rose l!ay, which brancihes off at the junction of Malaspina lidet with
Okeover arm. Otf the SE, extremity of Coode Peninsula, distant L'OO
yards is Boninlary Rock. The (>ntran(!e to Trevenon Hay is A mile .Sl'^.
of Scott Point; the averajje width of the bay is less than !^ mile, the
depth of water varying from 25 fathoms to 4 fathoms at 400 yards from
the head. Otf the NW. entrance i)oint of the bay lies the small island
of Alton, not 200 yards from the shore.

Lancelot Arm branches olf at Selina Point; its head is only divided
from Portage ('ove(I)isohition Sound) by a low n«^ck of land not much
more than 100 yards across, forming Gifford Peninsula, triangular in
shape, rising abruptly over Portage Cove to a height of 1,000 feet.

Isabel Bay, on the west shore of Lancek)t Arm, is about 400 yards
in extent and allbrds anchorage for coasters in from 10 to 12 fathoms
water. Mary and Polly islands lie in the entrance.

Thors Cove, on the eastern shore of Lancelot Arm, extends in an
easterly direction for 600 yards with from 12 to 5 fathoms water. A
coaster might drop an an<',hor in this cove in about 10 fathoms. Off
Sebastian Point, the north entrance ])oint of Thors Cove, is Thynno
Island.

Theodosia Arm has its entrance at about one mile from the head
of Lancelot Arm, but the entrance to it is so very narrow and choked
with rocks, as to render it for all practical purposes useless.

Anchorage. — Vessels of moderate size may anchoVin Wootten Bay,
about 200 yards from the head of Lancielot Arm, in 12 fathoms water.

Grace Harbor, on the eastern side of Malaspina Inlet, about 2i miles
from Zephine Head, has its entrance between Scott and Moss Points.
The harbor is divided at the head, by a jutting point, into Barlands and
Carberry Bays. Within the entrance points a small island lies nearly
in the middle of the channel; there is a pa-ssage on both sides of it,
but the western one is only suitable for boats.

Directions. — Having entered Malaspina Inlet midway between
Georgina Point and Zephine Head, keep over towards Holland Point
until the cbannel on the southern side of Jo.sephine Islands opens out,
and then steer boldly through it with Cochrane Islands nearly ahead

MALASPINA INLKl' DIKKCTIONS — DESO[„\TION SOUND. 179

(tlic coiir.se will be, S. .'W^ B.). Keep tiie nxtreiiuj of the liu.il near
Zi')>hiiie IIeii(lul>()iit iiiithviiy bet ween tlie«oiitli .sideotMosepliiiie Inlands
anil tlie south NJiore, if aiiythiiif,' rather nearer the latter, which will
load between Ko.setta Rcxrk and t!i rock "11 Thorp Island; when Neville
Islet bears S, HP K. steer towards it (or a siiort distancH!, to avoid the
•■i-f'alhotn patch otl' Cochrane Islands, until the NW. Cochrane Island
bMirs south, when alter course to round S(!ott Point at the distance ot"
2(.() yards and steer up the harltor niidcliatinei, jjaHsiny: to the east-
Mard of the small island lyin;,^ .joo yards within tlie entrance. A shoal
patch on which, however, the least water is 1 t'lillioins, lies 100 yards
SE. at' Scott I'oint.

Anchorage. — The best anchorage is in ai)out 10 tat bonis water, aoo
yards to the northward of the small islainl, abreast Kakaekae villaf;e.

Tides. — The tides at the entrance of Malaspina Inlet run about 2
knots. It is lii,:^h water at full and clianjje atoh. Om. ; springs rise 12
feet, and neai)s 1) feet.

Kinghorn Island, in the southern entrance to Desolation Sound, is
about 2 miles in circuinterence; it is ditVy and ^tcep to on the soutli-
western side.

Station Island, lies l.")*) yards NE. of the north point of Kinghorn
Island ; two small iskts lie between.

Mink Island, in Desolation Sound, nearly luidAay between Re-
donda Island and the main, is -J mile loufj and .\ mile wide; its shores
are clear of danyer. A short distance from its NE. end are lirokeii
Islands.

The west side of Kedonda Island is sterile, rocky, and steepto, rising
in the northern jiart to Craggy Mountains, upwards of 3,000 feet high
At a distance of »i miles from the .south entrance to Lewis Channel the
Teakerne Arm penetrates Kedonda Island in an eiisterly direction, but
is too deep to afford anchorage, except for small craft near its head, and
close to the south side of entrance.

Desolation Sound has too great a depth for anchorage.

At the distamu' of A mile NE. of Mink Island is Otter Island, only
seiiaratc<l (roin the main by a very narrow i)assage.

Deep Bay. — Bold Head, the western entrance point of Deep Bay, lies
■one mile from tiie south point of Otter Island; three small islets lie
SW. of it, the outer one, Grey Islet, being distant 800 yards. The en-
trance to Deep Bay is about (500 yards wide, which width it main-
tains to its head.

The anchorage space is confined, and but small vessels can anchor in
« cove at its northwestern corner in 10 fathoms. When entering from
the northward i)ass between Otter and Broken Islands and westward
of (Ircy Islet; from the westward the channel is clear.

Islands. — To the northward of Otter Island there is a group of small
islainls lying in pairs, Morgan and Melville and Mary and Eveleigh.
Melville is the largest of the group, and the Mary the smallest. At ^

180

OKOKGIA STRAIT.

milt' N. 54° W. of flio soiitli end of Mort^iiii Islaiitl tlii'iT is a rock wliicli
18 jiisl iiwasii at liiyii water.

Frideaux Haven, '^ miles nortlieastwanl of Mink Island, in the north-
eastein part of Desolation Sound, affords sjood and sheltered anchorafte.
The entrance lietweeii the east shore of Kvelei<,'h Island and the Oriel
BockH is oidy ."5 yards wide. The antdiorajjn i« in th« western i)art of
the haven in 7 to U fatiioins. Melanie Cove, the eastern part of the
hav(Mi, is entered by a narrow channel about 1(M» yards wide, opening out
inside to "-'OO yards with 4 to 6 fathouis water.

Homfray and Waddington Channels. — Northeastward of Deso-
lation iSound is Homfray Channel, I.'» miles in len};tli, leading' to Tobi»
Inlet, and westward through I'ryce Channel to Bute Inlet. Homfray
Channel appears clear of dangers, with deep water throii};liont. Wad-
dington Channel, leadinj; from Desolation Sound northwestward be-
tween the two Uedoiida Islands, is about one mile wule at its southern
entrance, '•radually uarrowiu}^ to about !'(»() yards at its northern.

At '■} mile rtSW. of Marylebone Point (the S\V. entrance point of
'\Vaddinj;toii (channel) thei'e is a remarkable white patch.

Pendril Sound. — At .'5 miles NW. of Horace i'oint, the .southeast-
ern entraiu;e point of Waddin<it(m Channel, IVndril Hound branches of!"
to the northward ; it extends (i miles with an average width of ,' mile,
and nearly divides the east Kedonda Island iiitc I wo parts; it has no
an(!hora>::e.

Waleh Cove, between the {iorges Islands and the western shore of
Waddin^'ton Channel, atVonls anchoraf,'e in lU to 14 fathoms water in
mid-channel.

Toba Inlet extends in a general northeasterly direction for IS miles
from the northern end of Homfray Channel. At its entrance lie (3hau-
uel and Double Islands, leavinj;' a channel of over one mile in width be-
tween them. A fair berth is in about liO fathoms in the northwestern
corner of the head of the inlet ott'thetlats. Care must be observed
when (!omint;r to an anchor, as the water shoals ra|)idly alou^-side the
flats; the water beinjj of anulky color affords no j^uide as to its dei)th.
There is a small village (('Iahoo.se Imlians) on the banks of the eastern
of the two streams which flow into the head of the inlet.

Sutil Channel, — This ekten.sive channel leads from the western part
of Strait of Georgia to the entrances of Toba and Bute Inlets. It is l."»
miles long in a northerly direcMon, and at its entrance to the Strait of
Georgia is miles wide, deertntsing toone mile in the noi-Llicrn part. The
soundings in raid-channel are deep, though ^!;,re are several dangers
off' both shores near the southern puis, but northward of Mary Island
it is quite clear.

There are sev;-;.!! good anchorages on both shores, two of which,
Drew Hr.ioor fou the west) and Carrington Bay on the east shore of the
ohannel, i . (.-asy of access to all ves.sels, and u.sefid as stopping places.

The Tiu.^ in the Sutil Channel are weak, seldom exceeding 2 knots ;

COKTEH ISLAND — GOROK HARHOR.

181

miU's

liau-

Hi be-

'Stern

rved

the

|)th.

istern

part

is ir>

iiit of

The

I) ifHTH

shiiid

)fthe

aces.

liiot8 ;

the Hood streiiiii sets to the northward from tlie Strait of (leoi'^jia ; it is
hif;h water, full and (iinuifje, at (i honrs, ami the rise and fall is 12 feet.

Cortes Island. — The western side of this island is for the most part
low, and indented by several buys and creeks, in many of which ti^tod
anchorajfe may be fonnd.

Reef Point, its sonthern extreme, has a ledjje composed of sand and
bowlders extendiii}? ^ mile from it which covers at three quarters flooJi
olf its outer edjje are fath<mis. Tiie north side of Texadii Island,
well open south of 8avary and Hernando Islands bearin;;- b, 5(P E., will
lead south of the ledge, and also south of the bowlder reef.

From lieef I'oint the westeoast of C!ortes Islainl trends in anorth<"iy
direction, is tiat, from Su to I'lO feet hif^h, and bordered by a sand.v b jach
cxtemlintj; upwards of •400 yanls olf in some parts; il afterwards turns
in a westerly direction, beeominR' rocky and broken, with a few islets a
short distani!e olf it in some places.

Qorge Harbor, the entrance to which is on the west sif'.e of Cortea
Island, is 'J miles lonjf in a westerly direction, and one nile broad at
the widest jtart, alfordinju; good anchorage in to !-' athoms. The
entrance to it is through a narrow gorge nearly f, mile '(»ng, bounded on
both sides by steep clilfs about 200 feet high, and is less than 40 yards
wide in some i)laces, with fathoms in the shoalesV pari ; the tide sets
through it at from 3 to 4 knots. At the inner em' of the (rorge is Tide
Islet, lying nearly iu the middle of the channe' ; the passage is to the
westward of it. There are several small isian is inside the harbor, and
the shores are rocky, varying in iieight froPi 100 to 300 feet.

Guide Isletgjust south of the entram^o of the harbor, and useful in
indicating it, are two small, bare, yellov -topped islets, conspicuous from
the southeastward, and are steepto. There is a clear passage on either
side of them into (iorge Harbor.

Bee Islets, within the ha'bor, are two small bare rocksabout 200 yards
apart, and feet abov<^ iiigh water. They may be approached do.se to,
and the best an(!li;«rage is from 200 to 400 yards N W. of them.

Brovrn I^.land, in the middle of the harbor, is nearly one mile in cir-
cumfe'vn(!e, and thickly timbered. The shores are rocky, and it may be
aj)proached to within 200 yards.

Ring Island, at about 201) yards east of Brown, is wooded. New
Kock, which covers at one-quarter Hood, lies lu-arly 200 yards east of
it. There are two small islets, Stove and Pi;!, (iOO yards apart, lying
close to the shore iu the northern part of the harbor. Neck Islet lies
off a snnill cove in the southeastern corner of the harbor.

Anchorage. — The best and most convenient anchorage in C-orge
Harbor is in the west i)art, about .J mile from the entrance, in 12 fathom's
water.

There is also good anchorage between King Island and the northeast-
ern part of the harbor in Irom 7 to !) fathoms.

Directions. — Entering Crorge Harbor, which can only be done with

1^2

GEORGIA STKAIt.

a favorable tide, unless in a steamer, after passiiij;" (Jiiide Islets, steer
boldly up the yor^v, or entrance, and take care, on nearing its nortli
part, to pass between Tide Islet and the west shore, the passage east
of the islet being shoal, when haul to the NW., pass on either side
of the IJee Islets, and anchor in from 10 to 12 fathoms, muddy bottom,
200 to 400 yards to the westward of them. Proceeding to the eastern
part, after passing Tide Islet, keep to the northward, and rounding the
west side of Brown Island at 200 yards, haul to the eastward, and i)ass-
ing along the north s-hore of it and King Island at 100 yards, anchor
midway between the latter and the Np]. end of the harbor in from
7 to 10 fathoms. If requiring to water, this iiiichocage is more con-
venient ; but to avoid the New liock vessels should not go.to the south-
ward of King or Brown IshuK'.s.

Mary Island, about 3 miles from IJecf Point, is of a round shape,
and about, (i miles in circumterence. Its shores are bordered by a sandy
beach, strewn with hrge bowlders.

Bovrlder Reef, extending upwards ot one mile in a snutherly
directicui from its south point, is a leilge about 400 yanls, which covers
at high water.

When passing west of Mary Island keej* the north side of Texada
Island open south of Savary and Hernando Islands, bearing S. oOo
E. until Calnp Island opens west of Mary Island north, which will
cUfar the Bowlder reef on the south and west sides.

Sharp Spit. — From the north part of .Mary Island a sand s[»it extends
in a northeasterl\ direction (o within 200 yards of (Jortes Islauil. There
are S fathoms in the i)assage between the spit end and Cortes Island.

Camp Island, olf the west extreme of Cortes IslatuI and 7 miles from
Eeef Point, is oi sinali extent, and wooded.

Plunger Pass, between Camp and Cortes Islands, is about GOO yards
wide, deejt, and clear of danger.

Center Islet, 400 yards west of Camp Island, is bare and about 12
feet al)ove high watei'.

Carrington Bay, on the NW", .side of (fortes, is one mile deep in an
easteiiy direction, about 000 yards wide, and affords anchorage at a
distance of (iOO yards from its head in from 7 to II fathoms water.
Along its northern side are .some small islets, aiul a rock which uncov-
ers at low water, but if intending to anchor in the bay. keep at about
200 yards from the southern shore, which will clear nil danger. Vt the
head of tht; bay is a large salt-water lagoon.

Von Donop Creek is long and narrow, penetrating Cortes Island in
a .stnUheaslerly direciion. There is good anchorage in 5 to fathoms
near its head, but the entrance being only .30 yards wide in some places,
with uJi fathoms in one sjiot, vessels shoidd not use it as a stopping
place, as Carrington Bay is nnujh more convenient an<l easy of access.

One mile north from Vex ;>onop Creek the coast of Cortes, which is
rocky and steep-to, rising, ..Mruptly to 1,141 feet, turns NW. for 3 miles
to Bullock Blutt; the ternuiiation of the Sutil Channel.

VALDES ISLAND — IIOSKYN INLET.

183

Valdes Island. — Fioui Cape iMu(lf,'e, tlie soiitiierii e-xtreriK' of Valdes
Island and tlii' .S\V, t'litiaiice iioiiit of Siitil Obiiiiiiel, a bank i-xtends
in a sontlK'iisterly direction for nearly 2 niile.s, and until well inside
the channel thofi-pe should not be apitroa^'heil within that di.stance.
The eoa'^t of Valil s turns sharply round the cape to the NNW., and is
bordered the wliole distance by a beach extendinj;: ott' u|)wartls of 200
yards ill many parts. The land is flat, and heavily tind»ered, but ap-
pears very fertile.

Drew Harbor, on the east side of Valdes Island, •> miles from Cape
Mudfje, is about one mile deep, and rendered jierfectly secure and land-
locked by Rebecca S])it, u narrow strip of land to H feet liiKh and open
wooded, which forms its cistern boundary ; its shores are low, and
bonlered by a sandy beach.

Anchorage. — The anchorage, in 9 to 15 fathoms, sandy bottom, at a
distance of } mile from its head, is the best in Sutil channel.

Heriot Islet, lying to the N\V, of the entrance, is of small extent,
and separated from Valdes by a narrow boat-pass. In the bay to the
southward of it is fair anchorage, and fresh water may be procured j
the depths, however, in the entrance to it are irrej^ular.

Directions. — If intendin<,' to anchor in Drew liaibor a vessel may
round the north |)art of Rebecca Spit at a distance of about liOO yards
l)roceed uj* the harbor in mid-(!hannel, and anchor at about .J mile from
its liead in 1.") to S) fathoms. The east side of Rebecca 8pit should not
be a|)pn)ached within iOi) yards.

Hyacinthe Bay, on N'aldes Island. 1.^ miles N\V. of Drew Harbor, is
of small extent with from l(i to "JO fathoujs water, but affords no anchor-
age : a small rock 4 feet above hi.uh water lies in the mi<l(ile of the
entrance.

Open Bay, i mile north of Hyacinthe Bay, and sei)arated from it by
a rocky pninl, is j, miH in extent, with from 10 to U fathoms water, but
as the bottom is rocky, and the bay open to the SE., ave.s.sci should
not anchor there.

Breton Islets, extending upwards of one mile in a southeasterly
direction from the north part of Open Hay, ar', small, and from the outer
one, which is wooded, a reef extends for (lOO yar<ls, covering at one-
quarter flood. The i)assage between these islets and Rebecca Spit is
deep and clear of danger.

Hoskyn Inlet, formed between Read and Valdes Islands, has an
average breailth of jj mile; the shores are broken and rocky, with
souu' small islands off the south entrance and along the eastern side;
then- is no an(!horage within it except for small craft. This iidet con-
tracts at its northern end to a very narrow passage lea<ling into Drew
Pa.ss, l>ut as it is choked with rocks and dries at low water, connecting
Read and N'aldes Islainls, the oidy exit is by the southern entrance.

Village Bay, on the western side of this iidet, just within the
entrance, is about one mile deep and ^ mile wide, with from l!i to 24

GEORGIA STRAIT.

fatlioms water, but attonls no good aiichoraKe; them is a larjje village
at its lioad.

Read Island honliM's tlic western side of tlu* X\V. jtart of Sntil
Ciiaiini'l. Its sontliern part is lov, but rises ji;radiially to the north-
ward to 1,008 feet ; thf» shores are rocky, steep-to, and much indented
especially on the eastern side near tlie middle. Viner Point,its south-
ern extreme, is bare and about 40 feet above liijjh water.

BurdAvood Bay, on the eastern side of Kead Island, 2 miiesfroni Viner
Point, is alioiit one mile wide and contains several small is'ets. There
are IL' Cathoms water at a short ilistance olf shore in its north and south
parts, where vessels may anchor in fine weather, hut the biiy is open to
the south and east.

Bvans Bay, the next inlet on the eastern side ot Kead Island to the
northward of Bunlwood J5ay, is 1.^ nnles wide a • r. entrance, and
branches ott" in two narrow arms near its Iiead ; its sii'ires are rocky and
much broken and tin re is no anchorage except in Bird (Jove, on the
western shore, where small craft may find shelter. Frederic Point, the
NE, point of entrance to the bay, is bold and may be a])proached to
within L'OO yards.

Hill Island, just outside the entrance to Evans Bay, is of small ex-
tent but conspicuous. The shores are rocky, and may be approached
to within \ mile.

Fenn Islands, four in number, near the middle of the Sutil Chan-
nel, are rocky, covered with stunted trees, and their greatest elevation
is about 270 feet. N'essels .should not venture among them, but there
is a clear i»assa<;e on their east and west sides.

A Rock awash lies so yards >T. 7!)° E. of the north point of tiie
eastern islainl.

The ea.st side ol Iiead Island, to the northward of the Penii islaixl.s,
is rocky but may be approached anywhere to within ] mile.

Directions. — Entering the 8'itil Channel from the Strait of Georgia,
pass within .} mile on either side ,'>f Mitlenatch Isliiml and steer fortI">
entrance, taking care to keep the north side of Texada Isiaml open
south of Ilernando and Savary Islands bearing S. 5<»o E,, until Camp
Isiaml opens west (if Mary Island bearing north toelear tin' reefs extend-
ing otl the south points of (Jortes and Mary Islands ; when clear of the
latter ilanger haul more to the northward, and .steer to pa.ss about \
mile westward of Center Islet, then steer u|) mid channel, eastward of
the reiiii Islands.

If eidering this channel in thi(!k \\eather and the above marks be not
seen, when past Mitlenatch Island kee]i it on a S, ;?3'^ E. bearing, and
steer N..{;5'' W. till the south part of Mary Island bears .S. 57= E. ; ves-
sels will then be clear of the Uowlder heef.

Vessel may l)eat tlirough this channel, but till past the dangers in
the south iiart it wouhl m>t be prudeiit to approacit the western sides
of Cortes and Mary Islands within !.J miles when standing to tlie east

CALM CHANNEL 15UTK INLET.

185

ward ; ami w lien .stand iiiir towards Cape Miidffo (Jo not approacli it
within 2 miles, or briny .Mitlenatcli to tiu' eastwurd of 8. 49" E., nntil
the ca|)e bears 8. 09'^ VV., when vessels may stand to witiiin A mile of
the N'aldes shore. Jf intending- to ai.olior, iJrew Harbor and Carriiig-
ton Bay are easy ofaece.ss for any class of Ve.s.sel, and are bnt little out
of the rejjnlar traek.

Calm Channel, to the north of Lewi.s Piid 8ntil Channel.-, leading
from them to Bute Inlet, is about one mile broad; its shores ri.se ab-
ruptly to a great height, are everywhere clear of danger, and the tides
weak, excejit in the iiorthwesteni i)art.

Rendezvous Islands, three in nnmher, which lie on the western side
of Calm Channel, cover an extent 3 miles ioug in a northwesterly
dire(rtion.

Drew Pass is a ile('i> pa.ssage between the Rendezvous Islands and
the north pj.rt of Read Island ; and between the middle au<l soutbern-
uirst islamks is a small .si)or, with from 7 to 15 fathoms water, where a
.small craft tnay anchor.

Calm Channel is not well adapted for any ve.s.sela except steamer.s, ai*
there is gein'ially but little wind and no anchorage.

Raza Island, lying at the northern entrance to Sutil Channel, is of a
rectangular shape ; a poitioi; of its south side, which forms the north-
ern .side of Calm Channel, ia cliffy.

North Passage. — On the western side of Kaza Island is North Pas-
sage, communicating with liainsay Ann, which indents the continent iu
a northerly direction for 7 iiahis and has deep watsv throughout.

Deei Passage, ix'tween Ita/a and Kedoinla Islands, connects I'ryce
Clianii '1 with Sutil Channel. Both North and Deer Passage.-^ are clear
of danger.

Stuart Island, at the northern ter.nination of Calm Channel, and in
the entrance of Bute Inlet, is of an undulating surface, rising in sume
parts to 80(1 and 1,(KK» feet. Its shores are rocky and clear of danger ;
the tides set strongly round its north and west sides, but there is a clear
l)as.sage into Bute inlet to the eastward of it, nearly one mile wide, in
which very little tidal stream is felt.

Bute Inlet i»eitetrates the continent for nearly 40 nnles in a winding
course to the inu'thward, the general bie;idlh varying from one to 2
mjlrfs and the shores on both sides rising alunptly and almost precipi-
tously in iiiiiny places to liigli mountains from r),()00 to 8,(KIU feet high,
•whose snminits are geiier.illy * n\ered with snow all the year round.
At the head an- two extensive valleys, one penetrating to the northwest-
ward and the (itlier to the southeastward, from which tiow streams; the
one to the northwestward i;.' navigable for a long flistance by boats and
stern wleel steamers of light dratt. OtV these rivers .some sand banks
•extend a short distance, allording indillerent anchorages near their
outer e('ges; but the soundings everywhere el,se in the inlet aie very
deep. The water for souje distance from the head is tu'arly fresh and

18G

GEORGIA STRAIT.

of a iiiilky-wliite appenrauce; iti tlu; muninor inoiitlis tliure is a cou-
staiit outset, varying in stron<,'tli from ono to 2 knots.

Arran Rapids, at the entrance to I'.ute Inlet, betwee:i Stuart Islanil
and the eontinent, are '2(W yjinls wide in the narrowest part. Tiie tides
rush through with great streiigtli (the tjood from the westward), and it
is very hazardous for a vessel to go through.

Orford Bay, on the eastern side of the inlet, 1!) miles from the en-
trance, is of small extent, with ;5.~» fathoms water close to the edge of
the bank, which extends from the head. Small vessels may use it as a
stoi)ping phuie.

Waddington Harbor, at the head of the inlet, is aljout U miles in
extent and alVords very inditt'erent anchorage off the edge of the hanks
(wiiich are constantly changing), and they extend from the Ilomalko
and Southgate Rivers andolf the eastern shore. Except in the vicinity
of the rivers the land rises almost precipitously, is most sterile, rocky,
and (;overe<l witii stunted pines. The best anchorage is near the north
part, about .^ mile offshore, in l") fatiioms, but it is exposed to the south-
vrestward, and strong winds from this <|uarter would make the anchor-
age uni>Ieasant if not unsafe.

Hoinalko River is a .<tri im of considerable extent, winding to the
northwestward through a i.uge valley. At the entrance is a bar with
only one to 2 feet water over it at low tide but within the water deepens
to one iiiid -S fathoms; the breatitii varies from .")() to tiOO yards anil Jie
r'veris navigable for boats anil sinall steamers several miles. In sum-
mer months the current runs upwards of.") knots.

Directions.— ^ In navigating Hute liMet iiiit fewdiiectious are required,
as the points may be everywhere approached to within 100 yards, and
if intending to anchor in Waddinton Flarbor, when nearinp; it steer
for its north ])art. Anchor at about '■{ mile off the head in 1.") lathoms
and about (idO yards from tlu^ high noithern shore; the anchor should
be dropped immediately 15 fathoms are o])tained, as the l)Ottom shoaLs
rapiilly.

.Sailing vessels entering or leaving the inlet should kec^p close to the
eastern shore or the ebb tide may take them through the Arran Rapids
to the westward.

Tides. — It is high water, full and (change, in (Jalni Channel at Tii.On.;
springs ri.se 14 feel. In Huli Inlet it is high water at <ih. Om., and tho
ri.se and fall varies from 12 to 14 fect^.

Cardero Channel communicates by ood.iii » Channel with Disi'ovevy
Passage and .Tohnstoim Strait; it has an average width of on«' mil* at
the eastern part but only J mile in the western The shores, wh'ch we
much indenteii, are generally rociky and mountaim)us and thi- channel
is studded with numerous snnill islands, and it is not without ilangers,
the water in most parts, however, being very deep.

Stuart Island lies across the eastern entrance of <ja"dero C^hannel.
almost blocking it, but lea\ing narrow pa.ssages both to the northward

STUAKT ISLAND FREDKRICK ARM.

187

and southward; the former, Arraii Ilai)id8, is not navigable; the latter,
J mile wide, is not recommended, as at its nortlieiii end tiie tide run*
directly at rijiht angles to a vessel's coui'se at tlie rate of from to 7
knots. A L'^ miles within the entrance Dent Island causes further ob-
struction oy contracting the channel to GOO yards, which narrow pas-
sage is full of dangerous rai)ids, overfalls and whirlpools, with the
probability of the existence of sniiken rocks.

Anchorages. — Oar<lero Channel has but few phices that afford an-
chorage. Bickley Bay, on the north side of Thurlow Island, and nearly
opposite to riiilipps Arm, is about (iOO yards in extent, with fiom 1(J to
21 fathoms water, and near its head fathoms. Mayiic Passage, 3i
miles eastward of Loughborough Iidet, and also on the nortiiern side
of Thurlow Island, affords shelter in from i) to If) fathonis water. This
passage branches off' to the southward ami westward, probably com-
municating with .folmstonc Htrait, but it has only been i)artiaily exam-
ined. Vessels may also bring up in 1.1 fathoms in Crawford Anchorage
inside the Frasiuus Islands on the north shore of Thurlow Island.

Tides. — The tides in Cardero Chunnel run at the rate of from om; to
2 kiiotN in the western i)art, increasing to 3 and I knots to the eastward
of Nodales Channel. Between Dent Island and the eastern entrance
to the iidet they run with great rai)idity, especially in the narrow pas-
sage between Dent and Valdes Islands, v hich, as before observeil, i.**
full of whirlpools and overfalls.

Caution. — When hound from ISule Inlet to the northwestward, ves-
sels sliouid proceed to the eastward of Valdes and Head Islands by the
Calm ,111(1 Sutil Channels, round Cape Mndge and through Discovery
Passage, and not atti^tupt to shorten the distance by using Cardero
Chiinnel.

Frederick Arm branches off to the northward from Cardero Chan-
nel opposite ilall Point (the north i)oint of Valdes Island) and extends
about .} miles ht that direction, shoaling gradually at its head towards
a stream wlneh here enters the inlet, llowing Ironi a sheet »f water ex-
tending some distance to the north ward and known as the £stero Basin.
The fiats usually found extending a coiisideral)le distance from the
shore at the head of most of these numerous inlets, and which are
invariably steep-to, otdy extend a very short distance oft" the shore at
the head of Frederick Arm. They are not so steep to, and the arm
aliords a better anchorage than any of the other inlets on the mainland,
being only exposed to the southward. Anchorage may be ha<l at a
reasonable distance from the shore.

Philipps Arm, lying immediately westward ot Frederick Arm, ex-
tends about 5 miles in a northerly direction, shoaling graduaily off the
flats at its head.

Loughborough Inlet penetrates the continent for 17 miles in a
northerly (iiie(!tion , it has much the same characteristics as most of
tkb arms that indent the NVV. coast. At the entrance between Styles

188

GEOUGIA STRAIT.

and Urismoiid Points the inlet is about 3 iiiil«i wide, which i>s the average
width to within about one mile from the head, when it opens out to V^
miles. Jt terminates in Fraser and McBride IJays, which are separated
by Pan Point juttinj;- out in the center. The latter bay ali'ords anchor-
age in about -5 fatlioms at (500 yards from the shore; in the former the
water is very deej) until close in.

Sidney Bay, 2A miles soutli of Cosby Point on the western shore,
extends about i| mile to the westward and is about 200 yards wide,
attbrding anchorage for coasters near its head in 10 fatlioms water.

Beaver Creek, on the western shore of Loughborough Inlet, 4 miles
within the entrance, shoals gradually towards its h^ad, where good and
sheltered ancliorage nniy be obtained in 7 fathoms ; mchorage may also
be obtained in about 15 fathoms in mid channel westward of Goat
Islands. Vessels must not pass northward of the Goat Islands (lying
i mile within the entrance), as they are connected to the north shore by
a flat which dries at low water. Good water may be obtained from a
stream at the head of the creek, and firewood ^cedar) may be cut for
steaming purposes.

Tides. — The tides in Loughb()ri,ugh Inlet are not strong, seldom ex-
ceeding a rate of from one to 2 knots an liour.

CHAP T E R V I.

FROM TIIK STRAIT OF GEORGIA To CAPE SCOTT ANIJ THE SCOTT

ISLANDS.

Discovery Passage, formed between Valdos Iwlaiid and tlie \'au-
coiiver aliore, is the only safe niivitjahk' outlet from tlie northern part
of the Strait of (ieor^iato the northwestward. Its lenf^tli in a direction
from Cape Miidge to Chatham Point is'j;j.V miles, ;nid itsavfraj;e breadth
a little more than one mile; but at Seymour Narrows it contracts to less
than A uiile. Its shores southwan? of the narrows are moderately high,
but iioitliwami of them steep, rugged, and mountainous.

Tides. — Southward of Seymour I^arrows tlie streams run with great
strength, iVoni 4 to '5 knots at springs, and turn at high iind low water
by the shoi-*'. At the southern entrance, near Cape Mudge and between
it and Willow Point, heavy races or tide-rips rage during the tlood,
which wiiuh! be (bingerous to sn;all vessels in bl(>\\ing weather.

Northward of Sc_\mour Narrows the tidal streams are com])aratively
sla<'U ; they run from 1.V to 2i hours after high and low water. At the
narrows it is high water, full and change, at .'5 hours, ami the rise and
tail is about l.'J feet.

Soundings. — In Discovery Passage, when to the southward of Sey-
mour Narrows, the depths in inidchannel vary from 30 to (Jb fathoms,
ixcept at one mile X. .'i3^ \V. of Cape Mudge, where a shoal patch of
> fathoms exists. In Seynu)ur Narrows the least water in inidchan-
nel is 2\ tatlioms on Itipple Koek ; but northward of them the depth
increases to 10b and I4t> fathoms.

QuathiasJci Cove, mu the west side of V'aldes Islaiul, is a small in-
• ii . ion iKjrderecl by « sandy beach. The cove is only fit for steamers
or smal.'. .raft, and .kffords room lor one vessel to moor in its southeastern
and M,.;^»t,lier in its northern part ; tiie fornu'r is recommended ami is
il'i.ii too yards SK. of Grouse Islaml, in 10 fathoms, well sheltered
•'nu ill winds. The tide sets slightly through the cove, but sweeps
-ti'>iii;il,\ past the entrance.

Grouse Island, in the center of the cove, is small and moderately
high; a shoal extends for 150 yards olV its Sli. point. If intending to
anchor in tiuathiaski Cove, a vessel should enter south of (Jrouse Island
(paying careful attention to the tides) ami keeii well over towards the
southern shore until inside. In the middle of the channel north of
Grouse Island is a shoal with oidy a depth of 3 feet on it.

190

FKOM GEORGIA STRAIT TO CAPE SCOTT.

Anchorage. — Moor midway between the HH. point ()rGrt)use Island
and the cMpo.siti' .shore, in from 7 to 10 fatlioms. It' noce.ssarv a vessel
may protved to the nortli part of tlie cove inside (lionse Island, and
anchor in .Vom 7 to U fathoms. (Jaiefiil attentioa to tiie helm is im-
portant.

Gowlland Harbor, about .'» miles NW. of Cape Mudge, is of con-
siderable extent, beinfj upwards of 2), miles lonjr in a XNVV. and SSE.
direction, and from j to rj mile broad. The shores are ruj^ged, and there
are several rocks and islands within it.

Steep Island is otf the entrance; its western sid»i is (rlilfy.

Growlland Island, which protects the southeastern part of the har-
bor, is about one mile long and \ mile wide, high and rugged, with a
summit a( both ends.

Entrance Bank lies nearly across tiio entrance to the harbor and
partly iliies at low water; it is composed of sand, being 800 yards in
length and -'(M) yards broad; there is a clear i)assage on both sides of
it, with not less than 4 fathoms water; its southern end, in 3 fathoms,
is 200 yards north of Vigilant Point.

Directions. — If entering Oowlland IIarl)or from the south ward, ronnd
Steej) Island at a distance of about 200 yards and steer for Vigilant
Point, wliicili is ste,e]» to, and ought to be rounded at less than 100 yards
to avoid Kntrance Bank. Having i)assed the point, anchor in 5 to 7
fatlioms, muddy bottom, at about 400 yards east of it, or proceed farther
to the iSE., where more extended anchorage will be lound. The pas-
sage south of Gowlland is choked up with rocks.

If coming from the NW., when Vigilant Point bears S. 06° E., steer
for it, passing it as before directed.

Anchorage. — The best bertli, if stopi)ing for a short time, is iu 6 or
7 fathoms at about 400 yanls east of Vigilant Point; in the southern
part of the harbor the water is deeper and the anchorage more extended.

Maud Island. — From Gowlland Harbor to Seymour Narrows the
<joast take.-i a northwesterly direction, being steep-t >, high and rugged.
Maud Island, the SE. point of the narrows, is small, about .'iOO feet high,
and there is a boat jtassage between it and Valdes Island. A small
i.slet (Yellow Islet) lies 800 yards east of it.

Willow Point (Vancouver Island), the SW . point of Discovery Pass-
age, is low, covered with willow bushes, and otf it a sandstone ledge
extends to the northeastward for nearly 000 yards. When passing the
point do not approach it within i mile. From Willow Point a low coast
trends NW., and is bordered the whole distance by a sandy beach.

Orange Point is bare and round, of a reddish color, not unlike the
top of an orange. A bowlder spit extends .'500 yards N. 10"^ W. from
Orange Point, its outer limit being marked by kelp in 4 fatlioms.

Campbell River. — About 1^ miles SE. of Orange Point is the eu-
trance of the Campbell River, a large stream of fresh water, navigable
for some distance by boats or canoes.

DUNCAN HAY SKYMOIIK NARROWS.

U'l

Duncan Bay, of wliicli Orange I'oiiit is the east extreme, iittorcls ^ood
ancliorafjfe in 14 to 7 fatlioins, sand, wt'll out of tlie tide, and slicltered
from all except N\V. winds. There is a broatl sandy hcatilt at tlie liead
of tlie bay, through whicli a stream of water tlows. This hay is easy
of a(!cess, and is the liest aiMilioiaf^e southward of .Seymour Narrows.

Anchorage. — A f;()od position to atiehor is at from tJOO to I,()(»(»yards
N. 72° W, of Uraii^je Point, in from 7 to 14 fathoms.

Race Point, roeivy and Ijare of tree;;, is i)ohl and steep to. Tlie tide
runs past it witii great velocity, and, during the Hood stream, tlic over-
fails oil' it are very dangerous for luiats,

Menzies Bay, of which Wilfred Point lilulf, rocky and .{12 feet l.igli,
forms the eastern headland, and imiiM'diately SW. of Seymour Narrows,
is of considerahle extent, rfinning in a northwesterly direction for 1.^
miles, and ':{ mile broad, but the center is tilled up by a large sand bank,
wliicli partly dries at low water; there is, however, a narrow but clear
pa.ssageoii either sid •, and good, well sheltered anchorage in o to(i fath-
oms may be had between this bank and the head of the bay.

The eastern shore of the buy is high and rugged, the western shore
low; both are steeji, and from the head an exKMisive valley runs to the
northwestward, and a bank e.:tends off for 40(» yards.

If intending to aiuihor in the bay, it is recommended to Uee|> within
L'Ob yards of the ea>teru shore for ^ mile; when steer to the westward
t,6wards the center of the bay, and anchor in about 6 fathoms, muddy
bottom, at h mile from the head and 4<Kt yards from the eastern shore.

With the tide running to the southward an eddy sweeps strong into
Menzies Bay north from Race Point, but at the head of the bay it is
still.

Seymour Narrovrs is a narrow strait about l.J miles long, and only
from (JOO to 1,000 yards wide, the shores on both sides being high,
rugged and steeii-to.

The southern entrance to the narrows lies between Maud Islet to the
east and Wilfred Point to the west.

Ripple Rock, a dangerous rock about 300 yards in extent in a north
and south direction, with only a depth of L'| fatlioms on it, lies nearly
in the (lenter of Seymour Narrows, but rather on the western side, be-
tween Mand Island and Wilfred Point. Its .shoalest part lies GOO yards
S. "i."]^ W. of the NW. ])()int of the island, and nearly 400 yards from the
nearest land of Wilfred Point; it is near the position of the heaviest
tide race. When the tide runs strong the rock is marked by the whirl
of water over it.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Seymour Narrows at
about .'ill. Om. ; springs rise 13 feet. The Hood stream (from the north-
ward) (iommences (at F. and (J.) about 10 a. m. ; the velocity at springs
is from 10 to 12 knots, and at neaps G to <S knots. The Hood and ebb
streams run for nearly equal intervals of six hours. The average dura-
tion of slack water is about 10 minutes.

192

I'KOM OKOKOIA STRAIT TO CAPE SCOTT.

It is rocoiiiiiiciuU'il ti) only enter at or near slack water, and to keep
tlie ei, stern sliore aboard in order to avoid IJipple Uoek. The strictest
attentinn to the steerage is essential.

It is .stated on good authority tiiat a vessel steaming at the rate of 13
knots has been unable to make headway, and (!Ven to be set back, while
arteiiipting the narrows during spring tides.

< (iming from the .southward, Duncan Hay is a convenient anchorage
for awaiting slack water at Seymour Narrows.

Northward of the narrows, l)is(!ov(!ry I'assago takes a northwesterly
dire(!ti()n to Chatiiain Point, the shores beeonung more high and rugged
tlian btdbre. On the eastern shore are several bays or openings, i)ut,
with the exception of IMuiiiper IJay, too deep to att'ord aniihorage. The
western shore is nearly straight, and near Chatham I'oint are Otter
Cove and I'".lk l>ay, both alVording anchorage.

Plumper Bay, on the Valdes Island shore, ), mile north of 8eymour
l^arrows, affords anchorage in from 14 toD fathoms, near its southeast-
ern part, I asy of access, well sheltered, and out of the tide. If unable
to proi;eed through the narrows in conseciuence of tlu^ tiile, l'lunii)er
Bay becomes a very convenient stoi»i)iiig place, and no directions are
necessary for entering it.

The eddies and tides in I'lumper IJay, if aiudiored far out, are some-
times strong, causing a vessel to surge heavily on her cables.

Deep Water Bay, separated from l'hi:nper Bay by the peninsula of
Separation Ihsad, is about one mile deep and A mile broad, but too deep
for anchorage.

G-ranite Point is a high white granite bluff on the eastern shore of
Discovery Passage, 8 miles 'Yom Seymour Narrows. On both sides of
the i)oint is an opening, the soutliern one extending east for nearly 3
miles, and containing several islands: the northern one is smaller, but
both are too deep to allbrd anchorage. At 400 yards N. liio \V. of
Granit'i Point is a rock with oidy !) feet water on it.

The coast on the Vancouver side trends nearly straight from Wilfred
Point for 9 miles to Otter Point, the SK. point of Klk Bay.

Elk Bay, on the western side of Discovery Passage, affords indill'er-
ent anchorage, in 14 to 15 fathoms, about ;\ mile from the head, and is
expo.sed to northerly wiiuls;. Otter Point, its southern extreme, slopes
gradually to the sea, with a small shingle beach running off.

A Rock which covers at half tlood lies ott'the shore '■{ mile northward
of 101 k Bay,

Otter Cove, .'U miles from Otter Point and just south of Chatham
Point, is a small but snuganchonige, sheltered from all winds by liime-
stoue Island, in thecenter of the entrance. Snag Kock, with only 2 feet
water on it, lies 200 yards east of liiinestone Island.

If inter. 'lug to anchor in Otter Cove, [»ass north of Limestone Island,
and anchor midway between it and the head of the cove, in from 10 to (>
fathoms; a large vessel slioidd moor. The passage south of the island
is choked with kelp, and there is 4 fathoms of water or less in it.

DIHCOVKRY PASSAOli DIRKCTIONS NODALES CMANNKL. 11)3

Chatham Point, a low rocky i»oiiit, is the N \V. extreme of DiHCOvery

l'as.sa;;i' and sepa rates it from .lohnstoiie Strait

Btiaver Rock, awasli at low wa'.er, lies 4(»() yards N. 09'^ E. of the
uortherii extreme of Ciiatliam jtoiiit; in rounding' the point, the Nbore
Hhoiiid not 1)e iipproaclied nearer than '| mile, lietweeii tlie point and
Nodales (,'luinnel aic several stronj;' e(ldi"s (»r tide ri])s.

Uo(!ks extend in a scattered way GOO yards >'E. of lieaver Kock.
The point on \'ald«'s Island, o|>))()site (yhatham i'oint, has a nearly bare,
steep rixtUy face, not much hijilier than Ciiatham Point.

Directions for Discovery Passage. — Proceeding throufih Discovery
i'assai;e from the sonthwanl, if the tide he favorable vessels have only
to kee|> in midchannel till pasi Seymour Narrows ; but, if the tide be
unfavorable, after i>assiu;; Cape Mudffe keep about \ mile off the east-
ern or Valdes Island shore, which is steepto, and where thiMide <loe8
not run so strong. If unable to get through the narrows, .Menzies and
Duncan Hays alford good anchorages. The latter is preferable, being
quite easy of access.

North of Seymour Narrows, the tides being weaker (.'5 to .T knots),
vessels may proceed either in mid channel or close to either shore, ex-
cept in rounding Gliathani Point, which should uot be approached
nearer than '{ mile. Plumper Bay, as before mentioned, affords good
anchorage to a vessel waiting for the tide to proceed through Seymour
Narrows from the northward.

re of
of
ily ;j

l)Ut

iflV'r-

lld i!;.

opes

(159.) BRITISH COLUMBIA. — Vancouver island.— Johnstone
strait. — Chatham poiut. — Sunken rock reported northward of
Beaver rock. — Information has been received from Mr. J. T. Walbran,
Commanding the Canadian Pacific Navigation Company's S. S. Damibe,
that, on December 7, 1890, when rounding Chatham point, south shore
of John.stone strait, at the distance of about 800 yards and at low tide,
Beaver rock and the kelp pat(!h outside it showing above water, a small
patch of kelp was seen farther northward, and the shij) pas.sed close
outside a rock, visible in clear water, and on which the depth was
estimated to be 15 feet. This rock is stated to lie with Beaver rock
S. 63° W. true, (SW. J S. may.), distant about 400 yards, and the east
extreme of Chatham point S. 16° W. true, (S. | E. viag.), or close south-
eastward of the 18 fathoms heretofore shown on the Admiralty chart.

Approx. position: Lat., 50^ 20' 40" N. ; Long., 125° 28' 25" W.

Consequent on the foregoing, the danger line has been drawn around

Chatham point on the Admiralty chart in a northeasterly direction at the

distance of about 800 yards,
liince toint ui or(U'r (o avoid me i^ougias iiocK, lying luo yarus on ii.

It is advisable to keep well outside the kelp when entering.

Anchorage sheltered from all winds, in from 8 to 10 fathoms, may

bo obtained at 400 yards from the head of the harbor. The lead should

I4L'0o— No. 90 Vd

IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)

,.v

^^,

-(S

1.0 iirBsi

125

12.2

I.I

£^ 144 "^
2.0

1.25

1.8

U 11.6

Photograptiic

Sciences

Corporation

33 WEST MAIN STREET

WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580

(716) 872-4S03

'.•^*

192

KP(

GKORGIA STRAIT TO CAPE SCOTT.

It isit'uoiiimciHk'l to only enter at or near slack \rater, and to keep
till' eastern sliore aboard in order to avoid Kipple Kock. The strictest
attention to the steerage is essential.

It is stated on good authorifj- that a vessel steaming at the rate of 13
knots lias been unable to make headway, and even to be set back, while
arteniptiiig tiie narrows during spring tides.

("oniing from the southward, Duncan Bay is a convenient anchorage
for !i waiting slack water at Seymour Narrows.

Northward of tiie narrows. Discovery Passage takes a northwesterly
direction to Ohatham Point, the shores becoming more, high and rugged
than l)efore. On the eastern shore are several bays or openings, but,
witli the exception of Plumper Bay, too deep to aliord anchorage. The
western shore is nearly straigiit, and near Chatham Point arc Otter
(Jove and HIU Bay, both alHording anchorage.

Plumper Bay, on the Valdes Island shore, A mile north of Seymour
Narrows, affords anchorage in from 14 to!) fathoms, near its soutiieast-
erii part, easy of access, well siieltered, and out of the tide. If unable
to proiieed through the narrows in consecpicnce of the tide, Plum|)er
Bay becomes a very convenient stopping place, ami no directions are
necessary for entering it.

The eddies a,id tides in Plumper Bay, if anchored far out, are some-
times strong, causing a vessel to surge heavily on her cables.

Deep Water Bay, separated from Phi;niier n.w hv ii... .i..iiiiw.ni.. of

waier on ic, lies '-'00 yards east of iiimestone Island.

If intending to anchor in Otter (Jove, pass north of Limestone Island,
and anchor midway between it and the iiead of the cove, in from 1(» to
fathoms; a large vessel should moor. The passage sonth of the island
is choked with kelp, and there is 4 fathoms of water or less in it.

UISCOVERV FASSAOt; UIKECTIONS — NOUALES CHANNEL. l'J3

il.. «P

Chatham Point, a low rocky point, is the NW. extreme of Discovery
Passage and Heparates it from Johnstone Strait

Beaver Rock, awash at low water, lies 400 yards N. 09^ E, of the
northern extreme of Chatham point; in roundinj; the point, the shore
shonld not bo approaciied nearer than ^J mile. Hetween the point and
Nodales Channel are several stnni}? eddies or tide rips.

liocks extend in a scattered way GOO yards NE. of IJeaver Kock.
The point on Valdes I.sland, opiwsite Chatham J'oint, has a nearly bare,
steep rocky face, not much hifiher than Chatham Point.

Directions for Discovery Passage. — Proceeding tinoufrh Di.scovery
Passage from the southward, if the tide be favorable vessels have only
to keep in mid-channel till past Seymour Narrows ; but if the tide be
unfavorable, after i);i,ssing ('ape Mudge keep about \ mile off the east-
ern or Viildes I.sland shore, which is .steep to, and wheie the tide does
not run so strong. If unable to get through the narrow.s, Men/Jes and
Duncan Hays afford good anchorages. The latter is i)referable, being
quite easy of access.

North of Seymour Narrows, the tides being weaker ('.\ to 5 knots),
vessels may proceed either in mid ''hannel or clo.se to either shore, ex-
cept in rounding Chatham Point, which should not be approached
nearer than 1 mile. Plumper Bay, as before mentioned, affords good
anchorage to a vessel waiting for the tide to proceed through Seymour
Narrows from the northward.

Nodales Channel exteiuls 8 miles in a northeasterly direction be-
tween Tliurlow and Valdes Islands, and leads into Cardero Channel; its
western entrance is ui>wards of one mile wide, with deep water; there
are some tiile rips off it. No soundings at 40 fathoms could be ob-
tained throughout the channel, a:'.d in the fairway of the western en-
tratu'e the depth was 70 fathoms, sand.

Hardinge Islands, about '^ mile long and ^ mile wide, is 1^ miles
from the entrance to Cameleon Harbor, with a passage on both sides.
Young Passage to the .southward is \ mile wide, and Burgess Passage
to the northward S mile; there is deep water in both.

Maycock Rock. — Threeciuartersofa mile N. 08^ W. of the south en-
trance point of Cameleon llarbor,aiid 1,L*00 yards N. 70^ W. of Bruce
.Point is .Maycock Kock, with one lalhoin on it. The shore to the east-
ward of this rock lor A mile has foul ground nuirked with kelp extending
fi'Diii it for nearly the distance of I'OO yards.

Cameleon Harbor is about one mile dee)) in a southeasterly direc-
tion, and has an average width of 000 yard.s. The entrance, between
MriH-e Point on the north shore and a small islet off the south shore,
is less than 400 yards wide, and caution must be ob.served in rounding
Bruce Point in order to avoid the Douglas Kock, lying 100 yards off it.
It is advisable to kee}) well outside the kelp when entering.

Anchorage sheltered from all winds, in from 8 to JO fathoms, may
be obtained at 400 yards from the head of the harbor. The lead should
14L'05— No. 90 1;{

194

FROM GEORGIA STRAIT TO CAPE SCOTT.

be kept going (iiiickly in appruncliing the betad, as the Hat, which ex-
tends nearly -'0(1 yards froni it, is steep-to.

Johnstone Strait, wliicli separates the NE, side of Vancouver Island
from the mainhtnd, is comprised between Chatham Point and Beaver
Cove, being about 55 miles in length in a WNW. ami P]SE. direction,
with a varying breadth of one to 2 miles. The shore on bjih sides is
high and rugged, more especially the southern, wiiich v., •„ continuous
mountain range, rising almost abruptly from the sea.

The shores of the strait are nearly every where steep-to, except a few
places along the northern side. There are no anchoi^ages whatever
along the southern shore, but there are several on the ncrthern, viz,
Knox, Blinkinsoi>, and Forward Bays, as well as Torts Harvey and
Neville, all of which, except the latter, are easily accessible to sailing
vessels.

At Beaver (Jove the high land suddenly terminates, and the siiore
is indented with a few slight bays, which are too deep toatl'ord anchor-
age. Bauza Cove, one mile east of Beaver Cove, is a small deej) bight,
and aflbrds no anchorage; some small islets lie in its entrance.

Ripple Shoal, on which the least known depth is 7 to fathoms, lies
about li miles west of the west poiut of Thurlow Island, and J mileofi
the southern shore of the strait.

Tides. — Everywhere in Johnstone Strait it is high water, fnll and
change, at oh. 30m., ami the rise and fall of tide is from 15 to 17 feet.
The streams run from 2 to 2J hours after high ami low water by the
shore, and except in the vicinity of Llelmcken Island and to the east-
ward of Knox Bay they are not strong, in the former place they run
from 3 to tf knots, and in the latter 2 to 4 knots ; but in other parts of
the strait they seldom exceed one to 3 knots per hour. Near Helmckon
Island are several heavy tide rips, which in blowing weather would be
dangerous to boats or small craft; and just west of Chatham Point is
an overfall producing a considerable swell at times.

Thurlow Islands. — Tiie southern side, which bortiers the strait, is
rocky and about 13 miles long in a westerly direction; the eastern naif
is indented by several bays, ofi" which lie some small islands.

The islands are mountainous; Mount Eldon, near the center of the
islands, is wooded, square topped and quite isolated.

Fender Islands, between Knox Bay and Nodales Channel, are very
rugged and barren ; foul ground exists to the east and west of them for
nearly A mile, and their southern side should not be api>roaclied nearer
than 400 yards. The tide seta strongly between them.

Knox Bay, on the south side of Thurlow, is jj niile deep and about
the same in width, and affords anchorage in from 15 to 17 fathoms at
400 yards from the head, oft" the edge of the bank, which is steep to.
The anchorage is well protected from east or westerly winds, but it
ought only to be used as a stopping j)lace for the night or tide, as from
the steepness of the bank a vessel would touch if a southerly wind

RIPPLK POINT — WELLnORE CHANNEL.

195

ox-

spraiiR u|). Of!" its SW. point foul grouud extends for nearly 200 yards.
If intendin^^ to anchor, steer for tlio head of the bay, and anchor
iuiinediately 10 fathoms are obtained.

Westward of Knox Hay the shores of Thnrlow are high, rugged, and
steep-to, and may be approached to within a distance of 200 yards.

Eden Point, the southern entrance ])oint of Chancellor Channel and
the NW. extreme of Thnrlow, is bold and cliffy; A mile SB. of it is a
small bay, too deej) to afford anclioiag'^ axcept for small craft.

A Rock, covered at high WiUer, lies on a line from Eden Point to
Camp Point Peak and close to the Vancouver shore.

Ripple Point, on the Vancouver shore of the strait, 6 miles west
from Chatham Point, is steei»-to, and between it and Knox P>ay are
some heavy tid«; rips in blowing weather. Th^ coast between Hippie
and Chatham Points is indented by two slight bays, but the water in
them is too dee[» to afford anchorage.

Camp Point slopes gradually to the sea; a rocky beach extends a
short distance off it; and ^ mile to the NE. of it is the Ripi»Ie Shoal,
marked by kelp, about 000 yards in extent, with deep water around it.

Salmon Bay at high water appears of considerable extent, but affords
no anchorage, the bank, which runs off A mile from its head, being too
steep. A river of considerable extent flows into this bay, and is said to
be navigable for canoes several miles inland. At this place, is the only
break in the mountain range on the southern shore, and a vallej" of con-
siderable extent stretches away to the SB., in the r;'nter of which ap-
pears a remarkable bare summit.

Helmcken Island, in the center of the strait, is H miles long cast
and west, and about ^ mile wide, with a clear channel of the same width
on l>oth sides of it. The island has a rugged coast line, and several
amali islets lie close off its NB. shore.

Speaker Rock, which covers at otie quarter Hood, lies 500 yarda
N. 60° E. of its eastern point, and is in the track of vessels using Cur-
rent Passage.

Race Passage, to the southward of Helmcken Island, is ^ mile wide,,
but det-i» and clear of danger ; the tide sets strongly throngh it (as much
as (J knots at springs), and there are so;.ie heavy tide rips in its eastern
part. This is the passage generally used.

Current Passage, to the northward of Ilelmcken, is about ^ mile
wide, and deep, the tide being as strong as in Race Passage.

Chancellor Channel connects with Cardero Channel ; it lies along
the north sliore of Thnrlow Island, and has ifs entrance abreast
Helmcken Island, at Bden Point; it is h mile wide and clear of danger.

Wellbore Channel, along the NB. side of llardwicke Island, com-
municates with Forward Harbor, Topaze Harbor and Sunderhiiid
Channel. At its entrance is Bulkeley Island, and vessels using ilie
channel should pass east of it, and keep the eastern shore aboard to
avoid some rocks which lie oft' the shore of Hardwicke Islanil,

»"T'l»p'«i^nr'^rT-T

196

FROM GEORGIA STRAIT TO CAPE SCOTT.

Tides. — The tidal streams in Wellboii; Cliannel run with great ve-
locity, often attaining at Hi)ring.s a rate of over 7 knots an hoar.

Forward Harbor, tlie entrance to wliicli between Louisa and Horace
"oints is only a little over 200 yards wide, extends nearly 3 miles in an
easterly direction, and though the entrance is narrow, its friedoni from
obstruction renders it easily aciiessible to vessels of moderate size. Its
shores are steep-to, but the water being of n)oderate dej)th over its
whole extent, anchorage may be taken up in any part of it, if requisite.
At its head a tiat dries out 500 yards at low water, and two small streams
How into it.

For h mile within (he entrance the passage in is from 200 to 400 yards
wide, but at that distance the harbor opens. Off Mills I'oint, where
the harbor commeiicps to widen, tiiere is a deej) spot of 20 fatiioms.

Anchorage niaj, as already mentioned, be t.iken up anywhere, bnt
the best position is in Douglas Hay, on the north shore, just round
Mills Point, in from (5 to 10 fathoms.

Bessborough Bay, an open indentation on the north shore of Well-
bore Cliannel, affords no anchorage, owing to the great depth of water
in it.

Sunderland Channel. — The entrance, which is subject to heavy
tide rips, lies between F"anny Keef and the shore near Hlinkinsop Bay;
the (channel is a clear navigable cliannel extending in a northeasterly
direction to the entrance to Topaze Harbor. Seymour and Poyntz
Islands lie in midchani'.el. The depths shoal gradually from 50 fath-
oms at the entrance, to 22 fathoms north of Poyntz Island ; but there
is a deep run of water in that locality and along the shore south of the
two islands above mentioned.

Tides. — The tidal streams in Sunderland Channel are not strong,
attaining a velocity of only from i to 1^ knots an hour.

Topaze Harbor is the continuation of Sunderland Channel. Over
the whole of this harbor there is an uniform depth until within ^ mile of
its head. On the north side, lA miles within the entrance, is Jackson
Bay, a narrow bight extending U miles in a northwesterly direction,
but shoal at nearly a mile from its head.

At the head of Topaze Harbor arc Mounts Drummond and Uorkeley.

Anchorage may be obtained, well sheltered, in either Jackson Bay
or at tlie head of the harbor.

Hardwicke Island is high and rugged, and the southern shore
steep-to, except near its S\V. extremity, where Earl Ledge runs oft' for
000 yartls, only uncovering at low water.

York Island, high, round and about ^ mile in diameter, and .another
small low islet A mile westward of it, lie otf the west i)oint of Hard-
wicke; and outside them, at the distance of ^ mile, is the Fanny Ueef,
which covers or is awash at high water; between the reef and northern
shore there are some heavy tide rips. ., ,,,,„

ItLINKlNSOP BAY PORT NKVILLE.

197

Blinkinsop Bay, on the shore of British Cohiiiibia, is about 1^ miles
deep and <J niih; wide; its sliores are higli, and from the liead a bank
dries out at low water for nearly one mile.

A Shoal marked by kelp, on which there is a depth of 4 fathoms,
lies 200 yards N. S'i'^ W. of Tuna I'oint, the east entrance point of this
bay.

Anchorage. — This i)ay affords yood anchorage, in 10 to 12 fathoms,
about li mile N. G7^ K. of its S\V. point, well sheltered and easy of
access. The only direction recpiired is to keep in mid-channel, avoiding
the above-mentioned rock, and anchor on obtainiufj 12 fathoms, as the
bank is rather steep.

Jesse Island, lying about too yards otfshore, nearly A mile to the
SW. of Hlinkinso[) IJay, is small and steep-to.

Port Neville is of considerable extent, running in a northeasterly
direction for 7 miles, and varying from ^ to one mile in breadth. It af-
fords a si)acious and secure anchorage, luit in consequence of Channel
Rock, lying near the middle of its entrance chaiiiiei, great caution is
required in entering. Its sliores, ex<H'pt near the easteru side of en-
trance and head, are high, sloping gradually to the water's edge.

The entrance is between Milly Island and Ransom Point ((»tt" which
is a small rocsk), thence the channel into Port Xeville is l\ miles long
and about 01(0 yards wide, running in a northerly direction; the depths
in it vary from ;"i fath' lus, slioaliiig to 2-)* fathoms in the north part.
The best passage is on the western side of Channel Hock, there being
about 17 feet at low wnter; the passage eastward of it has o ily 12 feet.

The depth of water when in the port varies from to fathoms ; the
bottom is muddy.

Channel Rock, of small extent and very dangerous, having only I
feet over it, lies in the middle of the channel, 700 yards S. HP W. of
IJowlder Point, so that, unless vessels specially re(piire to enter tins
port, the anchorage of Port Harvey and Blinkinsop Bays, which are at
no great distance from its vicinity, ought to l)e preferred, being both
se(!ure and easy of access.

Bowlder Point, the northeastern point of the channel, is low, with a
stony l)each rouiul it. A shoal (extends off it to the northward and
eastward for A mile, with lA fathoms in some parts.

Robbers' Knob is a rennirkable low grassy point on the north side
of the i)ort, about one mile from Bowlder Point.

Anchorage. — To the westward of it is a shoal bay, into which tlow
some huge streams ; the best anchorage is about i mile SW. of the Knob
in () or 7 fathoms. Temporary anchorage for a night may also be had
at the outer part of the entrance, but the soundings decrease very sud-
denly when abreast Milly Island.

Shoal Creek, at the head cf Port Neville, is aoout 2 miles long,
luiVrow, and not recommended, as its entrance is only 200 yards wide,
with a n-ck in the middle ; from its head a mud tiat extends off nearly
one mile.

108

FROM GKORfllA STUAIT TO CAI'K SCOTT,

Directions. — Kntcriii}; I'ort Xcvillo alter roiiiidiiif,' Milly Island,
M liicli may \)q appiuaulied close to, |)roeee(l up inidciuiiiiiel until liob-
l)ers' Ksiob comes in line with Bowlder Point l)earint; N. 5-'^ K., when
keep well over to the western side of the channel to avoid Channel
Koc.k. When Howlder I'oint bears N. 80o K., vessels will bo clear to
the wivst of the roek, and may then steer for Itobbers' Knob, avoiding a
patch of .i teet which skirts the western shore abreast Howlder Point,
after passing which, steer into the port and anchor in 7 fathoms, about
i mile S. 7!t^ \V. of Robbers' Knob. If necessary, vessels may anchor in
the entrance about S mile north of Milly Island, in iS and .l fathoms.

Sliinpson Reef. — The coast between Ports Neville and Harvey
trends in a westerly direction and is slightly indented. Four miles
westward of the entriince of Port Neville, and \ mile otlsliore, lies the
Sliinpson Reef, which covers at half Hood.

Port Harvey, the next inlet westward of I'ort Neville on the north-
ern siile, indents the coast in a northerly di''ection for 1 miles, with a
breadth varying from j to J mile, and allbrds good and well sheltered
anchorage in 7 t(» it fathoms, n)ndily bottom, at .i mile from its head.
There nw several small ish^ts (Mist) within it, and the shores are rug-
ged; from its hciul swampy gionnd extends to the NH., and to the
iiW, is a narrow gorge which partly fills at high water and joins Knight
Inlet. The deptlis slioal lapiilly towards the head.

Broken Islands, oil the east side of the entrance, are low, rugged
and of sinall extent; foul ground extends from them in a northerly
dii'e(;tion for -f mile ; they may be approached, however, to within ^
mde on tiie west side, but only a boat passage exists to the eastward
of them.

Havannah Channel runs in a northeasterly direction from the east
side of Port llarvey, connecting it with Call Creek. The shores are
high and much broken, and the depths in mid-(!haniu'l vary fro . 9 to
50 fathoms. There are .several islands within it which lie mostly in
mid (dianmd.

Hull Island, the largest, is '{ mile long and ^ mile broad.

Boughey Bay, in the SK. part of Havannah Channel, is about one
mile deep in a southerly direction, and ^ mile broad; a vessel may
anchor vu this l»ay at i mile from the head, in from lb to 14 (atlioms,
but the passage to it has not been sullicieutly examineil to recommend
its being used as an anchorage.

Broivning Rock, altout |\ mile north of Hull Island, has only 12 feet
over it, and lies nearly in the fairway of the (jhannel to Call Creek ;
there is an apparently clear i»assage to the westward of it.

Caution. — As the soundings are uneven and the bottom rocky to the
west and NW. of Hull Island, great care should be used in luivigating
this channel near that neighborhood.

Call Creek is an inlet of considerable extent, its length in a north-
easterly direction being 12 miles, and its breadth varying from ^ to IJ

CHATHAM CHANMCl. FORWAKI* UAV.

199

luilcs ; tlie shores on either side urchigh and |)recii)itous, rising abruptly
to nioiiiitains, Tii« liead terminates in a low swamp, and a valley
extends to the NE. from it.

Anchorage.— Tiie depths in the entrance of Call Creek are about 40
fathoms, but inerease to upwards of IL'O fatiioms towards tlie head;
there is no anchorage wliatever oxcei)t near its entrance, on tlio north
side ainonj^st tlu' Warren Islands, where from to 11 fatiioms will be
found. Tlieso isli nds, four in number and small, are h mile from the
entrance ; tliey run jtaraliel to the shore from 200 to 100 yards off it. A
vessel may anclior between tiie two soutliern islands in from to 10
fatiioms.

Chatham Channel, tlie east jiart of wliicli (!ommence.s at Hoot Point
and trends to tlie northwestward, connects these waters with Knight
Inlet; its breadth as far as surveyed varies from 400 to 000 yards; the
depth in iiiid-cliamiel is 1 fatiioms at a distance of 'f mile we.^t of Koot
Point. It is not re<;omiiieiided to use this channel until farther explored.

Directions. — If intending to anchor in Port flarvey, keep in mid-
channel till within the Mist Islands, when the anchorage opens out, and
anchor in 7 fathoms in the middle ol' the harbor, at about k mile fioin the
head.

Hailing vessels of coiisidcu'able size can beat in as Car as .Mist Islands,
and may stand anywhere to within L'OO yards of tlie we.stern shore; in
making the eastein board, keep outside the liiieof the Mroken Islands,
and out of the bight betwt'eii Transit Point and the Mist islands.

The aiichoragi's in Bougliey Hay, Ilavaiinah Clia:Mel,and among the
Warren Islands on the shore of Call Creek, are secure; but the pas-
sages to tliem, though probably deep, have not been sulliciently exam- .
ini'd to give directions tor entering them.

Escape Reef, lying li miles west of the Broken Islands, and ^ mile
ott' the north shore of Joliu.stoue Strait, is about L'OO yards in extent, has
4 feet least water on it, and is marked by kelp in the summer. This
reef, which has deep water around it, is in the track of vessels entering
Port Harvey from the westward; to avoid it keep in the middle of the
strait till the entrance of the port comes well open, bearing N. 40° E.,
when steer in for it.

Forward Bay, 3 miles west of Port Harvey, is a slight bond in the
coast, about 1 1 miles broad, and -J mile deep, with a small islet 30 leet
high ott' its southwestern point; its shores are moderately high, and a
bank extends nearly fiOO yards from its head.

Anchorage. — This bay affords good anchorage, in 14 to 10 fathoms,
ott' the edge of the bank, at about n "die N. 09° E. of its SW. point,
well sheltered from all except southeasterly winds, and even those send
in no sea; it is ea.sy of access for any class of vessels, and a very good
stopping place.

Caution. — Entering it from the eastward guard against the Escai)e
Reef. "

200

FROM CiKOKOIA STRAIT TO VM'K .SCOTT.

Boat Harbor, a sniall covo iitVonliiiK slieltoi- to iumts, is <i iniU'i}
westward of KoiWiinl Hay, tlio coast botwiM'ii tlio two plact's Itciiig
nearly Ktrai^lit, aiul may be approarlied to witliiii | mile.

Cracroft and Hanson Islands. — Ik'twocii Boat Harbor and \Vf.>ii-
ton I'assap) the shores of (Jracroft lahind are low and rocky. The island
is about 15 miles lonjj, and olV its southwestern part, at the distance of
^ mile from the shore, are the Sophia Islets, of small extent. Hanson
Island is separated from Cracroft by HIakeney Passage, one mile wiile,
and oil" the SW. point of the island are sonu! rocks «'xten<liii}j; 400 or ()()()
yards to the westward.

Growler Cove indeids tin* western end of Cr.icroft Island in an east-
erly direction for •/ mile, with a width of about .'500 yards, ami from JO
to 5 fathoms water. At the hea<l a Hat runs out for a short distaiKie.
The Sophia Islets lie otf the southern entrance point.

Directions. — For steamers or sailing vessels with a fair wind, the
navigation of Johnstone Strait is perfectly easy, it i)eing only reipiisite
to kee|) in mitlchannel, except when nearing Ilelnicken Island from the
eastward, when a vessel- ought, after passing Thurlow Island, to keep
within (inO yards of the .southern shore, or Camp Point, till past the
Ripple Shoal, which, from being marked with kelp, is likely to have
less water over it than has been found. In the vicinity of llelmckeu
the tides are strong, but not enough to stop a steam ve.ssel of moderate
power; to the westward of it they have no great strength.

If wishing to anchor for the night, Knox, Hlinkinsop ami Forward
Bays and Port Harvey on the northern side, alVoid good anclujrage, and
are, with the present charts, easy of access.

If beating through the strait, when to the eastward of llelmckeu
Island the shores on both sides may be ai)proached to JOO yards, except
for i mile on either side of Pender Islands, the southern side of which
latter ought not to be approached nearer than 100 yards, as the tide
runs strong in their vicinity. Between Thurlow and the west end of
Hardwicke Island, it is not advisable to beat, as the tide thereabouts
runs strong and irregularly, there being also several dangers in the
track, viz, liipple Shoal, Si)eaker Rock, and Earl Ledge. From Hard-
wicke Island to Beaver Cove, the southern shore may be approached to
200 yards; and the only dangers along the northern shore are the
Slimpson and Escape lieefs, which can be easily avoided by tacking
short of them, and keeping more than i mile out when near the latter;
elsewhere the northern shore may be approached to within a distance
of \ mile.

Broughton Strait is upwards of 14 miles in length, east and west,
the breadth varying from 4 miles at the eastern to one mile at the western
entrance. Both shores, except near Beaver Cove, are low. There are
several islands, rocks, and shoals in the eastern part ; but there is a
clear navigable passage along the southern side A mile wide in the nar-
rowest place (abreast Alert Bay in Cormorant Island). There are sev-

DROUGHTOX STRAIT — PORT M(;NEII>I..

201

i!i-al aiicliorii^os iiloiit; Itotli mIiIuh of tliu Htrail., avuilahlo as Htopiiin^
places — Alort Hiiy, on tlio .sontliern hIioi'o oi Coriiiorant [slaiKl; I'oit
iMuNeill on tli<^ Vaiiuouvur sliorv ; and Mitoholl iind Itongli Hays on tlio
soutlicrn Hide of Malcolm iHland. Tlie Nini|)kisli |{ivor, on thuNoutli-
ern sliore of tim stniif, is a stioani of considtualtlu sizo, and mtid to be
navifrahio hy canoes for a two days' jonrney.

Tides. — In tlio navi^ahht clianntl tlic streams riii one to 4 knots, bnt
in tlic l{a(!e, and Weynton l*assii>;es .{ to (» knots, turning everywliere
about two hours after lii;;li ami low wafer by the :<hore.

Beaver Cove is at the SK. extreme of Hrouniiton Strait ; its shores
are high, and the depth is too great for <-onvenie< t aiichurage. .Mount
lloldsworth, a remarkable conical peak, and very eonspicnous Irom the
eastward, rises ."J miles to the SW. of the cove.

Nimpkish River, which Hows into a shallow bay on the .southern
shore. ~> miles westward of Heaver Cove, is upwards of •_'('(» yards wide
at entrance, with -\\ fathoms, bnt is only navi;;able by canoes; a bank
dries otf it for nearly one nule, leaving a inirrow winding channel with
about .") feet water info the river.

Green Iclet, olf the outer edge of this bank, is about H> feet above
low water and is snmll ami bare, a rocky ledge which uncovers at low
water extends a distance of .1 mile MHIO. from (ireeii I.sler,anii there
is aI.so an uncovering rock at the same distan(U' west of it. In navi-
gating the strait, this islet should not be approached within a distance
of tiOO yards.

On the northern bank of the Nimpkish, at the entrance, is a small
plateau of grassy land, on which are the ruins of the large native vil-
lage of Cheslakee.

Port McNeill, about 10 miles west of Heaver Cove, is ■/ mile broad,
ami affords a good, well sheltered anchorage in (i to !» fathoms. Its
shores are low, and bordered by a sandy beach, which extends off '{
mile from the head. From Ledge Point, the mnih i)oint of entrance,
a mirrow ledge, with from ;{ to 5 fathoms on it, exteiuls IJ miles east
towards Haddington Island ; kelp grows over this ledge in summer.

Eel Reef, lying 1,M)0 yards S, 4(1° W. of Ledge Point, and about 400
yards ott' the south shore of the port, covers at three tpnirters Hood.

Directions. — If intending to anchor in Port AlcXeill keej) A n)ile from
the southern shore when entering to avoid the ledge off Ledge Point,
and anchor when the point bears N. G9^ E,, about J mile distant, in
from 5 to 6 fathoms, sandy bottom.

When leaving and bound to the westward, vessels should staiul to the
eastward until within J mile of Haddington Islaml l)efore hauling to
the northward round Ledge Point.

The coast from Port McNeill trends about west 4 miles to the entrance
of (iueen Charlotte Soninl. It is bordered by a sainly beach, and may
be approached to within 400 yards.

202

FHOM OEOKOIA 8TUAIT TO CAPK SCOTT.

Blakeney Passage, bctwooii iliiiison Isluiiil on the wcHt iiiul tlio

west t'XtrtMiifs ori.'riurt'oi't and llai'lilfdowri Isltiiids on tlic cast, \ aricH
ill width IVoni one mile to .^ niilf. It coniiects .lolinstoiu' 8(rail with
lilackilsli Hound. Tlit* strcn^tli of the tide in it 1h from 2 to 5 knotH.

Weynton Passage, Iti'twccn Hanson and l'«>ar.s(> IslandH, Ih about
1 j mill's \\ jd(\ Tiii'sliorcson l)olli .sidosarc vor.v nmcii broken ; llic tide
ruHlit's tliron(;li at tli» rate of from .'> to knots, and nnli'ss wislun^ to
uiudior in Mitclieil Hay tin- passa^'c slionld not bo used.

Race Passage, between I'earse an ' Cormorant Islands, is rj nulo
M Jde, liut a rock Mes in niideiiannel at its soiitli jiart. Tliu tides set at
tiie rate of from .'J to (i knots tlironijli tiie passable, and it is danfierous.

Fearse Islands, in tiie center of ISron<;liton Htrait, arc a (;ronp of
small low islands, with some rock.s ;>inl reels (extending A mile N\V. and
nearly one mile 810 from them.

Cormorant Island is ab.tut l.'iO feet hi;;li, '2\ miles loni>:, cast and
we.-t. ] mile wide, and bordered by a sandy beach, (ioidon I'oint, its
southeastern extreme, is 2J miles N. 55^ W. of Heaver Cove. A small
patch of I fathoms marked by kelp lies 1 ( n iles X. 77^ W. of Leonard
I'oini, I lie N\V. point of Cormorant Island.

Alert Bay, on the sontli sideof Cornxu'ant Island, is nearly on*; milo
wide ami h nnle deep, aiVordinj: a ^ood and well-sheltered ancliora{;ein
Irom (I to i) fathoms, muddy bottom: it is easy of access, the shores
beinj; everywhere clear of danjier. There is an estaltlishnient here for
tinnii;; salmon canfjbt in the Nimpkish IMver. and a i>ier, at the ex-
tremiiy of which there is a depth of about ll.' feet, extends from the
ncuthcastern sl)'»re of this bay.

There is also a mission established and cpiite a larfie Indian villajje,
<'omprisin{j nntst of the former iidiabitauts of Cheslakee. The house
nmrkcd on the chart is a small one-storied house, with thiee windows
towards the water. Near it is a very 8nndl chapel.

A supply of wood for steamiujj pur|)oses may be obtained at Alert
JSay.

Yellowr Bluff, the southwestern iioint of the bay, may be recojfiiized
by a remarkable yellow elilf at the extrenu' of the jioint.

Haddington Island is snuill; its southern ami western sides are
«teep to, but from the northern siiore a bar, with as little as G feet water
in soiiH! parts, connects it with Malcolm Island.

JJetweeu lliuldington Island ami the Icdtfc running otf from the north
point of port McXeill is a passajje '^ mile wide, with not less than 7
fathoms water in mid-channel.

Malcolm Island, which forms the northern sideof IJrou}j;hton Strait,
is i;i| uules long east and west; the shores are geiu'rally low, a sandy
beach extendinjc ofl'a short distance from them. On its southern side
are .Mitchell and Rough Hays, in which vessels may anchor in 6 or 8
fathoms. Donegal Head, its east point, is high, cliffy, bordered by a
beach, and the tide runs strong in its vicinity. Dickenson I'oint, ou
the southern side of the island, 7 miles westward of Donegal Head, is

TltlNirV HAY — QUKF.N ClIAKLOTTK SOlTNM).

203

(I .r,r,) BRITISH OOLUMBIA Queen Charlotte sound Broughton
strait— fflalcolm island Graeme point -Light established. Kd.i
riiiK U, N()fic(. to Miirincis N... ;U (ii!»r,; of liton, tlu> (h.vci nriuMit of
( iimula hius givfii notice tlial on Scptcnil.tT 12. litOf., ji fund while
(lioptnc hjrlil ofll,,. 7th onl,.,., olevat.Ml ;t,s fc't al.ove l.iKli'wiit.T un<l
vihU)!.' 11 niih's, wasestahlishcd in IIm' linlitlionsc rcwntly erected on
(Ji-acine point, Malcolm islan.l, (^leen Charlotte houihI. The li-'ht is
viHihle over an arc, of 2:M° from N. .S()° \\. trne (W'HW 6 W W'lv
inaK.) t(. H. .'{O^ K. trne (HK. I 10. nuiK- ). the liKl.t hein? olwcured
over the remainder of the horizon hylliehJKli land of ^f; ' i)lm i.siand
Ihe hfihthoiiw sland.s on the extremity of the low Kfx ^ ' spit It
iH a .s(|miie woDden Imildiii},' with a square wooden lantern iusihk from
the middle of a cottage roof. It is painted white, with r( .1 roof, and
IS .in feet hi;,'h from Itase to vane.

Aj)pro.i{. position: Lat. .50° .S7' 50" N.. Long. , ° 09' 50" W, ;
is a shoal patent of 4|^ fathoms, also marked i>y Keip. (K. M 44, liH)6.) I

Directiui*)!. -Passin;; tlirony;h Mroiijililoii S'liiit from tlic c i tward,
wIk'i aUreiist ISeaver Cove, in mid cliiiniiel, a N. 1'2 W. course, to pass
not more than 400 yards south of Corihorant Island, will keep vessels
(iiearlo the northward of Nimpl<ish l>ank, and when the west p.>iiit of
Corinoraiit Islanil li.-irs N. .'i.')^ 10. they will lie wcstwanl of it ; then
steer to round tiie SW. point of llaildin^fton Island within \ mile, to
avoid the jcdyi- olV licii^c Point, iiiid when the noitliern shore of ('or-
moriint Ishind opens olf Haddington Island lieariii;; S. 80 10.. vessels
may steer out of the strait in mid<!liannel. None, except small craft,
shouiil <^() to tiie northward of Haddington Isliiiid.

Sailin;;- vesse's of any size would liud it tedious to l»eat iiii'ou;,'h this
strait, and as there are several daiifiers it is not re(!ommended to do so.
Queen Charlotte Sound is an extensive arm of the sea, conncctiup:
the inner waters north oi N'ancouver Island with Ihe Pacific, in the
uortli and northeastern parts are innunieral)Ie rocks and islands; hut
alonj; its soutlH>rn sides are two broad and navif;al>le (jhannels to the
racilic.

liroughtoii Strait enters this sound at its southeastern i)art. From
thence to Thoiiiaa Point the coast of Vancouver is low and is bordered
the whole distance by a beach coinjioscd of sand and bowlders, and foul
ground marked by kelp extends oil' it, from \ to .1 mile.

If inteiidiim to enter IJeaver Harbor from the eastward, do not ap-
proach this shore within a mile til! near Thomas Point; and iis but

(8.38) BRITISH OOLUnBIA-BroPghton stralt-Mitclieirbay-
Kelp patch reported.-(;aptain F. T. l.. nnders, imuster of th.> st«-amer
CotfttiY/rtm, reports the existence of a ])atch of kelp, suspected of indi-

M&il ty ' ^'""*''" ^''''^' ^"'•'""" '""'"'"'" "'« app,-oaei;t
Approx. position: Lat. 50° .36' 58" N., Long. 12(5° 51' 00" W

t 71!rvi.^ r*i')' ***^ ^"*^^ '^''"^^"^ "f l^OHegalhead bears N. 57» E
tiue (NNK I K mag.) and Htubbs island S. 50" R trne (K \ H
mag.), distant 2,200 yards. ,^_ M^ai 19o!.)

abont.
There is a coal mine here and a pier.

202

FROM GKORGIA STRAIT TO CAPE SCOTT.

Blakeney Passage, between Hiinson Island on the west and »'■"
west extremes of Cracroft and Ilarbledowi LslaiwU '•■■ "
in widtli from one mile to i mil" "
Blackti-i-''

We5
31 mile:
rushes t
anchor i

Race
vide, bu
the rate

Pearst
small low-
nearly oni

Cormoi ....^a ion}f, east and

Ave.-t, ;/ mi, ..,, a sandy beach. Gordon Point, its

eoutlieaste, , .., jj miles X. 55^ W. of Heaver Co^e. A small

patch ol i fathoms marked by kelp lies 1\ miles N. 77° W, of Leonard
I'oint, the NW. jmiiit of Cormorant Island.

Alert Bay, on the soiuh side of Cormorant Island, is iieiiHv one mile
wide and ^ mile deep, atVordinj? a good and well-sheltered anchorage in
from (i to 9 fathoms, muddy bottom; it is easy of a(!eess, the shores
bein<jf everywhere clear of tlanger. There is an establishment here for
tinning salmon canght in the Ximpkish Uiver, and a pier, at the ex-
tremity of which there is a de[)th of about 12 feet, extends from the
northeastern shore of this bay.

There is also a mission established and quite a large Indian village,
<!oni|irising most of the former inhabitants of (Jheslakee. The house
niark('<i on the chart is a small one-storied iionse, with three windows
towards the water. Near it is a very small chapel.

A supplv of wood for steaming purposes may be obtained at Alert
JJay.

Yellowr Bluff, the southwestern point of the bay, may be recognized
by a remarkable yellow cliff at the extreme of the point.

Haddington Island is small; its southern and we-,tern sides are
steep to, but from the noi thein siiore a bar, with as little as feet water
in some i»""*'" /•■mni.ctw it with Malcolm Island.

IJetwee
point of
fathoms

Malcc
is l.j] m
beach ex
are Mite

i'athoms. Donegal liead, its east punii, ■>■. .».„^, ., ,

beach, and the tide runs strong in its vicinity. Dickenson Point, on
the southern side of the islanil, 7 miles westward of Donegal Head, is

TUINITV HAY — QUKKN CIIAULOTTK SOUND.

203

€oniiectc(l to IJiuhliiigtoii Island by a bar, witli onlj' 6 feet on it in some
parts.

Trinity Bay, on the northern side of Mahiolni I.«liind, iK'tween Lizard
and JJowlder i'oints, i.s an open bay U.l niile.s wide and one mile deep.
Betweeri the points of the bay the water shoals steeply from 10 fathoms
to a ledfje having 10 fathoms on its outer edpe, but which ayaiu shoals
rajjidly, and is covered with kelp.

Anchorage may, with care, be picked up on the outer edge of this
ledge in 7 fathoms, with Lizard I'oint bearing 8. 77^ K., and 151ael<
BlnlV H. 80'^ W., 400 yards outside the kelp ; but it is expo.sed to winds
from the westward, between north and SW.

Kelp Patch. — l''oul ground marked by kelp extends I mile off the
western side of Malcolm Island, and L', miles N\V. of I'ulteney Point
is a shoal i)atch of 4ji fathoms, also maiked by kelp.

Directions — Passing through liroughton Strait from the eastward,
when abreast Iteaver (Jove. in mid channel, a X. 712"' W. course, to pass
not more than tOOyanls south of Cormorant Island, will keep vessels
clear to the iiortliwaid of Niinpkish IJank, and when the west jxjiiit of
Cormorant Lsland lti';irs X. .'5.")^ Vj. they will be westward of it; then
steer to round the S\V. point oC Haddington Island within .| mile, to
avoid the leilge off Li'dge Point, ami when the northern shore of Cor-
morant Fsliind opens (ilV Haddington Island hearing S. 80^ M. vessels
may steer out of the strait in mid channfl. None, exi;ept small craft,
should go to the northward of Haddington Island.

Sailing vesse's of an\ size would liiid it tedious to lieat through this
strait, and as there are several dangers it is not re(!omineuded to do so.

Queen Charlotte Sound is an extensive arm of the sea, eonneeting
the iniu'r waters north of Vancouver Island with the Pacifh;. In the
north and northeastern parts are iunuim'rable rocks and islainls; but
along its southern sides are two broad ami navigable channels to the
Pacific.

Proughton Strait enters this sound at its soutlu-astern i)art. From
thence to Tin. mas Point the (toast of Vancouver is low ami is bordered
the whole distance by a beach composed of saml ami bowlders, ami Ibul
ground markd by kel]) extends off it, from \ to \ mile.

If intemlini' to enter Peaver Harbor from the eastward, do not ap-
proach this (ihore within a mile till near Thomas Point; and as but
very few soundings have been oljtained in this part of (Juccn ilharlotte
Souml, if beating to wimlward, great (tantion ought to Ite observed when
standing to toe northward.

Su Quash Anchorage, at 7 miles west of Pulteiu'y Point, on the
southern shore of (j)ueen Chailotte Sound, is bordered by shoal ground
exi">nding 800 yards off, and on which anchorage may be had in from
2A to 4 fathoms. Care, however, must be observed when anchoring
here, as reefs, which ('ry at low water, and shoal i»atches lie scattered
about.

There is a coal mine liere and a i)ier.

204

FROM GEORGIA STRAIT TO CAPE SCOTT.

Anchorage. — Tbe best berth is with the pier head bearing S, 77° W.,
(listiiiit r)(}0 yards, in 2A fatlioms water; i mile from the pier oa the
same bcariiif*' tlie deptii is 7 fathoms.

Beaver Harbor, 9 miles westward of Broughtoii Strait, is 3 miles
wide at entrance and 2 miles dee[). Tiie harbor is protected l)y several
islands lying across and within the entrance. Its shores are low, and
from tiie sonthern shore a b'lniv extends ott' nearly A mile. A short
distance inland from its western side are seven remarkable hills, vary-
ing in height from 400 to (iiO feet. Tiiere is good anchorage in the
southern and western parts of the harbor, l)iit nortiieasterly winds
send in a heavj' sea, rendering it impossible to land in ships' boats on
the southern shore for days together.

On the southern shore is Fort Rupert, formerij' a Hudson Hay Com-
pany's trading post. In the vicinity of the fort is a large native village.
Landing liere is bad, owing to tiie beach extending out shoal for some
distance, and the bottom is very foul. A strong earthfpiake shock oc-
curre<l here on August 25, 1805.

In the vicinity of Heaver Harbor the yellow cypress abounds; it is
also found on all ])arts of tiio north coast of Vancouver's Island, and
at intervals on the main land from Knight Iidet westward.

This tree yields lumber of the flnest texture, very hard and durable
(good for boats), it is possessed of a peculiarly ideasantouor, ami repels
the attack or presence of the teredo naralis ; on this account it is highly
prized by the cabinet-makers, and the sliipbuilder.

Thomas Point, the soutlieastern extreme of the harbor, is low and
rocky ; some rocks lie u|)wards of 400 yards ott it to the westward. The
channel between it and Deer Island is about 800 yards wide, with !'roin
!.'{ to (i fathoms, and clear of danger.

Moffat Rock, 1,00(> yards to the westward of Thomas Point, is ()00
yards olf shore, just at the outer edge of the bank, and uncovers at low
water.

Deer Island, is about U miles in circumference and wooded; its
shores are rocky, and extending nearly 800 yards oft" ita nortliwestern
part is a reef marked by kelp, with only feet water over it. Eagle
Island lies close off its southeastern point, with a small rock, 15 feet
high, not more than 50 yards from its southern extremity.

Twin Rock iies midway between Round and Peel Islands; a reef
extends for more than 200 yards from its east and south ends, the latter
being nearly connected with the shoal extending from the north end of
Deer Island.

Round Island, is small, but high, and conspicuous from the eastward.

Peel Island is in the northern i)art of Beaver Harbor. Between it
and the western shore of the harbor is a passage 400 yards wide in the
narrowest part, with 17 fathoms water. North of Peel are the Charlie
Islets, small, and two in number. There is a good channel into the
harbor close along the east side of Peel Islaiul, which is steep-to, with
the exception of a rock and Sfathom patch close off the NE. end.

BEAVER IIAllBOK — DIKECTIONS — ANCHOUAOE.

205

its
iistern
Baglo
") feet

^waril.
reen it
ill llie
!harlio
to the
», with

Cattle Islands, which lie in the ini(hlh^ ot° the harbor, arc sniali and
coiineotetl with each otlitr at low water, and at 350 yards nortii of the
islands, there is a shoal of 3 fathoms.

Shell Islet — At 350 yards sonth of them is Shell Islet; the observa-
tion spot on its toi) is in lat. 50^ 12' 3(J" N., long. 127° 25' 07" \V. ; a
reef awash at high water lies 200 yards sonth of it.

Cormorant Rock, lying ;\ mile off the western shore of the harbor,
covers at high water, and has from -1 to fathoms close-to; midway
between this rock and Cattle Islands is a shoal patch of 3| fathoms

Daedalus Passage, leading from the west part of Heaver llarlmr to
the northward, is 400 yards wide in its narrowest i)art, and has not less
than 17 fatiiouis in mid-channel. The midciiannel course slionld eare-
fnlly be [(reserved, es])eoialIy in tiie narrruwest i)art west of Teel
Island where the deep channel is only about 300 yaids wide.

Dillon Point, the N \V. extreme of the harbor, and sei»arating it from
Hardy IJay, is Imld and rocky; some small islets lie to the Sli. of it close
inshore.

Directions. — Beaver Harbor is easy of access to sailing vessels as
well as steamers. There are three passages into it, but the sonthern
between Thomas Point and Di'er Island is the best, and generally used.
This channel is wide enough for a vessel to beat through ; and the only
caution re<iuired in entering it, is not to round Tlionias I'oint nearer
than 40 J yar<ls in order to avoid the rocks off its NW. part, after pass-
ing which steer for Shell Islet.

If entering the harbor by the DaMlalus Passage, steer in tnid-chaiinel :
passing between (Jormorant Rock and the 3^fathom shoal 300 yards
eastward of it. A sailing vessel could not easily work through it. how-
ever, as the breadth abreast Peel Island contra«!ts to about 300 yards.

Anchorage. — Anchor in 10 to 12 fathoms al)out 400 yards .SK. of
.Shell Islet, with Fort Rupert bearing south, and Thomas Point S.
7(P li. Good anchorage in from (5 to fathoms, and better sheltered
from all winds, may be obtaineil westward of the Cattle Islands; but in
rounding Shell Islet give it a berth of about 400 yards to avoid the reef
south of it.

(323) BRinSH COLUMBIA- Vancouver island -North coast-
Hardy Day— Wharf— A wharf Inis been erected by the Governineiit
of Canada at tlie upi)er end of Hardy bay, Vancouver island, GOO
yards to the northeiistward of the entrance to the small inner harbor
or bight at the extreme bottom lA' the bay.

Approx. position: Lat. 50° 43' 10" N., Long. 127° 29' 20" W.

The wharf, built of piles, consists of an approach 120 feet long
with a tee 100 feet long by 40 feet wide at its outer end. Its deck is
5 feet above high watermark. There is a small warehouse on the
wharl. The depth along the front of the wharf is 27 feet, deepeniue
rapidly outwards (« 40 and GO feet.

The wliarf is easy of approach at all stages of tlie tide and can be
seen m ordinary weather on entering the bay. ( n. m lo. i W4.)

204

FROM GEORGIA STRAIT TO CAPE SCOTT.

Anchorage. — The best berth is with tlie pier head bearing? S. 77° W.,
(listiiiit aOO yartls, in 2f, tathoms water; A inilo from the pier on the
same bearing the deptli is 7 fathoms.

Beaver Harbor, 9 miles westward of Hronglitoii Strait, is 3 miles
wide at entrance and 2 miles deep. The harbor is protected by several
islands lying across and within the entrance. Its shores are low, and
from thii sonthern shore a bnik extends off nearly i mile. A short
distance iidand from its western side are seven remarkable hills, vary-
ing in heigiit from 400 to tiW feet. There is good anchorage in the
southern and western parts of the harbor, but nortiieasterly winds
send in a heavy sea, rendering it impossible to land in ships' boats on
the southern shore for days togetlier.

On the sonthern shore is Fort Rupert, formerly a Hudson Hay Com-
pany's trading post. In the vicinity of the fort is a large native village.
Landing here is bad, owing to the beadi extending out shoal for some
distance, and the bottom is very foul. A strong earthquake shock oc-
curred here on August 25, 1805.

In the vicinity of Beav' Harbor the yellow cypress abounds ; it is
also found on all parts of ibe north coast of Vancopver's Island, and
at intervals on the main land from Knight Iidet westward.

This tree yields lund)er of the finest texture, very hard and durable
(good for boats), it is possessed of a i)ecidiarly pleasant odor, and repels
the attack or presence of the teredo )iaralis ; on this account it is highly
prized by the cabinet-makers, and the shipbuilder.

Thomas Point, the southeastern extreme of the harbor, is low and
rocky ; some rocks lie upwards of 400 yards oft it to the westward. The
channel between it and Deer Island is about 800 yards wide, with fron)
33 to (> fathoms, aiul clear of danger.

Mofifat Rock, 1,000 yards to the westward of Thomas Point, is (>0Q

yards olf shore. Just at the outer edge of the baidc, and uncovers at low

water.

Deer Island, is about lA miles in circumference and wooded ; its
shores . . ,. .. ._i.. o,>,> i..uf:i.- — n.,„..„f,>.„,

part if
Island
liigb,

Tw.
exten(
being
Deer

Roi

Pe<
and tl
narro

Islets, snuiU, and two in number. There is a good channel into the
harbor close- along the east side of Peel Island, which is steep-to, with
the exception of a rock and 3fathom patch close off the NE. end.

con

roi

—.iAtati^ sou

I t In-
tra I

BEAVEK IIAUBOK — DIRECTIONS — ANCIIOKAOE.

205

Cattle Islands, wliicli lie in the iniildle of the harbor, are small and
coiiiieetetl with each other at low water, and at 350 yards north of the
islands, there is a shoal of 3 fathoms.

Shell Islet — At 350 yards south of them is Shell Islet; the observa-
tion spot on its top is in hit. 50^ 42' 3()" X., long. 127^ 25' 07" W, ; a
reef awasli at hij,Mi water lies 200 yards south of it.

Cormorant Rock, lyinj,' ;\ mile olf the western shore of the harbor.
Clivers at liif;h water, and has from 4 to fathoms close-to; midway
between this rock and Cattle Islands is a shoal i)atch of 3] fathoms

Daedalus Passage, leading from the west i)art of Beaver Ilari»or to
the northward, is 400 yards wide in its narrowest part, and has not less
than 17 fathoms in mid-channel. The mid-channel course should care-
fully !».• preserved, especially in the narrrowest part west of I'eel
Island where the deep channel is only about 300 yards wide.

Dillon Point, the N \V. extreme of the harbor, and separating it from
Hardy Hay, is bold and rocky; some small islets lie to the iSE. of it close
inshore.

Directions. — Beaver Harbor is easy of access to sailing vessels as
well as steamers. There are thiee passages into it, but the southern
between Thimas Boinr and Deer Island is the best, and generally used.
This channel is wide enough for a vessel to beat through ; and the <udy
caution recpiired in enttuing it, is not to round Thomas Point nearer
than 40 J yanls in order to avoid the rocks oft' its NVV. part, after pass-
ing wliie,h steer (or Shell Islet.

If enti-ring the harltor by the Da'dalus Passage, steer in mid-channel ;
passing between Cormorant Hock and the 3:J-fathoni shoal 300 yards
eastwaril of it. A sailing vessel could not easily work through it. how-
ever, as the breadth abieast Peel island contra(!ts to about 300 yards.

Anchorage. — Anchor in 10 to 12 fathoms about 400 yards SK. of
.Shell Islet, with Fort Uupert bearing south, and Thomas Point S.
70^ K. Good anchorage in from to fathoms, and better sheltered
from all winds, may be obtinetl westward of the Cattle Islands; but in
roi ig Shell Islet give it a berth of about 400 yards to avoid the reef
south of it.

Hardy Bay, separated trom Beaver Harbor by Dillon Point, indents
the (loast in a southerly direction for 4 miles; its breadth at the en-
trance w 2 miles, narrowing to the head, where it terminates in a nar-
row creek 1^ miles long, and about i mile broad, with a sand-ltank
extending oft" its head for ■{ mile. The shores of the bay are rugged,
and oil' the west side, near the head, ai ' some outlying rocks. There
!•< no anchorage, except in the small creek at the head, which is ditli-
cult of access, and should not l>e used by a stranger.

Masterman Islands, otVthe northeastern point of the bay, are small,
iiiodt'rately high, wooded, and four in number; foul ground exists l)c-
tweeu then and the shore.

^w?^

206

FKOM GKOKGIA STRAIT TO CAPE SCOTT.

The Eastern Shores of Queen Charlotte Sound coiisiflt of an
arc hi pel a {?o 12 miles in length, extending from Uauson Island on the
south to the entrance to Fife Sound on the north. Between the numer-
ous inlands, islets, and rocks which form tiiis archipelago, are many
narrow channels leading to the entrances of extensive chasm like inlets,
in which the water is of great depth, and whose shores rise in almost
sheer precipices.

Baronet Passage. — From Blakeney Passage along the north shore
of Cracroft Island, between it and llarbledown Island, is a narrow chan-
nel G miles long, known as Baronet Passage. At this distance it splits
into several small passages, lying between many small islands, islets,
and rocks, the navigation of which must be undertaken with consider-
able caution.

Kelp Rocks lie Just within the entrance to Baronet Passage, on tbe
northern shon^ and extend over 400 yards ott'shore in some places,
two of them uncovering at low water 8 and 3 feet respectively ; they
leave a channel .300 yards wide along the southern shore, in which is a
depth of 10 fathoms. From here the jjassage is clear as far as Channel
Island, 4 miles from the entrance. The channel on either side of Chan-
nel Island is less than 200 yards wide, that to the northward bping the
deepest. Shoal spots extend both off the east and west ends of the
island.

Steamer Passage, between the islands above mentioned as lying 6
miles from the entrance to Baronet Passage, is 200 yards wide, with
depths of 10 to 15 fathoms in it. Great care must be ob.served when
passing through Steamer Passage, as a dangerous rock, awash at low
water, lies a little over 400 yards north of it.

Clio Channel, the continuation of Baronet Passage and communi-
cating with Knight Inlet, is clear of danger throughout, vith theoxcep-
tion of the Negro Rock (awash at low water), lying in the fairway ^
mile S. 80° VV. of Sambo Head, and to avoid which the SI'], shore of
Turnour Island should be kept aboard at about oOO yards distant.
Thence the passage out into Knight Inlet is clear and .safe.

Iiagoon Cove, a small sheltered nook on the NIC. side of Double
Islands, 2 miles to the SE. of tlie Junction of Clio Channel with
Knight Inlet, affords anchorage for a small vessel in 10 fathoms. When
entering, pass in mid-channel between the north shore of Double Is-
lands and a small round island northward of them, but do so with
caution.

Harbledown Island forms the northern shore of Baronet Passnge.

Parson Bay, on the western side of Haibledown Island, is a spacious
bay lA miles deep in an easterly direction and '•{ mile wide, slncil'ng
graduc''iy from .'JO fathoms just inside the entrance to 12 fathoms at its
head,

Anchorage may be obtained in 14 fathoms, mud, at the head i>r Par-
son Bay, in the SK. corner, well sheltered from all but westerly winds
blowing down Blacktish Sound, in which direction it it, open.

COMPTON ISLAND — FAREWELL HARBOR.

207

Compton Island, '^ mile long east and west, is triangular in shape.
It is se[)arateil from llurUleclowii Island by White Beach Passage. lu
a bay on tiio south sidj? is an old village.

Berry Island, to the NK. of Compton Island, is nearly one mile long
and forms the east side of Farewell Harbor.

Lewis Island is separated from Berry Lslaml by Village Passage; it
forms the north side of Farewell Harbor, and the entrance to Knight
inlet lies along its northern shore.

Blackfish Sound, between the north shore of Hanson Island and
Swanson Island, has an average wi<ltii of 1^ miles, and leads into Par-
son Bay ami Blakeney Passage to the 8E. and to Farewell Harbor and
White Beach Passage to the northward. There is deej) water all over
the sound, and it is entirely free from dangers.

Stvanson Island, forming the northern shore of Blackfish Sound,
has regular bold sliores and only one or two small indentations. Nu-
merous small islets and reefs lie ott' the northern shore of the island for
the distance of nearly one mile.

Freshwater Bay, on the south side of Swanson Island, about SOU
yards to the westward of the southern entrance into Farewell Harbor,
atlbrds anchorage for small vessels in 6 fathoms, but it is exposed to
southerly winds.

Farewell Harbor, formed between Swanson Island, Lewis Island,
Berry Island and Compton Island, is a snug anchorage for a small
vessel, i mile "oross in every direction. Its ap[)roaches, however, both
from the northward antl southward, are only 100 yards wide, that to the
northward from the main entrance to Knight Inlet (between Swansoii
and Lewis Islamls) being obstructed by the Twilight Reefs ami several
islets lying A mile outside it. Entering through North Passage, Charles
Point (the west entrance point), kept touching Maggy Point (the south-
ern point of North Passage on the eastern shore), bearing south, clears
the Twilight Reefs, passing eastwan^ of them.

The southern entrance, named West Passage, between Punt Rock and
Apples Island (lying close to the shore of Swanson Islan<l), and the
Star Islands lying ott the NW. shore of Compton Islands, leads out of
Blacktlsh Sound and must be approached with caution, as shoal ground
extends 400 yards in a SW. direction from the latter islands, having on
its extreme a depth of -t fathoms, leaving a passage to the east of Punt
Rock only 100 yards wide.

Tivilight Rock, awash at high water, lies 1,400 yards N. 10° W. of
Charles Point, and 400 yards N. 00° W. of it, is Chick Reef, L'dO yards in
extent and drying 4 feet. To the westward of the above dangers is a
group of small islets and reefs extending along the whole of the nortli-
ern shore of Swanson Island for a distance of nearly a mile.

Directions. — Th^ southern entrance, which shouhl only be taken by
a small vessel, should bo approached on a N. OP K. bearlnu', passing
50 yards from Bare Rock (10 feet high) at the east side of Freshwater

208

FUOM GKOKGIA 8THAIT TO CAPE SCOTT.

Bay i oil th's beariiij? Stripe Island, a small ishiiid in the harbor, should
be seen midway botween Apples and Star Islands. Wiieii abreast of
Apples Island haul gradually to the eastward and anchor in 18 fathoms
in the middle of the harbor.

If it can be clearly made out, the north extreme of Kamnx Island,
open a little inuth of the N\V. Star Island, beariii}> N. (ilP E., will clear
the shoal ground extending SVV. of the Star Islands.

Village Passage, between Lewis and Berry Islands, is a narrow but
apparently clear channel 250 yards wide, leading out from the NB. part
of Farewell ITarbor, north of the Carey group, to Native anchorage.

White Beach Passage, between Conipton Island and the N W. point
of Harbledown Island, is in its narrowest jiart only 80 yards across, and
must be used with great caution. This passage also leads up through
Indian Pussage, south of the Carey group, to Native anchorage.

Village Island is 2 miles to the eastward of Lewis Island, and is
separated from Tournour Island on the SK. by Canoe Passage. The
space between L.'wis Island and Village Island is occupied by the
Indian Islands. A narrow i)ass, Elliot Passage, leads into Knight In-
let, between the easternmost of these islands and Village Island.

Carey G-roup are a chain of several small islands lying to the south-
ward of the Indian Islands, and stretch across from Berry Island to
Tumour Island.

Tumour Island is 9 miles long east and west, and at its center 3 miles
wide, narrowing towards its extremities. It is sejiarated from Harble-
down Island on the south by Beware Passage, Clio Channel running
along its southeastern side, and Kuiglit Inlet along its northern side.

Native Anchorage. — At tiie SW end of Village Island is Mama-
lilaculla village, and at the mouth of a small bay to the southeast-
ward of it, at the entrance to Canoe Passage, is Native Anchorage,
with from 7 to S fathoms water. Hail Islands, two small islets, lie to
the southward of it, and Chart and Cecil Islets to the westward.

Beware Passage, lying between the northeastern shore of Ilaible-
down Island and the southwestern shore of Tumour Island, leads from
Native Anchorage eastward into Clio Channel. Though the greater part
of it is clear, vessels can uot pass through it into Clio Channel, owing to
a barrier of islets and rocks which stretch right across it, at one mile
from itsjuiicti(m with that channel. An Indian village (Karlukwees)
is situated on Tumour Island at the eastern entrance to Beware Passage.

Canoe Passage is a narrow' pass leading from Native Anchorage
along the southeastern shore of Village Island, between it and Turnour
Island. At 2 miles up it is completely closed at low water by a stony
barrier which dries right across, and it is only available for canoes at
high water.

Knight Inlet — The Main Entrance to this inlet, which is one of
the most extensive of the sea canals of British Columbia, lies north-
ward of Swanson, Lewis, and Village Islands, between them and Mid-
summer Island and several smaller islands and rocks.

KNIGHT INLET — WHITK CLIFF ISLANDS.

209

The oiitraiice lies 3* miles east of Doiieyal Head, and may be easily
rocojiiiized by Wiiite Clitf Islands, a cliaiii of small islets of a whitish
coW on the northern side of the passage into tiie inlet. The entrance
between Wedge Island on the north and the northwestern shore of
Swanson Island on the sonth is 700 yards wide and clear of danger,
bnt farther east Twilight Keefs and C3Iock Hock are dangerous ; the
former is 1:^ ">iles and the latter 5 miles from Wedge Island. These
^dancers should ix. •>•■'■'— ' •^- " •• lying

;oarse

of the

;rance

Slope

sterly

'd for

of 1^

high

ter is

?aunt

:, and

homs

Port

gthe

Jlope

icing

'Inch

lotte

trait
ham

te of

irof
ecu
ison

ets,
rec-
iter

?he

uel

rth

208

FROM OKOKOIA HTUAIT TO CAI'E SCOTT.

Bay ; on this bcariii); Stripe [.sliiiid, si small isliiiid in tho liarWor, kIiouUI
be .seen midway between Apples and ytar Islands. Wiu-n abreast of
Apples lslai:d haul fjradually to the eastward and anclior in 18 I'atlioms
in the middle of the harbor.

ir it can be clearly made out, the north extreme of Kamnx Island,
open a little north of the NW. Star Island, beariii}; N. (i!P IC, will clear
the shoal gronnd extendinjj SW. of the Star IslandfS.

Village Passage, between Lewis and Berry Islands, is a narrow but

(840) BRITISH COLUNBIA— Queen Charlotte sound ~ Knight
and Klngcome Inlets approaches -Uncharted rocks Hydrographlc
notes. — Captain F. T. Saunders, master of the Ht(!anier Cixiiiitlain,
reports the existence of the followinfit uneliart^Ml rooks and snsiiicious
patclies of kelp in the vicinity of the approaches to Knight inlet and
Kinjjcomc inlet from (^ueen Charlotte sound. The i>ositions have not
been accurately fixed and a-e to be considered as approxinnite only:

Kelp, between the 14 ai d 20-fathom soundings soutlieast of Merry
island, (iOO yards S. !»° K. true (SE. by S. mag.) from the east tangent
of that island. A boat is reported to have struck a lock here.
Latitude 50° :J5' 55" N., Longitude 126° 3!)' 10" W.

Kelp, where 14 fathoms are marked on the chart, bearing from
Cecil islet S. 80° W. true (SW. | W. nuig.), 700 yards, also off the
nintheast end of Cecil islet.

K(dp, where l.'J fathoms are marked on the chait, between tlie two
southernmost islets off Mamalilaculla, A mile S. 1.'}° W. true (S. byE.
E'ly mag.) from the (;enter of the more: easleily Indian island.

Kelp, on the west side of Elliott passage olf the southesust extremity
of the moie esusterly Indian island, northeast of the 24-fathom
sounding.

The rock shown 1,200 yards S. 83° E. true (ENE. | E mag.) from
the easternmost Kidge islet and that shown off Bare hill cover at high
wat«r.

Kelp, wlicre 19 fathoms are shown, between the islets off Baie hill.

Kock off Sail island. Retreat passage, uncovei's at low water. Dis-
tant 400 yards S. 15° W. true (S. | E. niag. ) from the rock shown ofl"
the northwest end of Sail island.

Kelp patch off Saddle hill, imnu^diately south of the rocks west of
the 27-fathom sounding.

Kelp close northward of the 20-fathom sounding shown off False
cove, northwai'd of Saddle hill.

Kock on which the steamer ('(xjuHlam struck off Islet point, Itetreat
passage, in the entrance to Cramer passage, clo.se southeastward of the
40 fathom .sounding shown on the chart.

Latitude 50° 44' 02" N., Longitude 126° 34' 20" W.

Rock, uncovering at low wat«r, in Penphra.se psussiige, 300 yards off
Sii' Edmund head bearing from Vigis point South true (SSE. |- E.
mag. ).

Shoal ground extending 200 yards olf the bluff nearly midway
between Steep point and Vigis point, Wishart peninsula.

Rock marked with kelp with less than 6 feet over it in the middle
of Moore bay, Kingcome inlet, where 55 fathoms are marked on the
chart.

Keef reported by ('aptain IVIonk of the steamer Coiitli in tlie middle
of Sharp pa8.sage from which the north tjingent of Moore point bears
N. 73° E. true (NE. \ E. nuig.) and the east tangent of Stack house
island N. 15° E. trne (N. | W. nmg.).

Bock avash at high wat«r off Cardale point, Sutlej channel.

(N. M. 32, 1906.)

KNIGHT IXLKT — WIIITK CLIFF ISLANDS.

209

Tlio t'liti'fiiice lies 3A miles east of Donegal Head, anil may l>e easily
recnijnized by Wiiite Clitl' IslandH, a chain of small islets of a whitish
color on the iiortiiern side of the passage into the inlet. The entrance
between Wedge Island on the north and the northwestern shore of
Swaiison Island on the south is 700 yards wide and clear of danger,
but farther east Twilight lleefs and Clock HocU are dangerous ; the
former is 1\ nnles and the latter o nnles from Wedge Island. These
dangers should be passed to the northward, and ilnmble Island, lying
lu'tween them, to the southward, after which a midc^hannel course
should be incserved until east of I/.idy Islands, when the shores of the
inlet may be approached to within a moderate distance. The entrance
proper to Knight Inlet is between Warr IJlutf on tlie south and Slope
I'pint on the north. From hence the iidet trends in a general easterly
direction for ;W miles, and then turns suddenly to the northward for
L'fii miles to its termination, with an average width throughout of H
inih's. The shores of the inlet are generally Itold and formed by high
mountains rising precipitously from the water's edge. The water is
everywhere deep, except at a sjmt about 7 miles eastward of Hergeauut
Passage, where a rocky ridge was found to extend across the inlet, and
on which there are heavy overfalls, but no less depth than 23 fathoujs
was obtained. There are but few places that aiford .anchorage ; Port
Elizabeth on the nortli shore and (Ueudale Cove on the south being the
only two that may be (tonsidered available. At Hi nnles east of Slope
Point, Tribune Channel branches ott' to the northward and embiacing
Gilford Island, connects with Fife Sound and Sutlej Channel, wliich
diverging on either side of Broughton Lsland lead into (^ueen Charlotte
Sound.

On the southern side. Knight Inlet is connected with Johnstone Strait
by two pass'^iges, viz, Clio Channel and Baronet Passage and Chatham
and Havaunah Channels.

Tides. — The tides at the entrance to Knight Inlet run at the rate of
from one to 3 knots.

Wedge Island, a small, round island 400 yards in extent, is clear of
<liniger and may l)e boldly steered for, i)assing in nudchannel between
Wedge Island and the small islets lying close to the shore of Swanson
islaiui.

White Cliff Islands. — From AVedj-e Island a line of small islets,
naiiieil White Clilf Islands, extends fo.over a mile inaN. 13^ W. direc-
tion with patches of shoal water between. A rock awash at high water
lies nearly L'OO yards northwestward of the northern islet.

White Clitf Islands are the key to the entrance to Knight Iidet. The
islands, by their color, form a very conspicuous object, and would be
most useful for strangers to identify the entrance to the main channel
ol the inlet.

Surge Rocks are a small group of rocky islets lying 600 yards north
of Wedge Island.

14205— No. 1)0 14

210

FHOM GEORGIA STRAIT TO OAPK SCOTT.

Midsummer Island, Hi>i*iii''it<»K Kiii{;lit Inlet tVnin SpriDfif PiiMsaee,
is 3 iiiilt'H loii^', aixl one mile wide.

Owl Island, une iiiilo in leii^rtli, and about A mile broad, lies otV the
west end of MidHutnnier iHlund, with a narrow paH.sajje (Providence Pas-
sage) between them.

Passage Islet in a Kmall, nnind islet, about midway between the
Surge Koeks and the Hhore of Owl Island. From the nortliern islet of
the White Clitf Islandsanother channel leads into Knight Inlet on either
side of Passage Islet.

Twilight Reefs, which uncover only 4 feet at low-water springs, lie
about li miles east of the main entrance to Knight Inlet, at from 200
to 250 yards northward of a group of small islets on the south side of
channel. To clear tlieui keep Coast Cone (a conical hill on the NVV.
shore of Village Island) in line with the southern shore of Jumble Islaud,
bearing east.

Jumble Island lies 2 miles east of Weilge Island. On its .-st side
is Night Islet, and oil" its east point lie the three small 1! Islets.

When within 400 yards of Night Islet haul to the eastward lu pass at
that distance southward of it, Jumble Island, and the Bush Islets.

Indian Islands lie on the aoiUh side of Knight Inlet, between Lewis
and Village Islands. Between them are several small channels leading
to Native Anchorage, but only the ea8ternnu)st, Elliot Passage, is navi-
gable, aud that only by suuiU vessels.

Clock Rock, which covers at half flood, lies 500 yards north of the
easternmost of the Indian Islands, and is especially dangerous to ves-
sels going through Elliot Passage. To clear it keep the coast of Village
Island aboard at 400 yards distance.

Leading Mark. —Passing up or down Knight Inlet, the Clock Uock
may be safely passed by keeping Leading Point (on the north shore) in
line with Hippie Bluff (the north extreme of Village Island) bearing
N, 880 ]•:.

Ridge Islands lie on the northern side of Knight Inlet, between the
east end of Midsummer Island and the SW. shore of Gilford Islaiul, at
the entrance of Spring Passage.

A Rock, which dries 8 feet at low water, lies 600 yards from the
shore of Gilford Island ; it is, however, out of the fairway of vessels
passing up and down Knight Inlet, but is dangerous for those |)assing
through Spring I'assage.

Chop Bay is a small bight on the north side of Knight Inlet opposite
Ripple Bluff.

Tide Rip. — Heavy tide rips occur off' Kipple Bluff', and between it
aud Leading Point, on the opposite shore, the tidal stream runs at a
rate of from 2 to 3 kiu)t8 an hour.

Lady Islands consist of two islands with deep water on both sides
of them, and are 3 miles eastward of Leading Point ; the largest is one
mile long, but narrow, with several small islets lying off' its west ex-
treme.

PORT KLJZAHETH — HOKYA SOITND.

211

Port Elizabeth. — Northwestward of tlio Lady InlaiidH a larKc l)if;lit
braiHilit'H otl' to tlin NW., (Mirviiifj round to tli« 8VV,, and oi)oniiij,' out
at its lioad, t'oi-niin(;a.slioltore<l auc.lioragu nuinud i'ort Hli/,abetli, about
one niilo in extent; hut wiiicli is, iiowevor, somewhat contracted by two
Hmnll ishuids lyin*; in tlie middle.

Dueit (Jove, to tlie HW. of tiiese Hinail inlands, forms the termination
of the port, a Mat dries off its head nearly A mile.

Anchorage may be tal<en uj) as convenient in tiie soutiiern [tart of
tlie port in trom !> to 4 faliioms, tiie ialter deptlis beinfjf found south of
the eastern island, midway between it and the shore.

Minstrel Island lies to the eastward of Turnour Island, at the junc-
tion of ('lio and Chatliai>i Channels with Kni^^iit Inlet. Hetw -en the
south side of Minstrel Island and the opposite shore of Cracroft Island
a deep bijjht is formed, in the center of wiii(di is Double Island, two
small islets connected at low water with each other, and also witii the
shore to the eastwanl, forminjj to the northward Lagoon <'ove.

Chatham Channel has its entrance between White Knob Point
(Minstrel Island) and Littleton I'oint, where it is over f, mile wide.
Thence .e channel takes a southeasterly direction, and gradually con-
tracting in width and shoaling, it, at 4 miles from the entrance, joins
the head of Havannah CMniunel.

Cutter Cre sk, a narrow bight on the east shore of Chatham Channel,
L-^ miles deep, terminating in marshy laud bordered by a sandtlat,
would att'ord anchorage to a small vessel in G fathoms, but caution must
be observed when entering, as a small islet (Block Islet) lies in mid-
channel at entrance, leaving a passage less than 200 yards wide on each
side of it, that to the south being the best.

Shewell Island, on the north side of Knight lidet, lies at the south-
ern entrance to Tribune Channel, which it divides into Clapp and Nickoll
Passages, both being clear of danger.

Tribune Channel, see page 218.

Viscount Island, forming the eastern side of the southern entrance
to Tribune Channel, is3 miles long north and south, and one niilewide.

Sergeaunt Passage: (Pumish) is a narrow pass on the east side of
Viscount Island, 2'"^ miles long, and communicates with Tribune Channel.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Sergeaunt Passage at
Ih. Om.; springs rise 15A feet, neai)s 12 feet.

Anchorage. — Fair anchorage may be obtained on either side of the
passage. It is contracted to 220 yards, where the depth is 11 fathoms
at low water. The least water in the kelp patch is 3i fathoms.

Tsakonu Cove, on the south side of the inlet round Proti ction
Point, is probably too deep for anchorage.

Hoeya Sound, on the north shore of the inlet, 7 miles from Protec-
tion Point, is a bight .J mile wide, indenting the coast in an easterly di-
rection. There are depths of over 40 fathoms over the greater part of
the sound, but it shoals suddenly to .1 fathoms at 300 yards from its
head.

212

FROM GKORGIA STUAIT TO CAPE SCOTT.

Prominent Point, on the south sliore of Kniglit Inlet, opposite the
entrance to lioeya Sound, has a rocky ridge of less water tlian in the
center of the inlet, extending northward from it, on which (here are
heavy overfalls; the least deptii obtained during the survey was 23
fathoms.

Qlendale Cove (Kiokh), on the south shore of the inlet, immediately
eastward of Macdonald Point, is :^ mile wide at its i'ltrance. It dries
about half its length, and the water in the rernaininf; part is deep.

A river flows into the head of Glendale (Jove from a sheet of wat«'r one
mile distant, named Tom lirowneLake, about 5 miles long, which ex-
tends nearly to the head '>f Tojtaze Harbor.

Anchorage may, with care, be taken up in the southeastern corner
in '2'A fatho.'is, with the right extreme of ()bservatioI^ Point in line witii
liai)id Mil ;, and a large bowlder on the west side inline with thejunction
of Flora and Macdonald Kidgt'S, but the bank is very steep-to.

Q-lacier. — On the east shore, at 14 miles from the head, over a gully,
under Glacier Peak, there is a remarkable glacier a short distance from
the sea. Anchorage was tried for, l)ut no bottom was obtained at L'OO
yards from the shore witli 40 fathoms of line.

From Axe Point the inlet trends nearly straight for a further dis-
tance of 8 miles. At its head it somewhat widens, but maintains its
great depth close up to ihe mud Hat, wliich exteud.s about .^ mile from
the shore of the marshy ground at tiie foot of the valley in which Knight
Inlet terminates. In the valley near a stream is Tsauwati village, fre-
quented during the summer months by large numbers of Indians for
the i)urpose of uuikiug (isii <»il. Mount Blair, immediately over the
head of the iidet, attains an altitude of 0, .")"»() feet.

Wahshihlas Bay, at 4i miles from the head of Knight Inlet on
the westcuii shore, affords the only i)lace where an anchor could be
dropped — securing to the trees by a hawser, in a depth of 30 fathoms
close to the south shore, on west side of the bay.

Fire Islands, at the entrance of the inlet, consisting of one large and
four small islets, lie close to the west end of Owl Island.

Escape, Canoe, and House Islands. — From the west end of Mid-
summer Island .several , :nail islands extend in a northwesterly direction
for l\ miles, with rocks between some of them. The largest, Escape
Island, lies close off the shore of Midsummer Lslaiid. Mouse Islaiul, the
iS'W. of the grouj), is merely a round rock, but reefs extend over 4U0
yards east and west from it.

Sedge, Start, and High Islands are the .southern and largest of
numerous small islands, and rocks 1_\ lug otl the S\V. end of IJonwick
Island. Several patches of rock lie off and between them, but a clear
l)assage, .\ mile wide, exists between Sedge Lslauds and House Island,
leading into Retreat Passage.

Green Rock, -.5 feet high, lies l,',, miles east of House Island,
another small rock lying 300 yards westward of it.

SPRING PASSAGE — CRAMKR PASSAGE.

213

Spring Passage, leailiiifj from Retreat Passage into Kiiiglit Inlet,
is about .\ mile wide, but at tiie eastern euil the cLannel is contracted
by Broken Islands to a width of GOO yards, the passage bein^ to the
north of these islands, llidge Islands lie across the eastern entrance
of the i)assage.

Retreat Passage, an entrance to which lies between House and
Bedge Islands, extends in a northeasterly direction, between Bonwick
and (Jrilford Islaiuls. Along the shore of Bonwick Island, which is
bold-to, it is a clear navigable passage; but the eastern shore is skirted
by several small islands, islets, and rocks, between which a vessel
should not pass.

Seabreeze Island is the largest and most southern of the islands on
the eastern shore of Itetreat Passage. Whal<> llock, :i feet high, lies
800 yards NE. of Seabreeze Island, nearly midway between it and Yel-
low Rock at the entrance to Health Bay.

Health Bay, a bight one mile deep in a SR. direction, may be safely
entered by passing in mid-channel between the south end of Sail Island
(which lies otV the entrance) and Yellow Rock, oOO yards south of it, or
midway between the latter and the shore, when convenient anchorage
in K to 10 fathoms may be obtained. A narrow passage in the NE.
corner of the bay cominuint^ates with a lagoon.

Q-rebe Cove, a narrow bight on the west shore, extends one mile in
a westerly direction, shoaling gradually from bS fathoms ott' its entrance
to (5 fathoms at its head.

Cam;i Bay, opjwsitc Grebe Cove, is too small, and has too great a
de]»th of waiei in It, for anchoring in.

Fox Islands. — The north end of Retre it Passage opens o\it into a
space al)oiit li iiuIm across. In the middle of this space, extending
right across fronj the north end of Bonwick Ishind to the south shore of
Baker Islands, are the Fox Islands. There is a clear channel east of
the Fox Islands u|> to :he entran(!e of drainer Passage, jtassing mid-
way between the eastern islet of the chain and Solitary Island.

Cramer Passage, between the southeastern shore of Baker Island and
north wes'ern slioie.if (Jilfonl Island, is a clear navigable channel, 400
yards wide at its southern entrance, between Steei) Island and Islet
Point: from thence it extends 2 miles N. iii)° E., and then turns sud-
denly to the N. lli^ E. for one mile to its junction with Fife Sound. A
sunken rock lies l!50 yards west of Powell Point, the NE.eiitrainie point
of the passage.

At the northern entrance, at the distance of.'JOO yards from the west-
ern shore is a sand i)atch, about 400 yards in extent, with from to 10
fathoms water on it. By preserving a mid-channel (sourse the passage
may be boldly t;>ken.

Shoal Harbor, on the east shore of Crimer passage, is a narrow in-
let l^ utiles long (east and west), to whic.i access is gained byachannel
150 yards across from shore to shore, in hotno parts less than 40 yard-s

214

FROM GEORGIA STRAIT TO CAPK SCOTT.

wide between the 3-fii thorn lines, and in which tb'^re is a depth of only
3:1 fiitliOins. This channel is TOO yards lonji' in a southerly direction,
Mink I'oiiit beinj; its southern termination on the eastern side. The
western half of the harbor has only from one to 2 fathoms water over it,
but over the ^I'^'ater j)art of the eastern i)ortion there is a depth of
4 fathoms. A bank which dries, and through which flows a small
stream, extends more than \ mile from the head of the eastern arm.
Shoal Flarbor is only safely available for small coasting vessels with
local knowledge, but in the event of its being necessary to enter, a
small vessel may, with care, do so by keeping at 50 to 60 yards from
the eastern shore of the passage in, and aneliorage may be taken up in
4 fathoms abreast Mouse Island (on the northern shore) about .500 yards
eastward of .Mink Point.

Tides.— It is high water, full and change, in Shoal Harbor at 1 hr. ;
s]»rings rise l."> feet, neaps 10 feet.

Bonwick Island forms the western shore of lletreat Passage and
the eastern shore of Arro\, Pas.sage. Off its southwestern end, north of
Sedge, Start, and High Islands it is skirted by numerous small islets
and rocks, between which, near the shore of lionwick Island shelter
may be found.

Dusky Cove aflbnls anchorage in (5 to 8 fatiioms, about liOO yards
oastvard of (Jove Island, the largest of the islets. It is entered by a
pa-s.sage 200 yards wide between the ledges of rock (which extend in
patches ^ mile west from Cove Island) and a chain of islets to tiie south-
ward. Care must be ob.served when entering to avoid the reefs, which
may be cleared by keeping the north i)oint of tlie small Leading Island
at the iieail of the cove in line with the north extreme of South Island,
be:iring S. S^"^ E.

The westernmost of the reefs aljove mentioned ( Evening Koeks) covers
at feet rise, ami Ijedge h'ock. the outer of the islets on the sonth side
of the channel, is only ;{ feet above high water. Traj) and South Islands
lie to the eastward of Ledge liock, the former being li.j feet high.

Fog Islands are a small group lying olf the shore of IJonwick Island
on the south sidtMif the entrance to Arrow Passage. lOvening llocks
and the ledges extending west from Cove Island, lie A mile southward
of them.

Horse Rock, awash at low water, is a dangerous rock lying otV the
north side of the entrance to Arrow Passage, 1,000 yards N., T.'P W. of
the westernmost Fog Island.

Arro'W Passage, Ix'tween lionwick Island to the SK. and Hud-
son and Mars Islands on the N\V., is a clear iui\ igable channel, in
every pu >f which is deep water. Having i)a.s8ed the Hor.se Itock,
the passage may b»^ boldly i)assed through in mid-channel, and a
vessel may, if necessary, pa.ss westward of the Fox Islands, and round-
ing tlie northern islet of that group at 300 yards, pass between it and
Steep Island and enter Cramer Passage.

SUNDAY HARBOR TRACEY ISLAND.

'215

The Coach Islands are a group of several .small i.slaiul.s lyinfr on
the north side of the entrance to Arrow Pa.s.sage ; they extend over a
distance of 'f mile from the SW. end of Hudson Island.

Hudson Island, on the north side of Arrow Passage, is one mile
long.

Mars Island, -i miles long, and f mile wide, lies close to and north-
eastward of Hudson Island. Spiller Passage, between it and Hudson
Island, leads out to the N\V. ainong.st the islets on the SW. side of
Etleii Isliuid, and into Trainer and Philii)s i)assage.s.

Scrub, Kate, and Triangle Islands, with some other small islets,
exten<l 1.^ miles from the west end of lludsoii Island; Scrub Island
being the smaller and westernmost of the group.

Sunday Harbor. — lietween the above-mentioned islands and Crib
Island, to the NVV., a small but sheltered anchorage is formed,
affording refuge for small vessels. The western entrance is between
Scrub Island and Huston Island (a small islet lying 400 yards north of
it) and is ch'ar of danger. Half a mile in, the channel tronrracts to le.sa
than lilto yards in width between Narrows Island and Island Point,
between which is a ridge with only -i.V fathoins «u it, deepening again
to 7 tatiiiims. There is a passage out to the eastward leading into
Si>ilU'r I'assiige.

Anchorage slionld be taken up in mid-channel as convenient, '.)Ut
at not more than OtX) yards from the Narrows, in ."> fathom.s, with lUish
Point bearing N. L'lP E., and north point of Kate Islaml shut ii with
Island Point.

Crib Island, forming the N\V. shore of Sunday Ilarl)or, is 1| miles
long, and .\ mile wide at its broadest i)art.

Eden Island, forming tlie southeastern shore of the entrance to Fife
Sound, is aoout4 miles long and l.J miles broad, ami has some smaller
islands and rocks off its western end. Its southwestern shore is a little
more than h mile northward of Crib Island, and the i»assage between
them is divided by a grou]) of islets lying in the center into two pas-
sages, that to the northward named Trainer, and that to the southward
Philips Passage.

Marsden Islands are a group of five islet)-', lying to the eastward of
the two passages; southward of them, towards Si)iller Passage, are
several other islets and rocks; but to the N\V. ami in)rth of thera
(along the shore of Eden Island) there is a clear channel to the XE.
leading into Joe (Jove (Eden Island) and Misty Passage, and thence
northward through IJlunden and Old Passages, on either side of Insect
Island, into Fife Sound, south of the Benjamin group. The.se passages
are, however, very narrow ami shoal in jtlaces, and are not navigable
excei)t by small (toasters.

Tracey Island, lA miles long and'/ mile wide in its broadest i>art, lies
between the east ends of Eden and Mara Islands. Detween it and Eden
Island is Misty I'assage.

216

FROM GEORGIA STRAIT TO CAPE SCOTT.

Monday Anchorage. — Between Tracey Island aiul Mars Island is
Monday Anchorage, a sheltered position attbrding secnre anchorage
midway between the shores of the above islands in about 8 fathoms.

Baker Island, forming part of the southern shore of Fife Sound, is
eastward of Eden Island, the triangular-shaped island named Insect
lying between them. It is i\ miles long east and west and l:j; miles
broad.

Fife Sound leads from (Jueen Charlotte Sound to Sutlej and Tribune
Channels and Kingcoine Inlet, and extends in a general KNE. and east
direction for S miles, when the Burdwood group divides it into two
channels (Raleigh and Hornet Passages) leading into Tribune Chan-
nel ; it is a clear navigable channel, with deep water throughout.
Fife Sound, between Pearse I'eninsnlaaud the Burdwood group, turns
suddenly to the westward and joins l'(!n{)Iirase Passage, which con-
nects it with Sutlej Channel and Ivingcome Inlet.

The entrance Iroui Queen Charlotte Sound, between Duff Island and
the entrance to CuUen Harbor, nniy be boldly steered for, passing at
about i mile SE. of Gore Kock (4 feet high), which lies about one
mile westward of the entrance.

Foster Island, the summit of which forms a remarkable cone about
270 feet iiigh, lies about ;"» miles S. .17^ W. of the entrancie of Fife Souuil.
Ott" its south side are the Twin Islets, and off the north side is a patch
of kelp, which may possibly overlie a rocky danger. The channel be-
tween Foster and Malcolm Islands is called George Passage, and is
apparently free from danger.

Penfold Island, covered with trees, and small, lies U miles south-
eastward of Foster Island. The channel between Foster and Penfold
has not been examined.

Holford Islands, lying 2 miles N. .'35^ E. of Poster Islaiul, consist
of two small islands, covered with trees. From the west"rn island, a
reef which nnciovers 3 feet at low water, extends .}^ mile to the mnth-
ward and westward, and the islands in this direction should be
given a berth of one mile. The passage between Foster Island and
Holford Islands, known as the Salmon Channel, is clear of danger ; a
mid-channel course should, however, be kept.

CuUen Harbor is on the south side of Broiighton Island, at the en-
trance to Fife Sound. Its entrain;e between Nelly Islandand the shore
westward of Gordon Point is less than 200 yards wide, and, when en-
tering, care shoidd be taken to keep exactly in mid channel. Inside,
the harbor oiiens out to fiOO yards in width, with depths of from 4 to 8
fathoms.

At the head of the harbor, on the west side, a narrow boat passage,
through which the tide runs with great strength, leads into Booker La-
goon, an extensive sheet of water about 1^ miles in extent, with depths
varying from 12 to more than 45 fathoms. This lagoon has an outlet
ihto (Jneen Charlotte Sound to the westward of Long Island, which forms
the western side of CuUeu Harbor.

DEEP HARBOR — RALEIGH PASSAGE.

217

Anchorage may be luul, well sheltered, in 5 fathoms, sandy bottom
at 300 yards S. 12= W. of Davidson Island at the liead of the harbor.

Tides. — It is high water, fnll and change, in Cnllen Harbor at 121i.;
springs rise IG feet, neaps, 7 feet.

Deep Harbor, on the north side of Fife Sonnd, 7 miles within the
entrance, is formed by a narrow inlet which indents the coast in an
easterly direction, forming on its south side Pearse Peninsula. At it*
entrance is Jumper Island, 400 yards eastward of wiiich, and lust north
of two small islets, is a reef, leaving a clear passage in along the north
shore tOO yards wide. The depths in the harbor vary from 11 to 37
fathoms; but anchorage may be found off a small biglit on the south
shore, in 18 fathoms, at UOO yards south westward of the narrow entrance
to the bight which forms the head of the harbor.

Benjamin G-roup, consisting of three islands and several smaller
islets and rocks, lie oi posite Deej) Harbor. Indian Passage, the narrow
channel lying between them and the south shore, has a shoal patch of
li fathoms in it, and though otherwise apparently clear of danger,
should not be attempted.

Ragged Island, lying I.l miles eastward of (lull Rock (at eastern
extreme of the Benjannn Group), has a rocky patch extending 300 yards
from its NW. side.

Pym Rock, which uncovers 2 feet at low water, and is steep to, is a
dangenms patch lying in the way of vessels entering Cramer Passage.

Viner Sound, on the southeastern shore of Fife 8ouiid, about 3Miile8
NE, ot Kagged Island, gradually iiaiiows from one mile at the entrance
to 400 yards in width at the head, Irorn which a bank, drying at h)w
water, exends i mile. Anchorage may be had in 10 fathoms at about
^ mile from its head, abreast an old Indian village.

Burdwood Group. con.sisting of six huge and several small islands,
lies off the entrance to Viner Sound. The largest, which is the north-
western one, is TOO feet high. Vessels should not pass between them.

Simoom Sound, the entrance to which is 1^ miles from the Burd-
wood Groui), between Dee]) Sea Bluff on the east, and Pollard Point on
the west, extends 1.^ miles NNF, and then turns suddenly to west,
which direction it inaiiitains for nearly 2 miles as far as Curtis Point,
where the width decreases from i mile to 400 yards, and the inlet bends
to the SW., and is separated by a narrow neck of land from Shawl Bay,
an indentation on the east side of Sutlej Channel, and forming Wishart
Peninsula. Tiie width of Simoom Sound at the entrance is i\ mile, and
on the eastern side, one mile from Deep Sea Ulutf, is the small islet of
Louisa. The water is deep, but where the souml turns to the westward
it shoals to 40 and gradually to 20 fathoms, atid to the southwestward
of ('nrtis Point in O'Brien Bay, decreases to II fathoms.

Raleigh Passage, to the northward of the Burdwoctd Group, con-
nects Tribune Channel with Fife Sound and Sutlej Channel; there is
also a passage to the southward of the group called Hornet Pr sage.

218

FROM GEORGIA STRAIT TO CAPE SCOTT.

There is deej* water in both these passages, but the former is the wider
and tlic more direct.

Directions for Fife Soiind. — Entering from Queen Charlotte Sound,
steer to give Foster Lshind and tlie Ilolford Islands a berth of at least
one mile, iindi)ass A mile SE. of Gore Kock, which at high-water sjmng
tides is only 4 feet above water, whence steer boldly for the entrance,
keeping as nearly as i)ossible in midciiannel. From abreast the Benja-
min (Iroup the nortiiern shore should be kei)t at about A mile distant,
gradually iiauling to the northward, and passing between Nickless Is-
land and Village Point, the west extreme of the southern Burdwood
Island. If bound through HutleJ Channel, haul to the northwestward;
if through Tribune (Jhaimel, steer to round the NW. island of the
Burdwood (Jroup at A mile distant, and then to the eastward.

Tribune Channel, tlirougliout its greater jjart, maintains an average
width of one mile, but near Kwatsi Bay, where the channel turns to
tl T SK., and again at 2 miles within the southern entrance, it nar-
rows to A mile in width. The water is deep tlirougliout, the only danger
being Ilumphicy IJock, on which is a dei)th of H fathoms, lying in mid-
channel just south of the southern narrows. Tribune Channel has the
same, cluuacteristics as most of the other deep inlets on this coast.

Kwatsi Bay, on the north shorts of Tribune Chainiel, abniit 8 miles
eastward nf the Burdwood (iroup, indents the coasts lor about "J miles.
The water in the southern part is very deep, but slioals at A a mile
from the head of the bay to liS fathoms, and grailually to l.'i fathoms.

Wahkana Bay, <)]>i>osite to Kwatsi Bay, indents the shore of Gilford
Island in a southwesterly direction for nea-l- '-> miles; the depth at
nbout one mile within the entrance being i'l'lii.thoms, and near the head
IS fathoms.

Bond Sound, which indents the north shore of Tribune Channel,
<ixteu(ls ;j miles in a northerly direction, and has an averaged width of
nearly one mile; Bond Sound, owing to the greai depth of water,
atfords no aiuihorage.

Thompson Sound has its entrance on tiie east shore opposite Traf-
fonl I'oint. At the head of the sound is iSackville Island, and the Kale-
weiken Kivertlows into the sound northward of it. Between Satikville
Island and the mud Hat olf the river, the depths shoal, but rather
steeply ; anchorage, however, might with ease be; picked up in the
northeastern coiiier, in V2 fathoms.

Humphrey Rock, with 3 fathoms water on it, lies nearly in the
center of the southern part <jf Tribune ('hannel, abreast Bainber Point,
the west salient point of Viscount Island, and 2 miles to the northward
of the NK. ))oint of Shewell Island.

Q-ilford Island, the largest of the islands forming the archii)elago
on tlie eastern shore of Queen Charlotte Sound, is ISA miles long in
a MiO. and SW. direction, and 11 miles wide at its NK. end, grad-
ually decreasing to 2 miles near its SW. extreme (Bare Hill). The

liROUGMTON ISLAND — WELL:^ PASS.

210

west (side of tlie isliuul is inucli indented, and some of tlie bights thus
formed allbrd anchorage, artioiifjst whicli are Hcaltli Bay and Hlioal
Harbor, (lilford Island is considerably elevated, the highest parts
being near the NE. end, where Mount Uead xises to aheight of 4,8'20
feet. The SVV. i)art of tiie itJand, however, is Hot so lofty, tlie hills
over Bare Hill I'oint not being more than i)!*.") feet high, but round its
eastern, southern, and northern sdiores mountains rise almost precipi-
tously from tlie water's edge.

Broughton Island, which forms the NW. shore of Fife Sound,
and the southern and western shore of Sutlej Channel, is la miles long
in an east ami west dire<!tion, and (> miles wide at its western end,
gradually tapering to one mile wide at its eastern extreiiu?. The island
is much indented, the largest inlet, (ireenway Souiul, nearly separat-
ing the island into two part.s; and a canoe jiassage also leads from
Greenwuy Sound to (carter Bay, at the west point of the Island, thus
deta(;hing the north-rti part of Broughton Island. The hills on
Broughton Inland are not so lofty as those of the mainland contiguous
to it.

From the ei.traiure to Cullen harbor, the south shore of Broughton
Island trends to the westward for about 8 miles to the entrance to
Wells pass; it is steep to and clear of danger at A milt disiant. Dob-
bin Bay and (Ockatricu^ Bay allbrd no anchorage.

Folkinghonie Islands, a group consisting of one hr.ge and several
smaller islets and rocks, lie oil' the (;oast at the entrance to Wells pass ;
the largest island, 100 feet high, is distant from Broughton Island l.i
miles. Foul ground extends for some distance from the east side of
this group, and it shoidd not be approached within a distance of A
mile.

Vincent Island lies i mile north of the west extreme of the largest
of the Polkinghorne Islands, some snmllor islands King between
them.

Percy Island lies ] mile NW. of Vincent Island, and lias several
islets and rock.s skirting its NW. shore and boniering on Wells Pass.

Dickson Island, at the western extreme of Broughton Island, is A
mile NM of Percy Island and forms the south shore of Carter P>ay ;
its southern shore is skirted by islets and rocks, some of whictii ex-
tend across to Percy Island.

Caution. — N'essels passing between the Polkinghorne Islands, V^in-
ceiit, and Percy Islands, should do t-o with great caution, and should
not attem])t to ps.ss between the latter island and Dickson Island.

Carter Bay is formed between Dickson and Broughton islands, on
the eastern shore of Wells Pass ; the water in it is deej).

Wells Pass is the entrance to SiitleJ Channel from (k)ueeii Charlotte
Sound, Prom the entrance between Boyles Point and Percy Island,
the i>as8 extends 5 miles in a NF. direction to its Junction nith Patrick
Passage, Grappler Sound, atid Drury Inlet. The width at the south-

220

FROM GEORGIA STRAIT TO CAPE SCOTT.

ern piirt, between Dickson Island and I'opplewell Point, is only ^ mile,
widening yradnally to one mile at the nortiieiii en<l.

The eastern shore is much broken by bays, inchulinjf Tracey Harbor,
but the west shore is straight and compact.

Ommaney Islet is the westernmost of the islets lying in Wells Pass
between Percy and Dickson Islands; its soutii and 81'j. snles are
surrounded by kelp to a distance of about 400 yards, amongst which
are rocks drying at low water. The [x'ssage ii.to Wells I'ass is to the
westward of Ommaney Islet, wliieii narrows the navigablo (dianiiel to a
width of 800 yards. Vessels entering Wells Pass should, when ap-
proaching Ommaney Islet, keep the higiiest i)eak of Numas Islands
(1;, ing otf the entrance) just open ofi'Hoyles Point until Ommaney Islet
is well shut in under Dickson Island; whence steer to pass in mid-
channel between the islet and James Point, and hence keep the west-
ern shore on board.

Sutlej Channel from its entrance (Wells Pass) takes a NK. diiec-
tion for nearly o miles, varying from ^ to one mile in breadth, and is
clear of dangei'. At that distance it turns to the eastward through Pat-
rick Passage between Atkinson and Kinnaird lslands,and thence south-
eastward to the entrance toGreenway Sound, whence it takes a general
SK. direction through Pasley and Sharp Passages (on either side of the
Stackhouse Island), to its junction with Penphrase I'assage and King-
come. Inlet. It is a dear, deep ciiannel throughout, and there is no
imiMMJinieiit to sale na\'igation by maintaining a mid-ciiannel course.

Tracey Harbor, on the western shore of IJroughton Island, is at its
entrance between Lambert Island and Mauve Islet, 800 yards wide, but
it soon narrows from 500 to .'<00 yards, maintaining tiiat width ^'t a little
over one mile in an east direction ; tiie harbor then opens out and forms
two biglirs at its head, Napier Bay, tiie northern, being 500 yards broad.
The only diingeris tiie reef skirting Star Rock (which lies on the north
shore about halfway through thi^ narrow portion of the harbor), and
vessels entering slu)uld keep the southern shore aboard at 100 yards
distance.

Anchorage, completely sheltered, may be obtained in from 6 to 7
fatlioms in Napier 15ay, or abreast Freshwater Cove, at about 400 yards
S. 4(P E. of the Star Kock, in 10 fathoms, mud bottom.

Lambert Island is on the north sideof the entrance to Tracey Har-
bor. Imiiu'diately to the eastward of it is Wolf Cove, exteinling 800
yards in a northeasterly direction, with a width of 400 yards at the en-
trance, gradually narrowing to 200 yards; it affords no anchorage.

Atkinson Island lies close off the northwestern shore of Broughton
Island ; some islets extend off its southwestern i)oiiit, and vessels should
not attempt to pass between it and the shore of Broughton Island.

Surgeon Islands, a group of snuill islets close together, lie J mile
west of Atkinson Islainl, at the entrance of Patrick Passage.

Kinnaird Island, IJ miles long, lies with Dunsany Passage on the
east and Patrick Passage on the south.

]■«

OREENVVAY SOUND — KINOCOME INLET.

221

r:!^

Greenway Sound, on the sontli sliore of Sutlqj Chiimicl, is a deep
inlet neiirly one mile wide at its entrance, extendinj,' (! miles in a
westerly and southerly direction, and gradually narrowinji; towards its
head, wiiich approaches within j mile of the head of Dobbin May. It
has deep water throughout its entire extent, and att'ords no anchorage;
inside its entrance are Cecil and Maude Islets.

Cypress Harbor,in Sharj) Passage, li.i miles eastward of the entrance
to (Ireenway Sound, iiulcnts th(^ coast cabout one mile in a southerly
direction ; the upper iialf, however, is both narrow and siiallow, and the
an(!horage is limited to only a small portion of the remainder, owing to
the depth of water being too great. The entrance between Donahl
Head 5\nd Woods Toint is 400 yards wi<le, but the navigable channel is
only a little over 200 yards wide; the harbor then opens, and is from
400 to 800 yards across, the deptii varying from 19 fathoms in mid-chan-
nel to a fathoms abreast Herry Cove.

Fox Rock, 1(» feet above low water, lies in the entraniie, and is the
outer part of a reef which extends L'OO yards east from Woods Point.
Vessels entering the harbor sliouhl, to avoid it, keep Donald Mead
aboard at a distance of 100 yards.

Anchorage. — (lood ancthorage may be oittamed on tiu' western side
in (i fathoMis, mud bottom, off Uerry Cove, at 200 yards N. oS^ E. of
Tree Islet. Tlu) laud to tlu^ southward of the ancshorage, l»etween the
head of Berry Cove autl Koll'ey Point, is fringed with large cy|»re.ss
trees.

Water. — A stream of fresh water Hows into Herry Cove.

Stackhouse Island is about ^ mile in extent, ami lies in the middle
ofSutlcj Channel aUreast the entrance to Cypress Harbor. SliarpPas-
sagi', to the sontiiwardof it, and Pasley Passage, to the northward, are
botli I mile wide.

Magin Islands, three small islands from P20 to 180 feet high, lie one
mile to the northward of Htackiiouse Island, and ^ mile from the west
shore, a snnill rock, awash at high water, lying l)etween.

Tides. — Tlie tides in yutlej Channel run at the rate of from one to 3
knots.

vf Kingcome Inlet takes a northeasterly direction tor (> miles to the
entrance to Waketnan Hound (on the nortli shore), whence it trends east-
erly for a further distance of V2 miles to its head, maintaining an aver-
age width of one mile. Its termination on the northern shore is a low,
marshy plain dotted with patches of scrub and stunted trees, and bor-
dered !)>' a Hat of solt mud and sand 1^ miles wide, which extends ^
mile from the shore. This is tlat steepto.

The northern shores of this inlet are bordered by snow-clad peaks,
which are coiis])iciioiis from Queen Charlotte Sound; the southern
.sliore is not (piite »o lofty. Kingcome Mountains rise over the head of
this inlet, being 2 miles inland iu an easterly direction.

222

FROM GKOROIA STRAIT TO CAPK SCOTT.

Anchorage. — Kingcomc Inlet, in loganl to the ffroat depth of water,
presents the same leatnres as most of the inlets on this coast. Anchor-
age, however, may be obtained in 18 fathoms, ott'a small cove, neiir two
small bights, at lA miles sontli of the head of the inlet.

Wakeman Sound extends for a distance of 5 miles in a northerly
direction, terminating in a low marshy plain dotted with patches of
scrnb and stunted trees, through which several streams How, bringing
down from the high ranges inland the melting snow, and causing the
water for one mile from the head of the sound to be perfectly fresh at
low water, and of a didl milky color. At its head is an Indian village.
The water is too deep for anchorage.

Belleisle Sound, on the south shore of Kingcome Inlet, has its en-
trance through a narrow pass which lies south of the small Edmond
Islands. Tlie iidet, from its great depth of water, atVords noanchorage.

Fenphrase Passage connects Hutlej Channel with Fife Bound and
Tribune Channel. The west entrance between Hayes and Vigis points
is one mile wide, but the width of the passage decreases to oOO yards
abreast of Trivett Island. About 200 yards east of Trivett Island is a
shoal patch of .S fathoms ; with this exception the passage appears to
be clear from dangers. Nicholls Island lies just inside the west entrance
on the southern side of the channel.

A rock awash at low water lies 250 yards to the northwestward of the
west point of Nicholls Island, but being inside a line joining Hayes
Point with the east end of the island, is out of the fairway of the chan-
nel.

Drury Inlet at its entrance is only 200 yards wide, with a depth of
15 fathoms; just outside the entrance is Morris Island, which should
be passed on the north side, and the northern shore should be closed
to avoid a reef (marked by kelj) in the season) lying on the southern
shore half way between Morris Island and the narrowest part of the
entrance chsinnel. Drury Inlet extemls in a westerly direction for 12
miles to its head, where another narrower arm (Acta'on Sound) branches
otf on the northern shore for a distance of 4 miles to the northeastward.

Over the greater part of Drury Inlet the depth is less than 25 fath-
oms, and it is nowhere so deep as most of these iidand channels; in
width it varies from 200 yards to one mile, the latter being its width
throughout the greater part of the inlet; but at one place, iStuart Nar-
rows, 1^ miles within the entrance, two islets (each connected to the
shore by reefs) leave a \)assage of (udy .500 yards between them, and
this is further obstructed by a dangerous rock, which only uncovers at
low water (5 feet), lying directly in the fairway between the two islets.
Through these narrows the tidal streams during springs attain a veloc-
ity of 5 knots an hour.

Passing up Drury Iidet, at one mile from Stuart Narrows, Lecho
Island is seen lying in mid-channel, and may be i)assed on e ther side;
here the inlet opens out to the southward, forming Uichmond liay, in

DRURY INLET — rSRAPPLEH SOUND.

223

side;
fnv, i"

wliicli arc several islets. At a little over one mile westwaid cf IjCcIio
Island is Li^ar Island, l.^O feet iiigh, luiviiifj at 'JOO yards SIO. of its
south i>oiMt a danfjerous sunken rock, uncovering only 5 feet at low-
water sprinjis.

Voak Rock, another dan{,'erons rock, awash only at low-water spring
tides, lies OOO yards N. 10"^ W. of Ligar Island, with deep water be-
tween.

Sir Evarard Islands, on the southern shore, 1.1 miles westward of
Ligar Island, tbrni u ihain extending in a NW. direetioii, with rocks
between them, a clear chauiiel lying between them and Hooper island
to the northward.

Blount Rock, ■> feet above high water, lies close to the southeru
shore .J mile to the westward of Sir Everard Islands.

Jennis Bay, on the north shore, abreast lIooi)er Island, would af-
ford anchorage for a small vessel, which when entering, should pass
eastward of the island and anchor in the center of the bay in 7 to 10
fathoms.

Center Rock, a dangerous sunken rock, uncovering only 8 feet at
low-water s[)ring tides, lies in the middle of Drury Iidet 1 ,'„ miles N.
05° W. of the northern of the Sir Everard Islands; it is steep-to all
round, itnd vessels will clear it by keeping at 400 yards oil' either shore.

Muirhead Islands. —At 2:^ miles westward of ('enter Kock the inlet
becomes studded with small islands having deep channels between
tbem, and extending over a distance of 2 miles. The easternmost of
these is Wilson Island, 120 feet high; Keith Island, also 120 feet high^
lies 400 yards to the westward of it, and the Muirhead Islands, three
in number, extending one mile in an east and west direction, are 200
yards westward of the latter. The west iM airhead Island is the largest
and 255 feet high, the next in size, the eastern, being 180 feet high.
Between this group and the southern shore the space is occupied by
numerous small islands, but there is a clear channel along the north
side of the group ; westward of these, however, the water shoals rai)idly^
there being only 2 to 3 fathoms in Sutherland Bay at the head of Drury
Inlet.

Acteeon Sound, which branches off from the north side of Drury
Inlet abreast the west Muirhead Island, is so blocked at its entrance
by islets and rocks as to render it oidy available to boats.

Grappler Sound. — West of Patrick Passage, between Kiniiaird Is-
land and Pandora Head, is the entrance to another inlet which con-
tinues iu a northerly direction for 4 miles, and is known as (Jnippler
Sound. From it, several smaller bights branch off on both sides, those
on the east communicating with llopetown and Kenneth Passages,
north and south of Watson Island. The depths iu the Sound range
from 20 to 30 fathoms, but shoal in Claydon and Carriden Iki vs on the
western shore. At the entrance to the former a reef lies neai ly in mid-
channel, and a reef also extends 300 yards from Linlithgow Point, on
the uortheru shore of the entrance to the latter.

224

FROM OKOR(HA STRAIT TO CAPK HCOTT.

Buckingham, Hammersley, and Hanbury Islands lit* on tlio north
8i(l<! (if Kiiiiiiiird Isliiiul at tlu' t'litraiic-t' to llopetowii l'ns.s;i}.'(', the tlrst
iH'iiij;- the liii'tft'st.

Dunsany Passage, U'lidliig Irom (rriii»i)hu' 8ouiid to tlu', cntriiiice to
llopctowii Piissii^'c itnd soiitlii'iistward into Siith'j ('liiinncl, is appar-
ciitl.v (ilearofdanjicr.s, with tiio exception of a reef, which (rovers at iiiyh
water .springs, lying ofT the nortliorn sliore at the entrance to Ilopetown
I'assaj^c

Hopetown Passage can only ho used l)y Itoats which can pass the
barrier oi' rocks that extend riglit across tlie passage at 1.^ miles from
the entrance.

Kenneth Passage, leading from the head of Grapi)ler Sonnd
round the iu)rth side of Watson Island, communicates with .Mackenzie
Sound. About om- mile from its entrance from (Irappler Hound it
widens (tonsiderahly, a bight, nanu'd Turnl)ull Cove, extending one mile
in a NNV. direction; but S a mile farther eastward the passage contracts
to (100 yards, and theiuie .several islands, islets, and rocks obstruct the
passage, rendering its navigation dangerous,

Mackenzie Sound, from the east point of \Vat.son Island, extends 3
miles in an easterly direction, gradually narrowing towards its head at
the foot of iMonnt Stephens, where it beconu's a mere chasm, and shoals
in the same direction from lio to 10 fathoms.

Boyles Point, the western entrance point of Wells Pass and the
.southern point of the peninsula formed l)yDrury fidet, has three small
islets lying closeotf it, the outer of which is only 1 feet above high water.
Over Ojiid on each side of the i)oint are undulating hills of about 500
feet high, risiiig grailually inland to .Mount Wynard.

Lewis Rocks, a small cluster, lie oiieniile west of Boyles Point, with
rocks awash and foul ground exlem'iug ;| mile to the southward and
westward.

Numas Islands, the largest of' w'licli is l.\ miles long in an east and
west direction, lie in Queen Clt:iilo„te Sound, olf the entrance to Wells
Pass, and olf the western extrcnu; of the largest is Staples Islet, 24 feet
high. These form an excellent landmark.

Labouchere Channel, between Numas Islands iind the Lewis llocks
is over '2 miles wide. The tidal streams run at the rate of from one to 3
knots through this channel.

The Coast of the mainland from Hoyh's Point trends nearly WNW.
for 'JO miles, and to the Rayucr Groui), a distanceof 8 miles, it is steep to.

Rayner Group consists of four or live small islatids, lying close
to the shore eastward of Bliinden Harbor. The southern edge of the
groii)) is fringed with sunken rocks, and they should not be api)roached
in that direction nearer than A mile. Masses of kelp surround these
islands in the season, and skirt the shore towards Blundeu Harbor.

Gillot Rock, 2 feet above high water, is the easternmost of the
clangers lying to the .southward of the Kayuer Group.

ULUNDKN HAUnOU — niRK* TIONS — ROUND ISLAND.

225

with
ami

Black Rock, only 7 feet abovi! IiIkIi water si»rin{,' tides, i." Ihe west-
eriiiiiost of tlu> (liiiifjftM's in tini vicniiity oi' Uayiier (.iioiip.

Blunden Harbor, on tlic nortiii'in slioro of (^neen Cliarlctto Sonnd,
a little mom than om^ mile IVom IMack Kock, is torim,Ml hctween several
islands wliioh lie elose oil' an indentation in thn coast. Tlie entrance
between Hlielf I'oint, the east extreme of IJooinson Island and IJarrcn
Uock, ii small rock lli feet his'li, is oOO yards wide; but a reef (marked
by kelp) extends .'{")() yanls S8\V. frmii the latter, an<l another reef
extends the same distance i-ast from linryess Island, a small island
lying close to the shore 700 yards SW. of Hhelf Point, thus rendering
the channel somewhat tortuous.

Inside the harbor, amongst the small islands in its northern part,the
dentils are shoal and covered with kelp.

Anchorage may be jlitaiiied in i fathoms, mml bottom, in the west-
ern part of the harbor, at KM) yards S, GU^ \\'. of the southern of the
two Bouwick Islands, which are joined to the shore and to each other
at low water.

Directions. — Vessels entering lilunden Harbor, rthich is oidy avail-
al)le for vessels of moderate size, .should bring Slielf I'oint to bear N.
i;P \V., when it will be Just ojien of Charles I'oint (on the east shore),
and steer in on these marks until Barren Rock Itears X. 0!)^ E., when
haul to tlie northward to pass midway between the rock and .Shelf
I'oint. When the (diannel opens, haul to the westward, keeping in
inid-cliaiinel and steering X. .jS^ W. with Barren I'ock astern, until the
passage betw(>en the southern Bonwi(!k Island and Bartlett I'oint bears
.S. iS(]^ \V., when alter course in that directio:;. As the channel here is
iinly KM) yards wide, very great caution must be observed.

Browning Islands, UA nules west of the entrance to IJluuden Har-
bor, are a small group, the largest being oOi) yards long. A dangerous
rock, whicii dries only .'$ feet at low-water s[)ring tides, lies CAW yards
S. 45^ E. of the east extreme of the largest of the Browning Islands,
and vessels should tiierefore give those islands a berth of from i to one
mile when passing.

Stuart Point, 1] miles N. 55^ \V, of the Browning Islands, has some
rocky islets oft" it ; and (500 yards S. (iO^ E. of Stuart Point, in the cen-
ter of a bay between the i)oint and Browning Islands, is a patch oi U
fathoms.

Leading Hill, 570 feet high, is close over the coast IjV miles N. 50° \V.
of Stuart Point.

Robertson and Jeanette Islands lie close oft' the shore under Lead-
ing Hill.

Round Island, a little over 100 yards in extent, the tops of the trees
being loO feet above the water, lies 1,200 yards S. :\5^ W. of Jeanette
Island; the channel between is clear, there being depths of over 40
fathoms in it.

14205— Xo. 90 15

226

FROM GEORGIA STRAIT TO CAPE SCOTT.

The Millar Group consists of a chain of small islands extending
over a distance of 2 miles in a NW. and SE. direction at 800 yards
southward of liound Island, between which and the group vessels
should uot pass. The tops of the trees ou the highest island of the
groui) are from 150 to 200 feet above the sea. At 000 yards N. r»0^ W,
of the western island of the group is David Itock, with 12 feet water
on it.

Mary Rock, a dangerous rock lying 1,000 yards S. 38° E. of the south
end of the Millar (ironp, is generally visible, it being awash at high
water. Vessels passing through the North Channel from the south-
eastward should approach it with Kouud Island bearing N. 55° \V., and
not bring the i:,land to bear northward of that bearing un 1 the east
end of the Millar Group bears west, when alter course for mid-channel
between Round Island and Jeanette Island.

The Deserters Islands are a group of islands, islets, and rocks, the
largest of which is nearly 2 miles in lenijth, lying 1^ miles southward
of the Millar Grouj). The Walker Group lies to the westward of Ibj
Deserters, separated from them by Shelter I'ass.

Ripple Passage, between the Millar Group and the Deserters Islands,
has several dangerous rocks iu it, and should therefore not be used
except in an emergency, and then only at low water (when nearly all
the (Lingers show) and with the greatest caution.

Sun Rock, the most dangerous of the.se rocks, owing to its locality
only being known during bad weather, when the sea breaks on it, lies
l,GOrt yards S. 7t° W. of the westernmost islet of the Millar Group.

Twin Rocks, 10 feet above high water, are two small rocks lying
1,200 yards N. 00^ E. of McLi'od Island. Heavy overfalls are met with
northward and westward of the Twins.

Richard Islet, 25 feet above high water, and bare, lies 1,400 yards
N. 093 K. of the Twins; it should not be approached within 200 yards.

Barry Islet lies one mile S. 35° E. of Richard Islet; it is bare, and
45 feet above high water.

Echo Islets, a small group lying 1,600 yards to the .southward of
liairy Islet, extend over A mile in a NW. and SE. direction. At 000
yards oil' their NW. end is the George reef; it lies .'^ mile S 09" W.
of linrry J slot.

The North Channel into (^ueen Charlotte Sound extends close alonsr
the shore of tiie inainlaiid from Hremner Island off IVaccleuch Point to
between Jeanette Island and the Millar Group, passing between White
and Mayor Islands on the north, and Xorth Rock on the .south, and
at ^ mile southward of Rogers, Dickenson, and Ilarris Islets ; thence
past Bold Rlulf, and midway between Wentworth Rock and Wallace
Islands. To clear the North Rock, i)ussing northward of it, keep Ilarris
Islet Just oi)en south of the south extreme of .Teanette Island bearing S.
50O E.

o''El

SHELTKR BAY HRANHAM ISLAND.

227

e aloiuT
oint to
White
til, aiu\
tlienci)
^Vallace
Harris
\ring S.

Wallace Islands lie elose to the *ibore of the inaiiilaiul and at the
eutrance to Shelter Bay ; they are steep-to at | mile from their south-
ern olio^e.

Shelter Bay ii/'ents the coast iu an easterly direction for nearly 2
miles, forminjj two bijlits at its head. The entrance between the Wal-
lace Islands and the sliore to the northward is 890 yards wide, but the
bay is incumbered with rocks in its most sheltered part, and could only
be made use of as an anchorage by those possessing local Ivuowledge.
In a small bay north of Wallace Islands there is good landing for boats,
and there is also good landing for boats, in southeasterly winds, in a
bight 000 yards west of the point forming the X W. entrance to Shelter
Bay.

Wentworth Rock. 10 feet above high water, lies li miles S. 77° W.
of tlie Wallace Islands ; it should be given a berth of ^ mile in all di-
rections.

Annie Rocks, 10 feet above high water, are bare rocks, lying at
000 yards off the coast, 1 ^ miles west of the entrance to Shelter Bay.

Southgate Group, consisting of four larger and several smaller
islets, lie close off the coast 3 miles westward of Shelter Bay. Bold
Bluff, the SE. island of the group, has rocky patches oft" its east end.
The shore of the mainland abreast Bold Blutf falls back to the north-
ward for a distance of miles, the southern i)art being skirted by several
several small oft'lying islets and rocks.

Harris Islet, 30 feet above high water, is a small bare islet lying one
mile westward of the Southgate Group.

Dickenson Islet, 10 feet above liigh water, is a small bare islet
1,400 yards N. o'2^ W. of Harris Islet.

Rogers Islet, a similar small bare islet, 40 feet liigh, lies 1,200 yards
N. 27° W. of Dickensoi' Islet. Foul ground extends for 400 yards from
its north and .south end.-^.

Elizabeth Rocks are a small patch lying 000 yards northwestward
of the Southgate Grouj).

Emily G-roup, consi^-ting of four small islets, the tops of the trees
on whii'ii are 90 fe'.«t above the sea, lie a mile northward of Kogers
Islet.

Eliza Island lies 000 yards from the Emily Group; the tops of the
trees oi. the island are about -40 feet abuve the sea, and there are some
conspicuous white ditfs on its south .side.

Frederick Islet is a small islet 00 feet high, lying A mile eastward
o'' Eliza Islantl. From Frederick Islet, towards Elizabeth Kock, there
are several rocky iiatches.

Murray Labyrinth is the name given to the many channels which
lie between a group of several islands, islets aru rocks lying oft' the
.south coast of Branhain Island.

Brauham Island lies off the coast of t'.ii mainland, and together
with the Fox Islands forms the soathern shore of Sling8l)v Channel.

228

FROM GKORGIA STRAIT TO CAPE SCOTT.

Skull Cove, iuileuting the island to the eastward of Nina Hill on the
southern side, att'ords good shelter for boats.

Schooner Passage, between the east shore of Branhara Island and
the mainland, is a narrow pass having an average width of 200 yards ,
in a northerlj' vlireetion for a distance of L'i miles. It is, however, at
one place obsti icted by a rock lying in mid-clianiiel, which leaves a
passage only 80 j irds wide between it and the shore of Braidiara Island.
Schooner Passage communicates with Slingsby Channel, at one mile
southward of the Nakwakto Kapids.

The tides in Schooner Passage run at rate of from 2 to 5 knots.

Mayor Island, a small wooded island, lies If,^ miles NW. of h<
Emily Grouj). A rock awash at low water lies ■iOO yards eastward <,>.

White Island, small and bare, lies U unles N. 52° W. of Major
Island.

Morphy Rock, which covers at three-quarters Hood, lies 1,200 yards
N. SOo E. of White Island.

Fox Islands, the western of which is li miles long and the eastern
^ mile long, lie off the western end of Braidiam Island, and form the
southern shore of the outer part of Slingsby Channel.

Slingsby Channel, on the northern shore of Queen Charlotte Sound,
leading to Seymour and P.elize Inlets, is 5 unles in lengtii in an easterly
direction, with an average breadth of GOO yards between Outer Nar-
rows and Nakwakto Kapids.

Outer Narrows. — At ;,' mile within the entrance (between T>alkeilb
and Lascelles Points) the channel contracts to only 200 yards in width,
with no bottom at U) fathoms. In these narrows the flood tide runs
2.} hours after high water by t'le shore; at springs the velocity is from
5 to 9 knots, at neaps from i to knots, the change of stream occurring
after only about 15 minutes slack water. The ebb tide runs 2A hours
after low water by the sliore, attaining at springs a velocity of 10 knots,
and at neaps from '> to 7 knots. With the wind blowing in, /. e., be-
tween west and south, the sea breaks across the entrance, and in the
narrowest part, even during caltns, the water is mucih agitated.

Nakwakto Rapids (Kahtsisilla), at the eastern end of Slingsby
Channel, are JOO yards wide, but in the center of the rapids is Turret
Island, 80 feet high, against which the tide rushes with great fury.
The channel westward of Turret Islet has a rock in it with oidy 2 fath-
oms water on it; that to the eastward has depths o*" from (» to 11 fath-
oms.

The flood tide commences 2i hours after low water by the shore in
Slingsl»y Channel, and runs (with a velocity atspringsof 12 to 15 knots)
from 2 to 2^ hours after high water, or until it is high water at Seymour
Inlet; after an interval of 10 minutes slack water the el'b \:oiiiiuences
and runs untd 2 to y hours after low water in olin;.' ■; ^v Chai.nei. attended
by very heavy and dangerous overfall j, and ittninini, ., c iocity at
springs of 20 knots.

NAKVVAKTO KAPIDS DIUECTIONS SCHOONER PASSAGE. 229

Hill on the

Islaiul and
if 200 yards .
however, at
icli leaves a
ham Island,
at one mile

) knots.
NW. of li'>
vstwaril I.'.
VV. of Major

■s 1,200 yards

d the eastern
ind form the

irlotte Sound,
ill an easterly
u Outer Nar-

^een Dalkeith
ii'ds ill svidth,
ood tide runs
locity is from
am occurring-
runs 2.V hours
yof 10 knots,
<I in, I. e., be-
L', and in the
tated.
of Slinf,'sby
pids is Turret
th trreat fury,
th only 2 fatl>-
11 {] to 11 tatl»-

y the shore in
I'J! to 1") knots)
teratHeymour
M* V omiuonces
Hai.nel. attended
, ,■ iocity at

It is hifrh water, full and change, in Sliugsby Channel at 2h. 20ui.;
springs rise 11 feet, neaps a feet.

Directions. — Steam vessels may enter Sliugsby Channel from the
westward through the Outer Narrows in tine weather, at or near slack
water, and jiroceed to Treadwell Bay, 4 miles within the entrance ou
the north shore, where anchorage will be found in from 9 to 15 fathoms,
avoiding the shoal of 2^ fatlioms situated southwards f.i the center of
the bay.

If it be necessary to proceed through Nakwakto itapids, the turn of
tiie tide should be most carefully watched, so that the vessel may with
certainty make the passage during the oidy 10 minutes of slack water,
for at no other time would it be possible to do so with any degree of
safety.

These nirrows, however, should only be used by a vessel on emer-
gency and aftc acqnirih.T some practical knowledge, by passing through
at slack water in a boat. It is also imperative that the tides should be
previously watched from Treadwell i->ay.

Small canoes pass from Sliugsby Cliannel into Seymour Inlet at half
tide through a very narrow passage on the north shore inside the small
island fo. iiiiiig the north point of the narrows.

Treadwell Bay, on the north slioreof Sliugsby Channel, is formed
by the eh;iniiel widening to 1,700 yards and forming a bight in which
lie the Anchor Islands (a group consisting of one large and several small
islands), leaving a sheltered s|)ace .~)0(i yards in extent between the north
.snore of the large island and the shore. The largest Anchor Island is
^ ti lie long east and west, and 2L'0 feet high. The depth of water in
'■'•t bay varies from 7 to 12 fathoms, but near tluMjenter, rather over to
ie south si<le, there is a shoal spot with from 1 to 2.1 fathoms on it.
T e bay all'ords slielttn' perfectly free from tide for vessels of anj' size,
i.argi' ships should moor.

' ^AUtion Rock, which uncovers (0 leet) only at low-water spring
tides, is a dangerous rock lying in the fairway channel .southeastward
of the Anchor Islamls atid .'iOOyinds from the southern shore of Sliugs-
by Channel. To avoid it, keep the southern sliore aboard at less than
200 yards.

Directions- — I'Jntering Treadwell Bay, give the southeastern Anchor
Lslands (Current Point) a berth of 3(t0 yards, and having rounded them
keep the shoie of the mainland aboard.

Anchorage. — Anchor as convenient in 1(» to 12 fathoms northward
of the 2.^ fathoms patch.

'iide. — It is high water, full and change, in Treadwell Bay at oh.
.'{Om. ; springs ri.se 11 feet, neaps r» feet.

Schooner Passage, North Entrance.— One mile .southward of the
iS'akwakto rapids is the north entraiiee to Schooner Passage; it may
be approached on either side of Buttress Island (210 feet high), which
lies on the south shore of dling.sby Channel, fronting the passage.

230

PROM GEORGIA STRAIT TO CAPE SCOTT.

Nugent Sound. — From the Nakwakto rapids a branch .} mile wide
takes a SE. direction for about one mile; here it divides into two,
one brancli continuing in aSE. direction and the other (Nugent Sound)
an easterlj- direction for 11 miles. Nugent Sound in some places is only
•iOO yards across, but it has deep water throughout and is navigable,
though there is no anchorage in it. A very narrow passage leads from
the head of ''^ugent Sound into a sheet of water taking an easterly di-
rection for I '■■•. *"roin which there is communication overland by
Schwartzeubbr e with Seymour Inlet.

Seymour InL. The other branch, from Margaret Point at the
entnuioe to Nugent Sound, takes a SE. direction for miles, with
deep water in mid-channel. On the northern shore is Charlotte
Bay and on the southern Ellis Bay, both, however, unavailable as au
anchorage. At the above distance, on the north shore, is the entrance
to Seymour Inlet, several islets lying just within it. A narrow pass of
shallower water, with depths of 4 and 10 fathoms, continues for 3 miles
to the SE., communicating with a large sheet of water extending
to the foot of Mount Adams, and only one mile from Activon Sound.
Wawattle Bay lies between the entrances to these two arms, and ex-
tends one mile in an easterly direction.

Seymour Inlet maintains a depth of over 40 fathoms tliroughout to
within ^ Uiile of the shore at its head. There are several indentations
on both shores, the largest being Maunsell Bay on the northern shore j
none, however, afford an anchorage. At 3 miles eastward of Maunsell
Bay are the Eclipse Narrows, where the tides run with great strength,
and no bottom could be obtained at 12 fathoms ; these narrows lead to
Salmon Arm and Frederick Sound. Frederick sound terminates at the
foot of Mount Stephens, a conspicuous mountain with a pointed over-
hanging peak close to it, overlooking Mackenzie Sound.

Salmon Arm terminates at the foot of rerpeudicular Mountain, 5,000
feet high. Taaltz, a winter Indian village, is on the shore at its head.

The continuation of Sej'mour Inlet nortiiward of Eclipse Narrows
terminates at G miles, a river Howing into it at its head, on which is
situated a winter village of the Wawatl Indians.

Belize Inlet. — From the Nakwakto rapids another branch takes a
westerly direction for ,'3 miles to .^lignon I'oint, where it suddenly turns
oack to the eastward, continuing in that direction almost in a straight
line f.)r 24 miles, with an average width of .] mile and with dee|) water
throughout. From the head of Belize Inlet to Maunsell Bay, on the
northern side of Seymour Inlet, there is, according to Indian reports, a
portage about 2^ mik'S long.

Lassiter Bay, at the head of the continuation of the inlet, between
Harvell ami Mignon Points in a westerly direction, forms two small
bights with some few islets and rocks in it, but the water is inconven-
ientlj' deep for anchorage.

Mereworth Sound. — At 5 miles to the eastward of IMignon Point,
on the north shore, is the entrance to Mereworth Sound, another similar

ALLISON SOUND — G0LETA8 CHANNEL.

231

inlet brtiiicbinp off to the northwarcl, in which direction it coutinuos for
-t miles and then suddenly turning" to the eastward for n)iles, main-
taining deep water throughout.

Flat Rock, Square and Round Islands lie on the western shore
at the entrance to Mereworth Sound, with deep water around.

Strachan Bay, at li miles from the entrance to Mereworth Sound,
is tiie entrance to a small inlet, wiiich takes a westerly direction for li
miles and has depths of 40 to 10 fathoms.

Village Bay, on the opposite shore abreast Strachan Bay, is a small
bay with two islets off its north point, and depths of 19 to '22 fathoms
in it.

Westenuan Bay is a small bight li miles long in a northerly direc-
tion with from JJO to 20 fathoms water, except at its liead, where it sud-
denly shoals to 3i fathoms at 800 yards from the shore. The entrance
to Westerman Bay is 2 miles westward of the entrance to Mereworth
Sound.

Allison Sound. — At about 10 miles from the entrance to Mereworth
Sound, on the northern shore of Belize Inlet, is the entrance to Allison
Sound, another narrow branch which, like Mereworth Sound, first takes
a i.oitherly direction (for 3 miles) and tiien suddeidy turns to the east-
ward for 3 miles, finally turning again to the northward for a further
distance of 2 miles, to its head. At about 2 miles from the entrance
Allison Sound is onlj- about 350 yards wide; here, in the middle of the
passage, is a small islei (Obstruction Islet) having a passage on either
side of it 1.50 yards wide, with a depth of 10 fathoms in it.

The Coast from Lascelies Point, the north entrance point to Slingsby
Channel, trends 7 miles N\V. to Gape Caution, and is clear of danger.

Bremner Islet, covered with grass, lies li miles N. 00'^ W. of Las-
celies Point, and ^ mile distant from the shore.

Goletas Channel runs along the northern shore of Vancouver Island
to the Pacific. Its shores are higii, rugged, and steep-to, except in the
western part, and may be generally approaclied to within \ mile; the
northern side is composed of a group of islands (the principal of which
are Ctalianoand Hope Islands), mostly small, through which are several
navigable passages. There are four anchorages in the channel, viz,
Shushartie Bay on the southern side ; Port Alexander, Shadwell Pas-
sage, and Bull Harbor on the northern side; and all, with the exception
of the latter, are easily accessible to sailing vessels.

The depths throughout the channel up llie western entrance are very
deep, but there tlie bottom suddenly rises from 40 to 7 and 0, and in
one part to less than 3 fathoms, forming Nahwhitti Bar, stretching com-
pletely across the channel, and in a great measure preventing any
lieavy sea rising inside it during westerly gales.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in the Cioletas Channel
at Oh. and 30m., and the rise and fall varies from 12 to 14 feet. The
tidal streams in the eastern ))art of the channel run from one to 3 knots.

232

FROM GKORGIA STRAIT TO CAPE SCOTT.

but near the west entrance, iu the vicinity of the Nahwhitti Bar, they
are niiicb stronger (2 to 5 knots), turning shortly after higli and low
water by the shore.

Shushartie Bay. — From Duval Point the southern shore of Goletas
Channel runs in a W\W. direction to Shushartie liay ; it is every-
where sleep-to. Shushartie 13ay isabout ^ mile in extent, and its shores
are high, except at the head, from which a sand-bank extends off more
than 400 yards. There is a very limited but fairly sheltered anchorage
just inside the NE. point of the bay in about 13 fathoms, at the
distance of 200 yards olfshore, but from the steepness of the bank it
should only be cousi<lered as a stopping place. Less water than charted
was found in this bay in 1.S81 by the U. S. Coast Survej' Steamer Patter-
son, the bank at the head of the bay having extended.

Dillon Rock, which covers at one-quarter Hood, lies 300 yards X.G(P
W. of llalstead Island, which lies close off the eastern point of bay, and
is in the way of vessels entering from the eastward.

Directions. — If entering Shushartie Hay from the eastward, and the
Dillon Kock t)e covered, do not steer in for the an(;horage till the east-
ernmost peak of the Shusliartie saddle is seen in the center of the bay
bearing S. 15^ \V., when i)roceed in with that mark on, which leads west
of Dillon IJock; wlien the NK. point of the bav bears S. 8;p E., the
vessel w ill \h\ cle;' south of it, and should steer for the eastern shore.

Entering from the westward keep the westward shore aboard till
llalstead Island bears S. S,'3° 10., when steer in as before directed.

Anchorage. — Anchor immediately M I'athoms are obtained, as the
bank is steep, which will he atabont 200 yards off it, with the extremes
of the bay bearing N. (iO^ 10. and N. 320 w.

Shingle Point, 2 miles west of Shushartie Bay, is loW; a beach runs
olf it a short distance; westward of this point it is dillicnlt to land,
exceiit in lair weather.

Cape Commerell is the northernmost ])oiiit of Vaiutonver Islaiul.
The cai)e is low, and some rocks extend oil it for nearly 400 yards ; to
the eastward of it the (toast forms a large bay 3 miles wide and altout
one mile deep, with troin 2.1 to fathoms rocky bottom, and not in any
way adapted for anchoring. The shoal jiart of Nahwiiitti Bar, on which
there is as little as 2h fathoms, extends to the northwestward from the
east ]ioint of this bay; it is marked by kelp ami luxmed Tatnall Keefs.
M'eser Islet, ^ feet high, lies in the western i»art of the bay, distant ^
mile from the shore. There is an Indian village on the east side of the
cape.

Gordon Group consists of a number of small islands, and border the
north part of the eastentrance of Goletas Channel. They are highand
Rteej) to, and on the eastern or Doyle Island is Miles Cone, a remarka-
ble summit 3.S0 feet high.

Duncan Island, one mile south of the Gordon Group, is about one
mile in circumference.

CHRISTIE PASSAGE — BROWNING PASSAGE.

233

New

Noble Islets lie lA miles \ve«t of Duncan Lsliuiil, between which
and the fiioiii) it is nol ailvi.sable lor a hir;;(' ve>ssul to jjo.

Blyth Island lies -J niik' S. 7'.> - K. of the tiV). of the Noble Islets,
and (K)0 yards north of it is Monat Rock, witli 1 \ fathoms of water

over it.

(94) BRITISH OLU SIB I A— Queen Charlotte soand- New
channel — Christie passage — Balaklava Island— Scarlett point-
Temporary light.— Pending the completion of a lighthouse on Scar-
lett point, Balaklava island, northwest point of entrance to Christie
passage, a temporary fixed white light will be shown near the site of
the uew lighthouse.

Approx. position: Lat. 50° 51' 50" N., Long. 127° 37' 30" W.
Balaklava Island, has a ledse extendiny from it for ■*.XN-M.8,1905.) ^

,.,;i„ XT 111'-. \\r „i' *i ,:..t .1.,, < \.,„,i;,„... i)„„i,., 1: 4„,>f I.i^I,

(841) BRITISH COLUmBIA — Queen Charlotte sound
channel — Christie passage — Balaklava Island— Scarlett point-
Lighthouse established. — A lighthouse has been erected by the
Goveinment of Canada on Scarlett point, Balaklava island, northwest
point of the entrance to ('hristie piussage, and the light wius put in
operation on April 12, 1005, when the temporary light described in
Notice to Mariners No. 3 (94) of 1905, wiis discontinued.

Approx. position: Lat. 50° 51' .50" N., Long. 127° 37' .30" W.
The lighthouse stands l(tO feet back from the watei's edge at the
small depression in the eastern extremity of the point. It is a
rectangular wooden building with a hip roof, surmounted by a s(iuare
wooden lantern rising frouv the middle of the roof. The sides of the
building and lantern are painted white and the roofs red. The light-
house is 37 feet high from its base to the ventilator on the lantern.

The light is a /I'jYv/ red light, elevated 90 feet above high water-
mark and should be visible 10 miles from all ])ointa of approach by
water. The illuminating apparatus is dioptric of iho. 7tli order,
from the SW. entrance jioiiit of the channel. A reefot ■ (N. M 22, 1905.)
ground marked by kelp extends .'JJ.) yards from I'.alaklava Island, just
oi)posite the above-mentioned roiik, and this is the juirrowest part of
the channel, which is deep; a inid-(!liannel course through is free from
<langer. The tide is very weak in this channel.

Galiano Island, tlie hui^est of the islands on the northern side of
(ioletas Channel, is of trii-iigular shape, the base fronting to tlie south-
ward. The shores are v -ry much broken along the noithern and east-
ern sides. I'ort Alexander is formed at its southeastern extreme.

The southern side of (ialiano Island is high, steeii to, and cliffy,
trending in a straight direction to the westward; at iS miles west of
Boxer point is a small cove, which would alford shelter to small craft
from westerly winds.

Port Alexander indents the coast of Galiano Island for Ih miles,
with a general breadth of about 800 yards; there is a small islet in the
middle of it, ^ mile from the entrance, and another close otF Boxer Point,
on the west side of entrance. This port is e.lsy of access to Hteaiuors
and sailing vessels with a fair wind, ami affords good anchorage in 12
to 13 fathoms at A mile from its head, well sheltered from aJ! except
southeasterlv winds.

232

PROM f

•-^AiT TO C\PK SCOTT.

~ Xaliwhitti Bar. they
'•'"h anil low

but uear the west gi
are much stroiifjcr
water by the shorr

Shushartie Ba
Chauiii'I runs in a .
where steepto. Shushartie jjr.., .^u^k.-.
are high, except at the head, from whi«',h a s....
than 40(1 yards. Tliere is a very bmited but fairly siic.
just inside the NE. i)oint of the bay in about I'd fathonio,
distance of 200 yards oiVshore, but from the steepness of the bank il
should only be considered as a stopping place. Less water than charted
was found in *■"'"' '»•"• '•< ISS") bv the U. S. Coast Survey Steamer Patter-
son, the haul

Dillon Ro
W. of Halstt
is in the waj

Direction
Dillon K'ock
eriimost pea
bearing S. ]
of Dillon R
vessel will 1

Kntering
llalsttad h

Ancliorc
bank is ste
of the bay .tnci in. .>^- m .

Shingle Point, -i miles west of Shushartie Hay, is loW; a beach runs
oti' it a short distance; westward of this point it is dillicult to land,
exeei)t in iair weather.

Cape Commerell is the northernmost point of Vancouver Island.
The cape is low, and souu'. rocks extend oil it for nearly 400 yards ; to
the eastward of it the coast forms a large bay ■'} miles wide and about
one mile deep, with from L'.l to fathoms rocky bottom, and not in any
way adapted for anchoring. The shoal i)art of Nahwhitti Har, on which
there is as little as 2A fathoms, extends to the northwestward from the
east point of this bay ; it is marked by kelp and named Tatnall Keefs.
Weser Islet, .^ feet high, lies in the western i)art of the bay, distant ^
mile from the shore. There is an Indian village on the east side of the
cape.

G-ordon Group consists of a number of sir ill islands, and border the
north part of the eastentrance of Goletas Channel. They are highand
Rteep to, and on the eastern or Doyle Island is Miles Cone, a remarka-
ble summit 380 feet high.

Duncan Island, one mile south of the Gordon Group, is about one
mile in circumference.

CHRISTIE PASSAGE — BROWNING PASSAGE.

233

they
low

Noble Islets lie lA miles west of Diiuciui Ishiiid, between wliicli
iiiul the tjroiiii it is iioi ndvisiiWle lor ii lar;;e vessel to no.

Blyth Island lies •{ mile S. Tir^ I], ot the HK. of tiie Noble islets,
and ()()(» yiirds nortli of it is Moinit Hock, with 11 fathoms of wiiter
over it.

Balaklava Island, rammed and irrejrnlar, with three i)eaks, lies be-

een tiie (iordon ;;ron|> and Galiano Inland, forming (Jhrislie and

rowninp: I'iissapes. A small roek 4 feet iiiffh, snrronnded by kelj),
les L'OO yards south of the sontheap'ern Lncan Islands, a {^ronp of time
aniU islets lying i)arallel with the southwestern shore of Balaklava
(Island at tlie distance ot 2j(> yards. Haf-lan Point, tiie N\V. point of
Balaklava Island, has a led^je extendini;' from it for 450 yards, and .i
mile N. L'P W. of the point are the Cardigan Kecks, feet high, with
Croker Kock 31)0 yards X. 00° K. of them. These rocks are surrounded
by kelp.

Christie Passage is ^ mile wide; sonu' shoal i)at<;hes, with froni one
to 3 fathoms water on them, lie ."ijO yards from the eastern shore of
Balaklava Island, and l.'JOO to 1,40;) yards S. 10'' l). of Scarlett P<nnt;
between them and the island i^ George Lslanil. With tliese exceptions,
the shores of the passage are free from danger. The tide raiis from
one to .'{ km)is tlironiih it, tlie lluod to the south waid.

If intendin.ir to tro flii'ou<;h this jiassagi' from (ioletas (Jhannel, a
large vessel should enter it west of the Noble Islets.

Browning Passage is to the west of lialaldava Island. Tlaie arc
some small rocks and islets olf its southeastern and northeastern i>oints;
and a rock which covers at three-quarters Hood lies r)ii the western side
of the channel about 1 HO yards from (laliano Island, and l.GOO yards
from the SW. entrance \Hni\t of the channel. A reef of rocks and foul
ground marked by kelj) extends 3.).» yards from Balaklava Island, just
oi>posite the above-nu'ritioned roi'k. and this is the narrowest i)art of
the channel, which is deep; a mid-channel course through is free from
danger. The tide is very weak in this channel.

Gl-aliano Island, the largest of the islands on the northern side of
Goletas Channel, is of triangular shape, the base fronting to the south-
ward. The shores are very much broken along the northern and east-
ern sides. Bort Alexander is formed at its southeastern extreme.

The southern side of (Jaliano Island is high, steep to, and cliffy,
tremling in a straight direction to the westward; at 4.j miles west of
Boxer point is a small cove, which would alford shelter to small craft
from westerly winds.

Port Alexander indents the coast of Galiano Island for li miles,
with a general breadth of about 800 yards; there is a small islet in the
middle of it, J mile from the entrance, and another clo.se otf Boxer Point,
on the west side of entrance. This port is easy of access to steamers
and sailing vessels with a fair wind, and aflbrds good anchorage in 12
to 13 fathoms at i mile from its head, well sheltered from all except
southeasterly winds.

-f"--

• ^T::t:i^7r7T> ■"

234

FUOM GEORGIA STRAIT TO CAPE SCOTT.

Shadwell Passage is between Galiaiio and Hope Islands ; tlie east-
ern shore is straigiit, in a northeasterly direction, bnt the western is
indented into several small bays, with some rocks and islets ofl' them,
and foul gronnd extendinp nearly h mile from the shore between Tnrn
Point and Cape James.

The depths in the sonthern part of this passage are I'rom 80 to 100
fathoms, decreasing rapidly to 9 and 13 fathoms to the northward ; a
vessel may anchor about 400 to 000 yards XVV. of Center Island, shel-
tered from all except northerly winds. The tidal streams set witii con-
siderable strength (I knots) between Center Ishind and Turn Point.

Vansittart Island is one mile long and 'J mile wide; west of it are
some rocks and small islets extending I,L'0() yards off it; and A mile
from the north point are two wooded islets called Nicolas Islands.

Willes Island, in the southeastern i)art of the passage, close to (la-
liano Island, is steep to, and may be approached to within a distance of
200 yards; \ mile to the SE. of it is a small low islet named Slave
Island.

Center Island, in the middle of the passage, and h mile from Van-
sittart Island, is small ; west of it some kelp extends a short distance^
but there is a passage on either side of it; that to the westward, how-
ever, is much obstructed by Huwanee Kock, and it should therefore not
be used.

Suvranee Rock, which dries 1 feet at low-water spring tides, lies
200 yards west of the high- water mark of Center Island, rendering the
passage west of that island unsafe.

One Tree Islet, 800 yards west of Vansittart, is small, und has a,
single tree on its summit, which is very conspicuous wiien seen from
the northward, and of great use in identifying the passage ; this islet
may bo approached close to on the western side, but between it and
Vansittart are rocks and foul ground. A dry rock lies about 100 yards
west of the islet.

Breaker Reef, the outer of the dangers extending to the NW. from
Vansittart Island, lies A mile X. 4^ E. of One Tree Islet.

Turn Point. — The southwestern headland of the passage, IJeath
Point, is rocky, fringed with kelp, and presents a cliffy appearance.
Turn Point lies 2 miles NE. of IJeath Point, about midway betweea
it and Cape James; it is backed by a summit 300 feet high. Half-
way between Heath and Turn Points is (Juoin Islet, about 300 yards
offshore.

Cape James is a rocky bluff" 90 feet high ; some rocks extend o^tt' it
to the southward for a short distance, and foul ground, nuvrked by kelp,
exists between it and Turn Point. The cape should at all times be
given a berth of at least A mile.

Tides. — The flood tide runs to the southward through Shadwell Pas-
sage at the rate of about 4J knots, whilst the ebb, in the northern part,
sets 2 knots in the contrary direction ; to the southward of Center

SIIADWELL PASSAGE DIRECTIONS — NAHWIIITTI BAB. 235

Islivutl, however, it runs as strong iis tlie Hood. Tide rips exist between
Center and Vansittart Islands.

Directions. — Bound tlirougii Shadwcll Passage to the northward,
round Willes Ishind at about 100 or 400 yards distance, when abreast
Turn Point, steer to pass about 200 yards oil" the east side; of Center
Island and 400 yards west of One Tree Islet, keeping the south peak
of Magin Saddle (on the west end of Galiano Island) in line with the
east end of Center Island bearing south, which leads through the north-
ern entrance of Shadwell Passage.

Shadwell Passage may be used by steamers or sailing vessels with a
fair wind ; it would hardly bo prudent to beat a large vessel through
it, as there is generally a heavy swell and strong tide in the northern
part.

Bate Passage, to the eastward of Vansittart Island, is deeper and
nearly straight ; if proceeding through it, keep in mid-channel. Ves-
sels that do not steer well arc recommended to use IJate Passage in-
stead of Shadwell Passage.

Anchorage. — The best anchorage in Shadwell Passage is near the
middle, with One Tree Islet bearing N. 58^ E,, and Center Island south.

Hope Island is moderately high, and its shores are very much
broken ; the sea breaks heavily along its northern and western sides,
and off Mexicana Point, the western extreme, a reef extends GOO yards;
the southern shore is steep, and may be approached to \ mile.

Bull Harbor has its entrance 2 miles from the western entrance of
Goletas Channel. Though small, this harbor affords a very secure
landlocked anchorage. It runs in a northerly direction for H miles
across Hope Island. The harbor A mile wide at the entrance, is con-
tracted to L'OO yards at half the distance from the head, after which
it increases to nearly 400 yards.

Indian Island, .'iOO yards north of the narrowest part of the entrance,
is small, but coujpletelj' shuts in the harbor to the southward, leaving
a passage to it on the eastern side 200 yards wide ; between the islam'
and the west shore there is only a depth of 11 feet.

Directions. — If intending to enter Bull Harbor, steer up in mid-
channel, passing east of Indian Island, and moor immediately the vessel
is north of it, anchors north and south. Only steamers or small sail-
ing vessels should use this anchorage, as from its narrow and tortuous
entrance it is rather difficult of access to long vessels.

Anchorage. — The anchorage is to the northward of Indian Island, in
about 1 fathoms water, but there is only room for one or two vessels of
moderate size to lie moored.

Westward of Bull Harbor the coast of Hope Island is rocky and edged
by kelp; the sea in westerly winds breaks heaviiy along it.

Nahwhitti Bar, or ledge, stretching across the west entrance of the
Goletas Channel, is of sandstone formation, and on the eastern edge
rises suddenly from 40 to 9 fathoms, the depth increasing very grad-

2;J6

FUOM OKORGIA STKAIT TO CAI'IC SCOTT.

imlly to the wostwanl. Its brciultli witliiii the 10 liitlioin line is Iroin
Olio to nearly 3 miles, it beirij; broadest at the south part, where aio
several slioal spots. On the western cdfje of the bar the tide inns from
2 to r» knots.

Tatnall Reefs, with 2A and .'U Cathoins on tlii'in, lie on the bar 1^
miles from tiie south shore; northward of these patches the depths vary
from a to 9 fathoms. In iieavy westerly yales the sea breaks right
across the Cloletas Channel at this bar.

Leading Mark. — Hoxer Point (the SH. point of Galiano Island), oiien
north of Shingle Toint (Vancouver Ishind), bearing 8. 74'^ K. leads over
the Nah\vhi>.ti Bar in the deepest water well to the northward of Tat-
nall ifeefs.

Directions. — IJouiid to the westward through (ioletas Channel, steer
111 mid-channel, or within .h mile of eitiier shore, until west of IJiill Har-
bor, alter which keep Boxer I'oint open north of yiiingle I'oint bearing
S. 74"^ E., until Mexicana Point bears >T. 24° E., when a vessel will be
to the westward of the Nahwhitti Bar. A sailing sliip, if beatiiif
through the channel, should keep s )iith of Duncan and Noble Islands
elsewhere, until west of Bull Harbor, the shores on both sides may be
apitroaciu'd to within ] mile; when standing to the southward, west of
Bull Harbor, tack wiien Shingle and Ijcmon i'oints are in line, and do
not api)r()ach nearer than h mile towards Mexicana Point, as there is
generally a heavy swell setting in on it, and the ground is uneven.

When crossing the bar in the deepest water, if the weather be clear,
Mount Jiemou, a high conical peak, should appear nearly midway be-
tween Shingle Point and Heath Pointon the opposite shoie, or nothing
to the southward of midway between them.

If obliged to anchor for the night or tide, Sluishartie Bay, though
small, is eajy of access, the only danger being the Dillon liock off its
east i)oint. J^ort ^Vlexandcr and Shadwell Passage are also, w'th a fair
wind, easy of access to sailing vessels, and the latter is preferalle, being
more roomy with better holding ground.

New Channel is.an extensive clear passage to the Pacific (Jcean.
Its ib'iith in the slutalest part is 55 fathoms, near the eastern entrance,
and its shores, except near the western part of the Gordon GroL'p, may
be approached to within nearly A mile; the northern limit of the chan-
nel is formed by Walker Group to the eastward, and a few I'av rocks
and islets to the N\V.

Generally a heavy swell sets through Xew Channel from the west-
ward, and with the exception thattherei' more room for a large vessel to
work in or out than in Goletas Channel, there is no reason to use it iu
preference to the latter, unless, if running in before a heavy westerly
gale, the sea were breaking across the west entrance of Goletas Chan-
nel at the I^abwhitti Bar.

Doyle Island, the soatheasternmost of the Gordon Group and at the
SB. point of New Channel, is ^ mile long. There are some small islets

(iREY ROCK — HEDLKY ISLANDS.

237

•ort' it.s eiVHt p(»iiu. Tlie iiorthorn sido of tlio (roidon (i roup to Crane
Islets is stt't'p-to, ami miiy lu' ii|)pr.iii(!lio(l to :\ milf.

Crane Islets an* .small and sti>('[)to, tUcrc Ikmii;; lUl) I'titlioms water
nt liOO yards' dLstaiico. They lie about (50(» yards north of Ciordoii
Orodp.

Boyle Island, A mile north of Hurst Island, is small.

Grey Rock, which eovers at onetiuartor Hood, lie.s i mile NW. of
UoyUf Island, and is danjjerons to vessels beatin;? tliroii;!:!! this chan-
nel. The best mark to clear this roclc, is to keep the Crane Islets just
touching; the north side of (Gordon fjroup bearin},' 8. 4(i^ K. which leads
nearly A mile north of it; when Ilityle Island bears S. 2P W. a vessel
will be <;lear east of it, and wiion the SW. and NH. loints of Christie
pa8saf;e come open bearing,' 8. 27^ W., she will l>e clear to the NW.
of it.

The Coast — Tl;e north shore of BalaUlava Islaml s ruf?Kc<l) ''uid 4
mile N. lil^ W. from its NW. point are three low islets (Cardigan
Kocks), «J feet above high water, at the north entrance to Browning
channel.

The north shore of (taliano Island is also rugged ; .some outlying rock»
lie a short distance oil' it, but it may bo approached to ;V mile.

Westward of Cape James, the NIC. point of Hope Lsland, the shore
is generally rocky, and the sea breaks heavily along it ; do not approach
it within A mile.

Walker Group is composed of two large islaiuls and several small
islets and rocks ; among them are several small creeks and bights,
which would atford shelter to boats, or even small craft; along their
■south side some rocks extend a short distance ort".

Castle Point, at the east extreme of the groui), is bold, clilfy, and
steep-to,

White Rock lies 2 miles west of Castle Point ; it is i feet above higb
water, antt there are 40 fathoms 100 yards south of it. Between White
liock and Boyle Island a strong tide race usually pr:vails.

Ragged Reef, a cluster of rocks 4 feet high, lies 1,200 yards to the
northward of the west end of Kent Island.

Nye Rock, olf the south end of Schooner Passage, at the west part
of the group, covers at high water; it lies 2^ miles N. GiP W. of White
Rock, and may be approa ^hed to within a distance of 400 yanls on the
south side ; but large vessels should not stand inside it to the north-
ward.

Redfern Island, is the southwestern of the Walker group; .A mile
SE. of it are some rocks just above high water, as also to the NW.

Hedley Islands are a group of small rocks lying in mid-channel
between Kent and Staples Islands and Eedferu Island; a reef whicii
covers at high water lies 800 yards to the eastward of them, and 1,200
yards from the south side of Kent Island. Schooner Passage, not
recommended, lies between Hedley and Kent Islands.

-y^" ")>fw^-'.%''^r^'i ^'7-

238

FROM GEOKOIA .STRAIT TO CAPE SC~>TT.

Prosser Rock, two miles X, "AQo ^. of Iledfeni IslaiKl, is small,
about two feet above high water, and may be approached to wltbiu a
distance of 4(Hl yards.

Bright Islet, nearly one mile farther in the same direction, is 100
feet high ; h mile N. 58^ E, of it is a reef which covers at high water,
and one mile S. 83° E. lies Herbert Island, with a reef lying between.

Pine Island, at the NW. part of New Channel, about one mile iu
circumference, bold, wooded, and about 250 feet high, is conspicuous
from the westward.

Tree Islets, some small islets, which are also wooded, lie i mile N. 69°
E. of Pine Island.

Storm Islands, in the center of Queen Cuarlotte Sound, 2^ miles
northward of Pine Island, are a narrow chain of islets, and form a most
u.sei'ul landmark when crossing Queen Charlotte Sound. The tops of
the trees are about 150 to 200 I'eet above high water, and on the west-
ern part is a single tree which is conspicuous. There are no off-lying
dangers beyond GOO yards. An Indian fishing village is sitnated on
one of the grou[), near the east end. Water may be obtained bei'e.

Reid Island, the easternmost of the Storm Islands, on the north side
of Sealed Passage, is al>out 300 yards long cast and west, 150 yards
broad, having a rock .above water 100 yards off its west end.

Naiad Islet is bare ; it lies A mile northward of Keid Island.

Sunken Rock, on v.hich the sea breaks iu bad weather, lies about
o miles X. 0!)'-' E. of Shad well Passage; from the center of the Rock,
Bright Island bears S. 32"^ E., l.J miles, and Pine Island X. WP W., 1^
miles.

Sealed Passage, 5 miles to the northward of Shadwell Passage, be
tween Pine Island and tiie Storm l.slands, is about 2J miles wide. This
pa.ssage should not be attempted.

Blind Reef, on which the sea breaks in heavy weather, extends
nearly across Sealed Passage, and clo.ses it to navigation; clpse to the
western edge of Blind Reef there are 17 to 40 fathoms, rocky bottom.

South Rock, awash at low water, lies about 1^ miles northeas'-vard
of Blind heef ; from the center of this rock Pine Island bears S. 58° W.,
3.^ miles nearly, and Reid Island X. 03° W., IJ miles.

Middle Rock, on which the sc i nearly always breaks, is covered at
tliree i|"ii''t"!'s Hood, and lies one mile X. 13° E. of South Ro'^k.

North Rock, on which the sea nearly always l)reaks, is awash at
high water, and lies N. 0!)'' E., ^^ mile nearly from Middle Rock. Harris
l.slet, a little open .south of .leanette Island, bearing S. 49° E., leads J
mile to the northward of Xorth Hock.

Directions. — If using the new channel, and the wind bo fair, n mid-
channel course about X. 55° W. will take ves.sels clear. If wr rking
through, when between the Walker and Gordon Group, keep i\ to i
mile south of the southern shores of the former, and on neanng the
Grey Rock, when standing towards the southern shore, avoid o))eniug

ini

NEW CHANNKL DIRECTIONS — SCOTT ISLANDS.

'239

iiiid-
ikiiig
^ to i
!{•■ the
Piling

the soutberu part of Crane Islets north of the Gordon grou|) S. 40° E.,
until the eastern and western points of Christie Passage come oi>eu
bearing S. 27° W,, or the eastern edge of Kedfern hears N. 4" W.,
when a vessel will be clear to the westward of the rock ; and if going
east, when Boyle Islet bears S, 24° W., she will be east of it. In the
vicinity of the Galiano and Hope Islands, tack about J mile oft' shore,
and keep outside Siiadwel! Passage and Itoller Bay ; whe'i west of Pine
Island, do not bring it to bear east of S. 77° E.

Tke Coast from Cape Commerell takes a southwesterly direction for
IG niiios to Cape Scott. It is rather low, but rises at a distance inland
to hills 800 and 1,000 feet high; it is indented by several bays, wliich,
however, are too oi>en to alford any shelter, except in southerly winds;
foul ground extend.s off in some places more than one mile.

Hesate Ro:k, lying U miles N. 77° W. of Cape Commerell, and .^
of a mile oil' shore, covers at three-quarters flood, and the sea breaks
heavily over it. Lemon Point (Galiano Island), just open of or touch-
ing Shingle Point (Vancouver Island), bearitig S. 77 ^ E., leads north
of it.

Cape Scott, the extreme N\V. point of Vancouver Island, is a
small ]tromontory about 500 feet high, connected to the island by a
low sandy neck about 200 yards wide: some rocks extend west from it
lor more than i mile.

Shelter. — There is a bay on both sides of the neck, which would aflbrd
anchorage to boats or small craft in line weather only; close to its
SW. extreme is a small creek among the rocks, difficult of access, but,
once within it, boats may obtain shelter in southerly gales ; unless
acquainted with the locality, it would not be prudent to make for it in
bad weather,

At Cape :3cott the Hood comes from the soutliward, and rounding the
(!ape sets into the Goletas Channel, its strength varying from one to 3
knots.

When navigating between Cape Commerell and > ape Scott, do not
approach the shore within l.\ miles, at whicii dist;mce there are depths
of from 1(5 to L'O fathoms.

Scott Channel, l)etween Cape Scott ami Cox Island, is a safe na\i-
gable channel for any class of vessel, the only known dangers in it be-
ing the rocks extending nearly one mile west from Cane Scott ; the tide
runs through from one to 3 knots, the tlood from the southward. There
are some heavy tide rips near its east an<l west sides, but a large vessel
m;iy beat through with safety, tacking when upwards of one mile otV
Cape Scolt, or .J mile of Cox Island.

Scott Islands, ."> in luUiibev, with sonu> adjacent smaller islets, ex-
tend nearly 20 miles in a westerly direo'ion from Cape Scott. There
are wide jiassages between the western i.slands, but as no sou idings
have been obtained in them, and strong tide rips find overlalls have in-
variably been observed raging there, no vessel should venture among
or through them, unless compelled to do so.

240

FROM GEORGIA STRAIT TO CAPF. SCOTT.

Westward of Cape Scott tlie titles set with considerable strength to
'.;lie nortii and south across the entrance to Goletas Channel, and a ves-
sel passing' out northward of the Scott Islands must beware that she is
not set down too near them with the ebb stream.

Cox Island, the easternmost and largest of the group, has iron-bound
rocky hhores and several oil-lying dangers.

Lanz Island is separated IVoiu Cox Island by a passage i mile wide ;
its shores, like Cox Island, art rocky, and it rises near the center to a
snniinit 1,177 feet above the sea; both the islands are wooded.

There are 17 fathoms in the passage between Cox and Lanz Islands,
and in line weather with southerly winds a vessel may drop an anchor
northward of the former island in 14 fatlioms, but at all times it is a
neiivhborhooil to be avoided.

East Haycock, a small islet, has a rugged outline, and is covered
with a few stunted trees. Some small islets extend a short distance
>.\V. of it.

West Haycock, is small and rocky. Some small islets extend up-
wards of one mile southwestward of it ; foul ground existing around
them fori a mile.

Triangle Island, tiio westernmost of the group, 25 miles N. 77'^ W, of
cape Scoft, is .vbout one mile in extent, and dill'ers from the other islands
in being very precii)itous and bare of trees, and has a remarkable gap
in its summit; a ledge or reef extends one mile N\V. from it; to the
eastward are three low ish'ts, the outermost of which, 40 feet high,
is i'l miles from Triangle Island.

When navigating near the Scott islands, it is recommended to give
them a good oiling, especiall}' in a sailing vessel, as the tides set very
strongly through the passages between them.

Navigation. — For steamers, the navigation of the inner waters be.
tween Cape Mudge and the Pacilie is very simple, the only caution re-
quired being to steer mid-clianiuil ; if the woatiier he tiiu', except in the
viciniuyof the Nimpki.'di River, Ilehncken Island, and Soymoir Nar-
rows, these waters may be navigated as well by night asduring the d.ay,
the shores being so high on either side as to be easily defined.

If in a sailing vessel, unless the wind be fair and likely to remain so,
it would be i)refenilile to anchor lorihe night, as the wind usually falls
afrt'r sunset, especially during summer months.

Inner passage to Alaska.-7-Hleamers running on summer excur-
sions through tlie inland wateir.^of Ahiska as far as (iliKMcr Hay always
use the main channel of Haro Strait to reach the Gulf of Georgia. Sey-
mour Narrows, in Discovery I'assage, should n(»t be attempted exce|)t
at slack water. Broughton Strait is generally used, and is recommended
as the safest. After passing through this strait keep the Vancjouver
shore aboard, follow Goletas Cliannel, andenter Queen Charlotte Sound
by way of Christie Pass, which is said to bi safe at .ill times and at all
stages of the tide. Issuing from Christie Pass a straight course is laid

INNER PASSAGK TO ALASKA.

241

tlU!

so,

for Pine Island, which is h^ft to the eastward; thence for Egg Island,
which is also left to the eastward, and thence the course is laid for Cape
Calvert.

The inner passage is always to be preferred, for the reason that in
winter there is less inconvenience from SB. and SW. gales, and in sum-
mer the fogs and high NW. winds are partly avoided.

Water is generally so plentiful that at every valley or beach a stream
will be found.

Supplies. — The natives will generally bring alongside deer, grouse,
salmon, rock, cod and other fish in moderate quantities, selling them at
reasonable prices. Blankets, shirts of the most common description,
knives, beads, powder, shot, tobacco and red paint are very useful to
barter with. To men of- war tiiey are usually very civil, but crews of
coasters and merchant vessels f^hoald watch them vigilantly, as they
are cunning and treacherous (especially near the northern parts of Van-
couver Island), and have captured several small coasters.
U2C5— No. % IG

scur-
ivays

ISey-

fCl'pt

(U'd
[liver
Lund
It all

laid

CHAPTER VII

WEST COAST OF VANCOUVER ISLAND, FKOM THE STRAIT OF JUAN DE

FUOA TO CAPE SCOTT.

G-eneral description of the outer or western coast. — The general
direction is NVV, and SE., but the const is broicen into deep inlets, the
principal of wliicli, Biirclay, CIayoquot,'Nootka, Kyuquot and Quatsino
Sounds, are large sheets of water, with features similar to the other
great inlets on this part of the American continent.

Making the land. — When lirst making the land an unbroken range
of mountains will be seen ; on a nearer approach it appears thickly
wooded and app.ireutly fertile, iutersected with many deep oi^enings
and valleys. The coast is mostly low and rocky, but rises immediately
to mountains of considerable height. It is fringed by numerous rocks
and hidden dangers, esjiecially near the entrances of the sounds, and
the exercise of great caution and vigilance will be necessary on the part
of the navigator to avoid them. Strangers should not attempt to enter
any of the harbors or anchorages during night or thick weather, but
rather keep a good oiling until circumstances are favorable ; and when
about to make the coast, it can not be too strongly impressed ou the
mariner to take every op])ortunity of ascertaining his vessel's position
by astronomical observations, as fogs and tiiick weather come ou very
suddenly at all times of the year, more esi)ecially in summer and autumn
months. The curn/nt generally .sets to the SK. across the entrance
to .Tuan de Fuca Strait. The use of the lead is strictly enjoined.

Tides. — All along the outer or west coast of Vancouver Island it may
be said to be high water at full and change when the moon crosses the
nieri'!!an, viz, at noon and midnight, the tide showing considerable reg-
i.iarity as compared with the inner waters, the greatest rise and fall be-
ing everywhere about 12 leet. There are two higli and low waters in
theL'l Iionrsal! the year round, fn summer tnontiis the superior high
water is at midnight, and in winter months at noon.

The Hood stream api)ears to set along the (!0<a8t to the NW., and the
ebb to the SE.; iieitlier are of great strength, except in the vicinity of
Fuca Strait and the Scott Islands. In summer months a set is gen-
erally found to the southward and in winter in the opposite direction,
but as a rule the currents are irregular, and apparently influenced by
prevailing winds.

Used at

''t'lreiiei

Suppi

^•"ixli, sal
what resl

SOUNDINGS — CLIMATE — WINDS — SUPPLIES.

248

Soundings. — At the entrance of Fuca Strait the 100-fatbom eilge of
the bank extends 40 miles oflshore; it then runs in nearly a straight
direction, gradually nearing the coast, and abreast Cape Cook or Woody »
Point the depth of 100 fathoms will be obtained within 4 miles of the
shore; to the NW, of Woody Point the 100-fathom edge does not ex-
tend more than 10 miles oftshore, and to the southward and westward
of the Scott Islands even less.

The nature of the bottom, when under 100 fathoms, appears to be
generally composed of sand and gravel, and does not dift'er in one part
from another sufficiently to afford any guide for ascertaining a vessel's
exact position on the coast; the bank, however, extends far enough off-
shore to the SE. of Cape Cook to enable the mariner making the coast
in thick weather, by sounding in time, to get due notice of his appoach
to the land, as the edge of 100 fathoms does not come within 18 miles
of it, and the bank shoals very gradually.

Climate and Winds.— The seasons, wet and dry, generally take the
following course : After the gales with rain, which usually occur about
the time of the equinox, line clear weather sets in, and continues until
about the middle of November. At this period rain begins to fall con-
tinuously for days, and gales of wind are frequent on the coast.

The barometer ranges from 'JD.50 to 30.10 and falls rapidly on the
approach of a southerly gale. Uising gradually to 30.20 and 30.50, a
northerly wind springs up, and 3 days of tine clear weather with hoar-
frost generally follow. After the third day the barometer slowly falls,
and again the gale with rain springs up, to be succeeded after a few days
by a rising barometer and frosty weather, which, as the season advances,
occasionally becomes intense, and is accompanied by hail and snow ;
the latter seldom lasts for any length of time. The summer is dry, with
a most scorching sun. Little or no rain lalls from the middle of April
until the equinox. liie i)revailing winds during these summer mouths
are from SW. to NW., blowing freslily uuriug the day, the nights are
calm and clear. Northerly winds occasionally prevail, and iu the
southern iiarts of the island are hot and dry.

Natives. — Tlu^ west coast of the island is very thinly i>opulated, the
liighest estimate of the natives not exceeding 4,000, divided into a num-
ber of very small tribes. As a rule they are liarndess and inoffensive,
t'uMigh in a few cases the crews of vessels wrecked on their coasts have
l»een i»lundered and ill treated. They are addicted to ]>ilfering, espe-
cially in the vicinity of Xootka Sound, and ought to be carefully
watched.

The tribes speak different dialects, and the Chinook jargon, which is
nse<l at Victoria in transactions with the settlers and natives, will not
tie generally understood on the west coast.

Supplies. — The natives live principally on tish, i)otatoes, and berries.
Tisli, salmon, halibut, rock cod, I'erring, and hoolican, the latter some-
what resembling a sardine, are found in great abundance. Deer, grouse,

244

THE WEST COAST OF VANCOUVER ISLAND,

and wild fowl ixre also to be bad, but they are not by any niear s so plen-
tiful as alonff the northeastern coast of the island.

Trade. — Furs and tish oil are the only articles of trade wi, h the na-
tives, and the quantity small.

At the Alberni Inlet in Barclay Sound a large sawmill was estab.
lislied in 18G0 by an I^lnglish company, and a considerable lumborlrade
was carried on.

At Forward Inlet and Coal Harbor, in Qnatsino Sound, seams of coal
of considerable thickness have been seen, and there is no doubt that a
quantity of that valuable article is to be met with in the northwestern
part of the island.

Indications of copper and iron are also plentiful, especially in Barclay
Sound. In Port San Juan, and in the Muchalat or Guaguiua ,irui of
Nootka Sound, some traces of gold have been met with.

The Coast from Port San Juan trends in miles in a westerly direction
to Bonilla L'oint, rising gradually to elevations from 1,000 to 2,000 feet.
Bonilla Point slopes gradually to the sea, is not in anyway remarkable,
and may be approached within one mile ; to the westward of it the coast
becomes more broken, still keeping a westerly direction, being high a
short distance inland.

Nitinat Lake, the entrance to which is narrow and shoal, is of con-
siderable size, extending to the northward. There are only one to 2
fathoms in the entrance, and the sea generally breaks heavily across it
in bad weather. Four miles to the westward of the entrance is a
remarkable waterfall, called by the natives Tsusiat, which may be seen
at a good distance, even in thick weather, when it would help to identify
a vessel's position, being the only waterfall on this part of the coast.

Pachena Bay is nearlj- 2 miles deep and i mile wide, with from 5 to
6 fathoms water, but as it is open to the southwestward, and there
is usually a heavy swell setting into it, no vessel should anchor there.
At its head, on the west side, is a stream where boats can get in and (ind
shelter in bad weather.

Sea-Bird Islet, off' the entrance of the baj', is bare, about 10 feet
above water, and of small extent.

A rock which does not uncover lies t} mile S. 68° W. of Sea-Bird
Islet, also at J mile S. 50^ B. of the islet there is a similar rock that
breaks at very low tides. Sea-Bird Islet should not be approached
within 1^ miles.

The coast between Pachena Bay and the SE. point of entrance of
Barclay Sound, a distance of 3 miles, is rocky, forming an open bay that
aftbrds no shelter.

The soundings between Poit bi»n Juan and Barclay Sound, at a dis-
tance of 2 miles offshore, vary froi i 50 to 18 fathoms, shoaling when to
the westward of Nitinat Lake, iO aJ'ej to the southward of which will
be found less than 50 fathoms.

BARCLAY SOUND — KELP BAY.

245

feet

ice of
that

Barclay Sound is upwards of 14 miles wide at its entrance, and

'.1th for
lets or
je, and
slands,
)e used
in the
}d, and
mountainous.

Soundings. — A bankof sand and gravel, with depths from 25 to 45
fathoms, extends 40 or 45 miles to the southward and westward of the
entrance of Barclay Sound. In the mid<llc of this bank is a deep hole
the east i)art of which is 5 miles SW. of the entrance ; from thence the
hole extends 19 miles in a westerly directicn, with depths varying from
60 to 100 fathoms, so that if steering for Barclay Sound from the SW.,
and the weather be thick, by attention to soundings a vessel might
ascertain her position within a few miles. To the SK. of the entrance
the water becomes deeper, and at a distance of 10 miles offshore there
are (50 to 70 fathoms, sand and mud.

The Eastern Channel is ou the southeastern side of the sound, be-
tween the main shore and Deer Islands. Its shores are low and r igged,
except ill the norther- part, where they become high. There a;r sev-
eral dangers within it, viz, the rocks off" Cape Beale and Channel
Rocks at the southern part, and the Fog Itock off" Tzaartoos Island.

Cape Beale, the southeastern entrance point of Barclay Sound and
of the Eastern Channel, is a bold rocky point, 120 feet high (the tops
of the trees being 300 feet above high water), and some rocks extend
off It from 400 to 800 yards.

Light. — On a small islet at the extremity of Cape Beale is a square
light-iiouse.

Caution. — The light-house should not be brought to bear eastward
of S. 73° ^'. so as to avoid the foul ground which extends off" the entrances
to Barclay .''ound.

Bamfield Creek. — At 4 miles from Cape Beale, on the east side of
"le channel, is the entrance to two creeks, the southern of which is
Bamtield. There is room for a vessel to moor at a short distance from
its head in (J fathoms. A narrow passage, 30 yards wide, with G feet
at low water, runs from the head to an inner basin, which is one mile
long, and has from 2 to 4 lathoms.

Q-rappler Creek, the northern arm, extends if mile to the southeast-
ward; it is about 40 yards wide, with from 8 to 10 fathoms; it then takes
a northerly direction ami becomes very shoal. Both these creeks afford
good sheltered anchorage to small craft.

Kelp Bay, SiJ miles from Cape Beale, affords a fairly-sheltered an-
chorage in from to 14 fathoms. Its shores are low, and a rock which
covers at one-third Hood lies 200 yards north of its southern entrance

244

THK WEST COAST OP VANCOUVER ISLAND.

and wild fowl arc also to be had, but they are not by any weans so plen-

(2000) BRITISH COLUIIIBIA Vancouver Island-South coast
Clo-oose village -Information. -Tiie village and Methodist mission
of Clo-oose is sitnated in the small cove between the mouth of Chnck-
wear river .ind the outlet of Nitinafc lake, in (approximately) lati-
tude 48° 40' 22" N., longitude 124° 50' 00" W.

The village is connected with the Goveiiiment telegraph line to
Victoria and by telephone with Carmanah lighthouse. Shipwrecked
mariners can get shelter and assistance here. (N. M. 49, 1905 )

of considerable thickness have been seen, and there is lio iioiiuc tiiai a

quantity of that valuable article is to be met with in the northwestern
part of the island.

Indications of copper and iron are also plentiful, especially in Barclay
Sound. In Port San Juan, and in the Muchalat or Guaguina arm of
Nootka Sound, some traces of gold have been met with.

The Coast from Port San Juan trends 10 miles in a westerly direction
to IJouilla Point, rising gradually to elevations from 1,000 to 2,000 feet.
Bonilla Point slopes gradually to the sea, is not in anyway remarkable,
and may be approached within one mile ; to the westward of it the coast
becomes more broken, still keeping a westerly direction, being high a
short distance inland.

Nitiuat Lake, the entrance to which is narrow and shoal, is of cou-
siderable size, extending to the northward. There are only one to 2
fathoms in the entrance, and the sea generally breaks heavily across it
in bad weather. Four miles to the westward of the entrance is a
remarkable waterfall, called by the natives Tsusiat, which may be seen
at a good distance, even in thick weather, when it would help to identify
a vessel's position, being the only waterfall on this part of the coast.

Fachena Bay is nearly 2 miles deep and J mile wide, with from 5 to
6 fathoms water, but as it is open to the southwestward, aTul there
is usually a heavy swell setting into it, no vessel should anchor there.
At its head, on the west side, is a stream where boats can get in and find
shelter in bad weather.

Sea-Bird Islet, off the entrance of the bay, is bare, about 10 feet
above water, and of small extent.

A rock which does not uncover lies J mile S. 68'^ W. of Sea-Bird
Islet, also at ^ mile S. 50° E. of the islet there is a similar rock that
breaks at very low tides. Sea-Bird Islet should not be approached
within IJ miles.

The coast between Pachena Bay and the SE. point of entrance of
Barclay Sound, a distance of 3 miles, is rocky, forming an open bay that
affords no shelter.

The soundings between Port San Juan and Barclay Sound, at a dis-
tance of 2 miles offshore, vary from 50 to 18 fathoms, shoaling when to
the westward of Nitinat Lake, 10 miles to tUe southward of which will
be found less than 50 fathoms.

lUKCLAY SOUND — KELP BAY.

245

a dis-
rhen to
ub will

Barclay Sound is upwards of 14 miles wide at ita eiitrauce, aud
tliousli encumbered by uumorous islands it maintains this breadth for
nearly 12 miles inland, when it separates into several narrow inlets or
canals, the principal of which is Alberni Inlet. Off the entrance, aud
in the southern parts of the sound, are innumerable rocks and islands,
with several navigable channels between them, which ought to be used
with great caution by strangers. The shores are low, except in the
northern part among the canals, where thej* become high, rugged, and
mountainous.

Soundings. — A banlcof sand and gravel, witii depths from 25 to 45
fathoms, extends 40 or 45 miles to the southward and westward of the
entrance of Barclay Sound. lu the middle of this bank is a deep hole
the east i)art of whi(!h is 5 miles SW. of the entrance ; from thence the
hole extends 19 miles in a westerly direction, with depths varying from
60 to 100 fathoms, so that if steering for Barclay Sound from the SVV.,
and the weather be thick, by attention to soundings a vessel might
ascertain her position within a few miles. To the SK. of the entrance
the water becomes deeper, and at a distance of 10 miles offshore there
are (iO to 70 fathoms, sand and mud.

The Eastern Channel is on the southeasteru side of the sound, be-
tween the main shore and Deer Islands. Its shores are low and rugged,
except in the northern part, where they become high. There are sev-
eral dangers within it, viz, the rocks off Cape Beale and Channel
Eocks at the southern part, and the Fog Kock oft" Tzaartoos Island.

Cape Beale, the southeastern entrance point of Barclay Sound aud
of the Eastern Channel, is a bold rocky point, 120 feet high (the tops
of the trees being 300 feet above high water), and some rocks extend
oft" It from 40;> to 800 yards.

Light. — On a small islet at the extremity of Cape Beale is a square
light-house.

Caution. — The light-house should not be brought to bear eastward
of S. 73° E. 80 as to avoid the foul ground which extends off the entrances
to Barclay Sound.

Bamfield Creek. — At 4 miles from Cape Beale, on the east side of
the channel, is the entrance to two creeks, the southern of which is
Bamlield. There is room for a vessel to moor at a short distance from
its head in fathoms. A narrow passage, 30 yards wide, with G feet
at low water, ruirs from the head to an inner basin, which is one mile
long, and has from 2 to 4 fathoms.

Grappler Creek, the northern arm, extends § mile to the southeast-
ward ; it is about 40 yards wide, with from 8 to 10 fathoms ; it then takes
H northerly direction and becomes very shoal. Both these creeks afford
good sheltered anchorage to small craft.

Kelp Bay, Sjf miles from Cape Beale, affords a fairly-sheltered an-
chorage in from 6 to 14 fathoms. Its shores are low, and a rock which
covers at one-third liood lies 200 yards north of its southern eutrauco

246

Tt!E WEST COAST OF VANCOUVER ISLAND.

point, and tlierc is a small islet at its north point, wliioh shows a con-
spicuous white mark; foul ground, marked by kelp, exists in the north-
ern pdi't of the bay.

If inteiuling to anchor in this bay give the entrance points a berth of
400 yard'j, and anchor in its southern part in G to li fathoms, with tiie
entr.ince points bearing 8. 79° W. and N. 34° B. This anchorage Is easy
of access, but the bottom is irregular.

Mark Islet, 8 miles from Cape Beale, and 200 yards off the eastern
side of the channel, is small and wooded, sind cons* 'cuous from the en-
trance of the Middle Channel; the shore between it and Kelp Bay runs
nearly straight, and may be approached to within a distance of 400
yards.

Numukamie Bay, in the northeastern part of the Eastern Channel,
is of an oblong shape ; its shores rise gradually to mountains. From the
center of its head the Sarita Valley extends away to the eastward, a
stream ot considerable size (lowing from it into the buy. In the center
of the b.ay are the San Josti and Reef .slets, of snr a extent, and low ;
from the south point of the latter islet a reef extends 200 yards.

The depths in Numukamis Bay are great, and there is no anchorage
except in Christie Bay. The shores are steep-to, except off Sarita Val-
ley, where a sand-bank extends out i mile.

Poett Nook, in the southern part of this bay, is a landlocked basin.
The entrance to it is nearly straight, 200 yards long and 150 feet wide,
with 7 fathoms in the shoalest part ; it is difficult for large vessels to
enter unless they warp in.

There are three small creeks on the north side of Nnmukamis Bay, but
the water is too deep for anchorage.

Turn Island, at the northeastern point of the Eastern Channel, is
small and wooded, and separated by a narrow boat pass from the east
shore. At If mile south of it is a narrow creek, with from 9 to 12 fath-
oms, available for small craft.

Ship Islet, at the southwestern point of the Eastern Channel, is
rocky, with a few remarkable trees on its northern part, which at some
distance seaward give the islet the appearance of a ship under sail,
forming a good mark for identifying the channel ; there are depths of
from 23 to 24 fathoms at 400 yards from it.

Deer Islands extend in a NE. and SW. direction for 10 miles. They
are low, and of inconsiderable size, except Tzaartoos Island. There is
only one navigable passage through them, the Satellite Pass, between
Helby and Hill Islands.

King Island, the southernmost, is rugged and broken, witli rocks
extending from 200 to 400 yards off. This island is separated from Ship
Islet by a passage i^ mile wide, but there is a rock in the middle of it,
which is awash at high water.

Channel Rocks, on the western side of the channel, GOO yards oast
of King Island, are about 200 yards in extent, and cover at half tlood j

DIANA ISLAND — FOG ROCK.

247

there are It) to 12 fathoms 200 yards to tlie eastward of tliem, and upon
them the sea generally breaks.

Leading Mark. — Turn Island, at tiin nortlieastern point of the East-
ern Channel, shut in by Leading Bluff of Tzaartoos Island bearing N.
43° E., leads east of the Channel Uocks, and west of the rocks oft' Cape
Beale.

Diana Island, separated from King Island by a passage full of ro(!ks,
is of triai'gnlar shape ; its shores are rocky. Taylor Islet lies (iOO yards
S.oio W. of its SB. point.

Todd Rock lies lOO yards from the eastern side of Diana Island.
The roek is awash at high water, with 10 fathoms close to it.

Helby Island, Entrance Anchorage. The ne.xt island northward
of Diana, has oft" its northern side a small but well-sheltered anchorage
in from to ',) fathoms, easy of access from either the Eastern or Mid-
dle Channels, and very convenient as a stopping place for vessels enter-
ing or leaving Barclay Sound.

Wizard Islet, northeastward of the ai horage, is small, about 8 feet
high and bare. It is about 800 yards from Helby Island, and vessels
intending to anchor should do so about 200 yards SW. of the islet in 6
fathoms.

Hill Island, separated from Helby Island by the Satellite Pass, is
small, with a summit of moderate height at its southern end. At \
mile southward of it is a patch of 3i fathoms, marked by kelp, and
there are several small islets and rocks oft' its eastern and western
sides.

Robbers Island, separated from Hill Island by a passage full of
rocks, is one mile broad at its widest part. It is low, and steep-to on
tlie eastern side, and between it and Tzaartoos Island is a small land-
locked basin of 5 to 7 fathoms water, but almost ina(!cessiblo in conse-
quence of the many rocks at its entrance.

Tzaartoos or Copper Island is higher than the other islands; its
eastern side, except in the vicinity of Sproat Bay, is steep-to, and may
be approached to within a distance of 400 yards. Limestone of a tine
quality is to be fourid in its northern part, and there are several indi-
cations of copi)erand iron ores.

Sproat Bay, on the southeastera side of Tzaartoos Island, is about
i mile wide and 400 yards deei). In its center are two small islets, and
between them and the southern side of the bay a vessel may anchor in '
from 11 to 15 fathoms.

Leading Bluff, just south of the bay, is a steep point and conspicu-
ous from the entrance of the Eastern Channel.

Fog Rock, lying about 400 yards east of Sproat Bay, is of small ex-
tent, with only feet over it, and steep-to all round. This danger is in
the track of vessels using Sproat Bay, and requires caution to avoid it,
not being marked by kelp in the spring.

The east side of Bobbers Island open of Leading Blurt' bearing S.

248

THE WEST COAST OF VANCOUVER ISLAND.

62° W. leads SK. of Vog Rock, and tlie west side of Knob Point well
open east of Limestone Point N. li(P E. leads east of it.

Knob Point, the soutliwestern entrance jtoiiit of Alberni Iidet, is
about J mde to the northward of T/aartoos Island. It ia a remarkably
cliffy projectinj,' i)oint, steei)t(i on its southern and eastern sides.

Alberni Inlet runs in a winding northerly direction for lili miles, with
a breadth \aryin{j from 400 yards to one mile, and terminates in a tine
capacious anchorage at its head; the shores on either side are, rocky
and ruj^rged, rising al)ruptly from the sea to mountains L',00() and 3,000
feet high : at the head, however, the land becomes low and fertile, a
large extent being fit for cultivation. A settlement and large sawmills
are established there, and quantities of timber exported. There is also
a salmon fishery.

The depths to within one mile of the head vary from KiO to 40 fath-
oms, and the shoves of the inlet are everywhere free from danger.

San Maeto Bay is on the east side of the inlet, just within the en-
trance ; its shores are high, and it is too deep for ancdiorage.

Mutine Point, nndway between this bay and Turn Island, is rocky,
ciud as at a short distance oli' it a rock is said to exist, a berth of 400
yards should be given in pa.ssing. Just south of this point is a small
bay with irregular soundings.

tTchucklesit Harbor, on the west side of Alberni Inlet, .'5 miles
within Knob Point, is 3 miles long in a northwesterly direction, and its
average breadth is about J mile; the north shore is high, rising grad-
ually to mountains, but the south shores and head are low ; all are free
from danger at a distance of '200 yards. There are two secure anchor-
ages. Green Cove at the entrance, and Snug Basin at the head. Lime-
stone of a very line quality is to be procured at the head of the harbor.

Green Cove, just within the entrance, aflbrds a snag, well-sheltered
anchorage. Harbor Island, oif its south side, and completely landlock-
ing the anchorage in that direction, is of small exte.it, with a clear deep
pa.ssage on each side into the anchorage; a rock lies 100 yards oft' its
southeastern jjoint.

This anchor.age is convenient as a stopping place fur vessels bound
to or from Stamp Harbor at the head of Alberni Inlet, and the entrances
to it, on either side of Harbor Island, make it available for sailing ves-
sels or steamers.

Steamer Passage, on the east side df Harbo'' Island, is 400 yards
long and about 150 yards wide in the narrowest iiart, with not less than
fathoms, but it should only be used by steam vessels, or sailing ships
Avith a fair wind.

Ship Passage, north of Harbor Island, is 800 yards long, and 400
yards wide, and is clear of danger.

Snug Basin, at the head of Uchucklesit Harbor, is A mile long and
about 400 yards broad, is well adaiited for I'efltting or repairing a ship,
and aflbrds anchorage in 12 to 14 fathoms; but the entrance, though
deep, is only 150 feet wide.

STAMP IIAKHOK — HARC'LAY SOUND DIRElTIONS.

249

Water. — >ii tin- norlh whoiv, oim mile I'loni (Iret'ii (Jove, is a liir>,'c
stii'inii (it tn'sii \vt\t»'r\ with a liiiiik ('\t«'ii(liii'^ m slimt tlistaiuM- dtl' it.

Nahmint Bay, on tlii>, west side of AllnTiii Inlet, 10 miU's witliiii its
eiitniiiL'e, is iilioiit A iiiilc in cxtoiit and ik'cp.

The First Narrows im- (idO yanls wide nl l<i\v water and arc .stc-t'p-
to on tlie wi'siinn side. If passinji tlirontrli tlieni at lii<;li water, keep
well over to tlie western sliore.

The Second Narrows are K>() .v.irds wide at low water, steep-to on
the eastern side; tlie western side ilriesoiit liOO yards at low water. In
fioiiiy tliront'li tlieni a vessel siionld keep sv«»ll over on the eastern side.

Stamp Harbor, at the head of tiie iidet, is a large and secure aiichor-
aj^e. Its western sliore is liiujli and rocky, but the eastern side and
head are low and fertile, with a (inantity of clear level land. The So-
mass Jliver, a stream of considerable size, flows into the bead of the har-
bor and is navigable for canoes several miles; it has its source in a
chain of extensive lakes in the interior of Vancouver Island, and the
quantity of water discharged from it is so great that there i.s a constant
current out of the inlet, often exceeding one knot in strength. There is
.1 settlment about 1^ miles up the river, which is increajiing.

Groat quantities of the finest timber in the world for spars are ex-
ported from this place, and vessels of considerable size may lie close to
the sawmill.

A steam tug is attached to the sawmill establishmeu.'" for the purpose
of towing vessels through the K istern (Jaaiiuel ; when a vessel is ex-
pected the tug generally lies in Dodger Cove, at the entrance of Middle
Channel, where a good lookout can be kept. If is believed that this
establishment has since been abandoned.

Observatory Islet, in the center of the harbor, is a small biuv rock
about 6 feet above high water; .soiue rocks extend lOU yards north of
it, but it may be approa(!hed within 300 yards.

Sheep Islet, in the northwestern part of harbor, is wooded, and con-
nected to the head of the harbor at low water by a sand bank.

Anchorage. — The anchorage in the harbor is in S to 12 fathoms, at
the distance of 'i mile from the head, with Ob.servatory Lslet S. 08° W.

Supplies. — Game is plentiful, and there is excellent ti.shing in the
river and lakes. Fresh beef, vegetables, and fruit are plentiful and
iiheap.

Directions for Barclay Sound.— Entering Barclay Sound through
the Eastern Channel. Capo lieale may be easily recognized from the
SE. by the lighthouse and by the islands west of it, Shii) Islet being
also very consi)i'juous from the trees on its north part. When ap-
proaching or rounding vae cape, do not come nearer that ^ mile, to avoid
the rocks otf it, until Turn Island, at the northeastern part of Eastern
Channel is well shut in l)y Leading Blutl, bearing N. 13=^ E., when steer
up the Eastern Chauiiel -vith that mark on, which will lead clear of the
rocks off the western side of Cape Bealc and east of Channel Kocks.

250

THE WEST COAST OF VANCOUVF.R ISLAND.

On tiearlng Leading Bluff keep the east side of Robbers Island open
south of it, bearings. iY2° W,, to pass east of the Fog Kock, until the
west side of Knob Point comes open east of Limestone Point, bearing N.
20° E., when steer uj) within 400 yards of either shore, or in mid channel.
If bound to Stamp Harbor, after entering Alberni Iidet keep in mid-
channel, except when passing tiirongh the First and Second Narrows,
ai'd anchor on the eastern side of the harbor with the bearings already
given.

After entering Alberni Inlet a strong southerly wind will generally
be experienced, blowing hon)e to the head ; it, however, usually falls a
little during the night.

If beating into the Eastern Channel (wliich should oidy be done by
small or quick-working vessels), when standing towards Ciipe Beale,
tack before the passage between Turn Isiaiul and the main comes open
of Leading Bluff, bearing N. 45^ K. Ship Islet may be approached to
within l[ mile; when nearing King Island, or the Channel Itocks, taclf
when Turn Island becomes shut in with Leading Bluff. As a rule, in
standing towards the east shore, do not approach within 400 yards, and
after p.icsingthe Channel Kocks keep outside of the liiu;s of Deer Is-
laudf On nearing Leading Bluff use above-mentioned precautions for
f-Iearing Fog Rock ; when standing into Numukamis Bay give Reef and
San .Ios6 Islatuls a bertij of about 400 yards, after which the shore on
either side nuij be approached to about 200 yards, except near the cen-
ter of Numukamis Bay, which should not be approached closer than i
mile.

Anchorages. — If necessary to anchor. Entrance Anchorage,in the
Deer group, just north of Helby Island, is recommended, being secure
and easy of access from either Eastern or Mi<ldle Channels. Kelp,
Sproat, Christie and Nahmint Bays, also Creen Cove, are easy of access,
and may be used as stopping places.

Middle Channel, the largest passage into Barclay Sound, is adjacent
to the Eastern Cliannel, and separated from it bv the Deer Islands. On
either side are numerous small islands and rocks. Off its entrance are
three dan;L;ers, viz: Danger Rock, Channel Beef and Western Reef,
which only break in heavy weather and require great caution to avoid.
In southerly or soutiiwesterly gales there is generally a very heavy sea
in this channel.

Danger Rock, in tlie southeastern part of entrance to Middle (Uiau-
nel, .'U miles X. 02° \V. of Cape Beale, is of small extent, and the sea
oidy breaks on it in heavy weather. There are from 22 to 40 fathoms
around it at a distance of 400 yards.

Leading Marks. — Swiss Boy Island just open west of Entrance
Island, bearing N. 45° E. (northerly), leads east of Danger Rock ; Mark
Islet t)i)en north of Bagged Islet, bearing N. 08^ E., leads west of it and
east of Cliannel Reef; and Sail Roijk in sight west of Storm Island, bear-
ing N. 39° W., leads south of it an<l Channel Reef.

CHANNEL KEEF — SATELLITE PASS.

251

Channel Reef lies near the center of the entrance to Middle Channel.
It is about 200 yards in extent, uncovers at low water, and has 27 fath-
oms close to on the eastern side ; there are from 19 to 50 fathoms in the
channel between it aud Danger Rock, and the same marks clear both
of them.

Western Reef lies in the southwestern part of entrance to Middle
Channel, and one mile south of the Broken group. It is about 200 yards
in extent, awash at low water, and shouhl not be aitproached within ^
mile.

In bad weather the sea breaks heavily over all these reefs.

Entrance Island, at the southeastern point of Middle Channel, and
nearly one mde N\V. of Ship Islet, is of small extent, and wooded ; the
tops of the trees being ;ioO feet above high water. It is steepto and
cliffy on the southern and western sides ; 4 'nile NE. of it is a small islet
aud some off-lying rocks.

Hecate Passage, leading into the middle chainiel between Entrance
Island and Danger Rock, is 2 miles wide, and is the best way to enter
Middle Channel in thick weather, or from the southward or eastward.

Shark Pass, between Entrance aud Ship Islands, is rj mile wide, and
may be used by steamers, or sail'ng vessels with a fair wind.

Dodger Cove. — Between Diana and King Islands are two small
islands (Uains and Bepplngs) conneciod to each other by a reef. Dodger
Cove is between these ishinds ami Diana Island, aud is a narrow
creek alwut jl mile long and 200 yards wide, with several rocks and
small islets off' its entrance. It affords good shelter to coasters or small
craft at its head, where there are from 2i to 3 fathoms water, but it
should not be attempted by strangers, as the entrance along the .south
side of Diana Island is rather intricate.

Ragged Islet, \ mile west of Ilelby Island, is rocky and of small
extent, with a lew trees on its summit; the western side nniy be ap-
proached to within a distance of about WO yards, but it is connected to
Helby Island by a ridge of rocks, and no vessel should attempt to go
between tliem.

Satellite Pass, between Helby and IJill Inlands, is about one mile
long and h mile wide; the southern side is clear of danger; but 600
yards southward of Hill Island, on tiie north side of the pass, is aslioal
patch of 3A fatlK)ma, nmrked by kelp ; Leading Bliitf open of east side
of Hill Island, bearing N. Cu'^ E., lea<ls to the SE. of this shoal.

Vessels bound toAlberni Inlet, after having entered Middle Cliauuei,
shouhl proceed through this i)ass into the Eastern Channel and on to
the inlet throngii the latter, keeping about <100 yards north of Ragged,
Helby, and Wizard Islands.

Village Rocks, lying ^ mile from the northwestern point of Robbers
Island, are nearly awash at low water, and the sea usually breaks on
tliem in heavy weather; the.v should not be approached within ^ mile-
Between Robbers and Tzaartoos Islands is a small landlocked basiu

252

THE WE-ST COAST OP VANCOUVER ISLAND.

■with from 5 to 7 fatboms, but the entrance to it from the Middle Clianuel,
tbough dee|>, is very iutricate.

Chain Islands, on tiie east side of Middle Channel, are a chain of
small islets and rocks nearlj' 4 miles long in a northeasterly direction.
They lie parallel to the western side of Tziuutoos Island, being sepa-
rated from it by a passage !f mile wide, filled with rocks, and through
M-hicli vessels should not attempt to i)ass.

S'wiss Boy Island, the southernmost of this group, is small and cliffy.
Bull Kock, 400 yards \. 18° W. of its southern end, is of small extent,
jund has less than 2 fathoms water on it, which breaks in bad weather.

Caution. — Vessels should not approach the weatern side of these
islands within A mile, except when rounding their north part.

Junction Passage connects Middle Channel with Alberni lulet and
Eastern Channel ; it is north of the Chain and Tzuartoos Ishmds, and
between them and the main. Its shores are clear of danger. On the
northern side of the passage is Rainy Bay, about 1 i miles in extent ; but
there are several rocks and small islets within it; the shores are rugged
and broken, and the water too deep for anchorage. Northward of this
bay, ami connected to it by a very narrow boat pass, is Useless Arm, a
large sheet of water not accessible to vessels.

Broken group, which forms the boundary of Middle Channel along
the west side, is composed of a number of small islands and rocks, cov-
ering a space upwards of (5 miles long and 4 wide. They are low and
the principal ones wooded, the largest being about one mile in extent;
there are several passages through them, and a good anchorage (Island
Harbor-) in ti)eir northeastern part, but .strangers should not venture
among them or approach them Mithin i mile, as the depths are irregu-
lar, and other rock« besides those known may exist.

Redonda Island lies at tlie southwestern entrance point of Middle
Channel. It is small, wooded, and of a round shape; some rocks ex-
tend (500 yards off its southeastern point, and ^ mile east of it is a reef
which covers at half-tlood. Between Kedonda Ishuid and Channel
Reef is a passage one mile wide, but it should not be attempted by
strangers.

Village Island, the largest of the group, is upwards of one mile in
extent ; the eastern side is bold and clilfy, with 24 fathoms at 200 yards
distance. On its northern side is a village of considerable size, where
landing may be etlected in almost ail weather. Off its western side are
several rocks and a small bay, where a vessel may anclior in from 7 to
10 fathoms, but it is dillicnlt of access.

Coaster Channel, which runsiu a westerly direction through Broken
Group, iiortii of Village Island, is about 4 miles long and from i mile to
one mile wide, but as there are several rocks in it, this channel should
not be attemi)ted by strangers.

A sunken rock lies GOO yards N. 10° W. of the north end of Grassy
Island.

„

ISLAND HARBOR — DIRECTIONR.

25i$

III

ards

here

are

7 to

■UHHy

Village Reef, in the eastern part of Coaster Channel, i mile north
of Vilhige Ishiiid, is small and 4 feet above high water; there is a depth
of M fatlioms ;it (500 yards east of it.

Island Harbor, formed by several rocks and islands, in the north-
eastern part of Broken Group, viz, Protection Island on the east, Puz-
zle and Gibraltar Islands on the north, and Mullins and Keith Islands
on the west, is 5 miles from the entrance to Middle Channel; it is a
good, well-sheltered anchorage, about .^ mile in extent, with from 10 to
It fathoms water, ami there are two good passages into it from iMiddle
Channel.

Protection Island, off its eastern side, protecting it in that direc-
tion, is '^ mile long, narrow, and its shore is rugged and broken, but it
may be approaciied to within 1300 yards. There are two small, bare
islets 200 yards from its southern shore and almost connected to it at
low water.

Observation Islet, 30 feet high, and another small islet to the south
of it, lie 100 yards from the middle of the southern side of Protection
Island.

Elbow Island, GOO yards S. 4o° W. of Protection Islands, is smalt
and rugged, with a notch in the center ; there area few trees on it, and
the island is conspicuous Irom the southward.

Elbows Rocks, which v^over at two-thirds flood, lie 300 yards N. 45^
E. of Elbow Island, and are steepto on ail sides.

Several small islets and reefs, some above water and some covering
at one-third flood, lie in almost a straight line between Elbow Island
and the northeastern point of Keith Island; these, with Elbow Kocks,
form the western limit of the South Entrance Channel to the harbor.

Pinnace Rock, 000 yards east of Elbow Island, almost in the fair-
way of the south entrance, only breaks in heavy weather, and is dan-
gerous to vessels entering the harbor by that passage.

Channel Rock, in the middle of harbor entrance, 800 yards from its
eastern end, is of small extent, with only feet on it at low water.

Directions. — Island Harbor ma^- be entered either by the south or
by the harbor entrance. The south entrance, between the Elbow Rocks
and Protection Island, is 300 yards wide at its southern jiart, with from
8 to 14 fatlioms water. Harbor entrance, along the north aide of Pro-
tection Island, between it and Gibraltar Island, is nearly one milelong^
with an averagCj breadth of about 400 yards; the depths within it vary
from 16 to 18 fathoms.

Entering the harbor by the south entrance, steer for the southeastern
l)oiiit of Protection Island on a N. 55^ W. bearing, to avoid Pinnace
Hock; if the Eli>ow Kocks are covered, keep along tiie southern side of
Protection Island, about 100 yards distant, till past theiii, when steer
for the anchorage, passing about '_'00 yards .south of the islet.s oil Pro-
tection Island. Coming in ihroiigh Harbor euvrance, after entering it
in mi<l-channel keep about 10(t yards from the north side of Protection
Island till clear of Channel Kock.

254

THE WEST COAST OF VANCOlfVEK ISLAND.

Nooiiosboiild attempt to enter tbis harbor without the chart, unless
thoroughly acquainted with the place; and it should ouly be entered by
sailing vessels with a fair wind.

Anchorage. — The best anchorage is near the center of the harbor,
about 400 yards NW. of the NW. end of Protection Island, in from 10
to I'J fathoms, protected from the northward and from the westward by
Puzzle, Keith and MuUins Islands,

Nettle Island, the Nlil. island of Broken Group, is nearly one mile
in extent, steepto ofl" its northern side, but cast and west of it islets and
rocks extend out i mile.

Swale Rock, at ^ mile east of the east point of Nettle Island, is a
small bare rock 8 feet above high water, which is very conspicuous from
the Middle Channel, and marks the east entrance of tStchart Channel.

Sechart Channel, nortb. of Broken Group, between li; and the main,
connects the Western and Middle Channels. Itisa wiudii'g channel, 5
miles long in >■. w;>sterly direction and about A mile wide; a mid-cbau-
oel course through is free of danger.

A lock that only uncovers at low-water spring Udealies 500 yards !S.
<)0o W. of Sechart Village, and 300 yards X. 14° W. of the wesiorumost
of the Hundred Islands.

Capstan Island, nearly iu the middle of tbis channel, is small, and
the southernmost of a number of small islands extending nearly one
mile from ;be northern shore ; a rocu lies 100 yards south of it, but the
ishuid may be rounded at t niiie. w esLwaru vi tnese isiets is tut.- cs
tensive village ol" Sechart, ofl" which a vessel may anchor ^ mile from the
shore in 14 fathoms, open however fo the S\V.

Northward of Sechart Channel tlie western side of Middle Channel is
bounded by two narrow islands about 'J miles iu length, and separated
from the mainland by a narrow boat pass; they should not be ap-
proached nean>r than \ mile.

Bir^i Islets, two small, bare, conspicuous I'ocks, lie almost in the
centt .' of i'i< nortiiern jtart of Middle Channel ; some rocks which cover
extent' fl.»i> >., '1 . north and east of them.

EQlngham Inlet, the entrance to which is in the NW. ])art of Middle
Channel, is narrow, and about S miles long in a curved direction to the
northwestward, terminating in a low swamj) ; its shores on both sides
are high ami rocky, the western being indented by sever.d bays. The,
depths in it vary Irom 8.5 to more than 70 fathoms, and there is no an-
chorage; otf its south entrance point are sonu' small islets and rocks
<.'xtendiiig one mile to the eastward. Twin Islets, George Islet, and
several sunken rocks lie off the entrance to the inlet.

A sunken rock lies 700 yards N. 70^ E. of the north end of Webster
Island, and nearly liOO yards distant from the eastern shore of Eiling-
bam Inlet.

Vernon Bay, one mile east of Eflingbam Inlet, is upwar;:» of one
mile in extent, o))en to the southward, and too deep to allord anchorage;
i!8 shores are high and rocky.

BARCLAY SOUND — MIDDLE CHANNfiL DIRECTIONS.

2r)5

Edward Rock.— At GOO y^rds S. 22° E. cf Palmer Point, tlie SW.
extreme of Veruou J3iiy, is Edward l{o(!k, 3 fjet above liigii water; just
witliiii the eiitrauce is a reef awash at high a ater.

The northern shore of Middle Channel is rocky and bold, rising in
some places to mountains upwards of 3,000 feet high ; ii is steep-to and
clear of danger ; in southerly winds the sea breaks violently along it.

Directions. — Entering Barclay Sound b.s the Middle Oliannel with a
fair wind, and coming from the west or S \V., keep well clear of the west-
ern part of the sound and 3 miles south of IJroken Grou)). Steer to-
wards Ship Lslet on an east bearing until Mark Islet comes open north
of Ragged Lslet bearing N. 08° E., when haul into the Middle Channel with
that mark on, which will lead midway between Channel Keef and Dan-
ger Rock ; when Shii) Islet bears S. (iV^ E. the vessel will be north of
the.se reefs, and may then steer n\> in mid-channel. If bound to Alberui
Inlet, a sailing vessel should proceed through Satellite Pass into the
FJastern Channel. Should it be necessary to go through Junction Pas-
sage, give the Chain Islands a berth of nearly ^ mile to avoid tiie rocks
off them, and proceed in mid-channel through the passage into Alberui
Inlet.

LTnless intending to go through Satellite Pass, do not approach the
Deer Islands witliin .i mile.

If entering Middle Channel from the eastward or in thick weather,
and not aide to see the marks for dealing the reefs, keep well out until
Entrance Island bears >'.23-' E., when steer through Hecate Passage
.so as to pass \ issile west of the island, which will lead well eastward of
all danger, then proceed as aUovc directed.

Beating into Middle Channel, when sontti i;f Danger Bock and Chan-
nel Keef, keeji Sail Bock open south of Storm Island, the southernmost
of the group, bearing N. 40'^ W, until Mark Lslet comes nearly in line
with the SE. point of ilill Island X. 70^ E., when, if standing to the
westward, tack ; in standing to the eastward avoid shutting in the
pas.sage between Hill Island and Bagged Islet, which .should hv kept
well open ; tacking when thes<'. latter marks are on will lead between
Danger and Channel Beefs, and clear of them ; when Ship Islet bears
S. 07° E. vessels will be northward of them, and may stand over to
wiiiiin about \ mile of the Deer Islands and one milevtf J'loken Grunii.
•If bounil to Alberui Inlet, when able to lay through the Satellite Pass
rer to its southern .shore, ami b»

keeping

•P

through the Eastern Ciuinnel. Vessels should not attempt to beat
through Middle Channel unless the weather be clear and the marks
well made out.

Ve.ssels may go between Entrance Island and Danger Bock, to the
northward of the latter and Cliaiuiel Beef, by kee|)ing Sea bird Islet at
the entrance of I'achena Bay well shut in by Cape Beale, bearing S.

256

THE WEST COAST OF VANCOUVER ISLAND.

Western Channel is westward of the Broken Group, between it and
Great Bank, ami except in the vicinity of 15roken Group it is clear of
ilang:er.

Sail Rock, 1 vinj? ofl' the southwestern part of Broken Group, is a bare
nx'k like a sail, rising- 100 feet tvbove tlio sea ami very coiispicuous;
to tlie northward of it are some If w islets and rocks extending from the
S \V. island of the group, and on the eastern side of the Western Chan-
nel foul ground projects in some places as far as ^ mile oft" the western
side of the group.

Black Rock, at the southwestern entrance point of the Western
Channel, is lOfeet above high water and small; some rocks which break
extend 400 yards east of it.

Great Bear Islet lies IJ miles X. 45° E. of Black Rock; about 100
yards off its east end there is a rock awash.

Channel Rock, at the soutiieastern extreme of the Great Baidc, is
bare and steep-to on its eastern side.

Great Bank is, within the 10-fathom edge, 2^ miles long, and its
greatest breadth is 1h miles; on the shoalest parts, near the north and
SW. ends, are from 3 to 4 fathoms, marked by kelp, over which in
heavy gales the sea breaks.

Shag Rock, on the eastern side of the channel, 2'} miles N. 15° E. of
Sail Kock and ^ mile west of the Broken Group, is small and bare, and
foul ground exists 200 yards from it.

Round Island, near the middle of the northern part of the channel,
is small and but 200 feet high.

Beacon. — A beacon has been erected near the summit of Round Is-
land. Tiie structure is conical in shape, 40 feet high, and whitewashed,
and is surmounted by a mast and spire 15 feet high and 155 feet above
high-water mark.

Gowlland, Table, and Castle Islets, at the northern termination
of Western Channel, are small, but steep-to on their southern sides. At
400 yards 2^ W. of Table Islet is a rock, awash at high water, and i mile
ENE, of it is a patch GOO yards in extent, with from 4 to 7 fathoms ;
the best passage into Toquart Harbor appears to be to the eastward of
these islets. A rock whicii dries 9 feet lies about 150 yards eastward
of Gowlland Islet, and another, awash at low water, lies 400 yards north
of the islet.

Beacon. — A beacon consisting of a whitewashed wooden conical-
shaped structure 40 feet high, surmounted by a mast and triangle 10
feet high, stands on the summit of Castle Islet. Tlie beacon is 94 feet
above liigh-wator mark.

Directions. — The Western Channel, though clear of danger and wide,
slionid oidy be used by steamers, or sailing-vessels with a fair wind,
and not then unless bound to Toipuirt Harbor, in the northwestern
l)art of Barclay Sound. When entering, give tlie Sail and Black Rocks
a berth of .1 mile, ami steer up in mid-channel, passing i mile west of
Round Islam!.

PEACOCK CHANNEL — TOQUART HARUOR.

257

Leading mark. — Keep the beacon on Castle Islet well open to west-
uanl of that on llonn<l Island, bearing N. 23° E., which will lead be-
tween the reefs, •{ mile clear of all danger.

Peacock Channel lies tiirough the northwestern part of Broken
gronp in a NE, direction from the Western to Sechart Channel.

iV rock lies nearly in the center of the channel midway between Dodd
and Pender Islands. It has 4 feet water on it, and lies 1)00 yards IS. 43^
\V. of south end of Pender Island.

Galley Rock, on the eastern side of Peacock Channel, lij miles
within tiie west entrance, uncovers at low water, and has liJ fathoms
200 yards SW. of it. Peacock Channel is lit for steamers, or sail-
ing vessels with a fair wind; Uio only caution required in navigating
it is to keei) the northern shore aboard till past Galley Rock.

Hand Island, the northwestern island of the Broken group, is small
and rugged ; foul ground exists off its eastern and western sides, which
should not be approached within GOO yards.

Lyall Point, at the northwestern extreme of Sechart Channel on the
nmiidand, is a low, sharp i)oint, with a sandy beach round it; there is a
dei)th of 18 fathoms within 200 yards of it.

Mayne Bay, northward of Lyall Point, is of an oblong shape. Its
shores, except near the northern part, are low and steep to; there is no
anchorage except in its southeastern corner, where there is a limited
area with 14 fathoms at about 400 yards otfshore.

The Sisters, a group of small islets extending ^ miles soutliwa'-dof
the N\V. point of Mayne Bay, may be approached to 200 yards.

Stopper Islands, lying olf Mayne Bay, are woodeil, and 200 feet
iiigh ; the rocks extend from 400 to 000 yards off their eastern and
western sides.

Larkins Island lies close off their west side; a reef awash at high
water extends 500 yards north from its uorlheru end.

St. Innes Island lies to the southward of Stopper Islands, 1)^ miles
west of Lyall Point.

David Channel leads into Toqmirt Harbor.

Richard Rock, on its western side, 800 yards from the Sto[)per
Islands, is steep to on the east side, and may be approached to within
2(i(t yards; vessels should not pass between this rock and the isliiiuls.

Hermit Islet, north of tne Stopper Islands, is low, with 20 fathoms
ciosi'-to ; at 400 yards X. ;i3^ W. of it is a small rock, 2 feet above high
water.

Toquart Harbor is about LA miles in extent, and well sheltered from
all winds by the Stopper Islands. Its shores are low and steep-to,
(■xcei>t at the head, where Black Patch, a shoal with feet on its outer
part, extends out nearly ^ mile.

Image Island is small, and may be approached pretty close; to the
northwestward of it is an excellent anchorage in from 11 to 12 fathoms.
A rock lies close to its N W. end, and a reef near its southern point.
14205— No. 96 17

258

THE WEST COAST OF VANCOUVER ISLAND.

Village Passage loctds into the liarbor westward of Stopper Islands ;
it is upwards o , oue mile loiij^, and 600 jards wide in its narrowest part,
and is clear in niid-ohaniiel ; some rocks awash at high water lie on its
eastern side, extending; from the north end of Larkins Island.

Fipestem Inlet, a long narrow inlet extends nearly straight in a
ENE. direction from Tocjuart Harbor, but affords no anciiorage; its
shores are rocky and rise abruptly ; at its head is a small patch of
swampy ground, some fresh-water streams flowing tiirough it.

Directions. — I'^nteriug Toquart Harbor by David Channel, after
passing Lyall Point steer well into Mayne Bay to avoid Richard Rock ;
when Hermit Islet comes open of the Stopper Islands bearing N. 2S'^
W. vessels will be clear eastward of it, and may stepr for the harbor,
passing midway between the Sisters and Stopper Islands and eastward
of Hermit Islet; anchor in 14 fathoms, with Imago Island bearing N.
57° E. and Hermit Islet S. 22° E., or proceed farther north, keeping
200 yards off the west side of Image Island, and anchor NW. of it in
11 or 12 fathoms. Entering by Village Passage, keep in mid-channel,
or well over to the west shore, to avoid the rocks off the Stopper Islands.

Anchorage. — The anchorage is of considerble extent, in from 12 to
14 fathoms, muddy bottom.

The west coast of Barclay Sound from Toquart Harbor to Ucluelet
Arm trends nearly straight to the SW. aud rises gradually to high laud
2,000 feet above the sea.

Forbes Island. — For 2i miles from the Stopper Islands a chain of
small islands He parallel to the coast at a distance of about :| mile,
with from 5 to 11 fathoms between them and the shore. Forbes Island,
the southernmost of them, is moderately high, steep-to on its southern
side; nearly one mile SW. of it, and extending from the opposite
shore, are a number of rocks above high water.

Ship Channel is between the Vancouver Shore aud the Great Bank.
It is 4 miles long NE. and SW., ^ mile broad in its narrowest part.

Double Island, at its southeastern poiut is of small extent, steep-to
on the western side, but from the southern and eastern sides foul
ground extends upwards ot J mile.

Kelp Islet, on the opposite side of the channel, is low and bare ; kelp
extends 400 yards south from it.

Ugly Channel, connects Ship Channel with the ocean. It is bounded
on both sides by roolis aud reefs, and though probably deep, it has not
been suflBciently examined to recommend its being used bj' strangers.

Starlight Reefs, at its southeastern part, are a cluster of rocks
about -f mile in extent, some above high water; in bad weather the
sea breaks heavily over them.

Heddington, and Sykes Reefs lie between Starlight Reefs and
Double Islands.

Look-out Island, on the west side of Ugly Channel, is well wooded
and of small extent; at (500 yards southward of it is Humphries Reef, a

UCLUELKT ARM — STEWART BAY.

•259

ile.l

patch of rocks 400 yards in extent, and 1,200 yards nortliward of it lies
a bare rock 6 feet above liigh water.

Ucluelet Arm, just witliin tiic SW. entrance point of Barclay
Sound, is a narrow inlet parallel to the onter coast, and separated from
it only by a narrow peninsula. Its western shore is low, and indented
by several small creeks and bays; the eastern shore is nearly straight,
<aii(l, at a short distance inland, rises gradually to a flattop range of
considerable height, the SE. shoulder of which, Mount Ozzard, is con-
spicuous from the southeastward.

The depths in this arm vary from 4 to 8 fathoms, and there is secure
and well-sheltered anchorage from one mile inside the entrance to the
head.

Shelter Islands, ujiwards of i mile SE. of the entrance of the
Ucluelet Arm, are an irregular cluster of small islets and rocks, about
one mile long in a northwesterly direction and GOO yards wide, and
completely shelter the arm from the sea.

Center Reef, COO yards westward of their northern part, is of small
extent, and about 3 feet above high water.

Alpha Passage, between Center Reef and Shelter Islands, is 400
yards wide in its narrowest part. There is, however, said to be a
sunken rock in this passage, and it should therefore not be used by

(1189) BRITISH OOLUHBIA — Vanconwflr l«ian!i nT i i
sonnd - Carolina channel -AmDhItr?tenolJt Whi.Mi^*'?^®^
established -The Canadian GoSSt7, s"gi;;7S"i?t"°!;
automatic whistling buoy, on the Courtenay principle lu^ iJen est-ib

an uiioroKen ime oi sun. ' """S- '^^o .w z,} yy.

Round Island, at the north part of this channel, is luc ovll..'.^???'^
trance point to the Ucluelet Arm ; it is high and is connected by a
sandy beach at low water to the mainland ; the eastern side is steepto,
and may be approached to within 200 yards ; on the opposite side of the
entrance rocks awash at high water extend 200 yards off the eastern
shore.

Leading Point, on the western side of Ucluelet Arm, is bold, steep-
to, and may be approached to within a distance of 50 yards ; between
it and Round Island is a narrow creek, with 2 fathoms water, but the
entrance is blocked up by kelp. At Leading Point the breadth of the
inlet contracts to 200 yards.

Stewart Bay, ^ mile within the entrance, is 400 yards deep and J
mile wide. In its center is a rock awash at high water, and the bay is
too shallow to attbrd anchorage except to coasters; there is a native
village of considerable size in its western part, off which some small
rocks extend about 100 yards.

258

THE WEST COAST OF VANCOUVER ISLAND.

Village FasBage U'lids into tlic harbor westwanl of Stopper Islands ;
it is upwards o. one mile iony, and GOO yards wide in its narrowest part,
and is clear in inid-oliannol ; some rockaawasli at high water lie on its
eastern side, extending' from the north end of Larkins Island.

Fipestem Inlet, a long narrow inlet extends nearlj- straight in a
ENE. direction from To<iuart Harbor, but atlbrds no anchorage; its
shores are rocky and rise abruptly ; at its head is a small i)atch of
swamjjy ground, some fresh-water streams flowing through it.

Directions. — Entering Toquart Harbor by David Channel, after
passing Lyall I'oint steer well into Mayue Bay to avoid Kichard Uock ;
when Hermit Islet comes open of the Stopper Islands bearing N. L'8°
\V. vessels will he clear eastward of it, and may steer for the harbor,
passing midway between the Sisters and Stopper Islands and eastward
of Hermit Islet; anchor in 14 fathoms, with Image Island bearing N.
57^ E. and Hermit Islet S. 22^ B., or proceed farther north, keeping
200 yards otf the west side of Image Island, and anchor NW. of it in
11 or 12 fathoms. Entering by Village Passage, keep in mid-channel,
or well over to the west shore, to avoid the rocks off the Stopper Islands.

Anchort '"' ~ ■'•"•'mrace is of considerble extent, in from 12 to

14 fathoms

The wesi ' '~*

Arm trend
2,000 feet .

Forbes
small islan
with from

the southernmiiau wi _ , iS raocieirtivv - „

side; nearly one mile SW. of It, and extending from im^ oj.,
shore, are a number of rocks above high water.

Ship Channel is between the Vancouver Shore and the Great Bank.
It is 4 miles long NE. and SW., ^ mile broad in its narrowest part.

Double Island, at its southeastern point is of small extent, steep-to
on the western side, but from the southern and eastern sides foul
ground extends upwards ot J mile.

Kelp Islet, on the opposite side of the channel, is low and bare ; kelp
extends 400 yards south from it.

Ugly Channel, connects Ship Channel with the ocean. It is bounded
on both sides by roolis and reefs, and though i)robably deep, it has not
been sufficiently examined to recommend its being used by strangers.

Starlight Reefs, at its southeastern part, are a cluster of rocks
about ^ mile in extent, some above high water ; in bad weather the
sea breaks heavily over them.

Heddington, and Sykes Reefs lie between Starlight Keefs and
Double Islands.

Look-out Island, on the west side of Ugly Channel, is well wooded
and of small extent; at 600 j'ards southward of it is Humphries lieef, a

UCLIIELKT ARM — STEWART BAY.

259

sip

led

lot

ind
led

patch of rocks 400 yards in extent, aud 1,200 yards northward of it lies
a bare rocli (J feet above higli water.

Ucluelet Arm, just witliin ti.e SW. entrance point of Barclay
Sound, is a narrow inh^t parallel to the outer coast, and seji rated from
it only by a narrow peninsula. Its western sliore is low, and indented
by several small creeks !>'>d bays; the eastern shore is nearly straifjht,
and, at a short distance ini.Mid, rises t,'radually to a iiaitop range of
considerable height, the SK. shoulder of which, Monnt Ozzard, is con-
spieiions from the southeastward.

The depths ii this arm vary from 4 to 8 fathoms, and there is secure
and well-sheltered anchorage from one mile inside the entrance to the
head.

Shelter Islands, ujiwiirds of i mile SE. of the entrance of the
Ucluelet Arm, are an irregular cluster of small islets and rocks, about
one mile long in a northwesterly direction and GOO yards wide, and
completely shelter the arm from the sea.

Center Reef, GOO yards westward of their northern part, i- >f small
extent, and about 3 feet above high water.

Alpha Passage, between Center Reef and Shelter Islands, is 400
yards wide in its narrowest part. There is, however, said to be a
sunken rock in this passage, and it should therefore not be used by
steamers or coasting vessels bound to the Ucluelet Arm, except from
necessity.

Carolina Channel is west of Center Keef, between it and Amphitrite
Point. It is nearly straight, and \ mile wide in its narrowest part.
This channel ai)pear8 to be the best for strangers to use if entering the
Ucluelet Arm from seaward, but iu heavy weather, when there is a
long swell from seaward rolling in, the entrance often appears to be
an unbroken line of surf.

Round Island, at the north part of this channel, is the soBth en-
trance point to the Ucluelet Arm ; it is high and is connected by a
sandy beach at low water to the mainland ; the eastern side is steepto,
aud may be approached to within 200 yards ; on the opposite side of the
entrance rocks awash at high water extend 200 yards off the eastern
shore.

Leading Point, on the western side of Ucluelet Arm, is bold, steep
to, and may be approached to within a distance of 50 yards ; between
it and Round Island is a narrow creek, with 2 fathoms water, but the
entrance is blocked up by kelp. At Leading Point the breadth of the
inlet contracts to 200 yards.

Stewart Bay, ^ mile witliin the entrance, is 400 yards deep mikI .J
mile wide. In its center is a rock awash at high water, and the bay is
too shallow to afford anchorage except to coasters ; there is a native
village of considerable size in its western part, ofl' which some small
rocks extend about 100 yards.

2G0

THE WEST COAST OF VANCOUVER I8LAND.

Channel Islet, in the middle of the arm about li mileH within theeu-
traiice, is small. TIkto is a clear passage oast of the islet with (iitlioms
water, hut only '2 fiitlioms on its western side; at 400 yards N. 3;P W.
of the islet lies a snnvll rock above high water, steep-to on all sides,
except the southeastern, from which a shoal with 2.^ fathoms water ex-
tends for L'OO yards

Anchorage. — To the northwestward of Channel Islet the arm be-
comes wider, atl'drdiiig good anchorage in 4 to 7 fathoms, over a space
one mile long and S mile wide.

Staples Island, ^ mile from the head on the southern side of the
arm, and connected to the latter at low water, is about one mile in cir-
cumference, and low.

A sandy beach borders the eastern shore of Ucluelet Arm from its
head to Stewart IJay.

Directions. — Several channels lead into Ucluelet Arm, with appar-
ently <leep water through them, but there are .so nmny rocks and
dangers in their vicinity that great vigilance is recommended, and it
would hardly be advi.sable toenter without a pilot; should it, however,
be necessary to do so, a vessel should steer for Amphitrite Point, and
when about 400 yards from it, proceed to the eastward through the
Carolina Channel, keeping about 400 yards olf its western shore to avoid
Center Ueef. Pa.ss Hound Island at the distance of liOO yards, and
rounding it sharply steer about NNV, up the arm, keeping well over to
the western shore; pass Leading Point within 100 yards to avoid the
rocks abreast of it on the eastern side, and anchor midway between it
and Channel I. slot, in (i to 9 fathoms; or proceed farther to the west-
ward, where a more extended anchorage will be found, taking care to
pass east of Channel Islet.

Channel Islet kept open between the sides of the inlet bearing N. 42°
^V. lea(ls to the entrance of Ucluelet Arm from off the entrance of the
Western Channel, to the northward of the Shelter Islands, and between
the (ireat Bear and Sykes l^eef to the eastward and Hlack Kocks, Star-
light and Ileddihgton lieefs to the westward ; but as this channel has
not been clo.sely examined, it should be used with great caution.

Entering the arm from the northward tlirough Ship Channel, keep
about i mile oft" the western .shore, and passing about 400 yards north
of Shelter Islands, steer up Ihe arm as before directed.

The Coast from Amphitrite Point takes a NW. by W. direction to
Point Cox ; it is low and indented by two large .sandy bays, which atford
no shelter; at a distance of 4 ujilcs froni it are deptiis of from 20 to 27
fathoms.

Wreck Bay is nearly 3 miles wide and one nnle deep, with a small
islet in the center; there are several rocks in the bay, and it is totally
unlit for anchorage.

Long Bay is 7 miles wide, an<

, ards of one mile deep, with from

8 to 11 fathoms between the cut • '.'.e points ; there are several rocks in

CLAYOQUOT SOUND — TKMI'LAll CHANNEL.

201

i to

it, anil vesst'Is slioiild not anchor Iktc ; iit itn SE. point, jusi witliin tlio
reefs, {jood siiclter for boats will bt* foiinil in all weatlier.

Schooner Cove, in the northwestern part of the bay, is of small ex-
tent, withli fathoms water inside; it wonld atlbrd good shelter to smnll
vessels.

Portland Point, the northwestern e.\treme of Long Bay, is high and
altrnpt, with some small rocks antl islets around it, at a distance of ^
mile.

GowUand Rocks, lA miles west of Portland I'oint, are of small
,^■,■^.,„^ 1,..,..^ .,„,? frnri) 10 ti> 1 ."i fi'i't above lii^ili water; tliev should not

aCRH) BRITISH GOLUnSIA — Vancouver island ~ Olayoquot
sound— Templar channel— Lennard Island Light established.— A
lighthonw^ established by tlu^ (iovernmcnt of Canada on . Lennard
island at the entrance to Templar channel, the .sonthernmost ai»proach
to (;iayoquot, on the I'aeific coiml of Vancouver island, will be put in
operation on November 1, 1!»04.

The lighthouse stands on tlu! summit of the southwest point of the
island, where the rock lisi^s about i^o f»'et above high watermark. It
is an octagonal wooden building with sloping sides, jtainted whit«,
surmounted by a metal lantern, circular in plan, painted red, and is
SO feet high from it« bas(! to the vane on tlie lantern. A white wooden
light keei»er's dwelling and outbuildings have also been erected on
the island.

The light is a JluHhhuj ichiic light, giving 1 Jiush rvcry 11\ secomU.
It is elevated 115 feet above high watermark and shonld be visible
16 miles tVom all points of api)roach, excei)t wheie obscured by trees
on Lennard island. The illuminating apparatus is dioptric, of the
first order, and the illumiiiant petroleum vapor burned under an
incandescent mantle.

Approx. position: Lat. 41)° 0(5' 40" N., Long. 125° 55' 45" W.
mile; Vargas Cone, a remarkable summit, rises just wu..fN. M. 47, 1904.)
and is very consj)icnou3 from the westward.

Templar Channel, the eastern entrance to the sound, is a winding .
l)assage about 4 miles long in a northerly direction, with an average
breadth of .J mile. The soundings vary from 8 to 10 fathoms in its
entrance to 3| fathoms in its shoalest part near the northern end, and
a shoal bank lies in the middle abreast Wakennenisb Island ; in heavy
weather the sea breaks right across the channel. Vessels drawing more
than 12 feet water should not attempt to enter the scmnd by this chan-
nel, and never without a pilot, as it is very intricate, and no directions
can be given; coasters, however, generally use it.

False Bay, jusc northward of Cox Point, is about h mile in extent,
with from 3 to 4 fathoms water, but open to the SW., and unfit for
anchorage; its shores are low and sandy.

Lennard Island, lA miles N. 55° W. of Cox Point, is of small extent
and wooded, steep-to on the eastern side, but west of it are some rocks
and small islets.

Wakennenish Island, on the western side of the channel, ha, on its
southern point I'k'haehets, a large Indian village, generally occupied by
the natives during the summer season when fishing.

200

THE WKST COAST OF VANCOUVER ISLAND.

Channel Islet, in the inicliUe of the arm about -' miles within the en-
trance, is .small. There is a clear passage east of the islet with G fathoms
water, but only 2 fathoms on its western side; at 400 yards X. 3.'5'^ W.
of the islet lies a small rock above high water, steep-to on all sides,
excei)t the southeastern, from which a shoal with 2.^ fathoms water ex-
tends for 200 yards.

Anchorage. — To the northwestward of (Jhanuel Islet the arm be-
eoiiies wider, affording good anchorage in 4 to 7 fathoiius, over a space
one mile long and A mile wide.

Staples Island, A mile from the head on the southern side of the
arm, and connected totiio l-tttm-'it !..« ^-.f.... ; ■ .-i - -^
cumferen'

A sand,
head to S

Direct]
ently dee
dangers ii
would hai
be uecessi
when abf.
Carolina C
Center R.
rounding
the weste
rocks al)r(
and Chan
ward, wIh
pass cast ■

Chainie . . . oet ween the sides of the inlet bearing y.42'^

\V. leatbi to the entrance of Ucluelet xVrni from off the entrance of the
Western Channel, to the northward of the .Shelter Islands, and between
the (iieat iJcar and Sykes IJeef to the eastward and Black Rocks, Star-
light and Hcddington Keefs to the westward ; but .as this channel has
not licen closely examined, it should be used with great caution.

Entering the arm from the northward through Ship Channel, keep
about A mile off the western shore, and passing about 400 yards north
of .Shelter Islands, steer u\t the arm as before directed.

The Coast from Amphitrite i'oiiit takes a InW, by \V. direction to
I'onit Cox : it is low aiid iiulented by two large sandy bays, which afford
no shelter; at a distance of 4 miles from it are depths of from 20 to 27
fathoms.

Wreck Bay is nearly li miles wide and one mih' deep, with a small
islet in the (tenter ; there are .several rocks iu tlu- bay, and it is totally
unlit tor anchorage.

Long Bay is 7 miles wide, and upwards of one uiile deep, with from
8 to 11 fathoms between the entrance points; there ire several rocks in

CLAYOQUOT SOUND — TEMPLAR CHANNEL.

2<il

it, and vessels should not a::chnr here ; at its SE. point, jiisi nitliin tiie
reefs, good shelter for l)oats will be found in all weather.

Schooner Cove, in the northwestern part of the bay, is of small ex-
tent, witiil! fathoms water inside; it w.iild afl'ord good shelter to "imall
vessels.

Portland Point, the northwestern extreme of Long Bay, is high and
al)rni)t, with some small roeks and islets around it, at a distance of i
mile.

GowUand Rocks, lA miles wi-st of Portland Point, are of small
extent, hare, and from 10 to IT) feet above high water; they should not
be approached nearer than one mile.

Caution. — When navigating between Barclay and Clayoquot Sounds
do not apijroach the shore within 2 miles, nor stand within one mile of
the entrance to Wreck and Long Bays.

Clayoquot Sound eompri.ses a number of inlets, i.slauds aiul rocks,
covering an area 30 miles long in a westerly direction and Ki broad.
The entrance to it is fringed by numerous <langerou8 rocks, which re-
quire due caution ty avoid.

Inhere are .several channels into the inner waters of tiiis sound, but
with the exception of Ship (Jhannel they should not be attempted by
strangers.

The soundings at a distance of one mile outside the outer rocks vary
from 20 to 30 fathoms, but in the channels and inside the bottom is
irregular.

Tides. — It is high water, full ai.d change, in Clayoquot Sound at 12
hours, the ri.se and fall being about 12 feet.

Point, Cox is rocky, aud nniy be a[)proached to within a distance of J
mile; Vargas Cone, a remarkable summit, rises just within the point,
and is very conspicuous from the westward.

Templar Channel, the eastern entran(!e to the sound, is a winding
pa.ssage al)out t miles long in a northerly direction, with an average
breadth of .\ mile. The soundings vary from .S to 10 fathoms in its
entrance to 3| fathoms in its shoalest part near the northern end, and
a shoal bank lies in the midille abreast Wakennenish Island; iii heavy
weather the sea breaks right across the chann<*l. \'essels drawing more
than 12 feet water should not attempt to enter the sinuid by this chan-
nel, antl never without a pilot, as it is very intricate, and no directions
can bo given; coasters, however, generally use it.

False Bay, just northward of Cox Point, is about A mile in extent,
with from 3 to 1 fathoms water, but open to the SW., and unlit for
anchorage; its shores are low and sandy.

Lennard Island, I] miles N. .55- W. of Cox Point, is of small extent
and wooded, steei)-to on the eastern side, but west of it are some rocks
and small islets.

Wakennenish Island, on the western side of tl'c channel, has on its
souMiern point Hchacliets, a large Indian \illage, generally occupied by
the natives during the summer .sea.son when fishing.

262

THE WEST COAST OF VANCOUVER ISLAND.

Round Island, at the iioi'therii part of the chaunel, i.s small, but with
a clear l)iit uanow pas-sage on either side of it ; a bank, dry at low
water, extends ',' iiiile northward from it.

Stubbs Island, west of Round Island, has a sand bank, whicli driea
at low water, e.xteiiding oue mile north from it.

Broken Channel, l)et\veen Wakennenish and ^'arJ;as Islands, is .i mile
wide in its narrowest part, with from (J to 15 fathoms water; .several
rocks lie off its entrance and on both sides; the tide runs through
from L* to 5 knot.s, and ves.sels .should not attempt it witiiont a pilot.

McKay Reef, lying off the entrance, is of small extent, 5 to 10 feet
above higii water, and the sea generally breaks heavily over it.

Passage Rock, which covers at high water, lies '^ mile X. 23° E.
of McKay Keef.

Vargas Island, on the western side of Broken ('hannel, is 4A miles
long, and i\ miles wide at its broadest part, and its surface is low and
nnduhiting; on the eastern side near the middle is Kelsemart, a native
village.

The Rugged Group, at i mile from the southern shore, running
parallel to it, is a chain of small i.slets and rocks.

Open Bay^ou the western side of Vargas, is aI)out on? mile in e.^-
tent, and has apparently a clear passage into it from the NW., but it
has not Leer examined.

Blunden and Bare Islands, to the westward of Open Bay, are of
small size; numerous reefs are scattered about this locality.

Ship Channel, to the westward of Vargas Island, between it and a
number of small islands and rocks, is the only passage into Clayoquot
Souiul which should be attempted by strangers. The dei-tlis m the
south part vary from 20 to 22 fathoms, decreasing to .j.i fithoms in the
shoalest part near the northern end: the tide sets thro.igh it at from
one to 2 knots.

Bare Island, at the .southeastern entrance point of "^he channel, is
small, and forms a good mark for identifying Ship Chaunol ; a rock on
which the sea breaks lies i mile S. 5G-' l'].of it, and there are 2:) fathoms
within .A mile of its .southwestern side.

Plover Reefs, on the eastern side of the channel, are of eonsider-
able extent, stretching one mile from the w>st side of Blunden Istaud ;
some, parts are feet above high water, aiul there are .5 fathoms at
400 yards west of them.

Hobbs and Burgess Islets lie ioit yards from the northwesteru
side of Vargas Island, and ne irly connected with it at low water; they
are small, and may l»c approached to within a distance of 400 yards.

Sea Otter Rock lies at the southwestern entrance ])oiiit of Ship
Cliaune!; it is very small, oidy (i feet above high water, and there are
5 fathoms close to.

Shark Reefs, some of which liover, others <J and W feet above high
water, lie on the western side ; they are about 000 yards iu extent, aud

HKCATid PASSAGt: CVPKKSS UAV

2G3

should not be iii)i)roacbeil nearer than 400 yards on their southeiii and
eastern sides.

Lavrtence Islands, on tlie wasteru side, are small, low and wooded,
!)at sleep-to on the eastern side,

Bartlett Island, A mile to the westward of the Lawrence I^hiuds. is

( 1853 ) BAlTISE OOLUBIBIA -Vancouver island -West ccast—
Olayoquotsound— Hecate passage -Buoys established.— A platform

buoy carrying a wooden slatwork pyramid surmounted by a drum, the
whole painted black, has been established olf the south extreme of
.North bank, Hecate passage, Clayoquot sound. The buoy is moored
in 5 fathoms of water.

Approx. position: Lat. 49° 13' 22" N., Long. 126° 00' 00" W.
A platform buoy carrying a wooden slatwork pyramid surmounted
by a ball, the whole painted red, has been established -^t the eastern
entrance of Hecate passage to nvark the rock that dries. The buoy
is moored h. 5 fathoms of watei-. The rock dries about 1 foot at an
extreme bw vuter and is marked by kelp.

Approx, portion: J,at. 49" i2' 65" N,, Long. 125° 57' 20" W.

vu»ci.-. .11 iian iiuui. tiuu m.v^ oc ai.i,i.^..o^v, . .. fN. M. 52, 1904 1

side, llob'js Islet open west of Burgess Islet, bearing S, '6i ^ w ,J leaiis
west of it; and the Twins, in line with the N\V. Whaler Island bearing
X. 773 \V , leads i jrth of it and south of North Bank.

North Bank, lying in the center of the passage, is of considerable
extent, composed of sand, and has 5 feet water on its shoalest part;
there are 4 to 5 fathoms north of it, bat the passage south is the
better.

White Islet, to the NVV. of the North Bank, is sma'.l,bare, and con-
spicuous from the entrance of fjhip Channel; there are several rocks
between it and the northern shore.

The Cat Face Mountains, rising on the main shore of Vaucou\er
Island, and fronting Shiii Channel, are a remarkable flat- top range
nearly 3,000 feet high, with some patches of cliS' and white bare rock
in about the rnuldle of their south side. They are very conspicuous
from seaward.

Deep Pass, between two islands at the northeastern part of ilecato
Passage, is about GOO yards long and 'MiQ yards wide, with 9 fathoms
water, and is the best channel leading from Hecate Passage into the
inner waters. The tide sets 'it the rate of from 2 to 3 knots through it.

Hecate Bay, 2 miles norchwardof Deep Pass, on the western shorcj
isclear of danger, and one of the best anchorages within the sound, being
easy of access and well sheltered. There is a stream of fresh water iu
the middle of the bay, very convenient for watering.

(Jliservalury Islet, at its north j)oint, is 30 feet high and bare; 400
yards NE, of it is a small rock 2 feet above high water.

Cypress Bay, I mil's nortli from Deep Pass, is nearly 2 miles in ex-
tent. On the i'a.st( rn and western .sides the shores are low, but are high
on the north. There is a large stream, wi>h some swampy land, on its
western side; on the east is Calm Creek with a narrow entrance, to the
southward of which are some oft'lying rocks and small islands.

2G2

THE WEST COAST OF VANCOUVER ISLAND.

Round Island, at the uoitheru part of the cliauiiel, is small, but with
a clear but uanow passage on eitiier side of it ; a bank, dry at low
wattT, extends '} mile northward from it.

.Stubbs Island, west of Round I.sland, has a sand bank, which <lrie8
at low water " ~ ••i- ..,...(i, a.,,,,, jf

Broken C]

wide in its
rocks lie of!
from 2 to o k

McKay I
above hij^h '

Passage
of -McKay I

Vargas I
Ion;;', and 4;'
undulating
village.

The Rugged Group, at i mile from the southern shore, running
paralk'l to it, is a chain of small i-slets and rock.s.

Open Bay> on the western side of Vargas, is about one mile in ex-
tent, and has apparently a clear passage into it fio'.i the N\V., but it
has not been examined.

Blunden and Bare Islands, to the westward of Ooen Bay, are of
small size; numerous reefs are scattered about this locality.

Ship Channel, to the westward of Vargas Island, between it and a
number of small islands and rocks, is the oidy passage into Clayoquot
Sound wiiich should be attemi>ted by strangers. The depths in the
south part vary from 20 to 22 fathoms, decreasing to .">,^ fathouis in the
shoalest part near the northern end; the tide sets through it at from
one to 2 knots.

Bare Island, at tlie southeastern entrance point of the channel, is
small, and furms a good mark for identifying Siiip Channel ; a rock on
which the sea breaks lies f, mile S. oG"^ E.of it, and there are 20 fatlioms
within S mile of its southwestern si<le.

Plover Reefs, on the eastern side of the channel, are of consider-
aide extent, stretching one nnle from the west side of IJlundcn Island ;
some, parts are (i feet above high water, and tliere are ."> fathoms at
400 yards west of them.

Hobbs and Burgess Islets lie ion yards from liie n >rthwe»tern
side of Vargas Island, and neirly connected with it at low water; they
are small, and may iic approached to within a distance of 1.0(1 j-ards.

Sea Otter Rock lies at the southwestern entrauci point of Ship
(Jhannel; it is very small, only (J feet above high water, and there are
fathoms clo.'^c to.

Shark Reefs, some of which cover, others (> and 10 feet above Ingli
water, lie on the western .side ; they are about flOO yards iu extent, and

FECA.TE PASSAGE — CYPKKSS BAY

2 03

shoulil iiut be approiicbed nearer tliau 400 yards on their soutlieru and
eastern sides.

Lawtence Islftnds, on tiie western side, are small, low aud wooded,
but stt-ep-to on tlie eastern side.

Bartlett Island, i mile to tl e westward of the Lawrence Islands, is
low and wooded ; its shores are mueh broken, and a nnmber ol rocks
extend from ^ to i miles on all sides of it ; the island should not be ap-
proached within the latter distance.

Twin Islets, 4 miles from Sea Otter Kock, are low, but wooded, and
connected at low water ; kelp extends 200 yards south of them.

Hecate Passage connects Ship Channel with the inner waters of
(Jlayoquot Sound ; there are several rocks ou both its shores and a
sand bank in its center, but to the southward of the bank, aloujr the
northern shore of Varjjas, is a clear passajje with not less than 5^ fath-
oms.

Half-tide Rock, 100 yards from Vargas Island, is of small extent,
covers at half flood, and may be approacheil to 200 yards on the out-
side. Ilobbs Islet o[»en west of Hurgess Islet, bearing S. 37° W., leads
west of it; and the Twins, in line with the NVV. Whaler Island bearing
N. 77^ \y . leads north of it and south of North Bank.

North Bank, lying in the center of the passage, is of considerable
extent, composed of sand, aud has 5 feet WiUer on its shoalest part ;
there are 4 to 5 fathoms north of it, but the passage south is the
btttor.

White Islet, to the NW. of tiie North Bank, is small, bare, and con-
spicuous from the entrance of Ship Channel; there are several rocks
between it and the northeiu shore.

The Cat Face Mountains, rising on the niaiu shore of Vancouver
Isla.iiJ, anil fronting Shi|) Channel, are a remarkai)le tlat top range
nearly .J,000 feet high, with so ne patches ot clilf and white bare rock
in about the nnddle of their south si«le. They are very conspicuous
from seawaid.

Deep Pass, between two islands at the northeastern part of Hecate
Passage, is about (MMl yards long and 300 yards wide, with 9 fathoms
wat»-r, and is the best channel leading from Hecate Passage into the
ii)ii»-r waters. The tide se^s at the rate of from 2 to 3 knots through it.

Hecate Bay, 2 miles northward of Deej) Pass, on the western shore,
isclciir of dan^r, and one of tlie best ancliorages within the sound, being
easy of access and well sheltered. There is a stream of fresh water in
the middle ot tiie bay, very convenient for watering.

Observatory Islet, at its north point, is 35 feet high and bare; 400
vards NK. of it is a small rock 2 leet above high water.

Cypi <M >«y , I miles north from Deep Pass, is nearly 2 miles in ex-
tent. Cte tli«' eastern and western sitles the shores are low, but are high
on tht- r^n-tii. There is a largo stii-nni, witli some swamjty land, on its
wesi.rn side; ou the east S Calm Creek wiib a narrow entrance, to tho
soathwanl of which are mtnw ofllyiug rocks ami small islands.

2G4

THE WEST COAST OF VANCOUVER ISLAND.

Mussel Rock lies 800 yards oft' the eastern shore of the bay and J
mile X. 8^ W. of the east extreme. It is of small extent, and covers at
half flood.

Calm Creek is in the northeastern part of Cypress Bay; the entrance
to it is narrow, with only 2 fathoms water, it is useless for anchorage,
except to small craft.

Anchorage. — There is good anchorage in Cypress IJay in 12 fathoms
near its northern part at i mile from the shore; and though it is open
to the southward, no .sea ri.ses.

Meares Island, adjacent to and east of Vargas Lsland, is 6 miles in
extent in a northerly and 7 miles in an ca.sterly direction. Its shores,
exce|)t on tlie northern side, are high and rngged,nnd there are several
summits on tlie east and west sides upwards of 2,000 feet above the
sea. An extensive inlet (Disappointment Inlet) runs nearly through
the island from the south side to north, and there are several other
bights and bays.

Deception Channel is a continuation of Broken Channel to the
northward, between Meares and Vargas Islands. Tliere are several
rocks in its northwestern part, and a large sand bank, which partly
dries at low water, extends from Vargas Island along its western side
for nearly 2 iriles, reducing the deei> part of the passage to about 600
yard.}. The tiuv? sets at from 2 to .5 knots through this channel, and
strangers should not attempt its navigation.

Ritchie Bay, on the northwestern side of Meares Island, altbrds
anchorage in o.k to 10 fathoms at 400 yards oft" its eastern shore. The
shores of the bay are rocky, but have no outlying dangers ; Kobert
Point, its southwestern extreme, slopes gradually to the sea, and may
be approached to within a distance of 200 yards.

Yellow Bank, which lies ilmo>it athwart the entrance of Hitchie
Bay, is about f mile in extent and has 3 feet on the shoalest part ;
there is deep water around it, and the channel between it and llobert
Point is 100 yards wide, witii from to 10 fathoms.

Saranac Island, near the north part of Hitchit^ Bay, is wooded,
steep to on the eastern side ; some suiall i-slets extend 000 yards oft' its
western side and there is a narrow but deep passatte iu'tween it and
Yellow Bank.

Directions. — If wishing to anchor in Hitchie Bay, and coming from
Deej) Pass, proceed to the eastward so as to i)ass about 200 yards north
of Kobert Point, and keeping the .same distance off the south shore,
steer into the bay, anchoring in 5 or 7 fathoms about 400 yards frf»m its
eastern side, with the extremes bearing N. 2.'3^ E. and S. 7<r W ; enter-
ing from the northward, steer midway between Haranac Island and the
north point of the bay.

Tlie north shore of Meares Island is low, neiirly straight, and steep-to
for nearly 1 miles, and then turns sharply to the south.

BEDWELL SOUND MOSQUITO HARBOR DIRECTIONS. 265

II to

Bedwell Sound is one mile broad till witliiii 2 miles of its lieiul, wiien
it contracts to fiOO yards ; the shores are high and ruy:ged, rising on tlie
east side to sliarj) jagged peaks. At its head is a small patch of low-
swampy land ;vid a valley from which the Bear IJiver, a stream of con-
siderable size, flows into tiie sonnd. There is no anchorage.

Race Narrows, between the northern side of Meares Island and the
main, are U miles long, and abont 400 y: rds wide in tlie narrowest part;,
the tides set throngh them at the rate of from ;{ to t knots, the flood
from the westward, and there are 10 fathoms in the shoalest part of mid-
channel.

Ripple Islets, off the eastern entrance to Race Narrows, are small
and covered with I)ashes ; there are some strong tide rips around them,
but they may be ai)i)roachcd to within about 1;()0 yards.

Warn Bay is one mile from the northeastern part of Meares Island.
The shores on both sides are high, but low at the head, from wlience
issue several streams, and a sand bank dries out upwards of L'OO yards.
The depths in the bay are irregular, but vessels may anchor about 000
yards off shore near the western side of the head of the bay in 14 to ](>
fathoms.

Fortune Channel, between tl»o east side of Meares Island and the
main, varies in breailth tri>m (iOO yards to 1\ miles: its shores are high^
and there are several ott" lying rocks on its western side near the middle.

The eastern shore of the channel from Warn Bay to Deception Pass iS'
rocky and ii.deiu'ed by several small bays which afl'ord no anchorage.

Mosquito Harbor, on the northeastern side of Meares Island, i»
narrow, and about L' miles long in a northwesterly direction; there are
several rocks and small islets oti' its entrance, but it attbrds good anchor-
age inside in from 4 to 7 fathoms; the entrance is 300 yards wide, with
11 fathoms, and the harbor may easily be entered by steamers.

Plover Poiat, at the SE. side of the entrance to Mosquito Harbor, is
rocky, with some s-inall islets a short distance oft' it.

Rankia Rock lies 500 yanls S\\\ of Plo\^r I'oint, and in the track
of veHsc- entiM'ing Mo8(iuito Harbor; it i< marked by kelp, and there
are '^'^ r;itli(iiii> midway between it and the ^»oint.

Wood Islands, in ;lie iiidUife* of the entrance, nearly ^ mile west of
Plover Point, are ^)ii;ill and --^vrend in a nt)rtherly direction for A mile;
some rocks lie a shori disr,u:K-e off their south part, but there is a clear
passage intt) tiie harbor on i')«th sides of them.

Blackberry Islets, m rlie center of the harbor and J mile from the
entrance, are small but steep-to, there being 4 fathoms within 200 yards
of them.

Directions -^ When entering Mosquito Harbor, round Plover Point
at L'Oil yards' distance to avoid the Ilankin Hock, and keej) midway
between Wood Islands and the eastern shore, anchoring in about 7
fathoms .\ uiile south of the Blacki)erry Islets; a vessel may enter west-
ward of the Wood Island.s by keei)ing midway between them and tho
shore.

266

THE WEST COAST OF VANCOUVER ISLAND.

Anchorage. — The beat aiichomge is a short distance to tlie south-
ward of tlie IMackberry Islets, in from 5 to 7 fathoms; iiortuward of
tliem are from .'5 to 4 fathoms.

Dark Island, l,4i)(> yards soutii of rh)ver Point, is small ; some rocks
extend a short distance ott' its west side, bat there is a clear passage
lietweeu it and the western shore.

Double Island, south of Dark Island, is small and steepto.

Deception Pass, at the southern extren)e of Fortune Channel and
tronnecting it with Totino Inlet and Browning Pa.ssage, is a winding
passage to the soutiiward; it is free from danger in mid-channel, and
the tide sets with considerable strength through it. On its western
side is a narrow creek .J mile long with fron\ 8 to 9 fathoms, and in the
middle of the pass is a small islet.

Tofino Inlet is in the eastern part of Clayoquot Sound; its -shores
are high and rocky, indeuted on the western side by some large creeks ;
there are several islands in the inlet and along both shores, but none of
any considerable size. There is no anchorage, except near the entrance
on the western side.

Indian Island, in the entrance, is about one mile in extent, and steep-
to on tlie northern side; a bank extends 400 yards from its western
lioint, with 3| fathoms close to the edge.

Warn Island, north of Indian Island, just within the entrance, is
upMards of J mile in extent, and steep to on all sides.

Island Cove, west of Warn Island, is of small extent, with from 8
to 10 fathoms in the middle, and completely landlocked ; a small island
lies oil the entrance, with a clear passage 200 yards wide on either side
of it into the cove.

G-unner Harbor, just north of Warn Island, is narrow ; a small islet
lies in its center, about ^ mile north of the entrance, and between them
& vessel may lind good anchorage in about 10 lathoms; the harbor be-
comes shoal towards the head.

Tranquil Creek, on the west side of the inlet is narrow, and up-
wardsof one mile long; its shores are high and rocky, and the creek is
too deej) for anchorage.

Between Tranquil Creek and Warn Island, along the west shore, are
several small rocky islets, extending otf from 400 to GOO yards.

Flat Top Islets, 5 miles from the entrance of the inlet, are steep-to
on the eastern side. Northward of these islets Totino Iidet takes a
winding direction to the northward, narrowing gradually towards the
head, and terminating in Deer Creek, one mile long and \ mile broad,
bat it is too deep for anchorage.

On the east side of Totino Fidet, 4 miles from the entrance, is a stream
of considerable size, said to com'municate with an extensive lake.

Browning Passage, on tlie southern sideof Meares Island, connects
Totino Inlet with Templar Channel. Its east end is only 300 yards
wide, and oil the west entrance there are several rocks, and strangers

NOKTM CIIA.NNKL — SHU' CHANNEL blKlXTIONS.

2G7

are

earn

slionM ii(»t iitt;iiii)t it. Tlic tide seta tlinm^li at ;i r.in- of 2 to 4 knots,
till' Hood stream iVoin tlic wcstwiird.

North Channel, to tlie westward of yiiip Channel, and separated
from it Uy a number of small islands and rocks, lies aloiijj; the south-
eastern side of Flores Island. IJotli aides of theeliannel are bordered
by innumerable rocks; strauf-era sJiould not use it, as it has not beou
closely examined ; the sea generally breaks heavily along both sides of
its outer part.

North Arm, between the east aide of Flores Island and the main, is
neaiiy one mile, broad. Its western .shores are iiigh, but decrease gradu-
ally to the southward ; the depths are very great in the north part,
but they shoal rapidly to the .southward, where vessels may anchor in
from a to 8 fathoms abreast Ha.se Point.

Matilda Creek, on the western side of North Arm, abreast the
entrance to Herbert Arm, is very narrow and u.seless as an anchorage.

Base Point, the south ivestern entrance to North Arm,islowand
sandy, and there are from 2 to .3 fathoms at 200 yards distance from it.
Vessels may anchor in from ') to 8 fathoms midway between this \»oiut
and the eastern sluue.

Herbert Arm, the entrance to which is on the east side of North
Arm, about 2 miles from the .south entrance of the latter, has an aver-
age breadth of about one mile. The shores are high, mountainous and
much broken ; and there is uo anchorage except at the southern part
of its entrance.

Cone Island, lying at the entrance of this arm, is steep-to on the
southern and western .sides, but the i)assageinto Herbert Arm, north of
it, is blocked up by rocks and small i.slets.

Bawden Bay, on the .southeastern side of entrance to Herbert Arm,
is of small extent and affords anchorage in 15 fathoms near the center ;
enter it iu mid channel.

White Pine Cove, on the eastern side of Herbert Arm, is small,
with a bank extending from the head ; small vessels may anchor close
to the edge of this bank in about 10 fathoms; care, however, should be
taken to avoid a .shoal of 3 fathoms lying almost in mid channel.

Directions. — F^niering (Jlayoquot Sound by Shii> Channel, round
either Bare Island or Sea Otter Rock at the distance of h mile, and
steer up the chMiiiii.i "in. *' ■• I i\xq

tains
, ■ bin J

west
f 600
clear
ig S.
)ear-
rern,
v. v^i j_i,iii-uae uocii ana south of the North Bank.

266

TIIK WEST COAST OF VANCOUVKK ISLAND.

Anchorage. — Tlie host aiidiorafii' is a short distaiici- u> tlii^ south-
^vnrd of tlie Hhickhcrry Islets, in from o to 7 fathoms; nortliward of
them arc from .'5 to 4 fathom.-

Dark Island, 1,1(MI yards so ith of JMover Point, is small ; some rocks
exti'iid a short distance ott' its west Hide, but there is a clear passajje
between it and the western shore.

Double Island, south of Dark Island, is small and steepto.

Deception Pass, at the southern extreme of Fortune (.'haniiel and
eonneeting it with Tolino Inlet and Browninj;' Tassage, is a winding
passage to the southward; it is free fiom danger in midchannel, ami
the tide sets with considerable strength through it. On its western
side is a narrow creek fs mile long with from 8 to 9 fathoms, and in the
middle of the pass is a small islet.

Tofino Inlet is in the eastern part of Clayoijuot Sound; its shores
are high aud rocky, indented on the western side by some large creeks ;
there are several islands in the inlet and along both shores, but none of
any considerable size. There is no anchorage, excei»t near the entrance
on the western side.

Indian Island, in the entrance, is about one mile in extent, and steep-
to on the northern side ; a bank extends 400 yards from its western
point, with 3.j fathoms close to the edge.

Warn Island, north of Indian Island, Just within the e:!trance, is
upwards of A mile in extent, and steej) to on all sides.

Island Cove, west of Warn Island, is of snuill extent, with from 8
to 10 fathoms in the middle, and completely landlocked ; a small island
lies olf the entrance, with a clear passage 200 yards wide ' .i either side
of it into the cove.

Gunner Harbor, just north of Warn Island, is naii-ow ; a small islet
lies in its center, about i mile north of the entrance, and between them
a vessel may tind good anchorage in about 10 fathoms; the harbor be-
comes shoal towards the hetad.

Tranquil Creek, on the west side of the inlet is narrow, aud up-
wards of one nule long; its shores are high and rocky, and the creek is
too deej) for anchorage.

Bet w(ien Tranquil Creek and Warn Island, along the west shore, are
several small rocky islets, extending otVfrom 400 to GOO yards.

Flat Top Islets, T) miles Irom the entrance of the inlet, are steen-to
(1852) BRITISH COLUMBIA- Vancouver island-West coast-
Olayoquot sound - Browning passage -Buoys established. -A back
spa?bJoy has been established on the north side of Browning passage
to show the extent of the shoal ground. The buoy is moored in 5

fathoms of water. -.^^a m ^ tn -wt

Approx. position: Lat. 49° 08' 05" K, Long, las;' 51' 14' W.
A red spar buoy has been established on the south side of Browning
passage, to show the northerly extent of the shoal referred to in Notice
to Mariners No. 40 (1480) of 1902. It is moored in 5 fathoms.
Approx. position: Lat. 49° 07' 50" N., Long. ^'^'^° ^^'^^ ^

NOKTIl CHANNEL — HIIH' ClIANNKL l.IKhCTIONS.

'2 (J 7

«li(iiilil iKit iiltfiiipl it. Till' tiili' sets tliniiijili at a rate of L' to t knots,
tilt' llooil slrcaiii tVoiii tlic \vfsl\viir<l.

North Channel, to the westward of 81iip C'liamiel, and sfparalcd
I'roiii it l),v a iiiiiiilxa' of. small islands and rociv.s, lifs aion^ tlii' south-
eastern side of Floivs Island. IJotli nidus ot tlie clianiad are bordered
by inminierabl« rocks; Htraiifft'is HJiould not use it, as it lias not boon
clos(dy exaIllinl^d ; Mii' sea generally break.s heavily along botli sides of
its outer pait.

North Arm, between the east side of Klores Island and the main, is
neatly oik^ mile broad. Its western .sliores are high, bntdt^creast^ gradu-
ally to the southward ; tlu^ depths are very great in the north part,
bnt they shoal rapidly to the southward, where vessels may antdior iu
from J to S fathoms abreast I5a.se I'oint.

Matilda Creek, on the western side of North Arm, abreast the
entrance to IIeil>ert Arm, is very narrow and u.seless as an anchorage.

Base Point: the southwestern entrance to North Arm, is low and
sainly, and there are from L* to .3 fathoms at L'OO yards distance from it.
Ves.sels may anchoi' in from 5 to 8 fathoms midway between thi.s point
and the eastern shore.

Herbert Arm, the entrance tf) which is on the east side of North
Arm, about li miles fnun the south entrance of the latter, has an aver-
age breadth of about one-nule. The shores are high, mountainous and
much broken ; and there is no anchorage except at the southern part
of its entrance.

Cone Island, lying at the entrance of this arm, is steeit-to on the
southern and western sides, but the i)a.ssage into Herbert Arm, north of
it, is blocked up by rocks and small islets.

Bawden Bay, on the southeastern side of entrance to lJerl)ert Arm,
is of small extent and atl'ords anchorage in 15 fathoms near the center ;
enter it in mid channel.

White Pine Cove, on the eastern side of Herbert Arm, is small,
with a bank extending from the head ; small vessels may anchor close
to the edge of this bank in about 10 fathoms ; care, however, should be
taken to avoid a shoal of ;J fathoms lying almost in uiidchannel.

Directions. — Entering Clayoquot Sound by Ship Channel, round
either Bare Island or Sea Otter Rock at the distance of h mile, and
steer up the channel with the .south point of Lawrence Lsland and the
Twins Lslets in line with the north summit of the Cat Face Mountains
bearing N. 48^ I'j. Keep the abo\e-nientioned mark on till within J
mile of the Shark Heefs, when haul more to the eastward for the west
extreme of Vargas Lsland, which may be rounded at a tlistance of GOO
yard.s. If going on through Hecate Passage into Hecate I5ay, to clear
HaU'tide Hock keep Hobbs Islet open west of Kurgess Islet, bearing S.
37'^ W. until the Twins come in line with the west Whaler island bear-
ing N. 77° \y., when steer up the passage with that mark on astern,
which will lead north of Half-tide Rock and south of the North Bank.

IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)

I., Mr, ^

.V^

/WJ>

1.0

I.I

l^|2B |2.5

Mi U4

2.2

2.0

1.8

1-25 111 1.4 i 1.6

^l^

^ j>"

'V'

Photographic

Sciences

Corporation

23 WEST MAIN STREET

WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580

(716) 872-4503

2G8

THE WK8T COAST OF VANCOUVKR ISLAND.

When pa«t the latter, steer tliroiigli Deep Pass and anchor in Hecate
Bay niitlwaj' between its entrance points in or 10 fathoms.

Dnring heavy southwesterly gales the sea is said to break right across
Ship Cliaiinel, between Lawrence and Ilobbs Islands.

Although there are .several apparently deep channels into Clayoquot
Sound, they are, with the exception of Ship Channel, so tortuous and
filled with rocks that strangers .should not attenipt to enter by any
except the latter, and not by it nidess iiaving tiie latest chart of the
sound. If the weather be clear it will be easy to recognize Ship Chan-
nel, but if in doubt there will he little difliculty found in i)rocuring a
native otttlie entrance of sullicient intelligence to pilot a vessel in.

Intending to navigate the inner waters of the sound, which can only
be done by steamers or small craft, the chart will be found the best
guide.

Flores Island, in the western part of (Jlayocjuot Sound, is nearly 7
miles in extent and of a square shape ; it is low on the southern and
eastern sides, but high on the north and west; the shores are rugged
and broken, and there are .several off-lying rocks along its southern and
western sides; as a rule its southern side should not be approached
nearer than 2 miles.

Rafael Point, the southwestern extreme of Flores, is cliffy and of
moderate height ; some rocks extend 400 yards from it, and the point
should not be rounded within i udle. From thence the west coast of
the island turns suddenly to the north, and continues in that direction
for 7 miles, being indented bj' several small bays; some rocks and small
islets extend 400 or GOO yards offin many parts.

Sydney Inlet, at the west eiul of Clayoquot Sound, varies in breadth
from i to one mile. Four miles from the head are two small branches
about 2 miles in length, one extending north the other SW.; the shores
are high and rugged, rmng abruptly from the sea. The depth is great
and there is no anchorage.

Sharp Point, the SW. extreme of Clayociuot Sound, is low and rocky,
but may be api)roached to 200 yards.

Refuge Cove, just west of Sharp Point, is from 200 to 400 yards
wi«le, and affords good anchorage in 4 to 5 fathoms at ^ mile within the
entrance, well sheltered and secure from all winds.

Sunken Rock. — The entrance is narrow, and at 400 yards inside
Sharp Point and about 200 yards from the eastern shore is a rock having
only feet on it at low water. This rock lies .slightly eastward of the
fairway, and a good lookout is necessary, as it is not always marked by
kel|>.

Canoe Reef, lying just SW. of the entrance, is 2 feet above high
water, but steep-to on the southern and western sides.

Directions. — Entering Refuge Cove from .seaward, bring the entrance
or Sharp Point to bear N. 'i'^ W., and steer for it, so as to pa.ss 200 yards
west of the point ; then keep in mid-channel, or rather nearer the west-

Iht

SHELTKK AKM — MESQUUT HAUbOIi DIKECTION'S.

269

lis inside

Ik having

1(1 of the

iiirked hy

love

high

. entrance

boo yards

tlie west-

ern shore, to avoid the Dfoot rock, having passed whicli keep close to
the eastern shore and anchor in 4.J or 5 fathoms, abont ':{ uiile within
the entrance.

Shelter Arm brancdies ofl' from the eastern side of Sydney Inlet,
along the northern side of Flort-s Ishiiid, and then indents the mainland
and terminates in a narrow creek at the head. It is upward of ^ mile
wide, 10 miles long, am' the depths vary from 40 to 90 fathoms in the
southern part.

The shores of Shelter Arm are high, precipitous, and steep to; the
tide runs from one to 2 knots through it, the tlood stream from the
westward.

Steamer Cove is the only anchorage (indifferent) in it, just 2 miles
within the entrance on the northern side of Flores Island ; it is a small
liigiit where a vessel may anchor in 17 to 11) fathoms, passing on either
side of the islet at its entrance.

Obstruction Island is on the eastern side of Shelter Arm and sep-
arated from the north point of Flores Island by a narrow pass. Its
shores are rocky and broken, and the pas.sages along its southern ami
eastern sides are blocked up with rocks.

Rocky Pass, on its southern side, is narrow and Hlled with rocks, so
that no vessel could get through it; the tide runs irregularly through,
but seldom exceeds 4 knots.

Hesquiat Harbor, S miles northwestward of ('layoquot Sound, is
lormed at the bottom of the bay on the eastern side of Mstevan Point.
It is 4 miles long in a northerly direction, and upwards of 2 miles wide
at the entrance, opening out a little inside, but on nearing the head it
contracts to less than one mile.

The Bar. — Across the entrance, between Hesquiat Blulf and Estevan
l'oint,isa bar or ledge, with from 3 to 't fathoms water over it, which in a
;;reat measure i»revents the sea from setting home into the harbor.
Kelp grows more or less all over the anchorage in a depth of 5 fath<tms.

Hesquiat Bluff is a remarkable low, wooded point, with a shingle
beach around it; a reef, which covers at a quarter Hood, lies h mile
southwest of it.

Boat Basin is a small cove at the head of the harbor; there is a large
Iresh-water stream here, and vessels may obtain wood and water with
great facility.

The shores of the harbor are mostly low and wooded, and within the
entrance, at a distance of 400 yards, clear of danger. On the western
side of the bay, near Kstevan I'oint, are several indications of coal, and
I lie laml is apparently fertile.

Tides. — It is lii{,'h water, full and change, in Hesquiat Harbor at 12Ii.
Oiii.; springs rise ll! teet.

Directions. — lles(|uiat Harbor is easy of access to sailing vessels,
even witii a foul wind. The notch of Leading Mountain in line with the
cast entrance imint, bearing north, leads over the bar in 44 fathoms at

■' l.'^W ■-

270

THE WEST COAST OF VANCOUVER ISLAND.

low water. En tori iig either from the east or west, give the outer shores
ot'tlie liarbor a i)erlh of more tiiaii i mile, till past the bar, after which
they may bo approached to 400 yards; anchor in 7 or 8 fathoms near
the center of the harbor, about J mile from its head.

In strong south or southwesterly gales the sea breaks heavily over
the bar, but the anchorage is always safe, and lauding is at all times
pra(!ti('able iu Boat Basin.

Thenativos, though friendl3',are much inclined to pilfering, and should
bo carefully watched.

Estevan Point is a low, wooded, and projecting point, bordered by
a saudy beach, strewed with huge bowlders. A ledge a mile wide ex-
tends lu'arly one mile off its southwestern side. Hole in the Wall, the
snuihwesteru part of the point, may be easily known by a remarkable
ga|> in the trees at its extreme, which is conspicuous from the SW.

Sunday Rock lies nearly 3 miles N. 64° \V. of Hole in the Wall ;
within the ledge good shelter will be found for boats iu all weathers.

In rounding the western part of Estevan Point, it would not be pru-
dent to approach the shore within 2 miles.

From this point the coast takes a northerly direction to Escalante
Point at the entrance of Nootka Sound, and is low, foul ground existing
off it for some distance.

Nootka Sound is a large sheet of water upwards of 6 miles in ex-
tent, containing several islands, and from its northern side three long,
narrow arms penetrate the land for distances of 18, 7, and 14 miles, re-
spectively. Its entrance is 4J miles wide between MiU]uinna and
Escalante Points. At the entrance the shores are low, and have several
off-lying dangers, but inside the sound they become high, rugged, and
precipitous, and are everywhere free from danger.

In fine weather the natives will be met with in canoes in consider-
able numbers lishiug for halibut, which are very plentiful along this
' coast.

There are four anchorages in the sound, two of which, Friendly Cove
and Plumper Harbor, on the eastern side of Nootka Island, are small,
though easy of access to steamers ; the for'uer is one and the latter 7
miles within the entrance ; the others are in the Tlupana Arm.

Aspect — From seaward the appearance of the land near the en-
trance of the sound offers to the navigator many striking features
which in Hue weather render it almost Impossible to be mistaken; the
low land of Kstevan and Maquinua Points at the entrance, with the
breakers off them ; the Nootka Cone at the eastern point of Nootka
Island, and if coming from the south or 8SW., Couiima Peak, a re-
markable steeple-8hai)ed mountain 4,889 feet high, is a most conspicu-
ous feature.

Tides. — The tidal streams are everywhere inconsiderable.

Escalante Point is low and rocky; some small islets, and rocks
generally above high water, extend oti it in a westerly direction for up-

MAQUINfNA POINT — MARVINAS BAY.

271

the en-
eatures
m; tlie
ith the
Nootkft
k, a re-
fuspicii-

|l rocks
for up-

wards of one mile, but thej* are steep-to on tlieir outer edge. At their
outer eiul is a rock only uncovering at low water.

From Esi;a)ante Point to liurdwood Point, at the narrowest part of
entrance on the east side, the co.iat, is bordered by several oft-iving
rocks, and should not be approached within one mile until close to the
latter point, which is steep to, and may be approached to within 2()0
yards.

Maquinna JL^oint is low and wooded, and at its extreme is a remark-
able bare-topped coiucal rock about (iO or 70 feet high ; some rocks ex-
tend 000 yards oft" it in a southeasterly direction, also along the coast
from it to the eastward nearly as far as the entrance of Friendly Oove,
and the shore sliould not be approached nearer than =f mile till near the
latter place.

B^jo Reef, 6 nnles S. SC^ W. of Maquinna Point, is abont 400 yard*
iu extent, and the sea only breaks on it in heavy weather. This reef is
the only hidden danger outside the sound, and is dangerous to vessel*
entering it from the westward. Yucpiot Point, kept open east of Ma-
quinna Point, bearing N. 72° E., leads SE. of it ; and Bight Cone (a
remarkable summit on the southern side of Nootka Island) kept well
open west of Bajo Point, bearing N. 12° E., leads west of the reef.

Friendly Cove, just within the narrowest part of the entrance ta
the sound, is about 400 yards in extent and sheltered from the sea by
several small rocky islets on its southeastern side. The entrance, 20O
yards wide, is from the NE. The shores on both sides of the cove are
rocky, and about GO feet high on the north side, but at the head, is
a small space of clear cultivated flat land, around which in the summer
the natives build an extensive village.

Anchorage in Friendly Cove is of small extent, affording only room
for one vessel of moderate size to lie moored in the middle, though sev-
eral small ones would find shelter.

Directions. — If desiring to anchor in Friendly Cove, round Observa-
tory Islet, the east entrance point, close to, and if in a large vessel,
moor with anchors S\V. and NE., letting go the first immediately ou
entering the cove. Sailing vessels, unless with a fair wind, would find
some difficulty in entering; and if uiuible to shoot iu, it would be pref-
erable to warp or proceed farther up the sound to Plumper Harbor.

Supplies. — No fresh water in any quantity can be procured at
Friendly (Jove or nearer than Marvinas Hay ; but fish ami deer may
fienerally be obtained in Inrt^e quantities from the natives.

Marvinas Bay. — The west shore of Nootka Sound from F'riendly
<'ove is rocky, and near the southern part some islets lie parallel to it,
extending for nearly 2 miles, distant about 600 yards from the shore.
There are two small creeks with entrances too narrow for vessels to
iMiter; the northernmosb of them, named by the Si)aniards Boca del
infieruo, lies abreast the northern part of the above-mentioned islands.
Marvinas Bay, 4 miles north of Friendly cove, is of small extent and
Dpen to the southward; it only aflFords anchorage to coasters.

272

THE WEST COAST OF VANCOUVER ISLANIJ.

Water. — There are large fresh -water streams at tlie head of Marviuas
Bay, and just south of it, convenient for watering.

Kendrick Ann, between Nootka and Narrow Ishtnds, is about 5
miles long and ^ mile wide, connected at the northern juirt by a nar-
row boat pass to the Talisis 'anal; on the western side, 2 miles from
its entrance, is Plnmper Harbor, easy of access and well sheltered.
Northward of this harbor the shores of the arm on both sides are rocky,
terminating in two narrow creeks at the head, useless for purposes of
navigation.

Plumper Harbor is a small bay indenting the eastern side of Nootka
Island, about 000 yards in extent, and affords good anchorage in 12
fatlioais. It is protected on the eastern side by two small wooded islets
from 30 to 40 feet high ; on (he western side the shore is rather swampy,
and th^re are several fresh-water streams.

Anchorage. — There is a clear passage into the harbor between the
two islets, or to the northward of the north one, which may be rounded
at the distance of 200 yards, and there is room for a vessel to lie at sin-
gle anchor inside ; it is the best anchorage in the souinl, the only draw-
back being its distance from the entrance.

Tahsis Canal, the entrance to which is about U miles from Friendly
Cove, is a long iKirrow arm of the sea, nearly straight, and 14 miles
long; the shores are monntainous, rocky and steep-to, and there is no
anchorage in it. In many parts this canal is only 400 yards wide, but
it becomes gradually broader at the head, where is a large stream, and
also a considerable village, to which the natives resort during the season
for salmon, which are caught here in gri-nt plenty.

At lOA miles from the entrance of the canal on the we.stern side, and
sejtarating the north point of Nootka Island from the main of Vancouver
Island, are tho Tahsis Narrows, 200 yards wide, with 28 fathoms in the
center; they connect Ksperanza Inlet with th'.i Tahsis Cainil ; the tide
runs weakly through them, the tiood from the westward.

At the entrance of Tahsis Canal is a snmll island with a clear pas-
sage about 200 yards wide on both sides of it.

Bligh Island, lying in the center of Nootka bsound, is the largest
islaml ill it, being about 4.J miles long in a northerly direction and 2
miles wide in the northern part; its shores are rock.\, and indented by
creeks on the southern si»le. Its southern extreme is a long, narrow
point, and otf its southern and western sides are a number of islands
extending upwards of one mile from it, all steep-to on their outer edges,
but among which no vessel should venture. The south part of the is-
land is rather low, but it rises in the northern and western parts to 1,030
ami 1,200 feet.

Ucsolutioii Cove, at the SE. point of this island, " v it within the en-
traii«.'e of the Zuciarte Channel, is only a slight bend iii the coast, with
a deep and rocky bottom, and inconvenient for an anchorage, being also
*.i>r». to the SW.

vb *. . » i ■ v_

.Il'NCTION ISLAND — bESERTKU CKEKK.

273

iUgOSt

luul 2

llillTOW

islands
edges,
the is-

;o 1,030

the en-
it, with
ngals"

Junction Island, lying about midway between the SE. point of Nar-
row Island and west side of Bligh Island, is about h mile long; a small
islet lies close off its NW. side and another on the opposite side. The
channel lies to the west and north of Junction Island, and vessels should
not pass between the latter ami Bligii Island.

Zuciarte Channel is between the eastern shore of Nootka Hound and
Bligli Island ; its shores are high and clear of danger ; the depths within
the channel are great.

Quaquina, or Muchalat Arm, extends in an easterly direction from
the eastern part of Xootka Sound, and varies in breadth from \ to up-
wards of one mile. It is bounded on both sides by mountains, and
presents similar features to the inlets before described ah»ng this coast,
terminating in low lan«l at the head, through which a small stream flows
into the inlet; there is no anchorage whatever within this arm except
for coasters.

One and a half miles within the entrance is Gore Island; there is a
clear deep passage on either side of it, the southern one being less than
200 yards wide at the eastern part. The island rises in the center to
1,200 feet, sloping gradually to each end; its shores are rocky.

On the northern side of this arm, 14 miles within the entrance, is an
extensive valley, through which flows a large stream, named the Gold
River, indications of that metal having been discovered there.

The Muciialat Indians have a village a. the mouth of Gold Uiver.

T'upana Arm, the entrance to which is in the northern part of
Nootka Sound, branches off at the head in two smaller arms extending
to th.e N\V. and NE., each terminating in low land. Its shores are
high and rocky; there are two anchorages, one at Deserted Creek, on
the western side, and the other at Head Bay, the termination of the
northwestern branch.

The mountains at the northern part of tliis arm are the highest in the
sound; Conuma Peak, rising 7 miles XE. of the head, is 4,88!) feet high,
and of a steeple shape.

Deserted Creek. 3 miles within the entrance, is 2 miles long in a
northwesterly ilirectioii and about \ mile wide; vessels may anchor in
12 to 14 fathoms at i\ mile from its head. Island Bay, a small cove on
its northeastern side. Just within the entrance, lias an islet in tli:' cen-
ter, to the westward of which is room for a vessel to anchor in 12
fatiioms.

At the southern extreme of the promontory separating the two
branches at the head of Tlupaiia Arm is Perpendicular Blntf, a reniark-
:\l)le precipice of considerable height.

Head Bay, the termination of the western branch of the Tlujtana
Ann, affords anchorage in from 14 to IG fathoms at the distance of (500
or .SOO yanls from its head. At the entrance on the north side, are thiee
small islets about .'5 or 4 feet above high water, the inner one con-
nected to the shore by a beach at low water ; between these islauda

14205— No. 96-

■18

THE WEST COAST OF VANCOUVER ISLAXD,

and Perpendicular lilntl'is a small bay, where a vessel may anchor iu
from Ifl to 18 fathoms.

Directions. — KntiM-ing Nootka sound from the southward, after
rounding Estevan I'oint steer about north for the entrance, which will
be easily made out by tiie rocks oft" Bscalante and .Ma(iniiina Points;
keep abont 2 miles off the eastern shore till past liscalante Point, when
steer up mid-channel into the sound. If bouml to Friendly Cove, haul
over to the we.itern side of entrance for Yuquot Point, which may be
approached within a distance of 200 yards, and rounding it sharply,
anchor or moor, as most convenient, in Friendly Cove.

If bound to Plumper Harbor, after passing Yuquot Point keep about
J mile from the eastern side of Xootka Island to the entrance Of the
Kendrick Arm, when steer uj) the latter in mid-cliannel till abreast
Plumper Harbor, which may be entered by passing between Hold and
Pass Islets on its east side, or going to the northward of the former.

Should it be desired to anchor in any of the anchorages within the
Tlupaua Arm, steer as before directed till within ^ mile of the entrance
to the Kendrick arm, when haul to the NH., pass to the westward of
Junction and Bligh Islands, and steer up tiie Tlui>ana Arm in mid-chan-
nel, or close to on either shore. Deserted Creek and Head Bay are clear
of danger and may be entered without dilliculty.

Entering Nootka Sound from the v/estward, on nearing liajo Point
do not ai)proach the south shore of Jfootka Island within 4 miles, or
shut in Bight Cone with Bajo Point bearing N. 12° E. until Yuquot
point opens east of Maquinna Point bearing N. 72° E., which will clear
the Bajo Keef ; a vessel may then steer for the entrance of the sounds
about N. 80° E., not approaching the shore between Maquinna and
Yuquot Points nearer than one mile until abreast the latter, which may
be ronnded close to; after which proceetl up the sound as before di-
rected.

If beating into Nootka Sound, when standing to the westward, keei>
Y^uquot Point open east of Maquinna Point bearing N. 72° E., which
will keep a vessel well clear to the eastward of Bajo Keef; in standing
to the eastward do not approach Escalante Point within IJ miles, nor
bring Burdwood Point to bear northward of N. 35° E. until abreast it,
when the shore may be approached close to; when standing towards
Maquinna and Yuquot Points on the western side avoid bringing the
latter to bear to the eastward of N. 4G° E. until abreast it, when it may
be approached close to.

Nootka Sound is easic.' of access than any other place on the whole
of the westeru coast of Vancouver Island, the entrance being nearly
2 miles wide in tiie narrowest part, and by attending to the above
directions any sailing vessel may beat in or out of the sound. If the
night be clear, and provided with a chart, it may be entered without
risk by bringing the entrance to bear N. 40° E., and in a steamer but
little diftlculty would be experienced in picking up the anchorages of
Friendly Cove and Plumper Flarbor.

NOOTKA I8I.ANU — N'ICIIATLITZ INLKT AND KEEF.

275

Nootka Island is of consideriiblo extent, beiii^ 15 miles luii^ in a
northerly aiul L'O miles in a westerly direction. Its sonthern or onter
shore is low, risint; gradnally inland, and it has a beautitnl and fertile
a|»|»earance ; it is bordered by a sandy iteach nearly the whole distance,
and the sea breaiis heavily along it.

Be^o Point is low and rocky. A ledge named the Inner Bajo Heef
extends 1.^ miles from it in a southerly direction, and the 15a jo Heef
liesL'ij miles south of it.

Westward of Bajo I'oint the cioast takes a NW. direction and is
slightly indented. Bight Cone, a rema'-kable summit, olO feet high,
rises 3 miles N. 4"^ \V. of Bajo I'oint, and is about one mile inland.

When navigating along the south .side of Nootka Island west of tlie
Bajo Heef it wouhl not be prudent to approach the s'tore within 2
miles, until near Ferrer Toint, though there are no known outlying
dangers.

Nuchatlitz Inlet, on the northwestern side of Nootka Island, is
miles long in a northeasterly direction and .3 miles wide at entranco,
narrowing towards the head ; its shores are high and rocky, and nxuch
broken into creeks and small bays ; oflf the entrance and within are
several dangers. There are two good anchorages. Port Laiigford on
the northern side and Mary Hasiu at the head ; but owing to the dan-
gers off the entrance of the inlet they are botli ratiier lUHicult of
access.

Ferrer Point, the southern entrance point of the inlet, is low and
rocky; thare is a depth of 14 fathoms at a distance of 400 yards from
It, and J mile eastward of the point is Northwest Cone, a very remarka-
ble conical summit 350 feet high, which proves a very useful guide to
this locality from the westward.

Danger Rock, about one mile N. 27^ W. of Ferrer Point, is the worst
danger in entering, as it is of very small extent, and the sea only breaks
on it in heavy weather; it is steep-to on all sides, there being 11 fath
oms close to it. The best passage into the inlet is between this rock
and Ferrer Point.

Leading Mark. — Mark Flill, at the head of inlet, in line with the
north part of Fiiz Island bearing N. 74° E., leads south of this rock
midway between it and Ferrer Point, and through the fairway into the
inlet north of South Heef.

Nuchatlitz Reef, in the center of the entrance and j^ mile northward
of Danger Rock, is about i^ mile long in an east and west direction and
200 yards wide. The sea generally breaks on this reef, and at its east-
ern extremity is a small rock awash at high water ; there is a clear deep
passage between it and Danger Hock, and also apparently to the north-
ward of it, but neither should be attempted by strangers, as no leading
marks can be given for going through them.

South Reef, nearly 400 yards in extent ami covering at three-cpiar-
ters dood, lies just within the entrance on the south side, one mile N.
58° E. of Ferrer Point, and about GOO yards from the shore.

276

TFfE WKST COAST OF VANCOUVER ISLAND.

Louie Creek, just inside Soiitli Ucef, is dUoal and nearly a mile iu
extent; tliere aro scvoral looiis oH" itsentniuce and vessels sbould not
enter it; to tiie eastward of the creek the south shore of Nuchatlitz
Inlet is rocky, but appears to be clear ofdantjer at the distance of 200
yards.

Fitz Island, in the center of the inlet, is of small extent, low, rugged,
and covered with a few stunted pine trees, the tops of which are about
100 feet above the sea. At A mile WNW. of it is a small bare island HO
feet hifrh, and steepto on the western side, but between the rock and
Fit}; Island foul ground exists.

Bare Rock, of small extent, lies ■{ mile to the HW. of Fitz Inland,
and there is a dear passage between them.

Mary Basin, the termination of the inlet, is of considerable extent,
and completely landlocked by Lord Island, which lies across the inlet
at the southwestern part of the basin. The depths inside the basin
vary from ry to 9 fathoms, ami the entrance on the north side of Lord
Island ai)pears clear of danger, but it has not been sufficiently examined
to recommeml its use by strangers.

To the eastward of Mary Basin and connected to it by a narrow pass
50 jards wide, with from 7 to 9 fathoms, is Inner Basin, a shi. ^t of
water upwards of .'} miles long in an easterly direction, with fronj 20 to
39 fathoms, and ai»parently useless as an anchorage.

Port Langford, on the northern side of the inlet, is about 1;^ miles
long in a northwesterly direction, and varies in breadth from ^ to J
mile. The dejtths in it vary from 5 to 8 fathoms, iuid it affords a secure
and well-sheltered autdiorage in about (5 fathoms, muddy bottom, at
the distance of J mile from the head. The eastern shore of the port is
high, rising to a .summit, .Mount Hosa, but the western shore is much
lower; both are rocky, but within the entrance clear of danger.

Colwood Islet, at the southwestern extreme of the entrance, is
small and bare, and nearly .^ mile offshore; it may be approached to
within iiOO yards on the east side, but inside it and to the westward
round the western entrance point of Nuchatlitz lidet are innumerable
rocks and small islets, among-which vessels should not venture.

Belmont Point, the eastern entrance point into Port Langford, is
low, and a rock uncovers 200 yards west of it.

Directions. — Entering Nuchatlitz Inlet from the southward, bring
Ferrer Point on a N. 13^ E. bearing, and steer to pass i mile west of it;
and when Mark Ilill comes in line with the north part of Fitz Island
N. 74° E., haul in for the entrance on that mark, whic^h will lead in clear
of Danger Uock and South Reef. When Ferrer Point bears S. 24=^ W..
vessels will be inside the rock and may steer for the entrance to Port
Langlbrd, pass midway between Cohvood Islet and Belmont Point, and
proceed np the i)ort in mid-channel, anchoring in 5 or (i fathoms at a
distance of J mile from the head.

Api)roaching the port from the westward, keep an otliug of 4 or 5

'm^^.

NUCHATLITZ INLET DIRKCTIONS — KSPKUAN/-A INLET. 277

i^fonl, is

id, bring
est of ir ;
z Jslaiid
[1 ill clear

24.^ W..

to Port
oint, and
lOuiH at a

of 4 or o

miles till Ferrer 5'oint bears S. <)(P K., when steer for it on that bearing
till the leading nuirk fjr the channel comes on, wlien proceed as before
directed to the anchorage in Port Langford.

Intending to enter Mary Basin, not recoiiimeiuled, when past Ferrer
I'oint keep the leading nuirk on till abre.ist Lonie Creek, then steer a
little to the eastward. Massing about L'Od yards south of Fitz Island and
Bare Kock ; when pawt the former steer X. 86^ E. until the western
point of Lord Island bears N. .15^ K,, wiiich will clear the shoal extend-
ing J mile to the southward from Benson I'oint, and then, on approach-
ing Lord Island, bor'ow a little towards the northern siiore, and enter
Mary Basin to the WAStwaid of the island and tlie small islet NW, of it;
when abreast the l^attor haul more to the eastward, and anchor in from
5 to fathoms near the middle of the basin.

Vessels of any size should not attempt to beat into this inlet, as there
is generally a heavy sea at the entrance, and strangers should not at-
tempt to enter unless the leading mark is easily ilistinguished.

Esperanza Inlet, the entrance to which lies between the northwest-
ern side of Nootka Island and the mainland of Vancouver Island, is
about 10 miles long in a winding northeasterly direction, with an aver-
age breadth of about one mile, narrowing at the head, and connected by
a narrow pass (Tahsis Narrows) to the Tahsis Canal, in Nootka Sound.

The entrance, though wide, contains several dangers! but inside the
shores are nearly everywhere steep-to, rising on both sides to moun-
tains of considerable height. The southern shore is indented by three
bays of moderate extent, which artbrd no anchorage; and from the
northern one three arms of considerable length penetrate the Vancouver
shore for several miles. Port Eliza, in the western arm, is the only an-
chorage in the inlet.

Middle Channel, the widest and best into Esiieranza Iidet, lies 3
miles N\V. of Ferrer Point, between Blind lieef. Needle Kock, and a
number of small islets extending off the northwestern point of Nootka
Island on the east, and Middle Iteef and Black Kock on the west; a
part of the former is always above water.

Blind Reef, at the southeastern extreme of the channel, 3 miles N.
27^ W. of Ferrer Point, is about 400 yards in extent, and the sea only
breaks on it in bad weather; 200 yards northward of it is a small rock,
and at a distance of 400 yards from its south and west sides are depths
of 13 to 19 fathoms.

Pin Rock, of small extent, awash at low water, lies '^ mile S. 00° E.
of Blind Reef.

Needle Rock, of small extent, lies if mile northward of the Blind
Reef, and has from 14 to 15 fathoms at a distance of 400 yards west
of it.

Middle Reef, at the southwestern entrance point of ^liddle Channel
and separating it from the North Channel, is about 000 yards long in a
northeasterly direction and 200 yards wide. The sea generally breaks

27H

Tine WKST COAST Ol' VANCOrVER ISLAND.

on tliis n^ef. and at itH southern I'xtn-nic is a nniall rock 4 fi>(^t above
bi),'li \vat«'r; tluTe are from r> to 20 ratlioiuMat ttiu tliNtaiicu of 2(H) yards
on all sjilt's of it.

Leading Mark. — Leadini^' Hill, in line with lUack Uock, hearing N.
li'jo E., leads tlironjili the fairway of Middle Channel went of Hlind
Keef and Needle Koek, and eaut ol Middle Keef.

North Channel lead.s into the in'et west of Middle Keef, between it
and the danfjers olV the Hontheasteni point of Catala Island. It is about
^ mile wide, nier^Mn); at the north part into Middle Channel. The depths
in it vary from 17 to 22 fathoms, and the danj;er8 on its western side
are all above water.

Leading Mark. — IMack l!ock, in line with Double Lsland, bearing
U. 4.'<'^ li., leads in through the fairway of North Channel clear of all
danger.

Catala Island, on the western side of the entrance to Ksperanza
Inlet, is wooded; its shores are rocky, and several danger.* • xist at a
considerable distance otf it on all sides; its northern side is separated
from the Vancouver shore by a passage A mile wide, named Uolling
Uoadstead, a!!!i vessels may lind a t<»lerably secure anchorage there iu
from 4 to fathoms, though generally a swell prevails. ■

The Twins, two small islets connected with each other at low water,
lie on' the soulh point of Catala Island, and foul ground extends nearly
1^ miles south from them, terminating in Low liock, which forms the
southwestern entrance point to the North Channel.

Black Rock, which lies 800 yards S. 21° K. of the east point of
Catala, is a small, bare rock. Foni ground exists between it and Catala,
and also 200 yards south of it. Vessels should not approach its eastern
side nearer than 400 yards, nor attempt to pass west of it.

Rolling Roadstead. — Entrance Reef, about 000 yards north of the
east point of Catala Island at the eastern part of ItoUing Roadstead, is
ot small extent, and covers at half tiood.

Arnold Rock, ^ mile from flntrance Keef, and about 400 yards from
the op|)08ite shore, is awash at high water; midway between these
rocks are Gi fathoms, and in the roadstead Irom 4 to fathoms. The
outer rocks oft' the NW. i)art of Catala Islaud, open north of the
low grassj' point at the north side of the latter, bearing N. 71'^ W.,
leads into Rolling Roadstead, midway between the Arnold Rock and
Entrance Keef

Half a mile inshore, and overlooking the NB. part of Rolling Road-
stead, is Leading Hill. It is of conical 8hai)e, and conspicuous from
the entrance to the Middle Channel.

Double Island lies A mile from the western shore at the inner and
narrowest part of the entrance to Esperanza Inlet. It is of small ex-
tent, and wooded. A number of rocks exist between it and the shore,
but 400 yards from its east side are depths of 25 to 45 fathoms.

FLOWEK INLKT — QUKKN's COVE.

279

Flower Islet, *>ii tlie opposite Hliort>, ^ mile Croiii tlu< NW. point
of Noolliii Island, is small ami haro. At •!()(> vanls SW. of it is a
HinaU rock 2 fVet above lii>,'li water.

KaslwurtI of Flower Islet llie southern shore of Ksperanza Inlet
takes a winding; inejjular outline to the eastward. It is everywhere
steej) to, and rises (jnuhially to snminitH l,',()0() and .'{,0(10 feet high.
There are thioe ba.VH, all too deep for anchorage. In the western one,
which is ju8(. within the entrance, are several small islets.

Center Island, i^ mile oil i .r outhern shore, is about ■{ mile \cng in
an east and west <lireetion, an \ >f moderate height; its shores are
rocky, and may be approached to '-'00 yards.

Hecate Channel, near t' ' iiead of the inic. , is 4')' miles long and has
un average breadth of ab l,lit)Oyard,« The eastern end, Tahsis Nar-
rows, is about UOO yards wide ; the shores are high and rocky, and may
be approached close to.

Port Elixa, the entrance to which is one mile KE, of Double Island,
is a narn)\v arm ; its breadth varying from 400 to 8(m» ^> ards ; the shores
are high, and there are some rocks and small islands in the entrance,
and along the eastern shore. There is good anciiorii^'c in from 14 to 13
fathoms at A nule from the head, and also in (^Hieen's (Jove, which is
upwards of one mile within the entrance on the east side.

The head terminates in a small patch of low swampy land, through
which Mow two fresh-water streams, and ofl' it a bank dries 200 yards at
low water.

Harbor Island, in the center of the entrance, is wooded and of mod-
erate height. The passage into Port Eliza on its east side, through
Birthday Channel, is 400 yards wide in the narrowest part, and dear
of danger. Between Harbor Island and the western shore lies False
Channel, which has irregular soundings, and in its southern part are two
rocks which cover at half tlood.

Fairway Island, on the east side of Birthday Channel, is of small
extent, and covered with a few stunted trees; some rocks extend a short
distance off around it, the eastern ones being about 6 feet above high
water.

Channel Reef, i mile north of Harbor Island, in the middle of Port
Eliza, is about 200 yards in extent, and covers at three-quarters flood;
at 200 yards from its eastern side, are from 16 to 2(5 fathoms ; beyond
this reef there are no dangers in the port at more than 200 yards from
the shore.

Queen's Cove, on the ep.ntern side of the port, about li miles from
the entrance, is ^ mile long • nd 400 yards wide, but at the entrance
the width is contracted to 100 yards by a sniall island, which at low
water, is connected to the eastern side of the cove.

The cove affords room for a large vessel to lie moored in the center.
Its shores are high and rocky, and it is completely land-locked, but it
is easy of access for steamers ; most likely large sailing vessels would

2 so

THE WEST COAST OF VANCOUVER ISLAND.

be obliged to warp iu ; there is a fresh- water stream of considerable size
on the west side of its head, very convenient for watering.

Espinoza Arm, the entrance to which is 2 miles NE. of port Eliza,
is 8 miles long in a northerly direction, and its average breadth is 4 mile.
The soundings within it are deep, and it affords no anchorage; at the
entrance, on the west side, are some small islets, and a rock which un-
covers. This inlet is bounded by high, rocky, rugged shores, and
terminates in low land at the head. At the distance of 4 miles within
the entrance, on the eastern side, is a narrow branch or fork extending
to the NE. Its head is separated by a narrow neck from the Zeballos
Arm. The entrance to this narrow branch is choked up with rocks.

Zeballos Arm, at the west end of Hecate channel, is about G miles
long in a winding direction to the NW., and about j; mile wide ; similar
to Espinoza Arm, it offers no anchorage whatevei:, and is of no use to
the navigator.

Directions.— A stranger entering Esi)eranza Inlet from the south-
ward tlirough the Middle Channel, and intending to anchor in Port
Eliza, should pass Ferrer Point at a distance of about 3 miles, and keep
on a northerly course till neariug the entrance to Middle Channel,
when steer to bring Leading Hill in line with lilack Hock bearing N.
13^ E,, which will lead through ihe fairway, and clear of the dangers
on both sides of the channel. When the southern point of Catala Island
bears N. 44° W., vessels will be inside the dangers at entrance and
should steer about N. 45^ E. for the entrance to Port Eliza, pass-
ing \ mile east of Double Island. When entering the port steer
through Birthday Channel, passing "00 yards east of Harbor Island ;
when past the east point of the latter, keep about N. 10° W. for the en-
trance to Queen's Cove, or further over to the eastern shore, to avoid
Channel Keef ; in entering the cove, pass to the west of the island at
its entrance, and moor immediately the vessel is inside, anchors NNB.
and SSW.

If going to the head of Port Eliza, keep on as before directed till
within 200 yards of Queen's Cove, when haul sharply to the westward,
keeping about 200 .yards from the eastern shore till Fairway Island
comes in line with the eastern point of Harbor Island bearing S. 32° E.,
when the vessel will be west of Charnel Reef, and may steer up the
port m mid-channel, anchoring near the center, about' J mile from the
bead, in 15 or Hi fathoms.

Sailing vessels of any size should not attempt to enter Port liliza
unless with a steady fair wind.

If bound to Koiling Roadstead, enter the Middle Channel as before
directed, but Instviad of steering for the entrance of I'ort Kliza, keep on
a N. 12'^ E. course (passing about \ milt east of Black Rock) until the
outer extreme of the islets off the northwestern part of Cataia Island
come open north of the low grassy point o" its northern side bearing
U. 77° W., when haul in for the roadstead on that mark, which will

E8PERANZA INLET DIRECTIONS — KYUQUOT SOUND.

281

lOliza

lead midway between Arnold and Entrance Reef's ; anchor in fathoms,
witl" the extremes of Catala Island bearing west and S. 10° E.

Entering Esperanza Inlet from the westward, keep an ottiug of 2.J or
3 miles from C.itala Island till Doable Island comes in line with Black
Rock bearing N. -13° E., and enter the inlet through the Nortli Channel
with this mark on, which will lead in clear of danger. When the Twins
Islets bear N. 32° VV. haul more to the eastward, passing | mile out-
side the Mid and Black Rocks, and steer for Rolling Roadstead or Port
Eliza as before directed.

If the weather be clear and the marks can be made out, both North
and Middle Channels are equally gooil, the latter being wide enough
for a vessel to boat throngh, though it would De liazardons for strangers
to attempt, as no turning marks can be given.

Cenerally a heavy swell prevails off the entrance to Nuchatlitz and
Esperanza Inlets, and sailing vessels should not attempt to enter or
leave either of them unless with a steady fair or leading wind.

The Coast, westward of Catala Island to Tatchu I'oint, takes a
westerly direction for ujtwards of 3 miles, is ^indented by two small
sandy bays, and bordered by a number of rocks, some of which extend
nearly 2 miles ott'shore. Tatchn Point is cliffy; some rocks lie a short
distance to the southward of it, and there is a native village of consid-
trable size at i mile east of it. Eliza Dome, a remarkable summit,
rises IJ miles north of the point, and is very conspicuous from seaward.

From Tatchu Point the coast turns to the NVV. to the entrance of
Kyuquot Sound, and is indented by several small bays, in some parts
of which boats may find shelter.

BarrieiT Islands. — At 2 miles northwestward of Tatchn Point is the
commencement of a chain of small islands and reefs bordering the coast
of Vanftouver Island for nearly 20 miles in a westerly direction to the
entrance Ouonkinsh Inlet. They extend in some parts as far as 5 miles
oflshore, and through them are two known navigable channels, the
Kyuquot and Halibut, leading to anchorages; the former chanuel leads
into Kyuquot Souiul, and the latter into Clanninick Harbor, but as a
rule strangers should not venture in the channels among these islands,
unless the weather be clear, or without a pilot.

Highest Island, one of the Barrier Group, lying 2 miles southwest-
ward of Union Island, is a rennirkable bare rock 98 feet high, and use-
ful in identifying the Kyu(inot Channel.

In thick weather vessels siiould stand no nearer the Barrier Islands-
than into a depth of 40 fathoms.

Kyuquot Sound is a large broken sheet of water penetratii'g from
the coast to a distance of 14 or 15 miles inland in two large arms and
several smaller ones. Union Island, a large island lying at the entrance,
forms on either side of it a channel into the sound, the eastern one only
being fit for large vessels ; there are also several islands within, mostly
small.

282

THE WEST COAST OF VANCOUVER ISLAND.

Tbere are tluee anchorages, Narrowgnt and Easy Creeks and Fair
Harbor, tlie two latter being of considerable size, but at a distance of 13
and 10 miles from the entrance; the former, though very small, is only
5 miles within the sound.

Kyuquot Channel leads into llic sound through the Darrier Islands
and to tlie eastward of Union Island. It is nearly straight, about 5 miles
long in a NE. direction and about 'i mile wide; a mid-channel course
through is clear of danger.

East Entrance Reef, one of the Barrier groui> lying at the south-
eastern extreme of the channel, is about 400 yards in extent and i feet
above high water; vessels should not stand inside it, nor, when enter-
ing the channel, round the reef nearer than ^ mile.

Rugged Point, the southeastern entrance point to Kyuquot Sound, is
rugged and rocky, but steep-to on the western side; between it and
East Entrance Ueef are a number of rocks, among which vessels should
not venture. The eastern side of the channel to the northward of this
point is formed by the Vancouver shore, and is slightly indented and
steep-to, to the termination of the channel.

West Rocks, at the southwestern extreme of Kyuciuot channel, are
two in number; some rocks which cover at a quarter flood extend J
mile SE. from them, with 20 fathoms close to their outer edge. When
navigating the channel do not api)roach West Rocks within g mile.

White Cliff Head, the sontiiern extreme of Union Island, is about
70 feet high, faced to the southward by a remarkable white clift"; there
are 35 fathoms within 200 yards of it. Ualf a mile north of the head is
Kyuquot Hill, a remarkable summit 740 feet high, bare of trees on its
eastern side, and very conspicuous from seaward.

Northward of White Clift" Head, the east coast of Union Island trends
in an irregular outline to Chat Channel Point; it is geuerallj rockj', and
rises gradually.

Chat Channel Point, the eastern point of Union Island, is a low
rocky point with a remarkable knob Just inside it; a rock which covers
at a quarter Hood lies 400 yards east of it, and the point should not be
rounded nearer than ^ mile.

Leading Island, just northward of Kyuquot Channel, is about 1^
miles long in an east and west direction, and h mile wide: its shores are
steep to, and the island rises near the center to a summit 481) feet high*
which, wlien kept midway between White Clift" Head and U'lgged Point*
leads into the sound through the fairway of Ivyufjuot Channel.

TTnion Island, at tiie entrance to the sound, and protecting it from
the ocean, is of s(]Uiire shape; the shores are rocky and much broken
on the southern and western sides.

Blind Entrance leails into Kyuquot Souml westward of Union Island,
it is a narrow tortuous channel with some rocks in the outer part and
should not be entered by strangers; coasters often enter the sound by
this channel, but no directions can be given for navigating it.

NARKOWGl'T CREKK — FAIR HARBOR.

283

Narrowgut Creek, in the Hoiitlieiisteni part of tlio sound is one milu
Ion;; in uu e.isterly direction, but is less than 200 yards wide just inside
the entrance. The deptlis in it vary from Hi to 8 fatiioins, and tiiere is
onlyj'ist room for a vessel to moor; the shores are iiigli, the entrauee
is vW,ir of dan;r«'', sintl the ereek ea.iy of access to steamers. A stream
of eonsideralde size empties at the liead of the creek, from which a
bank extends ottOOO yards.

Shlii;,de Point, at the entrance to the creek on the north side, is bor-
dered by a sandy beach, and has 1) fathoms close to.

Deep Inlet, northward of Narrow^jut Creek, is about 3 miles lony in
a easterly dire<-,tion, but affords no anchorajje ; on its northern side, at
the entrance, is a remarkable lii^h precipice.

Hohoae Island is nearly in the center of the sound, J mile north of
Union Island ; its shores are rocky and stee[)to. On its eastern side
is Dixie ("ove, where a small craft may anchor in C fathoms completely
landlocked.

Pinnace Channel, between liohoae Island and the eastern shore of
the sound is clear of danger.

Tahsish Arm is in the northern part of the sound. It is miles long
in a winding direction to the northward, and its shores, except at the
bead, are high, ruggeil, and uiostly steep-to; the head terminates in
low swampy land, through which Hows a considerable stream oft' which
a bank dries L'OO yards ; there is a small village at the mouth of the
stream ; on the eastern side, 2 miles below the head, is a similar stream,
off which a bank extends about 100 yards.

Fair Harbor, on the east side of Tahsish Arm, is of au oblong shape,
and attbrds anchorage near either end in from l.'i toll fathoms; its
shores, generally, are high and steep ; at its head a bank dries off for
200 yards. The western end of the harbor is formed by a low, narrow
neck, about 200 yards wide at low water, connecting an island to the
mainland of Vancouver, and separating the harbor from Pinnace Chan-
nel. The entrance lies on the northernsideof this island, and has some
small islets on its northern side; when entering keep the southern
shore pretty close aboard, but take care to avoid a rock which lies ou
that shore about halfway in. A patch of 9 feet lies abreast it, and
therefore considerable caution must bo observed. This harbor can be
entered by steamers, or sailing vessels with a fair wind.

Some rocks, the outer one of which covers, lie 600 yards west of the
entrance to Fair Harbor, about 200 yards from the shore.

Moketas Island, in the northern jiart of the sound, is rocky, its
eastern anil western sides being steep-to. At 200 yards from its north-
ern shore, near the center, is a sunken rock, and on its southeastern side
lie the Channel liocks, a small patch, about 3 feet above high water ;
they, however, are steei)-to.

The passage between Moketas Island and the northern shore of the
souiul is COO yards wide in the narrowest part : if using it, vessels ought
to keep well over to the northern side.

284

THE WEST COAST OF VANCOUVER ISLiND.

Kokshittle Arm, tbe eutrance of which is in the northwestern part
of the sonnd, is upwards of 8 miles long and about one mile wide at
the eutrance, narrowing gradually towards the head'; its shores are
rocky, and of a broken outline, witii several small islets off them. It
shoals gradually towards the head, and there are no dangers ; a very
good anchorage, the best in the sound, is on its western side at 4 miles
from the entrance. The head of the arm terminates in low, swampy
lan<l, through which Hows a small stream, and a bank extends oil" for
the distance of about 400 yards.

Just within the entrance, on the eastern side, is a small cove with 4
fathoms in the center, available for small craft.

Easy Creek, the anchorage before referred to on the western side of
Kokshittle Arm, is about 2 miles long in a soutlieasterly direction,
turning sharply round from its entrance and running in this direction
parallel to the inlet, being separated from it by a narrow rocky penin-
sula. It is 800 yards wide at the entrance, narrowing gradually to the
head ; the depths in it vary from 12 to liO fatiioms, and there is good
anchorage from ^ mile within the entrance to the head. The shores
are rocky, of moderate height, steep-to on the eastern side, but from
the western a sand-bank dries ort' in some parts for the distance of
nearly 200 yards. The best anchorage is one mile within the entrance,
in from 13 to 10 fathoms, about 200 or 400 yards from the .astern shore ;
when entering keep near the east shore.

On the opposite side of the arm, abreast Easy Cri :, is a village
and a stn^am of considerable size, off which a bank dries out about 400
yards.

Chamiss Bay, on the western side of Kyuqnot Sound, about one
mile from the north part of Blind Eutrance, is nearly J mile in extent,
but affords no anchorage.

Directions. — Sailing vessels should not attempt to enter Kynquot
Sound, unless with a steady, fair, or leading wind, as generally a heavy
swell prevails outside, which in a light wind would render t' "" posi-
tion critical ; and strangers should not attempt to venture m unless
the weather is clear and the leading mark for the channel can be easily
made out.

Entering the sound by the Kyuqnot Channel, which is the only one
strangers should use, keep a good oHing till the entrance of the channel
is made out, when bring the summit of Leading Island midway between
Chat Channel and Rugged Points bearing N. 42° E. and steer up the
channel with that mark on; when noaring Chat Chamiel Point, give it
a berth of at least 800 yards to avoid the rock which lies oDf it. If
bound to Narrowgut Creek pass eastward of Leading Island, and keep-
ing ab lut 200 yards from the southern shore, enter the creek in mid-
channel, and moor, if ilia large vessel, when inside.

If bound to Fair Harbor, keep as l)efore directed till near Leading
Island; pass to the westward of this islaml, and proceed up to the north-

KYUQUOT SOUND DIRECTIONS — VILLAGE ISLAND.

285

inid-

ward tliroiigli Pinnace Cluvmiel, keeping about 201) j'ards or so from
either shore, on to the entrance of Tahsisii arm. On n ;aring Fair
Harbor keej) from 400 to 600 yards from the eastern side of uie arm till
the entrance bears SE., when steer for it on that bearing, keejjing close
over to the southern shore till inside, and anchor in the middle, about
i mile from the east end, in 11 fathoms.

Bound to Easy Creek, pass to the westward of Leading, IJohoae and
Moketas Islands ; enter the Kokshitcle arm in mid-channel, and pro-
ceeding up it for a distance of 4 miles will bring a vessel abreast the
creek, which maybe entered in mid-chanuel; anchor in from 13 to
16 fathoms, about one mile witliin the entrance and from liOO to 400
yards from the shore.

Clanninick Harbor, on the Vancouver shore, 3 miles to the west-
ward of Kyuquot Sound, is about one mile long in a westerly direction,
i mile wide, and aflbrds good anchorage in from 7 to 10 fathoms, at
the distance of ^ mile from the head, from which a sandbank extends
400 yards ; its shores are mostly' low, and there are some rocks on either
side of the entrance.

The harbor :s jjrotected by V^illage, Table, and other islands of the
Barrier group, Irom the ocean, and there is only one channel, the Hali-
but, into it through them, which, though clear of danger, should not,
except under unavoidable circumstances, be attempted by strangers.

Halibut Channel, through tiie Barrier group from the ocean to the
entrance of Clanninick Harbor, lies westward of Table and Village
Islands and east of Look-out Island. It is about 3 miles long in a
northerly direction, and A mile wide in the narrowest part; the depths
in are somewhat irregul.ar, but a mid-channel course through, exce|)t in
the northern jtart, is clear of danger.

Table Island, on the eastern side of the channel, is the largest of the
Barrier gr(»u|», being nearly i mile in extent; some rocks, mostly above
water, extend h mile from its southern side, the outer one being 50 feet
high, with 15lathoms 400 yards west of it. Trap Ulufton the western
side of the island is conspicuous.

Anchorage. — Half a mile eastward of Table Island is an anchorage
with from 4 to 6 fatiioms, toleraltly sheltered by some islands from sea-
ward, and much used by coasters in summer months; the entrance to
it is rather intricate, and strangers or any except in a snnill vessel
should not attempt to enter.

Village Tsland, on the east side of Halibut Channel, .just north of
Table Islan,l, is small ; on its eastern side is a large native village,
much fretpientetl in summer; ottit a l»ank dries nearly tiOO yards. To
tlu' eastward of this island among the Barrier Islands is a small cove,
(Barter Cove), with from one to 3 fathoms; it is well sheltered in all
wi'ather, and mucli frequented by coasters when fur trading ; the en-
trance to it is very narrow, and almost choked ui> with rocks.

286

71IE WEST COAST OF VANCOUVER ISLAND.

Rock. — Xoi'tb of Village I.shmd 400 yards is a rock amisli at higb
w.iter springs, hut there is a deptli of j to G fathoms at a distance of
200 yards from the western side.

Lookout Island, at the southern entrance point of Halibut Chan-
nel, is small, coven d with a few trees, and about 150 feet high ; its
eastern side may be approached to 400 yards, but ^ mile SVV. of it are
some rocks, on which the sea always breaks.

Granite Island, which forms the southern side of Clanninick Har-
bor, is about ^ mile in extent, and joined by a sandy beach at low water
to the Vancouver shore.

Chief Rock, 000 yards from its eastern point, is a very dangerous
rock, which lies at the termination of the Halibut Channel, and only
uncovers at low- water springs.

A sunken rock is said to exist nearly midway in the entrance to the
harbor, 400 yards north of Chief Rock.

Directions. — Bound into Clanninick Harbor by the Halibut Channel,
keep about 2 miles ofl' the Barrier Islands till Lookout Island bears N.
10° W., when steer for the entrance of the channel, passing about 400
yards east of Lookout Island. When the NW. end of Table Island
bears N. 09^ E, steer about N. 40^ E., or more easterly, so as to pass
about rj mile NW. of Trap Bluft'on its western side; on nearing Gran-
ite Island, bring Trap Bluff In line with the east high-water part of
Lookout Island S. 52° W., and steer N. 52° E. for the entrance of
the harbor, with the above-mentioned mark on astern, till the northern
side of Granite Island bears N. 52^ W., or the harbor comes well
open, when a vessel will be clear of the Chief Rock, and may haul into
the northwestward for the anchorage, passing about 200 yards to the
southward of a small rock 2 feet above water lying on the northern side
of the harbor 300 yards witliiu the entrance.

As before mentioned, strangers should not attempt to enter this har-
bor without a pilot, unless from absolute necessity, and if in a sailing
vessel, only with a steady fair wind.

Anchorage. — Anchor in from 7 to 10 fathoms, with the extremes of
the harbor bearing S. GCP E. and S. 20° E.

Ououkinsh Inlet is 7 miles long in a northeasterly direction, and
l,6tl0 yards wide at the entrance, narrowing gradually towards the
head ; the shores within are high.

There is only one inditt'erent anchorage. Battle Bay, just within the en-
trance on the western side.

Clara Islet, at the southeastern extreme of the entrance, is small
and bare ; vessels should not go eastward of, or approach it within J
»nile. This island is the westernmost of the Barrier Islands, and lies 21 J
miles X. 55° W. of Tatcliu Point, where they may be almost said to
commence.

Rock. — A rock, awash at low water and not indicated on the charts
has been reported as situated off tiie mouth of Ououkinsh Inlet, and

BUNSBY ISLANDS — OUOUKINSH INLET DIRECTIONS.

287

les of

small
liiu ^

«8'JU

lid to

charts
t, ami

uear the fairway of vessels entering that inlet. The rock lies on the
foUov/iug bearings: Clara Islet N. GQo E. Outermost of the Barrier
Islands 8. 't'i° E.

Bunsby Islands are on the eastern side of entrance, close in shore;
the passages between them and the shore are choked up with rocks, but
their western side is steep-to; Pinnacle Point and Green Head at their
southwestern extreme are remarkable. To the northeastward of these
islands is .Vlalksope Inlet, 4 miles long in a northeasterly direction, but
the entrance is intricate, and there is no anchorage within it.

Cuttle G-roup, lying at the southwestern entrance jioint of Ouou-
kinsh Inlet, comprises a number of small islets and rocks, some of the
former being wooded ; nearly one mile SW. of them is a rock on which
the sea breaks in fine weather. On the Vancouver shore, just N W. of
them, is Low Cone, a remarkable summit, and useful in identifying the
entrance.

Vessels should not go to the westward of these islets, or approach
their east side nearer than 400 yards.

Sulivan Reefs are a very dangerous patch of rocks lying nearly 3
miles outside the entrance of Ououkinsh Inlet, 2i miles N. 77° \V. Clara
Islet ; they are about ^ mile in extent, and the sea only breaks occasion-
ally on them.

The entrance of Ououkinsh Inlet open X. 46° E. leads east of these
reefs ; Solander Island, off Cape Cook, just open or shut in by the land
east of the cape, bearing X. 68° W., leads south ; Hat Island, in the en-
trance of ifasparti Inlet, in line with a summit on the west shore of the
inlet, bearing N. 24° E., leads west; and Hat Island seen between the
Haystacks, bearing N. 13° W., leads NE. ot them.

Battle Bay, just within the entrance of Ououkinsh Inlet on the
western side, is upwards of a mile wide, and A mile deep, with several
islets ant' sunken rocks inside it, near the middle ; near the northern
part there is tauchorage in from 6 to 9 fathoms, which may be used ii»
fine weather.

Directions. — A vessel intending to enter Ououkinsh Inlet, and anchor
in Battle Bay, should keep an offing of 4 or 5 miles from the main, till
Clara Islet at the western extreme of the Barrier Islands is made out,
when steer for it on a N. 58° E. bearing, passing about ^ mile west of
the islet to avoid the rock previously mentioaed oft' Clara Island. When
abreast the islet steer for the center of the entrance about N. 4G° E.,.
round the Skirmish Islets, which lie in the middle of Battle Bay, at a
distance of 400 yards, and anchor in 7 fathoms, midway between them
and the north side of the bay.

It is not recommended to use this anchorage, unless embayed, as it
aft'ords but indifferent shelter in southerly gales, and sailing vessels,
should not attempt to enter unless with a steady fair wind.

Nasparti Inlet, west of Ououkinsh Inlet, is about 4 miles long, in a
northerly direction, and about | mile wide at the entrance, decreasing

288

THK WEST COAST OF VANCOUVER ISLAND.

in some places to less than GOO yards. Its shores are lii^h and rockj',
indented by some slight bays ; there is a fresh-water stream at the head,
from which a bank extends abont 000 yards. There is a secnre though
rather limited anchorage, in from 13 to IG fathoms, at the distance of J
mile from the he.ad. Outside the entrance are several dangers, but none
within, and the projecting points may be a]iproached to a distance of
200 yards.

Haystpcks, oft' the eastern side of the entrance, and ISj miles north-
ward of the Snli ,'an iteefs, are two bare, sharp-tojtped, clitt'y rocks,
about GOO yards apart; there is a clear, deep i)assage between them and
the Snlivan Keefs; northward of them, rocks and foul ground exist.

East Rock, GOO yards from the eastern entrance point, is of small
extent, has 17 fathoms at a distance of 200 yards to the westward of it,
<aiid covers at half Hood ; the Haystacks open south of Yule Islet bear-
ing S. 32° E., lead west of it.

Yule Islet lies midway between the Haystacks and Kast Rock.

Mile Rock Breaker lies 2 miles N. 49^ \V. of Sulivan Ueefs. It is
very dangerous to vessels entering the inlet, as it is of small extent and
the sea oidy breaks on it in heavy weather; the depths around it are
irregular, there being from 13 to 32 fathoms at 400 yards from it.

Hat Island, in the entrance of inlet, in line with a summit on the west
side bearing X. 24° E., leads east of it, and well clear of the Sulivan
Reefs, into the inlet. Vessels should not stand to the westward of this
<langer.

Mile Rock, nearly one mile northward of the above-mentioned
danger, is a small bare rock, 12 feet above high water; there are 29
fathoais 200 yards east of it, and a deep clear passage between it and
the western shore. A ledge, however, extends fully 200 yards from its
northern side.

Hat Island, lying in the center of the inlet just within the entrance,
is small, and has a few stunted trees on the summit ; from the south-
ward it is \'ery conspicuous, and appears somewhat like a hat. It is
steep-to on the eastern side, but nearly midway between it and the
western shore is a shoal patch of 2A fathoms, marked by kelp. When
entering Nasparti Inlet pass eastward of the island.

Directions. — Nasparti Inlet should not be used by strangers unless
from necessity, as in thick or cloudy weather it might bo difficult to
make out the leading marks, and no one should attempt to enter uidess
they are well made out, especially as the sea only breaks on the out-
lying dangers in heavy weather, and they are seldom seen. Sailing
vessels should, in passing the entrance of this and Ououkinsh Inlet,
keep Solander Island open south of the land east of Oape Oook, bear-
ing N. GGo W.

If entering Nasparti Inlet, keej) Solander Island (off (Jape Cook) in
line with the land eastward of it bearing N. 09° W., until Hat Island
comes in line with a summit on the west side of the inlet bearing N. 24°

CAl'E COOK — KLA8KISH INLET.

289

•ance,
south-
It is
ml the

When

unless
cult to

unless
he out-
Sailing
Inlet,

, bear-
look) in

Island
N. 24a

E., when steer in for the entrance on that bearing, which will lead east
of the Mile Rock Breaker, well clear of the Sulivan Ueefa, and west of
East Hock; pass 20Q or 400 yards east of Hat Island and steer up the
inlet in mid-chanuel, anchoring in 13 fatLonis, about J uiile from the
head.

Brooks Peninsula. — To the westward of Nasparti Inlet is a peuinsula
of an oblong sliape, projecting into the ocean in a SW. direction; its
shores are for the most part ver^' rocky, and rise almost abruptly from
tlieseato upwards of 2,000 feet; there are several off-lying dangers
around it, some of which extend upwards of one mile fro n tiie sliore.

Cape Cook or Woody Point, the soutii western extreme of this penin-
sula, is the most projecting point of the outer coast of Vancouver Island.
The cape rises abruptly fiom the sea to a summit 1,200 feet high.

At a distance of 2 miles from Cape Cook and the soucliern side of the
peninsula the depths are from 20 to 90 fathoms, and as a rule vessels
should not approach nearer.

Banks Reef, which covers at three-quarters flood, and on which the
sea breaks heavily, lies 3 miles S. 44'^ E. of Cape Cook, and § mile distant
from the soutli shore of the peninsula.

Solander Island, nearly one mile off Cape Cook, is bare, and has two
sharp summits ; between it and the cape the passage is choked up with
rocks, and vessels or boats should not go inside the island.

Brooks Bay, on the western side of Brooks Peninsula, is a large
open bay about 12 miles wide, and 6 miles deep ; there are several dan-
gers within it, and two inlets, Klaskish and Klaskiuo, which afford an-
chorage but are very difficult of access, and vessels should not attempt
to enter either unless embayed and unable to get out of Brooks Bay.

Clerke Reefs lie in tlie southeastern part of the bay, 5 miles north-
ward of Cape Cook, their outer extreme being 2J miles off the eastern
shore of the bay. They cover an extent of upwards of 2 miles, some are
under water, others uncover and vessels should not venture among
them.

Cape Cook kept on 8. 4^ E. bearing leads 2 miles west of these reefs ;
and Small Islet, at the entrance of Klaskish Inlet, in the line with Lead-
ing Cone at its head, bearing N. 84^ E., leads 1^ miles north.

Klaskish Inlet is about 3 miles long in a easterly direction, and one
mile wide at entrance; at its head ia a long narrow basin, the entrance
of whicli is too contracted for vessels to enter. Tiiere is an anchorage
just witliin the entrance to the inlet on the southern side to the eastward
ot Shelter Island, but it is difficult of access to sailing vessels.

Surge Islets, on the southern side of the entrance, about ^ mile from
tiie shore, are small and rocky; foul ground exists among them, and in
entering the iidet vessels should not approach their western side nearer
than 800 yards.

Shelter Island, just within the entrance of the inlet, has a summit at
t'achend covered with a few stunted trees; some rocks extend a short
14205— No. 00 -19

.JO

THE WEST COAST OF VANCOUVER ISLAND.

distance from its tastern and western sides, but tiio iiortliern sliorc is
steepto. Tlie anchorage on its eastern side is about A '>'ilo in extent,
with from 10 to 13 fatlionis, well shelter' d, but tlie bottom is irregular;
the entrance to it, round the northeastern side of the island, is less than
200 yards wide in the narrowest part. About liOO yards from the north-
eastern point of Shelter is Hare Islet, which on entering the anchorage
should bn passed close to on its east side.

Between Shelter Island and the north entrance point of the inlet isa
heavy confused sea, which is dangerous for sailing vessels, as the wind
generally fails there.

Directions. — Entering Klaskish Inlet from the eastward and intend-
ing to anchor in the anchorage on the east side of Shelter I-iland,do
not bring cape Cook to the southward of S. 4^ E., till Leadiu"; Cone
comes in line with Small Islet, which mark will lead into the inlet well
north of the Gierke Ueefs and Surge Islets- when abreast the latter
haul a little to the eastward, so as to enter midway between Small Islet
and Shelter Island; pass within 200 yards east of Hare Islet, and an-
chor in 13 fathoms with the extremes of Shelter bearing N. .38^ W. and
S. 740 w.

Caution. — The entrance to this anchorage is intricate and narrow;
and unless necessary vessels larger than coasters should not attempt
it, as a heavy sea rages all around the outer parts.

Ship Rock, lying 7i miles N. 13° E. of capo Cook, in the center of
Brooks Bay, and midway between Klaskish and Klaskino Inlets, is of
small extent, and has from 17 to 20 fathoms close on its south and east
sides; the sea generally breaks very heavily over it.

Leading Mark. — Small Islet, in line with Leading Cone, N. 84° E.,
leads south of it; and Twenty-foot Kock, at the entrance of Klaskino
Inlet, in line with lower part of the stripe on Red Stripe Mountain on
the north shore of that inlet, bearing N. 54° E., leads NVV. of it.

Klaskino Inlet, the entrance to which is in the northern part of
Brooks Bay, is nearly (i miles long in a winding direction to the east-
ward. Numerous rocks lie oft' the entrance, but th.ro is a safe though
intricate passage through them ; and there is also a good anchorage
on the southern side 2 miles within the inlet. The inlet becomes nar-
row towards the head, with high and rocky shores, terminating in low
land at the head.

Knob Point, the sonthern entrance point of the inlet, is rocky, and
covered with a few stunted trees, and close to its outer part is a rocky
knob about 100 feet high. From Knob Point a line of reefs above and
below water, with deep water between them, extends fully li miles in a
NW. direction.

Twenty-foot Rock, SOO yards JJ. 44^* W. of Knob Point, is bare. It
is conspicuous from the outside, and there are 1!) fathoms close to its
north and west sides, but between it and Knob Point the passage is
choked up with rocks; the only channel into the inlet being to the west-
ward of the rock, between it and tlie Channel Ueefs.

ANCHORAOi: ISLAND KLASKIXO INLET DIRECTIONS. 291

Two rocks on wliieli the sea breaks at low water lie to the southward
of the Channel Reefs and one mile distant from Knob Point. The south-
ernmost lies 1 mile 8. 71° W. of Twenty-foot Kock.

Channel Reefs, tiie soutiieastern part of whicii is 700 yards N. 77°
W. of Twenty-foot Hock, are an irrejfuiar cluster of rocks, mostly under
water, extending in a northwesterly direction to the northwestern shore
of Brooks Bay. There is deep water between them in many i)laces, but
the only safe passage into Klaskiiio Inlet, upwards of r»00 yards wide,
witii (leei) water, is between tlicir sniulicastern part and Twenty-foot
Rock.

Anchorage Island, in the middle of the inlet, about 2 miles within
the entrance, is of small extent and rocky; some small islets extend
200 yards from its northwestern and southeastern points. The anchor-
age between the eastern side of this island and the sliore is from fiOO to
800 yards in extent and well sheltered. Tiie entrance to it, round Ihe
southeastern point of Anchorage Islaml, is about 200 yards wide in the
narrowest part.

Between Twenty-foot Rock and the entrance to the anchorage are
several dangers; a rock 3 feet high, and another 2 feet high, lie in the
southern part of the inlet S\V. of Anchorage Island, and there is a reef
whicli covers 200 yards, N. 83° W. of the latter rock.

Above Anchorage Island some rocks extend nearly across the inlet,
rendering it almost impossible for a vessel to go beyond them.

Red Stripe Mountain, rising on the northern side of entrance,
abreast Anchorage Island, is a remarkable conical-shaped summit 2,200
feet high, with a valley on either side of it ; on its south part facing
seaward is a conspicuous red cliffy stripe or laudslii), easily distinguished
from the outside.

Directions. — Bound for Klaskino Inlet, when outside Ship Rock,
bring Twenty-foot Rock in line with the lower part of the red stripe on
Red Stripe Mountain bearing N. 5'P E., and run boldly for the entrancje
with that mark on, which will lead east of the eastern patches of the
Channel Reefs; keep on this course till within 400 yards of Twenty-
foot Rock, when haul a little to the northward, and pass it on its north
side at 200 yards distance, after which steer about N. 85° E. for the
center or southern part of Anchorage Island, passing 200 yards north
of the rocks oft" the southern side of the iidet; when abreast the south-
western point of the island, haul quickly to the southward and east-
ward, round the rocks off its southeastern point within 100 yards, and
anchor in from 9 to 10 fathoms midway between the eastern side of the
island and the main, with the extremes of the former bearing X. 21° W.
and S. 80° W. ; a large vessel should moor.

The entrance to Klaskino Anchorage is even more intricate than that
of Klaskish, and should not be attempted by strangers unless absolutely
necessary for safety.

Water. — Fresh water may be procured at both these anchorages.

292

THK WKST COAST OF VANCOUVER ISLAND.

Three miles from Klaskiiio, in the iiorthwesterii part of Brooks Bay,
is a larfje rivnlel wliero Ixtats may enter and lliitl shelter in had weather.

Lawn Fointi the northwestern extreme of Brooks Bay is low, and
some rocks extend more than ^ mile in an easterly direction from it,
inside of which a boat may tlnil shelter. The sea breaks violently about
this i»oint, and everywhere along the shores of Brooks Bay.

The land in the vicinity of Lawn Point appears very fertile, and
lifjhtly timbered ; it rises yradnaliy from the sea to a height of 1,900
feet. A.t a distance of 3 miles from the point are from 24 to 30 fathoms,
and a vessel should keep 'i good ofling.

Boat Shelter. — Between the entrance to Klaskino Inlet and Lawu
PoitJt is a deep bay, in which are several islets and reefs ; it is unfit for
anchorage, being open to seaward, but at its head, uorth of May-day
Island, there is good shelter for boats.

Quatsino Sound, the northwcs inmost of the deep inlets on the
outer coast of Vancouver Island, letrates the island in a uortheast-
erly direction for upwards of 25 ii .es. At the entrance it is nearly 6
miles wide, imrrowing to less than one mile at a distance of 5 miles
within; the sound then takes a northeasterly direction for 13 mi ea,
when it branches ofi" in t\ro arms, one exteuding to the 3E. for 12
miles, and terminating in low land. The other lies to the northward,
and is connected with the sound by a straight narrow pass ''out 2 miles
long ; it is 2:i miles long, and the eastern extreme, Rupert arm, is only
6 miles distant from Ilardy Bay on the noi liieastern side of Vancouver
Island. Just within the entrance of the sound on the northern side is
Forward Inlet, a much smaller arm, about 6 miles long in a northerly
direction, in which are the best anchorages in the sound.

The shores of Quatsino Sound are mostly high, and near the entrance
very much broken ; there are several small islands within and along its
shores.

There are several dangers along the southern shore at the entrance;
in the fairway are two very dangerous rocks, on which the sea only
breaks in heavy weather, and it requires great caution on the part of
the navigator to avoid them.

Reef Point, the southeastern entrance point of the sound is low
and rocky, but rises gradually to a well-defined summit ; the coast be-
tweon it and Lawn Point forms a slight bay filled with a number of rocks
extending a considerable distance from the shore.

Boat Cove, into which flows a small stream (Culleet Kiver) in which a
boat can enter, and find shelter in bad weatlier, is a small bight on the
eastern shore of the sound, 5i miles north of Reef Point; the coast be-
tween the two places is indented by several bays, and fringed by a bar-
rier of reefs, which extend in many places nearly one mile from the
shore, and over which the sea usually breaks very heavily.

Bold Bluff, a bold, rocky, salient blutf rising suddenly to upwards of
200 feet, when it slopes gradually to a summit 1,609 feet high ; it may

SURF ISLANDS — FORWARD INLKT.

293

licb a

n the

5t be-

bar-

i the

'dsof
may

bo safely approadieil to within a distance of -00 yards. At tliis spot
tile sound contracts to less tlian one mile in 1)readtli.

The sliore between lloat Cove and Hold Hlntt'is rocky, l)ut iippiuently
Hteep-to, and clear of danger.

Surf Islands, lA miles 8. 40° W. of Bold Hluif, are a ciiain of snnill
islands, nearly one mile long in a NNW. and 8SK. direction, some of
which are covered with a lew stunted trees, and are about 10 feet above
high water; a short distance from them are a luimber of rocUs on which
the sea breaks, but Oo(» yards fron. their south and west sides there are
from 10 to M) fathoms. Altliongh there appears to be di-ep water be-
tween these islanils and the eastern sule of tlie sound, ii: is not advisable
to use thiit passage, as it has not been sutllciently exanuned.

Entrance Island, at the northwestern entrance pt>int of the sound,
is small and rocky, and covered with a few stunted trees. It is sleep to
on its southeastern side, which May be apjiroached to 400 yards; to the
northward of it is a narrow boat pass into the sound, about 200 yanls
wide, but fllled with rocks.

Danger Rocks, nearly in the fairway, are two very dangerous pin-
nacle rocks, of small extent, steep-to on all sides. The south Danger
Hock is awash at low water, and lies one mile S. 00^ E. of the southern
extreme of Entrance Island; the north Danger Itock is 1,400 yards
distant from the same island. and breaks at low water; there is deep
water between the rocks. The sea very seldom breaks on these rocks ;
great caution is therefore reqiured, when entering or leaving the sound,
to avoid them.

Leading Marks. — Pinnacle Islet in line with the east point of Low
Islets, ii Forward Inlet, bearing N. 7^ W., leads west of Danger Kocks,
and niiilway between the north, rock and Entrance Island.

Kobson Island, in Forward Iidet, open north of Entrance Mount Point
bearing N. 38^ W., leads east of Danger RocUs; and Village Islet, on
the east siile of Forward Iidet, Just touching Brown Point bearing N.
L'T^ W. leads about J mile east of them, and midway between them and
the Surf Islainls.

Bold Bluff in line with the gap in the center of Surf Islands, bearing
N. 44° E., leads SE. of the south Danger.

Between the Danger Kocks and Surf Islands, the passage is IJ miles
wide ; and clear of danger.

Forward Inlet becomes shoal at the head, and terminates in large
salt water lagoons; in the npper part it contracts to less than \ niile in
wi<lth in some places. There are two anchorages within it, Xorth ami
Winter Harbors, the former easy of access to sailing vessels, and both
are very secure -tind well sheltered.

Entrance and Flattop Jlountains, on the west side of Forward Inlet,
near the entrance, are very conspicuous objects from seaward.

Pinnacle Islet, !J mile north of Entrance Island, is a small. Jagged
rock about 40 feet high, with a few trees on its summit. Tteere are 15
fat'toms at 200 yards from its eastern side.

294

TllK WEST COAST OF VANCOUVER ISLAND.

A slioal patch of S fatlioui.s lies in the fairwiiy to the inlet, 1,2U0 yards
east of IMiinacle Islet.

Robson Island, U miles from Piiiiiacle Islet, is about J mile in ex-
tenc; its shores are rocky, but, at a distance of I'UO yards, free from
danger on its northern and eastern sides. Between it and the west
shore is a narrow passage of 2 to 5 fathoms water.

LoTV Islets, HVj. of Robson Island, are small wooded islands which
are steep-to on all sides.

Village Islet. — .\ small village is situated on the eastern side of For-
•ward Ink't, abreast Kobson Island, and closeott'it is Village I.slet, a small,
bixre islet about 40 feet high, which is rather conspicuous.

North Harbor, N\V. of Robson Island, is a snug and secure anchor-
age. The entrance is COO yards wide, rendering the harbor easy of
access to sailing vessels ; it is perlnips the best anchorage within the
sound, and from being only 4 miles within the entrance, is very conven-
ient. Browning Croek, in its western part, extends 1:^^ miles to the
westward, and is very narrow, with from 2 to .5 fathoms water in it, ter-
minating in a slnillow basin, dry at low water.

Observatory Rock, which lies on the norliiein side of the entrance
to North IJarbiir, is a small, bare rock, connected at htw water to the
mainland.

Winter Harbor comprises that part of Forward Inlet which runs in
a NE. direction, and is a capacious anchorage. Its shores are low, and
bordered by a sainly beach, and the harbor becomes shoal at a dist''.nce
of one mile from the head.

Log Point, just outside the entrance to this harbor on the eastern
side, is low, and bordered by a sandy beach ; to the southward of it,
and extending 800 yards from the shore, is the New Bank, with 3i fath-
oms on the shoalest part, and contracting the breadth of the entrance
passage to the harbor to less than 200 yards between it ami a shoal -spit
extending from the opimsite shore; but by lceei)ing a little over to the
western side when al)reast North Harbor, vessels may avoid this bank
and enter Winter Harbor without danger.

At the narrowest part of the entrance to Winter Ilarbm, above Log
Point, on the western side, is a low, grassy piiint, bordered by a sandy
beach, which is steejito, there being 10 fathoms within 1(H) yards of it.

Burnt Hill, jusi over Brown's Point, the northeastern entrance point
of Forward lulet, is remarkable from tiie southward, being l)are of trees
and clilVy on its soutiierii side; one mile NF. of it is Nose Peak, another
conspicuous summit, wilii a bare, rocky top.

Bare Islet, lying oil' the northeastern entrance \miit to Forward Inlet,
is about 12 feet high, and steep-to on the outside; it is 30(1 yards from
the shore, but the |)assage insivl-^ is oidy fit for a ooac.

Pilley Shoal of 3 fathoms, on the ncthern side of Quatsiii) Sound.
is of small extent, stee])-to on the outside, aim iii..;l:"d by kelp. It lies
300 yards from the shore and one mile westward of Bold Bluff.

KOPKINU HAUUOU — I'RIDEAUX i'OlM'.

295

Boat Cove, on tho nortlieru side of the sonml, is of small extent,
with r> fathoius inside ; it would alt'ord good shelter for a small craft ;
the noitheiii shore of Quatsiuo Sound between *it and Bare Islet is
roiky and very much broken.

Bedwell Islets, lying 5^ miles within the entrance, ott'a projecting
point on the northern side of the sound, are of small extent, wooded,
anil separated from the shore by a very narrow boat pass, which is con-
spicuous from the entrance.

Monday J3hoal, at GOO yards NE. of them, has 4 fathoms on it, is
marked liy kelp, and steep-to on the outside ; eastward of Bedwell Islets
no sea is ever experienced in the sound.

Koprino Harbor, in the center of a bay on the northern side of Quat-
sino .Sounil, is a i erf'ectly landlocked but small anchorage, attbrding
room for one or two ships to lie moored within. It lies to the north-
ward of lMumi)er Island, which is about i mile in extent, low, wooded,
and steep to on all sides, there being a good passage on either side of
it into the harbor.

Dockyard Island, in the western part of the harbor, midway be-
tMeen Plumper Island and the northern shore, is small, but may be
approached close to; a ledge, the greatest depth on which is 4 fathoms,
connects it with IMumper Island.

Mud Bank, about 300 yards east of Dockyard Islaml, in the middle
of the harbor, is a snmll patch of 15 feet; there is good anchorage L'OO
yards SW. of Dockyard Island, in 14 fathoms.

Wedge Island lies at the eastern limit of the anchorage, about 200
yards from Plumper Island; it is ver\ small, and covered with a few
bushes; a ledge extends a short distance from it to the westward ; there
is a deep i)assage close to on either side of it into the harbor.

Obsevatory Islet, at the northeastern extreme of the harbor, is bare
about lli feet high and GOO yards from the northern shore, connected to
the latter by a baidi which dries at low water.

East Passage, leading into Koprino Harbor, eastwanl of Plumper
Island, is f, mile wide at entrance, narrowing to 400 yards at its termi-
nation, is clear of danger.

East Cove, the head ot the bight between Observatory Islet and
Prideanx Point, in the northeastern part of East Passage, aj)pears to
aftbrd a good anchorage in G to 10 fathoms ; but the entrance to it has
hardly been sullieiently examined to recommend its being used by a large
vessel.

Prideaux Point is low, bordered by a sandy beach, and may be ap-
proached to a distance of L'OO ,vards. The northern shore of the sound
from Prideanx Point takes a general northeasterly direction for!) miles
to Collin Islet, at the entrance of Hecate ("ove. It is bordered by a
sandy beach, ii nd is clear of danger at the distance of L'OO yards, except
in the vicinity of the Percy Ledge, which lies (i miles from Pri<leaux
Point, is 400 yards from the shore, and has 4 fathoms on its outer edge.

■-■■ •^.■■■- \--''^:--'

296

THE WEST COAST OF VANCOUVER ISLAND.

From Bold Bliitt' il!<? southern sLore of the soiuul runs nearly parallel
to the northiTii for 13 i.'iiles. It is high and indented by two bays of
considerable size aiid'so:i:e small creeks, none of which aft'ord anchorage.
In Koskeemo Bay, at 2 miles within Bold Bluff, is a native village of
considerable size.

Village Islands, at the east extreme of Koskeemo Bay, are of small
exten' and low; their outer part is steep to.

Brockton Island, lying 400 yards from a projecting point on the
southern side of the sound, is nearly i mile long, but narrow ; its western
side is 8teei)to.

Limestone Island, in the center of the sound, is the largest island
in the sound and shaped somewhat like a crescent. Its shores are rocky,
but clear of danger, and the island is of moilerate height; Quiet Cove,
on its northwestern side, is small, and affords anchorage for small craft.

Foul Islets, lying midway between Uolloway Toint, the southwest-
ern extreme of Limestone Island and the southern shore of the sound,
are small, and about OOO yards in extent in an east and west direcHou*
There is a clear deep passage about 400 yards wide on either side of
them ; the southern passage is to be preferred.

Single Islet, J mile eastward of Uolloway Point, is low and bare, but
may be a[)proached to the distance of 200 yards.

Kultus Cove, abreast Limestone Island, on the southern side of
the sound, is about A mile in extent, with irregular soundings, of from 12
to 25 fathoms ; it affords no anchorage except for small craft.

Southeast Arm varies in breadth from (iOO yards to one mile. Its
shores are generally high and rugged, but terminate in low land at the
head; the depths are great, and there is no anchorage, except for
small craft ; a bank dries off 400 yards from the head, and close to its
edge is 15 fathoms.

Mist Rock, 5 miles within the entrance, ami 800 yards from the east-
ern shore, is of small extent, and covers at half tlood ; it is theonlj'
danger in the Southeast Arm, but by iveei)ing in mi<l-channel or well
over to the western shore vessels will clear it.

Atkins Cove, on the eastern sidy of entrance to the Southeast Arm,
is 200 yards wide, with from 5 to 7 fathoms ; there is room for a small
vessel to anchor in it, but tlie (;ove is open to the southeastward.

Whitestone Point, at the 8ei)aration of the two arms at tiie head of
Quatsino Sound, is a rocky point of moderate height. Bull Kock,
which covers, and is marketl by kelp, lies OOO yardsoff Whitestone Point,
and 400 yards from the shore. Between Atkins (Jove and Whitestone
Point the coast is rocky, and should not be approached nearer than
600 yards.

Hecate Cove, on the northern shore, imlents the shore about !^ mile
in a northerly direction, is from 400 to GOO yards wide, and affords good
anchorage near the center in 9 to 11 fathoms. The entrance is clear
of danger, but in the inner part of the cove, near the northern side, are

QUATSINO NARROWS — WEST AKM.

297

mile

some sboal patches marked by kelp, with only 11 feet water in some
'•arts; the shores of the cove are moderately high, aud bordered by a
saudy beach.

This cove is convenient for steamers or small craft, and vessels ought
to anchor in about 11 fathoms, with the entrance points bearing S. 24°
W. and S. 21'^ E. ; large vessels should moor.

Kitten Island, at the eastern side of entrance, is .steep-to :>n the
outside.

Round Island (Quatishe,) nearly in mid channel, just soutli of Quat-
sino Narrows, is small, and of moilerate height; tliere is a cli-ar pas-
sage between it and the northern shore, but the one south of it is tilled
with rocks. At GOO yards SE. of it is Hight Cove, of moderate extent^
with from 8 to 10 fathoms iusitle, but as the tide runs strong otf the en-
trance, and there are also some rocks, it is only recommended for small
craft.

Quatsino Narrows connects the sound with the Rupert iiiid West
Arms. They are 300 yards wide in the narrowest pan ; the depths in
it vary from 12 to 20 fathoms, its shores are high and rocky, bur at 100
yards diitance are clear of danger. Turn Point, at the southwestern
extreme of the narrows, is bold and cliffy, the coast turning sharply
round it to the northward; a short disti'iice oif it are some strung tide
rips. Helween this point and lieca'o Cove the coast is broken, but
clear of danger at the distance of 20( yards.

Tides. — The tide runs through these narrows at a rate of from 4 to 6
knots, and the streams turn shortly after iiigli and low water.

Philip and James Points, at the nortiiern extre ne of the narrows,
are bold and steep to ; off the latter, which lies on the east side, is a
small island.

Rupert Arm. — The shores are high and clear of danger; iis head
terminates in low laud, and a bank dries oft" it for 400 yards. The
depths in this arm vary from 80 to ;50 fathoms, shoaling graiiually to
the head, off' which a vessel may anchor, in 14 to 17 fathoms, a short
distance from the edge of the bank.

Marble Creek, whicii lies at the entrance of Rupert Arm, is of small
extent, and affords anchorage in from 5 to fathoms; off' its head a
sand bank extends SOO yards, and midway up the creek are some small
ish't-s on either side ; if intending to anchor, pass between and go just
inside then).

/yankin Point, abreast Quatsino Narrows on tl'.„ northern side, is
bold and rocky; it separates the Rupert from the West Arm.

West Arm trends in a westerly direction, and varies in breadth
from 400 yards to one mile. Its shores are mostly high and rocky ^
the northern one is in<lented by .several small bays, and off' it arc .some
rocks and small islands. It shoals gradually to the head, and there
are two anchorages, one at Ooal Harbor on the uortiiern side, and the
other at the edge of the baidv entending from the head ; the former is
of moderate extent, and the best anchorage northward of the narrows.

298

THE WEST COAST OV VANCOUVER ISLAND.

Coal Harbor, 2 miles from the narrows, is of square shape, and af-
fords fiood iinciiorage near tlie middle in from lli to 14 fatlionis. The
«hore is bordered by a sandy beacii, and at the head are some fresh-
water streams. Tliis anchorage is easy of access for any vessel. Indi-
cations of coal have been met witli in this vicinity; it was at one time
worked to a small extent.

Pot Rocks, li miles west of Coal Harbor, are of small extent, and
cover at three-quarters Hood.

Straggling Islands, about 5 miles from the narrows, are an irregular
gronj) of small islands and rocks extending upwards of i mile from the
uortliern shore ; the depths among them and to the northward are irreg-
ular, and a vessel in i)assing should not approach their southern side
nearer than 400 yards ; just west of them on the northern shore is a
small patch of swampy ground, through which Uow some fresh-water
streams, and a bank extends 200 yards from it.

The West Arm gradually decreases in breadth to the westward of the
Straggling Islands, and the shores on both sides at the distance of 200
yards are clear of danger. The head terminates in low land, and a
bank extends upwards of 400 yards from it. Close to the outer edge of
the latter are from 12 to 14 fathoms, where a vessel may anchor.

Directions. — Entering Quatsino Sound from the southward, give
lieef Point an ofling ofal)out 2 miles, and steer N. 24'^ E. till Bold Bluff
comes in line with the gap in the center of the Surf Islands, bearing i^^.
44° E. Keep this course until the western side of Hobsou Island comes
open north of Entrance Mount Point, bearing N. 38^ W., or Village
Islet, on the east side of that inlet, is just touching Brown Point, bear-
ing N. 21° W, Vessels will be well east of Danger Kocks. If bound
up the sound, round the north end of Surf Islands at a distance of about
J mile, or if going to Forward Inlet, st«er about N. 32^ W., taking care
not to shut in the south side of Kobson Islai'd with Entrance .Mount
Point, until Bedwell Islets come o]>eti north of Bold Bluff, bearing N.
69^ E , when she will be well north of the Danger Kocks. Pass from tlOO
to 400 yards oft' the eastern sides of the Low Islets and Kobson Island,
and rounding the northern point of the latter, at the same distance,
enter North Harbor, ami anchor in from 4 to fathoms near its center.

If intending to anchor in Winter Harbor, when abreast the north i)art
of Ivobson Island, steer north, keeping well over to the western shore
to avoid the New Bank, and when past it enter the harbor in mid-
channel, anchoring ill 11 fathoms about i mile north of Grass Point.
Winter and North Harbors are easily available for sailing vessels, and
they could beat into the latter.

Bound to Koprino Harbor, which can only be entered by steamers or
sailing vessels with a fair wind, round the NW. point of Surf Islands
at about i mile distance, and steer up the sound in mill <rliannel until
abreast the haibor. If in a large vessel, go through the East passage,
keeping from 200 to 400 yards from Plumper Island ; enter the anchor-

QUATSINO .SOUND DIRECTIONS.

299

age close to on either side of Wedge Island, and moor immediately tlie
vessel is west of it (witli anchors north and sontlij; vessels may also
enter by West Passage, and anclior in It tathoms sontli of Dockyard
Island.

When navigating the sound to the eastward of Koi)rino Harbor the
chart is iinlispensable, but a inidcliannel course is everywhere free of
danger; sailing vessels of any size should not, however, go eastwanl of
that harbor, as the anciiorages beyond are rather diliicult of access for
them. If wisliing to anclior in Llecate Cove, enter it in mid-channel,
passing north of Limestone Island, and moor immediately the vessel is
inside the entiance i)oints; the tide runs from one to 3 knots ahreast
the entrance, and should be guarded against.

Going through the Qnatsino Narrows, keej) well over to the northern
shore, pass north of Hound Island, round Turn Point close to, and
guarding against tide, steer up tlie narrows in mid channel ; these nar-
rows should only be attempted at slack water or with a favorable tide,
unless in a full-powered steamer. The best anchorage north of tlie nar-
rows is Coal Harbor ; vessels may anchor near the center in IVom 12 to
II fathoms. In navigating the West Arm keep well over to the south-
ern shore, when in the vicinity of the Pot Hock and Straggling Islands.

From Westward. — Entering Quatsino Sound from the westward,
keep an otting of about 2 miles, till Entrance Island bears N. 09° E.,
when steer to pass about 4()() yards east of it, but not further off.
When abreat it haul to the northward, bringing Pinnacle I.^U^t in line
with the east side of Low Islets, bearing N. 7^ \V., and steer up with
that mark on till Bedwell Islets come well open north of IJold liluli',
bearing N. 01)^ E., when enter Forward Inlet, or proceed further up the
sound, as before directed.

If, when coming from the southward, Pinnacle and Low Islets can be
well made out, vessels by keeping the former in line with the east part
of the latter, bearing N. 7^ W., will pass west of the D.inger Rocks;
but as a rule it would be more prudent to i)ass eastward of them.

If the weather be so thick that the marks for clearing the Danger
Rocks can not be distinguished, a ves.sel, if able todistingnish Entrance
Island, may enter the souml by steering for it on a N. 3(P E. bearing;
pa.ss close to its eastern side, and haul to the northward when abreast
it ; by keeping J mile on that course, she will be well clear NW. of the
Danger llocks, and may i>roceed anywhere up the sound. On a clear
night in tine weather a vessel nniy also enter in the above nnuiner.

There is room, wirli a steady bree/.o, forsnnirt working vessels to beat
into the sound to the southwaid and eastward of Danger Hocks, though
without i)revious knowledge of the pla<',e it wouhl be rather hazardous
to attempt it. If obliged to do so, when standing to the northward
towards the Danger Hocks, tiwk when Hold Bluff comes in line with
the center of the northernmost (wo' ded) Surf Island, bearing ^.52°
E.; and in standing to the southern shore, tack when Bold BlutV comes

300

THE WEST COAST OF VANCOUVEE ISLAND.

ill line with the SE. extreme of the Surf Islands bearing N. 35^ E.
When the south stile of Robsou Ishind oomes open north of Entrance
Mount Point, X. 38^ W., she will biieustwartl of the Danger llouks, and
may stand further to the northward.

Beating between Surf Islands and Dangor Kocks, tack at about 000
yards of the former ; and in standing towards the latter keep Kobson
Isl.and open as before directed, till Hi>flwell Islets co:ues open north of
Bold Bluft", N. 09^ E. ; if going to Xorth Harbor, when inside Forward
Inlet, guard against the New Bank.

The Coast of Vancouver Island from (Juatsino Sound to Gape Scott,
the NW. extreme of the island, takes a general N\V, direction; it is
mostly rocky and iron bound, indented by several bays, most of which
are small, and from the projecting points some rocks extend in some
places nearly one niile from the shore.

Caution. — When navigating between Ca[)e Scott and Qnatsino Sound
do not api)roach the shore nearer than 2 miles.

Rugged Point, 3 miles from the northern entrance point of Quatsino
Sound, is a rocky, rugged point, of moderate height, with 12 fivthoms at
J mile outside it. Open bay, which lies just inside it, affords landing
for boats in tine weather on its east side.

The coast between Open Bay and the entrance to Quatsino Sound is
high and cliffy; some rocks extend nearly one mile from it.

Top-kno'^ Point, 5 miles from Rngged Point, is low, with a summit
300 feet high, siiaped like a topkno"^, just within it; some rocks extend
i mile to the southward from it.

Raft Cove, S* miles from Rugged Point, is an open bight about OL^e
mile in extent, and .irfo?''s no shelter whatever.

Cape Palmerstcni^ a bold rocky point rising to a summit 1,4'J2 feet
high; some rocks extend ^ mile from it,

San Josef Bay is an extensive open bay, 3 miles deep in a north-
easti'rly direction; the breadth at the entrance is nearly 2 miles, nar-
rowing gradually towards the head. Its shores are high, and off' the
southern side are several otflying rocks; the depths vary from 11 to 4
fathoms, but the bay affords no shelter except with northerly winds,
and should oidy be used as a stoi)ping place in tine weather; generally
a heavy sea sets into it, and a vessel caught there with a southwesterly
gale would inevitably go on shore. At the head of the bay is a fresh-
water stream of considerable size, which boats can enter at high water
and tind shelter in.

Directions. — Intending to anchor in the bay, bring the entrance to
bear N. 01)^ E., and steer for it, anchoring in 7 or fathoms near the
middle, with the entrance points bearing S. 24^ W. and N. 06^ W.

Sea Otter Cove, just west of San Josef Bay, is about one mile long
in a northerly direction, and from 400 to GOO yards wide. There are 5
fathoms in the entrance, and from one to 3 fathoms inside it ; the shelter
Avithin is very indifferent, there are several rocks, and the place is only

til

cJ
III
hi

aQ
bj
tl)
ca

CAPE RUSSELL.

301

Cape Russell, irmueiliately westnard of Sea Otter Cove is a rmnu-l-

tbe sea tt" ks vl T ' ,'"''" ""'' ""'''■ '' ''' ^o^--rocl.s, on w S

cape ' '"'''''' '^'''''' "^^'■''^ ^"'^ •"•'« «o"tl. frou. the

Between Cape Kussell aud Cape Scott tbe coast is iudente.l by three

^.ve'sla^^T^ '""'^' "" ™''^ ^^^^^'' '^"^ ««-^' - ^helt. w t^;;
wape Scott — (See page 239.) ^<^ » ti .

C H A P T E R V 1 1 1.

INNER CHANNELS OF BRITISH COLUMBIA.— QUEEN CHARLOTTE SOUND

TO 5IILBANK SOUND.

The Inner Channels, herein described, of the seaboard of British
Columbia all'ord smooth water, together with anchorages at suitable
distances, for vessels of moderate length.

These channels offer facilities to steam vessels for avoiding thestrong
gales and thick weather so frequently met with in Hecat? Strait. They
are also available for fore-and-aft schooners, when navigating between
Vancouver Island and Alaska.

Unless directed to the contrary, the mid-channel course is recom-
mended to be kept when navigating these inner waters.

Proceeding northward from Capo Calvert, pass through Fitzhugh
Sound, Lama Channel, Seaforth Channel, Milbank Sound, Finlayson
Chaunel, and Grenville Channel, to Chatham Sound. These channels,
which are fairly well charted, with the anchorages ou a large scale, offer
no difficulties for the largest ships with an experienced pilot.

The usual track of steam vesselr *hrough the inner channels of Alaska
is from Chatham Sound, British Columbia, to westward of Cape Fox,
then through Tongass Narrows, Clarence Strait, Stikine Strait, and
Sumner Strait, to Cape Decision.

Tongass Narrows is a perfectly safe passage for the largest steamers
with a competent pilot.

Sumner Strait, the best channel for large vessels, has some hidden
dangers, notably McArthur's Ledge, the Eye Opener, and Helen Rock,
(off Point Baker).

Wrangel Narrows is the passage commonly used by mail steamers of
1,000 tons burden, or 220 feet in length, but is not a safe channel for
larger vessels or those exceeding 17 feet draft of water, and its pas-
sage should only be attempted at high water slack.

From Cape Decision to Juneau, through Chatham Straits, Frederick
Sound, and Stephens Passage, is open, clear navigation, for which the
charts are sufficiently reliable, and with an experienced pilot offers no
difficulty.

Large steam vessels bound to Sitka should take the sea passage via
Cape Ommaney, but if required to touch at Juneau, may proceed to sea
from there by way of Cross Sound.

3CW -

CAPE CAUTION — CHANNEL REEF.

303

re via
to aea

Cross Sound presents no (liJllculties to navigation, except at times
great (lUiintities of ice Hoes, drifting witii the strong currents, render
the passage somewhat dangerous, and only to be nndertaiien in clear
weather or dajMiglit. Anchorages may be found at Ilooniali, Wil-
loughby Cove, liartlett Bay, and along the SI-), shore of Gnstavus
Point, towards Pleasant Island. The passage insiile Pleasant Island,
to the northward, also atibrds fair anchorage, but in the absence of sur-
veys, should not be attempted without a local pilot.

Cape Caution (Kakleesla), the northern enliance i>oint of Queen
Charlotte Sound, is of moderate height and level, the tops of the trees
being about 200 feet above the sea; the shore is white, and ot granite
formation, with a few rocks olf it; the land NE. of the cape rises gradu-
ally in a distance of 5 miles to Coast Nipple, 1,350 feet high.

Sea Otter Group, consisting of several dangerous rocks, i.slets, and
shoals which cover a space of about 12 miles in extent north and south
and 10 miles in an east and west direction, lies at a distance of 6 or 7
miles from the seaboard of British Conmbia, fronting the coast between
Capes Caution and Calvert.

Danger Shoals, on which the sea is reported to break iu heavy
weather, is the southernmost outlying danger of Sea Otter Group, and
lies N. 8J0 W., lO.J miles from Cape Caution; near the center ot this
shoal a depth of 9 fathoms, rocks and stones, was obtained, with 22
fathoms close around. Shoaler water probably exists.

Virgin Rocks, near the western limit of the group, consists of three
white rocks, the largest of which lies N. 37^ W., 7^ miles from Danger
Shoal. Uonnding the rocks a vessel should not stand into less than 30
fathoms.

Watch Rock, 74 feec high and black, lies near the northern limit of
the group, 7:^ miles N. 33^ F]. of Virgin Kocks. The rock is steep-to.

Pearl Rocks comi)rise several rocks above and below water, ex-
tending IJ miles in a NW. and SE. direction; the largest rock (15 feet
high) lies S. 76° E., 3 miles from Watch Rock, and the southeastern
rock, on which the sea alwaj'S breaks, lies one mile S. 31° E. of the
largest rock.

Devil Rock, the NE. outlying danger, lies IJ miles N. 76° E. of the
largest Pearl Rock, and nearly 3 miles S. 51° W. of Sorrow Islands.
The sea seldom breaks on Devil Rock, and there is ai)parently deep
water close around. There are from 80 to 40 fathoms between the rock
and Cape Calvert.

New Patch, on which the sea generally breaks, is nearly 2 miles in
extent, and lies 4J miles S. 14° W. of the largest Pearl Kick.

Channel Reef, the easternmost danger of Sea Ot-er Group, has
about 6 feet over it at low water; from the center of this reef Table
Island, at the entrance of Smith Sound, bears S. 82° E., 4'^ miles dis-
tant. The sea seldom breaks on Channel Reef, and there are 60 fath-
oms close eastward of it.

^'.w;,'

304 INNER CHANNELS — QUEEN CIIAULOTTE TO MILBANK 80UNU.

Hannah Rock, tlie soutlicasteriiiuost outlying clanger, on wliiil) the
sea nearly alwsiys breaks, is situated about lijf miles S. 2'P VV. of (Jlian-
iiel Reef; tlie rock is awash at higii water, and fiom its center Cape
Caution l)ears S. 59° E., distant 8 miles.

Clearing mark. — Tlio south extremes of Egg ami Table Islands in
line, bearing N. G2° E., leads clear to the southeastward of Danger
Shoal and all other dangers on the southeastern side of Sea Otter
Group.

Caution. — Dangerous rocks have been reported as lying in a S. 59°
W. direction, 5 miles from Danger Shoal, and occupying a space of 2^
miles in diameter; but their existence is doubtful.

South Passage, leading to Siuith and Fitzhugh Sounds from the
southward, lies between Cape Caution and the southeastern limit of
Sea Otter Group, where it is about 7 miles broad, with irregular depths.
False Egg Island, its own breadth opeu west of Egg island, bearing
N. 19^ E., leads through South Passage, nearly in mid-chanuel.

Blunden Bay, a slight bend iu the coast between Cape Caution and
Neck Point, is about one mile wide at its entrance, and nearly one mile
deep. Indian Cove, which lies in the northern part of this bay, affords
good shelter for boats; it is the rendezvous for Indians on their cauoe
voyages.

Hoop Reef. — Midway between Neck Point and Good Shelter Cove
is Hooj) Reef, about ^ mile from the shore; this reef is ^ mile in extent
NNW. and SSB., and J mile broad.

South Iron Rock, ou which the sea seldom breaks, lies f mile to the
westward of Hoop Reef; there are 35 fathoms close to, on the northern
side of the rock, and 25 fathoms in the channel between it and Hoop
Reef.

North Iron Rock, which dries 7 feet, lies nearly in the fairway of
Alexandra Passage, J mile north of South Iron Rock ; there are 7 to 9
fathoms close to, and no bottpm at 40 fathoms within J mile of North
Iron Rock.

Clearing marks. — False Egg Island in line with West Rock oil
Table Island, bearing N. 10° E., leads west of South aiul North Iron
Rocks.

Egg Island, immediately fronting Smith Sound, and standing boldly
out from the coast, is the prominent landmark between Goletas Chan-
nel and Fitzhugh Sound. The island is covered with trees, and is
remarkable for its egg-like shape. From the southwestern side of the
island rocks extend about 200 yards, and on the eastern side is a small
island, which is separated from Egg Island by a narrow gully, giving
the appearance of a split iu the island itself, when seen from north or
south.

Egg Rocks, on the westeruside of Alexandra Passage, are a cluster
of rocks lying nearly ^ mile NW. of North Itotv ilock, and about 400
yards south of Egg Island ; these rocks extend about J mile north and
south, the northernmost being 30 feet high.

oil
Iron

oldly
Cbau-
md is
tbe
small
iviug
rtU or

lister
Lit 400
:b and

SMITH SOUND — BEAVER PASSAGE.

305

Denny Rock, a sunkon danger on wliiub the sea seldom breaks, and
a source of danger in thick weather, lies \ mile west of the southern-
most Egg Rock. The west extreme of Ann Island o^en west of ligg
Island bearing N. .'J(P B. leads west of Denny Kock.

Smith Sound is about 8 miles long ENK. and WSVV., with an aver-
age breadth of ;U miles; the entrance between Jones and Long Points
is li miles across. At miles within the entrance, on either side of
a cluster of islands, is a channel leading into Smitii Inlet. In almost
every part of the souii.l the depths are over K( fathoms, and there is
generally a licavy swell.

The southern shore of Smith Sound, for a distance of 4 or '> miles
from the entrance, is skirted by several small islands and rocks having
deep water dose to; good t^^helter for boats will be obtained in a small
cove about \ mile NK. of Jones Point; also in a cove one mile south of
Jones Point, abreast Egg Uocks.

Tiie entrance to the sound is protecto»l by a rocky platean (Cluster
Reefs) and several islands, islets, and rocks; some al)ove, and many
under water, prominent amongst tliem being Egg and Table Islands.
Access to Smith Sound may be had on either side of these islands.

Alexandra Passage lies between Egg Island and the southeastern
point of entrance, the narrowest part, between Egg Rocks and North
Iron Rock being 1,200 yards; here as elsewhere, the dangers are so steep-
to that the quickest use of the lead is enjoined. A general-leading mark
through Alexamlra Passage (making allowance for iieave of swell and
tide) is the west extreme of Snrf Islet in line with the islets near the
south point of Shower Island bearing X. 59° E.

Beaver Passage. — The northern channel into Smith Sound lies be-
tween the Islands skirting the northern point of the sound and Wood
and White Rocks. In Beaver Passage the bottom is irregular, 20
fathoms being the least depth obtained. The course through the pas-
sage is S. 61° E. ; the east extreme of Search Islands just open of the
west end of Surf Islet on that bearing, leads in midway between John
Reef and False Egg Island, where the width is 1,200 yards. The west-
ern entrance to this passage is the narrowest part; with the usual
amount of sea or swell, good steerage and vigilant attention are re-
quired.

White Rocks, very conspicuous, lie in the western entrance of
Beaver Passage, nearly one mile NW. of Cluster Reefs.

John Reef is GOO yards north of White Rocks ; it dries 3 feet at low
water, with 9 to 20 fathoms close around, lorming the northwestern
danger on the southern side of Beaver Passage.

False Egg Island, resembling Egg Island in shape, but smaller, lies
on the northern side of Beaver Passage and is the outlying landmark
for the northern entrance to Smith Sound.

James Rock.— At about COO yards N. 02° W. of False Egg Island
lies James Rock, the exact position of which is somewhat doubtful ; the
14205— No. 90 20

Ut'iSli'.i,:

30f) INNEK CHANNKLH — QCEKN CHAKLOTTK TO MILHANK SOUND.

Ht'ii lircaks on this nick at low wiiter, ami between it ami False Ejfjj
IslaiDl tlie l)ottom Ih foul.

Clearing Mark.— The west part of tlie largo Canoe Uock bearing
N. 2'>^ E., or in line witli (^noin Hill (on I'ciiroso Island) passes '{ mile
westward of James and John Uocks, ami leads clear (westward) of all
dangers at the entrance of Umith Hound.

Table Island, the largest of the group of islands oct;ui).ving the
entrance to Smith 8ound, is about one mile long north and south and ^
mile broad, with the tops of the trees 12(t feet above the sea, nearly
flat. Table Island, when seen from abreast (Jape (Jantion, aitpears to
have two summits.

A cluster of rocks, several of which are covered at low water, extend
i mile from the western side of Table Island, having 21 fathoms close
to the outir rock.

Ann Island, about ^ mile in extent, is separ.ited from the north end
of Table Island by a channel (200 yards wide in some parts) in which
shelter will be found for boats.

Cluster Reefs, consisting of several rocky heads and shoal patches,
extend from Table Island in a northerly and northeasterly direction
into the entrance of Smith Sound.

George Rock, on which the sea breaks at low water, is the north-
westernmost of the reefs, and lies one mile N. 5*3 E. of Ann Island.

Edward Reef dries 7 feet, and lies east nearly '^ mile from George
Kock.

Wood Rocks, which are awash at low water, are nearly J mile S.
70° E. of Edward Reef, consist of three rocky heads, and are the north-
easternmost of Cluster Iteefs.

Be.. U*^ Rock, witli 3i fathoms water on it, lies near the eastern edge
of Chisie • lieefs; from the center of this rock the northwestern ex-
tren.ft of Ann Islan<l bears S. 02'^ W. (listant nearly ^^ mile.

Loaiing Marks. — The west extreme of False Egg Island in line
with Kelp Mead, bearing N. 16° E., leads to the westward; and Limit
Point, midway between Long and Shower Islands, bearing S. 85° E.
leads to the northward of Cluster Iteefs.

Long Point is the northwestern point of Smith Sound. Tie Island,
which is nearly ^ mile in extent, lies close westward of Long Point,
and is separated from it by a boat [)as.sage, in which there is a depth of

4 fathoms. Ada Ho(!k, winch is awash at low water, lies 400 yards
south of Tie Island.

Brown Island lies ^ mile S. 15^ E. of Long Point; the island is
nearly i mile long and ^ mile broad, with 17 to 23 fathoms close to its
southern point.

Surprise Patch, on the northern side of Smith Sound, has a depth of

5 fathoms, and 7 to 17 fathoms close around, with no bottom at 40
fathoms 400 yards to the uorthward.

TAKU8H HARIiOU — DIRKCTIONS.

307

Judd Rock, with less tliaii U feet witter on it, lies ij mile eiiHtward
of Surprise I'atcli. There is no bottom at 40 fathoms in tiie vicinity of
this rock.

Barrier Islands, at the head of Hmith Sound, consists of two large
and several stnall islands, covering a space of about 5 miles in extent.
Hlakeney Passage on the north and JJrowning Passage on the south
side of tiieso islands, leading to Smith inlet, are each about one mile
wide, with no bottom at a «leptli of 40 fathoms.

Takush Harbor, on the southern shore ol Smith Sound, miles
within the entrance, is the only anchorage to which a ship can resort
for shelter when crossing Queen Charlotte Sound. Vessels of large size
can lie secure here.

Petrel Shoal, on which there is a depth of only 15 feet, lies 200 yards
S. (P E. Iroin the easternmost Gnarled Island, and is the principal
danger in rounding into Anchor Hight.

Fly Basin, at the head of Takush Harbor, perfectly laiul-locked, is
about one mile long east aiul west, with 2^ to 3 fathoms in the western
and to 8 fathoms in the eastern part of the basin. Tlie entrance to
Fly Basin, which is about 200 yards wide, is contracted .'»0 yards l)y a
shoal extending from the eastern entrance point, with a rock (dry 2 feet
at low water) and a patch of feet on its western edge. Between this
shoal and the western entrance point there is a depth of fathoms.
If required, small vessels could be taken into Fly Basin.

Anchorage in Takush Harbor will be found in 10 or 11 fathoms mud,
i/i Anchor Bight, midway between Ship Kock and Steep Point, with
the north extreme of Bull Point in line with Anchor Islands, bearing
y. 87° E., and' east extreme of Bloxham Point N. 42^ E.

Directions. — When bound to Takush Harbor, it is recomme'ided to
pass through Browning Passage, and, after passing North Point, keep
tlie north extreme of Bright Island a little open north of that point
bearing N. 7!)3 \V., until Berry Point (south sid'^of Fly Basin) appears
midway between the entrance points of Fly Basin, S. 20^ E., which will
lead thiongli Sliip Passage; aiu' when Steep Point is well open of the
southernmost Gnarled Island bearing wst, a course may be steered for
tlie anchorage in Anchor Bight, taking care to avoid the shoal ground
south of Gnarled Islaiul, passing midway between Anchor and Gnarled
Islands. Good steerage is required here, speed sliould be propoition-
ately slow, the leads kept (piickly going, and the water not shoaled to
less than 7 fathoms.

Smith Inlet (Quascillah), the continuation of Smith Soui; i, is about
.'i miles wide at its entrance, between eastern part of Takush Harbor
and Dsoolish Bay; it is said to extend nearly 25 miles m an easterly
direction, and at about miles from its entrance contracts to a general
width of A mile, the s'aores being formed of high, rocky precipices cov-
ered with wooil. The inlet has not been surveyed.

A good sized stream flows into Smith Inlet up which the salmon run

308 INNER CHANNELS — QUEEN CHARLOTTE TO MILBANK SOUND.

in large miinbers, and several canneries have been establ' ihed in the
neighborhood.

Fitzhugh Sound is 39 miles long in a general north an ;I south direc-
tion, having an average breadth of 3 miles, with no known hidden
dangers throughout. The shores are mostly bold nm\ rocky, the slopes
are wooded and steep, and the elevation of the peaks f.'oni 1,000 to 3,400
feet. The flood tide ransto the northward. The sortherii entrance to
Fitzhugh Sound lies between Oranstown Point and Cape Calvert, the
southern extremity of Calvert Island.

The sound at 4 miles north of Safety Cove is contracted to IJ miles
in width by Addenbrooke and adjacent islands, whic^ lie on the east-
ern side ; the shores on both sid^s are steep-to and the depths in the
channel great.

Canoe, Spur, and Paddle Rocks He about one mile of;' Kelp Flead,
and occupy a space of li miles in a north and south 'ilirectlon, the
space thus inclosed being foul, and more or less covered with growing-
kelp. Canoe Rock, the center and most nroiuiiient >)f these rocks, is
bare, 25 feet high, and stands boldly outfroin the coast, making a good
point for identittcation.

Open Bay, on the northeastern side of Cranstowu Point, aftbrds
anchorage in 7 fathoms, about 400 yards froui the shore during sum-
mer or with offshore winds, but there is generally a swell in the liay,
and it is only used by local craft as a temporary anchorage.

Cape Calvert is the southern termination of Cape Itanfje ; it presents
a broad face of rocky shore extending in a EXE. and WSW. direction,
about 350 feet high, and covered with a thick growth of hemlock and
pine trees. At 2 miles north of the cape is Entry Cone, which is con-
spicuous, and forms a good mark for recognizing Fitzhugh Sound from
the southward and westwranl ; Cape Calvert is fronted by the Sorrow
Islands, which are steep-to, of granite formation, and covered with
gnarled and stunted trees ; between these islands and the cape, fair
shelter may be fouml for boats in Grief Bay (Telakwas), but during
BE. or S\V. gales, a swell is more or less experienced, rendering land-
ing difficult and sometimes dangerous.

Directions for Fitzhugh Sound from the Southward. — After
passing Cape James (Shad well Passag ', a N. 0- Vr'. course should be
Steered (or for Entry Cone) until past the Storai Islands ; when, Ad-
denbrooke Island open of, and the east shore of Fitzhugh Sound (be-
yond) shut in by, Cape Calvert bearing north., will lead midway between
Channel Reef and Egg Island, and up to the entrance of Fitzhtfgh
Sound. Allowance should be made for tidal streams ; tlie flood sets to
the ea.stward into Queen Charlotte and Smith Sounds with a velocity
at spring of nearly 2 knots.

From the Westward.— Vessels from the westward bound for Fitz.
lingh Sound, should use North Passage, between Sea Otter group and
Calvert Island , this passage is about 3 miles wide. Iledley Patch,

SCHOONER RETHEAT — FRIGATE BAY.

309

witli 9 f'atliom.s water (possibly less) lies in tiie westeru eutniiice to
North Passage, at U miles X, 22° B. of Watch Rock.

Schooner Retreat (Kapilish), on the eastern side of FitzlmgU
Sonnd, is the name given to the anchorages among a cluster of islands
at the sontinvestern end of Penrose Island, which here separates Fitz-
hugh Sound from Kivers Inlet. The Retreat affords a secure stopping
place, and with care may be safely entei'ed by steam vessels. Karslake
Point (Joachim Island) is its southeastern entrance point. The entrance
to Schooner Retreat trends in a NE. direction from Karslake Poiut,where
it is about ^ mile wide, contracting to 200 yards between Soa Bluff' and
Grey Islets; inside the narrows to the eastward it expands into Frig-
ate Bay.

Penrose Island, which forms the northern protection to Schooner
Retreat, lies in the mouth of Rivers Inlet, a branch of the inlet passing
on either side of it. Quoin Hill is situated near its southern end
about jj mile inland.

Joachim Island, the southeasterumost and largest of the cluster
of islands at the SW. end of Penrose Island, is 40<' feet high, IJ
miles long north and south, with an average breadth of | mile ; the
northern extreme of this island is separated from Penrose Island by a
boat passage.

Ironside Island is the next in size and is separated from SeaBluft',
the northwestern point of Joachim Island, l)y the channel into Schooner
Retreat. Grey Islets on the westeru side of the channel into Schooner
Retreat, lie close off' the southeastern extreme of Ironside Island.

Safe Entrance, between Joachim iind Ironside Islands, is :i mile wide.
Oa till- west side of Safe Entrance, about 50 yards from Grey Islets, Ilea
a rock awash ; from it shoal ground extends 300 yards in a northerly
direction, with 2 to 3 fathoms on it and 4 to 10 fathoms close-to.

Comber Rock, on which the sea often breaks, is at the northern
side of Safe Entrance ; the rock covers at three-quarters ffood, and lies
150 yards S. 36^ W. of Surf Point, the .southwestern extreme of Iron-
side Island.

Frigate Bay, the southernmost anchorage in Schooner Retreat, is
formed by the Junction of Joachim and Penrose Islands on th south,
east and north, and is protected on the west by Ironside and Maze
Islands. Center Islet in the northern part of the bay is of small extent;
a shoal with from 2 to 3 fathoms on it extends for more than 200 yards
from its eastern end in a northeasterly direction toward Penrose Is-
land. There are several other islets and rooks in the eastern part of the
l)ay, from whica a boat passag(> leads into Rivers Inlet.

The best anchorage in Frigate Bay will be found just within Safe
Entrance, off' a clean sandy beach, in 13 fatlioms water, with the north-
eastern extreme of Ironside Island bearing N. 71^ W. and the north-
western extreme of ^Sea Bluff S. 28^ W. Vessels should moor.

310 INNER CHANNELS — QUEEN CHARLOTTE TO MILBANK SOUND.

Maze Islands are a cluster of small islands on an extensive slioa)
projecting in a northerly direction from the northeastern end of Iron-
side Island; tlio NE. prong of this shoal extends nearly across to
Penrose Island, leaving a narrow channel wi*^h 5.J ♦•^ 9 fathoms water,
which leads from Frigate Bay to Secure Anchorage.

Secure Anchorage, N W. of Frigate Bay, is protected from seaward
by Ironside, Bird and Highway Islands. Veriiey Passage, leading to
Secure Anchorage from the westward, between Ironside and Bird Is-
lands, is nearly 100 yards wide with 7 fathoms water in mid-channel,
but it is contracted to about 30 yards by th< ih ■)'« ou either side, and
is only suitable for small coasting vesseb'. '^i: Hock, at the entrance
between Folly and Stunted Islands, voiaI ' ;,; , isaago dangerous.

Q-ales. — During SE. and SW. gales, tisi.- ga« « are furious but with
gooil ground tackle and care there is no danger in Schooner Retreat.

Directions. — Vessels bound to Schooner Retreat should at all times
use Safe Entrance ; from the southward. Quoin Hill at the south part of
Penrose Island, should be brought in line witii the hill 'JOO feet high, on
the east end of Ironside Island bearing X. 47° E., this will lead to
abreast Karslake Point, when Safe Entrance will be open. After pass-
ing Karslake Point steer very carefully and proceed at a moderate
speed towards Bluff Point until Quoin Hill is in line with Center Island
bearing N. 32° E., which will lead through Safe Entrance in mid-chan-
nel, ami to the anchorage in Frigate Bay.

Rivers Inlet, the shores of which have not been surveyed, has an en-
trance ou either side of Penrose Island, but it is not knoiu whether
they are clear of danger. The inlet takes a northerly ■:<<;(. on for
aboiiC 8 miles, and then suddenly turns to the eastwf"'^ rnii) ^'ain to
the northward for nearly 4 miles, terminatingin three -n; , * 'c'i bout 5
miles long.

At the head of Rivers Inlet is a settlement of Pellr. U: >> Ii' liana
numbering about 150, and a canning establisl.iuent named O\>ii.ino.

Addenbrooke Island. — At about 8 miles NNW. of Karslake Point
lies a group of islaiuls off the eastern shore of the sound abreast an un-
explored opening. Addenbrooke, the most western of these islands,
extends westward into the sound narrowing the width of the passage
between it and Calvert Island to about 1] miles.

Safety Cove (Oatsoalis), on the western shore of FItzhugh Sound,
7 miles to the northward <.f Cai)e Calvert, is about . '^ mile long west
and east and nearly h mile wide at its entrance, . *!; • westward ot
•wliioii the shores of the cove extend parallel to each i^;;- ".' a distance
of 400 yards aj)art; there are depths of 9 to 17 fathoms -v, thin HiOyjirds
of its shores, and 14 to 11) fathoms, soft m';>i,in the niiildle of the cove;
a bank of sand and mud v. hid. ilrifs. c-xtends 000 yanln from the head
with 7 fathoms cIom- to (,: ' J.ge. T'".' shores, except near the head, are
high, rocky, and steep-t". There :< a <oni(!al peak at the head of the
cove which bears N. 71- W. trom the middle of the entrance. The north

SAFKTY COVE ANX'HORAGE — NAMIJ HARBOR.

311

entrance poiut of Safety Cove has two small islets lying ott' it wiiicb
are useful in identifying the entrance, especially when coming from the
northward.

Anchorage. — Good anchorage will be obtained in 13 fathoms, mud
bottom, id the middle of Safety Cove abreast a waterfall on the north-
ern shore. Entering at night, a vessel should keep in the midiUe of
the cove and keeping the levd going, anchor as soon as 17 fathoms are
struck. During SK. or SW. gale.s, strong gusts blow across the valley
at the head of this cove.

Fresh Water. — The stream which flows into the head of Safety Cove
alfords excellent water but is difficult to obtain by boats. The water-
fall on the northern shore, unless in exceptionally dry weather (August
and September), will afford a good supply.

Kwakshua Passage, between Calvert and Hecate Islands, leads to
the sea; this passage is only partially examined ; it has been used by
coasting vessels.

Hakai Channel, between Uecate Island and the smaller islands lying
off the souMiern side of Hunter Island, is an unex[>lored channel leading
to sea.

Q-oldstream Harbor, at the southeastern entrance point of Hakai
Cliannei, affords good accommodation for small vessels; it is about 100
yards long and 400 yards broad, with depths of to l.i fathoms, sand
and mud. The entrance to this harbor Irom Pitzhugh Sound is through
an intricate passage little over 100 yards wide, between the northern
extreme of Hecate Island which forms the southern shore, and an island
about one mile in extent wliich forms the northern side of the harbor.
Foul ground marked by kelp, extends 200 yards from Kelp Point, the
northern entrance point of the harbor. Evening Rock, which dries 3 feet
at low water springs, lies near the middle of the passage about 400
yards within the entrance on tiie northern side of the channel ; it would
be advisable, in the absence of good local knowledge, to place a boat
near this rock (when covered) before entering or leaving tiie hiirbor,
and proceeding at slow speed, keep in mid-channel, where there is a
general depth of fathoms.

Nalau Island lies between Hunter and Hecate Islands.

Nalau Passage, 4 miles northwestward of Hakai, is an unexplored
channel leading to sea.

Namu Harbor is at the southern entrance of Burke Cliunnel and one
mile south of Kdnuind Point. This harbor is inchuled between Cliff and
Kiwasli Islands to the west, and Plover Island and the mainland in
other directions. At its entrance lies Kiwash, a round island, ^ mile
in diameter, and covered with trees. South Passage, between Kiwash
and Plover Islands, is nearly i mile wide; North Passage, between
Kiwash and Cliff' Islands, is 000 yards wide. Namu Harbor may be
entered by either passage.

From the eastern side of Namu Harbor two inlets indent the land for

312 INNER CHANNELS — QUEEN CHARLOTTE TO MILBANK SOUND.

the disrauce of about one mile; the more iiortheiu is named Harlequia
Basiu ; the other, which is choljed with roclcs, is called Rock Creek. At
the month of the latter is Whirlwind Bay, its entrance being marked by
two small islands, Sunday Island to the northward and Olaiu Island to
the southward, J mile apart. Two o;- 3 miles to the ea'tward of the
harbor a chain of mountains extends in a Jf E. and SW. airection for 6
miles.

Anchorage. — Large vessels should anchor in L'O fathoms, in the cen-
ter of Namu Harbor, with the northern extreme of Kiwash Island bear-
ing N. 05° W., and the western extreme of Plover Island S. 14° W.
Small vessels may anchor in Whirlwind Bay in 12 fathoms, clay, with
the noilheru extreme of Kiwash Island bearing N. 7G^ W., and the cen-
ter of Clam Island (a small island south of the bay) S. 25° W. During
the autumn and winter months the anchorage in Whirlwind Bay is not
recommended, as furious gusts blow over the mountains in its vicinity-
This anchorage is moreover confined by Loo Rock, on which there is
only 3 feet water, lying nearly in the middle of the l)ay, S. 79° E., 400
yards from the southern extreme of Sunday Island. It is recommended
not to bring Sunday Island to bear to the westward of NW. wh<^u enter-
ing Whirlwind Bay.

There is a large stream and an old Indian camp in Whirlwind Bay.

Burke Channel, an inlet on the eastern side of Fitzhugh Sound, leads
to Belakula anchorage at the head of North Bentiuck Arm, a distance
of 55 miles in a general northeasterly direction from its junction with
Fitzhugh Sound. Burke Channel lies between high, precipitous rocky
mountains, the sides of which are covered with stunted pine trees, and
mostly snowcapped, becoming more lofty as the head of the inlet is
ap[troached. Burke Channel and Bentiuck Arm, though not surveyed
in detail, have been frequently traversed both by day and night and
may be safely navigated.

Edmund Point, the southern entrance point of Burke Channel, is
low and wooded, and has several small islands south of it, lying off
an indentation, which has the appearance of affording sheltered anchor-
age. Some small islets also lie in the channel eastward of Edmund
Point.

Walker Point, the northern entrance point to the channel, is
formed by an island 'J miles NW. of Edmund Point; this island is
Bteep-to, but at a distance of 400 yards the water is not deeper than 26
fatlioms, mud bottom, deepening quickly a short distance further.
This position might be used in a fog for anchoring.

Temporary anchorage north of Walker Poii't might, in an emergencyt
with care and sending a boat ahead, be taken up, but there are many
covering reefs.

Tile first reach of Burke Channel takes a N. ti'.i^ E. direction for 5
miles, and thence N. 78^ E. for :ih miles, the first part being a little over
one mile wide, but the latter part only '^ mile across. The tides are

RESTOKATION COVE — BELAKULA,

313

luel, is

iug off

inclior-

muiul

geiicyi
luauj'

fitroiijj ill tliis loacli, ami several Ueavy tide ri|>s are met witli, Iml lor
tlie reinaiinler of tlie distaiiee to Beialiula tlin tid.il streams are not
much felt, immediately facing the eastern end of this reach is a bay
which mifjht possibly afford anchorage. The water here is brackish.

Restoration Cove, at 4 miles from the NE. point of the lirst reach,
is immediately under a high, conical mountain, and has a sandy beach
at its heail, off which, at h mile, is a depth of 40 fathoms shoaling grad-
.lally to 3 fathoms close to the shore. Several small streams enter the
cove.

Anchorage may be taken u|) in 16 fathoms at about 300 yards from
low water mark; the shore should be ap[»roached very slowly wheu
coming to au anchor, as the bank is extremely steepto and the water
shoals very suddenly.

The second reach of Burke Channel trends X. 14° E. for lUi miles,
ending abreast a low, wooded point at the foot of a high mountain;
thence the channel takes a N. 50° E. direction for 12 miles, another
arm (Kwatna) branching oft' to the SB. At 200 yards from the SW.
point of entrance to this arm is a rock which uucov-ers at low water; it
is the only known danger in Burke (Jhauuel, and may be avoided by
keeping the northern shore altoard.

Hence the channel takes a X. 07° B. direction for 4 miles along the
base of a remarkably bare, stony mountain on the southern shore, which
is almost entirely devoid of vegetation. Thence the channel trends
north for miles, at which distance Dean Channel (or canal) branches
oft" to the NVV., Burke Channel continuing for 7 miles east to Menzies
Point, in latitude 52^ IS' 30" N., where it divides into the north and
south Bentinck Arms, the former taking au ENE. and the latter au
ESB. direction.

North Bentinck Arm is 8 miles loug, and just within the entrance
ou the northern shore is a small bay, aftbrdiug anchorage for small
craft. The head terminates in a sand and mud flat fronting low
swampy ground covered with grass, which is submerged at high water.
The inlet is here 1 .^'.r miles wide.

Belakula, at the head of North Bentinck Arm, aftbrds indifferent
anchorage to vessels close to the mud flat at the mouth of the river east
of Sutlej Point. In taking up a berth great care is required against
getting too near the edge of the flat, which is quite steep-to. Large
vessels should tnoc; in 4.") to 50 fathoms, as the bank is very steepto,
deepening from one to 18 fiithoms in a distance of 200 feet ; a stern
anchor may also be required, or a hawser laid out to the shore will be
useful for keeping the hawse clear. Small vessels mfiy find shelter dur-
ing summer on the northern shore uiuler Customhouse I'oint. The
country abounds in fur-bearing animals.

Belakula or Nookhalk Uiver is a stream of considerable size and
velocity, the deposit from which has formed the steep bantc at the head
of the iulet. The water at Belakula is quite fresh alongside, and if

■»dii^'-

314 INNER CHANNELS — QUEEN CHARLOTTE TO MILBANK SOUND.

pninped in at low water is fit for (Iriiikiii". There are alao aeveral good
places for watering on the northern shore, opposite the anchorage, a
boat being able to go right underneath the waterfalls.

Tides. — It is high water, full and cliange, at 12 hrs. ; springs rise
13 feet.

Winds. — Tlie prevailing wind in Bentinck Arm in summer is from
3W. ; the westerlj' winds of the ocean blowing across Fitzhugh Sound
being led up the inlet as through a funnel, following the direction of the
different bends. The breeze generally sets in about 10 o'clock in the
forenoon and blows fresh until sunset, when it usualh' falls calm.

South Bentinck Arm.— From Menzies Point the South Bentinck
Arm branches oft' the southeastward about a mile in breadth, with high
land on both sides, for about 20 miles. At 9 miles from Menzies Point
an island lies on the eastern shore. The head of the arm is reported to
be shallow, 5 and 12 fathoms, but it has not been surveyed, and is sel-
dom visited.

Kiltik. — From Nalau Passage the coast of Hunter Island extends
12 miles in a northerly direction with only two openings, the northern-
most of these, named Kiltik, opposite Edmund Point, is a narrow creek
extending nearly a mile in a westerly direction, with an average depth
of 20 fathoms in the center, but shoal for )f mile from its bead. This
creek might be used by moderate-sized vessels, but has not been exam-
ined indetail.

The Trap, 13 miles from the southeastern point of Hunter Island a
small islet lies off an indentation of tlie coast, forming what has been
termed the Trap. Strangers might be tempted to enter this opening; it
is extremely contracted, not affording room for a steamer to turn, and
dangers are supposed to exist in the passage round the island.

Fisher Channel, the continuation of Fitzhugh Sound northward,
leads to Lama and (runboat Passages on the west, and to Port John and
Evans Arm on the east. It is a clear navigable chatiuel, possessing,
with the exception of the Fog Rocks, no known danger. At 15 miles from
Walker Point the channel divides into two, Johnson Channel taking a
NNW. and Cousins Inlet a NNE. direction ; the former at a distance
of '.> miles splitting into several arms (Itoscoe and Sisters Inlets on
either side of Florence Peninsula, and Bullock and Ellerslie Channels on
eithersideofYeo Island). Bullock and Ellerslie Channels communicate
with Seaforth Channel, and from the north point of Yeo Island, at their
northern junction, the main inlet continues northward for a further dis-
tance of 10 miles to about lat. 52° 37' N. These channels northward of
Gunboat Passage have not been surveyed in detail, and should therefore
be navigated with caution.

Fog Rocks, lying rather on the east side of Fisher Channel and 3
miles north of Walker Point, consist of six rocks above water, flat and of
a whitish color, the highest of which is 25 feet high, with a few shrubs on
it ; close to the southernmost rock, several small black rocks uncover at

«9

PORT JOHN — LAMA PASSAGE.

315

and a
been

= ,it
and

».

low water. These rocks (which appear nearly in mid channel from the
sonthward) may be passed on either side, but the main route lies to the
■westward of them, passing them at about ^ mile. There is a depth of
103 fathoms, m;id, between Fog Rocks and the eastern shore of Fitz-
bugh Sound.

Port John is in the northern part of an indentation, 9 miles "'orth-
Avard of Fog Rocks, and immediately under Remarkable Cone, a m )un-
tain 2,302 feet high. Southward of Port John is Evans Arm, into which
there are two passages on either side of Matthew Island, which lies at
the entrance to the arm. The south passage is J mile wide, and clear
of danger. The north passage is only i^ mile wide, and this near the
east end is contracted to 300 yards by a rock lying in the center.

Port John affords anchorage in 20 fathoms, but is much confined by
Mark Rock nearly in the middle, covering at half flood, and by a flat
extending off' the stream at its head. There is also anchorage at the
head of Evans Arm in 20 fathoms, which may be reached through
South Passage, but the immediate ai)proach to it north of Boot Island
is foul, and a vessel of size should be preceded by a boat. North Pas-
sage should only be used after temporarily buoying Peril Rock, which
has only 12 feet water on it, and lies nearly in the middle of the east
entrance to the passage.

Dean Canal leads out of Cousins Inlet to tlie NG., in which direction
it extends for about 12 miles, and there divides into three branches;
one (Cascade Inlet) taking a northwestern direction; another (Labou-
chere Channel) to the SE. and communicating with Burke Channel ;
the other, main inlet, extending in a north and NE. direction, with au
average width of one mile, for a distance of 18 miles, when it turns to
the NNW. for 9 miles, terminating in low marshy land in about latitude
Ron r.o/ V infn wliip.li the Kimswit River discharges itself. Anchorage

aear the

:tends in
f ^ mile,
not been
•eci pices,

auu ov/. ^ ' ains that

overlook it.

Lama Passage, between Hunter and Denny Islands, is the main
passage connecting Fisher Channel with Seaforth Channel and Milbank
Sound; its eastern entrance, on the west side of Fisher Channel, may
be recognized by a conical mountain 1,000 feet high, on the northeast-
ern point of Hunter Island, and by Pointer Island, on the southern side
of this entrance, where it is nearly one mile wide.

The entrance to Plumper Channel, which is one mile wide, lies oppo-
site Twilight Point, from which Lama Passage turns to the northward
between Denny and Campbell Islands, for 4 miles to Grave Point, which

314 INNER CHANNELS — QUEEN CHARLOTTE TO MILBANK SOUND,

piiinpeil ill at low water is fit for drinkiiifj. There are also several good
places for watering ou the northern shore, opposite the anchorage, a
boat being able to go right underneath the waterfalls.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, at 12 hrs. ; springs rise
13 feet.

Winds. — The prevailing wind in Beutinck Ann in summer is from
3W. ; the westerly winds of the ocean blo\7ing across Fitzhugh Sound
being led up the inlet as through a funnel, following the direction of the
ditferent bends. The breeze generally sets in about 10 o'clock in the
forenoon and blows fresh until sunset, when it usually falls calm.

South Bentinck Arm.— From Menzies Point the South Beutinck
A.rm branches oft' the southeastward about a mile in breadth, with high
land on both sides, for about 20 miles. At 9 miles from Menzies Point
an island lies on the eastern shore. The head of the arm is rei)ortcd to
be shallow, 5 and 12 fathoms, but it has not been surveyed, and is sel-
dom visited.

Kiltik. — From Nalau Passage the coast of Hunter Island extends
12 miles in a northerly direction with only two openings, the northern-
most of these, named Kiltik, opposite Edmuiul Point, is a narrow creek
extending nearly a mile in a westerly' direction, with an average depth
of 20 fathoms in the center, but shoal for ^ mile from its head. This
creek might be used by moderate-sized vessels, but has not been exam-
ined indotail.

The Trap, 13 miles from the southeastern point of Iluater Island a
small islet lies off an indentation of the coast, forming what has been
termed the Trap. Strangers might be tempted to enter this opening; it
is extremely contracted, not affording room for a steamer to turn, and
dangers are supposed to exist in the passage round the island.

p./'^'^\^?w''J!^f OOI-UMBIA -Fisher channel -Walbran rock- '
f*"°y e8ta,» "shed.— A wooden spar buoy, painted red, has been estab-
lished oil Walbian rock, Fi.sher channel.

Approx. position: Lat. .52° O'.V 28" N., Long 127° 57' .30" E
The buoy is moored in ,5 fathoms of wafer.
/M^rxTV.'^ t lie buoy Pointer Island lighthouse bears N. 48° W. true

i^t^i-^K^ - ';x'f,-^!/|f^''"* <'*^'^ -V'"''"' '^'"l <»'«' i'^l^'t off Nob point
.N. 80 K true (Mi i E. mag.). (n.M.U. iL.)

either side or luorence Peninsula, anu uuiiock aiui iiiiiersiie vjiianneison
eithersideof Yeo Island). Bullock and Ellerslie Channels communicate
with Seaforth (]hannel,and from the north point of Yeo Island, at their
northern Junction, the main inlet continues northward for a further dis-
tance of 10 miles to about lat. 52° 37' N. These channels northward of
Gunboat Passage have not been surveyed in detail, and should therefore
be navigated with caution.

Fog Rocks, lying rather on the east side of Fisher Channel and 3
miles north of Walker Point, consist of six rocks above water, flat and of
a whitish color, the highest of which is 25 feet high, with a few shrubs on
it' close to the southernmost rock, several small black rocks uncover at

PORT JOHN — LAMA PASSAGE.

315

low water. These rocks (which appear nearly in niid-channol from the
southward) may be passed on either side, but the main route lies to the
westward of them, passing them at about ^ mile. There is a depth of
103 fathoms, mad, between Fog Rocks and the eastern shore of Fitz-
bugh Sound.

Fort John is in the northern part of an indentation, 9 miles north-
ward of Fog Rocks, and immediately under Itemarkable Cone, a moun-
tain 2,302 feet high. Southward of Port John is Evans Arm, into which
there are two passages on either side of Matthew Island, which lies at
the entrance to the arm. The south passage is J mile wide, and clear
of danger. The north passage is only ^ mile wide, and this near the
east end is contracted to 300 yards by a rock lying in the center.

Port John aftbrds anchorage in 20 fathoms, but is much confined by
Mark Rock nearly in the middle, covering at half Hood, and by a flat
extending off the stream at its head. There is also anchorage at the
head of Evans Arm in 20 fathoms, which may be reached through
South Passage, but the immediate ai)proach to it north of Boot Island
is foul, and a vessel of size should be preceded by a boat. North Pas-
sage should only be used after temporarily buoying Peril Rock, which
has only 12 feet water on it, and lies nearly in the middle of the east
entrance to the passage.

Dean Canal leads out of Cousins Inlet to tiie NB., in which direction
it extends for about 12 miles, and there divides into three branches;
one (Cascade Inlet) taking a northwestern direction; another (Labou-
chere Channel) to the SE. and communicating with Burke Channel;
the other, main iidet, extending in a north and NE. direction, with an
average width of one mile, for a distance of 18 miles, when it tnrus to
the NN W. for 9 miles, terminating in low marshy land in about latitude
520 52' N., into which the Kimswit River discharges itself. Anchorage
is reported on a spit, off a small stream on the west shore, near the
bead.

Cascade Inlet, so named from the number of water-falls, extends in
a NW. direction for about 11 miles, with an average width of ^ mile.
It, in CO nmon with the other branches of Dean Channel, has not been
survfyed in detail ; its shores are composed of perpendicular precipices,
and several large cascades come down from the high mountains that
overlook it.

Lama Passage, between Hunter and Denny Islands, is the main
passage connecting Fisher Channel with Seaforth Channel and Milbauk
Sound; its eastern entrance, on the west side of Fisher Channel, may
be recognized by a conical mountain 1,000 feet high, on the northeast-
ern point of Hunter Island, and by Pointer Island, on the southern side
of this entrance, where it is nearly one mile wide.

L'S

316 INNKB CHANNELS — QUEEN CIIAKLOTTE TO MILBANK SOUND.

has several Iiulian },'ravt>s ou it ; tVoiu 2J miles uortli of Twiliylit Point
to Grave I'oint tlio passajje is contracted to 400 yards, with uniform
depths of 25 to 'M fathoms.

Tlie northern shore of Lama Passage is bold and but slightly indented,
but the southern, after tlie first 3 miles, is penetrated by a number of
indentations, some of which aft'ord slielter.

Tides. — About midw,iy between Fog liocks and Laina.Passage the
flood tide from the northward meets that from the southward.

Cooper Inlet, on the southern sliore of Lama Passage, 5 miles from
the eastern entrance, is deep, and contains several small creeks, the
indentations already mentioned, off whicli lie a number of islets and
rocks. In line weather anchorage may be obtained in 14 fathoms water
under Westminster Point, the northwestern point o*" the inlet, by bring-
ing it to bear N\V., and Ilarbonnaster Point, the northeastern point of
the inlet, just open of the reefs oft' Charles Point bearing east.

Jane Creek, in the southeastern corner of Cooper Inlet, may be used
by small vestscls. Charles Point, its nortii point, has two reefs extend-
ing 200 yards from it in a northwesterly direction, the outer of which
dries 9 feet.

Anchorage. — Good anchorage may be had in this creek in 9 fathoms
water, with Charles Point in line with the east point of Canoe Bight
(on the opposite shore of the passage) bearing X, 23° W., and George
Point, the southern entrance point of Jane Creek, bearing 8. 81° W.
Large vessels may anchor in about IS fathoms, midway between Charles
and George Points; the bottom ii. this creek is mostly rocky.

Camp Island, lying close to the southwestern extremity of Denny
Island, and the turning point into the northern part of Lama Passage,
should not be rounded nearer than J mile, as the bottom is foul for a
distance of (iOO yards in a southeasterly direction from it, with patches
that uncover 2 feet at low wAter springs.

McLaughlin Bay, on the western shore of Lama Passage, | mile
south of Grave Point, is a good stopping place; it is about 800 yards
wide and 300 yards deep, with 8 to 14 fathoms water. Tlie south point
of the bay has a bare summit 150 feet high, which in thick weather is a
useful guide to strangers. The anchorage is in 11 fathoms off the cen-
ter of the beach about 200 yards from the shore, with Grave Point
open east of S\V. point of Narrows Island bearing N. 22° E. A spit
runs off with Bare Hill bearing N. (ijo W. Anchorage should be taken
up well to the southward of the church.

In this bay is the site of an old Hudson Bay trading post ; there is a
small quantity of cleared ground at the foot of a rocky hill 200 feet
hjgh, i mile from the l^each, on the west side of which there is a lake.
This is the only Indian winter residence between Queen Charlotte
iSound and Seaforth Channel.

The Bella Bella natives migrated here from Bella Bella Islands in
18G8; an American nii>-,sionary now resides in the bay, and a small
church and schoolhouse have been recently erected. :,

■e IS a
►0 feet
lake,
irlotte

ids ia
small

BELLA BELLA ISLANDS — STEAMER PASSAGE.

317

A rock is sjiid, IVoin ludiati re|)i)rt, to exist in Lain i l^assage abreast
McLaugiilin H ly, and to lie lOO yards from the eastern shore, with
Na|)ior Point Uearinjj south distant nearly l,liOO yards. This roek has
been searched for witiioiit success. The passage was frequcMitly nsed
during the survey, and though not then found the rock may exist, and
consequently the western shore sliouM be favored.

Bella Bella Islands, northward of (Irave Point, are bare and about
15 feet higii ; these islands were i'onnerly inliabited iluriiig the sumtuer
montlis by the Indians of the once powerful Bella Hella tribe. In 1S84
there was an Indian nopidation of 250. Temporary anchorage may be
had to the eastwani of Bella Bella Islands ott" a green bushy flat, the
old winter residence of these natives.

Klicktsoatli Harbor, on the northern side of Denny Island, is about
one nnle in extent, with depths of!) to 13 fathoms, and affords excellent
shelter for vessels of any size. Ilarbor Island, off the northwestern
point of Klicktsoatli, has a reef extending 200 yards from its eastern
end.

Steamer Passage. — The channel south of Harbor Island is 200 yard»
wide, with a depth of 7 fathoms, and is suitable for small vessels; large
vessels are recommended to pass north of Harbor Island and through
Wheelock Pass, which lies between a 3 fathom patch near the center of
the channel and Noble Point, the northeastern entrance point of the
harbor, from which a 3 fiithom shoal extends 150 yards in a south-
westerly direction.

The west extreme of Cypress Island in line with the oast extreme of
Meadow Islaud bearing N. 6^ W. leads through Wheelock Pass in 11 to
19 fathoms water, and when Harbor Island bears N. 65° W, vessels may
anchor in 12 fathoms.

Large vessels not wishing to enter Klicktsoatli Harbor may obtain
secure anchorage in 15 fathoms, with Harbor Islaud bearing south,
distan t 600 yards.

Kakooshdish Creek, just north of N '• Ij Point, and extending 1^
miles in an easterly direction, is suitable for small craft, but is barred
across by kelp, having 3^ fathoms.

There is an Indian fishing station at the head of this creek.

Main Passage, leading from Lama Passage to Seaforth Channel,
between the northeastern extreme of Campbell and Narrows Islands, is
5 mile long and about J mile wide, with depths of 20 to 30 fathoms in
it. Care should be taken to maintain a mid channel course, and in thick
weather much caution must bo observed, as the tides are very strong.

Narrows Island is if mile long and nearly ^ mile broad ; at 200^
yards from the southern side of Narrows Island there is a ledge of rocks
awash at high water, with 5 fathoms close to.

Pole and Tree Islets, east of Nairows Island, are two small islet*
400 yards apart; Tree Islet, the northernmost is 120 feet high, with a
detached rock close to its northeastern side. There are two rocky
ledges between these islets and Narrows Island.

318 INiNER CHANNELS — QUEEN CIIAKLOTTE TO MILHANK SOUND.

Hodges Reef, wliioli dries li tVu't at low-water sprin^is, witli (i and 7
fathoms close to, lies nearly in mid-channel between between Tree Islet
and Deer Island. From this reef the center of Tree Islet bears N. 03°
W., 400 yards, and the east extreme of Pole Islet S. 02^ W., fiOO yards.

Meadow Island, lies 400 yards SK. of Pole Islet. In the channel
between them are depths of 5 to 15 lathoms, and a reef lies 100 yards
off the north point of Meadow Island.

Deer and Cypress Islands lie to the eastward of the above islands,
and are joined at low water.

Gunboat Passage, between Denny and Cunningham Islands, is
narrow and intricate, containing many rocks anil kelp patches ; in some
places the channel is not more tiian 100 yards wide. From its western
entrance it trends about easterly for miles, thence northerly 2 miles
to its eastern entrance, which is at the junction of Fisher and Dean.
Channels,

(Junboat Passage should not bo attempte' unless in small handy
steam-coasting vessels and with good local ledge.

Seaforth Channel, the main channel coi g Lama Passage with

Milb.ink Sound, is It miles long, with an average breadth of one mile;
the land on both sides is much broken by islands with channels between
leading north and south; the water is generally deep, and with the charts
there should be no ditliculty in navigating, in ordinary weather.

<Jn the northern side three arms branch off to the northward: Deer
Passage, the eastern, between Cunningham and Chatlield islands, is
about 7 miles long, and coinmunicatos with Johnson Channel ; Return
Channel, the middle one, between Chatlield and Veo Islands, is about
3 miles in length and joins Bullock daiinel; and Spiller Channel, the
west rn, between Yeo anl Don Ishmds, extends 4 miles and connects
with Ellerslie. These channels have not been more than casually ex-
amined, and their entrances are fronteil by innumerable small islands,
rocks and reefs. On the southern si le of Seaforth Ciiannel, at OA miles
to the eastward of Sound Point, is the entrance to Hecate Channel.
This jiassage is about 10 miles long in a general southerly direction,
with an average width of one mile, and leads into Queen's Sound.

Ormidale Harbor, at the northeri' extreme of Campbell Island, is
about one mile deep, and is protectee from the NK. bj Thorburne and
Xevoy Islands, which lie across i's cMrance. The channel in lies west-
ward of Nevoy Island; it is about '-OO yards wide, with from 14 to 10
fatlionis «ate»", and is clear of danger it a mid-channel course is steered.
Inside the wat '■ is deep, tiie depth over the greater part being from 15
to 20 fathoms. Anchorage may be hail in 17 fathoms about 400 yards
south of Nevoy Island.

The passage in is longer, but tiie berth is more convenient than in
Kynumpt Harbor, directly west of it.

Kynumpt Harbor, immediately west of Ormidale Harbor, may be
recognized by Grassy Islet, 20 feet high, ami Regatta Reefs, both of

KYNl'MPT HARHOU— DUXblVAN INLET.

3\\)

wliicli are coiiHpicuous, lying in tlie niiddlit of tliecliannel, ]\ miles east-
ward of tlio liarbor, and also by Wliite Stone, a conspicuous l»are rocic
12 feet iiigli, lying 400 yards west of tlic entrance.

The harbor, the entrance to wiiich is between Shelf Point and Low
Island, is 800 yards long and averages 100 yards in breadth, with to
m fathoms, mud bottom ; the best anchorage is in 7 to 9 fathoms, with
the north extreme of Berry Point bearing east and the weste.\trei;ie of
Low Island N. Ho K. A shoal patch with 1| fathoms on it lies on the
western side of the harbor, 450 yards S. 3° E. of Shelf Point, distant
200 yards from the shore.

A rock with 10 feet water over it has been reimrted to lie 400 yards
S. 70° W. of Low Island, jut though searched lor in 188.3, it was not
fouiMl.

Hecate Channel leads into Queen Sound; its southern entrance ia
obstru«;ted by rocks.

Grassy Islet, small, 20 feet high, covered with long grass and
bushes, and with only two trees on it, lies nearly one mile N. 59^ E. of
the entrance to Ormidale liarbor.

Regatta Rock, awash at high water, 200 yards in extent, lies A mile
N. tse W. of (Jrassy Island.

Dall Patch, a shoal with less than (5 feet water on it, lies J mile N.
48° E. of the entrance to Kynumpt Harbor; from the center of the patch
Defeat Point bears S. .'iOo W., distant 800 yards, and White Stone S.
840 W., 1,.'}00 yards; a shoal of 3 fathoms extends 250 ya)(ls to the
westward of Dall Patch.

Caution.— To avoid Dall Patch, it is recommended to keep the south-
ern shore aboard, which in this vicinity may be approached to within
300 yards ; or if wishing to go northward of the patch; (ira«sy Islet,
in line with the south extreme of Handyside Island bearing S. 74° E.,
leads nearly midway between Dall Patch and Regatta Rock.

Dundivan Inlet, on the northern shore of Duiferiii Island, about 3
miles westward of Kynuiupt Harbor, indents the coast about 1^ miles
in a southerly direction. It branches oil into several creeks, of which
Lofikhart and Rait are the largest, and there are several small islets
Just within the entrance. The water is too deep to alford convenient
anchorage. The southern shore of Seaforth Ciiannel, westward of Dun-
divan Inlet, trends in nearly a straight line to Sound Point, the south
l»oint of entrance. At 2i miles eastward of Sound Point, Gale Creek
branches oil' in ii southerly direction, and is 8np])osed to connect with
lioddy (Jreek from the SE. thus separating Duflerin Island from the
remainder of the Bardswell groui).

Edge Reef, on which there is a depth of 44 fathoms, lies nearly SCO
yards distant from the southern shore, at 2 miles eastward of Sound
Point. Several i)atches lie between it and the shore.

Cod Bank, on which the least depth found was 27 fathoms, sand, lies
in the middle of the western entrance to Seatbrth Channel ; there are

520 INNER CHANNELS — QUEEN CHARLOTTE TO MILBANK SOUND.

58 fcithoins on the .southern aide, ami 163 fathoms, rock, close to on the
nortiiern sido of the bank.

Anchorage. — Tivo and one-half miles to the eastward of Sound Point,
a bank extends about ^ mile from the south shore of Seaforth Channel j
on its cuter edge, whicii is steepto, there are depths of D8 and 30 fath-
oms, de;!reasing to 18 and 10 fathon)s close to the shore, for a distance
of one mile east of Sound Point. During foggy weather, temporary
anchorage may, with careful use of lead, be obtained on this bank.

Hyndman Reefs, the outer of several islets and reefs lying on the
western shore at tlie entrance to Spiller Channel, is nearly in the mid-
dle of that channel, and has a small rock only 3 feet above water on its
south end.

Midge Reefs, on the northern side of Seaforth Channel, cover at 10
teet rise, and extend 800 yards in a southerly direction from Bush Point
(Don Island), and are 3J miles within the western entrance to the
channel. The Mark Rock lies 200 yards distant from the SE. point of
Don Island, and one mile east of Midge Reefs ; between them is Sunk
Reef with 4 fathoms water on it. Bare Rock, black and low, kept just
open to the southward of Surf Islet, bearing N. 08'^ W., leads J mile to
the southward of Midge Reefs ; the northern shore of Seaforth Channel
should not be approached within this distance.

Berry Creek. — The southern shore of Don island is broken and
rocky, and has numerous islets and rocks skirting it. Berry Creek is
nearly 2 miles long and has its entrance blocked by small islets; it is
useless as an anchorage.

Blair Inlet, 3 miles westward of Berry Creek, is another indentation
useless as an anchorage on account of the numerous rocks with which
it is studded. Ivory and Watch Islands form its south side.

Mouse Rock, on which the sea sometimes breaks, lies k mile west of
Ivory Island off the entrance to Blair Inlet. Idol Point kept open of
Surf Islet, bearing S. 71^ E. leads south of Mouse Rock.

CHAPTER IX.

MILBANK SOUND TO CHATHAM SOUND— INNEK AND OUTER CHAN-
NELS.

west of
open of

Milbank Sound is the inai!i opening from seaward leading to Sea-
fortii, Finlayso'i, and MathJeson Channels.

At its entrance, between Gape Swain and Day Point, the sound is
nearly 9 miles wide, which breadth it maintains in a northeasterly di-
rection for 5 miles, thence it trends more northerly, and takes a north
direction for 10 miles, leading in that direction into Finlaj'son Channel.

Landmarks. — Approaching Milbanlc Sound from the southwestward,
Helmet Peak on Lake Island, at the eastern shore of the sound, is con-
spicuous. This remarkable peak is l,03:i feet high, and bears a striking
resemblance to a helmet, with the sloping side towards the west.

Stripe Mountain, on the north side of Dowager Island, at the entrance
of Finlayson Channel, is 2,020 feet high, pyramidal in shape, with a
remarkable landsli[) <lown its southwestern side, destitute of timber
and soil, but otherwise wooded to its summit; at its base is a compara-
tively level space 8C mtily covered with vegetation, which is remark-
able in such a thickly timbered country.

Nearing the sound the low wooded shores of Cape Swain, in the
SW. entrance point to the sound, will be recognized. The shore norih-
ward of it is much broken, and the tops of tiie trees are about 120 feet
high.

Fogs. — Vessels uieetin;; with a fog in this portion of Milbank Sound
would Unil Beaver Bank of service, not only as indicating ber position,
but as ad'ording tempos ly anchorage.

Soundings. — A run of dee|t water 8 miles broad, with depths of over
101) fathoms, mud, extends southwestward of 3Iilbank Sound. North-
westward of tills (jliiinnt'i the depths decrease to oO fathoms, c.nd less,
oflfthe entrance to Liiredo Sound, with a bottom of tine sand. South-
eastward the depths are 70 and 80 fathoms, with a bottom consisting
of sand, mud, and rock at intervals.

In tiiick weather, therefore, or if overtaken by fog, when apjiroach-
ing Milbank Sound from tiie southwestward, with average precautions,
a vessel's potation (!an be indicated by the deep sea lead.

Kelp grows i»:> nearly every danger with a bottom of rock oi stones
and is generally seen on the surface of the water during the summer
and autumn months.

1420O— No. 00 21 • :f2i

322

MILBANK SOUND TO CHATHAM SOUND.

Day Point, the southern point of Price Island, hns ii group of wooded
islets, and rocks awash at high water, and sunken rocks extending 2
miles SW. from it; the western island of the group (Outer Island) being
round, wooded, and conspicuous. The outer edye of these dangers lies
2,^ miles SW. of Day Point and 1,(100 yards S. 14^ !•:. of Outer Island.

White Rock (Kamasik), lying about 5 miles within the sound, is
50 leet high, and i mile N. .'17° K. of it is a sniiiller rook (Bare Rock) 6
feet above high water. Both rocks are conspicuous, as, lying well out
in the sound, they show out against the dark background of pine and
cedar, which line the shores of Milbank Sound.

From White liouk, a rocky riilge(on which the sea sometimes breaks)
extends J mile to the south westward, and a patch of 2 fathoms lies 500
yards eastward of the same rock.

There are depths of 50 fathoms, rock, at one mile eastward, and 34
fathoms dose-to, westward of tliis rock.

The south extreme of Glitf Island, seen just open of Bowlder Head,
bearing N. 2'^ W., leads eastward of this rock.

Discovery Rocks, off Cape Swain, are two dangerous rocks lying
1,000 yards N. .{4" K. and vS. .'iio W. of each other. The .southern
danger, over wliich the sea seldom breaks, lies one mile Iv. 71^ W. of
Cape Swain. The northern rock, which is usually indicated by break-
ers, lies N. 23° W. distant 1 ,V miles from Cape Swain,

West Rock, on the eastern shore of the sound, is of small extent, 8
feet above high water, and lies ^ mile S. 08"^ W. of Sound Point.

Several patches whicli uncover at low water lie between Sound Point
and West Hock.

Mouse Rock is a dangerous sunken rock on which the sea generally
breaks, lying at the northwestern entrance to Seaforth Ciiannel,

Bush Point (north side of Seaforth Channel) seen just open south of
Surf Islet, bearing S. 81 ^ E., leads soutiiward ; and Helmet Peak, seen
just open of the west extreme nt Mary Island, bearing N. '-W-' E., leads
westward of Mouse Itock.

Vancouver Rock, a dangerous rock wliicii uncovers 12 feet at low
water ami is steep to on all sides (tliere being deptiis of 13 iind 14 fath-
oms within 200 yards of the rock), lies U miles N. 'M° W. of Bowlder
Head. When visible tiiis rock presents the appearance of a huge
whale, and is conspictnons.

Cross J'oint (southeastern extreme of Lady Island), in line with Bowl-
der Head, bearing S. 5(P E., leads southward ; and Low Point seen just
open westward of the North Island Oronp, bearing N. 2(P E., leads
westward of N'ancouver Poctk.

Cross Ledge extends 1,000 yards to the southward and westward of
Cross Point, and jjartially uncovers. There is a depth of 20 fathoms
close southwaril of Cross Ledge.

Surf Islet, beiifing S. 53*^ E., leads southward of Cross Ledge, in
mid-channel between Cross I'oint and White Hock.

at low

4 fiith-

>o\vi(li!r

large

P,o\vl-
'I'll j nut
loads

II)

MHi

BOWLDER LEDGE — LOW POINT.

323

Bowlder Ledge, of sunken rocks with depths of 1^ and 5 fatlioms,
extends about one mile in a southeasterly direction from Bowlder Head.

Bowlder Bank, with IS fathoms, rock, lies ,^ mile S. 48° W. of Bowl-
der Head.

!3urf Islet, bearing S. ;">3° E., leads southward of the dangers off
Bowlder Head.

North Ledges, which uncover at low water, lie northward of the
Xorth Island (Iroup. The north extreme of these ledges lies 1,200
yards N. 9° E. of North Island, and the south extreme 400 yards N".
71° E. of that island.

Beaver Bank has 27 fathoms water (least depth found) on it, over a
bottom of sand and shells. The center of this bank lies 2-1^0- miles N.
o3^' W. of Low I»oint.

Sandstone Reef, situated close to the shore in the northwestern
portion of Milbank Sound, is a conspicuous narrow ridge, of sandstone
formation, about one mile long in nearly an east and west direction.
The highest portion of this ridge is 4 feet above high water.

The western extreme of Sandstone lleef lies A mile from the shore of
Swindle Island, and IJ miles from the eastern side of Price Island.

The Coast — Between Cape Swain and Sound Point the land is low,
woodeii and broken into creeks and bays.

Price Island, fori iig the western shore of Milbank Sound, has a
conspicuous ridge of lulls (Jod'lyn Range) along its eastern shore. The
cluster of islets off J)a.v Point arc wooded and conspicuous; and from
Day Point the eastern shore of Price Island to Aldrich Point is much
broken into small exposed bays.

Boat Cove, which alfords shelter to boats, is situated i mile north-
ward of Aidrich Point. With this cikception the coast nC Price Island,
north of Aidrich Point, is almost straight ami unbroken for Smiles, to
the entraiKH^ of St^liooner I'assage.

The Eastern Shorec of Milbank Sound are comparatively low and

wooded, with Tiin<» ■iiwl luwl'ir ti'.>i>« i-»roi1iimii):i tMii'-. In tlisit iifit'tjon of

Moss
uorth-
ooded
w and

..neastern extreme of an island contiguous to Lady Island
terminates in a high bold cliff (Bowlder Head). Cliff Island which lies
olf the S\V. side of Dowager Island at the entrance to Moss Passage is
small, 225 feet high and its SK. extreme terminates in high, conspicu-
ous white cliffs.

North Island is rocky, about 150 feet high, with some stunted trees
growing en its summit.

Low Point, the western extreme of Dowager Island, and the south-
eastern entrance point of Fiulayson Channel, is low and wooded.

322

MILBANK SOUND TO CHATHAM SOUND.

.Day Point, the southern point of Price Island, has a group of wooded
islets, and rocks awash at high water, and sunkeu rocks extendiug 2
miles SW. from it ; the western island of the group (Outer Island) being
round, wooded, and conspicuous. The outer edge of these dangers lies
2-iV niiles SW. of Day Point and 1,G00 yards S. U° E. of Outer Island.

White Rock (Kamasik), lymg about 5 miles within the sound, is
50 feet high, and i mile N. .'37° E. of it is a smaller rock (Bare Rock) 6
feet above high water. Both rocks are conspicuous, as, lying well out
iu the sound, they show out agaiust the dark background of pine and
cedar, which line the shores of Milbank Sound.

From White Kouk, a rocky ridge (on which the sea sometimes breaks)
extends J mile to the south westward, aud a patch of 2 fathoms lies 500
yards eastward of the same rock.

There are depths of 50 fathoms, rock, at one mile eastward, aud 34
fathoms close-to, westward of this rock.

The south extreme of Glitf Island, seen just open of Bowlder Ilead,
bearing N. 2° W., leads eastward of this rock.

Discovery Rocks, oft' Cape Swain, are two dangerous rocks lying
1,600 yards N. '.'A^ E. and S. .'Uo W. of each other. The southern
danger, over which the sea seldom breaks, lies one mile N. 71° W. of
Cape Swain. The northern rock, which is usually indicated by break-
ers, lies N. 23° W. distant 1 j^, miles from Cape Swain.

TVest Rock, on the eastern shore of the sound, is of small extent, 8
feet above high water, and lies A mile S. 68'^ W. oi Sound Point.

Several patches which uncover at low water lie between Sound Point
and West Rock.

Mouse Rock is a dangerous sunken rock on which the sen generally
breaks, lying at the northwestern entrance to Seaforth Channel.

Bush Point (north side of Seafortli Channel) seen just open south of
Surf Islet. beaiingS. 81° E., leads southward; and Helmet Peak, seen
just open of the west extreme of Mary Islantl, bearing N. M^ E., leads
westward of Mouse Rock.

( i;U7) BRITisHOOLUfflBIA -Milbank sound— Vancouver rock-
Whistling buoy established.— The Canadian Government gives notice
that an automatic whistling buoy, on the Courtenay principle, has
been established off Vancouver rock, Milbank sound, in (approxi-
mately) latitude 52° 2r 18" N., longitude 128° .-^1' 20" W.

The buoy is painted red and is moored in about .38 fathoms of water.

der Head, bearing S. .1(5° E., leads southward ; arniuoH i'v,...J',v.v.^ .,

open westward of tli> North Island Grouj), bearing N. 20^ E., leads
westwanl of Vancouver Rock.

Cross Ledge extends 1,600 yards to the southward and westward of
Cross Point, and i)!irtially uncovers. There is a depth of 20 fathoms
close southward ol (Jross Ledge.

Surf Islet, bearing S. 53° E., leads southward of Cross Ledge, in
mid-channel between Cross Point and White Rock.

BOWLDER LEDGE — LOW POINT.

323

,, k'iids

Bowlder Ledge, of sunken rocks with depths of 1^ and 5 fathoms,
extends about one mile in a southeasterly direction from Bowlder Head.

Bowlder Bank, with 18 fathoms, rock, lies :| mile S. 48° W. of Bowl-
der Head.

Surf Islet, bearing S. 53^ E., leads southward of the dangers off
Bowlder Head.

North Ledges, which uncover at low water, lie northward of the
North Island Group. The north extreme of these ledges lies 1,200
yards N. 9° E. of North Island, and the south extreme 400 yards N.
71° E. of that island.

Beaver Bank has 27 fathoms water (least depth found) on it, over a
bottom of sand and shells. The center of this bank lies 2-f„ miles N.
53° W. of Low Point.

The western extreme of Sandstone Reef lies i mile from the shore of
Swindle Island, and 1 J miles from the eastern side of Price Island.

The Coast — Between Cape Swain and Sound Point the land is low,
wooded and broken into creeks and bays.

Price Island, forming the western shore of Milbank Sound, has a
conspicuous ridge of hills (Jocelyif Range) along ils eastern shore. The
cluster of islets off" Day Point are wooded and conspicuous; and from
Day Point the eastern shore of Price Island to Aldrich Point is much
broken into small exposed bays.

Boat Cove, which affords shelter to boats, is situiited ^ mile north-
ward of Aldrich Point. With this exception the coast of Price Island,
north of Aldrich Point, is almost straight and unbroken for Smiles, to
the entrance ;>f Scliooner Passage.

The Eastern Shores of Milbank Sound are comparatively low and
wooded, with ])ine and cedar trees predominating. In that portion of
the sound lie two extensive channels (Mathieson (31iannel and Moss
Passage), which branch off from Milbank Sound eastward and north-
ward of Lady Island, respectively. Lady Island is low and wooded
throughout. The western shores of Dowager Island are also low and
ivooded, but are Hanked by high mountains.

The southeastern extreme of an island contiguous to Lady Island
terminates in a high bold cliff (Bowlder Head), Cliff Island which lies
off the S\V. side of Dowager Island at the entrance to Moss Passage is
small, 225 feet high and its SE. extreme terminates in high, conspicu-
ous white cliffs.

North Island is roiiky, about 150 feet high, with some stunted trees
growing on its summit.

Low Point, the western extreme of Dowager Island, niul the south-
eastern entrance point of Finlayson Channel, is low and wooded.

324

MILBANK SOUND TO CHATHAM SOUND.

The Northern Shore of M ilbai k Sound (Swindle Island) is high and
bold, with mountains rising immediately over it.

Directions. — Approaching Mill ank Sound from the southwestward
in clear weather, Helmet Peak should be kept in line with White Kock,
bearing N. 56° E., which mark will lead nearly in mid-channel up the
sound. When within 2.^ miles of White Rock, on that line, a vessel
bound eastward may steer S. 81° E, towards Seaforth Channel, with
Day Point astern bearing N. 84<^ W., or if bound to the northward a
N. 15'^ E. course may be steered towards Finlayson Channel.

In thick weather, as before mentioned, with average precautions and
attention to the deep-sea lead, the soundings will indicate the vessel's
position.

Hound from Seaforth Channel into Finlayson Channel, keep Idol
Point well open to the southward of Surf Islet, bearing S. 70° B., until
Helmet Peak comes open of the west extreme of Mary Island bearing
N. 34° E., and then Surf Islet should be kept astern bearing S. 53° E.
for 3 miles, which will lead in mid-channel, li miles northward of White
Kock. From this jiosition Cliff' Island should be seen open westward
of Bowlder Head, bearing N. 2° W., and a vessel may steer N. 36° W. for
3 miles, or until Low Point is seen open westward of the North Island
group bearing X. 26° E. ; thence steer N. 4° E. for 3 miles, or until
Stripe Mountain bears N. 60° E., when it may be steered for on that
bearing, aud the course gradually altered northward into Fiulayson
Channel.

Mathieson Channel is an extensive arm of the sea, leading many
miles nortiiward from Milbank Souiul, eastward of Lady and Dowager
Islands. At the distance of 2| miles within its southern entrance this
channel is obstructed by islands, islets and rocks, and strangers should
not i)roceed farther. From the eastern entrance of Oscar Passage, by
which it communicates with Finlayson Channel, Mathieson Channel
extends in a northerly direction along the east side of Roderick Island
for over 25 miles to its junction with Mussel Inlet; one arm, about 5
miles long, branching off to the eastward at about 5 miles south of the
junction.

Northward of Oscar Pass, Mathieson Channel has not bi^" i surveyed
in detail.

Tides. — The Hood stream sets to the northward and divides near the
middle of Milbank Sound, one • )ortiou running towards Finlayson Chan-
nel, another towards Mathieson Channel, and another towards Seaforth
Channel. The reverse takes place on the ebb.

The strengtli of tide is variable, but it seldom exceeds one knot an
hour m Milbank Sound, but increases within the channels to 2 and 3
knots ai. hour.

St. or'oun laarVor (Cheeksquintz) lies nearly midway between Oape
Swain and Sourd Point, and, though somewhat confined, affords good
anchorage for ivaiall vessels.

ST. JOHN HARBOR — PORT BLAKENEY.

n25

irveyed

The liarbor is protected at its entrance by a reef of rocks awash and
sunken rocks, wliicli form a natural breakwater, and breaks the ocean
swell. Eastward of this reef at tlie entrance there is a clear channel,
400 yards wide, with depths of 10 to 30 fathoms.

At ^ mile within the entrance are two small islands, the eastern and
smaller one (Wood Island) being round, wooded, and conspicuous. The
channel eastward of these islands is barely 200 yards wide abreast Wood
Island, and leads into Anchor Bay, which is the usual ancliorage for
small vessels. Westward of these islands the channel is wider and
leads into l>eei) IJay, which forms the SW. arm of St. John Harbor.

There are depths of to 20 fathoms in Deep Bay, and 11 to 14 fath-
oms in Anchor Bay.

Rage Reef extends !f mile northward from the western point of St.
John Harbor, and is about400 yards wiiie. This dangerous reef consists
of ledges which uncover, and rocks awash at high water; the nortlieru
extrene uncovering 4 feet at low water.

Mark Islet, 6 feet above high water, lies about midway on the east-
ern side of iiage lieef.

Ledges, which uncover, extend 200 yards from the pastern shore of
the channel leading into St. John llorbor.

Directions. — Approaching St. John Harbor, Cape Swain should be
kept well open of the consi)icuous qu nn-shaped point situated 2 miles
northward of the cape, bearing S. 32° \V. On no account should Rage
Reef be api)r()ached inside that line, until Wood Island is distinctly
seen, and North roint bears S. 64° E. When Wood Island is recog-
nized, it should be brought to bear south and steered for. Wood Island
on that bearing should be seen in line with a bliick high-water rock ou
the southern shore of Anchor Bay, with a sandy bay immediately east
of the rock.

Anchorage. — Pass 100 yards eastward of Wood Islaml and anchor
in 10 to 11 fathoms, sandy bottom, in Anchor Bay, with th'» eastern
side of Wood Island seen in line with the north extreme of Rage Reef,
bearing N. 25° W., distant COO yards.

Caution. — At high water, when Rage Reef is nearly covered, it is
difficult to distinguish the entrance into St. John Harbor. xVt half
tide and at low water, the northern end of that reef i'nd also the dan-
gers on the eastern side of the channel are visible, and a vessel can be
guided clear of them by the eye.

Fort Blakeney, formed between Mary and Don Islands, on the
southern side of Mathieson Channel, about 3 miles within ;he eniir:»!ice,
is easy of access, and, lying immediately at the headwf Milbai.k Sound,
may be approached from the southwestward with the swell astern.

At its entrance, between Promise and Rain Points, the port is .100
yards wide ; thence it takes a southerly direction for about one mile,
terminating in a small creek leading into Seaforth Channel.

32n

MILBANK SOUND TO CHATHAM SOUND,

Cod Reefs are a cluster of rocks awash, and sunken rocks, at the
entrance to Port Blakeney. The southern rock of this cluster is 4 feet
above iiigh water, anil the northern rock, with 24 feet water over it, lies
GOO yards N. 48^ E, of Promise Point, with a clear channel northward
of it 300 yards wide.

Oke Reefs, about 400 yards northward of Cod Reefs, extend 400
yards from the southern side of Oko Island. The outer detached rock
is 3 feet above high water, and between it and Oke Island several
pat(;hes of rock uncover at high water.

Clearing marks. — White Rocks, off the south end of Lake Island,
seen in line (astern) with the north end of Passage Island (between
Lake and Lady Islands) bearing N. SS"^ W. will lead between Oke and
Cod Reefs. Mark Islet, seen in line with Oke Island, bearing X. 8° VV.,
will lead eastward of those dangers.

Sand Patch, with 24 feet of water upon it, is of small extent, and
lies nearly in inidchaniiel about J mile within Port Blakeney. Helmet
Peak, seen in lino with Promise Point, bearing N. 9° E., will lead west-
ward of Sand Patch.

Anchorage in 10 to 12 fathoms, sandy bottom, will be found about
^ mile within Port Blakeney, with Helmet Peak seen just open of
Promise I'oiut bearing X. 9° E., and Observation Point on the north
shore of East Bay bearing S. 81° E.

Supplies. — Wood and water may be obtained in Port Blakeney.
Rock cod and other tish may be caught in abundance on Cod Reefs, and
clams and cockles in the sandy bays. They are readilj obtained at low
water by digging in the mud and sandy ground, especially in those
places over which a fresh-water stream runs. Wild fowl are also plen-
tiful in the season.

Directions. — Approaching Port Blakeney from the southward, Hel-
met Peak should be kept just open of the eastern point of Lady Island
(Long Point) bearing N.43"3 E., and when within ^ mile of the latter a N.
65° E. course siiould be steered towards Oke Island. The clearing mark
before mentioned for leading between the Oke and Cod Reefs should be
brought on astern, and when Mark and Oke Islands are seen in line
bearing N. 8° W., a vessel will be eastward of Cod Reefs, and may then
haul into the harbor with tiie south extreme of William Island astern,
bearing N. 20^ E., and anchor in the depth and position before men-
tioned.

Moss Passage (Toowitl) leads northward of Lady Island into
Mathieson Channel. At its western entrance this passage is over one
mile wide ; but at 3 miles within this entranoe, and one mile from its
junction with Matineson Channel, it is contracted by Squnw Island to
barely 200 yards, Beyond that position, therefore, it should not be at-
tempted by strangers.

Bird Rock, at the western entrance of Moss Passage, is 3 feet above
high water, with foul ground extending from it 400 yards to the east-

MORRIS BAY — SCHOONER PA8SAGK.

327

ward. The south extreme of the North Isliuul Group seen just open
southward of the south extreme of Cliff Islaud, bearing N. 47° VV., leads
southward of Bird Rock.

Morris Bay, ou tlie southern side of Moss Passage, about one mile
within its western entrance, is.^ mile wide and extends in a southerly di-
rection, terminating in a cul-de-sac which dries at low water. Westerly
winds send a swell into the anchorage ; but the bay possesses the great
advantage of permitting the state of the weather in Milbaiik Sound be
ing ascertained when at anchor, and if fog be prevalent (as is often the
case) it can be seen from Morris Bay.

Kitty Patch lies at tiie eastern entrance to Morris Hay, 200 yards
from the eastern shore. This bank is liOl) yards in extent north and
south, with dei)ths of 4 and 5 fathoms, sand.

Directions. — Ai)proaching Morris Jicay, a mid-channel course should
be kept between Bird Rock and fSalal I'oint ; and if Vancouver Rock be
uncovered, it should be kept astern bearing S. 82° VV. (westerly). When
the southern extreme of Cliff Island is seen open northward of Bird
Rock bearing N. .'jS^ W., that mark kept on astern will lead to the en-
trance to Morris Bay.

Anchorage will be found in 12 to 14 fathoms, sandy bottom, at 200
yards from the western shore, with Salal I'oint shut in by the western
entrance point of Morris Bay, bearing N. 81° W., and Detached Island
(north side of Moss Passage) bearing N. 4° E.

Supplies. — Good water may be obtained in Morris Bay. Clams and
cockles can be gathered in abundance. Plover and other birds frequent
Bird Uock. Berries grow in abundance on Salal Point.

Alexandra Passage lies eastward of Vancouver Rock and the North
Island Group. Small steam vessels, possessing local knowledge, make
use of Alexandra Passage, esi)ecially when coming from the northward
and wishing to anchor in Morris Bay; but this passage is only 1,200
yards wide in its narrowest part, and in the event of an accident to the
machinery a vessel using it would be in a divugerons position.

Cliflf Island is nearly steepto, but the small islet close north waid of
it has foul ground extending from it 200 yards to the westward.

Soundings. — The depths in Alexandra Passage are 14 to 42 fathoms,
rocky at the former, and mud at the latter depth.

Directions. — A vessel (iompelled by circumstances to make use of
Alexandra Passage should keep the western shore of Finlayson Chan-
nel north of Jorkins Point in line with Low Point, bearing N. C<^ E.
which is the general leading mark through this passage. It is, how-
ever, recommended alterifately to open and close those points, especially
when Hearing North Island Grouf), so as to keep in mid channel.

Schooner Passage, leading from Laredo Sound into the northwest-
ern corner of Milbank Sound, is obstructed by islands, islets, rocks,
and sunken dangers, and no specific directions can be given for it. It
is occasionally made use of by small coasting craft.

328

MILBANK SOUND TO CHATHAM SOUND.

Finlayson Channel, the entrance to which is between Jorkins iind
Low Points, extends from Milbiink Sound in a jjeneral northerly direc-
tion to the head of Carter liay, with an average width of one to 2 miles.
The land on both sides is hij^h, tiie peaks closely approaching the
shores and rising in a precipitous tnanner from the water's edge. Unless
where the vegetation has been denuded from the mountain sides by
landslips, both shores are thickly wooded, the pine and cedar predom-
inating; occasionally their dark green foliage is relieved by tiie bright
light green leaf of the maple.

Leindmarks. — Str'ue Mountain lies at the southeastern entrance to
Finlayson Channel. Tiie summit of Cone Island (Bell Peak), together
with two high waterfalls which fall into the sea on the SE. side of Sarah
Island, are the principal landmarks of importance.

Oscar Passage, i\ miles north of Low Point, leads eastward out of
Finlayson Channel, between Dowager and Hoderick Islands, and is
about one mile wide and G miles long to its junction with Mathiesou
Channel.

BuUey 13ay, on tiie southern shore of Oscar Passage, though small,
affords temporary anchorage in 15 fathoms, at 200 yards from the shore,
and is occasionally used by coasting vessels.

The Sisters, two small islets, lying 400 yards from the eastern shore
of Finlayson Channel, 3^ miles northward of Oscar Passage, are
wooded and about 90 feet high. Tliey lie 800 yards from each other,
and are Joined by ledges whicii uncover at low water.

Nowish (Otter Cove) is A mile from the Sisters Islets, between
Indian and Susan Islands. The entrance, northward of Indian Island,
is 400 yards wide; the cove then extends in a SE. direction, narrowing
near its head to 2il0 yards, ami liaving on its northern shore, about
800 yards within the cove, a small bay, which affords anchorage for
small vessels in 10 to 14 fathoms, sandy bottom, in the middle of the
bay.

Jackson Passage, an unexplored arm on the eastern shore of the
channel, is 400 yards wide, and extends in an easterly direction from
its entrance.

Mary Cove, on the eastern shore, 5^ miles northward of the Sisters
Islets, is barely 200 yards wide at its entrance, and extends in a north-
erly direction for ^ mile, terminating in a sandy beach. There are
depths of 24 and 7 fathoms in mid-channel within this cove.

Cone Island, on the western shore of Finlayson Channel, is 3i miles
long and about i mile broad. The summit of this island, situated about
one mile from its south extreme, is conical in sjiapt 1,280 feet high; the
eastern and western sides are abrupt and precipitous, bub the land
slopes gently to the northward, terminating in Wedge Point.

Klemtoo Passage, between Cone and Swindle Islands, is about 3^
miles long in a NNVV. and SSE. direction, and in some parts barely
200 yards wide. The depths in midclianuel are 10 and 30 fathoms>,

KLEMTOO AND SOUTH PASSAGES.

829

sand and shells, with rock at intervals. Though narrow, thi.s passage
is sate (provided a mid-channel course bo kept), and affords anchorage
almost throughout.

Anchorage, suitable to vessels of moderate leiigtii, will be found
north of Star Islet, nearly in mid channel, 2tlO yards from the shore of
Cone Island.

Tides. — 'I he tidal streams are comparatively weak. Tiie Hood stream
is but little felt, the great body of water passing into Finlayson (Jhau-
nel. The ehb seldom exceeds the rate of one mile nn hour.

South Passage, between Coiuiand .laui' Islands, is i mile wide, with
depths of 18 and .57 fathoms, rock.

Kelp Patch, with only .1 to lli feet over it, lies L'OO yards to the south-
ward and westward of Jane Island, and is about L'OO yards in rxtent.

Berry Point (Swindle Island), seen just open of Legge Point (Cone
Island) bearing S. 5° K., will lead westward of Kelp Pat(!h.

Wedge Rock uncovers at lov, water, and lies iiU yards from the
northern extreme of Cone Island.

Ripple Bank, with 11 fathoms rocky bottom, lies nearly in mid-
channel of South Passage.

North Passage, between Jane and Sarah Islands, is ^ mile wide.

Danger Patch, with one to ^ iathoms water over it, lies 200 yards
northward of Jane Island.

Directions. — When proceeding throngh South Passage, the southeru
shore should be kept aboard, passing 4(10 yards northward of Cone
Island. North Passage is to be i)referre(l to South Passage when com-
municating between Finlayson and Tolmie Channels. Keep nearer the
northern shore, and pass 400 yards south of Sarah Island.

Jane Island, i mile north of Cone Island, is about one mile long and
^ mile broad. It is low and wooded, the tops of trees being liOO feet
high.

Sarah Island, the south point of which is 1,1.'00 yards northward of
Jane Island, is 15 miles long in a north and south direction, and from
one to 2^ miles broad. This island reaches its greatest elevation of 2,000
feet at 4 miles from its southern extreme. On the eastern side of
the island, at 7 miles from the southern extreme, an unexplored bay
faces southward, and at 3^ nii!e>^ from the southern extreme, on its
eastern shore, there are two high waterfalls.

Watson Bay lies on the eastern side of Finlayson Channel, miles
northward of Sisters Islets. This unexplored bay is one •■•ile wide at
its entrance, and extends in an easterly direction.

Wallace Bight lies 2.^ miles northward of Watson Bay. It is one
mile wide at its entrance, and takes a northerly direction for one mile.
There is no bottom at 106 fathoms, between its entrance points.

Goat Cove, 4 miles northward of Wallace Bight, is 4 mile wide, and
extends in an easterly direction for 4 mile, terminating in a sandy beach*

330

MILHANK SOUND TO OlfATHAM SOUND.

Tlioro are doptliH of 23 to .'3 1 fatlioins witliiii this cove, the former being
close to the head.

Sheep Passage is nearly one mile wide, and leads eastward from
Fiidayson Channel, just south of Carter Hay. At li miles within its
western entrance it trends nortliward until its junction with Mussel
Inlet.

Mussel Inlet takes a northerly direction for about 5 miles, when it
Buddenly turns to the eastward for about the same di.'M.ice, terminat-
ing in I'oison Cove. It is stated to have the same general character-
istics as the other inlets.

Carter Bay. — This excellent stopping i))ace lies at the head of Fin-
layson Chaiuiel, 2G miles within its entrance, and is easily recognized
by the high cliit's on its western shore. The bay ih 80(1 yards wide at
its entrance, abreast the anchorage ground, and about 1,20" yards deep
in a northerly direction, the head terminatiiig in a large stream, fronted
by an extensive tlat. Thiii stream takes a northeasttrly direction for
about one mile to the foot of a waterfall at the entrance <'. a lake.

Anchorage will be found in 11 to !"» fathoms, mii ' l>""om, at .'}00
yards from the eastern shore ami 400 yards from the suiid tlat at the
bead of the bay, with the entrance points of the bay bearing S. 11° E.
and S. 54° W., respectively.

Supplies. — Water can be obtaine.l from the large stream at the head
of the bay, which is probably one of the best watering places along the
coast. Trout abound in the fresh-water stream. Wild fowl frequent
Carter Bay. Shell fish, of whatever kind, should not be eaten.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Carter Hay at noon;
springs rise 13 feet.

Hiekish Narro'ws lie northward of Sarah Island, and lead from
Finlayson Channel into (xraham Reach. They are about 54 nules long,
and from J to one mile wide. The dej)ths in the narrows are 31 and 73
fathoms in mid-channel, with a bottom of sand and shells.

Heivitt Rock, a dangerous sunken rock with only 10 feet over it,
and deep water close-to, lies at the northern entrance of the narrows
nearly in mid-channel.

The eastern shore of the channel should be kept aboard when navi-
gating the northern portion of the narrows.

Tolmie Channel, between Princess Hoyal and Sarah Islands, is about
15 miles long in a general north and south direction, and from i to
one mile wide.

On the west shore, 2J miles northward of southern point of Sarah
Island, an extensive arm takes a southerly direction, and is reported to
communicate with Laredo Sound. Abreast the northeastern point of
this inlet, a small islet lies close to the shore of Sarah Island. Al)out
^ mile NNW. of this island is a sunken rock.

Caution. — The northern reach of Tolmie Channel looks directly into
this arm, care is therefore necessary when approaching from the north-

TOLMIE CHANNEL — SWANSON RAY.

881

ward not to inistulcu this unexplored arm for the roach leading to Kleni-
too I'assage.

At 2 mil«'.s iiortliward of tlie above-mentioned inlet, on the west shore
of Tolmie Ciiannel, lies another unexplored passage, facing tiie south-
east.

Tolmie Rock, on whieh is only 4 feet water, lies 100 yarda from the
shore of Saraii lisland, at A mile within the northern entrance of the
Tolmie Ciiannel.

Directions. — Tolmie Ohanncl, though not so wide as Finlayson
Channel, is preferable in some resjiects, especially if compelled to be
under way at night. A mid-channel course should be steered through-
out except when navigiiting the northern part of the channel, when the
western shore should bo neared to avoid Tolmie Itock. Avoid the rock
near the small island towards the southern entrance.

Tides. — The Hood stream sets to the northward, and is stronger iu
Finlay.son than in Tolmie Channel. The ebb, however, is stronger iu
Tolmie Channel, and runs for l/t hours after the ebb has ceased in Fin-
layson Channel. In the narrow parts of these channels both Hood and
ebb streams attain a velocity of J? knots an hour at springs.

Graham Reach, northward of the junction of Tolmie Channel with
Hiekish Narrows, is about 17 miles long, and from i to one mile liroad,
with depths of 3S fathoms, rock, and 130 fathoms, sand and shells. In
general features this reach resembles Finlayson Channel.

Green Inlet lies on the eastern shore, 2 miles northward of Sarah
Island. This unexplored arm takes an easterly direction at its entrance.

Flat Point lies on the western shore, 3 miles westward of Green
Inlet. This point is wooded, flat, and comparatively low. Abreast
Plat Point on the south shore of the channel is a remarkable large
bowlder rock.

Dangers. — There are no known dangers at -00 yards from the shore
in this reach.

Swranson Bay lies on the eastern shore, 7 miles from Sarah Island.
There is a conspicuous waterfall on the western shore of the channel
abreast Swanson Bay. In very dry weather this fall is small and some-
times ceases altogether.

Anchorage may bo obtained in 19 fathoms, sandy bottom, in the
northern part of Swanson Bay, with the conspicuous waterfall shut in
with tiie northern entrance point, and Flat Point shut in with the
southern entrance point of the bay.

Khutze is an unexiilored arm, on the north shore, 6 miles northward
of Swanson Bay.

Anchorage is reported by Indians at the head of this inlet.

Aaltanhash is another inlet on the eastern shore, unexamined, ?'
miles northward of Khutze. In size and direction it is similar to
Khutze, and is reiiorted by Indians to attbrd anchorage.

Tides. — The tides meet abreast Aaltanhash Inlet.

332

MILBAXK SOUND TO CHATHAM SOUND.

Red Cliff Point, the turiiing point into Fraser Reach, lies on the
western shore, 174 miles from Sarah Island. This point terminates in
a consi)icHons clitt'of a reiUlish brown color; and is a good landmark.

Fraser Reach, the channel northwestward of (iraliam Keacli, is 12J
miles long and from A to li miles wide, with dei»ths of (i'l fathoms, rock,
to no bottom at 115 fathoms. In features it resembles Finlayson chan-
nel.

Warke Island is Ih miles long and A mile broad. The channel on
both sides of the island is deep, but that to the south is slightly' the
wider. There is a bay ow the southtrn shore of the channel, abreast
Warke Island, at the head of which is a fine trout stream, communicat-
ing witii a large lake.

Klekane, an unexamined arm on the northern shore, abreast Warke
Island, is i mile wide, and takes a XNW. direction from its entrance.
Approaching from the southeastward this arm appears as the continua-
tion of Graham Ueach.

Anchorage may, from Indian report, be obtained at the head of Kle-
kane Inlet.

LandiF>lip Point lies on the northern shore, 1 miles from Warke Island.
Over this point is a remarkable landslip.

Kingcombe Point, the turning point into McKay Keach, lies on the
southern ..liore 12 miles from lied Clitl' Point. This point is long, sharp
and conspicuous.

McKay Reach leads westwr.rd from Fraser Bt-acli into Wright
Sound, there is no bottom in mid-channel at 131) and 225 fathoms, the
latter depth being found at 400 yards southward of Cnniming Point.

From mid channel abreast Kingconibe Point, the reach takes a west-
erly direction for 1 miles to abreast Trivett Point; thence a W. by S.
direction for 4 miles to abreast (Jumming Point. Westward of King-
combe Point, a deep bay lies on the southern shore, between Kingcombe
and Trivett Points.

The land on the northern shore of the channel is high and bold, with
mountains 3,000 teet higii. The land on the southern shore is not so
high ; and near the summits of the mountains are some extensive bare
patches of slate color.

Gribbell Island, the shores of which have not been surveyed in de-
tail, is of somewliat rectangular form, about 11 miles long (north and
south), and 7 miles wide.

Ursula Channel. — Between Pilot Point, tiie southeastern point of
Gribbell Island, and Fisherman Cove, on the opposite shore, is the en-
trance to Ursula Channel which skirts the eastern side of (inbbell
Island for about 7 u.iles. Its shores are com|)08ed of steep, lofty moun-
tains rising abruptly froui the sea, and covered with piues and forest
trees.

Fisherman Cove, on the eastern shore at the entrance to Ursula
Channel, affords a very imiitl'erent anchorage with barely room for the

UR8DLA CHANNEL — GARDNER CANAL.

333

ship to swing in 30 fathoms, witli the south point of the bay (a chiuip
which is connected to the sliore by a sandy necu covered at higli water)
bearing S. 29° W. Vessels anchoring here mnst feel their way with
the deep sea lead as the water shoals very suddenly from 30 fathoms to
12 fathoms, the latter depth being at about 25 yards from the shore. A
small stream flows into the head of the cove, oft which a shoal extends
some distance, its edge being very steej).

Boxer Reach, the continuation of Ursula Channel in a N\V. direc-
tion along the northeastern side of Gribbell Ishuui, is about miles
long. On its northern shore good anchorage may be found in the north-
western part of Bishop Oove in from 15 to 20 fathoms.

Bishop Cove is a very good anchorage, and is formed by a narrow
ueck of sand running out from the land terminated by a clump covered
with trees, similar to that at Fisherman's Cove. The water shoals
gradually up to the sandy neck and a vessel might go into 15 fathoms.

There api)ears to be anchorage on the southeastern side of the sandy
ueck, but the beach runs out shoal a long way on that side.

Verney Passage, along the western shore of Gribbell Island, com-
municates with Boxer Reach ; its shores have not been surveyed.

Devastation Channel. — From the junction of Verney Passage and
Boxer Reach at the northern point of (Jribbell Island, the ciiannel con-
tinues northward along the eastern side of Hawkesbury Island for a
distance of 20 miles, and is known as Devastation Channel ; its shores
have not been surveyed.

Gardner Canal, the entrance to which is on the eastern side of Dev-
astation Ciiannel, about midway along it, turns oft' at Staniforth Point
to the eastward, in which direction it continues, vitli many bends, for
upwards of 45 miles. The laud is an entirely barren waste, nearly des-
titute of wood and verdure, aj)pearing as a ma.vs of almost naked rocks
rising to rugged mountains. Its shores have not been surveyed in de-
tail, but there is reported to be anchorage on either side of Richardson
Point, on the southern shore, about miles from the entrance, in from
IS to 5 fathoms; and also at Keinano Bay on tie northern shore, 20
miles farther up, but here the anchorage is said to be indifterent, as the
water is deep and shoals very rapidly from no bottom at 25 fathoms, to
.'5 fathoms. A vessel may anchor in Kennino Bay in 15 fathoms with
Green Point bearing 8. 38^ W. and Entrance Blurt' S. ICP K., but great
caution is required in picking up a berth, and when entering vessels
should keep over towards the eastern entrance point (Entrance Bluft'),
as shoal water extsnds for some distance from the opjmsite point.

The Kemauo River Hows through an extensive valley into the head of
Kemano Bay, and is a stream of some size, navigable in the summer
by canoes for a distance of S miles from its mouth. Kemano Bay is
frecpieuted by the Kitlup Indians during the houlican fishing season ;
their village, however, is at the head of the inlet. Firewood can be
obtained from the Indians at a moderate price.

334

MILBANK SOUND TO CHATHAM SOUND.

In tlie winter uiotitlis ice forms at 25 miles from the head of Gardner
Canal.

Tides. — It is said t(j be high water, at full and change, in Kemano
Bay at I h. p. in. (Jniie); springs rise abont 9 feet.

Kitimat Arm. — From the north end of Hawkesbnry Island, Devasta-
tion Channel continues in to a northerly direction for a further distance
of about 17 miles to about latitude 54° 2' N., where it is terminated by
a border of low land with a shallow flat extending from side to side,
through which a small rivulet discharges itself at the eastern corner,
navigable only for canoes. This termination ditt'crs in some resj)ect8
from many of the others ; its shores are not very abrupt, hut are
bounded on each side by a range of lofty mountains, which continue
apparently in a direction parallel to each other. The valley between
them, which is 3 or 4 miles wide, being covered with trees, mostly of
the pine tribe. Two Indian viTiges of the Kitimat tribe are situated
near the head of this arm.

Clio Bay, on the viastern shore of the Kitimat Arm, afford? anchor-
age in 17 fathoms.

Kildala Arm extends ill an easterly direction for about 10 miles,
branching olf from the east side of Kitimat Arm at about 11 miles
from its head.

Douglas Channel, which extends along the western shore of Hawkes-
bnry Island, leads into the Kitimat Arm at its junction with Devasta-
tion Channel ; it has not been surveyed. "It is about 3 miles broad
ami the shores are very high.'' Kitkiatah, an unexplored inlet, branches
ott' from the western side of Douglas Channel in a southwesterly di-
rection at miles from Money Point, its SE. entrance point. Small
vessels may anchor in ') fathoms A mile within Kitkiatah Inlet.

Wright Sound lies between Gribbell and Cil Islands, with no bot-
torn at II!) and 2-'0 fathoms.

It communicates eastward with McKay lieach and westward with
Grenvilie (31iuniiel. Whale Channel and Ticwia l»assage lead south-
ward, ami Dongias Clianiiel and Veriiey Possage lead northward from
Wright Sound.

Landmarks. — Gil Island on the southern side of the sound culmi-
nates in a well defined snow-clad peak 3.000 feet high.

The mountains northeastward of Holmes liay have bare patches down
their sides.

Directions. — In thick weather, when the shores are almost obscured
to the water's edge, Wright Sound, with its ditl'erent openings, north
and south, makes a very perplexing picture to strangers. Under such
circumstances it is well to remember that a N. Ol^'J W.coiirse leads across
the sound from McKay Reach to Grenvilie Channel ; the distance from
Point Cummiiig to Yolk Point being just 7A miles.

Holmes Bay, on the eastern shore of Wright Sound at the entrance
of Whale Cha; nel, is 1,000 yards wide at its entrance, and termiuates
In » sand fiat, which extends 200 yards from the head of the bay.

ofl

nil

HOLMES BAY — COGHLAN ANCHORAGE.

335

TLe nortberii entrance point is high and bold, and a small islet lies
off the sontlieni entrance point of the bay.

Anchorage will be found in 14 fathoms, sand, with the soutliera
extreme of Promise Island in line with the north point of the bay, bear-
ing X. 47^ VV. ; and GilMonntaiu in line with the south entrance point,
S. 8.'}c W.

Fisherman Cove is the name of an ancliorage one mile eastward
of Turtle Point, close to the shore of Gil Island. The water is deep,
and tliK anchorage reported indifferent.

Promise Island, at the soutliern end of Douglas Channel, is cov-
ered with pine and ce(hir, and culminates in two peaks of dome-shape.
Cape Farewell, the southeastern extreme of the island, terminates in a
high, bold cliff. A conspicuous white cliff lies ou the southern shore,
midway between Cai)0 Farewell and Thorn Point.

The eastern shore of the island is high, with an occasional bay with
a sandy beach at its liead. Da'vson Point, the northern extreme, is low
and wooded.

Fare'wrell Ledge uncovers at low water, and extends 400 yards from
Cape Farewell. This ledge is nearly steepto, there being no bottom at
•10 fathoms at .'50 yards from it. Ledges exteild 200 yards from the east-
ern shore of Promise Island.

Dawson Ledge extends 400 yards northward from Dawson Point,

ito

%^VOWA « iwk«fw_

...... ^ ion

Point.

Harbor Rock is a dangerous rock of small extent, which uncovers
(i feet at low water, and lies nearly in mid-channel near the head of the
harbor. This rock is nearly steep-to, there being depths of 10 and 18
fathoms at 100 feet from the rock.

Gil Muiiiitaiti seen in line with Thorn Point, bearing .S. 22-^ F., will
lead NE. ; and Camp Point, seen just open of Observation Point, bear-
ing S. \('P Vj., will lead weslward of Harbor Kock.

Otter Shoal extends 100 yards from the western .shore at the head
of the anchorage, with dei»tiis of .'i fathoms and less ui)on it.

Soundings. — Southward of Observation Point there are depths of
24 to 40 lat horns ; northwiiid of th'.U point 19 to 7 fathoms, sand.

Anchorage in to 7 fathom.^ sand, will l»e found near the In^ad of
Ooghlivu Ancliorage, with Gil Mountain Just shut in with Thr)m Point,
bearing S. P)' F,, and Stephens Pointjust o[ten of Letitia Point (Stew-
art Narrows) bearing X. 00^ E, Or, for a long vessel, not ivishing to go

334

MILBANK SOUND TO CHATHAM SOUND.

In the winter months ice forms at 25 miles from the head of Gardner
Canal.

Tides. — It is said to be high water, at full and change, in Kemnno
Bay at 1 h. p. in. (June); springs rise about 9 feet.

Kitimat Arm. — From the north end of Hawkesbury Island, Devasta-
tion Channel continues in to a northerly direction for a further distance
of about 17 miles to about latitude 54° 2' N., where it is terminated by
a border of low land with a shallow flat extending from side to aide,
through which a small rivulet discharges itself at the eastern corner,
navigable only for cauoes. This termination differs in some respects
from many of tiie others : its shores are not very abrupt, but are
bounded on eaii'i side by a range of lofty mountains, which continue
apparently in a direction parallel to each other. The valley between
them, which is 3 or 4 mile; wide, being covered with trees, mostly of
the pine tribe. Two Indian ^illages of the Kitimat tribe are situated
near the head of this arm.

Clio Bay, on the eiistern shore of the Kitimat Arm, affords anchor-
age in 17 fathoms.

Kildala Arm extends iii an easterly direction for about 10 miles,
branching olf from tiie east side of Kitimat Ann at about 11 miles
from its hei'd.

off

Douglas Channel, which extends alone th(^ wpafpr" "ii"'";.':^ !^",~
I n B R i T I S H L U ffllB I A -Douglas chinnel -Uncharted

-Captain Hughes, master of the steamer 1 nncm Be.ru^
ve^J-i the existence of two uncharted rocks in L>or.gla.s channel the
r i-SneSiliSS^west of a line d,.vwn between Halsey^pou;^ and t^
extreme west tangent of JJav^^'^^IT^^^Wjj;^^ - 1;;^£^,^^^^

lis rock andthe shore on a l)earing N.24°W .
The latter dries at extreme low water.

00" N'Tlo"ngrtudel2!.° W 30" W.. i mile offshore, marked l»y keUj;
t^he other halfway between this rock andthe ^^orenu^^ug^.^^-

(N.M.22,1905.)

true (NW. | W. mag.).
I'ositions are apjn-oximate.^^

It comrnunieates eastward with McKay Reach and westward with
Grenville Ciianncl. Wlialc Cliannel and Lewis Passage lead south-
ward, and D(Migias Cliannel and Verney Passage load northward from
Wright Hound.

Landmarks. — Gil Island on the southern side of the .sound culmi-
nates in a well delined snow-dad i)eak 3.000 feet high.

Tlie inoniitains northeastward of Holmes Bay have bare patches down
their sides.

Directions. — In thick weather, when the shores are almost obscured
to the water's edge, Wright Sound, with its ditVerent openings, nortii
.lud south, makes a very perplexing i)icture to strangers. Under such
circumstances it is well to remeinlier that a N, (JI° W. course leads across
the sound from McKay Keach to Grenville Channel; the distance from
Point Cumining to Yolk Point bei:'<r iust 7A miles.

Holmes Bay, on the eastern shore of Wright tSoiind at the entrance
of Wliiile (Channel, is 1,000 yards wide at its tntrance, and terminates
in a sand flat, which extends 200 yards from the head of the bay.

HOLMES BAY — COGHLAN ANCHORAGE.

335

The northern entrance point is high and bold, and a small islet lies
off the southern er trance point of the baj*.

Anchorage wilJ be found in H fathoms, sand, with the southern
extreme of Promise Isl.jnd in line witii the north point of the bay, bear-
ing N. 473 W. ; and Gil Mountain in line with the south entrance point,
S. 830 w\

Fisherman Cove is the name of an anchorage one mile eastward
of Turtle Point, close to the shore of Gil Island. The water is deep,
and tliB anchorage reported indifferent.

Promise Island, at the soutiieru end of Douglas Channel, is cov-
ered with pine and cedar, and culminates in two peaks of dome-shape.
Cape Farewell, the southeastern extreme of the island, terminates in a
higii, bold cliff. A conspicuous white cliff lies on the southern shore,
midway between Cape Farewell and Thom Point.

The eastern shore of the island is high, with an occasional bay with
a sandy beach at its head. Dawson Point, the northern extreme, is low
and wi»oded.

Fare'^well Ledge uncovers at low water, and extends 400 yards from
Cape Farewell. Tiiis ledge is nearly steepto, there being no bottom at
40 fathoms at .'50 yards from it. Ledges extend 200 yards from the east-
ern shore of Promise Islainl.

Dawson Ledge extends 400 yards nortiiward from Dawson Point,
and uncovers at iialf ebb.

Coghlan Anchorage, between the mainland and Promise Island, is
GOO yards wide at its entrance between Camp and Thom Points, aid.
extends in a ^'\V. direction for L* miles, widening within theentranc to
800 yards.

Thom Ledge extends 100 yards SW. of Thom Point.

Promise Ledge extends ."iO yards from Promise Point.

Observatory Ledge extends 100 yards eastward of C-bservatiou
Point.

Harbor Rock is a dangerous rocli of small extent, '/iiich uncovers
6 feet at low water, and lies nearly in mid-channel nea the head of the
harbor. This rock is nearly steep-to, there being d' pths of 10 and 18
fathoms at 100 feet from ijie rock.

Gil Mountain seen iu lino witli Thom Point, bi aring S. 22° E., will
lead NE. ; and Camp Point, seen just open of Obs drvation Point, bear-
ing S. l(>o E., will lead westward of Harbor Kock.

Otter Shoal extends 100 yards fiom tiie western shore at the head
of the anchorage, with depths of 3 fathoms and less upon it.

Soundings. — Southward of Observatiini Point there are depths of
24 to 40 fathoms ; noitliward of tiiat point 10 to 7 fatiioms, sand.

Anchorage in t(» 7 fathoms, sand, will be found near the head of
Coghlan Anchonige, with (iil Mountain Just shut in with Thom Point,
bearing 8. 19" H., and Stephens Point just open of Letitia Point (Stew-
art Narrows) bearing N. OO'^ E. Or, for a long vessel, not wishing to go

MILHANK «OUND TO CHATHAM SOUND.

beyond TIarbor Rock, a berth, in 2-1 fathoms, inid-chaunel, at ^ mile oif
Observation I'oiut, may be found.

Directions. — Wlien entering keep in mid-channel, to avoid the ledge
which uncovers ott' Thorn Point, and proceed to the anchorage with the
leading mark above given for clearing Harbor Rock on p.stern ; and
andioi as before directed.

Stewart Narrows lead northward of Promise Island into Douglas
Channel. The tides in this passage are strong, and the channel contiued;
it is therefore not recommended.

Tidal Streams. — The flood stream which enters Campania Sound
from the southward divides oii" Passage Ishmd, and the main body of
water passes up Squally Channel. The lesser body, passing into Whale
Channel, skirts the north shore of Gil Island, and unites, at one mile
northward of Turtle Point, with the main body of water which has
entered Wright Sound bj^ Lewis Passage. The Hood stream from that
position sets directly across Wright Sound, and impinging on Camp
Point causes very strong eddies off that point, and is then deflected to-
wards Grenvillo Channel.

A portion of the flood stream by Whale Channel turns into McKay
Reach and meets, abreast of Aaltanhash Inlet, the flood stream from
the Finlayson Channel. Another portion proceeds into Douglas Chan-
nel and Verney Passage. On the ebb tiie reverse takes place, the
main body of water from Wright Sound obtaining an exit by Whale
Channel.

The ebb streams from Wriglit Sound, Douglas Channel, and McKay
Reach unite nearly midway batween Maple Point and Holmes Bay,
setting directly towards the latter, i)rodacing strong eddies at the
month of Holmes Day, Thence the stream sets fairly through Whale
Channel, and i)assing north and south of Passage Island unites with
the stream of Squally Channel, and united they pass out into Campania
Sound.

Both flood and ebb streams attain the velocity of 3 knots an hour, at
8i)rings, in tlie contracted portions of the channels.

Grenville Channel leads northwestward out of Wright Sound, and
is tlie usual channel taken by steam vessels when proceeding to the
nortiiern waters of British Columbia.

At its southeastern end Grenville Channel abreast Yolk Point is
1,()(>0 yards wide; thence it extends in a NW. direction for 4 miles to
abreast Davenport Point, with an average width of one mile. From
this point the channel continues in about the same direction for 11
miles, and narrows to (iOO yards as Lowe Inlet is approached, seldom
exceeding 800 yards in width until northwestward of Evening Point
(Klewnuggit) ; thence it widens out to one and 3 miles, and extends
tor 23 miles to abreast Ogden Channel. The depths in Grenville Chan-
nel are 48 to 133 fathoms, rock.

The land on both sides is high, reaching an elevation of 3,500 feet on

GUENVILLE CHANNEL — WHITING BANK.

337

the nortlierii and from 1,000 to 2,000 feet on the southern shore ; and
for the most part is densely wooded with pine and cedar.

The channel is comparatively free from danger at 100 yards from
either shore, with the following exception :

Morning Reefs extend for nearly one mile oil" Evening Point. The
western shore of Grenville Channel must be kept on board when passing
Morning Ueefs.

Bare Islet (north side of Klewnuggit Inlet) kept open of Camp Point
(south side of that inlel), bearing N. 80° E. will lead northward of Morn-
ing Reefs.

Tides. — The tides in Grenville Channel are weak, in most parts not
exceeding one knot; the titwd stream from the northward meeting that
from the southward abreast Nabanhah Bay.

Directions. — The only directions necessary for navigating Grenville
Channel are to keep in mid-channel, except when passing Nabanhah
Bay, and then the west, oc Pitt Island, shore should be kept aboard.

Loive Inlet is a little over ^ mile wide at its entrance between James
and Hepburn Points.

Nettle Basin is nearly circular in shape, and is J mile across, but
between its entrance i)oints the basin is l)arely 200 yards wide.

In the XB. corner of Nettle Basin is a large stream, with a waterfall
close to its mouth, and several others within (Verney Falls). This
stream is reported to be connected by a chain of lakes with Douglas '
Channel.

Landmarks. — On the west shore, at 2 miles southward of Lowe In-
let, there is a remarkable bare hill 400 feet high.

Tom Islet, a small and wooded islet, lies close to the eastern shore of
the channel at 400 yards westward of Lowe Inlet.

On the east side of the inlet a remarkable mountain, with a conical
summit (Anchor Cone), rises to the hiMglit of 2,010 feet. From its sum-
mit the land slopes northward and southwestward. The latter spur
terminates in the eastern entrance point of Lowe Inlet; and when seen
from the eastward appears as a long, low, wooded projection. Over
the nortliwestern shore of the inlet mountains with bare summits rise
to the heiglit of 2,000 feet.

High-water Rocks, 200 yards from the western shore, at 800 yards
within Lowe Inlet, are awash at high water, and lie close to each other
in a nortii and south direction. There is a deptli of 2.'J fathoms at 100
feet eastward of tlie roclis.

Don Flat, with (iei»tlis of 3 fathoms and less upon it, extends 200
yards from the head of tlie bay sont!; tA' Don Point.

Whiting Bank, at iiiO yards within the mouth of Lowe Inlet, has
deptlis of 1(» fatlioms and less on it extending across the entrance.
Northward of that position tlie water deepens to 10 and 20 fathoms,
mud. Witiiin Nettle Hasin the general depths are 15 to 17 fatlioms,
mud.

1420J— No. 00 22

338

MILBANK SOUND TO CHATHAM SOUND.

Anchorage tor vessels of moderate length will be foiiiul, in mid-
ciiannel, on Whiting Bank, in 8 and lU fatiionis, sand and shells. In
this position. Anchor Cone Monntain should bear S. 75^ E. and Hepburn
Point S. 8° E. For a long vessel more convenient anchorage will bo
found higher up, in niid-channel, in 20 fathoms, mud bottom, with An-
chor Cone Mountain bearing S. 'M)° E.

Supplies. — Good water can be procured in Lowe Inlet, from the
stream in Nettle Basin. Trout may be caught in tlie stream. Whiting,
in abundance, may be caught on Whiting Bank.

Edible nettles grow on the shores of the basin, and are useful when
cooked as an antis(!orbutic.

Klevrnuggit Inlet has its entrance between Camp Point and Leading
Island; it is 800 yards wide, and thence the inlet takes an easterly direc-
tion for 800 yards, and there divides; the longer arm (Exposed Arm)
extends in a southeasterly direction for 3 miles, and terminates in a
swamj) fronted by a sand Hat. The shorter arm takes a northwesterly
direction for l[ miles, passing eastward of Leading Island, and is ^
mile wide.

With the exception of Morning Reefs, Klewnnggit Inlet has no dan-
gers beyond 200 yards from the shore.

Anchorage may be obtained in the NW. arm (Ship Anchorage) in
l."> to liO fathoms, mud bottom, in mid-channel, at -'00 yards from either
shore.

Directions.— Entering Klewuuggit Inlet, having cleared Morning
Reefs, keep in mid channel between Camp Point and Leading Island.
Pass 400 yanls SI"], of the latter, and anchor on its eastern side in
Ship Anchorage. In this position tlie southeastern extreme of Lead-
ing Island should be seen iu line with a cousiuciious cliti'of purple color,
on the south oWore of Exposed Arm, bearing S. 26° W.

iCxngeal, an unexplored inlet on the eastern shore, i mile north-
westward of Evening Point, is A mile wide at its entrance, and takes a
northwesterly direction.

A rock which uncovers lies 400 yards SE. of the northwestern
entraiKie point of Kxngeal Inlet.

At the distance of 6 miles NW. of Kxngeal is Baker Inlet with a nar-
row opening, but apparently quite extensive within, and in an easterly
direction; a small islet' or rock lies in the entrance. From this, in a
westerly direction nearly 3 miles, is a narrow but deep opening, which
from Grenville Ciiannebappears to cut I'itt Island in two, and may join
the east«'rn arm of Petrel Channel.

Kumealon, an unexplored inlet on the eastern shore, abreast of False
Stuart Anciiorage, has an entrance 400 yards wide, and takes a north-
erly (liivction. Some small islets lie near the northern shore of Gren-
ville Ciiannel westward of Kumealon Inlet.

Stuart Anchorage, on the western shore of Grenville Channel just
within its western entrance, is J mile westward of a long, low, woodetl
pi'ojection, which serves to distinguish it.

KLEVVNUGGIT INLKT — FALSK STUAKT ANCIIOKAGE.

339

Stag Rock uncovers 13 feet at low water, ami lies 800 yards N. 40'^
W. of tlie above nieiitioiied jmiiit. This rock has foul ground extending
from it 800 yards in a N. 41° W. direction, and a small patch, whicii un-
covers at low water, lies 200yanls S. '21° W. of tiie rock.

The whole of this foul ground is indicated by kelp during summer and
autumn.

Anchorage will be found in 10 to 15 fatiioms, rock, N. 72° VV'., 400
yards from Stag Rock, with the .soutli extreme of Gibson Island seen
touching Calvert Point bearing N. 41° W. northerly.

Directions. — Proceeding for this anchorage, especially at high water,
care is necessary. Pass 400 yards westward of the foul ground extend-
ing from the Stag Rock, and anchor when at 200 yards to the south-
ward.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, at Stuart Anchorage at Oh.
30m.; springs rise 17 feet.

The tidal streams meet abreast Evening Point; eastward of that point
the flood approaches from the eastward, ami westward of the point
from the westward.

At springs the flood stream in the narrow portions of Grenville Chan-
nel attains the velocity of 2 knots, and tfie ebb 4 knots an hour. The
latter stream continues to run for li hours after low water by the shore.
Abreast Lowe Inlet, strong eddies will be felt on the ebb.

False Stuart Anchorage lies on the southern shore 3 miles south-
eastward of Stuart Anchorage. On its northwestern side there is a
high, bold projection. This point should serve to distinguish False
Stuart Anchorage from Stuart Anchorage, as the latter has a long, low,
projectiou on its southeastern side. The water is deep close to the
shore.

Gibson Islands, a group in the western portion of Grenville Chan-
nel, at its junction witli Ogden Channel, consists of one large island KiO
feet high, about one mile in extent and wooded, and several smaller islets
and rocks; the shores of the larger island are broken into several bays.
On the eastern side of the large island is Bloxham Island, of small ex-
tent, ami Lamb Islet lies 200 yards from the northeastern shore.

TVatson Rock uncovers 18 feet at low-water springs, and lies 400
yards from the southwestern shore of the large Gibson Island. There
is a dei)tli of 47 fathoms, rock, at 200 yards south of Watson Rock.

^loxham Shoal extends 1,200 yards eastward irom the southeastern
extreme of IJloxham Island, and passes eastward of Gibson Islands at
tliat distance, with depths of one to 3 fathoms water over it.

Grunboat Harbor, between (ribson and IJloxham Islands, is a small
harbor which faces the SE,, aftording temi)orary anchorage to snuUl
vessels, in 4 to 10 fathoms, 200 yards within the entrance, in mid-
chani.i'1.

Bedford Island, of small extent, lies 4 mile north of the larger Gib-
son Island.

340

MILHANK SOUND TO CHATHAM SOUND.

Bedford Spit cxttMids GOO yards westward from Bedford iHland. Tlie
clianiiel between IV'dford and (libsoii Inlands lias depths of 4 fatlioins
arid less in it; tliis i)assa{,'e is not reeoniniended.

Marrack Island lies h mile north uf Bedford Island and is one mile
in exlfiit.

Marrack Rock, which uncovers, lies nearly in mid-cliunnel between
Bedford and Marrack Islands.

Port Fleming, between Marracik, Bedford, and Gibson Islands and
the maiidand eastward of them is a {?ood, well-sheltered harbor, of even
soundings, from 3 to 7 fathoms, with muddy bottom, and very little
current or tide.

The approach to Port Fleming from the north is by Arthur Passage.

Kennedy Island is wooded, rising gradually, and culminates near
the middle in two conspicuous peaks. The western and southern shores
of Keiuiedy Island are bold and little broken; the northern shores have
not been examined in detail.

Cardena Bay is an open bay on the southern side of Kennedy
Island, and is skirted by a mud bank, which extends over ^ mile from
the shore, with depths of 5 to 10 fathoms upon it.

In May, 1880, there were three houses, a wharf, and an Indian summer
village, and also a sui)ply of wood for steamers at this place, which is
called Inverness or Aberdeen fishery.

It is a good temporary stopping place in case of fogs or darkness on
reaching Chatham Sound.

Anchorage may be iound on the bank, in 7 to 8 fathoms good hold-
ing-ground at (iOO yards from the shore of Kennedy Islaiul; and it is
the best anchorage in the vicinity of Skeena River, sheltered from north
and SE.

Lewis Island, one mile westward of Kennedy Island, is low, wooded,
narrow, and L*^ miles long.

Arthur Passage, between Kennedy and Lewis Islands, is about 5
miles long, in a general NNW. and SSE. direction, and about oiui mile
wide, with depths of 18 to C3 fathoms, mud,

Herbert Reefs lie on the western side of Arthur Passage, about 800
yards from the northeastern extreme of Lewis Island, and l,'-'00 yards
from Kennedy Island. This dangerous reef consists of two rocks which
un(;o\ er at low water, with depths of 7 and 9 fathoms between them
lying NNW. and SSE., distant ^ mile from each other. There are
depths of .■J7 fathoms and over, at 200 yards northward, and of 20 fath-
oms at 200 yards southward of Ilerbert Reefs.

The eastern and smaller Genu Island seen in line with the west ex.
treme of White Cliff Island, bearing N. 24° W., leads eastward of Her-
bert Keel's.

Lawson Harbor, on the northwestern side of Lewis Island, is about
A mile long and h mile wide.

Anchorage for small vessels may bo found in 4 fathoms water, in
mid channel, about 200 yards within Lawson Harbor,

CHI8MURE PASSAOK BRIBKRY ISLAM).

'Ml

Elliott Island, NW. of Lewis Lshiiul, ia low and wooded, with a
greatest breiultli of :{ mile.

Blozam Passage, l)etween Lewis and KUiott Islands, and connect-
ing Arthur and Chismore Passa;,.s.s, is about 400 yards wide, with a
depth of 21 fathoms in mid-channel.

Elizabeth Island is nearly 3 miles long in a NW. ind'SK. direction,
With an average breadth of 'I mile. With the <'X(!eption ofa hill, •VM
feet high, near its southeastern end, this island is low and wooded.

Bamfield Islands, a group of small islets, lie about ^ mile from the
northeasttru shore of I'Jii/abetli Island: (J(H) yards eastward of these
islands are some reefs. A deep Imt narrow passage exists between
Bamfield Islands and the reefs.

Chismore Passage, between Porcher Island and Lewis, Elliott and
Elizabeth Islands, is about 4 miles long in a NW, and SE. direction,
and from 400 t6 1,000 yards wide, with depths of 4 to 21 fathoms, mud.
It is obstructed by foul ground at its southeastern end, and is only ac-
cessible for ships by Bloxham Pass; ;e.

Kelp Passage, between Lewis and Porcher Islands, is available
only for boats.

Elizabeth Rock, which uncovers at low water, lies 200 yards from
the western shore of Elizabeth Island, at one mile within the northern
entrance of Chismore Passage.

Anchorage may be obtained in mid-channel, in 7 to 10 fathoms, 400
yards distant irom the western shore of Elliott Island ; with Genu Is-
lands seen midway between Elliott and Elizabeth Islands, bearing N.
4° W. Good holding-ground and excellent shelter.

Chalmers Anchorage on the northern side of Elliott Island is
formed at the junction of that island with Elizabeth Island.

Anchorage may be found in 13 to 14 fathoms, at 400 yards from the
northwestern extreme of Elliott Island; with that extreme seen in line
with south extreme of White Glitf Island, bearing N. 55° E.

White ClifiF Island, 200 feet high, is about ^ mile long in a north
and south direction; its southern extreme terminating in high, bold,
white cliffs. A ledge extends 400 yards southward from White Cliff
Island. There is a depth of 30 fathoms, mud and shell, at 200 yards
southward of this ledge.

Cecil Patch, seldom marked by keli), has 4 fathoms upon it, and lies
one mile west of White Cliff Lsland. There are dei)th8 of 7 and 18
fathoms at 100 yards from the patch.

The summit of Kennedy Island (Elizabeth Peak), seen iu line with
the southern extreme of White Clitf Island, bearing S. 52° E., will
lead northward of Cecil Patch.

Genn Islands consist of two small wooded islands, lying close to-
gether. The eastern and smaller island lies 2i miles X. 24° W. of the
west extreme of White Cliff Island.

Bribery Island, small and wooded, lies 1,600 yards N. 74° W. of the
western Genu Island. It consists of rocks very little above high-water.

342

MILllANK HOUND TO CHATHAM SOUND.

Lawyer Group con.si.st of two |)riiici|)iil islands and nevoral Hiruller
ones, iiltoul oim^ niilo in extent.

Cruice Rock, M' Hniail extent, covers at tiiree-ciiiarters Hood, and
lies 4.">i» yards N. 'u'^ W. of tlie western liaw.ver Island.

Hunt Point, tlie noithern extreme of I'oniiier Island, is about 3 miles
northwestward of Cliisinore Passage Temporary :in(!lioraf,'e in ott'-sliore
winds may be bad under the point in about 10 fathoms.

Malacca Passage, between rorcher Island and the Genu and Law-
j-er (i roups, is about miles lonjjf, and about 1'f miles wide, with depths
of L'l to SI fatiionis, nuid, the latter depth beiuf;? founil in tlie western
jiortion of the channel.

Directions. — The summit of Keniu'dy Island, Elizabeth Peak (bare
]tate)ies on the northwestern sidO, st'<^'i i'l line with the south extreme
of VVbire OUff Island, bearinjj S. 52° K., will lead through Malacca
Passage.

Skeena River, the largest river on the (^oast of British Columbia,
northward of Kiaser Hiver, takes its rise in Lake Habine, near the vil-
lage of Naas (ilee, about UOb miles beyond PortK,ssington. At 120 miles
from Port Essington the river divides into three branches, known aa
the Forks of the Skeena, the principal itranch taking a northerly <lirec-
tion, the others a NVV. a;ul SE. direction, respectively. For about
20 mile.s above Port Essington the Skeena .liver is available for ves-
sels drawing 4 feet water; beyond that distance it is only navigable
far canoes. The head of navigation for vessels drawing over 6 feet
may be said to terminate miles beyoiul Port Essington, and 21 miles
from the mouth of Skeena Itiver.

The river is navigable for light-draught steamers as far as Mumford
Landing, GO miles inlaml, and 200 miles further for canoes. There are
two missionary stations on the river.

The water, as far as Port Essington, is stated to be of light blue color,
similar to that of Eraser Kiver. The shores of the Skeena are said to
be low, and covered with small hard wood and cotton trees; aLso good
sized white oak, similar to those found on the banks of the Eraser River.
The shores at the entrance are densely wooded, chiefly cedar and hem-
lock, and bear evidence of a remarkably wet climate. The Skeena is
stated to freeze over during the wintt'r months at 6 miles below Port
E.ssington.

The entrance to the Ske.Mia River is divided into three channels by
Smith and Kennedy ]s!a!i<ls. They are designated North, iMiddle, and
Telegraj)!! Channels or Passages. North Channel is suitable only for
small craft. Middle Channel is obstructed by shifting sandbanks, and
is in some places very nairow. Steamers coming from the north often
take this channel in order to touch at Port Essington. It is dangerous
for sailitt^ vessels, or without a i>ilot. Telegrajdj Channel is the maiu
passu, . The north channel of the Skeena River is blocked with ice

HKKENA RIVKR — ANCHORAGE.

343

iit'iirly nil the winter, but it seldom leaclics down as far as Kennedy Is.
land. Port Kleniinj^ is free from ice.

'Tlie head of tide water in SUeona inlet and where the river proper
ai)pear8 to commenco is about 18 nules above port Kssinjiton. The
river is navifjable with ditlieulty for small sternwheeiers about .'5S miles
above ti<le water to Kitsuin{,Mliiiin, where tiiere is a trail ni) the valley
of the Kitsumfiallum Uiver, to the head waters of Nass Itiver.

Supplies. — Potatoes of large size and j^'ood quality arc plentiful ;
also berries, wliiiih are dried by the Indians lor their winter Ibod. The
Skeena is a prolific! salmon stream, and Hsh of the finest (piality are
procured here, (rood tind)er is plentiful and of laryfe size, especially
Hprtice and yellow Alaska cedar.

Telegraph Passage, the southern and j)rincipal (;hannel of the
Skeena Uiver, is about .S miles long, with an averajje width of 1.] miles.

The western side of the channel is rendered dangerous by sand Hats,

(160.) BRITISH OOLUMBIA.— Skeena river.— Sunken rocks in
port Essington. — North Skeena passage entrance.— Shoal ground
southeast of Kitson island. — Information has been received from Mr.
J. T. Walbran, Commanding the Canadian Pacific Navigation Com-
pany's S. S. Danube, of the existence of the three under-mentioned
sunken rocks lying in and near the fairway in port Essington, and which
are described as dangerous, being sharp and jagged :

(1) The northern sunken rock in port Essington, which dries 2 feet at
ordinary low water, lies with Veitoii point bearing S. 61° W. true,
(SW. by S. mag.), distant 2j^ miles, and the north extreme of a small
island (Village island) at the entrance to Ecstall river S. 26° E. true,
(SE. f E. mag.).

(2) The center sunken rock in jiort Essington, which is the most
dangerous as it so seldom shows, dries 1 foot at low water spring tides,
and lies with Veitch point bearing S. 6S° W. true, (SVV. ^ S. mag.), dis-
tant 2^ miles, and the north extreme of Village island S. 10° W. true,
(S. by E. 1 E. mag.).

(3) The southern sunken rock in port Essington, awash at ordinary
low water, lies with Veitch point In-ariug S. 72° W. true, (SW. mag.),
distant 2y^ miles, and the north extreme of Village island S. 26° E true,
(SE. I E. mag.), distant 50 yards.

Also, that shoal ground, with 6 to 8 feet on it at ordinary low water,
extends about 1,200 yards in a southeasterly direction from the south
end of Kitson island, at the entrance to North Skeena passige. Near
the outer end of this shoal ground the water deepens to 3 fathoms.
...• Approx. position : Lat., 54° 10' 30" N.; Long., 130° 18' W.

Note. — The passage between Kitson island and Leer point is only
navigable for boats.

342

MILHANK .SOUND TO CHATHAM SOUN'!).

Lavryer Group (loiisist of two principal islands and several smaller
ones, about one mile in extent.

Cruice Rock, of small extent, covers at tliree-qnarters flood, and
lies 4.">t) yards X. ^u'^ W. of tlu^ western Lawyer Island.

Hunt Point, the northern extreme of Torclier Island, is about 3 miles
northwestward of Cln'smore Passajje. Temporary anchorage in off-shore
winds may be had nnder the ]toint in about 10 fathoms.

Malacca Passage, between Porcher island and the Genu and Law-
yer (Jronps, is about (i miles lon^, and about l'{ miles wjde, with depths
of 21 to 81 fathoms, mud, the latter depth being found in the western
portion of the channel.

Directions. — The summit of Kennedy Island, Elizabeth Peak (bare
]tatcbes()n the northwestern sid<f), seen in line with the south extreme
of White ('liff Island, bearing S. 'jL^o E., will lead through Malacca
Passage.

Skeena Rivftr. tim lurrrocaf ,.;,-.^" ■- ■"

SKEENA RIVER — ANCHORAGE.

343

smaller

0(1, and

;3 miles
iff-sliore

n\ La\r-
I (leptlis
nosteru

ik (bare
extreme
tialacca

iH'arly all tlio winter, but it seldom readies down as far asKL-iinedy Is-
land. Port I'lcminfy is tree from ice.

The liea<l of tide water in Skeena inlet and where the river proper
appears to eonmence in about 18 miles ai)ove port li)ssin<iton. The
river is iiavi};. i-'_ witli ditTiculty for small stern-wlieelers about .'{Smiles
aliove ti<le water to Kilsumgalltim, where there is a trail up the vallej-
of the Kitsumpallum River, to the head waters of Naas Kiver.

Supplies. — Potatoes of large size and jiood quality arc plentiful ;
also berries, whieli are dried by the Indians tor their winter food. The
Skeena is a prolific salmon stream, and lisii of the finest cpiality are
l)rocured here. Good timber is jjK iitiful and of larire sixe, especially
spruce and yellow Alaska cedar.

Telegraph Passage, the southern and princii)al channi'l of the
Skeena Ki\er, is about S miles long, with an average width of U miles.

The western side of the channel is rendered dangerous by siiiid Hats,
some of which dry, extending from the eastern side of Kennedy Island,
but the eastern side has depths of 4i to 17 fathoms,

Caution. — Unless under the guidance of a pilot, as the clmnnels of
the Skeena are subject to [)eiiodi('al changes, it is recommended, be-
fore attempting them, to buoy the channel by boats or other means.

North Passage, between Tsiinpsean Peninsula and Smith and Dc
Horsey Islands, has a depth of about .'5 fathoms in some parts, and is not
recommended. Mount McGrath on Smith Island is conspicuous, 2,2()(»
feet high. At the entrance to this passage several dangers lie nearly
in mid-channel; the navigable channel lies on the .southern shore, and
is barely 200 yards wide in some parts.

Near the entrance of North Skeena Pas.sagt; there is a considerable
mining camp called Willaclagh.

From Wood(!ock landing, on the northern shore of North Skeena
Passage, a narrow inlet extends to the westward of in rtli, (Mitting oft'
Tree Point from the mainland, .sending a branch to join the sea, near
Coast Islet, the inlet it.self continuing northwesterly joins the large
basin in which Ohiiield I.slai.d (containing Mount Oldtield L'.:{(iO feet
high) is situated. This basin enters Ma'acca Passage between Lima
Point and ('oa.st Islet, .iiid connec'ts witl- -Metlah ('athili Hay through
Venn Creek at its NW. angle. The large mass of land west of Old-
field Basin, SH. of Metlali Catlah, iind of which Lima Point appears to
be the SE. entrance, has been named Digby Island.

Anchorage will be fonntl at one mile within the passage, oft' Wood -
C0(!k Landing on the northern shore, nearly in mid channel, in 8 to 10
fathoms, but the ancihoriige is limited though it is more sheltered than
Port Essington. Ves.sels should moor. Anchorage is also reported oft'
the wesvern side of Smith Island under Mount Mcirrarli.

Soundings. — The depths in liie navigable channels of the Skeena,
from the entrances to abr'ast Port Essington, are from 4 to 20 fathoms.

%^:,

344

MILBANK SOUND TO CHATHAM SOUND.

TideB. — The nislit tides rise higher than those of the day. It is high
water at full and chaiifje in Port Essingtoii at 1 h. Oin.; springs rise
24 feet, neaps 15 feet. The Hood stream at the entrance attains the
velocity of 1, and tlie ebb 5 knots an hour at springs.

Winds. — During September easterly and so\itlieaaterly winds, ac-
companied by almost conti?iuous rain, with frequent squalls, have been
experienced.

Port Essington (Spuksut) lies on the southern shore of the Skecua
River, about 11 miles from its mouth, and affords extensive anchorage
for vessels of any size. The village is situated on the western side of
a point formiug the angle between the Skeena and Ecstall Inlet. The
latter is a long channel extending in a southeasterly direction from iti*
junction with the Hkeena. From this channel come the greater part
of the ice-Hoes which encumber the Skeena in th( • • ;! season. Behind
the flat on which the village stands is a ridge wl:i» ij vises in one i)lace
to a rather remarkable conical mountain. Strong >JE. gales In winter
interrupt con)munication with the shore, and though not frozen over
there is uiuch loose ice, as also quantities of heavy driftwood. Ships
could not renniin at Port Es.sington during the months of December,
January, February, and March, and well into April. The snowfall has
been about feet on the level.

Three canneries have been established in the vicinity of Port Essing-
ton, and a temporary churrh has been elected.

Anchorage with good holding ground will be found in mid-channel
abreast Port Essington, in 4 to 7 fathoms, mud.

A heavy cross sea is caused by strong winds from NW. to SE., and
vessels riding at anchor in the ( I'ireiit during a gale of wind would be
very liable to foul iiiid trip their anchors.

Raspberry Islands, eastward of Port Essington, consist of three
wooded islets, lying close to the eastern shore.

De Horsey Island lies alMut one mile northward of Kennedy Island,
leaving a pa.ssage iM-tween choked with .sandbanks, anti only available
for boats.

Middle Passage, situated between Kennedy and De Uonsey Islands,
is obstructed at its western entrance by saud-tlats, some of wiiich un-
cover. It should not be attempted by a stranger.

P<
er

LAREDO SOUND, OCJDKN CHANNEL, TO (IKKNVILLE CHANNEL.

Laredo Sound, between Price and Arista/able Islands, and con-
7iecting Hecate Strait with Laredo Channel, is nearly 20 miles long in
a general nortii and south direction ami from 3 to 14 miles wide.

Landmarks. — Kititstu Hill, on the northefistcrn shore of the sound,
is of trinngiilar shiijte, with a well defined summit 760 feet high. Over
the north shore of the sound rise three i-emarkable mountains, the
summits of the two northern having sharp piuinicles, North and South

--ST'-

LAREDO SOUND.

345

three

Needle Peaks. The aiimmit of the southern and lowest of the three
peaks, Cone Monntain, is of conical shape. At 4 miles from the south-
ern extreme of Ariatazable Island, two conspicnons hills, forming a
saddle, lise to the height of (540 feet.

Coast. — The eastern shore of Laredo Sound is low, wooded, much
broken into bays and creeks, and frin^'ed by numerous islets, rocks
awash, and sunken rocks to the distance of 2 miles from the west coast
of Price Island. Outer Island, which lies off Day Point, when seen
from Laredo Sound, appears round and well defined.

At the western entrance of the sound a group of islarids and islets
extend from Aristazable Island for a distance of more than 5 miles in a
southerly direction.

Entrance Island, '■{ mile long in a north and south direction, is the
outer of a chain of islands iyingoff the southern extreme of Aristazable
island.

Nab Rock, a dangerous sunken rock, over which the sea only breaks
at long inforvals, lies Spr miles S. 30<^ E. of the summit of Entrance
Island.

The ground is foul to the distance of one mile SE. from the rock,
and several ledges uncover at low water between Nab Rock and
Entrance Island.

Don Point, situated on the western shore of Laredo Sound, is a
peninsula \'>(i feet hiiih, and when first seen appears as an island. Close
northwiird of Don Point is a small cove, which affords shelter to boats.

DouT>le Island, on tin' eastern shore of the sound, abreast of Don
Point, IS wooded, about 100 feet high, and divided near the center by
a cleft, which causes it to api)ear as two islands, when seen (rom the
south vvanl and nortiiward.

Low Point, wooded and flat, lies 2J miles north of the summit of
Double Island.

T <«<nRrtnk. which uncovers at low water, lies 800 yards north of JiOW

and lies
Island,

Is north-

ul (it La-
h.

, of small
miles N.

!ind,

uce itoiut

ing across
souiul, iu

-"^^^

344

MILBANK SOUND TO CHATHAM SOIIKD.

Tides. — The night tides rise higher than those of tlie day. It is high
water at full and change in Port Essington at 1 h. Oin. ; springs rise
24 feet, neaps 15 feet. The Hood stream at the entrance attains the
velocity of 4, and the ebb o knots an hour at springs.

Winds. — During Sei)teniber easterly and southeasterly winds, ac-
companied by almost continuous rain, with frequent squalls, have been
experienced.

Port Essington (Spuksut) lies on the southern shore of the Skeeua
River, about 11 miles from its mouth, and affords extensive anchorage
for vessels of any size. The village is situated on the western side of
a point forming the angle between the Skeena and Ecstall Inlet. The
latter is a long channel extending in a southeasterly direction from it»
junction with the Skeena. From this channel come the greater part
of the ice Hoes which encumber the Skeena in the cold season. Behind
the flat on which the village stands is a ridge which rises in one i)lace
to a rather remarkable conical mountain. Strong ME. gales in winter
interrupt communication with the shore, and tliough not frozen over
there is much loose ice, as also quantities of heavy driftwood. Ships
could not remain at Port Essington during the mouths of December,
January, February, and March, and well into April. The snowfall has
been about Ct feet on the level.

Three canneries have been established in the vicinity of Port Essing-
ton, and a temporary church has been erected.

Anchorage with good holding ground will be found in mid-channel
abreast Port Essington, in 4 to 7 fathoms, mud.

A heavy crosssea is caused l»y strong winds from NW. to SE., and
vessels riding at anchor in the current during a gale of wind would be
very liable to foul aiul trip their anchors.

Raspberry Islands, eastward of Port Essington, consist of three
wooded islets, lying close to the eastern shore.

C83«n BRTtYs H'^COLUnBI A -Laredo chainer- UnchaVted '
rocks — Directions. -Captain Holmes Newcomb, master ol 1).<j.
steamer Kr>*(rel, reports ''.le existence of an unchait.-d rock in the
middle of Laredo channel, between Aristazable and 1 rinc«ss Koyal
islands. The rock carries 8 feet and is cover»'d with keli).

Approx. position: Lat. 52° 47' 10" N., Long. 129° 05 :{7" \V .

V reef is also reported extending 1 mile due east from ( hauKcl rock
iu'the same channel, covered with kelp and drying in patclie.s. wheiv
the chart shows 40 fathoms, no bottom.

Captain Huglies, master of int steamer Prhu-em Ihvinc; reports
the existence of a sunken rock, covered with kelp, bet we^-u Spray
point and Surf inlet. I'roni the rock Spray point bears S. S h. true
(SE. by S. mag.), and the westernmost Surf islutul N. 42° W. true
(WNW. mag.). , , , , . ,

Mariners navigating this cnannei from the southward are ;.(l\ ised,
after pa.ssiiig Sciiooner point, to imniediately haul ovit to the north-
east shore and kci'p it close aboard until Sjnay point is pas.s»'d. -.m
»he middle am

dan

g«

i-s.

I ^southwest side of Laredo chaiiml art reported full oj

(N M. aa, l»05.)

LAREDO SOUND.

346

Needle Peaks. The summit of the southern aud lowest of the three
peaks, Cone Mountain, is of conical shape. At 4 miles from tlie south-
ern extreme of Aristazable Island, two conspicuous hills, forming a
saddle, rise to the height of 010 feet.

Cos it — The eastern shore of Laredo Sound is low, wooded, much
broktMi into bays and creeks, and fringed by numerous islets, rocks
awash, and sunken rocks to the distance of 2 miles from the west coast
of Price Island. Outer Island, which lies off Day Point, when seen
from Laredo Souud, appears round and well defined.

At the western entrance of the sound a group of islands and isli't8
extend from Aristazable Island for u distance of more than 5 miles in a
southerly direction.

Entrance Island, 1 mile long in a north and south direction, is the
outer of a chain of islands lying off the southern extreme of Aristazable
Island.

Nab Rock, a dtangerous sunken rock, over which the sea only breaks
at long intervals, lies 3{*u niiles 8. 30^ E. of the summit of Entrance
Island.

The ground is foul to the distance of one mile SE. from ihe rock,
and several ledges uncover at low water between Nab Rock and
Entrance Island.

Don Point, situated on the western shore of Laredo Sound, is a
peninsula laO feet hi'.{h, and when tirstseen appears as an island, (/lose
northward of Don Point \h a small cove, which affords shelter to boats.

Double Island, on the eastern shore of the sound, abreast of Don
Point, is wooded, about 100 feet high, and divided near the center by
a cleft, which ranses it to appear as two islands, when seen from the
southward and nortfcwanl.

Low Point, wooded and Hat, lies 2^ miles north « > the summit of
Doul'le Island.

Low Rock, which uncovers at low water, lies 800 yanls north oi Low
Point.

Schooner Point is the turning point into Laredo Ch liiUL'l, and lies
7 miles N. l,j- E. of Don I'oint. The coast of Aristazable Island,
between Schooner ami Don Points, is bold and rocky.

Schooaer Ledge, whitdi uncovers at low water, lies (500 yards north-
wai'd t»f S<'lMii((iei' Toint.

South Bay Islands, a group of small extent, lie at the head of La-
redo Sound. The larger islands are wooded, and 250 feet high.

North Bay Islands <'i»nsist of three principal wooded islets, i)f small
t«xtcnt, 2.")0 feet high. Tiie center island of th group lies lA miles N.
190 \v. from the center island of the South Bay group.

Steep Point, high and bol4, forms the northeastern entrance point
of Laredo Channel.

Soundings. — The bankof comparatively shoal water stretching across
the moiuli of Lar^ih) Souud, should .serve to distinguish that souud, iu

MILUANK SOUND TO CHATHAM SOUND.

thick or t'oggj' weatlier, from Mill)iink Sound, there beiutj deptlis of over
120 ffithoms at flie entrance of tlie latter.

Directions. — Small sailing coasting vessels, to avoid the light wind.s
and calms which frtMinently prevail in the inmost channels, make use of
Laredo Sound and the channels leading northward from it, as the wind
seldom fails them there.

In clear weather, if Outer Island be not brought to bear southward
of S. (Uo ]^,^ ji vessel will i)ass south of Nab Hock. Kitifstu Hill steered
for on a N. 'A'2° K. bearing will lead eastward, and Schooner Point bear-
ing N. -to E. leads northward of Nab Kock. Tass one mile ott" ScOioouer
Point and ])rocoed through Laredo Channel as herein-after directed.

Laredo Channel, between Princess Koyal and Aristazable Islands,
is about 20 miles long, and from 2 to '> miles wide.

At 6 miles within the eastern entrances Laredo (channel is ob-structed
by a group of islands and islets, which contra<!ts tlie navigable thannel
to barely 1,400 yurds. Westward of that group the channel again
widens out, and attains a width of .5 miles at its Testern end.

Fury Point on the western shore, termiinites in l>Ia(k, smooth rocks.
A small bay, with a sandy beach at its head, and an islet at its entrance,
lies close southward of Fury Point.

Beaver Ledge uncovers at low water, and lies A mile from the west-
ern shore, at 1 ,-,, miles northward of Schooner Point. There is deep
water close northward of this ledge.

Islet Rock lies close southward of a small islet on the eastern shore,
at lA miles north-westward of Steep Point.

South Channel Islands, consisting of live jmncipal wooded islands,
150 feet high, ai\d about one mile in extent, lie nearly in mid-channel,
6 miles from Schooner Point.

North Channel Islands consist of two i)i'incipal wooded islands of
small extent. The eastern island of the group lies 1.^ miles N. .'50° W.
of tho western island of the South (Jhanuel Group.

Channel Rock is a dangerous sunken rock, lying nearly in mid-chan
nel, 1,200 yards S. IW^ E. of the eastern islet of the South Chamiei
Group.

Bluff Point, on the western shore, is high and bold, with a hill 400
feet high rising immediately over it. On the eastern shore of Laredo
Channel, abreast Hlulf Point, is an islet at the njonth of a creek.

Seal Rocks, which cover at high water, and are of small extent, lie
J mile from the south shore, 2 miles NW. of Bltitt' Point. There is deep
water at 400 yards northward of Seal Kocks.

Sandspit Point, on the western shore, is white and conspicuous, with
a ridge of Itare Inlls, 701) to 0.")0 feet high., immediately over it.

Sandspit Shoal extends ^ niile oil' Iroifi Sandspil Point.

Devil's Point is the western entriince point of Laredo Channel.
Over this point is a bare hill with a conspicuous Imwlder or knob on its
summit.

LAUEDO CHANNEL CAMPANIA SOUND,

3.(7

Spray Point, the iiort'i ^astern entrance point of Laredo Cliannel, is
bold and higii. At one mile southward of Spray Point a small islet
lies close to the eastern shore.

Tides.— The flood stream which approaches from Laredo Sound in-
creases in strength as the Channel Island Group is approached, attain-
ing a velocity of knots an hour at springs, in the channel east of that
group (Surge .'farrows).

In the wider portions of Laredo Channel both streams attain a veloc-
ity of ■'{ Icnots ail hour at springs. ?

Midway between Devil's and Spray Points, the flood stream by Laredo
Channel is met by the stream passing round the northwestern end of
Aristascable Island, causing at springs dangerous tidal races in that
locality.

The ebb stream having divided in mid-channel oft' Devil's Point, one
portion sets round the northwestern end of Aristazable Island. The
other .sets fairly down Laredo Channel, and attains a velocity of (i knots
an hour, at springs, in Surge Narrows. From Surge Narrows the ebb
stream sets directly towards Fury Point, and thence sweei>s along the
southern shore of the channel, jiassing across Laredo Sound to Low
Point, wheihje it is deflected and .sets fairly to the southward.

It IS high water, full and change, in Surge Narrows at (J h. m.;
springs rise lli feet.

Directions. — Having rounded Schooner Point at a distance ot one
mile, i* N. .Ji)- \V. course for miles should lead into Suige Narroivs,
taking care, esi)ecially if the ebb stream be running, to avoid Channel
Kock.

Northward of Surge Narrows, a general course of N. .'50° W. will lead
through Laretlo Cliannel to the entrance of Estevan Sound.

Campania Sound, between Princess Koyal and Campania Islands,
is 5 miles long in a general north and south direction, and 3 miles wide.

On the eastern shore of the sound, a conspicuous ridge of hills, with
rounded summits, rise to the height of 000 feet, and the coast is .slightly
brt»ken into by a Spw useless bays and creeks.

On rhe western shore, the coast off Campania Island is indented with
a tic-* rocky bays. At the southwestern entrance of the sound, 600
ya»'«)s from the southeastern extreme of Campania Island, lies Eclipse
IsiMud, a small wooded islet, 100 feet high.

The western shore of the sound, for one mile northward of Eclipse
Island, has ledges which uncover to the distance of i mile. Northward
of that position, the western shore has no known danger beyond 400
j'ards trom it.

The eastern shore of t:he sound has ledges extending from it to a
distance of .1 mile.

South Surf Islands, at the southeastern entrance of (!ampania
Sound, consist of three wooded islands 250 feet high, with .several small
rocky islets close to.

3t8

MILBANK SOUND TO CHATHAM SOUND.

North Surf Islands, 250 feet high, lying 'i mile N. 40° W. of South
Surf Isiaiids, consist of tiuee wooded islands one mile in extent north and
south.

Squally Channel, between Gil and Campania Islands, is 10 miles
long and from 2^ to 4i miles wide.

Gil Island, which forms the eastern side of Sciually Channel, is 15
miles long and miles broad. Turtle Point, the northern extreme of
the island, is a peninsula, with small bays east and vest of it. The
eastern shore has a few indentations along it, scarcely deej) enough to
be called bays.

Mount (lil is situated near the northeastern end of the island, the
summit being well defined, and always clad with snow on the north
side; from Mount Gil the land slopes gradually towards the northern
extreme of the island.

A ridge of mountains extends in a southerly direction from Mount
Gil, curving gradually to the southeastward, and terminating at about
3 miles from the south end of the island.

The southeastern extreme of Gil Island is wooded, flat and low.

Channel Reef uncovers at low water, and extends h mile from the
SW. extreme of Gil Island (Ledge Point), and fringes the shore of that
island, at the same distance, for IJ miles northwestward of Ledge
P(»in(.

Windy Islets are a group of three islets, the outer of which lies J
mile from the southwestern shore of Gil Island.

Windy Rock uncovers at low water, and lies J mile S. 40° E. of the
outer or south Windy Islet. There is a depth of 20 fathoms at 200 yards
south of the rock.

Black Rock, 400 yards from the western extreme of Gil Island
(Blackrock Point), the turning point into Lewis Passage, covers at
high water, is small, and nearly steep-to.

Soundings. — Tiie depths in Scpially Channel are from 15 fathoms to
no bottom at 40 fathoms. The southern side of S(]ually Channel has
no known danger beyond 200 yards from the shore.

Weather. — Violent squalls will often be experienced in Squally Chan-
nel, descending from the high land of Cami)ania Island, when calms or
light winds and smooth water will be found in Whale Channel.

Lewis Passage is between Gil and Fin Islands, and leads into Wright
Sound.

The eastern shore of Lewis Passage has no known danger beyond 100
yards from the shore.

Fin Island is westward of Gil Island. Plover Point, the northern
extreme of Fin Island, has a deep bay close southward of it, with sev-
eral islets lying ott" the entrance to the bay, which dries throughout at
low water. Four bare roaky islets fringe the northern shore of Fin
Island, at the distance of 200 yards.

SQUALLY CHANNEL WHALE CHANNEL.

349

Fin Rock, iiw'iish iit lii;;li wuUm', lii's on tlie we.steri) sliore of tho
channel, KH) yards from tlift .southern extreme of Fin Ishind.

Cridge Passage, l)et\veen Fin and Farrant Islands, is 3 miles long
and one mile wide. There is no bottom at 40 fathoms in midehannel in
Cridge Passage.

Farrant Island lies at the southeastern entrance of (Jrenville Chan-
nel. Tiie hmd on the southwestern side of Farrant Island reaches an
elevation of 1,700 feet.

Blossom Point, the southern extremeof thei.sland,has asmall islet
lying clo.se to, with a ledge extending 200 yards westward from it.

Block Head, terminates in a high, bold, white cliff. The coast be-
tween Block Head and Yolk Point is broken into several bays; the
largest lies close under the latter point, and has two patches of rock
which uncover, lying 400 yards offshore.

Yolk Point is smooth, bart^ and rocky, and is nearly steep-to.

Davenport Point, the northern extreme of Farrant Island, is bold,
and lies 3 miles NW. of Yolk Point.

Union Passage (Matliksimtas), betvveen Farrant and Pitt Islands,
enters Grenville Channel j.bout 4 miles westward of Yolk Point. This
passage has not been exploi"d.

Whale Channel, between Princess Royal and Gil Islands, is I'J miles
long in a general north and .south direction, and from 2 to 3 miles
wide There is no known danger in this channel beyond 400 yards
from the shore. There i.s no bottom at 40 fathoms in Whale Channel.

Leading Point, on the eastern shore, 5 miles southward of Holmes
Bay, has immediately over it a conspicuous hill, of triangular shape,
700 feet high.

River Bight, between Holmes Bay and Leading Point, is a deep in-
dentation with a large rivor at its head.

Maple Point, on the western shore, abreast of Holmes Bay, is com-
paratively low, and wooded, with many maple trees growing.

At one mile south of Maple Point is a sandy bay, with a conspicuous
sandy beach at its head.

Shrub Point, on the western shore, .) miles southward of Maple
Point, is comi)arativelj' low. Hat, and wooded.

Camp Islet, a small, consi)icnons, wooded i.slet, lying 400 yards from
the western shore, at miles southward of Mai>le Point, is connected
with the eastern shore of Gil Island at low water.

South ofC^amp Islet there isa compiinitively deep bay, one mile wide
at its entrance; but which at low water is blocked by a ledge of rocks
which uncover.

Molly Point, on the western shore, is the turning ])oint of Whale
Channel into Campania .Sound.

Trouble Island, a small, narrow, low i.sland. lies 200 yards from the
eastern shore, at the .southern entrance to Whale Chaiinel.

;)60

MILBANK SOUND TO CHATHAM SOUND.

Barnard Cove, SE. of Troiiblo Islaiul, nflonlH Nlielt«r to boats uiul
sniiill cratt. Pass in mid cliamml bi'tweeii Trouble Island i»nd tho
eust(M'n shore of Whale Channel, an<l aixdior in 20 lathoins, uuid, in the
oas.ern iiaitof the cove, at l(t(( yards IVoin the eastern shore.

Passage Island, at tiie Jnnction of Whale Channel and Canipaniti
Sound, is "J miles lonj;' in a north and south direction, and one mile
broad. It is wooded, the tops of tiie trees beinj^ about -.jO feet above
high water. Otf the southeastern side of I'asaage Ixlaud, a group of
islets, rocks, and sunken dangers e.\ten<l A mile in a southeasterly direc.
tiou.

The passage east and west of Passage Island are deep and 1,200
yards wide. On the eastern shore of the eastern channel, several rocky
islands extend fioni 200 to 400 yards from the shore, otf the entrance
to a bay.

Campania Island has at one mile from its suulheastern extreme an
elevation of I,(l(t0 feet, increasing westward until it culnunates in two
bare mountains, with dome-shaped summits, 2,000 feet high. These
mountains are of granite formation, and furnish an excellent landmark
when seen from seaward, from their summits the land slopes to the
westward, the western end of Camjtania Island being comparatively
low and wooded.

The northern shore of the island is bold, with a few ro(!ky bays along
it. The northeastern extreme terminates in a high, bold, white ditf.

The western shore is low, wooded, and broken into bays and creeks,
fringed by islets, rocks awash at higli water, ami at low water, to the
distance of one mile.

The northwestern shore is bohl, and little broken. Marble rock, a
small, white rock, (] feet above high water, lies ^ mile from it.

Ustevan Sound, between Es'evan and Campania Islands, is about
15 miles long in a general NW. and SE. direction, and from '2h to 5
miles wide. At the southeastern entrance of the sound there arc sev-
eral islets, rocks, and sunken rocks, nearly in mid-channel. Estevau
Sound is not recommended to strangers.

If, however, circumstances should necessitate its being made use of,
a course should be steered to pass ■* mile northward of South Watcher
Islet. TlieiKu; a general course of XW., cautiously, for 15 miles, should
take a vessel into X»>pean Sound, keeping nearer the western shore of
the channel to avoid the dangerous ledges which extend to the distance
of one mile from the western side of (^'ampania Island.

G-uano Rocks, on the eastern shore of Estevau Sound, consist of a
cluster of three white rocks, lying one mile distant from the western
side of Campania Island at miles northwestward of Eclipse Island.
The highest rock is 30 feet above high water, and the group is sur-
rounded by rocks awash and sunken rocks to the ilistance of from A to
3 mile.

Between Guano Kocks and Eclipse Islantl ledges, which uncover at
low water, extend from 1,000 to 1,200 yards from the shore.

E8TEVAN SOUND — OTTER CHANNEL.

351

Marble Rock, i mile north ward of the western extreme of Cum-
pallia IshiiMl, is a bare rock 6 feet abuvo lii^h water, small, white, and
conspicuous; it is nearly steep-to on all sides, and may be a|>proacliC(}
to 1 00 yards.

South Watcher is a small wooded islet, 100 feet lii«jh, lyint^ nearly
in niid-ctliannel at the eastern entrance of ICstevan Sound.

The South Watcher has ledges whicli uncr-ver at low water, extend-
in;; from it WV. and SE. to the distance of A mile.

North Watcher Islet, 00 feet liiKh, is small, wooded and conspicu-
ous ; it lies 1 1„ miles N. rup \V. ol' South Watcher falet.

The North Watcher has le<l;j;es wliicii uncover, an«l sunken dangers
surroundiufj: it to the distance of nearly a nule.

Blinder Rock, over whi(!h the sea breaks o(!casionally, lies one nule
S. 8.'J^ W. (if the summit of South Watcher Islet, and a little more thau
one mile S. IS'^ K. of North Watcher Islet.

Estevan Ledge, which uncovers at low water, is 200 yards in ex-
tent, and lies 1,000 yards N. OiJ^ W. of the summit of North Watcher
Islet.

Breaker Point, tlie southeastern extreme of Estevan Island, is low
and woodetl ; from this jioint the coast trends porthward for about i
miles, and is broken into bays and creeks, with several islets and rocks
lyiiifi; close to the shore. Thence it trends NW. for about 5 miles, at
which i)oint lie two consi)icuoiis small islets L'OO yards from the shore,
and then takes a westerly direction for about 6 miles, with a deep curve
to the southward, until terminating^ at the mouth of Otter Passage.

Don Ledge, \\ hich unc(jvers at low water, extends 1,200 yards east
from Breaker I'oint.

Breaker Reef consists of three rocks awayh, surrounded by sunken
rocks over which the sea nearly always i>reaks; the outer rock lies 2J
miles S. 72^ W. of Breaker I'oint, au'l nearly lA miles from the nearest
part of Estevan Island.

Trap Rocks, some of whicli are awash at high water, extends l,G0O
yards northward from the northern ])oinLof Estevan Island, and thence
front the northern side of the island at the distance of from 400 to 1,200
yards.

Soundings. — The depth of 40 fatlioms. was obtained in Estevan
Sound, at 400 yards from the clangers fronting the shore of Campania
Island ; depths of 7 and 20 fathoms were found close alongside of the
rocks.

Nepean Sound connects Estevan Sound and Princiite Channel.

Otter Channel, bi'tween Pitt Island and Campania Island, connects
Nepean Sound with Sipially Channel. There is no known danger be-
yond 200 yards from the shores. The water in Otter Channel is deep,
there being no bottom at 40 fathoms at A mile from the shore on both
sides.

Steep Point, the northeastern entrance point of Otter Channel,
terminates in a high, bold, white clitl".

IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET {MT-3)

{/ /^^,

'J.

•it
%

1.0

I.I

•^ U^ 12.2
•0 12.0

1.8

1.25 1.4

Ii4

■• 6" —

►

/><

V^'

PhotograpiiJc

Sciences

Corporation

23 WEST MAIN STREET

WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580

(716) 872-4503

.,\^

•%'

wk\

352

MILBANK SOl'ND TO CHATHAM SOUND.

Otter x'assage lea<ls southwe.stwanl from Nepeau Sound, between
Estevan air'l Uaiikn Islands. Tliis passage, though nearly U miles
wide, is obstructed on its northwestern shore by a group of islands,
islets, and rocks (Block islets), which contract the navigable channel to
f mile.

The narrow channel is rendered more dangerous by the strong tides
experienced in it, the greater portion of the ebb stream finding its way
out of Nepean Sound by Otter Passage, at the rate of more than 6
knots an hour at springs, which meeting the ocean swell at the western
entrance of Otter Passage produces a most turbulent breaking sea,
dangerous to small vessels.

Otter Passage should not be attempted, except at slack water and
with local knowledge.

Principe Channel, between Pitt and Banks Islands, is about 42
miles long, and from li to 7 miles wide.

The western shore of the channel is bold, with mountains from 1,200
to 1,700 feet rising over it.

The eastern shore is much broken into bays, especially about midway,
in two of which ports Stephens and Canaveral, anchorage may be
found.

The mountains on Pitt Island, at about 3 miles from the shore, ris;- to
a height of 1,000 to 3,000 feet.

Deer Point, at 4 miles westward of Block Islets, is a small peninsula
on the western shore, which when first seen appears to be an islet.

Gale Point is prominent, bold and high. A remarkable bare moun-
tain, 1,250 feet high, is situated close to the shore at 4 miles northwest-
ward of Oale I'oint. The coast immediately under this mountain is
broken into several narrow creeks, with some small rocky islets at their
mouths. With the exception of these bays the western shore of Prin-
cipe Channel is unbroken.

Despair Point, at 11 miles northwestward of GalePoint, is bold, and
pearly steei)-to.

Headwind Point lies 't^ miles northwestward of Despair Point;
thence the coast is bold and unbroken.

Deadman Islet, a small wooded islet, lies close to the shore oft' the
nortiieastern extreme of Banks Island.

Kiid hill, an oval-shaped hill 4.">0 feet high, lies close to the west shore
of l'rin(!ipe (,'liannel at '2 miles southeastward of Deadman Islet.

Wolf Point, the southeastern entrance point of Princi[»e Channel,
and the south i)oint of Pitt Island, is high, bold and con8i)icuous, with
several small islets close-to.

Brodie Rock, a dangerous sunken rock, lies one mile west of Wolf
Point. Between Brodie Rock and the shore the ground is foul to 2
miles northwestward of Wolf Point. A depth of GO fathoms was found
at 400 yards south of Brodie Rock.

Port Stephens, on the eastern shore, at about 8 miles within the

GUIDE ISLET — M'OAULEY ISLAND.

353

aoiitherii end of Principe Channel, is 800 yards wide at its entrance,
and extends in a general nortlieasterlr direction, terniinatin{» in two
bays, witii a largo stream at the head of the southern bay.

Guide Islet, a small bare islet, lies one mile southeastward of the
port, with two small islets (the 8isters) lying nearly midway between it
and Port iStei)hens.

Directions. — Keep midway between the entrance points (Blutr and
Center Points), and steer N. 38o K. for i mile; thence N. 72° E. for
i mile, keeping mid channel. Haul gradually to tiie eastward as the
harbor opens out, and anchor in mid-channel in about 12 fathoms, with
BlutV Point shut in with the south shore, the larter distant 400 yards.

Bluff Point forms the western entrance p(»int of Port Stephens, and
terminates in a high, white clitt'.

Oar Point lies NVV. of Blutt" Point, the coast between those points
being bold and unbroken. Immediately northward of Oar Point the
coast recedes, terminating in two narrow arms (Mink Trap Hay).

Canoe Islet, a small bare islet, not unlike a canoe in appearance
when tirst seen, lies ott' the mouth of Mink Trap Hay.

Green Top Islet, :f mile N. 35° VV. of Canoe Islet, is small, with a
patch of grass and shrub on its summit.

Mink Trap Bay consists of two long narrow creeks, separated by a
peninsula ; this bay has deep water in it, but it is useless as an anchor-
age tor other than snuill vessels and boats.

At the head of the eastern arm is an Indian village, to which a tribe
of the Kitkatlah Indians resort in summer for salmon tishing.

Anger Island, on the eastern shore, is about 4 miles long and 12 miles
broad, with shoals extending from its south and east sides from i to >^
'oile.

Trade and Storm Islands are clusters of islets which extend from
il mile to H miles from the .south and eastern shores of Anger Island.

Petrel Channel is an unexamined passage between Pitt and Mc-
Cauley Islands; its southern entrance is about 3 miles wide; thence
the channel takes a northwesterly direction for nearly 8 miles, when it
divides, one passage going northward, the other southward of Lofty
Island, and again joining at 2 miles eastward of Ogden Channel.

Lofty Island in Petrel Channel has not been surveyed in detail, but
it is about 8 miles long and 2j{ miles wide near its SE, end, gradually
narrowing to the northwestwanl ; near the south shore Noble Mountain
rises to a height of L',874 feet.

Wheeler Islet is a small wooded islet, distant 5 miles N. 57° W. of
I^)ul Point, the western extreme of Anger Island.

Cliff Islets extend east of Wheeler Islet to the entrance of Petrel
Channel. These islets are bare and rocky, with foul ground between
them and the shore of McCauley Island.

McCauley Island, on the northern shore, is wooded nearly through-
out. The island near its center rises to the height of 1,100 feet. Al-
14l>0r>— No. 0(i 23

354

MILBANK SOUND TO CHATHAM SOUND.

most midway, on its noutb Hide, a bare hill (Tabic Bill) with a flat
toj), 4U»» r«et hijjh, lies cloat) to the shore.

Fort Canaveral, near the southeastern extreme of McCauley Island,
is an inlet trending to the eastward for about ij mile with an average
brea«lth of about 000 yards, and depths of (5 to 18 fathoms over it.

Dizon Island lies on the western side of the port, with several isl-
ands and islets lying off its south and eastern sides to the distance of
400 yards.

Squall Point, the southeastern entrance point of Port Canaveral, is
the termination of the spur from Hat Hill, and is bold and conspicuous.

Red Point, on the northern shore, opposite Squall Point, has a cliff
of redbrown color over it.

Alarm Rock, with 8 and 10 fathoms close-to, is a dangerous sunken
rock lying nearly in mid-channel at the entrance to Port Canaveral, at
300 yards N. 41 = VV. of Squall Point,

Harbor Bank, with fathoms over it (probably less), lies ,'iOO yards
eastward of Alarm Uock, and midway between S<iuall ami Hed Points.

Clown Rock is the outer danger extending SK. of Dixon Island.
This rock, which dries '.i feet, lies .'550 yards S. 29^ K. of Tonkin Pointy
the south extreme of Dixon Island, with foul ground between it and
the shore.

Stephen Rock, 3 feet above high water, lies on the western shore
at 300 yards from Dixon Island. The outer jmrtion of Stephen rock,
which uncovers at low water, lies 400 yards S. 24° E. of Dimple Point.

Directions. — Entering Port Canaveral, Dimple Point may bo steered
for when in line with Stephen liock, bearing N, 10° W., until Bush
Islet (off SW. extreme of Dixon Island) is just shut in with Tonkin
Point bearing N. 85° W. The latter nnirk kept on astern will lead to
the anchorage ground, when anchor in 14 to 15 fathoms, sandy bottom,
at 300 yards SE. of Red Point.

Bush and Dark Islets are small, wooded islets, which lie close to
the shore of McCauley Island, off the entrance to Port Canaveral.

Hankin Ledges consist of rocks awash, and sunken dangers, which
extend nearly one mile from Hankin Point (western extremeof McCauley
Island).

Directions. — A mid-channel course should be kept when navigating
Principe Ciiannel, until nearing Anger Island, when the western shore
should be closetl to avoid the dangers which extend off that island,

Tides.— The Mood tide setting to the N W. approaches principally by
EstevaJi Sound, being joined in Nepean Sound by the stream which
enters through Otter Passage. At the western end of Principe Channel
this stream is met by the Hood which has passed up outside Banks
Island. The ebb stream runs out principally by the Otter Passage.
Both streams attain a velocity of 3 knots an hour at springs.

Browning Entrance is the common approach to Ogden and Principe
Channels. It is included between the SW. side of Goschen Island and

OGDBN CHANNEL — CHANNEL GROUP.

355

the north western extreme of Banks Ishmd, and between Cape (ieorge
and Wliite Itocks is 14 miles wide.

Ogden Channel, between Pitt and Porcher Islands, is abont 10 miles
long and from 8U() yards to 1^ .niles wide, and affords the shortest
means of commnnication between Qneen Charlotte Islant'.s (Skidegate)
and the inner waters. At its southern end Ugden Channel is divided
by Spicer Island into two passages (Schooner and Beaver), and at one
mile northward of Spicer Island tht channel is obstructed by a group
of islands (Channel Islands) which letluce the navigable channel to bOO
yards.

The water in Ogden Channel is deep, and the dangers, with one ex-
ception, are visible, except at high water.

Landmarks. — On Dolphin Islaiul a mountain with an irregular
broken summit rises to the height of 1,400 feet. Southeast of that moun-
tain, and close to tlw* shore, is False Cone Hill — a Kill with a conical sum-
mit. Oil' the southern shore of Dolphin Island, in the vicinity of False
Cone Hill, are two small islets, the western of which lies close to the shore
and is bare. Sentinel Island, the eastern islet, lies about one mile dis-
tant from the shore, is wooded, and about 100 feet high.

On the eastern side of Dolphin Island, close to the shore. Passage
Cone, a hill with a conical summit, rises to the height of 454 feet, aiul
is a useful mark for iiulicating Schooner Passage. On the NW. side of
Spicer Island a saddle-shai)ed hill rises to the height of 800 feet.

Northwani of the Channel Group of island<( the land becomes
higher.

On the eastern shore, close northward of ^Mpha Bay, is Anchor
Mountain. At one mile south of Alpha Bay there is a remarkable white
patch on the rocky eastern shore.

On the western shore, abreafl of Alpha Bay, an extensive valley
extends inland. At 3 miles northward of the valley is a mountain
1,645 feet high, on the sides of Mhich are several landslips.

Long Island consists ol two low wooded islets, lying close together
at 1^ miles soutliwestward of Spicer Island.

Channel Island is a small wooded islet, lying nearly midway be-
tween Long and Spicer Islands.

Spicer Island is of a triangular shapL^, the base being to the north,
and 24 miles long. The island near its center attains an elevation of
8U7 feet. On its southeastern side two small narrow bays indent the
shore in a northwesterly direction ; and off its southwestern side, at i
mile from the shore, are Christie Islands, a cluster of islets and rocks,
some wooded and others bare.

Channel Group lies northward of Spicer Island. The large islands
are wooded, and the eastern islet of the group is small, bare, and con-
spicuous. Haifa mile northward of the Channel Group are some small
islets, one bare (White Kock), and another covered with vegetation
(False Grassy Islet).

356

MILIUNK .SOUND TO CHATHAM SOUND.

South Twin I»let is a »iiiall wooiltnl islet ou the eaatern »hore, ^
milt) trom tlieeastoni islet of tlic channel groiii) an<l one mile irom Spicer
Islaml. This islet, and the eastern bare islet of the Chaunel Group,
indicate the navigable cliannel, which lies between them.

North Twin Islet lesembles South Twin Islet from which it lies X.
4^ K. distant A mile. The tops of the trees on North Twin Islet are
ab(/Ut 130 feet high. Several small islets lie between the North and
South Twins and McCauley Island.

Beaver Passage, between McCauley and Spicer Islauds, is the
witlcr and better of the two passages leading into Ogden Cliannel.

At its western entrance Beaver Passage is about i mile wide, ami
takes a noitheasterly direcition for about 4^ miles, thence turning
sharply to the N\V., towards the Channel Group, for 2^ miles.

North Rock is always visible and lies nearly in mid-channel a^ the
southern entrance of Beaver Passage, i mile SB. of Long Island.

Connis Rocks lie on the western shore (marked by kelp in the
season) 600 yards from the east extreme of Spicer Island. The outer
of these rocks only covers at high water.

On the eastern shore, abreast Connis Rocks, is a small bare islet oft'
a sandy bay.

Directions. — Having i)assed through in mid-channel between Long
Island and North Kock, steer N. 58° E. for about 4 miles; thence
N. 20° W. for about IJ miles, and pass midway between South Twin
Lsletand the Kasteru (bare) Islet of the Channel Group; taking care
uot to shut in the western point of Channel Island with the southeast-
ern extreme of Spicer Island until the Bare Islet (Channel Group) bears
N. 29° W. to clear Connis Rock. The east side of Long Island touch-
ing the west side of Chaunel Island bearing S. 58"^ W. also leads east-
ward of Connis Rock.

Northward of the Channel Group, Ogden Channel widens to nearly
2 miles. The shore on both sides has no known danger beyond 40(
yards from it.

Schooner Passage, between Spicer and Dolphin Islands, is barel.i
400 yards wide in its narrowest part, and is about 3 miles long in
general north and south direction.

Boys Rock, a dangerous sunken rock, lies at the southern end
Schooner Passage, 400 yards from the southeastern extreme of Dolphi]
Island. There is a dei)th of 49 fathouis, rock, at 400 yards south of Bo,
Rock.

Sentinel Island, bearing N. 74° W,, will lead southward, and Passage
Cone Hill, bearing N. 10° E., will lead eastward of Boys Rock.

Directions. — Having brought tiie clearing marks on for Boys Rock,
pass 200 yards westward of the two small rocky islets which lie i mile
NH of that rock, Thonco mid(;hannel should be kept, and when
abreast of the northern end of Spicer Island steer to pass midway be-
tween that island and the .south islet of the Channel Group. Pass

OGUEN CHANNEL TIDES — PENINSULA POINT.

357

eastward of tlie latter at a distance of 400 yards, ami prococd as bo-
fore directed for lieaver Passage.

Tides. — The Hood stream sots to the northward, and near the north
end of Ogden Channel divides, one part turning to the eastward into
Grenville Channel, the other continuing northward towards Skcena
River. The ebb stream from (Jrenville Channel, Chatham Sound, and
Skeena River unite off the north end of Ogden Channel and pass out
by it. The muddy water of Skeena River is usually clearly defined
against the blue water of Ogden Channel.

Hoth Hood and ebb streams, in the narrow portions of Ogden Chan-
nel, attain a velocity of 4 knots an hour at springs.

An unexplored canoe i)assage lies l)etweeu (loschen and Porclier
Islands; it is about 15 miles long, and leads from Ouilen Channel into
Edye Passage.

Alpha Bay, on the eastern shore, 4 miles within the northern en-
trance of Ogden Channel, faces the west, and is nearly one mile wide,
but only 600 yards deep. Near its northern end a deej) valley extends
inland, and through it flows a fine trout stream. From the south en-
trance point of this stream a sandspit extends 400 yards towards the
north point of Alpha Bay.

Anchorage may be obtained in 10 and 11 fathoms, at 300 yards from
the nearest shore (Fijli Point), with the south entrance point of the
trout stream bearing N. 72° E. distant { mile and Anchor Mountain
over the nortii shore of the bay N. 08° E.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Alpha Bay at noon ;
springs rise IS to 19 feet.

Peninsula Point, the northwestern entrance point of Ogden Chan-
nel, is prominent, with a hill near its eastern extreme. Northward of
the point, at tlie mouth of the River Oona, is Oona Bay, about J mile
wide, and one mile deep in a westerly direction. In this vicinity the
surface water has a dirty white appearance.

"" "'^ '■« said to be anchorage in 8 or 10 fathoms water on the nortb-

<• "Qiir the mouth of the river Oona.

aoG

MILUANK SOUND TO CHATHAM SOUND.

South Twin Islet is a .siiiiill woodt-tl islet on tlio eiisterii shore, ^
mile troiii tliu eastern islet of tiie cliaiiiiol gioii)) aiitl one mile from Spicer
Island. This i.slet, and the eastern bare islet of the Channel Group,
indi(:ate the na\ ij^able channel, which lies between them.

North Twin Islet resembles South Twin Islet from which it lies X.
'l'^ K. distant h mile. The tops of the trees on North Twin IsleC are
about 130 feet liiKh. Several small islets lie between the Xorth and
South Twins and McCanley Island.

Beaver Passage, between McCauley and Spicer Islands, is the
witler and better of the two passages leatling into O/jden Channel.

At its western entrance Heaver Passajje is about A mile wide, and
takes a northeasterly direction for about 4.^ miles, thence turning
sharply to the N\V., towards tlie Channel Group, for 2^ miles.

North Rock is ahvaj-s visible, and lies nearly in mid-channel at the
southern entrance of Beaver Passage, <| mile SK. of Long Island.

Connis Rocks lie on the western shore (marked by kelp in the
season) GOO yards from the east extreme of Spicer Island. The outer
of tiiese rocks only covers at liigh water.

On the eastern shore, abreast Connis Rocks, is a small bare islet off
a sandy bay.

Directions. — Having passed through in mid-channel between Long
Island and Xorth Uock, steer N. .58'^ E. for about 4 miles; thence
N. 20O W. for about IJ miles, and pass midway between South Twin
Islet and the Hasteru (bare) Islet of the Channel Group; inking care
not to shut in the western |>oint of Channel Island with the southeast;-
ern extreme of Spicer Island until the Bare Islet (Channel Group) bears
N. 2!)o W. to clear Connis Uock. The east side of Long Island touch-
ing the west side of Channel Island bearing S. 58° VV. also leads east-
ward of Connis UocK.

Northward of the Channel Group, Ogdon Channel widens to nearlj*

(842) BRITISH OOLUfflBI A- Schooner passage— Uncharted'

rock. — Captain Hughes, niiistei' of the steanun- I'rinnnti liminve,
report*< having struck a pinnacle rock in Schooner passsige between
Dolphin and Spicer islands whtire the chart shows 29 fathoms.
Api)rox. position: Lat. .').3° 45' 52" N., Long. iM)° 2.3' 5.S" W.
This rock carries 12 feet and fiom it tlie extreme south end of Dol-
phin island bears S. <)1° W. true (SW. by 8. nnig. ) and the south end
of Spic«r island in line with small island bearaS. l.'{° E. true (SK. A 8.
"lilg-)- (N. M, 22. 1906.)

Hock.

Sentinel Island, bearing N. 74^ W., will lead southward, and Passage
Cone Hill, bearing N. 1G<3 B., will lead eastward of Boys Kock.

Directions.— Uaving brought the clearing marks on for Boys Kock,
pass 200 yards westward of the two small rocky islets which lie i mile
NI3 of that rock. Thonco mid-(!hannel should be kept, and when
abreast of the northern end of Spicer Island steer to pass midway be-
tween that island and the south islet of the Channel Group. Pass

OdDEN CHANNEL TIUKS — PENINSULA j'OIXT,

357

eaHtwartl of the latter at a diHtance of 400 yards, and procoud as be-
fore directed for Heaver I'assage.

Tides. — TIte flood 8treaiii sets to tlie northward, and near tlie north
end of Opdon Channel divides, one part turning to the eastward into
Grcnville Channel, the other continuing northward towards Skeeiia
River. The ebb stream from (Irenville Channel, Chatham Sound, and
Skeena Kiver unite otV the north end of Ogden Channel and pass out
by it. The i. nddy water of Skeena River is usually clearly defined
against the blue water of Ogden Channel.

lioth Hood and ebb streams, in the narrow portions of Ogden ('han-
nel, attain a velocity of 4 knots an hour at springs.

An unexplored canoe passage lies between (loschen aiul Porelier
Islands ; it is bout 15 miles long, and leads from Ogden Channel into
Edye Passage.

Alpha Bay, on the eastern shore, 4 miles within the northern en-
trance of Ogden Channel, faces the west, and is nearly one mile wide,
but only 600 yards deep. Near its northern end a deep valley exteiuls
inland, and through it Hows a fine trout stream. From the south en-
trance point of this stream a sandsi>it extends 400 yards towards the
north point of Alpha Bay.

Anchorage may be obtained in 10 and 11 fiithoms, at 300 yards from
the nearest shore (Fish Point), with the south entrance point of the
trout stream bearing N. 72° E. distant \ mile and Anchor Mountain
over the north shore of the bay N. 08° E.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Alpha Hay at noon ;
springs rise IS to 19 feet.

Peninsula Point, the northwestern entrance point of Ogden Chan-
nel, is prominent, with a hill near its eastern extreme. Northward of
the point, at the mouth of the River Oona, is Oona Hay, about i mile
wide, and one mile deep in a westerly direction. In this vicinity the
surface wsiter has a dirty white api)earance.

There is said to be anchorage in <S or 10 fathoms wutei' on the north-
ern side of Peninsula Point, near the mouth of the river Oona.

>••»■

C 11 A PTE K X.

urXEB OOA.ST.— CAPE CALVKIIT TO OOUEN CHANNEL.

Calvert Island, the Noiitluu'ii island at the entrance to Fitzhugh
Hound, is l.'i miles long and 8 miles across at its broadest part. The
Bontiiern and western sliores of Calvert Ishmd are but little broken,
comparatively low, and thickly wooded.

Sorrow Island lies at the pitch of Cape Calvert ; is conspicuoua
and an excellent thick weather mark, from its cliffy formation and by
being covered with stunted, weather-l)eaten trees.

Mark Nipple, an isolated hill, 3o() feet high, at the sonthwesferu
extreme of (,'alvert Island, is a very useful landmark when approaching
Fitzhugh Sound.

Landing, with tine weather and off-shore winds, may be effected in
Grief liay (north of Sorrow Island) and in other bights westward to
Herbert Point.

Hedley Patch, with fathoms on it, and probably shoaler, is of
small extent, and lies 3.^ miles S. 26<^ E. of Blakeney Island; at nearly
J mile NE. of it there is a depth of 19 fathoms.

Blakeney Islet, irttt feet high, J mile from the SW. extreme of Cal-
vert Island, is small, wooded and about ^ mile long.

Fitz Roy Reef, the most outlying danger off the western shore of
Calvert Island, uncovers at low water, dries one foot, and is about J
mile in extent in an east and west direction. Its outer or western edge
lies li miles X. .">43 W. of Blakeney Island, and li miles from the nearest
shore of Calvert Island.

Carrington Reefs are a cluster of sunken rocks, the outer edge of
which lies A mile from the western shore of Calvert Island.

Tht^ coast of Calvert Island, northward of the Carrington Reefs, is
fonl to the distance of i mile.

Kvrakshua is an unexamined channel lying between Calvert and
Hecate Islands. At its western entrance this passage is i mile wide?
and takes a northeasterly direction.

Kwakshua Rock lies nearly in mid-channel, at the western entrance
of Kwaksiiua Channel. The sea only breaks at intervals over this dan-
gerous sunken rock.

Hecate Reefs fringe the western shore of Hecate Island for nearly
a mile.
358

'tf .* ; P-,

HAKAI CHANNEL — WELCOME HARBOR.

359

Hakai Channel between ilecate aud Nalau IslaiKlH, in about 7 iiiik'H
loijji in a general ntirtlieasterly diroction, and from one to U miles wide.

Sugar Loaf Hill, on the weHtern side of Ilecate Inland, is .jOO feet
biRli.

Leading Peak, about Ih miles southward of Sugar Loaf Hill, is of
triangular siuipe, with a sharp, well deiined summit.

South Pointers are a cluster of bare black rocks, of small extent, 2
feot al»ove high water, surrounded by sunken dangers for \ mile; they
lie on the southern shore, at the western entrance of Hakai Channel,
1^ miles westward of the Starfish (iroup.

North Pointers are a cluster of bare rocks, of light color, lying on
the northern shore at the western entrance of Hakai Channel.

Starfish Group, wooded, from 7U to 15U feei high, lie on the southern
shore, and extend about li miles in a NE. and SW. direction. The
group consists of three principal islands, much broken into long rocky,
narrow creeks with shores of white clilfs.

Starfish Ledge, over which the sea usually breaks, lies 400 yards
from the NW. shore of Long Island, the northernmost of the Starfish
Grouj).

Braaker G-roup, on the northern shore in the middle of Hakai Chan-
nel, 18 about one mile in extent, the larger islands being wooded, about
250 feet high, and the smaller bare.

Breaker Ledge uncovers at half ebb, and lies i mile SE. of the cen-
ter island of the Breaker Group.

East Rock, on the southern shore, off the entrance to Welcome Har-
bor, is awash at low water, aud lies ^ mile off shore.

There are depths of 23 and 2.5 fathoms close to East Uock, and 30
fathoms between that rock and Port Reef.

Port Reef, awash at high water, lies 400 yarda S. OOo E. of East
Rock.

Clearing Marks. — Leading Peak (head of Welcome Harbor) seen in
line with Blntt' Point (north side of W^elcome Harbor) bearing S. CP W.
will lead westward ; and South Pointers rocks bearing S. 49° W. will
lead northward of these rocks.

Choked Passage lies southward of the Starfish Group; it is ob-
structed by rocks awash, reefs, and sandbanks.

Welcome Harbor, near the western end of Hakai Channel, is 600
yards wide at its entrance, and 14 miles long in a southerly direction.
Though somewhat confined, it affords good shelter to small vessels, and
within the harbor, on the eastern shore, there is a sandy beach where
a \'essel might be beached. Strong westerly winds send a swell into
this harbor.

Fairway Rock, with 24 feet water over it, lies nearly in mid-channel
at the entrance to Welcome Harbor. There is a dei)th of 20 fathoms
close westward, and of 9 fathoms close eastward of the rock. The rock
is marked by kelp in summer.

360

CAPK CALVERT TO OODBN (IIANNKL.

Li'juliiiK IVmiU Hct'ii just iiortliwiird of UlulV Point bciiriiif,' S. 0^ W.
will Usid tsistwanl ; iiiiil Siiuur Loiit' Hill, hoi'ii in line with Luadinj^
Lslaiid (a small, round, wooded island within tlii^ hai-hor), will lead clt)ao
w««8tward of Fairway Uo«!k.

Harbor Ledge, situattMl 2(>(> yards from th« wi'st«rn Hhore of Harbor
Island, is of small uxtunt, and drias 3 fvtii at low wat(U'.

Codfish Rock, witii I'J f«ot wat«r over it, lius 1(K) yards off the
southern shore of Harbor Island.

Wolf Rock, awash at hi^h water, lies close to the eastern shore, at
nearly 400 yards northward of 8ands])it I'oint.

Banspit Point has a sandspit extending; l."H) ya.-ds from it.

Directions. — Having; pas.sed not less than A mile northward of iStar-
tish (Jroup, the leading mark before given for clearing Kast Uock Hlionld
be brought on and steered for. Especial care will be necessary if the
flood stream be making.

Having cleared East F.ock, pass east or west of Fairway Uock aa
requisite, and anchor ii; 7 to 9 fathoms in mid-chaunel between Lead-
ing Island and Wolf Hock, with the fornter bearing N. 41° W. distant
200 yards.

Exposed Bay, Just eastward of Welcome Harbor, has a dangeroua
cluster of sunken rocks near the middle of the bay.

Tides. — The Hood sets to the northeastward. Both streams attain a
Telocity of 4 knots an hour at Hprings.

Directions. — Hakai Channel is not recommended to strangers, if
using It, steer midway bet»veen North and South Pointers Hocks, and
thence a mid-channel course towards a conspicuous mountain on the
eastern shore of I"'itzhugh Sound, which will lead tUrougn into that
sound.

Nalau Passage, between the Nalau Group ami Hunter island, is
obstructed by islands, islets, rocks awash, ami sunken dangers, and is
useless for navigation.

White Cliff Island, situated 4 miles N. 4(5° W. of the western or
North Pointer Kock, isof snuill extent, bare, and 250 feet in height; its
shores, consisting of high white cliffs, render it conspicuous when seen
from the south and west.

A reef, on which the sea breaks at low water, lies midway between
White Cliff island and the North Pointers.

Queen's Sound is between Goose and Hunter Islands. At its north-
ern end is a mass of islands and islets, which render that portion of
the sound intricate and dangerous,

Spider Island, 250 feet high, on the eastern shore, at the entrance
to Queen's Sound, Smiles northward of White Cliff Island, is connected
with Hunter Island by a ledge of rocks awash, through which there are
boat piissapes, and its north extreme termiuates in higl;, bold, white
cliffs. The shores of Spider Island are broken into numerous narrow
rocky creeks.

81'1'KRHTITION POINT — MIDDLK K()(;K.

;{fii

Superstition Point, on tlie eiiHtvrn Hliore of Qii«(mi'h Bound, '2 miles
nortlnviiril of S|>i<l«<r IhIiukI, is tiif sontliwcMturn uxtrenio of a Hniiill
iHliintl, \vlii<!h iH connected with Utuiter iHJiind by a narrow neok,nwa.Hii
iit lii^ii water.

Superstition Ledge eouHiHtH of lii);li rockH, connected l>y rockH awash
and sunken dangers, liic outer extreme of wiiictii lies H. 72"^ W,, dJHtant
1) miles from HciperHtition Point. Strong tide raecH will be met with ill
tile vicinity of this led^e, and the sea lireaks upon it heavily at times.

Purple Bluff, the sonthweHteni extreme of a ^'roiipof ishinds, on the
eastern shore of (Queen's Souiiil, at the eiitran<re to i l.iiipcr Ohannei,
terminates in iii^hi b(dd, basaltic clitl's of a purple tint. '1 ne (;roup(;oii-
biHtH of unmeruus islamls, islets (wooded and bare), rocKs awasli, and
sunken rocks, extending over a space of nearly 5 r Ich.

Goose Islands, on the western shore of (()ueeir juiid,conHist of four
princiual '.lands, connected at low water, the largest and iioi'liiernmost
beiuK altoiit 200 feet hifih, and wooded ; its northeast -rn extreme ter-
Miinates in (;onspiciious, liiKJi, white clilt's.

Yellocki, an Indian tlshin^r villa<re, is on the eastern side of tlie
westernmost (loose Ishmd.

Q-osling Rocks consist of numerous rocks, awasii at hi<;h water, ami
Biinkeii ilanjjers, the outer extreme of which lies nearly 4 miles S. 4'' W.
of the southernmost (loose Island.

West Rook, awash at hi^jii water, lies one mile westward of the
westernmost (louse Island.

Plumper Channel, between Hunter and (Jampbell Islands, leads
from (Queen's Sound into Lama Passage ; its southern end is oitstructed
by numerous islets and rocks, and no specific directions can l»e ;iiven
for entering it.

Hecate Channel, between Campbell Island and the Hardswell (Iroup,
leads from (Queen's Sound into Seaforth Channel. It is also obstructed
at its southern end by numerous islets and rocks. The two principal
j)assages are Codfish Passage and Brown Narrows ; no directions, how-
ever, (ran b" given for entering them.

Broken Group (Qualaqute), 2 miles northward of the Goose Island
(Iroup, extend 2 miles in a north and south direction, and consist of
several islets and rocks, connected throughout by ledges which un-
cover at low water.

Fingal Island is a small, wooded island, lying one mile N. 51° W. of
the northernmost island of the Broken (Iroup.

Fingal Ledges extend one mile in a ..j'.itherly direction from Fingal
Island, and consist of rock awash, and ledges which uncover at low
water.

Feveril Rock lies li miles N. 49'^ E.of the northernmost Goose Island,
and is awash at high water.

Middle Rock, 6 feet high, lies 2^ miles N. 74° W. of the south island
of the Broken Group. There is a depth of 29 fathoiQs, rock, at J milo
southward of the rock.

362

CAPE CALVERT TO OGDEN CHANNEL.

North Breaker, a dan^rerons sunken rock, lies one mile N. 4° E. of
Middle Uock. There is a depth of 27 fathoms, rock, at one mile west-
ward of the North Breaker.

Limit Island is a small wooded island, with foul ground extending
^ mile SW. from it.

Rempstone Rocks consist of two i)atclies awash at high water, one
mile apart. The western or outer rock lies 1,^„ miles south of Cape
Swain.

Bardsivell Group, forming the eastern side of Milbank Sound, con-
sist of low, wooded islands, extending over a space of 7 miles square,
the largest of which, Dufferin Island, forms the western shore of Hecate
Ohannel. Among the group are several boat channels, communicating
between Milbank Sound and Seaforth and Hecate Channels.

Milbauk Sound.— (See page .'J21.)

Laredo Sound.— (See i)age ^44.)

Aristazable Island forms the western shore of Laredo Sound. At
about 8 miles from its southeastern extreme there i^ a conspicuous,
saddle-shaped hill G40 feet high. Xear the northern end of ihe island a
bare ridge of hills, with four conspicuous peaks, rises to the height of
950 feet.

Over the southwestern extreme of the island there are some bare
hills 350 feet high, and at the extreme western end of the island there
is a remarkable bowlder or knob lying on the summit of a bare hill.
The western shores are broken into bays and creeks, obstructed by
islets and sunken rocks ; and there are several ofi'-lying groups of is-
lands.

Entrance Island, 1^ miles from the southern extreme of Aristazable
Island, has a small islet lying close south of it, and is the outer island
of a group which extends from tho SE. point of ArisI azable Island. The
larger islets of the grouj) are wooded, the smaller bare.

White Rock, 100 feet high, bare and conspicuous, is 5 miles N. 39°
"VV. of Entrance Island and is the outer rock of a group extending 2
miles from the shore of Aristazable Island.

Sentinel Island, 250 feet high, small, round wooded, arul conspicu
ous, lies olf the southwestern i)oint of Aristazable Island, at 14 miles
from the shore. Between Sentinel Isla;id and the nearest island of the
grou]> east of it, distant ^ mile, there is no bottom at a depth of 40
fathoms.

Several rocks awash and sunken rocks lie northward of Sentinel
Island, fringing the western siiore of Aristazable Island.

The two most outlying rocks, which are from one to 2 feet above high
water, lie respectively one mile N. 52° W. and 4^ miles N. 41° W. of
Sentinel Island.

Q-ander Islands (Chachekwas) arc a group of islands, fslets and
rocks, extending over a space 11 miles long in a north and south direc-
tion, and 4 miles broad, at about C luiles from the western shore of

GANDER ISLANDS — HAYCOCK ROCKS,

868

Aristazable Island. The larger islands of the ^Toup are wooded, the
smaller ones bare, and the tops of the trees are from 70 to 150 feet above
high water.

Large Gander Island is the northernmost and largest of the group.

Middle G-ander Islands are two small, wooded islands, lying close
together, the northern island 5 miles sonth of the south extreme of the
Large Gander Island. A bare rock, with sunken rocks surrounding it,
lies N. 7° W, distant 2 miles from the Middle Gander Islands.

South Gander Island, one mile south of the Middle Gander Islands,
is 70 feet high, and wooded.

Southeast Gander Islands arc two small wooded islands 100 feet
high, lying close together, 3 miles S. 30° E. of South Gander Island.
Two small, bare, rocky islets lie IJ miles northward of Southeast
Gander Islands.

Goose Ledge, which uncovers at low water, lies 3 miles S. 43° W.
of Southeast Gander Islands.

Sparrowhawk Breakers lie, respectively, 4 and 6A miles S. 15° W.
of Southeast Gander lalands. There is a depth of 21 fathoms between
these dangers.

Tide Rip Islands consist of two groups lying north and south, distant
2 miles from each other; the southern group lying 2 miles north of the
Gander Groui). These islands, which extend over a space of about 12
miles, are wooded, and about 200 feet high ; the northern and largest
island terminating at its NW. extreme in high, white conspicuous cliffs,
2i miles to the northwestward of Devils Point.

Tides. — Thf flood sets to the northward, both flood and obb streams
attaining at springs, among these islands, a rate of 4 knots an hour.

Soundings. — Westward of Laredo Sound no soundings have been
taken beyond the distance of one mile from the western shore of Ari-
stazable Island. The depths obtained at that distance were 23 fathoms,
and no bottom at 40 fathoms.

Caution. — As an extended examitnition has not been made of the
Gander aiid Tide Kip Groups and their vicinity, and the tides being
strong, the channels between them, though deep, should not be at-
tempted jy strangers. When approaching these groups of islands the
lead and lookout aliouhl be attended to.

EstevittJL Island is <> miles jiorthwestward of the Tide Kip Grouj);
the western shores being comparatively low, wooded, and much broken
into hays aiul creeks. Near the center, the land attains an elevation
of 1,500 to 1,700 feet, forming a saddle-shaped mountain with the high-
est part to the westward.

Haycock Island, snuill, bare, and 00 feet high, lies 4^ miles S. 25°
E. of Curtis Point.

Haycock Rocks are three rocks awash, which lie about one mile
from Haycock Ishaid.

The passage between Haycock Island and Estevan Island should not
be attempted.

364

CAPE CALVERT TO OQDEN CHANNEL.

Curtis Point, ou the western shore of Estevuu Island, is low and
wooded, with some rocky islets close to.

Curtis Rock, a daiifjerous suuken rock, over which the sea breaks
occasionally, lies one mile S. 41)° W. of Curtis Point.

Cox Point is the north western extreme of Este van Island. With the
exception of a small bay at one mile northward of Curtis Point, the shore
between Curtis and Cox Points is but little bioken.

Marchant Rock, over which the sea breaks at low water, lies 2 miles
S. 20° VV. of Cox Point, and 1 J miles from the nearest shore of Estevan
Island.

Cone Islet, small, wooded, 250 feet high, and conical, is the southern-
most of the iilock Islets, and lies at the southern entrance of Otter
Passage, and on the western side of that channel, at 2 miles from the
shore of Banks Island.

Breaker Islets, one mile westward of Cone Islet, consist of a group
of islets and rocks awash, the highest islet being about 7U feet high
and wooded.

Banks Island is about 41 miles long, and from 5 to 10 miles broad.
The western shore is wooded and comparatively low, seldom exceeding
150 feet in height, and is broken into bays and creeks, rendered useless
as anchorages by numerous rocks awash, and sunken dangers.

The eastern shore is high and bold, with a mountain range of 1,000
to 1,760 feet over it, the latter elevation being attained about midway
between the north and south extremes of the island. At about 10 miles
from the northwestern end of Banks Island the land becomes low and
flat, and is intersected by many creeks.

Calamity Bay, at the southern extreme of Banks Island, is li miles
wide' at its entrance, and extends 3 miles in a northerly direction ; it
consists of iron-bound shores, with rocky islets and suuken dangers
occupying the bay nearly throughout.

Terror Point, the southwestern extreme of Banks Island, is high and
bold, 200 feet above high water. From its outer extreme this point
slopes inland, and wheu first seen appears as an island.

Terror Rocks consist of rocks awash and sunken rocks, over which
the sea breaks heavily, extending one mile southward from Terror Point.

Shrub Islet, of small extent, 80 feet high, with a conspicuous patch
of bush upon its summit, lies 3 miles S. 77° VV. of Terror Point, and has
sunken rocks surrounding it to the distance of 600 yards.

Grief Point, >S miles from Terror Point, is low and wooded. A ledget
consisting of rocks awash and suuken dangers, extends IJ miles south-
westward from Grief Point.

The coast between Terror and Grief Points has foul ground extend-
ing off it to the distance of one mile.

Foul Bay, between Grief and Wreck Points, is 5 miles wide, and 2
miles deep ; it is, however, useless as an anchorage, being obstructed
by islets, rocks and sunken dangers.

NORTH DANGER ROCKS — BONILA ISLAND.

365

Wreck Point, a conspicuous projection, is low unci wooded.

Junk Ledge, consisting of rocks awash, and ledges wliicli uncover
at low water, exteuils nearly 2 miles southeastward from Wreck l*oint.

North Danger Rocks, 7 miles southwestward of Wreck Point, are
a dangerous cluster of five bare rocks of small extent, 10 feet above
high water, and surrounded by rocks awash and sunken rocks to the
distance of i mile.

The center of the cluster lies 18 miles S. 30^ E. of the summit of
Bonila Island. Vessels should keep southward of the line Joining
Shrub Islet and North Danger Rocks, and not pass between those dan-
gers and r>anks Island.

Kelp Point lies 8 miles from Wreck Point.

Kelp Ledge extends 1^ miles southeastward from Kelp Point. Be-
tween Wreck and Kelp Points the shore of Banks Island is foul to the
distance of one mile.

Halibut Rocks consist of two dangerous clusters (covered at high
water) altout A mUe each in extent, lying N W. and SK., distant li miles
from each other. The center of the eastern duster lies 8 miles S. 44o
E. of the summit of Bonila Island.

Cliff Point terminates in high, bold white clitt's. Three small rocky
islets lie near the shore close eastward of the point.

South Rocks, lying to the southward of Bonila Island, consist of
two clusters of rocks awash at high water, of small extent, lying north
and south, distant one mile from each other. The south or outer group,
over which the sea usually breaks heavily, lies 3,'u miles S. 4^ W. of the
summit of Bonila Island.

High Water Rocks, lying nearly midway between Bonila Island
and Clitf Point, consist of six rocks, awash at high water, about 400
yards in extent.

Bonila Island, miles south of the northwestern point of Banks Isl-
and, and 4 miles from the south shore of the island, forms an excellent
landmark. The island is about 2 miles long and one mile broad, having
on its southeastern shore two small bays, with some rockj islets lying
off them at 400 yards from the shore. Near the center the island reaches
an elevation of 550 feet, the summit being dome-shaped, falling almost
perpendicularly on its north and sonth sides, but sloping gradually to
the westward. During the summer months, the sides of Bonila Peak
are clothed with purple-tinted heather.

Landing may be effected at the head of the southern small bay on the
southeastern side of Bonila Island.

North West Rocks are a cluster, A mile in extent, lying 2 miles N.
30O W. of the summit of Bonila Island ; the highest rock is 3 feet above
high water.

North Rocks, a cluster about A mile in extent, and awash at high
water, are '-' miles northward of the Summit of Honila Island.

Middle Rocks, (wo clusters, awash at low water, lieres|H'ctively 1^
miles X. 41^ W. and 2 miles N. 49° E. of the summit of Bonila Island.

366

CAPE CALVERT TO OQDEN CHANNEL.

White Rocks He close to the shore at the northwestern extreme of
Banks Ishmd ; the two largest rocks are about 30 feet above high
water, bare anil conspicuous, with several smaller rocks surrounding
them, and they form an excellent landmark when making Ogden Chan-
nel from Hecate Strait.

Tlie coast between White Rocks and Cliff' Point, and between those
rocks atid Dead man Islet, is much broken, with several creeks running
inland.

Anchorage for small craft in fine weather is stated to be obtainable
close northward of White Rocks at the mouth of a creek.

Supplies. — (iame abounds on all the off'-lying islands. Notwith-
standing the presence of wolves, deer are in great numbers, especially
on the southern shores, which appear to bo their favorite resort. Water
is plentiful at all seasons, the source apparently being springs. Trout
may be procured in the streams.

Berries, especially the whortleberry, cranberry, and wild raspberry?
■were found in abundance during July and August (18G9).

Cedar and pitch pine are the principal woods met with.

Browning Entrance, between Banks and Goshen Islands, leads into
Principe and Ogden Channels. It is 1-4 miles wide between White
Rocks and Cape Geoiye.

CHAPTER XI.

cnATHAJI SOUND, EDYE AND BROWN PASSAGES, AND DTXON EN-

TKANCE.

Chatham Sound is an extensive sheet of water about 38 miles long,
and from 7 to 14 miles wide, lying between the Tsimpsean Peninsula
and Stei)hens and Dundas Islands, the northwestern portion of the
sound washing the southern shores of Alaska.

In the middle of the southern portion are the Rachel and laicy Isl .
auds, together with other detached islets and rocks.

At the northern end of Chatham Sound, nearly abreast Port Simp-
sou, there are some clnstcrs of low rocky islets (Gonnis and Pointers
Bocks), which render that i)ortion of the sound dangerous to navigation
under certain conditions, and divide the sound into two navigable chan-
nels (Main and Oriflamme Passages).

Chatham Sound communicates with Hecate Strait by three channels,
Edye Passage, in the southwestern corner of the sound, being the chan-
nel usually taken. Brown Passage, south of Dundas Islands, though
compfiratively wide, has strong and irregular tides near its western end;
and a patch of rocks awash at high water lies nearly in mid-channel.

Dixon Entrance, the i)rincipal channel north of Dundas Islands, is
about 5 miles wide, and is the channel usually taken by vessels pro-
ceeding northward along the coast of Alaska.

Landmarks. — On the eastern shore, in the southeastern portion of
Chatham Sound, Mount Oldlield and Mount McGrath are conspicuous.

With the exception of a cluster of bare rocks (Gull Rocks) off the
mouth of Edye Passage, the islets in that portion of the sound are
wooded, and of a conspicuous dark color.

On the South Dundas Island there are four conspicuous peaks, the
eastern and highest of which is 1,400 feet high. Northward of Metlah
Gatlah, Mission Mountain and Deer Mound of rounded form, will be
seen rising from comparatively low land to the height of 1.310 and 2,230
feet respectively.

At 2 miles southward of Port Sin.pson, Mount Griffin ( Waverly Peak),
a mountain of triangular shape with a sharp summit, rises to 1,410 feet.
Southeast of Mount Griffin, the ridge has several conspicuous peaks,
amongst which are Leading Peak and Basil Lump.

Mount McNeil, on the northern side of Work Channel, has a snow-
clad summit, of conical shape, 4,300 feet high.

367

368

CHATHAM SOUND.

Oil the western shore of the soiiud Coast Mound, a conspicuous hill
of oval shape, 750 feet high, will be seen on Middle Dundas Island,
with a chain of wooded islets, of a peculiarly dark color, fringing the
shore.

Near the northeastern extreme of North Dundas Island, Table Hill
with a flat summit rises to the height of 700 feet, and is conspicuous.
Southward of Table Hill, Thumb Peak rises to the height of 2,500 feet.
With the exceptlou of one small islet (Grassy Islet), the islets and rocks
in the northern portion of Chatham Sound are bare and conspicuous.

Dangers. — The southern portion of Chatham Sound is comparatively
free from danger, the rocky clusters being of considerable elevation
above high water and moderately steep-to. Northward of Metlah Cat-
lah Bay, however, ledges which uncover at low water extend in many
places to the distance of 2 miles from the ei^-itern shore. On the west-
ern side of the sound, also, there are several oflflyiug detached sunken
rocks, with deep water close to them. Abreast Port Simpson two clus-
ters of rocks lie in the fairway of the sound ; and being but little ele-
vated above high water, render that portion of the sound dangerous by
night or in thick weather.

Caution. — Northward of Metlah Catlah Bay, during a fog, or if un-
certain of the position, the eastern shores of Chatham Sound should
not be approached under 70 fathoms ; nor the western shores under 40
fathoms.

Soundings. — The general depths in the southern portion of Chatham
Sound are from 10 to 6f» fathoms, tiie former depth being obtained upon
Alexandra Bank nearly in the middle of the sound, northward of Rachel
Islands. Northward of Metlah Catlah Bay the water deepens. The
deep water commences near the southern extreme of South Dundas
Island, and extends towards the mouth of Big Bay, skirting the dan-
gerous ledges which front the eastern shores of the sound.

From abreast of Big Bay the deep water extends toward the northern
extreme of North Dundas Island and widens in extent, occupying
nearly the whole of the northern portion of the sound, with depths from
68 to 214 fathoms, mud bottom, with occasional patches of rock.

Anchorages. — Anchorage will be found oil' the northern entrance of
Skeena River, in Metlah Catlah Bay, Duncan Bay, Big Bay, Pearl
Harbor, and Port Simpson, on the eastern side of Chatham Sound.
Also in Refuge Pay, at mouth of Bdye Passage, and in Qlawdzeet, north
end of Stephen Island, on the western side of the sound.

Gull Rocks, consisting of three principal bare rocks, about ^ mile in
extent, the highest rock being about 30 feet above high water, lie off
the eastern entrance of Edye Passage.

Ettrick Rock, a dangerous patch of small extent, which uncovers 3
feet at low water, lies U miles S. 2i)o E. of the center of the Gull Rocks.

Ha'^ jlock Rock, of small extent and uncoveringO feet at low ^v ater,
lies 2^ miles S. 29° E. of the center of Gull Rocks. Both Ettrick and
Havelock Rocks have deep water close to.

GHKKN TOP ISLAND METLAH CATLAII UAY.

369

Green Top Island, 15 feet high, is small with a piitch of shrub ou
its summit, and lies 4^ miles N. 32° W. of the western island of the
Lawyer Grouj).

Holland Island, small, wooded, and 10 feet high, lies 1^ miles S. 83^
E. of Green Top Islet.

Kitson Island, off the mouth of North Skeena Passage, is about 400
yards in extent.

Kinnahan Islands, two in number, and about J mile long, lie close
•• " *^'" aiinrp nf Tsimusean Peninsula; they

in
en
Be
oie

3in
ns,

the
, at

arge
fthe
at in
king
from
rhen
, 80°

; tiie
>ard8
lorth-
slaiul

of the grouj), i.iid is marked by kelp.

Metlah Catlah Bay is formed between the shore of the Tsimpseau
Peninsula and the ISW. coast of Digby Island, and is protected from
the westward by Tugwell Island and the reefs which join that island
to the shore of the peniusiila. The bay from its entrance takes a
general northeasterly direction, gradually narrowing as the settlement
is approached ; it then turns sharply to the east and SE., the latter
part being known as Venn Creek.

Metlah Catlah Village, an Indian settlement, founded as a mission-
ary station, is situated upon Mission Point. The houses forming the
mission are b -ilt upon an elevated bank, about 100 feet above high-
water mark, and are mostly whitewashed. The most conspicuous build-
ings being the church, achoolhouse and mission house. Patches of
14205— No. 96 24

368

CHATHAM SOUND.

Ou the western shore of the souiul Coast ^loiind, a conspicuous hill
of oval shape, 750 feet high, will be seen on Middle Dundaa Island,
with a chain of wooded islets, of a peculiarly dark color, frin}j[ing the
shore.

Near the northeastern extreme of '■forth Dundas Island, Table Hill
with a flat auinmit rises to the height of 700 feet, and is conspicuous.
Southward of Table Hill, Thumb Peak rises to the height of 2,500 feet.
With the excention of one small islet (tirass.v Islet), the islets and rocks

(254) BRITISH OOLUBIBIA— Ohatham sound -Rocks located.—

Captain H. Newcomb, master D. G. S. Kestrel, reports the existence
of the following uncharted dangers in Chatham sound:

A shoal 200 yards in extent, marked by kelp in summer, carrying
18 feet, with 7 to 9 fathoms all around it and 9 fathoms between it
and the rock GOO yards northwestward from Green Top rock.

Prom the shoal the summit of Green Top rock bears S. 27° E. true
(SE. I E. B'ly mag.), distant 600 yards, the north tangent of Rachel
islands N. 70° W. true (W. f N. mag.), and the summit of Coast
island N. 57° E. true (NNE. f E. mag. ).

Two shoals west of Holland island, each 200 yards in extent, marked
by kelp in summer, carrying 9 feet, with 5 to 7 fathoms all around
them and 8^ fathoms between them and Holland island. From the
more easterly shoal the summit of Holland island bears S. 64° E. true
' (E. ^ N. mag.;, distant 966 yards, the east tangent of Kinnahan
islands N. 15° W. true (NW. ^ N. mag.), and the summit of Coast
island N. 31° E. true (N. f E. mag.), distant 2.6 miles. From the
middle of the more westerly shoal Lsiwyer Island lighthouse bears
8. 18° E. true (SB. mag. ), distant 4yV miles, the west tangent of
Kienahan islands N. .H7° W. true (NW. by W. | W. W'ly mag.), and
the summit of Coast island N. .38° E. true (N. by E. mag.), distant

2.7 miles.

A pinnacle rock off Island point, Porcher island, which carries 6

feet, and is marked by kelp.

Prom the rock Island point bears S. 32° E. true (SE. by E. J E.
mag.), distant 900 yards, and the north tangent of Creak point
S. 42° W. true (S. by W. f W. mag.). This position must be con-
sidered as approximate only, until it can be checked.
...^uii,, vuo >vuoio ui ii:'3 iiui turn II {>ui iiui, uv -^ (N. M. 7, 1906.)

58 to 214 fiithoms, mud bottom, with occasional patches of rock.

Anchorages. — Anchorage will be found oif the northern entrance of
Skeena River, in Metlah Catlah Bay, Duncan Bay, Big Bay, Pearl
Harbor, and Port Simpson, on the eastern side of Chatham Sound.
Also in Refuge Bay, at mouth of Edye Passage, and in Qlawdzeet, north
end of Stephen Island, on the western side of the sound.

Gi-uU Rocks, consisting of three principal bare rocks, about ^ mile in
extent, the highest rock being about 30 feet above high water, lie oft"
the eastern entrance of Edye Passage.

Ettrick Rock, a dangerous patch of small extent, which uncovers 3
feet at low water, lies 1^ miles S. 29° E. of the center of the Gull Rocks.

Havelock Rock, of small extent and uncoveringG feet at low water,
lies 2h miles S. 20° B. of the center of Gull Rocks. Both Ettrick and
Havelock Rocks have deep water close to.

CJKEEN TOP IfeLANU METI.AH CATLAH HAY.

369

Green Top Island, lo feet high, is small with a patch of Hhrub on
its summit, and lies 4,^ miles N. 32^ W. of the western island of the
Lawyer Group.

Holland Island, small, wooded, and 10 feet high, lies 1^ miles 8.83°
E, of Green Top Islet.

Kitson Island, off the mouth of North Skeena Passage, is about 400
yards in extent.

Kinnahan Islands, two in number, and about ^ mile long, lie close
together about one mile from the shore of Tsimpsean Peninsula; they
are wooded, about 200 feet high.

Rachel Islands (Lakdhwitz), two in number, about one mile in
extent, wooded and about 200 feet high, lie nearly midway between
Tsimpsean Peninsula and Stephen Island. The southeastern extreme
of the SE. Rachel Island lies 5.^ miles S. 80° W. of the south extreme
of south Kiniuihan Island.

Alexandra Patch is nearly circular, one mile in diameter, within
the depth of 20 fathoms. This bank has depths of 10 to 17 fathoms,
over a bottom of mud and sand.

The eastern edge of Alexandra Patch lies one mile N. 27° E. of the
North Rachel Island. There are depths of 46 and 50 fathoms, mud, at
J mile eastward and northward of Alexandra Patch.

Lucy Islands, a group of islands and high-water rocks, the large
islands being wooded and the small bare, lie nearly in the middle of the
sound abreast Metlali Catlah Bay, and are about one mile in extent in
an east iind west direction. This group is of great use when making
Metlah Catlah during thick weather, as being comparatively free from
danger it may be approached (except on the soiitliern side), and, when
niiide, the easternmost island of the group kept astern bearing S. 80°
W. will lead to the entrance of Metlah Gatlah Bay.

A Ledge of Rocks, which partially uncover, extends along the
southwestern side of the Lucy Group; the outer rock lying 1,800 yards
S. 27° W. of the summit of the eastern island of the group. The north-
western rock dries 3 feet and lies \ mile S. 77° VV. of the nearest island
of the group, and is marked by kelp.

Metlah Catlah Bay is formed between the shore of the Tsimpsean
Peninsula and the NW. coast of Digby Island, and is protected from
the westward by Tugwell Island and the reefs which join that island
to the shore of the peninsula. The bay from its entrance takes a
general northeasterly direction, gradually narrowing as the settlement
is approached ; it then turns sharply to the east and SE., the latter
part being known as Venn Creek.

Metlah Catlah Village, an Indian settlement, founded as a mission-
ary station, is situated upon Mission Point. The houses foi-ming the
mission are built upon an elevated bank, about 100 feet above high-
water mark, and are mostly wbitt washed. The most conspicuous build-
ings being the church, schoolhouse and mission house. Patches of
14205— No. 96 24

370

CHATHAM SOUND.

ground are cultivated, and potatoes of large size and good (luality
grown.

Tugwell Island lies soutiiwestward of Metlali Catlali Village, and
vesiiels desirous of coiiimuiiicating with that place usually anchor off
the eastern side of the island, or ott' its northern side in Duncan Bay,
according to circumstances. The island is fringed by dangerous rocky
ground, marked by kelp, especiallj' on its southeastern side. It is
wooded and connected at low water with .Mission Point upon which
Metlah Catlah Village stands.

Davres Rock, awasii at low water, lies 800 yards S. 5'i'^ W. of
Dawes Point.' JJetween Dawes Rock and Dawes Point, large bowlder
rocks uncover at low water, and extend along the westJ'rn side of Tug-
well Island, generally marked by kelp,

Enfield Rock has ~) fathoms water upon it, and lies one mile B. 55^
W. of the same point with foul ground between.

Caution. — Vessels .-inonld pass westward of FOnfield Uock, in not less
than 10 fathoms, at low water.

Leading Marks. — To enter. Knight Island kept midway between
Shrub and Pike Islands bearing X. 52° E. leads safely in to the bay,
between Tugwell Island and Alford Reefs, in 25 fathoms.

Carr Islet, just shut in with the western extreme of Devastation Isl-
and bearing N. 38° E. northerly, will lead eastward of the foul ground
off the southeastern part of Tugwell Island. The south extreme of the
large Gridge Island seen in line with Quartermaster Rock, and touch-
ing the north extreme of the small Cridge Island bearing S. 74° E., will
lead southward of Alford Reefs and the dangers off Tngwell Island.
The flagstaff on Mission Point (Metlah Catlah Village) in line with the
western extreme of Pike Island bearing N. 38° E., will lead eastward of
Altord Reefs.

Alford Reefs are a dangerous cluster of rocks, about GOO yards,
lying at the entrance of Metlah Catlah Bay. The northern rock, which
uncovers 2 feet at low water, lies 1,200 yards N. 29° W. of Quarter-
master Rock.

Quartermaster Rock, a small black rock, 2 feet above high water,
lies 800 yards N. 74° W. of the southern extreme of the large Cridge
Island, and 300 yards from the small Cridge Island, on the same bearing.

A Rock, which uncovers one foot at low water, lies 300 yards S. 27°
W. of Quartermaster Rock.

Cridge Islands are two in number. The eastern and larger island
lies 400 yards off the eastern shore of Digby Islands. The western
island is small. Both islands are wooded.

Midge Rock, a patch of small extent, which uncovers at low water,
lies i mile north of the Small Bridge Island, and about the same dis-
tance eastward of the nearest part of Alford Reefs.

Devastation Island lies almost in the center of the bay ^ mile east-
ward of Tugwell Island. The island is wooded, and two rocky islets
lie close to its southern extreme.

CARh I8LKT — VKNN CKKKK.

371

Tlie western shore of Devastiitioii Island has no (huiffer ott it beyond
100 yards, but from tlie northern extreme of this ishmd a siioal, portions
of whicii uncover at low water, exten<l.s h mile towards Pike Tsland.

Carr Islet, small, lies J mile N. 38'^ E. of the northern extreme of
Devastation Island. A small islet lies 100 yards N. IS^ W. of (Jarr
Islet, (^arr Islet is connected at low water with the spit which joins
Tufjwell Island and Observation Point.

Knight Island, barely 10 feet hip:h, small, with stunted scrub upon
it, lies 800 yards S. 55'^ K. of the northern extreme of Devastation Island.

Armour Rock, with 9 feet water over it, lies S. 7^ E., distant 200
yards from Knight Island.

Pike Island, 100 feet high, is wooded.

Shrub Islet lies 300 yards north of Pike Island, and is of small ex-
tent, low, and easily recognizable from its having three i)eculiar trees
on it, the oidy ones on the island.

Pike, Carr, and Shrub Islands are not easily distinguished by strang-
ers making for Metlah Catlah ; and Carr Islet amtears .as part of De-
vastation Island.

A Shoal, the outer portion of which uncovers at low water, extends
nearly 400 yards from the northern side of Shrub Islet, and is the outer
portion of a bank of sand with patches of rock u[»on it, whi(!h connects
Pike Island, Shrub Islet, Gribbell and Isabel lalands at low water.

A Ledge of Rocks, which uncovers at low water, extends 300 yards
southward from Observation Point.

Kelp Rock, a dangerous sunken rock, lies nearly midway between
Shrub Islet and Observation Point. The navigable channel between
Shrub Islet and Observation Point is contracted by Keli) Kock to
barely 100 yards in width at low water. Another rock lies 250 yards
N. 72° E. of Keli) Kock.

A small iron buoy is moored on Kelp Ilock ; but this buoy is often
wa.*hed away, therefore its being in position can not be depended on.

Gribbell Island, on the southern side of the channej leading into
Venn Creek, is about the same size as Shrub Islet, from which it is dis-
tant i mile in a northeasterly direction. A small rocky islet lies about
100 yards off the north side of Gribbell Island.

Isabel Island lies 300 yards NE. of the summit of Gribbell Island.

A dangerous sunken rock lies 100 yards westward of Isabel Island,
and reduces the navigable channel at low water to barely GO yanls in
width.

Venn Creek takes a southeasterly direction from Mission Point, but
is only suitable for small vessels. There are several fishing stations
upon the shores of this creek, in which the Indians obtain salmon. The
creek at its head connects with the unexplored Oldfield Basin, east of
Digby Island, which extends southward and eastward, connecting
with Malacca and North Skeena Passages. The best time tor entering
Venn Creek for a ship of moderate draft is at half tide, or between that
and low water.

872

CHATHAM Sf)t Nl).

Anchorage will he fouiMl in II to I'J fatlionis, hukI bottom, (iUO.vanla
oft' the woHtt'iri side of Devastation Isiiind, with the soiitlieiii extreme
of ]>ovastatioii Island seen in line witli tiie smaller Crid^e Island, and
the southei'ii extreme of Carr Islet beaiinf; N. 0!P K, Snmll veHselsoe-
caBionall^' proceed into Venn I'reek and anelior o(V Metlah (Jatlali Vil-
lage, in 10 to IJ fathoms, with the tlagstatt' on .Mission I'oint bearing
N. 740 W., distant <>()(» to 800 .yards.

The channel into this anchorage is barely 00 yards wide at low water,
when the dangers on either side indicate themselves, bnt the pa8.sage
should only be attempted by short vessels, of light draft; and at all
times it wouhl be well to i)laco boat.s upon the outer edge of the shoal
off Shrub Islet, and also upon the rock which lies westward of Isabel
Island, and likewise on Kelp Kock, should the buoy marking that dan-
ger be not in position.

Auriol Point, just open north of Shrub Islet bearing N. 78^ E., leads
between the foul grouiul southward of Carr Island and the edge ex-
tending from the north extreme of Devastation Island, ami leu Uyan
Point comes open eist of Carr Island bearing N. 12° W. a irse may
be steered to round the boat moored upon the outer edge of the .shoal
oft' Shrub Lslet.

Kor all ordinary i>urposes, however, the anchorage oft" Devastation
Island is within easy distance for communicating by boat with Metlah
Catlah Mission.

Duncan Bay aft'ords anchorage when desirous of communicating
with Metlah Catlah during the prevalence of .southeasterly winds.

The entrance to this bay is about l?f miles wide, and takes a .south-
easterly direction for about lA miles, terminating in the sandspit which
connects Tugwell Island and Tsimpseau Peninsula.

Dangers. — A shoal w ith 3 fathoms (and probably less^ water upon it
extends A mile northward of Tugwell Islaiul. Ledges, which uncover,
and sunken rocks extend nearly '^ mile from the northern shore of Dun-
can Bay.

Hecate Rock, with only 10 feet water on it, lies near the head of
Duiu'an Hay, i mile N. 52° W. of Observation Point.

Directions. — If desirous of anchoring in Duncan Bay, pass one mile
uorthwestwardof Tugwell Island, and when the south extreme of (J ribbell
Island is seen just open of Observation Point, bearing S. 57° W. that
mark should be steered for; a berth should be taken up on that bear-
ing, in 8 to 10 fathoms, mud, with Chapman Point, the NW. extreme of
Tugwell I.sland, bearing S. 83° W.

Approaching Metlah Catlah from the southeastward, if the Lawyer
Group of islands be kept in line with Green Top Island bearing S. 35°
E., that mark astern will lead directly to the entrance of Metlah Cat-
lah Bay; and having brought Carr Islet in line with the western side
of Devastation Island bearing N. 38° E. northerly, a vessel may steer in
on that mark, and proceed as before directed to the anchorage off" the

MKTLAM CATLAII IUKKC IIONS — SOUTH 131,. ND.

NW. Hide of Dovastiition Islainl. Or, if l»ouinl into Diiiicaii IJii.v, i»ass
Olio inil« wostward of Tiijjwcll Kslaiid, ainl procoi'd im liolbre dirccttMl.
DiiriiiL' afd^oriii tliick woatlit-r, when approaching -Mctlali Catlah iVom
the .southcaslwat'd, do not slioai to less tiian tO lathoniH, and on sin-li
(xu-atiiniiH tlio Lncy IshindH slioiild lu-cantionMly .steered lor and .si^^hted,
taking care to avoid the leetM wjiieii exfeml from the S. and !S\V. .side
of the {jr*'"'!*' T'"' lar;,'e or eastern Lucy Ishmd siiould lie bntiif^lit to
bear 8. 8(P W. astern, and a X. fSOO M. cour,se shoidd take a vessel to
the entrance of .Mctiah Caliah Hay. Tiie hank of 10 fallioms (and ies.s
water) extends nearly one mile to tiie southward of Tuywell Island, and
the hand lead, if proceediii},' slowly, should iinlicate the jiosition. Dur-
ing; sntnnier and autiiinii lari^e quantities of kelp mark this bank.

Tree Bluff, the Nonthern entrance point of Uiff Hay, ,ie.s 5 miles
nortli of Uyan I'oint. The shore northward of Kyan Point is low and
wooded to the distance of 3 mile.s back from tiie coast, where it rises
into hifjh land ; the two most conspicuous mountains being Mission
Mountain and Deer Mound. Two streams enter the iound on this part
of the coast, and there are two islets lying close to the shore, respect-
ivelv one and 2 miles northward of Uyan Point. The former (Swamp
Isli r) is covered with low grass, and lies about A nule from the shore.
The latter islet is bare (Slippery Kock), about 800 yards from the shore.

Immediately eastward of Tree Hlull' there is a wooded hill, close to
the shor<>, L'.")Ofeet high.

Dangers. — Between Metlah Catlah and Hig Hays, dangerous ledges
extend ott" shore in many places to the distance of 2 miles. These
edges uncover at low water, ami are steep-to.

Hodgson Reefs, a dangerous cluster, lie northward of Duncan Bay;
their south part covers at half llood, and lies 13 unles N. 18° \V. of the
NW. extreme of Tugwell Island. From that position dangerous
sunken rocks extend in a northerly direction for '2 miles.

Abreast Tree Bluff the edge of the bank, which dries at low water,
lies lA miles from the shore.

Leading Marks.— The southern side of Kinnahan Islands, just show-
ing clear of the south end of Tugwell Lsland, bearing S. 2(P E , leads,
westward of Hodgson Keefs; and the eastern island of the Lucy Group
should not be brought to bear south of S. 16° W. (astern) until Mount
Grifiin (over Port Simp.son) is seen in line with the north end of Burnt-
cliff" Island N. 42^ E. ; this mark leads westward of all dangers ofl" the
entrance of Hig Bay.

Big Bay (Lakhou), the entrance to which between Tree Bluff' and
South Island is 2.A miles wide. At its head, which is skirted by a sand
tlat, which dries one mile from the shore at low water, several streams
flow into the bay ; this part being known as S.alnion River Bight.

South Island is small and wooded, with a sharp summit 1.^0 feet
high, and connected with the mainland by a spa(!e of foul grquiul, dry
at low water, and one mile in width.

374

CHATHAM SOUND.

A Ledge of Sunken Rocks, with deptlis of 6 and 12 feet, cxteiuls J
mile S. 33° W. from the southwestern side of South Island.

Haycock Island lies GOO yards S. G3° E. of the summit of South
Islaiiil.

White ClifiF Island lies about a mile S. 37° E. of Haycock Island ; it
is small, and terminates in hifrh, white, cons])icuouB cliii's.

Shattock Point, 000 yards east of Wiiite Cliff Island, is the north-
western entrance point of Salmon River Bight.

Swallow Island lies one mile S. 55° E. of White Cliff Island, and
200 yards oil' the north shore.

Curlevr Rock is small, about 2 foet above high water, and lies J
mile S. 27^ W. of Swallow Island.

Ripple Bank, at the entrance to Big Hay, is about 400 yards in ex-
tent in ;<n ESP>. and WIS W. direction ; the shoalest spot near the ea-st-
ern end, having 12 feet water over it, samly bottom, lies 1,1 miles 8.47°
W. of the summit of South Island. This bank usually indicates itself
by a tide rij) but no kelp.

A Sandbank, about 200 yards in extent, with 3 fathoms water, lies
S. 21 '5 W. (iOO yards from Haycock Island.

Escape Reefs are a dangerou.s cluster at the entrance to Big Bay,
SE. of Kipi)le Hank. Thc^ outer or western reef has 4 feet water over
it, and lies 1,^,, miles 8.35° W. of the summit of South Islimd. The east-
ern reef has 5 feet water over it, and lies ), mile east of the western one.
There are dei)tlia of 10 and 1 7 fathoms between these reefs. During the
season of kelp growth, that weed is Ibujid in great (piantities upon Es-
cape Reefs, and near the head of Big Bay. Both reefs have small
lumps dry at low water.

Anchorage will be found in Big J>ay, in 11 and 12 fathoms, mud,
with Haycock Island in line with the north extreme of South Island,
and White Cliff Island in line with Blount Grillin.

Directions. — Api)r()aching Big Bay from the southward, Mount Grif-
fin sliould l)e kept in line with the north extreme of Burnt-cliff Island
N. 42° E. until Sharjt Peak on the ridge SE. of Mount (iriiliu is inline
with the south end of Swallow I.sland bearing S. 75° K. : the latter mark
will lead directly into Big Bay; anchor with Slimp Peak open south of
Swall!)w Island, in the position and rfejith above given.

Burnt-cliff Island, northward of South Island, is wooded, its highest
point near its north end being 200 feet high. The in)rtliern extreine of
this island terminates in high red-brown (iliffs; the northeastern ex-
treme is cultivated, and from that point a long bank of shingle, awash
at high water, extends GOO yards in an easterly direction. The whole
si)ace inshore oi South and Burnt cliff Islands uncovers at low water.

A Ledge, which uncovers at low water, extends GOO yards in a north-
erly direction from the NW. extreme of Burntclitt Island. The chan-
nel between Purutcliff and One Tree Islands is available only for boats-

ONE TREK ISLAND WOOD-CUTTING ESTABLISHMENT.

;i75

One Tree Island is of small extent, witli a sliai'ii wooded summit
A low grassy point extends 100 yards in a northerly direction from tlio
northern extreme of One Tree Island. One Tree Island forms the south-
ern point of entrance to Cunningham Passage, and the western shelter
of Pearl Harbor.

A Ledge, which uncovers at low water, surrounds One Tree Island ;
its greatt'st distance from the shore being ] mile.

Flat-top Islands, northward of Pearl Harbor, consist of three
wooded islands. The middle and longest island of the group is cou-
ne(;ted by a narrow grassy neck with the northern island, and the lat-
ter has a Hat summit, covered in July with long grass.

Ledges, which uncover at low water, and foul ground surround the
Flat-to)) Group to the distance of 300 yards.

Finlayson Island, the largest in this locality, is 2^ miles long in a
north and south direction, one mile broad, and is wooded. The souths
eru extreme of the island terminates in clitfs; but the northern ex-
treme (Gordon Point) is long and comparatively low, with ledges which
uncover extending 400 yards to the northwiird ; and on tiie N\V. side
of the island, about A mile from the northwestern extreme, is a large
stream.

Red Cliff Point, on the eastern side of Cunningham Passage, is
rendered conspicuous by the iiigh red-brow!» cliffs over it, and the small
islet close to. Immediately SE. of the jwint there is a bay, with a
sandy beach, and stream at its head.

j?earl Haxbor, eastward of One Tree Island, is nearly circular iu
shape and i mile across, its eastern side being (brmed by a bay, which
dries nearly Uiroughout at low water. On its srutlieastern side the high
bank of shin„'le which extends from the nortlieasterii point of Burnt-
clitf Island eO'ectually shelters the harbor from southeasterly winds.

Anchorage. — Good anchorage will be found iu 9 to 10 fathoms, mud
botiom, near the middle of Pearl Harbor.

Otter Anchorage, at the south end of Cunningham Passage near
the eastern shore, northward of Flat-to]) Islands, is useful if communi-
catiig with the wood-cutting establishment abreast it.

Anchorage in 15 to 17 fathoms, sand, will be found with the center of
the Wood-cutti'ig liStablishment in line with Leading Peak, bearing S.
770 B., and the northernmost Flat-top Island (Green Mound) S. 10^ W.,
distant .'500 yards.

Wood-cutting Establishment, from which the principal sujjplies for
PortSimi)son areobtained, is near the middle of a sandy bay, thenorthern
point of the bay terminating in clitt's. The bay dries nearly throughout
at low water.

From Ot^er Anchorage there is a passage eastward of Flat-top Is-
lands into Pearl Harbor, but this is not recommended to strangers.

Sparrowhawk Rock, a dangero is, sunken, pinnacle rock, on which
is only 5 feet water, lies nearly i nule N, 12'' W. of One Tree Island

376

CHATHAM SOUND.

and nearly in inidcliaiinel between One Tree and Finlayson Islands;
it is steep to, there being depths of 10 and lli t'athoins at a distance of 50
foct from it.

Leading Peak, a well defined i)eak of triangular shape, in line with
iiortliorn extreme of the northernmost islet of Uie Fhit-top Group, hear-
ing S. 80° E., or that peak seen just open southward of the Woodimtting
Establishment abreast Otter Anchorage, S. V7^ E., will lead northward
of Sparrowhawk Kock and southward of Dodd Kock.

Dodd Rock is the nu)st outlying danger extending from the southern
side of Eiulayson Island, and lies a little o\xr 400 yards S. 27^ W. of
Fortune Point; ledges which dry connect it with that i>oint. Dodd
Kock only covers at the highest equinoctial tides, and is therefore a
useful mark when enteriug Cunningham Passage, as there is deep water
a short distance southward of the rock.

Directions. — Ai)proaching Cunningham Passage, Red Clifi' Point
should be steered for in line with Fortune Point, bearing N. 72^ E., until
Leiiding Peak is seen in line with the north Flattoi) Island (Green
Mound), bearing S. 80^ E., when the latter mark should be steered for.
When the western side of Burnt-clift' Island is seen open eastward of
One Tree Islet, bearing south, vessels will be eastward of Sparrow-
hawk Rock ; and if bound to Port Simpson, may haul to the north-
ward into Cunningham Passage.

If bound into Pearl Harbor, a midchannel (,ourse from the above-
mentioned position should be shaped between One Tree Islet and the
southernmost Flat-top Island. Belletti and Shattock Points, two con-
spicuous wooded points on the eastern shore, should be kept in line,
bearing S. 29° E., when entering Pearl Harbor.

Caaningham Passage is eastward of Finlayson Island, between it
and the Tsimpsean Peninsula, The southern portion of this channel is
barely 700 yards wide; but northward of Sarah Point the passage
widens, attaining, between One Tree Islet ami Gordon Point, a width
of 1;^ miles. The depths in midchannel are from 10 to 30 fathoms, with
no danger beyond 200 yards from the shore, until Hearing Village Island.

Village Island, at the southwestern entrauce of jiort Simpson, at
about 200 yards from the shore, with which it is connected at half tide,
is about i mile long in a NW. 'ind SE. direction ; its southern siile forms
a bay. Village Island near its NW. extreme is about 50 feet high, hav-
ing on it a high jiole.

One Tree Islet, covered with stunted trees, lies close to the north-
western extreme of Village Island. Xear the western end stands a
conspicuous decayed tree from which the name of the islet is given.

Birnie Island lies at the northern entrance of Port Simpson. Tiie
shores this island are coiui)aratively bold and unbroken. Knox
Point is the southern extreme. Ledges which uncover at low water ex-
tend 200 yards from Knox Point.

PORT SIMPSOX.

377

'••"viinr on tbis part of tlie coast,

' aster ly

I is ap ■

.11 Bay>

i, where

with a

1(1. The

ch dry at

ffh- water

'"«tl

.4 to 20
free from
no strong

tidal curreiua, ■». .'st, which

here seldom blows. The prevailing wiim.-, .... TW., from

whicli the harbor is perfectly protected.

Supplies. — Wood, water, poultry, potatoes, and crabs may be ob-
tained.

Landmark.— The villages on Villagelslan 1, the decayed tree on One
Tree Islet, Fort Simpson, and Mount Griflin, with its triangular sum-
mit, are jvll conspicuous objects at the SW. entrance of Port Simp-
son. On the northern shore (leorge and Lizzie Hills, of nearly the
same height, are wooded and easily recognized. The mouth of .t lagoon,
on that shore, is also conspicuous. Hen Hill, c/verthe southeri entrance
lH)int of Stumaun Bay, is wooded, 130 feet high, and conspicuous amid
the adjacent lowland.

Fort Simpson. — The trading post or fort stands near the southwest-
ern entrance point of the bay, close to the beach, and consists of a stock-
ade of oblong shape, L'5(> feet long and 100 feet deep, with high bas-
tions. A largeentry gate faces thebeach with alandingjetty of stoiiesin
frontofit. Excellent potatoes, lettuces, and radishes are grown. Kasp-
berries and strawberries grow in abundance.

The village contains a population of about 800 Indians.

Good wood ready cut for steaming puri)oses may be obtained at $3 a
cord.

The land at the back of the fort is about 130 feet high, and has been
cleared to the distance of about one mile.

The Hudson nay Cuini>aiiy's trading steam-vessel calls jieriodically
at Port Simpson, bringing supplies and returning with the furs. There
is a good pier with a depth of over 4 fathoms alongside it at low water.

Temperature. — From observations taken in 18G8 the maximum and
mininiuni registrations of temperature were as follows: June, G5°, 50°;
July, 74°, 48°; August, 70°, 54°; September, 64°, 44°.

Anchorage. — The usual anchorage is off the tort, in about 10 fath-
oms, mud bottom; a good berth being with Parkin Island, seen just
open northward of Birnie Island, bearing N. 18^ W. (westerly), and
Gordon Point in line with the decayed tree on One Tree Islet. N. 85° W.

(255) BRITISH GOLUMBIA— Chatham sound— Insklp passage —
Fort Simpson entrance Blrnie Island light— Corrections.— Kefer-

riiig to Notice to Mariners No. 53 (1878) of 1904, describing the new
beacon liglit on Birnie island, lat«r information received from British
Columbia corrects the particulars therein contained sis follows:

The light is situated on a blntt' between the south and southwest
points of the island.

Approx. position: Lat. 54° 35' 30" N., Long. 130° 27' 20" W.

The following sextant angles fix its position:

End of Port Simpson wharf, 0°.

East tangent, Finlayson island, 27°.

Pointer rocks, middle rock, 87°.

The Wigham lamp stands ou a small white enclosed wooden tower
and the light should be visible over an arc of 172° from N. 37° W.
true (NW. by W. | W. mag.), through north and east, to S. 45° E.
true (E8E. ^ E. E'ly mag.). (N. M.7, 1906.)

.- ^^^^ ..<.»L .b II 11%. 11 V^iri Vt I llg OltUlllIl^linill L (lOOfV^T , (»0 Vll\^t V lO \.tl-\ ^/ II i..!^^-

a short distance southward of the rock.

Directions. — Ai)proacliiug Cunningham Passage, lied Cliff Point
should be steered for in line with Fortune Point, bearing N. 72° E., until
Leading Peak is seen in line with the north Flat-top Island (Green
Mound), bearing S. 80^ E., when the latter mark should be steered for.
When the western side of Burnt-cliff Island is seen open eastward of
One Tree Islet, bearing south, vessels will be eastward of Sparrow-
hawk Rock ; and if bound to Port Simpson, may haul to the north-
ward into Cunningham Passage.

If bound into Pearl Harbor, a midchannel course from the above-
mentioned position sliould be shaped between One Tree Islet aiul the
southernmost Flat- top Island. Belletti and Shattock Points, two con-
spicuous wooded points ou the eastern shore, should be kept in line,
bearing S, 29° E., when entering Pearl Harbor.

Cunningham Passage is eastward of Finlayson Island, between it
and the Tsimpsean Peninsula. The southern portion of this channel is
barely 700 yards wide; but northward of Sarah Point the passage
widens, attaining, between One Tree Islet and Gordon Point, a wulth
of IJ miles. The depths in midchannel are from 1(5 to 3ti fathoms, with
no danger beyond 200 yards from the shore, until nearing Village Island.

Village Island, at the southwestern entrance of port Simpson, at
about 200 yards from the shore, with which it is connected at half tide,
is about ^ mile long in a NW. and SE. direction ; its southern side forms
a bay. Village Island near itsNW. extreme is about50 feet high, hav-
ing on it a high i)ole.

One Tree Islet, covered with stunted trees, lies close to the north-
western extreme of Village Island. Near the western end stands a
conspicuous decayed tree from which the name of the islet is given.

Birnie Island lies at the northern entrance of Port Simi)son. The
shores of this island are comparatively bold and unbroken. Knox
Point is the southern extreme. Ledges which uncover at low water ex-
tend 200 yards from Knox Point.

PORT SIMPSON.

377

Port Simpson, the most spacious liarbor on tliis jtait oi' tlie coast,
is nearly 1.4 miles wide at its eiitranci- ; thence it takes a southeasterly
direction for about 34 miles, (tontrai^ting ij;radually as the head is aj)-
proached, and terminating in a narrow bight named Stumaun Bay»
which dries across at low water. At its head arc several streams, where
salmon are caught. The uortliern shore of the i)ort is fringed with a
rocky beach, compact and backed by rapidly rising high land. The
southern shore is not so regular nor so steep-to, the rocks which dry at
low water near the eastern part of the bay extc^nding from high-water
mark in some ]>lncey for the distance of nearly i\ mile.

Port Simpson embraces over 4 square miles of water, from 4 to 2Q
fathoms deep, with muddy bottom, good holding ground, and free from
rocks and shoals. It is easy of access from the sea, having no strong
tidal currents, and well sheltered from all winds except the west, which
here .seldom blows. The prevailing winds are SW. and XW., from
whicli the harbor is perfectly' protected.

Supplies. — Wood, water, poultry, potatoes, and crabs may be ob-
tained.

Landmark.— The villages on Village Island, the decayed tree on One
Tree Islet, Fort Simpson, and Mount Griffin, with its triangular sum-
mit, are all conspicuous objects at the SW. entrance of Port Simp-
sou. On the uortbern shore (leorge and Lizzie Hills, of nearly the
same height, are wooded and easily recognized. Tiie motUh of a lagoon,
on that shore, is also conspicuous. Hen llill, overthe southern entrance
point of Stumaun Bay, is wooded, 130 feet high, and conspicuous amid
the adjacent lowland.

Fort Simpson. — The trading poster fort stands near the southwest-
ern entrance point of the bay, close to the beach, and consists of a stock-
ade of oblong shape, L'50 feet long and 100 feet deep, witii high bas-
tions. A largeentry gate faces thebeach with alanding jetty of stonesin
front of it. Excellent potatoes, lettuces, and radishes are grown. Rasp-
berries and strawberries grow in abundance.

The village contains a population of about 800 Indians.

Good wood ready cut for steaming purposes may be obtained at $3 a
cord.

The land at the back of the fort is about 130 feet high, ami has been
cleared to the distance of about one mile.

The Hudson Hay Company's trading steam-vessel calls i)eriodically
at Port Simpson, bringing supplies and returning with the furs. There
is a good pier with a depth of over 4 fathoms alongside it at low water.

Temperature. — From observations taken in 18(58 the maximum and
minimum registrations of temperature were as follows: June, G5°, ."JOO;
July, 740, 48°; August, 70o, 54^; September, 04°, 44°.

Anchorage. — The usual anchorage is off' the fort, in about 10 fath-
oms, mud bottom; a good berth being with Parkin Island, .seen just
open northward of Birnie Island, bearing N. 18^ W^. (westerly), and
Gordon Point in line with the decayed tree on One Tree Isle' N. 85° W.

378

CHATHAM SOUND.

Hankin Reefs are a daiigerons cluster of reefs whicb partially un-
cover, situated SW. of N'illage Island. The sou tli western extreme of
these reefs uncovers (5 feet at low water, and lies a little over 000 yards
S. 01° W. of the northwestern extreme of Village Island. There is deep
water between these reefs and Village Island.

Fortune Point, just shut in with Sarah Point bearing S. 10° \V., leads
westward of the reefs.

Harbor Reefs are an extensive i)lateau of rocks, awash at high
water, forming a natural breakwater at the entrance to Port Simjjson,
protecting the anchorage ironi NW. winds. This sunken i)lateau is
nearly square in shai)e, and about one mile in extent, within the depth
of5fatiioms. The southeastern portion of these reefs on Ij' covers at
the highest tides.

Dodd Passage lies between One-Tree Islet and Harbor Keeis, and
is 400 ^ ards wide, with depths of (i and 8 fathoms in it. This is availa-
ble for steam vessels, but local knowledge is neccftsary.

Anchorage Patch, with 18 feet water, sandy bottom, lies in the
western portion of the anchorage ground ott' Fort Simpson, with the
fort gate bearing S. '2i° E., and the pole on the NW. extreme of Village
Island, S. 72° W., distant 300 yards.

Choked Passage, northward of liirnie Island, has several ledges
which uncover, and sunken dangers with deep water between them.
This passage should not be attempted except in boats, and when using
it keep near the eastern shore.

Directions. — Api)roachiug Port Simpson from the southward by
Cunningham Passage, the clift's on the NW. extreme of Burnt-cliff
Island kei)t in line with the southernmost Flat-top Island, bearing S.
13° W. (astern) will lead through until abreast Sarah Point. Thence
the mark for leading westward of Hankin Reefs should be brought on
astern, and when the lagoon mouth on north shore of Port Simpson
opens westward of the decayed tree on One-Tree Islet, bearing N. 72°
E., a course should be steered to i)a8s 200 yards northwestward of One-
Tree Islet, and anchor in the position before mentioned.

Vessels not wishing to enter by Doild Passage, should, when abreast
Sarah Point, bring that point in line with the south point of a bay on the
eastern shore of Cunningham Passage, bearing S. 21° F. (astern), which
mark will lead southward of the Harbor Reefs, midwaj' between that
danger and Finlayscm Island.

Inskip Passage, the northern and principal entrance into Port
Simpson, is a little over J mile wide, and should invariably be used by
strangers.

Entering Port Simpson by Inskip Passage, Lizzie Hill (on the north
shore) well open southward of Birnie Island, bearing N. 72'- B., will lead
400 yards south of that island and 600 yards north of the Harbor Reefs.
When Ben Hill comes open of Bath Point, bearing S. 52° E., a 8. 74° E.
•course may be steered, until Parkin Island is seen just open northward

WKST COAST.

379

of Jiiriiit^ Isliiiul, bearing N. 18° W. (wt'stoilj), that iiiarU l<t'i)t on astt'iii
will lead up to tlie anclioiaRe, in tlic depth and position before men-
tioned.

Repairs. — Tlie great rise anil fall of tide at Tort Sini])son permits a
vessel to be beached. A good site will be found for this purpose just
westward of the fort. The bottom consists of hard sand, with a cover-
ing of weeds.

Tides.— Chatham Sound lias veiy little current, not more than one
knot, as far as tlie Pointers. A strong current sets out of Nass and
Work Cliannels in Chatham Sound and then Hows out through Dixon
Entrance between Dundas Islands and Alaska, at the rate of about 2J
knots an hour.

Deviation. — For swinging to ascertain the deviation of the comjiass
in Port Simpson, Table Hill on Dundas Island, 12 miles distant, is con-
spicuous. Tiie bearing of the knob at the north end of Table Hill, from
the anchorage in Port Simi)8on, is N. 70° 00' W.

Parkin Islands consist of two islands l.ving close together, about
200 yards in extent ; though small, they are 250 feet high, wooded and
conspicuous. The south extreme of Parkin Islands lies about 1.^ miles
N. 15° W. of ilie northern extreme of liirnie Island, and 1,200 yards
from the nearest shore (Black Point).

Maskelyne Point is the southwestern entrance point of Portland
Inlet, and the northwestern entrance iioint of Work Channel. Deep
water was found within 200 yards of that point.

Work Channel, the entrance to which lies close northward of Point
Masi.elyne, takes a southeasterly direction for about 33 miles; near
its ternination it divides into two arms, one l»rancliing oft to the NW,
for 5 miles, and then turning suddenly to the NE. for the same dis-
tance ; the other arm continuing to the SE., and apiiroaciiing within
one mile of the Skeena river ; this channel has not been examiiii'il in
detail. At its entrance Work Channel is barely 800 yards wide, which
width it jireserves for about 7 miles, when it widens to H miles, and
afterw'ards to 2 miles; its shores are stated to be " straight and com-
pact." A rock Just visible at low water is reported to lie in the middle
of this channel just abreast of Mount IMcNeil. It is describo<l as hav-
ing a very small top with a depth of 130 fathoms close to it.

WKST COAST OF CHATHAM SOUND.

Prescott and Stephens Islands lie in the sonthwesterii jiart of
Chatham Sound, and are separated by a narrow passage available only
for boats. These islands together are about 12 miles long, of triangu-
lar shape; the base of the triangle, the northwestern side of Stej)hen8
Island, is 4 miles long.

Stephens Island attains an elevation of 1,310 feet near its east end ;
its southern shores are comparatively low, with some white clift's near
the center.

380

CHATHAM SOUND.

Tree Knob Groups are a mass of islands, islets, and rocks awash
at low water, wliieli extend G miles in a northwesterly direction from
the 2SW. sideol ytei)heiis Island. The larger islets are wooded and
the sn)aller hare.

Edye Passage lies on tiie sonthern side of Trescott and Steidiens
Islands, and is tlie channel nsually taken wiien communicatinj;' between
Chatham iSonnd and Hecate Strait, as, by usinjj it, vessels avoid the
strong and irregular tides met with in Brown Passage. It is compara-
tively free from danger, and at its eastern end possesses an excellent
anchorage (Kefnge Bay), in which a vessel may await a favorable op-
portunity for proceeding.

Goschen Island. — Approaching Kdye Passage from ihe southward,
the oval-shaped hill, 630 feet high, near the western extreme of Gos-
chen Island is conspicuous, and at 2 miles northward of that hill lies
another, with a Hat summit, 170 feet high. At 3 miles soutliward of
the latter, the western shore of Goschen Island terminates in high
white clitVs.

The western side of Goschen Island has several rocks awash, and
sunken rocks extending one mile off it in a westerly direction.

Bass Rock, 30 feet high, close to the shore of Go.schen Island under
Oval Hill is small and bare.

A Rocky Ledge, with depths of 4 to S fathoms upon it, extends
westward nearlv 4 miles from Goschen Island, in the vicinity of the
Bass Rock.

Clearing Mark. — The conspicuous white cliffs on the south side of
Stephens Island should not be brought to bear westward of N. 27° E.
approaching the western shore of Goschen Island.

Seal Rocks, a cluster of bare rocks of small extent, lO feet above
high water, the center of which lies 5 miles N. 38° W. of the summit of
Oval Hill, have depths of 12 to 31 fathoms at 400 yards from them.

Warrior Rocks, two bare rocks 30 feet above high water, lie SE.
and N\V. distant 1,600 yards from each other. The eastern rock lies
3jJ miles N. 24° W. of the center of the Seal Rock Cluster.

Deep Patch, at the western entrance of Edye Passage, is stated to
have 19 fathoms upon it; there is, however, probably less water on
this patch, as kelp was observed growing upon it in August.

The i)atch is of small extent, and lies one mile N. 49° E. of Cape
Ibbetson.

Clearing Mark. — The south extreme of Arthur Island (View Point)
seen in line with the SE. extreme of that island, bearing S. 83° E., will
lead northward of Deep Patch.

Truscott Patch, with 10 feet water upon it, lies 1.^ miles S. 86° E.
of Cape Ibbetson, and 1,200 yards from the nearest shore of Henry
Island.

Foul Ground extends o£f the southeastern side of Arthur Island to
the distance of 600 yards.

KDYK PASSAGE DIRECTIONS — UROWN PASSAGE.

381

Tides. — The Hood approaches from the westward, iind botli streains
set fairly through Edyo Passage, with an average rate of 2 knots au
hour.

Directions. — Approacliing Edye Pa.ssage from the soutliwestward,
the eastern portion of the high white clilfs on the south side of Stephens
Ishmd sliould not be brought to bear westward of N. 27^ E. until Oval
Hill, on Gosehen Island, is seen iu line with Seal Rocks bearing H. 138°
E. Thence a N. 60^ E. course may be steered for the entrance to Edye
Passage, taking care not to shut in Oval Flill with Cape Ibbetson until
the south and SE. points of Arthur Island are seen in line. The latter
mark may then be steered for, bearing S. 83° E., until Seal Hocks are
seen in line with Cape Ibbetson bearing S. -17° W., when a more .south-
erly course may be steered to pass A mile southward of the south ex-
treme of Arthur Island. When the entrance points of Refuge Bay are
seen in line, that mark may be steered for, bearing N. 61° E., taking
care to avoid the small i)atch, which uncovers at low water, (iOO yards
from the south poiiit of Useless Bay. Pass ^ mile westward of the .south
entrance point of Refuge Bay (Pearee Point), and if not desirous of
anchoring in that bay, a X. 7^ W. course should be steered towards
Rachel Islands, passing midway between that group and Gull Rocks,
whence steer as requisite for destination.

Refuge Bay, at the northwestern extreme of Porcher Lsland, is an
excellent .stoi)ping jjlace during southeasterly winds, or if desirous of
proceeding to sea from Ciiatham Sound by the Edye Passage, the ."tate
of the weather in Ilecate Strait can be ascertained. The bay is 1,400
yards wide between its entrance points, and takes a southeasterly direc-
tion for about one mile, terminating in a sand-tiat which extends nearly
J mile from its head.

The depths in the middle of the bay are from II to 2.'5 fathoms, sand,
shoaling gradually towards cither .shore.

Anchorage will be found in 12 to 14 fathoms, sand and mud, near
the middle of tiie bay, about 400 yards from the north and south shores,
with the nortii entrance point (Table loint) bearing N. 4'^ E., and Pearee
Point bearing N. 80° W.

Bro^vn Passage, between Tree Knob Islands and South Dundas
Islands, is about 5 miles long and 5 miles wide.

Nearly in mid-channel, however, lies a cluster of rocks, awash at high
water, which divides Brown Passage into two channels.

Butterworth Rocks, are a dangerous cluster of rocks, the southern-
most of which is 10 feet above high water, with several patches which
uncover at low water extending from it in a northerly direction for ^
mile. This rock lies 3^ miles S. 52° W. of Bare Island, the south-
western island of the Tree Knob Group, with that island in line with
some wooded islands forming the N.W. cluster of Tree Knob Group
(Osborne Islands).

382

CHATHAM SOUND.

There is deep water between Biitterwortli ivocks luid Tree Knob lal-
mills.

Stenhouse Shoal, a (laiifjerons patch, with 7 feet least water upon
it, and reported to bo 50 yards in extent, lies at the western entrance of
Urown Tassajxe, OA miles S. 8()o \V. of Cape Islet, the southern extreme
of tjoiith Dundas Island, and 5 miles N. UP W. of the outer Osborne
Island.

North Breaker, over which the sea usually breaks, is the outer
known dan;;er extending NW. from the Tree Knob Group, and lies one
mile N. 40^ W. of the outer Osborne Island.

Hanmer Rock, a dangerous rock, nearly in mid-channel, 2i miles
N. 380 K. of tile outer Osborne Islaiul, iii.,{ 2i miles S. 35° W. of Cape
Islet, is awash at high water, with depths of 12 and 32 fathoms-close toj
there are several patches which uncover, extending from flanmer rock
in a NW. direction to the distance of '{ mile.

Simpson Rock lies on the northern side of Brown Passage ^ mile S.
38° W. of Cai)e Islet; this rock is 6 feet above high water, with rocks
awash extending h mile nortiiward and westward, and a depth of 17
fathoms at 800 yards .southward of it; there is a patch which uncovers
3 feet at low water, at COO yards S. 18° E. of Simpson Kock.

Beaver Rock, with 12 feet water on it, lies 1:^ miles S. 4° \V. of the
SE. extreme of South Dundas Island ; several patches of rock lie be-
tween Beaver Kock and the shore of South Dundas Island. There are
depths of 13 and 17 fatlioms at 800 yards southward of Beaver Kock.

Tides. — In Brown Passage the tides set fairly through at an average
rate of 2 knots an hour. The Hood stream sets to the eastward, and off
the western entrance to this passage the tides are strong and compli-
cated.

Directions. — Brown Passage is not recommended to strangers, but
should circumstances compel, the eastern peak of the four-peak range,
on South Dundas Islands, should be steered for, bearing N. 6P E.,
until the eastern and highest Lucy Island bears S. 85^ E., which will
lead tlirough Brown Passage south of Haiuuer Kock, or bearing S. 71°
E, will lead tiirougii, northward of this rock.

Qlavrdzeet Anchorage lies on the northern side of Stephens Island.
It is '^ mile wide at its entrance, and one mile deep in a southerly direc-
tion.

Entrance Reef, awash at high water, lies 400 yards N. 18° W. of the
eastern entrance point of Qlawdzeet Bay.

Directions. — The entrance to Qlawdzeet Bay will be made if the
north extreme of Tugwell Island is kept in line (astern) with the east-
ern island of the Lucy Group, bearing N. 55° E.

Keep in mid channel when entering, and anchor at 600 yards within
the bay and 300 yards off the south shore, in 12 to 14 fathoms, mud bot-
tom, with the eastern entrance point of the bay bearing N. 66° B., dis-
tant 800 yards and the western entrance point bearing N. 49° W., distant
1,200 yards.

BAY ISLANDS — DUNDAS ISLANDS.

383

Bay Islands, on tlie southern side of South Duiidns InIuihI, are re-
poitfd to atl'onl aiKilioruRe off their iiorthwcstcrii wide.

The exiiiniiiatioa of tliis locality has shown the exusteiiee of many
sunken rocks, the anchorajje uiider Hay Islands shouhl therefore not
be attempted.

Dundas Islands consist of three islands, tiie norliiernmost being
thelar<{est and hij^hest. A number of smaller islands (Molfat Islands)
lie close to the eastern shores of S<mtli and .Middle Dundas Islands.
The western shores of the jjroup have not been thorbufjlily examined,
but they are much broken into bays and inlets, with several small off-
lyin;,' islets.

South Dundas Island is about •'( miles long and r> nules broa<1, its
shores being (iomparatively low, wooded, and broken into bays on the
south and western sides. Near the middle of the island a mountain
range rises to the height of 1,400 feet, with four conspicuous peaks.
The eastern and highest peak of this range is 1,400 feet high, the west-
ern and lo^vest 1,100 feet high.

Middle Dundas Island lies about 'J miles from South Dumlas Isl-
and, the passage between being obstructed by numerous low, wooded
islets, ami sunken dangers. The island is nearly 5 miles long, with a
greatest breadth of 5 miles; it is mostly low and wooded, with numer-
ous creeks and bays on its shores. Near the southern end of the isl-
and the land suddenly rises in an oval shaped hill (Coast Mound) 7o0
feet high, which is a useful land-mark.

Connel Islands, a groui* of small wooded islands, lie otV the west-
ern side of Middle Dundas Island. The outer or southwestern island
of the group lies oil the eiitrance to the passage between South and
Middle Dundas Islands, about 2 miles from the western shores of the
latter.

North Dundas Island is about 12 miles long and about 7 miles
broad near its north eml. This island, the highest and largest of the
group, culminates in a mountain with a thumb-shaped summit, l.',oOO
feet high, about 4 miles from the southern end of the island. Near the
northern extreme of North Dundas Island there is a hill 700 feet high,
with a tiat toj), aiul a knob near its north end (Table Hill), a most con-
spicuous and useful mark. The eastern shore of North Dutulas Island
is but little broken; bold, with a range of coast hills rising immedi.
ately above it. On the northern side, nearly midway between Whitley
Point and White Islands, there is a deep bay, though useless as an an-
chorage, at the entrance to which lies a group of small, wooded islets
(Gnarled Islands). Utf the northwestern extreme of the island, close
to the shore, are two conspicuous rocks (White Rocks).

The western shore of North Dundas Island has not been examined
in detail. Several islands lie off that shore to the distance of 2 miles.

Zayas Island is the largest of the islands which lie off' the western
shore of North Dundas Island. The extent of this island has not been

384

CHATHAM SOl'M).

aHcoitiiiiicd. A ledge of rocks, wliiuli iiiic^over at low water, was
observed to extend nearly one mile from tlie NW. extreme of Znyas
lalnnd. From the west side of the island rocks are said to extend ',i
miles.

Zayas Island appeared Mat and heavily timbered and probably 3 or
4 miles in extent. The following (bmgers have been reported in the
neighborhood of Zayas Island: An nneovering rock in mid-channel
between Zayas and North Dnndas Islands; two rocks close in on the
north side of the island; three small islets less than a mile from its
NW. extreme. Besides these, dangers are shown as lying .'{ miles west
of the NW. point of North Dundas and 2 nulos north of the NW.
extreme of Zayas.

Channel Islands are a group of wooded islands, about 100 feet high,
extending across the channel between Middle and North Dundas Is-
lands. This group renders that channel useless for any but he smallest
class of sailing vessels.

Moffat Islands consist of six principal wooded islands and several
lesser ones, the highest being about 250 feet in height. This group,
which lies close to the eastern shore of the Dundas Islands, extends
over a distance of miles. When abreast these islands show out well,
being covered with pine trees of a peculiar deep-green foliage.

Ducie Island is a small, wooded islet, .'{HO feet higli, lying one mile
northward of the Moffat (Jroup. Two conspicuous white rocks, 30 feet
high, lie 000 yards from Ducie Island.

■Whitesand Islet, a small, sandy islet, about 10 feet above high
water, lies eastward of Ducie Island. A ledge of rocks, whi(!h uncover,
extends north and south from Whitesand Islet, to the distance of 800
yards.

Hammond Rock, of smnll extent, Mitii feet water over it, lies
nearly a mile eastward of the -outheastern extreme of the SE. Mott'at
Island. Tliis rock has lU ladiiiHis close northward of it.

Coghlan Rock, with 3 f-^'l water and and 7 fathoms close around ^
lies 2 miles N. 15° W. oi ihi.iimond Kock. There are depths of 43 and
40 fathoms, mud bottom, at one mile northward of this rock.

Brodie Rock lies 3-| miles N. 18o W. of C^oghlan Hock. This dan-
gerous pinnacle rock has oidy 3 feet water over it at low water, with
dei>ths of 20 and 33 fathoms at a distance of 100 feet.

The Ilacliel Group of islands, kept open of tiie Lucy Group, bearing
S. 12° E., will lead eastward of the above mentioned dangers ; but dur-
ing a fog, or in thick weather, the western shore of Chatham Sound
must not be approached under the depth of 40 fathoms.

Pointers Rocks are a dangerous cluster of bare rocks, 3 feet above
high water, about 400 yards in extent. The southernmost and highest
rock lies 3 miles N. 41° W. of the northern extreme of Finlayson Island.
There are depths of 40 fathoms, no bottom, at 100 yards westward ; and
12 fathoms, rocky bottom, at 200 yards eastward of Pointers Rocks.

C0NNI8 HOCKS — DIXON ENTRANCE.

385

ConnlB Rooks coiisiat of one large and aevcral Hinull rook^, nearly
in thu middle uf Main I'auHage into (Jhatliam Sound, abroast Port Simp*
son.

The Houthernmost and higheHt rock, 15 feet above higli water, ia bare,
and from it rocka extend 400 3'arda in a nortlierly direction. Tlie Hum-
mit of tiiis rock lies o mile.s N. 80° W. of the north extreme of Finlay-
son Inland.

Oreen Islet, on the western shoreof Chatham Sound, about 1^ miles
from North Dundas Island, is covered with long grass during the sum-
mer. It is small, 40 feet above high water, and has a small bare rock
lying close northward, and another close southward.

Q-rey Islet is a small bare rock of a greyish color, 30 feet above high
water, 1,800 yards N. 21° E. of Green Islet.

A Sunken Rock •vith 6 feet water ui)on it, lies one mile N. 41° W.
of Grey Islet. There are depths of 19 ami 27 fathoms at 200 yards
from this rock.

A Sunken Rock, with 4 feet water upon it, lies between Grey and
Green Islets.

Main Passage is between Pointers and Connis Rocks, and is 3^ miles
wide. Both Connis and Pointers Kocks may be approached to within
a distance of ^ mile.

Oriflamme Passage lies westward of Connis Kocks, between that
cluster and Green and Grey Islets. It is uearly 3 miles wide.

The passage between Dundas Island and the Green and Grey Islets
is nearly H miles wide. The tides in this passage are strong, and the
channel is not recommended to strangers.

Gnarled Islands, a group of wooded islauds, about one mile in ex-
lent, lying oft" the northern side of the North Dundas Island, are from
150 to 260 feet in height.

The ciiannel between Dundas and Gnarled Islands is obstructed by
ledges which uncover, and sunken rocks.

White Islands are two bare rocks, about 30 feet high, lying ^ mile
from the northwestern extreme of North Dundas Island.

Dixon Entrance is the channel between Prince of WalciS and Queen
Charlotte Islands, jtassing northward of Dundas Islands. Several
sunken rocks, of doubtful i»o>iition, are reported to lie in the western
l)art of this passage, on or near a line joining tiie north end of the Dun-
das Group aiul the south end of the Prince of Wales Group.

Various iiositions have been assigned to the East Devil Rock (one of
the dangers lying in Dixon Entrance) ; it is situated .about 4 miles
northwestward of Zayas Island, in latitude 54° 40' N., longitude 131° 6'
W. According to the report of the commander of the Hudson Bay
Company's steamer Otter, Devil Rock is marked by a breaker, and ip
awash at low water. West Devil Rock is jlpproximately 18i miles S.
84° W. of East Devil Rock ; a breaker (Chacon) is reported as lying 7
miles S. 27° E. of Cape Chacon and Nftnez Reef as lying G miles 8. 13°
W. of the same cape.

14205— No. 9G So

386

DIXON ENTKANCE.

>[(!Ciilloagli Uock, oil wliicli the sea breaks, is said to have been (lis-
covi'ied by Ca|itaiii .Mc(Jiilioiij;li. From it the NW. end of Zayas Is-
land bears X. 78^ li., whilst the western sliore of Zayas Island is dis-
tant about 3 miles in a SK. direction.

Cape Fox lies about 7 miles northward of the(rnaried Island group,
and terminates in remarkable h'gli, white clitt's, with a conspicuous
saddle-shaped iiiountain 2,(Ki(J feet high, immediately over it.

Lord Islands, a grouj) of about one mile in extent, lying 2^ miles
southeastward of Cai)e Fox, are wooded and about 250 feet high.

Lord Rock, which uncovers 3 feet at low water, lies l,(iOO yards S.
61° VV. of the S\V. island of the Lord Group.

Nakat Inlet has its entrance between Capo Fox and T'ugass Inland,
and extends about 11 miles in a northerly direction, lue entrance
has several dangers. In the inlet, in the farther bight inside the group
of islands, is a well-sheltered anchorage in less than 15 fathorun.

Tougass Island is about 3 miles east.vard of Cape Fox. The set-
tlement is dreary, and the almost constant rain and soft soil produce
mud of a most ten.ioious nature.

Anchorage. — The approaches to Tongass settlement are intricate
and require local knowledge ; the anchorage abreast the fort is bad,
with deep water and limited accommodation even for a ve.ssel of mod-
erate length.

Tlekhonsiti Harbor is one of the southeastern ai)proaclies to Tou-
gass from Chatham Sound. This passage is intricate and contracted.

Boston Islands, lying off Wales Island, at the southeastern ap-
proach to Tongass, are about one mile in extent. The larger islands are
wooded, about l.")0 feet high ; the smaller ones are bare, 50 feet high.
The western island is 450 feet high, round, wooded and conspicuous.

A Ledge, which uncovers at low water, lies one mile SE. of the east-
ernmost of the Boston Islands, and one mile from the nearest shore of
Wales Island.

Wales Island, on the northwestern side of the entrance to Portland
Iidet,isabout 7 miles long in an east and west direction, its northeastern
side being about i miles long. The northeastern shore is bold, with
some conspicuous clitts of red-brown color, nearly midway between the
north and .south extremes of the island. A small islet lies cloi to the
shore arm at the north extreme. On the southern side, a deep bay
faces south, and within it are some patches which uncovor, and rocks
awash. A wooded islet, about J mile long, lies otf the entrance to this
bay. A smaller islet lies one mile sonthwestward of the larger one.

Entry Peak, about A mile NW. of Wales Point, is of triangular shape,
with a sharp conspicuous summit. A mountain, with a Hat summit,
is .-i*^uated near the middle of Wales Island.

Cod Bank, with <lepths of 33 and 17 fathoms, mud and shells, lies
between I'oiutors Rocks and Parkiu Island, extending from the latter
within the oOfatliom line, to the distance of IJ miles.

99
art

lot

bet

Tr<

str

TIDES.

387

There is a depth of !()!> fathoms, mud bottom, at A mile south, and
99 fiithoms, rock, at ^ mile north of Cod Uank. Oodtish of large size
are ci'.ujjht upon this bank.

Tides.— The Hdes in ])ixon Entrance and Brown Passage, especially
in the western part' of those channels, are variable and complicated.
The flood stream approaching from the southward up xlecate Strait is
met by the stream passing westward and northward of Queen Char-
lotte Islands at about 15 miles eastwardofllose Point, or about midway
between the northeastern extreme of (Jueen Charlotte Islands and the
Tree nob Group. Northward of that position this meeting of the
streams produces tidal irregularities, and at spring tides or during bad
weather the turmoil caused by the meeting of the streams is so great
as to convey an appearance of broken waters to that portion of them
which lies between Queen Charlotte Islands, Brown Passage, and Dixou
Entrance. In Chatham Sound the tides set fiiirly through.

CHAPTER XII.

QUEEN CHARLOTTE ISLANDS.

Queen Charlotte Islands consists of three principal is).',' ■', ^a
getlier with several smaller islands and form a compact »rchiji'.Iag<).

The general character of these islands is mountainons and heavily-
timbered, and the mining resources are very extensive. The only in-
dustry at present is the manufacture of oil from the dogfish. The chief
item of trade is in the fur seals, value of which is about $10,000 an-
nually.

Climate. — The climate of these islands and of the ott'-lyiug islands
of the coast is influenced by the warm body of water which washes their
shores. The climate is milder aud tlie winters less severe tlian in the
inlets. The vapor arising from this body of warm water is condensed
u^on the mountains forming the shores of the mainland and causes an
almost constant drizzling rain.

Winds. — Southeast winds are prevalent and are generally accom-
panied with thick rain. Winds from the opposite quarter bring fine
weather. Xo dependence c '.n be placed on the weather for U4 hours at
a time.

The heaviest rainfall takes place on the western mountains and often
while it is raining heavily on the mountains, it is clear over the strait
to the eastward. Snow occasionally lalls in winter.

Prevost Island is tiie southernmost island of the groui). The land
gradually rises northward from Cape St. James (its southern point) till
near Houston Stewart Channel, where it has in places an elevation of
about l.',000 leet, whicli heights, if tlie weather is clear, will be the first
land seen on apj)roachi[ig Queen Charlotte Islands from the southward.

The east coast of Prevost Island is bold, and in many places bordered
by steep clitl's. This part of the coast, batween Cape St. James aud the
East Point, a distance of 12 miles, is indentetl by two bays or inlets, the
southern apparently inconsiderable, while Luxaua Bay, the northern, is
probably 3or 4miles in depth. From East Point the shore trends north-
westward or 7 miles to Moore Head, the southeastern entrance point of
Houston Stewart Channel. The shore is much broken, boii'jj penetrated
by inlets which extend back among the ;.igh 'I'lls. Seve.'al small is-

lands lie off it, one of which is bold, densely cov neu witJj '.
a height of 150 feet.

,, aud has

•if>*

CAPE ST. JAMES — HOUSTON STEWART CHANNEL.

389

i-t'-Iagi).
heavily
:)nly in-
le chief
BOO .T,n-

islauds
as their
I in the
deused
ses an

accom-
ig line
lurs at

[ ofteu
strait

e hind
It) till
ion of I
B first
ward,
tiered I
[id the
ts, the
jrn, is
lorth-
>i'itof
rated
all is-
(1 has

I ——">•**»

The western side of Prevost Island, between Cape St. James and the
western entrance of Houston Stewart Channel, for about 12 miles is ap-
parently bold, but it is less known than the opposite side. The land ne.tr
Cape St. James is not as thickly wooded as that to the northward.

Cape St James appears to be the southern extremity of an island
one mile in diameter. The southern point of Cape St. James is a verti-
cal cliff about the same height as the larger of the islets lying off it.
The cape slopes gradually from a summit 1,000 feei. high to the sea,
low at its extreme, with the Hummock Islets lyinT off it (two apparently
detached hummock islets), about 180 feet high ; outside these again lie
three others, nearly 100 feet high, bare and whitish ; the western side
of the cape is also whitish.

Kerouart Islets consist of a chain of rocky islets and rocks which
run off 'rom Cape St. James 3^ miles in a southeasterly direction. A
sunken ledge is reported to extend IJ miles further in the same direc-
tion. As seen at a dis«-annfi of some miles to the northeast, Kerouart
islets appear to form three groups, the first lying close to Cape St. James,
consisting of two large rocks (Hummock Islets), the second of one
large and several smaller rocks, aud the third and furthest southward,
of two or three rocks of some size and a number of lesser ones. These
islets are remarkable, standing boldly up with rounded tops, and verti-
oa} nliffa on all sidcs ; thesmaller rocks having the same pillar-like form

U^noe'^^ToTJS'-l'^^''' °!:«?7"'« chaniif-VeTte?n U-
!y.«<, r w?" rock-Beacon rebullt.-A new bea.on Inus b....n

t::tl:::^'sr'' '" "«'^"^^'« ^^« ^--» -»-»> -« •i-^-ied

The new beacon is placed on a stone foundation 12 feet S(,uare and
^nnou;;;)dbv"Hn"- ^l■^'H»•-»'"=^' «tnu.ture p=U,"Kh '

Approx. position: Lat. 5.'^ 55' ir," N., Long. VM^ 10' 40" W

(Set! Notice to Manners No. :i (91) of l<m-i ^
-fcocf*!^ iiuii. I..V/ ^..„.„, ? ^'"- -J K-'^) oi 1J04. ; (N.M.MS,- 1904.)

stunted and show much dead wood, the roots holding to the almost
naked rock.

' - "^ootward. — This entrance may be known by its

.-, ' ' • -lot ,\t about 4 miles

..^j I gradual! V

■' ' nee off, the

,;.,,._....'■;■ .. -. ver a series

••t ,,• -j,^ ,ce, which is

abour, ouo m..v, "' Point there

are 20 fathoms water, with a rocky uuti,^^.. _ lies close off

Moore Head.

Raspberry Cove. — Within Forsyth Point, on the northern side, is it
snug bay, bordered by a sandy beach, in which, at about jj mile from
Forsyth Point, and at i\ mile from the bea(!li,is a secure and cotivenieiit
anchorage in l(i fathoms. In the northwestern i)art of the bay is Rasp-
berry Cove, into which a stream of wat«r Hows.

CHAPTER XII.

QUEEN CHARLOTTE ISLANDS.

Queen Cliarlotte Islands consists of three principal islands, to-
gether with several smaller islands and form a compact archipelago.

The general character of these islands is mountainous and heavily
timbered, and the mining resources are very extensive. The only in-
dustry at present is the manufacture of oil from the dogfish. The chief
item of trade is iu the fur seals, value of which is about $10,000 an-
nually.

Climate. — The climate of these islands and of the ofl'-lying islands
of the coast is intiuenced by the warm body of water which washes their
shores. The climate is milder and the winters less severe than in the
inli
upi
aln

pai
we
at

lit? It IQ ICtllllLl^ LA\>c« t 11^ Wt& L'LIV.' UAU14L&bt«Ki^vj« A L

to the eastward. Snow occasionally falls in winter.
Prevost Island is the southernmost island of the group. The land

(1877) BRITISH OOLUnBIA— Queen Oharlotte Islands -Name
of southernmost island (Prevost Island) changed to Konghit
island. -To prevent coufusiou, the Geographic Board of Canada has
decided to change the name of the southernmost large island of the
Queen Oharlotte group from Prevost island to Kunghit island, the
former lame being better known as that of an island off the east coast
of Vancouver island. (N. M. 68, 1904.)

i^ivsi roMit, aoistanceot lU miles, is indented by two bays or inlets, tho

southern apparently inconsiderable, while Luxaua Bay, tho iiortliern, is
probably 3 or 4 miles in depth. From East Point the shore trends north-
westward G or 7 miles to Moore Head, the southeastern entrance point of
Houston Stewart Channel. The shore is much broken, being penetrated
by inlets which extend back among the high hills. Several small is-
lands lie otl' it, one of which is bold, densely covered with trees, aud has
a height of 150 feet.
888

CAPE ST. JAMES — HOUSTON STEWART CHANNEL.

389

ids, to-
pelago.
jeavily
)nly in-
le chief
)00 an-

islauds

!s their

iu the

e land

ts, tho

M'll, is

lorth-
•int of
rated
all is-
d has

The western side of Prevost Island, between Gape St. James and the
western entrance of Houston Stewart Ohannel, for about 12 miles is ap-
parently bold, but it is less known than the opposite side. The land near
Cape St. James is not as thickly wooded as that to the northward.

Cape St James appears to be the southern extremity of an island
one mile in diameter. The southern point of (jape St. James is a verti-
cal cliff about the same height as the larger of the islets lying off it.
The cape slopes gradually from a summit 1,000 feet high to the sea,
low at its extreme, with lie Hummock Islets lying off it (two apparently
detached hummock islets), about 180 feet high ; outside these again lie
three others, nearly 100 feet high, bare and whitish ; the western side
of the cape is also whitish.

Kerouart Islets consist of a chain of rocky islets and rocks which
run off from Cape St. James 3^ miles in a southeasterly direction. A
sunken ledge is reported to extend IJ miles further in the same direc-
tion. As seen at a distance of some miles to the northeast, Kerouart
islets appear to form three groups, the first lying close to Cape St. James,
consisting of two large rocks (Hummock Islets), the second of one
large and several smaller rocks, and the third and furthest southward,
of two or three rocks of some size and a number of lesser ones. These
islets are remarkable, standing boldly up with rounded tops, and verti-
cal cliffs on all sides; the smaller rocks having the same pillar-like form
so frequently found where a rocky coast is exposed to the full sweep of
a great ocean.

Houston Stewart Channel trends from Moore Head westerly 2J
miles to Hornby Point, thence SW. 3 miles to the entrance from the
Pacific Ocean. Opposite the bend formed by Hornby Point is Rose
Harbor. Lonscoone, at the west entrance of the channel and just
within Anthony Island, is said to be a good harbor similar to Rose
Harbor. The country round this locality is mountainous, mostly rising
steeply from the shore, and thicklj- wooded ; the trees, however, are
stunted and show much dead wood, the roots holding to the almost
naked rock.

Entering from the Eastward. — This entrance may be known by its
bold south point, and the round, thickly wooded islet. At about 4 miles
from the entrance there are 90 fathoms water, and the depths gradually
shoals to 20 fathoms to within one mile of it ; from this distance off, the
soundings are very irregular, varying from 30 to 7 fathoms over a series
of ridges or bars of rocu, sand, shell, and mud. In the entrance, which is
about one mile wide, between Moore Head and Langford Point there
are 20 fathoms water, with a rocky bottom. Haydon Rock lies close off
Moore Head.

Raspberry Cove. — Within Forsyth Point, on the northern side, is a
snug bay, bordered by a sandy beach, in which, at about a' mile from
Forsyth Point, and at :^ mile from thebeacli,i8 a secure and convenient
anchorage in l(i fathoms. In tlie northwestern part of the ba}- is Rasp-
berry Cove, into which a stream of water flows.

390

QUEEN CHARLOTTE ISLANDS.

Rock. — At ^ niilo inside Forsyth Point, and a little to the northward
of the line of the direction of tlie channel, is a rocky patch with icelp on
it which dries at low-water springs ; vessels should not haul to the
uorthward too soon after entering.

On the southern side of the channel are some small wooded islands,
here and there fringed with outlyingpatches of kelp, which latter should
always bo avoided.

Trevan Rock, 1^ miles, nearly west of Forsytli Point, lies almost in
mid-channel, and contracts the passage on its northern side to rather
less than -\ mile; i)atclies of kelp and Ellen Island, the largest of the
islands before mentioned, reduce the channel on the southern side of it
to about 200 yards in width. Trevan Itock is covered at high water;
close to the north side of it the depth is 7 fathoms.

Anchorage. — Tiiere is a good anchorage to the eastward of Ellen
Island, in a bay (brmed by the island and a rocky patch which covers
at half tide, at nearly i mile to the eastward of the island. The an-
chorage is in 14 fathoms, mud, and the tide is not felt.

Rose Harbor. — This secure and capacious harbor takes a northerly
direction between Catherine Point on the west and Koss Island on the
east, for 3 miles from its junction with the channel, and is a continua-
tion in nearly a straight line with the western ])ortion of it. For the
first 2 miles the average breadth of the harbor is 'f mile, the western
shore rising boldly with deej) water clo.se-to; the eastern shore, although
high, has kei|i along it, with shoal water, extending for a distance of
from 200 to .500 yards. The harbor then contracts to ^ mile in width
between two low points forming its head, beyond which is a basin,
about 2 miles in circumference, filled with rocks and wooded islets, hav-
ing on its western side Sedmond Kiver, a small stream abounding in
the season with geese and ducks. The land on its northern and west-
ern sides is high and mountainous, whilst that on its eastern side is
low. Pincher Rocks lie nearlj' 400 yards S. 15° W. of the east entrance
point of the basin.

Danger Rocks. — About 3 miles to the uorthward of the eastern en-
trance to Houston Stewart Channel, and nt about 2 miles oft" the low
and den.sely wooded point between the eastern entrance of Houston
Stewart Channel and Car|)enter Hay, is a ledge of rooks, lying a little
above water, on which the sea breaks violently, and for a considerable
distance around ; other rocks encircle these, but they are under water.
Approaching Houston Stewart Channel from the northward, these rocks
should be given a wide berth. On the northern side of the low wooded
point is a little <^ove full of keli) and i)rotecte(l by rocks.

Entering from Westward. — Vessels from the southward bound in
by this entrance, when abreast Cape St. James, should close the land
to lA miles, and after coasting it foi about 12 miles, the entrance will
open out. Two remarkable white strii)es down the mountains, or 7
miles to the northwestward, are excellent landmarks. After passing at

a
ail

(o
h

MORESBY ISLAND — SKINCUTTLE INLET.

391

a convenient distance to the soiithwanl of Anthony Island, the largest
and outer island at the entrance, which is 200 feet higii, with white cliffs
(off the southern end of which an extensive ledge of rocks ))rojects
i mile in a SW. direction), the channel will show itself. Flat liock,
50 feet high, bare and resembling a haystack, lies much nearer the
western than the eastern side, and which should be kept on the ])()rt
hand, will be a good guide. There is an Indian village known as Nin-
stints, of the Shangoi tribe, on the inner side of Anthony Island ; the
natives are very wild, and i)ersons visiting or trading with them should
be on their guard.

Moresby Ibland, the center of tiie three i)rincii)al islands of the
Queen Charlotte Group, is 72 miles long, but explorations on its east
coast have resulted (by tracing out of the channels) in leaving it a mere
skeleton, in places varying from only 1^ to 2 miles in breadth. The
highest and most rugged part of the island is probably in about latitude
52° .'W, where many peaks bear patches of perennial snow. Also on
Louise Island, and about the head of Cninshewa, the land is very ruggeil,
with many summits of over 3,000 and 4,000 ieet in height.

Carpenter Bay, the southernmost bay on the east side of Moresby
Island, is between Iron and Islet Points, a little over 2 miles wide, ex-
tending westward about 5 miles. It is not quite landlocked, but is
sheltered from the only direction otherwise ex[)osed, by a little rocky
reef which extends out from its east side. On its southern side are two
small bays, the western of which, South Gove, approaches near to the
head of Kose Harbor. At its head is good anchorage for a small vessel
in from (i to 10 fathoms.

Carpenter Bay ends westward in a nanow arm, which receives two
streams of some size. It resembles the head of Kose Harbor in being
filled with small rocky islands and rocks, making it unsafe for even a
small craft.

CoUison Bay, between Cari)enter Bay and Skincuttle Inlet, is
about I'l miles wide between Bluff Point and the northwest i)oint, and
has a probable depth of 2 miles. It runs up into a narrow arm, which
has not been examined. Several small islands and rocks lie off" its en-
trance, and it does rot appear to be serviceable as a harbor.

Gull Rock, 10 ft et high, bears N. 82° E, l.\ miles from Deluge Point,
and is '^ mile off' Moresby Island, between Collison Bay and Skincuttle
Inlet. Inner Low Uock lies S. 4° W. of Gull Rock, and midway be-
tween it and the shore.

Skincuttle Inlet is5i miles deep in a southwesterly direction, with
a width of 4 miles between Deluge and Granite Points. The northern
side of the inlet is formed by Burnaby Island, antl from the northwestern
angle Burnaby Strait runs northward to Juan Perez Sound, and sepa-
rates Burnaby Island from theeast shore of Moresby Island. The shores
of Skincuttle Inlet resemble those of other parts of the islands already
described. Near the northwestern angle of the iidet the mountains rise
steeply to a height of 3,000 feet or more.

892

QUEEN CHARLOTTE ISLANDS.

The entrance to Skincuttle Inlet is aouth of a chain of islands called
the Copper Islands. It is 1^ miles wide, but should be used with cau-
tion as there is reason to believe that a rock, sometimes bare, lies in it.
The passage to the north of the Copper Islands is contracted, and with
one or more rocks in its narrowest part.

Oraniie Point is a rather remarkable whitish crag, separated from
the main shore by a narrow neck of low land.

The BolkuB Islands, five in uumber, with many small rocks and
reefs, form a chain about 2 miles long, lying east and west in the center
of Skincuttle Inlet. The land is low, and on the western and largest of
the islands the soil appears to be good, though covered with dense
forest.

A rock awash at high water lies midway between the Bolkus Islands
and the southern shore, and at equal distances from theentrances to Har-
riet Harbor and Huston Inlet. Bush Bock lies at the distance of 200
yards northwest of the eastern entrance point of Huston Inlet, and 1,600
yards N. 67° W. of it is Low Black Rock.

Harriet Harbor is the first opening on the southern shore of Skin-
cuttle Inlet. It should be entered by the channel on the western
side of Harriet Island, which lies at its entrance, and a vessel should
be kept near the western side of the channel (as several small rocks cov-
ered at high water lie along Harriet Island), and run some distance
beyond the inner end of the island before anchoring, to avoid the shoal
bank which lies oft' its point. The depth is about 8 fathoms, with good
holding ground, and the harbor is well sheltered from most directions,
though subject to heavy squalls from the valley at its bead when a
southerly gale is blowing.

Huston Inlet, 1^ miles west of Harriet Harbor, is a wide inlet which
runs southeastward about 4 miles, and then turns to the west, in which
direction its extremity was not visited, but it approaches the western
side of Moresby Island to within about IJ miles.

Tangle Cove. — At the western end of Skincuttle Inlet are three in-
dentations of the coast, of which the southern is George Harbor. Tha
northern, lying at the entrance of Burnaby Strait, is Tangle Cove, a
well sheltereil anchorage for a small vessel, but a shoal, the extent of
which is unknown, lies off its entrance. The entrance is between a
small island, at its southern side, and two other little islets to the north,
and in it is a rock which uncovers at low water. The mountains at the
head of Tangle Cove are steep, and probably reach 3,000 feet in height ;
part of their upper slopes are bare of trees, but ai)parently covered with
moss, where not composed of rock.

North Side. — On the south shore of Burnaby Island is a bay, with
several small islands across the mouth of it, whicli may be a good har-
bor, but it has not been examined. Farther east, in the vicinity of an
abandoned copper mine, are Blue Jay and Kingfisher Coves.

Ju
be
mi
tio
at

BURNABY STRAIT — SKAAT HARBOR.

393

from

Burnaby Strait is ft miles ia length between SkiQuuttle Inlet and
Juan Perez Sound, the soutlieru portion for a distance of about 4 miles
being narrow, but gaining at the northern end an average width of 1^
miles. All parts of Burnaby Strait must be navigated with great cau-
tion, as there are many rocks, and a large portion of them are covered
at high water.

Dolomite Narrows, at 2i miles north of Skincuttle Inlet, are not
more than ^ mile wide, and here the channel is crooked, and obstructed
by rocks and shoals, having from 6 to 8 feet at low water. The tides,
however, are not .strong, but it can not be recommended as a passage
for any craft larger than a boat or canoe. Just south of Dolomite Nar-
rows, from the west side of the strait, opens Bag Harbor, expanding
within to a basin nearly one mile in diameter.

The Twins. — Nearly abreast of Dolomite Narrows, on Burnaby Isl-
and, are 2 conspicuous mountains estimated at 1,500 feet in height.

Island Bay, at 1^ miles north of the narrows, extends westward, and
ia 2 miles deep. It was so named from the number of small islands in
it, about 17, and is probably too rocky for a safe harbor.

Skaat Harbor, at the north end of Burnaby Strait, is a bay 2^ miles
wide, with a depth of about 3 miles. Wanderer Island and several
smaller islets lie off the entrance. The harbor turns into a narrow in-
let in its upper part, and terminates among high mountains. Skaat
Harbor has not been carefully examined, but from the character of its
shores it would be likely to afford good anchorage, especially westward
of Wanderer Island, and if so, it is the best for large vessels in this
vicinity. The harbor will probably be found deepest on the Wanderer
Island side, as there is an extensive iield of kelp off' the opposite shore.
AH Alone Stone and Monument llock form good marks to the northern
entrance of Burnaby Strait, near which lies the entrance to the har-
bor. The entrance to Skaat Harbor on the southern side of Wanderer
Island is very narrow ; at the angle formed between it and the shore
of Burnaby Strait are two small coves affording anchorage for a small
vessel, but with wide tidal Hats at their head, which a short distance
beyond low-water mark fall away rapidly into deep water.

Limestone Rock is a dangerous reef, dry only at low water, but
not extensive, though a second rock, also only dry at low water, lies a
short distance southeast of it. The eastern point of Wanderer Island,
in line with that of Center Island, leads clear of Limestone Rock, one
mile to the southward of the second rock.

Huxley Island, at tiie northern entrance of Burnaby Strait, is
nearly 2 miles long north and south, and about 1:1 miles broad ; it is
bold and remarkable, rising rapidly from the beach to a height of 1,500
feet. Abreast the NW. point of the island, in mid-channel, a cast of
70 fathoms was obtained, with a fine sandy bottom.

Burnaby Island. — The north shore of Burnaby Island, 5'<^ miles in
length, is nearly straight, though it has a few shallow bays, one of
which is called Section Cove.

394

QUEEN CHARLOTTE ISLANDS.

Alder Island lies about the center of this stretch of coast; it is about
r\ iiiile ill (liamt'ter, nearly tlat, with probably a jjood anchorage beliind
it, wliieli siioultl be appioai;he«l from the north, as Saw Keef runs out
from the shore of Burnaby Island to the eastward, and this part of the
coast is broken and rocky, with larf,'e lields of kelp extendinj; from it.

Scudder Point. — From Scudder Point, the nortlieastern point of liur-
iiaby Island, the eastern side of the island trends southwestward, allow-
ing the outtT of tlie Copper Islands to be seen. A considerable width
of low land stretciies back from Scudder I'oint, covered with an open
growth of large but gnarled spruces. Little beaches of coarse gravel
fill the spaces between tlie low shattered rock masses, apparently caused
by the action of a heavy surf In a cove on tlie north side is a strongly
built but abandoned Indian house. North of (rranite Point is a deep
bay with a high island lying in the mouth of it.

Juan Perez Sound has at its entrance between the north of Burna-
by Island and Kamsay Island, a width of 8 miles. The sound extends
westward, a number of smaller inlets and bays branching olf from it,
and is continued in a more northerly direction by Darwin Sound, by
which it communicates with the upper ends of the long inlets which
extend westward from Laskeek Bay.

On its southwestern side are Werner Bay, ITutton Inlet, and De la
Beche Inlet, which terminate in narrow channels or liords, extending
among the mountains, and which have not been examined to their heads.
From Werner Bay two small inlets branch. Huttou Inlet a])i»ears to
be about ;{ miles long; :)e la Beche nearly G miles, with a low valley,
hemmed in bj- hills on euher side running northwestward from its ex-
tremity. None of these openings seem to be well adapted for harbors,
as the shores are bold and rocky, seldom showing beaches, and the
water to all appearances too deep for anchorage.

Bischoff Islands, lyingin the northwestern i)art of Juan Perez Sound
off the southern side of Lyell Island, are low, but densely wooded.
There is sheltered anchorage for small craft between the two larger
islands, but it must be entered from the westward, and with much
caution, owing to the number of rocks and sunken reefs which sur-
round it.

Sedg'wick Bay, about 3 miles deep, on the southern shore of Lyell
Island, is too much exposed for a harbor, as southerly winds draw di-
rectly up Juan Perez Sound.

Ramsay, Murchison, and Faraday Islands are the largest of a
group of islands Ibrming the northeastern side of Juan Perez Sound.

Kamsay Island is 2-J miles in length east and west, has bold hills
rising in the center, and is densely wooded. Its southern shore is high,
with some rocky cliffs; two small islets lie oft the northeastern side,
which is rugged and composed of solid rock. The NW. shore has sev-
eral coves, but none suited for anchorage.

TAR ISLANDS — DARWIN SOUND.

395

Mnrchison Island i-s 2A niilcH long; uiul Faraday Island nearly 2 miles;
both are low.

Between Ramsay and Mnniliison Islands is a small gronp composed
of Hot Si)ring, House, and a few smaller islets and rocks. On the
southern side of Hot Spring Island is the spring from which it has its
name. Its situation is easily recognized by a ]»atch of green, mossy,
sward which can be seen from a considerable distance ; steam also gen-
erally hovers over it. The temperature is so high that the hand cau
scarcely bear it with comfort. The water has a slight smell of sul-
phuretted hydrogen, and a barely i)erceptible saline taste. The Indians
bathe in a natural i)ool in which the waters of one of the streams col-
lect.

Anchorage. — Between Hot Spring and House islands is a good
anchorage for small craft, sheltered on all sides but the north.

Tar Islands. — Extending northward from the end of Jlurchison Is-
land is a chain of small islands about 4 miles long, named the Tar Is-
hands, as the Indians report that on one of them bituminous matter is
found, oozing out among the stones on the beach. Agglomerate Island,
the .southernmost, has apparently been burnt over, and is covered with
standing dead trees. These islands are only approximately i)laced on
the chart. Northward of them lies a single low island with a i'ow
trees on it, named Tuft Island.

Hocks dry at low water lie between Faraday and Murchison Islands,
and there are several small rocky islets and low- water rocks in the vi-
cinity of Hot Spring and House Islands.

Entering Juan Perez Sound.- -Vessels entering the .sound had
best do so to the southward of Hamsay Island. Xo bottom was reached
with 94 fathoms of line in the center of the sound south of Ramsay
Island, nor at about one mile SK. of the extremity of Bischolf Island.
The water is apparently deep throughout, but it has not been sounded.

Lyell Island, about 15 miles in diameter east and west, and !t miles
north and south, is separated from Moresby Island by Darwin Sound.
The island is composed of hilly land. It is densely wooded, and on the
low land has some line timber. The east coast has not been sic < >> 'd.
Atli Inlet, on the northern side of Lyell Island, has not been exaniwicd :
it is about 3 miles deej), with two main arras, and does not api)ear to be
a good harbor.

Halibut Bank. — About 3 to -4 miles east of the NE. i)oint of Lyell
Island is Halibut Bank, with 23 fathoms water on it.

Darwin Sound lies between Lyell and .Moresby Islands, iind from its
southern entrance to White Point is 12 miles in length ; in width it is
irregular, but it is a fine navigable channel. In the south entrance no
bottom was found at 04 fathoms. When entering from the southward,
Shuttle Island appears to be nearly round. The channel on its eastern
side should be followed, as this seems to be quite free from impedi-
ments. Abreast the northern end of Shuttle Island in this channel a

396

QUEEN CHARLOTTE ISLANDS.

<>.a8t of 18 fathoms waa obtained. A mile beyond tliis point, and in mid-
cliannel, is a low roclc which is not readily seen, with a second, uncov-
ered only at low water, a short distance to the north of it.

Tides.— The flood sets up Darwin Sound from the southward into the
various inlets, and then eastward to the open sea again by Bichardsoa
and Logan Inlets. The ebb in like manner draws through from end to
end in the opposite direction. The tidal stream runs at the rate of 2
knots at the strongest.

Bigsby Inlet — The southwestern side of Darwin Sound for 5 miles
from the south entrance is rocky ajid broken, with several coves and
inlets. At that distance is Bigsby Inlet, extending 2^ miles in a west-
erly direction. It is a gloomy chasm, scarcely J mile in width, and sur-
rounded by mountains probably as high as any in the islands. The
inlet is almost void of anything like a beach.

Shuttle Island, though low, is rocky. The channel to the west of
it is probably deep enough for vessels of any class, but should not be
used until surveyed. There is a rock, covered at high water, on t'"^
west side of its northern entrance.

Echo Harbor. — At l^milesnorthward of Shuttle Island, and oppc
the inner end of Richardson Inlet, is Echo Harbor. The passage lUku
the harbor runs southward about one mile, and is surrounded by high
hills, which, toward its head, rise to rugged mountains. The outer
part of the entrance has a depth of 10 fathoms in it, the sides then ap-
proach, leaving a channel scarcely 300 yards wide between abrupt rocky
shores.

In the harbor proper the depth is everywhere about 15 fathoms, de-
creasing gradually toward the head for a short distance, and then run-
ning steeply up to a flat which is partly dry at low water, and above
high-water mark forms a narrow, grassy beach. The bottom is soft
mud, and excellent holding ground. A very narrow passage leads west-
ward from the bottom of the harbor into a secluded basin, scarcely J
mile in diameter, which, with the exception of a channel in the middle,
is nearly dry at low water. Into its head flows a large brock, coming
from the mountains to the southwestward.

Klunkwoi Bay. — At 2 miles west of the entrance to Eel o Harbor,
the shore line falls back in Klunkwoi Bay. The bay runs up .n several
arms, which have not been carefully examined, among the bases of
rugged snow-clad mountains, which rise steeply from the shrres. The
mountains of Moresby Island appear to culminate here, and a.e not such
a prominent feature further southward.

Crescent Inlet may be considered y-i forming the extension of Dar-
win Sound northward. It turns gradually through nearly half a circle
from a northwest bearing to a direction nearly southwest, and is over
4 miles in length. It is a ttord, with steep mountains and wooded sides,
but probably not so deep as most similar inlets, as there are stretches
of beach of some length. Red top mountain, partly bare, is the most

RICHARDSON INLET — LOGAN INLET.

397

conspicuous peak in the vicinity, rising on tbe aortliern side of the in-
let, Ht ttiH angle of the bend.

Laskeek Bay is the name given to the wide indentation of the coast
between the northeastern extreme of Ljell Island and Vertical Point, the
southeast point of Louise Island, and 10 miles apart. Prom Laskeek Bay
4 large inlets extend westward ; of these the 2 southern, Richardson and
Logan Inlets, open into the head of Darwin Sound.

The two northern inlets, Dana and Helwyn, communicate at their heads
with the head of Cumshewa Inlet to the northward.

Richardson Inlet is about 11 miles in length in an east and west direc-
tion, with an average breadth of lA miles, and is straight, witli moder-
ately bold shores. Atli Iidet is just within the entrance, and Dog
Island about 5 miles within it; Kunga, Tanoo, ; nd Inner Islands, from
east to west, form the northern side. Kunga Island is about 1,50U feet
high, and forms a good mark for the entrance; (liere Is a low, rocky
reef some distan".e eastward of the outer i>oint ot iCunga, and a second
off the south shore of the same island. Near Dog Island there are sev-
eral small islets and rocks; and at about 3^ miles west of it, on the
southern side of the inlet, is a cove, where a small vessel can find a
convenient anchorage, probably the nearest stopping place to Laskeek
village. The channels between Kunga and Tanoo and the latter and
Inner Islands are probably deep, though the tirst should be navigated
with caution, and care taken to avoid the east end of Tanoo Island, as
several rocks and patches of kelp lie off it.

Laskeek or Klue Indian village ia on the eastern extremity of Tanoo
Island. It is one of the most populous still remaining in the Queen
Charlotte Islands. The village, extending round a rocky point, faces
two ways, which prevents its being wholly seen from any one point of
view. The western end of Richardson Inlet is contracted to a width
of about \ mile, and obstructed by a small island and several rocks.

Anchorage has been obtained in II fathoms, about 400 yards east
of the village. This anchorage is not a good one, being exjjosed to NW.
and SE. winds, and is steep close-to. Ou ancLoring the houses should
not be brought to bear south of N. 04^ W., as patches of rock stretch
out two-thirds the distance across to the opposite shore from Laskeek
Point, so that going or coming from the north the east shore should be
kept well on aboard, it being steep-to and quite safe. In the season,
kelp marks the patches.

The Tide runs tiirongh this passage with considerable strength, and
it is unsuited as an approach to Echo Harbor, though the most direct
way in from the sea.

Logan Inlet is nearly parallel to Richardson Inlet, with Flower Pot
Island, a small bold rock covered with trees, oft" its mouth. One other
small island lies close to the shore on its southern side, but it is other-
wise free from obstructions, and constitutes a fine navigable channel,
the best approach to Echo Harbor.

398

QUEi:X CHARLOTTE ISLANI'S.

Vessels should enter to the uoith of Flower Pot Isliind and keep iu
the center of the (thiuinel. Kiinga Island, as already mentioned, is
high. Titnl Island, small and with low limestone clilfs, lies northward
of it. Tanoo and Inner Islands are also bold, rising to rounded hills of
nearly uniform lieight of about 800 feet. They have some good gravelly
beaches, though mostly rocky.

Dana lulet, with bold shores, has at its entrance Helmet Island,
small, rocky, high, and of rounded form. A second small island is near
't, and from most points of view the channel between the two is not
seen, and care is necessary not to mistake this island for Flower Pot
Island, at the entrance to Logan Inlet. At its western extremity Dana
Inlet turns northward, communicating b,- a narrow but apparently
deep ; assage with Selwyn Inlet.

Talunkixran Island is 8 miles long, and 2 miles broad ; the hills are
routxled '.i foru:, and from 800 to 900 feet high.

Selvryn Inlet is nearly parallel to Dana Inlet, and near its head
turns northward, fornung at high water a passage for canoes into the
upper part of Ouinshewa Inlet. The passage is narrow and walled in
on both sides by mountains which rise very steeply from it. Entrance
Island is small and lies oil' the northern entrance point with a low rock
about one mile eastward of it. With the exception of a small rock
about the middle of Talunkwan Island and near thi; southern shore,
the inlet appears to be free from dangers.

After giving the islets off the north entrance a wide berth, a vessel
should keep the northern shore for a distance of 5 miles until the en-
trance of Rock-tish Harbor is reached.

Rock-fish Harbor is formed by a boot-shaped projection of low laud
at the angle of Selwyn Inlt't, and extends in a westerly direction for
about li miles, with a width of .^ mile, and an average depth of l."!* fath-
oms. It is a secure and well sheltered anchorage, more easily entered
than Cumshewa.

At about o miles from the entrance of the passage leading to Cum-
shewa is the opening to an inlet about 3 miles deep in a southwesterly
direction, approaching to within 4A miles of Mitchell Harbor. These
upper arms of Selwyn Inlet are environed by high and rugged moun-
tains.

Reef and Lovr Islands lie in the outer part of Laskeek Bay. The
southern and lirst named is steep along the water's edge, and a reef
runs off about half a nule to the southward from it. Tleir exact posi-
tion is not known.

Louise Island is about 15 nules long east and we^-'^, and 8 miles
broad, with high mountains, and doubtless the snow on them lasts
throughout the summer. From Selwyn Inlet the east coast of the
island trends northeastward 8 miles, with several small bays, fully
oi)en to tlio sea, and mostly rocky.

ant
it

po
so

VERTICAL POINT CUMSHEWA INLET.

399

Vertical Point projects at about lialf-way alonj? this stretch of sbore,
and is remarkable Iroiii tbe shape of the beds of gray limestone of which
it is ooitiposi'd, aj^grej^ating at least 400 feet in tliicivness. Xortli of the
point are two small lime&tone islands, behind wliicli the tide, running
southward along the coast, forms a race on the ebb.

Skedans Bay, about 2 miles from the entrance to Canishewa, is
strewn with sunken rocks and fully open, and should not be entered by
vessels. A large stream enters its head, which caii be seen at some
distance inland forming a high waterfall, and which, according to the
Indians, Hows out of a lake of some size, high among the mountains.
Skedans Village forms a semi-circle round the head of a small bay or
cove, very rocky, which indents the south side of a narrow isthmus, con-
necting two remarkable aipple-shaped hills with th"^ main shore. This
peninsula is situated at the southern entrance ])oint toCiimshewa Inlet,
and between it and thi? Skedans Islands the thie forms a race. Skedans
Islands, distant 3i miles from the shore, are low and covered with trees.

Cumshevra Inlet is a long inlet extending about 15 miles westward,
with a prolongation southward connecting it with Selwyn Inlet. It
differs in the low character of the land on its northern shore from the
inlets to the south, and marks the Junction, on the east coast of the is-
lands, of the mountain region and liat country. There is more beach
along the shores than in the southern inlets, and wide tide-flats, indi-
cating shoaler water, which is 'Ujt only found in the iidet itself, but ex-
tends off the coast. Towards the head of the inlet, the shores are quite
bold in some places, and the water i)robably deep.

In theentranceofCumshewa Inlet, to the north of Skedans Islands, are
depths of 20 fathoms, with a shell and gravel bottom. Otf the north point
of entraiice, t/um8hewalslan<l, a small barren rock, and the Cumahewa
Eocks, extend iu a southeasterly direction nearly li miles. Vessels
coming from the north should keep well oft' the shore till the rocks are
passed, and then stand iu to the entrance in a northwesterly direction.
On the outer point, near Cumshewa Island, ai» the ruins of an aban-
doned village.

Kingui Island, just within the north entrvace point, on the northern
side of the inlet, is covered with dead trees, aiul can be recognized
easily. At about one mile within the entrance, an extensive shoal, ou
which the sea breaks heavily, runs off froai the south shore, leaving a
channel about 4 mile wide between it and the north shore of the inlet.
The passage in is through this channel, in which it is reported there are
depths of 7 and 8 fathoms. The southern point of a peninsula which
projects from the northern shore of the inlet, bearing N. 6tio W., just
clears the northern edge of the shoal. A few patches of the shoal dry
at low water, but the greater part is indicated oidy by the kelp which
grows thickly on it during the summer. The tides run strongly iu the
mouth of the iidet.

400

QUEEN CHARLOTTE ISLANDS.

McKay Cove. — Withiu the narrows, on the northern shore, is a cove,
where a small house for the purpose of trade was built, but is now aban-
doned. The shore dries out for some distance at low water, but ofl' it
a small vessel may find a pretty secure anchorage, though the tide
svreeps round the cove.

Cumshewa Village is also on the northern side of the inlet, about
one mile westward of .McKay Cove, the houses being built along the
shore of a bay facing southeastward, 3;V miles within the entrance. A
small rocky islet, connected with the main at low water, lies off it.

Anchorage. — The best anchorage for a large vessel is probably to be
found on the southern side, nearly opposite the peninsula before alluded
to, and abreast a stretch of low land, eastward of a stream.

The Coast. — From the entrance to Cumshewa Inlet, the coast runs
northwestward to Spit Point, the south i)oint of Skidegate Inlet, a dis-
tance of 17 miles. It is indented by two considerable bays. Copper
Bay — the northern — about 5 miles from Spit Point, received its name
from some copper works which were carried on there at one time. The
land is low, and very different in appearance from that of the coast
southward. The projecting points are mostly low and flat, and formed
of gravel deposits. With the change in the character of the land, the
beach becomes flat, and shoal water extends far oft" shore, the depth
shoaling from 10 fathoms at .1 miles off Cumshewa Island, to G and 7
fathoms at 7 miles off Spit Poiut. Near Cumshewa the beaches are
almost entirely composed of bowlders, but show more gravel and sand
toward Skidegate. The surface of the country is densely wooded with
trees of large size.

Cape Chroustcheff, - miles to the southward of Spit Point, should
not be passed nearer than 5 miles ; the cape is low and dark-looking.
Coming from the southward, it shows very conspicuous ; when abreast
of it, Spit Pi iut, the low southern point of Skidegate, becomes visible.

Skidegate Inlet, separating Moresby from Graham Island, forms a
spacious harbor communicating with the Pacific iit Hack I'oint, south
of Cart Wright Sound, by an intricate channel, only navigaMe for cauoes
a jKtrtion of the way. Skidegate Inlet from its entrance extends in a
southwesterly direi^cion for about 9 miles from the Bar llocks, where it
contracts to a width of \{ miles between Image Point and Flowery
Islet. Within these points it ojjens again, fbrniing two exi)ansions,
separated by Maude Island. That part of the northern expansion east-
ward of Lina Island forms lieai' Skin Uay ; the part westward of the
island has several islands iii it, with Anchor Cove in the western end.
Beyond Anchor Cove it turns northwestward, forming Long Arm. The
southern expansion forms South Bay, in which is South Island, its west-
ern side passing into Skidegate Cliannel and thence to the I'aciflc.

The shores of Skidegate Inlet are not so bold as those of the fiords to
the south, and are mostly fringed w) .h a beach of greater or less
width. The surrounding country is densely wooded, and where the
land is flat, timber of magnificent growth is found.

SPIT POINT — ANCHOR COVE.

401

Spit Point is low and wooded and composed of sand deposits, which,
extending northward, form the bar which stretches across the entrance
to Skidegiite Inlet.

The Bar or spit, with from one to 3 fathoms water on it, extends in
a northwesterly direction lor about 9.^ miles to within nearly li miles
of Lawn Point, the northern point of entrance. The Si)it slopes ofl"
very gradually seaward, wiiile toward the inlet it rapidly deepens to 20
or 30 fathoms.

Bar Rocks, on the outer edge of the Spit, 2^ miles from its extrem-
ity, are two in number; the western one dries o feet, aM<l lies G;J miles
X. 12° W. of Spit Point; the outer or eastern rock dries one foot at low
water and bears N. 9° VV. the same distance from Spit Point; 800 yards
N. .S20 B. of tlie inner rock ; and 3 miles X. 77o E. of Dead Tree Point.
The sea does not always break on these rocks. Lawn Point, bearing
X. 50° W., leads to the norihward of Bar Kocks.

La'wn Point is generally green, with a small sand clitf and a large
bowhler in front of it ; a hill oOO feet high rises immediately to the
westward of the point. The coast southward of Lawn Point is flat for
10 miles to V^ilhige Bay, and is covered with standing dead trees. Tiie
point is not easily distinguished when the grass is dried up.

Dead Tree Point, 3^ miles to the southward of Lawn Point, is a
projecting part of the coast, but otherwise is not consiMcuous. It can
only be seen ac -i tangent when on a north d south bearing.

Village Islands, in front of Village liay, lurm good marks for Skide-
gate Inlet; the northern one (Bare Islet) is almost bare, and the other
(Tree Islet), has trees ui)on it.

The village of Skidegate, nearly A mile in length, is in the bay, oft"
which are the Village Islands, and consists of many houses, with tlie
usual carved jtosts, fronting the beach.

Village Bay is a good stopj)iug ])hu'e; anchorage may be taken up
between liare Islet and the beach in 14 fathoms. It is exposed to SI',
winds. Should one of these gales spring up, good shelter will be found
in Alliford Bay.

Image Point. — In the cove at Image Point some rude buildings
have been erecjted in e<inne"ti<)n with the dogfish fishery.

Alliford r^iy is an ex(*ellent anchorage, with good lioldiiig groumi,
jii about 9 fiiih jms. The passage between Flowery Islet and the north-
ern point of the bay, should not be use<l. Wood and water nuiy be ob-
tained.

Anchor Cove, in the western part of the iidet, affords anchorage in
5 fathoms. This is the place of export for the anthracite coal, fouutl
on botii shores of tlie inlet, but principally on the sides of mount Sey-
mour, one mile to the northward of the cove. The coal has been mined,
a sniii'.l railway being laid to Anchor Cove.

Slatfl Chunk Brook is t!ic lai gest stieam hi Skiilegato Inlet, its
mouth being about one mile north of Anchor Cove. The brook receives
14205— No. 9(J 26

402

QUEKN CHARLOTTE ISLANDS.

its imme from a quarry a few miles up its course, where the Indians
obtain the dark slialy material from wliich they make carvintjs.

Leading Island forms the western part of Alliford Bay, is 400 feet
hifili, and apju-ars round.

Maude Island is nesirly 4 miles long, WSW. and ENE., U miles
broad, and 1,'J()0 feet high. On the western end of the island the In-
dians belonging to Gold Harbor (on the west coast) have established a
village.

Skidegate Channel extends from South Hay for 15 miles to the Pacific.
From South 15ay to Log Point, a distance of 8i miles, the channel is
contracted, particularly in the East and West Narrows, the former in
one part being only 200 feet wide, and the latter 400 yards. The tides
from east and west meet about the P^ast Narrows, running through the
channel with great strength, probably 5 knots in several places. The
narrows must be passed at slack water of high tide, which lasts for a
very short time, so that both narrows can not be got through in one
tide.

Directions.— From the northeastward Lawn Point makes like a bluflf
sloping towards the north. Large ships should bring Lawn Point to
bear S. 71° W. and steer for it ; the water will gradually shoal from 10
and 1 2 fathoms at 4 miles ott', to 5 and 4i fathoms at about one mile from
the point, when it suddenly deepens to 12 and 20 fathoms. From this
position. Welcome Point, which appears as a low and grassy patch
under Table Mountain (but is difficult to distinguish), should bear B.
6° W. If it does not, bring it on that bearing and exactly in line with
the left tangent of the highest i)artof Table Mountain. This will lead
in between the Bar Rock spit and the shoal extending from Lawn Point
to Dead Tree I'oint, and up to the leading marks. This course will
lead very close to the northwestern point of the Bar Kock Spit, if not over
the extremitj' of it in 3 fathoms at low water. The deep portion of the
channel from opposite Lawn Point till past the northwestern point of
Bar Hock Spit (or until the bowlder at Lawn Point bears N. 53° W.) is
only )f mile wide; attention to the lead and steering, with a sharp look
out, is therefore necessary, for, as previously remarked, Welcome Point
is not readily distinguished.

The west side of Leading Island, in line with the east side of Bare
Ich'nd bearii'g S. 2(5° W., leads over the Bar Rock Spit, to the north-
ward of the rocks, in 15 feet at low water, from whence the depth is
from 20 to 30 fatlioms to Village Island; passing to the southward of
these Islands anchorage may be found in the northeastern side of Bear
Skin Bay in 12 fathoms, or, to gain shelter from a SE. gale, Alliford
Bay is recommended.

Coasting vessels with local knowledge use a passage with 3.J fathoms
over the spit, about one mile south of the Bar Rocks (when they are
visible), by keeping Dead Tree Point bearing N. 88"^ W. until the leatl-
ing mark comes on.

TLELL RIVER — CAPE BALL.

403

Approaobiiig Skide{,fate Inlet the water should not be shoaled under
6 fathoms at low water niitil Lawn Point bears 8. 71° W. or the lead-
ing marks are on.

The Coast. — From Lawn Hill, near Lawn Point at tiie entrance of
Skidegate, to Kose Point, the northeastern extreme of Graham Island,
the distance is about 48 miles. The coast line is straight and open,
with no iiarbor, and scarcely a creek or protected cove for canoes or
boats for long distances. The beach is gravelly and sometimes stony
to the Tlell River, beyond this it is mostly sandy to Rose Point. lor
many miles northward ditts of clay and sand are found alongshore,
and for about 17 miles northward of Tlell River these frequently rise
into clift's 50 to lOO feet in height. North of the range of cliffs the
shore is almosc everywhere bordered by sand hills, which are covered
with coarse grass, beach pea, etc. Behind these are woods, in some
places burnt, and the trees generally scrubby. This part of the coast
is also characterized l)y lagoons, and is evidently extending seaward,
by the banking up of the saiul under the action of the sea. The largest
lagoon opens out at Cape Fife about miles to the southward of Rose
Point, extending southward for some miles, and is reported by the
Indians to communicate with a second further inland. The mouth of
this lagoon forms a safe harbor for boats or canoes at high water, but
is nearly dry at low water.

The coaiit between Skidegate and Rose Point having dangerous Hats
extending off it, which have not been examined, should be given a berth
of fl or 7 miles, and the lead kept constantly going whilst running along
it, the depths varying from 9 to 11 fathoms.

Tlell River enters the sea at lOi miles north of Lawn Point, and ia
a stream of some size. For about .J miles above its mouth it runs nearly
parallel to the shore, separated from the sea by a low swampy strip of
land only about half a mile in breadth. A ruined liulian house stands
about 3 miles south of the mouMi of the river. The water of the
river is of a dark coffee or amber color.

Cape Ball (Kultowsis) is very cons|)icuous, having a remarkable
white cliff" on it, with lower cliffs on bothsules; it can not be mistaken.
The Indians report that at very low tides patches of clay dry a long
way off' from the cape. In the bay north of Cape Ball are the remains
of an Indian village.

Rock. — A rock with 2 fathoms on it, lies about G miles ESE. of
Ca|)e Ball.

Cape Fife. — Near this cape on some parts of the shore magnetic iron
sand is abundant, with numerous colors of gold in it. There is anchor-
age off" the cajie with offshore winds; in this neighboriiood the lead
must be most carefully attended to.

Rose Point is known to the Ilaida Indians as Naikoon,or long nose.
It is a remarkable low promontory, apparently formed by the meeting
of the currents and waves from tht) southward and westward round this

404

QUEEN CHARLOTTE ISLANUb.

corner of the island. The inner part of Rose Point, near Cape Fife,
does not differ from tlie low wooded coast to the soui < ; the Indians
say there are many lakes and swamps inland. Further out, where the
point is narrower and more exposed, it is clothed with small stunted
wood, which in turn give place to waving grass-covered sand hills.
Beyond this the narrow gravelly point is covered above high-water mark
with heaps of drifting sand, and great quantities of bleaolied timber,
logs, and stumps piled promiscuously together. The apex of the point
is a narrow, steep sided, gravelly bank, which extends for a long dis-
tance at low water.

A dangerous spit extends off" Kose Point in a northeasterly direction,
for, it is said, a distance of nearly 5 miles, but its exact extent has not
been ascertained. The point should, therefore, especially in dark or
thick weather, be given a wide berth. Several vessels have been lost
on Kose Point, which is a dangerous and treacherous point to round at
any time, except in fine clear weather.

Hecate Strait, is 75 miles wide at its southern entrance, gradually
narrowing to 25 miles between Kose Spit (Graham Island), and the
Butterworth liocks on the eastern side of the strait. In the fairway of
the southeastern part of Hecate Strait the water is dee]). From Skide-
gate across to within 10 miles of the mainland, in a NE. direction, the
depths are from 8 to li6 fathoms ; in some cases, growing kelp has been
seen in 8 and 13 fathoms.

With the center of Zayas Island bearing N. 9° E., and ttie north ex-
treme of Stephens Island N. Si° E., the lepth is 15 fathoms. This bank
of soundings may be found useful in thick weather for temporary anch-
orage.

From the vicinity of Masset a bank of sand not exceeding 20 fathoms
extends to the north and east, trending with Kose Spit, and on the east
side of the island exiending towards Cumshewa, its eastern margin
reaching the middle i)art of Hecate Strait. The average depth of water
is from 7 to 10 fatlioms, but there are much shoaler parts. This bank
was named Dogfish Bank by Ingraham in 1701. Near its eastern edge
he places, in latitude 53^ 50' and about 30 miles SE. of Invisible Point,
a rock or shoal on which the ship Margarvc struck in 1702 drawing 13
feet. Near the si)ot he notes 3 fathoms, deepening to 5, 7, and 12 fath-
oms eastward.

Shoal.— In latitude 53^26' N., long. 131° (5' W., approxiiimte,a shoal
has been reported, but its jiosition is doubtful.

Tides. — In Hecate Strait, tne flood tide sets to the northward. In
Dixon Entrance, the fioodcomingfrom the westward roun«l North Island,
sets along the Masset shore, across Ilectate Strait for Brown Passage,
spreading for about 15 iriiles round Kose Point, towards Cape Ibbetson
(Edye Passage), where it meets the Hood from the southward; conse-
quently between Kose I'oiiit, *J;i|)e Bidl, Cape Ibbetson, and thence
southeastward 15 or 20 miles, the Mdes are irregular.

ROSE POINT — MASSET HARBOR.

405

Tlie direction and rate of the tidal streams are not regular, being
greatly influenued by the winds. At full and change they run with great
strength. Time of high water over the strait generally is about Oh.
30m.

Between Cape Murray, Percy Point, and Zayas Island the tides are
the strongest and most irregular, causing a heavy and confused sea, so
much so, that in bad weather it has the appearance of breakers.

RosePointto Masset Sound. — The shore between these two places
forms a bay 22 miles in width. With tlieexception of a few small rocky
])oints, the beach is smooth and regular, and almost altogether composed
of sand with gravel in some i)laces, sloping steeply above the ordinary
higli-water mark. Low sand hills generally form a border to the woods
which densely cover the land. The water is shoal far off the shore, es-
pecially at 15 miles from Rose Point, and on ai)proachingiMasset Sound,
where kelp forms wide fields at a great distance from the beach. In the
northeastern part of the bay there is anchorage with offshore winds.

Hiellen River, at i) miles southwestward of Rose point, is a stream
of some size, which is frequented by great numbers of salmon in the
autumn. Its "mouth forms a good boat harbor. On its east bank are the
ruins of an Indian village, and on its west. Tow Hill, an eminence re-
markable in this low country, facing the sea with a steep cliff" 200 feet
high.

Masset Harl* ix should be approached with caution ; the , ntrance is
between a low point with a ledge of rocks covered with kelp, extending
J mile from it on the western side, and the point of a long spit partly
dry (the surf usually breaking the whole length of it) on the eastern,
the passage between having an extensive bar.

.lust inside and around the eastern point of inner entrance is a pretty
bay, with a beach, containing the principal village (ITttewas), off" the
center of which there is anchorage in 10 fathoms. At this part the
widtli of tiie harbor is nftarly 2 miles, a large sand bank tilling up its
western side. Tiie ebb tide runs very strong, making this by no means
a gold anchorage.

In 1. 78 the Hudson Bay Company had a post at Uttewas, the only one
on the islands; the Chnrch Missionary Society also had a station here
which had been establislied 2 years. About one mile sonth of tliis
place, also on tiio east siiore, is a second village, and on the opposite
side a tliird. They are all decaying, and have comparatively few in-
habitants.

Directions. — \A'ith the outer western point bearing N. .")3'^ W. one
mile, the depth is o fathoms at low water; from this position the course
in is about 8. 9° W., the deptlis over tlic bar varying from 5 to 3 fath-
oms, for about 3 miles, to abreast a village on the western sliore a little
more than one mile from what maj' be termed the inner or proper en-
trance to the harl)or; the water then suddenly deepens to 9 and 11
fathoms, the channel lying in the direction of the eastern point of what

406

qup:en charlotte islands.

has been called the inner entrance, and the depth, at about 400 yards
from the beach that fonns it, being from 10 to 13 fatlioms. A safe mark
for ffoiug in to the outer anchorage is a small islet inside the channel
in line with the outer eastern point bearing S. 25° E., or if the islet can
not be seen, a point will be seen open on that bearing. With winds
from seaward the outer anchorage is uncomfortable owing to the tide
keeping the ship swung across the swell. The plan of this harbor has
been rejiorted defective and should be used with caution.

Masset Sound, from its seaward entrance to the point at which
itexpaudstoMassetlnletjis 10 miles long, and about one mile in average
width, and, though slightly tortuous, preserves nearly the parallelism
of its sides. The depth, ascertained in a few places, varies from 10 to
12 fathoms. A number of small streams How into it, most of which,
according to Indian reports, have their sources in small lakes. At 3
miles up the sound a lagoon or arm runs off on tlieeastern side. Nearly
opposite this place, on the west side is Maast Island. It lies across a
bay which seems at first sight to offer better anchorage than that already
referred to. The island is low and samly, and a great part of the bay
or passage behind it is dry at low water. On the eastern side at 4J
miles froui the southern or inner end of the sound, where its treud is
nearly SW, and NK.. a narrow passage runs ofl' southward, joining the
expamled ])ortion of Masset Inlet, and forming a large island, which
is mostly lower than the surrounding country. This passage is partly
dry at low water, and is occasionally used by the Indians in canoes.

At its southern end, the narrow part of the inlet, which has been called
the sound, expands suddenly to a large sheet of inland water. The
western half of the inlet is studded with islands, and it is rather irreg-
ular in outline, foruiing four large bays or inlets, witn intervening
mountainous i)oints. The sliores are steep, with narrow bowlder
beaches sloping down at once into deep water About the heads of the
inlets and near the ir.outlis of streams only arr small areas of flat
jground found. Of these inlets, that which reaches furthest southward
is called by the Indians Tininowe.

Tsooskatli.— On the southern side of the inlet is a narrow passage,
the mouth of which is partly blocked by islands, but which leads into
a second great iidet known l)y the Indians as Tsooskatli, or " the belly
of the rapid." The largest of the islands in this passage is named
Slipatia. Keli) grows abundantly in the channel on both sides of the
islands, which, tberefore, can not be very deep. The tide runs through
them with great velocity, especially at ebb, when in the western chan-
nel it forms a true rapid, with much broken water.

Its eastern side is formed of low land, while its southwestern ex-
tremity is a long, fiord-like inlet. lu this inle' are many islands; the
largest, Haskeious, is nearly one mile in diameter and about 200 feet
high. The eastern portion of the southei'u shore is rocky, with many
small islets ofi" it. On the eastern side of Tsooskatli, 2J miles fr„ai its

YAKOUN RIVKB MASSET SOUND TIDKS.

407

extremity, is Towustasiii, a reuiarkable hill, with a steep clil!' on one
hide. The uoitheastern part of Tsooskatli Las a deiith of from 10 to 16
fathoms. The depth of the northwestern part, about the center be-
tween the large island and tlie mainland, was 23 fathoms in one ])lace.

Takoun River. — Many streams How into these inlets; the largest i.s
probably that which is known as Yakonn, and enters the .southeastern
comer of Masset Inlet, in the bottom of a shoal bay. About the mouth
of the Yakoun are large sandy Hats, dry at low water. It was formerly
navigable for small canoes a long way W]), and is reported to head in a
large lake. On the western side of the hay at the mouth of this river
are a few small houKes, u.sed during the salmon season.

The Mamin River Joins the Tsooskatli Iidet at its eastern end, and
has a wide delta flat about its mouth. It is navigable by small canoes
for several miles, but is much obstructed by logs.

The A\7un River, west of the entrance to Tsooskatli, is said to rise
in a lake.

Ain River, entering Masset Inlet from the northwestward, is an imi)or-
tant stream. There are several Indian houses which are occupied in
the summer above its mouth. It is said to flow out of a very large
fresh-water lake of the same name, the river itself being short. The
lake is filled with islands, and in the winter is frozen completely over.

Tides. — The rise of a sjning tide at the entrance of .Ma.sset Sound
was estimated at about 14 feet, but, owing to the length of the narrow
sound, Masset Iidet has a tide of from 8 to 10 feet only ; and the second
or Tsooskatli still less, about feet. On one occasion, it was high water
at the entrance of Masset Sound at Ih. l.lin. p. m., while in the narrow
entrance to Tsooskatli, 23^ miles distant, the flood had just caused a
reversal of the current at Oh. 20in. Owing to the great expansion of
the upper part of Masset Inlet the tide continues to run up opposite
Masset for about 2J hours after it is falling by the shore, whilst the ebb
runs out for about 3 hours after the water has begun to rise on the
beach.

Masset to Virago Sound. — The coast between these two places is
everywhere low and wooded, with occasional open grassy spaces, differ-
ing from the coast east of Masset in being rocky or covered with bowl-
ders. No wide sandy bays occur, and the points are mostly of dark
low rocks. The trees along the shore are not of great size and are in-
ter8i»ersed with occasional grassy spaces.

The water is shoal far offshore, with wide fields of kelp. The shore
should be approached with caution, with the lead constantly going.

In a N..">J:0 E. direction from the eastern point of Virago Sound there
are soundings for several miles ; at 8 miles the depth was 52 fathoms,
sand; at o miles off", the depths were about the same; at 2 miles there
were 28 fathoms, sand, and the water then gradually shoaled in to the
shore. Great quantities of drift kelp have been seen.

408

QUEEN CHARLOTTE ISLANDS.

Anchorages. — Between Masset Harbor and Virago Sound there are
some fjood ancliorages, in which a vessel miglit remain a night instead
of ket'ping under way or cruising about with a 8E. wind and thick
weatlier.

Virago Sound, constituting tiie entrance to Naden Harbor, is 3^ miles
wii'e between its outer points, Capes Edensaw and Naden ; and 2J
uries deep to the narrow passage leading into the harbor.

To the northward of the narrows the westerly shore between Marj-
Point and Jorey Point is bordered by a flat extending to a distance of
about i mile, and on the opposite shore from Cape Edensaw to Inskip
Point, a shoal alsoextends about thesamr d:>»tance ; frojn the latter point
a spit runs off to the westward for f mile, with a depth of lii fathoms,
contracting the channel, in which the least water is 3^ fathoms, to a
width of 800 yards. From Inskip Point to Creorge Point, the eastern
shore is clear of danger.

With two small wooded islets on the west side of the entrance, bear-
ing west one mile, Cape Edensaw east 2 miles, and the opening to the
inner harbor S. 32=^ W. about 2i "uiles, the de* ch is o.J fathoms water,
sand and shells ; the shores are low and fringed with kelp, but the lead
will be a safe guide, as the water shoals gradually towards the land.

Vessels can always get a pilot by tiring a gun and anchoring for a
short time. The Indian fishermen will come off and point out any dan-
ger that may be in the way for a small recompense.

The inner anchorage, oi)posite Kung village on the western side, Just
within the narrows, is in 10 fathoms, at about J mile from shore. This
village has been nearly abandoned for the new Yatza village on the
coast at about 4 J miles NW. of Virago Sound. There is a rather promi-
nent hill behind Klaskwun I'oint. Above Kung village a bank ex-
tends off the eastern side of the narrows nearly half-way across, leaving
a channel along the western shore, with 7 to 10 fathoms water in it.

Naden Harbor is about 4 miles in greatest length nortii and south,
and 2 miles in width, with dei)th8 of 8 to 12 fathoms in it. Low land,
densely wooded with spruce and hemlock of fine growth, borders the
whole harbor. Rock appears on the siiore only near the bottom of the
harbor, and at Kunj; village in the nar* jws. The southeastern shore
of the harbor is low, with wide tide-fiats; the northwestern comjiara-
tively bold.

Naden River enters the harbor at its southeastern corner, and is
probably the largest river on Queen Charlotte Islands. It flows from
a large lake, which, according to Indiati .account, must be 10 miles or
more in diameter, but is much encumbered by fallen trees, and its
banks, excej)! in a few swampy flats, are densely wooded. At high
water a boat can jjroceed about 2 miles up. Stanley (Teka) River, in
the southwestern corner of the harbor, is reported to be navigable for
boats ; and several smaller streams al.so enter the harbor.

Tides. — The rise and fall is about 13 feet.

JALUN RIVER — PARKY PA8HAOE.

40!)

Virago Sound to Cape Knox. — From Cape Niidoii the (general treiu)
of the shore is westward for about 17 miles to Cape Kuox, the north-
western extreme of Graham Island. The shore and conntry behind it
are mostly low, though with some rocky cliffs of no great height, and
the points are rocky, but wide gravelly or sandy bays intervene. Some
rocks occur at a little distance oftshore, but there is no apjjearance of
a wide shoal belt like that found eastward of Masset. Klaskwun Point,
4J miles from Cape Naden, is a remarkable i)roniontory, rising in the
center to a hill about 200 feet in height, which, owing to the Hat char-
acter of other parts of the shore, is visible for a long distance. In a
rocky bay to the east of the point, and open to the northeastward, is
Yatza village before described.

Jalun River.— "Half way from Klaskwun Point to the eastern
entrance of Parry Passage is Jalun Kiver. This stream is of no great
size, but its mouth, in the bottom of a small bay, forms an excellent
canoe or boat harbor at high water, and appears to be a favorite stop-
ping place for traveling Indians. At 3 miles further westward is a
small promontory, on the east side of which is another excellent boat
harbor.

Pillar Bay is so called from a very remarkable columnar mass of
sandstone and conglomerate rock which stands near the eastern side,
ftbout 25 feet in diameter and 95 feet high. The summit is sloping and
covered with some small bushes. It is separated at high water from
the main shore, but rises from a sandy and stony fiat at low water.

Parry Passage separates North Island from Graham Island. The
western entrance at the SB. angle of Cloak Bay is ^ mile wide, but is
contracted to less than 600 yards by foul ground which extends in a
northerly direction from a point on the southern side of the entrance.
The passage proper is about 2 miles in length, with an average width
of :| mile. This channel, between the ledges of rock which extend
off the southern side for ubout one mile and North Island, is clear, but
the tide rushes through it, forming a race. The flood runs eastward,
leaving the east end of the passage with a northeasterly direction.
Two deserted Indian villages (Kakoli and Kioosta) are situated on the
southern side of the i)assage, near its western entrance.

Parry Passage towards its eastern end is sei)arated into two arms
by Lucy Island, somewhat less than jj mile long and .i, mile broad. The
northern arm is not much over 200 yards wide ; the southern or main
channel is more than i mile wide. The soundings in the main passage
are 30 fathoms, with a rocky bottom. The shores, except in the narrow
we-tern entrance, seem to be clear of dangers. The Tiorthern arm,
while exti jmely narrow, is still farther obstructed by foul ground ex-
tending oft" to the northeastward from the eastern shore of Lncy Island
less than A mile, and a similar bank from the oitjxtsite shore of North
Island. There is a narrow channel having from 4 to G fathoms, hard
bottom, at the eastern eud, and this increases to 15 fathoms in the
western part of the arm.

410

QUEEN CHARLOTTE ISLANDS.

A small ialet lies ubout one milo to tlie oiiHtward from tlio eaatern
entrance to tliis aim, ami a rock awasli is roportud '2\ miles N. 7P E.
of the same locality, and about 1) miles from the southern siiore of
North Isliind.

Bruin Bay. — Just without the eastern entrance of furry I'assa^fe,
and ou the southern side, abreast of Lucy Island, is a bay afl'ording an-
chorage in from IL' to 14 fathoms, sand. A line of kelp fringes the shore
which is studded with rocky patches and stones. Tiiis is not a good un-
cliorago except for a temporary 8toi)ping place during thick weather, as
the flood sets into it from the passage, forming a number of eddies, and
rendering it dillicult to lie at a single ancJior without fouling it. The
country at the back is low and covered with trees, with here and there
grassy spots.

North Island is about 5 miles in length, between North Point and
its southern extreme, and composed of I'-.w land. It is densely wooded.
On the eastern side of North Island there is said to be a good anchor-
age in a bay which was formerly often used by the vessels belonging to
the old Northwest Company. A small round high island situated close
to Point North, a prominent object in ai)proaching, is named Thrumb
Cai)e.

Cloak Bay forms the western entrance to Parry Passage. It is about
2i miles wide, and the same deep ; the dej)ths in the middle of the buy
vary from 30 to 17 fathoms, sand, gravel ami shells. Some rocks, on
which the sea breaks only in heavy weather, lie some distar.ce from the
North Islaml shore, and there are also a couple of remarkable pointed
islands on this side.

Henslung. — On the southern si<le of North Island, in Parry Passage^
is a snug cove named Henslung, in which whalers used occasionally to
anchor. At the head of the cove is a sandy beach, with a stream of
water running through it.

Tides. — It is high water at full and change at ITenslung, at Oh 20m.,
and the rise 10 feet. The night tides are 2 feet higher than the day.

Lucy Island is separated from the south side of North Island by a
narrow channel, on the northern shore of which is a, small Indian vil-
lage, called Tartanne. A reef runs off the eastern end of Lucy Island, and
a wide shoal with kelp stretches eastward from the shore of the southern
extremity of North Isl.and. Between these lies the (diannel with 8 to 11
fathoms water. Abreast the Indian village the depth in the channel is
fathoms.

Cape Knox is a long narrow tongue of land, on which are a few low
hills. Its southern side is bold, and oft" it lie several rocks in a westerly
direction, the farthest out at a distance of about 3i miles from the cape.
On these the swell of the Pacific f^eldom ceases to break with great
violence.

Directions. — On leaving Bruin Bay or Henslung Cove for the west-
ward, a vessel may pass close to tbeclift's forming the southern side of

i'redp;rick island — skidkoate channkl.

411

Nortli IhIiukI, and keeping at about A mile outHidc tlie leefH tliatoxttMid
otV tho HOUtluTii slioro ((Iraliaiii Island), q.-t apoodolllnfj before liaiilinj;
to the Noutliward, to (ilear the rocks oil" ('ape Knox. When well out,
tlu' proje(!tiii{j ]»oint of Frederi(!k Island will be seen about IS miles to
tbo southeastward. At li or 3 miles to the southward ot I'arry Pas-
sago is an indentation of the shore, which ini;;ht be taken as its entrance
by a vessel coniinfj from the southward — a mistake that might lead to
serious con8e(|uences, as the wliole coast as far as Frederick Island ap-
lu-ars to contain several open bays, with outlying rocks otf each of them.
Tiie Indians, in their sketches of this part of the coast, do not draw any
harbors, l)ut nierely exi)osed bays.

Frederick Island is stated to liave behind it a (commodious harbor.
Tlie northern entranct^ is formed by two high blutfs with some small
islets between them. Northward of the entrance on the coast is a large
reef of rocks, and westward and southward of the southern point of
entrance along the shore of Frederick Ishunl is a large number of
sunken rocks. The port extends about (i miles from the entrance in an
easterly direction j is about 2 miles wide, with four small islets near the
head. In tbe vicinity of the islets is some kelp. At the head is a beach
and 9 or 10 fathoms water. Towards the head the i)ort (!urves niorc^ to
the eastward. The jiassage eastward of Frederick Island has several
islets in it and (> fathoms water. Some kelp Is found in the channel.

Hippa Island appears, from a position li miles seaward of Frederick
Island, as high and bold ; but from the south, its outer end ai)pears as
a low point, and the inner end bold. This portion of the coast ia higher
and more broken tiian the former, the openings api)earing dee])er,
neither does it seem to have so many rocks lying olf it. The Indians
show some good harbors towards Ilippa.

Buck Point, on the northern side of Skidegate Channel, is rather
low and rugged, jutting out from the high land at the back. It has a
large high island just to the northward of it, and there is another, much
smaller and peaked, standing out clear of the land at about .'i or 4 miles
farther to the nortiiward, and lying in the entrance of Cartwright
Sound.

Skidegate Channel is a little more than one mile in width, extends in
an easterly direction for 6 or 7 miles to Log Point, where it is one mile
wide. This part of the channel affords no sheltered anchorage. At
Log Point the West Narrows commence, which lead to Skidegate Itdet.
Abont one mile west of Log Point a branch turns off to the southward
for one mile, and then westward to the Pacific, which it enters at about
3 miles to the southward of the main channel, formingan island.

This Jiassage is only adapted for canoes or boats, as it is blocked by
a bank at its eu.. tern end, with not more than 4 feet on it at high water.

A vessel entering the main channel from the west might find anchor-
age in the entrance of this passage where it unites with the nniin
channel.

412

QUEEN CHARLOTTE ISLANDS.

Inskip Channel, leading round the north .side of Kuper Island, is
about 8J miles long, and ^ mile wide. A short distance outside it,
there are some small islands on both sides, but there will be no diffl-
<julty in discovering the passage in. At a short distance inside the
islands on the northern side of the entrance, is a village belonging to
the Kilkite tribes. Farther in, on tiie same side, and about 3J miles
up, is a deep opening, and where this and Moore Channel mert are two
other openings to harbors with some small islands lying near tUem.

Moore Channel, on the southern side of Kuper Island, is 5 miles
long in an east and west direction, and i nnle wide, the shore on each side
being bold of approach, high, and covered with trees nearly down to
the water's edge. On tlie northern side, just without the entrance, are
some small rocky islets, named Moresby Islands, and on the southern
side, a few rocks close in shore.

Mitchell or Gold Harbor, about 2A miles deep and J mile wide, is
surrounded by i»reci[)itoHs and densely wooded hills, from 700 to 800
feet in height, and at its head in Thetis Cove is a sandy beach and a
stream of water. At 1^ miles up the harbor is Sausum Island, a small
spot covered with trees, and the ruins of a number of huts. The an-
ch(.rage lies i mile further on, in Thetis Cove, keeping Sausum Island
ov .ne port hand, the passage being 200 y.ards wide, with deep water.
I'his cove is completely landlocked, but scjualls, frequently accompa-
nied by rain, come over the hills with considerable violence.

Thorn Rock lies a good ^ mile from the mouth of the harbor on the
starboard hand going in, and has only 3 feet on it at low water ; it lies
about 200 yards from the shore; and on the ojjposite side, at not quite
so great a distance from the land, buta little further out, is another rock.

Douglas Harbor. — At oue mile to the westward of Mitchell Harbor,
is the entrance to Douglas llaibor, apparently very similar to the
former, trom which it is separated by .losling Peninsula.

Directions. — The land being very high o:i l>oth sides of the channels
leading into the above harbors, influences the direction of the wind
which is either right in or out. Winds with any westing blow in, and
those with easting the contrary. A sailing vessel leaving Moore Channel
with ii UK. wind should kcej) well over towards Hewlett liay, to enable
hev to fetch clear of the Moresby Islands, as the wind will be very
unsteady until well clear of the high land to windward.

Tasoo Harbor — Cape Henry, lying 3 miles iVom the entrance to Moore
Channel, terminates in a steep slope with aliuinnKUik at the extremity;
17 miles to the southward of this is the entrance to Tasoo Harbor, the
intermediate coast being high, and rising abruptly from the sea. The
entrance is short ami narrow, l>ut the liiubor it.self is extensive, with
ileep water in many jdaces, the anchorage being near some small islands
on the i»()rt hand going in; it has only been visited by a few of the
Hudson Bay Company's ollicers.

Between Tasoo Harbor and Cape St. James are other openings, which,

NATIVES — SUPPLIES.

413

according t>^ Ituliau report, lead into good barbors,the southernmost of
which is that leading into Houston Stewart Channel and Rose Harbor.
Inside Anthony Island, and close to Houston Stewart Channel, is .a
opening called by the natives Louscoone, and reported to be a good
harbor, not unlike Itose Harbor. This coast, excepting off Anthony
Island, is also apparently bold. The land near Cape St. Jiimes has
fewer trees on it than that to the northward.

The Natives (Haida Indians) of the Queen Charlotte Islands are
fond of traveling, and make voyages of several hundred miles in their
canoes, visiting Sitka on the north, Port Simpson to the northeastward^
and Victoria Harbor on the south. They excel in the construction of
their canoes.

Supplies. — The banks in and near Hecate Strait, swept by strong
currents, with the shore line of inlets and tiords, constitute the feeding
grounds of the halibut and other fish, which abound in the vicinity of
the islands. The halibut is the most important, and is largely con-
sumed by the natives ; the dog-fish is also very abundant, and is takeu
for the manufacture of oil; salmon run up most of the streams in large
numbers, especially in the autumn ; herring are plentiful in some j)laces,
especially about Skidegate, at certain seasons; pollock or coal fish are
caught on the northern and western coast, and supplies an edible oil j
flounders and plaice abound in some localities; cod and mackerel are
also caught, and probably are abundant on certain banks at some sea-
sons; while smaller fish and shell fish, oysters excepted, form an im-
portant item in the native dietary. From April to October the shell
fish are said by the natives to be poisonous. Immense flocks of wild
geese and duck visit the northern shores of the islands in the autumn.
Potatoes grow in abundance in most parts, and thrive exceedingly well,
forming an important article of food. These are all to be bought either
for money, strong cotton shirts, cotton dresses, plain cotton, kn'ves,
tobacco, motliorof-i)earl jacket buttons for ornamenting their blankets,
or any of the articles commonly biirtered among aborigines. The
blanket is now, however, a recognized currency.

Bears are numerous, also martens, sea and land otters, which anj
caught for their furs, and mostly taken to the Hudson Bay Company'!;\
establishment at Fort Simpson.

C H A P '1^ E R XIII

PORTLAND AND OBSEEVATOEY IXLKTS AND PORTLAND CANAL.

Portland Inlet extends from the northeastern part of Chatham Sound
in a general northeasterly direction for 20 miles, thence it diviiles,
one arm continuing to the head of Observatory Inlet and the other tak-
ing a northerly direction to the head of Portland Canal. At its south-
ern entrance, between Wales and Maskelyne Pointf, "he inlet is about
3 miles wide, and its shores are comparatively iVco from danger be-
yond the distance of 400 yards.

Landmarks. — The shores of Portland Inlet are high and bold, espe-
cially the eastern. Needle Peak, on the SB. side of Nasoga Gulf, is a
remarkable mountain terminating in a sharp snow-clad pinnacle. North-
ward of Nasoga (lUlf tiie shores of Mylor Peninsula are high, bold, and
I)reci|)itous, rising almost perpendicularly from the sea. On tlie western
shore Entry Peak on Wales Island has been already described. The
mountains on Pearse Island lie in ridges nearly parallel to the shore,
and the land is lower than on the eastern shore of the inlet. North-
ward of Lizard Point the western shore becomes low and wooded,
flanked by mountain.?.

York Island lies nearly in niidchannel, between Wales and Pearse
Ishunls; it is suiall, wooded, and 100 feet high.

Abreast York Island a narrow channel leads westward communicat-
ing with Pearse Channel and Portland Caiuil, but it is obstructed l»y
several islands and islets, which render the passage intricate.

Compton Island, at the north entrance of Work Channel, is- of tri-
angular shape, with a base 2 miles long to the southward, the northern
extreme of the island terminating in a long, low point. There is a boat
passage into Work Channel eastward of Compton Island.

Emma Passage, northw.ird of Compton Island, is A mile wide, and
takes a SE. direction for 3 miles, thence NE ,3 miles, and terminat-
ing in a sandy bay. The depths throughout the latter arm are from 23
to 3(5 fathoms.

Union Bay, at the head of the SE. arm, affords anchorage for small
vessels in L'O fathoms atL'OO yards from either shore.

Somerville Island, on the eastern side of the inlet, is A^ miles long

and 3 miles broad. The shores of this island are wooded ami bold, the

land on its western side rising almost peri»endii'nlarly from the sea. The

. island is but little broken, except on its northern side, where there is a

414

ELLIOTT rOINT NASOOA r;ULF.

415

bay, with deep water in it, i mile wide and one mile in extent, in a
soutlierly direction.

Elliott Point is the southern extreme of Somorville Island.
Truro Island, otf the SW. side of Somerville Island, is wooded with
bold isliores, and culminates in two hills SOU feet high.

Anchorage has been found off a small bay on the west side of Truro
Island, iv. ".'{."» fathoms, soft bottom."

Knob Islet is a small, round, wooded i?.let, 30 feet high, lying close
to the western shore of Somerville Island. There is a remarkable white
cliff. '.1st soufinvard of Knob islet.

Start Point, the north extreme of Somerville Island, lies abreast
Lizard Point ; it is high and bold, with a deep bay c'ose eastward of it.
Cliff Point, on the western shore, terminates in high clitts. Imme-
diately south of the point is a narrow creek, which extends some
distance inland in a NW. uirection.

Lizard Point is a prominent point on the western shore. There are
sandy bays close north and south of this point, extending back a con-
siderable distance, giving to Lizard Point Uie shape of a peninsula, and
when lirst seen from the westward it appears to be an island. At 2J
miles northward of Lizard Point there are some conspicuous red-brown
earthy clitl's.

Fiat Point lies •> I miles from Lizard Point. The sliore between these
points is wooded and comparatively low, and a similar conformation
exists lA miles northward of Flat Point.

Portland Point, lies .'i miles from Flat Point. This point, which
forms the turning j)oint into the SE. arm of Portland Canal, is high, bold
and nearly hteep-to.
Raui&der. Point divides Observatory Inlet from Portland Canal.
A <langer')us cluster of rocks (awash and sunken) extend 800 yards
southward Irom Ilamsden Point.

Steamer Passage, eastward of Somerville Island, has an average
width of A mile, and is deep,

Khutzeymateen Inlet is an unexamined arm, 5 miles withiu Steamer
Passage. It is i mile wide at its entrance, and takes an easterly direc-
tion.

Quinamass Bay, abreast the northern end of Somerville Island, is
i mile wide at its entrance, and takes an easterly direction. At low
water it is almost completely tilled by a sand flat, rendering the bay
useless as an anchorage.

Nasoga Gulf, eastward of Mylor Peninsula, extends in a northeast-
erly direct ion for 5 miles, is one mil'.' wide, and terminates in compara-
tively high land. There is no bottom at 'Jy fathoms in this gulf, except
near the head.

Anchorage will be found near the head of Na.soga (Jnif, in 10 to IJ
fathoms, sand, in midchannel, at 400 yards from the north shore.

416

PORTLAND INLET.

Mylor Peninsula is a high and comparatively narrow strij) of land
on the eastern side of Portland Inlet. A small islet (Ranger Islet) lies
off its southern extreme and there the land iscomparately low (450 feet) ;
but it rises quickly to the height of 2,900 fet!t, and forms high, bold,
precipitous shores. About one mile from the north extreme of the
peninsula tiie land again begins to fall, and terminates in Low I'oiut,
the low wooded point which forms the southwestern entrance of Nass
Bay.

Trefusis Point, the southern extremeof the peninsula, terminates in
high white cliffis.

Nass Bay is 2 miles wide at it.s entrance, and the bay preserves this
width in an easterly direction for .'5 miles, where it divides, one branch
taking a northeasterly direction to t'je mouth of Nass River, and the
other a southwesterly direction, forming Icebeig Bay.

An extensive sand (hit occupies nearly- the wiii;lc of the eastern por-
tion of the bay at low water. And the entrance into Nass River is ob-
structec by a bar upon which there is only feet at Ionv water.

The western portion of Nass Bay isde"!,, brit as the r.orthern shore is
approached, it shoals suddenly from io ti' i5 and the'. 2 fathoms water.

North Point, the northern entrance point of the bay, terminates ia
a bold clilt. and one mil' eastward is Mission Valley, a deep valley ex-
tending to the northward, on the western side of which, one mile bjick
from the coast, is Mount Tomlinson, a conspicuous mountain. Through
the valley a large stream runs, dividing near its month into two branc lies.
Fort Point, the northwestern entrance point of Nass liiver, termuuitei
in white cliffs. Mud Islands, low and dark, will be seen on the eastern
side of the bay.

Kiucolith, a mission station situated east of the stream at the mouth
of the valley, is fronted by a sand flat (Canoe Flat;, which renders com-
munication by boat, except at high water, almost impossible. There
are two sawmills here, one owneil and worked by Indians. (Jold ia
found here in small quantities, and also coal. The temperature is very
severe, the thermometer in some winters falling to from 40° to 50<^ be-
low zero for weeks in succession.

Observation Spot, at the east side of Mission Valley, is in latitude
543 59/ '>{)'■ N., longitude 12!)<3 57' 3(J" W.

Canoe Flat. — An extensive sand flat commences at Fort Point, and
taking a soutiiwesterly direction forms a triangle, tlie apex of which
lies 1,200 yards ott shore south of the mission station, thence it takes a
northwesterly (Jirection, and meets the shore ^ mile westward of Kin-
eolith.

Anchorage in Sine weather may bo had off Kincolith, nearly in tlie
middle of Nass Bay on the line adjoining the mission station and Land-
slip Mountaina, in 10 fathoms mud bottom, at about 1,(J00 yards from
the northern uliore ; with the mission flagstaff seen in hue 'vith the cen-
ter of Mission Valley, bearing N. 30^ B., and Leading Point (south side
of Nass Hiver) seen just oiien of Fort Poiiit, bearing east.

ICEBERG WAV NASS RIVER AND VJ^LAGES.

417

Caution. — A strongr ebb tide will be felt in this position, and care
must be exercised in taking up a berth, as Canoe Flat is very steep-to
and it is recommended to use the deep-sea lead in approaching it.

Iceberg Bay terminates in a low, swa:npy Hat, fronted by a sand
flat.

At the entrance of Iceberg Bay the depth of 10 fathoms and less will
be found, but as the head of the bay is approached the water will deepen
to over 40 fathoms.

Anchorage may be obtained at the entrance to Iceberg Bay, in 7 to
8 fathoms, n)ud, with North Point seen in line with Double Islet Point
bearing N. 31° W. ; distant 1,200 yards from the latter.

Directions. — If taking up this anchorage, having rounded Low Point
at a distance of COO yards, keep the southern shore of the bay aboard;
pass 200 yards northward of Double Islet Point, and anchor as above
directed.

Mud Islands consist of two small islands parallel to the eastern
shore, at 1,'JOO yards from it,

Nass River. — The mouth of the river is obstructed by a sand flat,
which dries at low water, and extends towards Iceberg Bay. Ripple
Tongue, the SW. extreme of this extensive fiat, lies J mile N. 28^ E. of
Double Islet Point.

Within the river the navigation Is diflicult and dangerous, the chan-
nel at low water being barely available for large canoes ; local steamers,
however, from Victoria, drawing G feet water, venture up, though they
fre(|uently run aground.

Two salmon canneries, a sawmill, store, two missionary stations, and
several Indian villages are situated along the stream. The climate is
favorable to the growth of fruit, cereals, and root crops near the coast.

Nass Villages. — The lower Xass vilhiges, three in number, are situ-
ated U) miles from the entrance, the north and south villages being
situated on Islands, and separated from the middle village at high water.
The soutli, middle, and north villages are known, respectively, by the
names of Kitminiook, Kitlahkumkadah, and Kitakauze. The popuhi-
ti<»n of the three villages amounted in 1S(»8 to about 500.

Tides. — The time of high water at the lower Nass villages is uncer-
tain, depending apparently upon the freshets down the river. Then
was no slack at high water, the water beginning to fall immediately i,
bad ceased to rise (August, 1808). At low water there was slack for
one hour and a half. In the month of August the flood stream was not
felt above the Middle Bank, and from Indian report this is the case at
all seasons.

Ice — The river is reported to freeze over down to its mouth during
severe winters.

Fish. — The Houlican, from which the nutritious oil is obtained, the
principal sustenance of the Indians, are caught in great numbers during
thespring.as also are salmon. For this purpose, numerous Ashing weirs
14205— No. 90 27

418

OBSERVATORY INLET.

are erected along the banks of the river, especially ou the southern shore ;
and about l.'i miles up, near Stony Point, there is au establishmeut
where the fish are salted down and shipped off to Victoria.

Directions. — The Nass River is used by small coasting vessels after
half Hood. The navigable channel is tortuous, and it is recommended
not to attempt the river until the strength of the flood tide has slack-
ened. The channel is liable after freshets to change.

Observatory Inlet, northward of Nass Bay, and called by the In-
dians Kitsahwatl, is, generally speaking, similar to the other inlets ; in
some parts, however, the shores are low and wooded, the land rising at
a few miles back to 4,000 and 5,000 feet high. The low, wooded shore
lias an ur.dergrowth of thick moss, overlying rock, and saturated with
moisture, which renders traveling difticult.

Abreast the NW. entrance i)oint of Nass Bay, Observatory Inlet is
1:^ miles wide, having a general northerly direction for about 10 miles,
and widening to 3 miles abreast Salmon Cove. Northward of Salmon
Cove the inlet widens to 4 miles, and at 6 miles from the cove is ob-
structed by several islands, islets and rocks. At 10 miles from Salmon
Cove the inlet divides into two arms, one taking a northeasterly direc-
tion for 12 miles, the othtir a northwesterly direction for 1.5 miles, both
arms terminating in low, wooded swamps, fronted by mud flats.

Salmon Cove lies on the western shore.

Richard Point, the northern point of Salmon Cove, is a long, wooded,
conspicuous projection. From its NE. extreme the land trends in a
southwesterly direction, for 1 '■{ miles, to the head of Salmon Cove, which
is barely GOO yards wide in that position.

A sand-flat extends 400 yards from the southern shore at the entrance
to Salmon Cove.

Anchorage has been obtained in Salmon Cove "in 31 and 35 fath-
oms water, muddy and small stony bottom."

Anchorage was also obtained in 30 fathoms, on the eastern shore,
one mile northward of Salmon Cove.

Soundings. — The water in the reach south of Salmon Cove is deep,
there l)eing over 100 fathoms in mid-channel. The shores are compact
and steej), with no known danger beyond 400 yards from the shore.

Brooke Island, '2'} miles long and J mile broad at its northern end,
is low and wooded. Several patches of rock, which uncover at low
water, extend .k mile northward from Brooke Island.

Paddy Passage is i mile wide, between Brooke Island and the east-
ern shore, but near its northern end it is barely 400 yards wide, the
navigable channel being reducied to thiit width by the ledges which
extend northward from Brooke Island.

Frank Point, northward of Richard Point, is low and wooded; be-
tween it and Richard Point the land trends considerably to the west-
ward, and forms near the latter point a bight nearly 2 miles deep.
Northward of Frank Point the western shores are much broken, with
several deep bays, which take a southerly direction.

X8CHWAN — PEKRY HAY.

419

Xschwan is the name of a aalinon fishery which lies at the liead of
a small bay on the western shore, 4 miles northward of Frank Point.

Larcom Island, situated nearly in mid-channel, at the mouth of
Hastings Arm, is about 5 miles long, in a north and south direction,
with an average breadth of J mile. The island is flat, wooded, and

lorth
e for

gen-

rmi-

. .'..••...%^A 1« tT\i\MlCVI. il.remn* IX^/llldl IJ.> <l IllUU llUt.

^ixoubions. — The water in Hastings Arm is dee]), with no known
anchorage ground. If proceeding into this channel pass between
Brooke and Larcom Islands, taking care to avoid the foul ground which
extends A mile northward from the former; a n)id-channel course is
cleai' of danger.

Alice Ann, the eastern branch of Observatory Inlet, from its junc-
tion with Hastings Arm, runs in a iiortlieasterly direction for 13 miles
and terminates in the usual manner. This arm is obstructed at its en-
trance by a small wooded island (Liddle Island), which divides it into
two channels 000 yards wide. Tliero is a depth of 23 fathoms in
mid-channel in the southern and 10 fathoms in the northern of these
passages.

Alice Arm varies in width from ^ mile to 2 miles, the latter being ac
the head of the inlet. The Hat at the head is extensive, and through it
a large stream Hows, Hanked on its eastern side by mountains over 5,000
feet high.

Perry Bay, situated on the eastern shore, at the entrance to Alice
Ana, is 1 mile wide, and. takes a southerly direction for nearly one
mile, with depths of 14 and 18 fathoms, mud bottom, in mid channel.

Otf irs western entrance jtoint lies a small islet (Sopliy Islet). At the
head of the bay there is a salmon fishery (Muckshwanue).

Tides. — The strength of tide in Ol)aervatory Inlet depends upon the
freshets caused by the melting snow. Abreast Xass Hay the ebb runs
with great strength, the blue water being clearly defined when meeting
the mntldy waters of the Xass I'iver.

It is high water, full and change, in Observatory Inlet at Ih. 5m. ;
springs rise 23 feet, neai)s 12 feet.

Portland Canal. — At about 20 miles from Wales Point an arm
brau<!hes off NW. 6 miles, with an average l)readth of li miles. Here
a channel (now nanuMl Pearse Channel) stretches to the S\V., which
was not examined in the survey of 1808. From this the canal trends
in a general northerly direction for about 55 miles. Throughout

■■

418

0B8ERVAT0KY INLET.

are erected along the banks of tbe river, especiallj' on the southern shore ;
and about 13 miles up, near Stony Point, there is au establishment
where the fish are salted down and shipped otl' to Victoria.

Directions. — The Nass River is used by small coasting vessels after
half dood. The navigable channel is tortuous, and it is recommended

(1760) BRITISH OOLUBIBIA— Northern mainland— Observatory
inlet — Rock reported — Note. — Captain Hughes, master of the
steamer Tees, reports the existence of a dangerous rock in mid-
chanuel between the islet north of Frank point and Larcom island,
Observatory inlet.

Approx. position: Lat. r)0° 22' 48" N., Long. 129° 45' 55" W.

The rock luis about 5 feet over it at low water and is not marked
by kelp.

In the bay north of this, marked Xschwan fishery and locally
known as Goose bay, there is a mining establishment.

1^ miles wide, having a general northerly direi.u.(N. M.60, 1904.) _,

and widening to .'5 miles abreast Salmon Cove. Northward of Salmon
Cove the inlet widens to 4 miles, and at (i miles from tiie cove is ob-
structed by several islands, islets and rocks. At 10 miles from Salmon
Cove the inlet divides into two arms, one taking a northeasterly direc-
tion for 1^ miles, the other a northwesterly direction for 1.5 n)iles, both
arms terminating in low, wooded swamps, fronted by mud Hats.

Salmon Cove lies on the western shore.

Richard Point, the northern point of Salmon Cove, is a long, wooded,
conspicuous projection. From its NE. extreme the land trends in a
southwesterly direction, for 1 -f miles, to the head of Salmon Cove, which
is barely 000 yards wide in that position.

A sand-tlat extends 400 yards from the southern shore at the entrance
to Salmon Cove.

Anchorage has been obtJiined in Salmon Cove "in 31 and 35 fath-
oms water, muddy and small stony bottom."

Anchorage was also obtained in 30 fathoms, on the eastern shore,
one mile northward of Salmon Cove.

Soundings. — The water in tlu^ reach south of Salmon Cove is deej),
there being over 100 fathoms in mid-channel. The shores are comi)act
and steej), with no known danger beyond 400 yards from the shore.

Brooke Island, li'| miles long and J mile broad at its northern end,
is low and wooded. Several patches of rock, which uncover at low
water, extend ^ mile northward from Brooke Island.

Paddy Passage is A mile wide, between Brooke Island and the east-
ern shore, but near its northern end it is barely 400 yards wide, the
navigable channel being reduced to that width by the ledges which
extend northward from Brooke Island.

Frank Point, northward of Richard Point, is low and wooded; be-
tween it and Jtichard Point the land trends considerably to the west-
ward, and forms near the latter point a bight nearly 2 miles deep.
Northward of Frank Point the western shores are much broken, with
several deep bays, which take a southerly direction.

XSCHWAN — PKKRY HAY.

419

•iliore;
iiineut

Xschwan is tlie name of a aalinou fishery which lies at the head of
a small bay on the western shore, 4 niilt's northward of Frank I'oiiit.

Larcom Island, situated nearly in inid-channel, at the mouth of
Hastings Arm, is about .j miles louff, in a north and south direction,
with an average breadth of A mile. The Island is Hat, wooded, and
comparatively low. At its southwestern end there is an extensive
lagoon.

Tiie cliannel westward of Larcom Island is obstructed near the north
eiul of that island by several islets ami rocks, and is only available lor
boats.

Hastings Arm passes eastward of Larcom Island and takes a gen-
eral northerly direction for 13 miles.

This branch of Observatory Inlet is from A to one mile wide, termi-
nating in the usual manner — a wooded swamp fronted by a mud Hat.

Directions. — The water in Hastings Arm is deep, with no known
anchorage ground. If proceeding into this channel pass between
Brooke aiul Larcom Islands, taking care to avoid the foul ground which
extends A mile northward from the former; a midchannel course is
clear of danger.

Alice Arm, the eastern branch of Observat<jry Inlet, from its junc-
tion with Hastings Arm, runs in a northeasterly direction for I'.i miles
and terminates in the usual manner. This arm is obstructed at its en-
trance by a small wooded island (Liddle Island), which divides it into
two channels (500 yards wide. There is a depth of 2,3 fathoms in
mid-channel in the southern and 10 fathoms in the northern of these
passages.

Alice Arm varies in width from J mile to 2 miles, the latter being at
the head of the inlet. The Hat at the head is extensive, ami through it
a large stream Hows, Hanked on its eastern side by mountains over 5,000
feet high.

Perry Bay, situated on the eastern shore, at the entrance to Alice
Arm, is I mile wide, and. takes a southerly direction for nearly one
mile, with depths of 14 and 18 fathoms, mud bottom, in mid channel.

Otf irs western entrance i)()int lies a small islet (Sophy Islet). At the
head of the bay there is a salmon Hshery (.Muckshwanne).

Tides. — The strength of tide in Observatory Inlet dei)ends upon the
freshets caused by the melting snow. Abreast Xass Hay the ebb runs
with great strength, the blue water being clearly deHned when meeting
the muddy waters of the Nass Kiver.

It is high water, full and change, in Observatory Inlet at Ih. 5m. ;
sprincs rise 23 feet, neaps 12 feet.

Portland Canal. — At about 20 miles from Wales Point an arm
branches off NVV. 6 miles, with an average breadth of U miles. Here
a channel (now named Tear.se Channel) stretches to the S\V., which
was not examined in the survey of 18(j.S. From this the canal trends
in a general northerly direction for about 55 miles. Throughout

420

PORTLAND CANAL.

tbp canal no soiindinjjs were obtained at 40 fathoms. It possesses the
general eharanteristies of the other fiords on the coast of Hritisii Co-
lumbia, viz, liijyh land on both shores, terminating in low, swam])^ land
at the head, and deep water, with few and indifferent anchorivges.

The head of Portland Canal terminates in low, wood}', swampy land,
through which two rivers flow into it.

The two rivers (Bear and Salmon) at the head of Portland Canal are
separated by a high ridge of bare mountains. On the east side of the
valley of Bear River a mountain range extends in an east and west
direction ; Mount Disraeli, the highest peak of the range, being a snow-
clad pinnacle 7,000 feet high. The delta of the Bear and Salmon
Kivers consists of a mud flat, which covers at high water, and extends
over one mile from the mouth of the former river. This deposit of mud
is nearly steep-to, breaking down suddenly to no bottom at 40 fathoms.

Current. — During the month of August, 1868, a current of about IJ
knots an hour was observed setting down Portland Canal, to the dis-
tance of 25 miles below the mouth of Bear River.

Climate. — The sun's rays in August, between 9 a. m. and 3 p. m.,
were very })owerful, and, reflected from the snow, caused occasionally
intense heat. When the sun was obscured by the mountains the atmos-
phere at once conveyed a sensation of chilliness. During that month,
just before sunrise, the thermometer registered .32^ F., water left in
basins within the tent being frozen during the night. The vapor de-
veloped by the heat of the sun during the early portion of the day, be-
coming condensed on the mountainous shores of the inlet, usually foil
as a drizzling rain from 3 p. in. to about midnight.

Temperature of the surface water, within liO miles of the head of
the canal, was 33°. At that distance from the mouth of the Bear River
the water on the surface was fresh.

Supplies. — Salmon, mountain sheep, bears, and berries abound at
the head of Portland Canal.

Natives.— A party consisting of about 200 natives were met with fish-
ing at the mouth of Salmon River; they annually visit the head of the
Portland Canal.

Dogfish Bay, on the eastern shore, about 3J miles northwestward of
Ramsden Point, is about 14 miles wide, J mile deep, and faces the SW.;
it is, however, filled by a sand flat at low water, rendering it useless as
an anchorage.

Windy Islet is small, and lies close to the shore at the northern en-
trance point of Dogfish Bay.

Tree Point, on the western shore, 4J miles from Portland Point is
low, wooded, and conspicuous, with high land at about one mile south
of it.

Tree Point Reef extends i mile in a northerly direction from Tree
Point, and is nearly steep-to.

8P1 r POINT — CENTER ISLAND.

421

Spit Poi t, on the eastern shore, is the turnin}( luiii.t into tlie north,
ern reacli. iietween Si»it Point and Dollish Bay several small wooded
islets lie close to the eastern shore, and are connected with it at low-
water. A tongue of sand, which uncovers at low water, extends (iUO
yarda HVV. from Spit Point.

Reef Island is a small island lying on the western shore abreast Spit
Point.

Two small bays, with landy bRaches, lie under Keel Island, in which
a boat may tind shelter. A reef with rocks awash at high water, and
sunken rocks, extends 400 yards SK. from Keef Island.

Leading T oint, a high bold point, on the western shore, lies 2^ miles
north of h'eef Island.

Dickens Point is on the eastern shore, I miles from Spit Point, the
coast between them having a considerable curve to the eastward.

A small black rock, 8 feet above high water, lies close south of Dickens
I'oiut, and a ledge of rooks which uncover, extends 400 yards from the
point.

Sandfly Bay, on the western shore, sibreast Dickens Point, is ^mile
wide, and '^ nnle deep in a northwesterly diret^tion, tenmnating in a
swamp with streams in the NW. and NE. corners. At the north point
of the bay, 2 small islets lie close to the shore.

Sandfly Bay is nearly tilled up at h>w water by a sand tiat, with deep
water close-to, and is therefore useless as an anchorage.

Stopford Point, bold and conspicnous, lies on the eastern shore.

Halibut Bay, on tlie western shore, 4 miles from Sandfly Baj', is J
mile wi<le at its entrance, and extends back li miles, having an exten-
sive swamp at its bead, through which three large streams flow. Off
the southern point of this biiy lie a cluster of small, black, rocky islets.

Anchorage. — The only known anchorage in Portland Canal is in
Halibut Bay, in mid channel, at 600 yards within the entrance, iu 6 to
10 fathoms, mud bottom.

Cross Islet, a small wooded islet, connected at low water with the
shore, lies close northward of Halibut Bay.

Logan Point lies on the eastern shore. At 3 miles SK. of Logan
Point, is a conspicuous saddle-shaped n)ountain .5,057 feet high.

Camp Point, on the western shore, is the turning point of the north-
ern arm ; it is wooded, bold, and precipitous.

Center Island, nearly iu mid-channel, abreast Gamp Point, is 400
yards long in a north and south direction, with some stunted brush
growing upon it.

A ledge of rocks awash, and sunken rocks, extend 400 yards north-
ward from Center Island. The water is deep on either side of the island,
beyond the distance of 400 yards, but the channel westward of the
island is recommended.

Barclay valley lies on the eastern shore, abreast Center Island ; a
large stream flows through it, and the neck of laud separating Port-

422

I'OUTLANl) CANAL,

laiwl (.'iiiuil anil Salmon Cove (Observatory liilet) is here about 4 niiloa
across.

Landslip Point lios on the eastern sliore, 15 miles nortliwiutl of Cen-
ter Island, Three eouspicnous landslips are seen on the mountains
south of Landslip Point.

Bluff Point teriniinites in a lii^li bold elid', and lies on the eastern
Hhore, -' miles Irom Landsli]* Point. The channel abreast UhilV Point
is one mile wide.

Breezy Point, on the western sliore, ."U miles from Camjt Point, is
conspicuous, and the land recedes to the soutlnvard between Camitand
Breezy Points.

Tombstone Bay lies on the western shore. At its entrance tlie bay
is ()()(» yards wide, ami takes a southerly dire<;tion, narrowinfj rapidly,
until it terminatesone mile within the entrance at the mouth of a ii\-er,

An extensive w<'ll-w()oded valley lies .at the head of the liay, and on
the northern side of the valley a remarkable mountain, with a snow-
clad summit of dome shape, rises to the liei},dit of (>,.50t) feet. Trout are
l)lentifnl in the river, llowinfi into this bay. Herries are found in abun-
dance, especially salmon berries and the wild raspberry.

Maple Point lies on the eastern shore. .Majde trees ;;row upon this
ltoint,and when in leaf render it conspicuous. Immediately norihward
of ]\Iaple Point is a bay, with a larse stream HowiiiK into it, fronted by
a sand-tlat.

Swamp Point, alow, marshy, wooded poirit, throiij>h which a river
tlows, lies northward of Maple Point. A .sandspit extends .J mile to the
southward from Swamj) Point.

Pirie Point is hifih, bold, and conspicuous. A samlspit extends 400
yards from the eastern shore midway between Swamp and Pirie Points.

White Point lies on the eastern shore, 4 miles from Piiie Point.

Turn Point lies on the western shore, 1^ miles from Toml)stoiieBay,
and is high, l)old, and conspicuous.

Steep Point, on the western shore, is bold and steep-to. Two large
streams tlow into the sea, midway between Turn and Stee]) Points.

Foggy Point lies on the western shore, G miles from Steep Point.
The coast bet\ieen Steep and Foj^ffy Points trends (!onsiderabIy to the
southward in a deep curve, an<l at 2i miles southward of the point isan
extensive v tlley lying in a southerly direction, t)etween mountains
from 3,.500 and 4,000 feet high. The valley is thickly wooded, and a
large stream Hows through it.

Bay Islet, on the eastern shore abreast of K.)ggy Point, is small and
wooded, and lies 200 yards otf a i)oint which divides two sandy bays,
being connected with the point at low water.

Q-re en Islets are two small, wooded islets, on the ea.stern shore, 2
miles from Bay Islet. Close northward of these islets there, is a con-
siderable tract of comparativ'.lv low land, thickly wooded, through
which a large stream tlows

HLAI» I'OINT HKAU UIVKU

423

ilaiiiy

Slab Point, tt'riiiiiiatiii^i; in a liigli, Hiiiootli,slatO'Coloi'0(l (;litl', lies on
till' w«st(U'ii HJioic, '2 miles from FoKK\ ''oiiit.

Blue Point, on tlie castiTn slioiv, o.h miles I'mm Green Lsiet, and l}[
miles Irom Clill' Point (on the western shore), terminates in high, bold
elills. of purple blue color, and basaltie, formation. Close south of tho
point, ail extensive wooded valley extends tothe northeastward, throuj^h
whieh two largo streams tlow. A sandspit extends oil' their mouths to
the distance of 400 yards.

Cliff Point termiuates in high white ditVs, and is fiteei)-to.

Verdure Point, on the western shore, is 4 miles from (Miff I'oint,
The maple trees growing upon this point, when in leaf, render it con-
si)ienous.

Midway between (Jlilf and Verdure Points there is an extensive
wooded valley, through wlii(!h a largo stream flows in a southwesterly
direction. Close northward of Verdure Point is a bay, with a conspic-
uous sandy beaiili at its head.

Landslip Point, one mile from Verdure Point, is conspicuous, it
having higli landslip over it.

Round Point is the turning point, on the eastern shore, into tho
northern and last reach of Portland (,'aiial. With the exception of a
small bay, which dries throughout at low water, the eastern shore
northward of Blue Point, for miles, is high, bold, and almost inacces-
.sible. The northern extreme of Hound Point lies (i miles from Blue
Point.

Seal Rocks, on the western shore, at the entrance of the north reach
of the canal, are of small extent, and lie K)0 yards from the western
shore. The highest rock is 6 feet above high water. Between Ver-
dure Point and the jioint off which Seal Kocks lie, the coast curves
considerably to the westward. At one mile to the southward of the lat-
ter point an extensive wooded valley takes a westerly direction, between
high mountains, and a large stream Hows through it.

Marmot River, on the easteiii shore, 2-1 miles from the mouth of
Bear Itiver, flows through an extensive valley which lies in an easterly
direction. A saiidsi)it extends GOO yards otf the mouth of Marmot
Itiver, and is steep-to. At the head of the valley is a mountain range
with three conspicuous peaks.

Salmon River, on the western shore, is a stream of considerable
size, and the valley through which it flows is )s mile wide at its mouth;
the river then takes a northwesterly direction, widening to one and 2
miles, and is flanked by high mountains.

Bear River flows through an extensive wooded flat, at the head of
tho Portland Canal, and divides near its mouth into several streams,
from which, during the summer months, when tho snow is melting, a
considerable body of water passes out into the inlet. The valley
through which this river flows extends 10 miles from tho mouth of
Bear river, and is thickly wooded, and flanked by the Gladstone Moun-

424

PORTLAN'D CANAL.

tains ; it termiiiiites at tbu foot of the Disraeli Mountains, a range
wliieli extends in an east and west direction. Tlie Hear and Salmon
liivers have a mud flat extending across their mouths, rendering com-
muuication, even by canoes, difficult at low water. Commeucin'j; at
about GOO yards south of Salmon Jiiver Valley, this deposit of mud ex-
tends a(!ross the canal in a northeasterly direction, passing over one
mile from the mouth of Bear River. The edge of the bank is steep,
breaking down almost suddenly to no bottom at 40 fathoms.

Anchorage was unsuccessfully searched for off the above-mentioned
delta of the Salmon and Bear Rivers. The depth of 24 fathoms was
found alongside the edge of the mud at low water ; and at the distance
of 50 yards from it no bottom could be obtained at 40 liithoms.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, at the head of Portland
Canal at Ih. 30m ; springs rise from 23 to 27 feet, and occasionally 30
feet; neaps 15 to 20 feet. In August, ]8(]8, it was noticed that the
night tides rose considerably higher than the day tides.

Observation Spot, at the wooded high-water mark of the point
near the center of the mouth of Bear Rver, was found, by observations
taken iu August, 1868, to be situated in latitude 55=^ 5(5' 03" X., longi-
tude 130° 03' 27" W., depending on Duntze Head, Esquimalt Harbor
being in longitude 123° 26' 45" W.

LIST OF LIGHTS.

425

range
ilinou
cum-
11 '^^ at
1(1 ex-
r one
Hteep,

ioiicil
8 was
taiice

tland
lly 30
It the

point
tions
)ngi-

arbor

9 i:

•=^«5 2

a
is

: i

H
H

* ? S ■y « _ ; ■—

5s= ^:s!=«

iJ*'^^ ^

i- * •' X = '^ ^ •

« g c ,_ .-0^3
i5 = 2-531;

-t'-r

'x O K

■Sli

■C 'C ~ ji

rt fl a

■= o 2

? £ t is oj
is

••IS

=3 fl * * *j

■=.S c ; a J .:* .5

426

LIST OF LIGHTS.

His

tf «

P I £ £
? Z c J:

^ o

5 .1

:£ -J

^ 7.

- c s
if JH

= ft i.2

.S ■] S2

K *' - —

rtS 5'=

a'"" '^ 5 *

3 9

*- T Tt."

g.£f

l£

^ll

=r|

^ 2 '■

^ * :

-s

= 'd ?

i: r.

i;-=

(^^

-•: -*—*--

^"s

~- .1

.-a - -

.- ^

— ^ «

£.-:= =

: s.

tISi

1- «,i c

"C" £

SB'S

a - a e

—

S b

-a
it

■s 'SS&

•: .• .s £i * ^ fr -.

.1 It !:iJ?|S.

4. C M

^ «j 2

5*g

i ."(a

LIST OF LIGHTS.

427

1 .= 'r-=i
•r ;H C- rt i i

-i-^
^-**"

.=•3

■=•« t

•/■=2,

*- « " I. r.

1?^

•f o
* c

111

a 5 CVS

?i 4^ '"-

'^i -^ '^-3

II is i)^

s = ■<■•

u S i: — :

iil^-

LIST OF LIfJHTP.

429

1 11-- ?

B 2 =^J

'* = * ■^•r

3 =^ ;■*

I a a 2
« a !■ — ^

1 = 1-32?

- 3 t r, s *

_ = T i V

ji a— y-

5 = J' c * =

: y-x2

■A

■; is r

j; ■:•-

S-i^t^ a

' c :: a i

X *c ■£ --^

ii, i 1 =

i ^'-^

1r^

■«| .^

I £.2

^ C 3;

5 i-^
.-' i ^

1=^

es-= = 3 =
■- ci 7i = 3

a £'"'2 "I'

SaSa? £
5 « = •- i s

.5 i" 3t •/ a.'r

S r.

'a «.-
•".= — _;

I|= =
x'z ^ Z

•a
a

•^

•;

E 3

-r

*- bl

w —

'-i

is_

'-'.

-3

c .

- c

a 'A

§«

as"

■S -a
i ^

P £

e
«

•J

bs|i = aj:g_if if a
^ = i " » — > « Z - a "■ S

i-l

t-r.

!«fe

£c

a rt

T:M

«a

•r2

•^ ^

111

:fi

St,

430

LIST OK LIGHTS.

5 ■= * § ^£

^n t- s 5 S

, s-p.

-i

;*• k~-

g i.s

« — - '

* i a

1 = *

sac

u -

-a

e
O

^ ■'?

-2S

i S

a.*i

'"'' a tS

5 =

- « ;, ^ «.;

2~ = a
a** .5 3

S5 u S

a; ^

IS
5 =

■iS

S B
«

"S5

•;

;(
J

■=1

S V

•<

•A

es
!2i

COALING AND UEPAIUINO FACILITIES.

431

S « 5

H*3

» «

> 3
- £

5^ c

■5^2

a 3
i: 3

r. a a.

X a

>»3t^

* S j: ~ >. a

Ur'

5= 5 »>

l^f ^sl 1

!i^

5 •• = — oo^iS

— '-~ —

^-^:2-i>--2

^'i

|S*

— ^ ii

■a

~ * * .

-. .S .:< ^

S S 5 g § S S g

s" to © o' — ' ■=> >6 c^

e
a.

•1

a. *r

2.1

« 5

it::

5 ^' ' —

^a -

t» a ?
e JT S
S, O H

432

COALING AND REPAIRING FACILITIES.

rs-a

o
O

■a »
e a E

J=.S g

•a

*3 a!

''I

00 (-■

S be

a a

IK O

S u

3 a

M a «

5 S O O

a a o (5

.JJ

bl,

c .

eS I-

o tt

tef

fc=

■cs

•ss

« ?

§1

tlf

•a _- "?,

o <

C J2

a a

5 «

.5 2

I I

a i

3 a

a u

X ^-

J --- -^

3 I- "S

ct ^

a
3

Sw i

I :^ 33 E X.

Page.

Aaltauhash lulet 331

Aaltanbash Inlet, titles 331

Aberdeen fisbery 340

Acland Islands 98

Actroon Sound 223

Active Cove 119

Active Pass 100

Active Puss, caution 101

Active Pass, directions 100

Active Paas, lijjht 489

Active Pass, tides 101

Active Point 9(3

Ada Islands 153

Ada Rock 306

Adams Mount 230

Addenbrooke Island 310

Admiral Island 97

Admiralty Bay 26

Admiralty Head 25

Admiralty Head, liglit 420

Admiralty Inlet 24

Admiralty Inlet, directions 25

Admiralty Inlet, general descrip-
tion 24

Admiralty Inlet, ligbt 426

Adze Head 60

Agamemnon Cliaunel 170

Agate Passage 33

Agglomerate Island 395

Ain Kiver 407

Alarm Rock, Canaveral Port 3")4

Alarm Rock, Stuart Cbanuel .... 95

Alaska, Inner Passage to 240

Alaska, Inner Passage, supplies. . 241

Alberni Inlet 248

Alberni Inlet, First Narrows 249

Alberni Inlet, Second Narrows .. 249

Albert Head 62

Alden Bank 138

Alden Point 77

Alder Island 394

Aldricb Point 323

14205— No. !»G 28

Pa([ft

Alert Hay 202

Alert Bay Mission 202

Alexander Point, Jorvis Inlet 172

Allen Point 58

Alexander Port 233

Alexandra Passage, Milbank

Sound 387

Alexandra Passage. Milbank

Sound, direct ions

Alexandra Passage, Milbauk

Sound, soundings 387

Alexandra Passage, Smith Sound 305

Alexandra Patch 369

Alford Keefs 370

Alice Arm 419

All Alone Stone 393

Allan Island 133

Allen Bank 39

AllifjrdBay 401

Alliford, water 401

Allison Sound 231

Alpha Bay 357

Alpha Bay, anchorage 357

Alpha Bay, tides 357

Alpha Islet 72

Alpha Passage 2."?

Alton Island 178

American Lake 47

Aniphitrite Point 259

Anchor Bay 325

Anchor Bight 307

Anchor Cone 337

Anchor Cove 401

Anchor Islands, Taknsh Harbor . 307

Anchor Islands, Tread well Bay.. 229

Anchor Mountain 355

Anchorage Island 291

Anchorage Patch 378

Anderson Island 46

Anderson Island, caution 47

Angeles Point 18

Angeles Port 18

Angeles Port, directions 19

433

434

INDEX.

Psge.

Angcleg Port, water 1!)

Ant;er Isluud \\'<i

Aun I^tland 306

Annas Hay f>7

Aiinetto Crook 99

Aiiiiio Kocks 227

Anthony Island 413

Anvil Island 165

Anvil Poak 145

Apples Island 207

Applo Tree Cove 32

Araclino Reef 90

Arl)utu» Island 124

Arbutns Islet 91

Arbutus Point 130

Aristazable Island 344, 362

Armour Rock 371

Arnold Rook 278

Arran Rapids 1H6

Arrow Passage 214

Arthur Island 380

Arthur Island, foul gronr.d off.. . 380

Arthur Passage 340

Ashe Head 65

Atkins Cove 296

Atkins Reef 102

Atkinson Island 220

Atkinson Point 146,164

Atkinson Point, light 430

Atli Inlet 395

Augusta Port 159

Angnsta Port, directions 160

Augusta Port, supplies 160

Augusta Port, tides 160

Auriol Point 372

Awun River 407

Axe Point 212

Ay era Point 55

Babine Lake 342

Bag Harbor 393

Bainbridge Island 33

Bajo Point 275

BajoReef 271

Bajo Reef, Inner 275

Baker Inlet 338

Baker Island 216

Baker Passage 175

Ball Cape (Kultowsis) 403

Ball Capo, rock near 403

Balaklava Island 2.33

Ballinac Channel 154

Ballinac Islands 154

Page.

Bamber Point 218

Banifield Creek 245

Ilanitield Islands 341

Banks Island 352,364

Banks Reef 289

liar. The, Skidegato 401

Bar Rocks, .Skidogate 401

BarRocksSpit 402

Barclay Sound 245

Barclay Sound, anchorages 2ii0

Barclay .Sound, directions 249,255,256

Barclay Sound, Eastern Channel 245

Barclay Sound, Middle Channel. 2.50

Barclay Sound, soundings 245

Barclay Sound, Western Channel 256

Barclay Valley 421

Bardswcll Group 319,362

Bare Hill 218

Bare Hill, McLaughlin Bay 316

B.ire Hill Point 219

Bare Island, Clayoquot Sound .. 262

Bare Island, Miners Channel.... 87

Bare Island, Tree Knob Group .. 381

Bare Islands 163

Bare Islet, Beaver Passage 356

Bare Islet, Forward Inlet 294

Bare Islet, Harwood Island 174

Bare Islet, Klaskish Inlet 290

Bare Islet, Klewnuggit Inlet 337

Bare Islet, Skidegate 401

Bare Islet, Spieden Channel 82

Bare Point 94

Bare Rock, Milbank Sound 320

Bare Rock, Nuchalitz Inlet 276

Bare Rock, Swanson Island 207

BarfleuT Passage 165

Bargain Harbor 170

Barlands Bay 178

Barnard Cove 350

Barnes Island 138

Baronet Passage 206

Barren Rock 225

Barrier Island, Smith Sound 307

Barrier Islands, Vanoonver

Island 281

Barry Islet 226

Barter Cove 285

Bartlott Island 263

Bartlett Point 225

BasaltPoint 28

Basa Flat 156

Base Point 207

Basil Lump 367

Bass Rock 380

INDEX.

435

P«ge.

IlasH Kock, rocky ledge :W0

IJiiHs Uock, clonring murk ^t-^O

itato PnxHajro 3!{5

liath Point a?-*

Uattcry Point 38

ItattloHay 2»7

llaii/n Cove 194

liawdeuUay W7

l!ay Islands '■i'^'.i

Bay Islet U2

Hay nes C'liannol, Haro Strait 72

Baynes Channel, directions 73

Bayncs Mount 97

Bay noH Sound 155

Baynes Sound, anchorage 157

Baynua Sound, buoys and bea-
cons 156

Baynes Sound, directions 157

Baynes Sound, leading marks... 156

Beacon Uill 09

Beacon Rock, Nanaimo 110

Beacon Kock, Saanich Inlet 02

Beak Point 158

BealeCape 'Mb

Beale Cape, caution 245

Beale Cape, light 245, 429

Beals Point 40

Bear River, Clayoquot Sound.... 265

Bear River, Portland Canal 423

Beaver River, Portland Canal, an-
chorage 24

Beaver River, Portland Canal,ob-

servatiou spot 24

Bearskin Bay 400

Beaver Bank 323

Beaver Cove 201

Beaver Creek 188

Beaver Creek, tides 168 '

Beaver Creek, water 168

Beaver Harbor 204

Beaver Harbor, anchorage 205

Beaver Harbor, directions 205

Beaver Ledge 340

Beaver Passage, Ogden Channel . 356
Beaver Passage, Ogden Channel,

directions 356

Beaver Passage, Smith Sound .. . 305

Beaver Point 89

Beaver Rock, Brown Passage .. . 382

Beaver Rock, Chatham Point... 193

Becher Bay 01

Becher Bay, anchorage 61

Bedford Island 339

Bedford Islands 61 ;

P»ge.

BedfordSpit 340

Bedwell Bay 151

Bed« ell Harbor 85

Bedwell Harbor, anchorage 85

Bedwell Islets 396

Bedwell Sound 260

Beelslets 181

Beecher Mount 160

Bfcchey Head 01

Belaknla 3'i3

Belakula, anchorage 313

Belakula, tides 314

Belaknla, water 314

Belakula, winds 314

Belakula, or Nooklialk River ... 313

Belize Inlet 230

Bell Peak 328

Bella Bella Indians 317

Bella Bella Islands 317

Belle Rock 134

Belle Rock, buoy 134

Belleisle Sound 222

Belletti Point 376

BellinghamBay 135

Bellinghani Bay, passages 1.35

Bel'inghaui Channel 134

Belmont Point 276

BenHill 377

Benjamin Group 217

Benson Point 277

Bentinck Arms 313,314

Bentinck Arms, tides, winds .... 314

Bentinck luland 02

Bentinck Island, caution 62

Berens Island, fog-signal 429

Berens Island, light 429

Berkeley Mount 196

Berry Cove 221

Berry Cove, anchorage, water... 221

Berry Creek 320

Berry Island 207

Berry Point, Gabriola Island.... 107

Berry Point, Seaforth Channel.. 319

Berry Point, Swindle Island 329

Berry Point, Takush Harbor 307

Bertie Rock 306

Bessborough Bay 196

Beware Passage 208

Bickley Bay 187

Bellingham Bay, rocks and shoals 135

Big Bay .' 373

Big Bay, anchorage 374

Big Bay, directions 374

Big River 54

IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)

V-

.v^

1.0

I.I

1.25

|21 12.5

■:

2.2

1^ 1^

I ^ IIIIM

1.4

1.8

1.6

Photographic

Sciences

Corporation

33 WEST MAIN STREET

WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580

(716) 873-4503

L17

'"is

<«^ "<». '^o^

'^>*

^Z^'

^ #<?^

' /y^

436

INDEX.

Page.

Bight Cone... 275

Bight Cove 297

Bigsby Inlet 396

BillofOrcas 118

Birch Bay 139

Birch Point 139

Bird Cove 184

Bird Island 310

Bird Islet 8fl

Bird Islets 254

Bird Reef 94

Bird Rock, Moss Passage 3'J6

Bird Rock, Rosario Strait 134

Bird Rock, buoy 134

Bird Rook, Wasp Group 126

Bird's Eye Cove 93

Birnie Island 376

Birthday Channel 279

Bischoff Mands 394

Bishop Cove 333

Black Bluff 203

Black Island and buoy 112

Black Islets 124

Black Patch 257

Black Point 379

Black Rock, Barclay Sound 250

Black Rock, Esperanza lulet 278

BlackRock, Porticr Pass 104

Black Rock, Queen Charioite

Sound 2-25

Black Rock, Rosario Strai t 134

Black Rock, Squally Channel.... 348

Black Rock Point 348

Blackberry Islets 265

Blackfish Sound 207

Blair Inlet 320

Blair Mount 212

Blalte Island 39

Blakely Island 124

BlnkelyPort 35

Blakely Rock 35

Blakeney Islet 358

BInkenoy Passage, Johnstone

Strait 202

Blakeney Passage, Smith Inlet.. 307

Blakeney Port 325

Blakeney Port, anchorage 326

Blakeney Port, directions 326

Blakeney Port, supplies ... 32C

Hligh Island 272

Blind Bay, Harney Channel 129

Blind Bay, Harney Anchorage .. 129

Blind Bay, Jorvis Inlet 172

Blind Creek 176

Psg*.

Blind Entrance, Kyuquot Sound. 282

Blind Reef, Esperanza Inlet .... 277

Blind Reef, Sealed Passage 238

Blinder Rock 351

Blinkinsop Bay 197

Blinkiusop Bay, anchorage 197

Bliukinsnp Bay, shoal 197

Block Hca<l 349

Blocklslot 211

Block Islets 351:

Blount Rock 223

Blossom Point 349

Bloxham Island 339

Bloxham Passage 341

Bloxham Point 307

Bloxham Shoal 339

Blue Point 423

Blue Jay Cove 392

Bluff Point, Collison Bay 391

Bluff Point, Laredo Channel .... 346

Bluff Point, Portland Canal .... 422

Bluff Point, Schooner Retreat... 310

Bluff Point, Stephens Port 353

Bluff Point, Welcome Harbor ... 359

Blunden Bay 304

Blunden Harbor 225

Blunden Harbor, anchorage .... 225

Blunden Harbor, directions 235

Blunden I'<land,Clayoquot Sound 262

Blunden Island, Plumper Sound. 83

Blunden Passage 215

Blunden Point 153

Blunt or Smith Island 74

Blunt or Smith Island, anchorage 74

Blunt or Smith Island, beacon .. 74

Blunt or Smith Island, light .... 425

Blythe Island 233

Boat Basin 209

Boat Cove, Price Island 323

Boat Cove, Qaatsiuo Sound 292, 295

Boat Harbor, Johnstone Strait.. 200
Boat Shelter, Vancouver, west

coast 292

Boatswain Bank 91

Boca del Inlicrno 271

Bodd> Creek 319

Bold Bluff, Qnatslno Sound 292

Bold Bluff, Sansum Narrows.... 93

Bold Bluff, Southgate Group,... 827

Bold Head 179

Bold Islet 274

Bolin Point 34

Bolkns Islands 392

Bond Sound 218

Pus*,
d. 282

277
238
351
197
197
197
349
211
351:
223
349
339
341
307
339
423
392
391
346
422
310
353
359
304
225
225
225
I 262

83
215
153
74
> 74

74
425
233
209
323
292, 295
200

292

271

319

292

227

179

274

392

318

INDEX.

437

Page.

Bod i la Island and Peak 3(i5

Bunila Island, lauding 365

Bouilla Point 59,244

Bonwick Island 214

Bon wick Islands 225

Booker Lagoon 21G

BootCovo 84

Boot Island 315

Boston Island 38U

Boston Islands, ledge 386

Boughey Bay 198

Bowlder Bank 323

Bowlder Head 322

Bowlder Ledge 323

Bowlder Point, Departure Bay.. Ill

Bowlder Point, Malcolm Island. 203

Bowlder Point, Maple Bay 93

Bowlder Point, Neville Port 197

Bowlder Point, Squirrel Cove. .. 176

Bowlder (Panama) Rocf 137

Bowlder Reef, Mary Island 182

Boundary Bay 140

Boundary Mark 140

Boundary Rock 178

Bowen Island 146, 164

Bowlder, The, Puget Sound 43

Bowyer Island 164

Boxer Point 233

Boxer Reacli 333

Boyle Island 237

Boyle Point 157

Boyies Point 224

Boys Rock 35()

Brace Point 38

Branbiim Islaud 227

Breaker Group :W

Breaker Islets 3(i4

Breaker Ledge 359

Breaker Point 351

Breaker Reef, Estevau iHland.. . 351

Breaker Reef, Shadwoll Passage. 234

Breezy Point 422

Breiuner Islet 231

Breton Islets Ir3

Bril)ery Island.. 341

Bridge Island 370

Bridge River 143

Bright Islaud, Swanson Channel 101

Bright Island, Takush Harbor.. . 3ii7

Bright Islet 238

Brisco Point 48

British Columbia 1

British Columbia, barometer.... 3

British Columbia, buoyage 6

i Fog*-

British Columbia, climate 2

British Columbia, coal 1

, British Columbia, current and

tides 10

British Columbia, fogs and smoke 5

British Columbia, ice 4

British Culumbia, meteorology.. 5

British Columbia, population ... 1

British Columbia, products 1

British Columbia, railways 2

British Columbia, rainfall 4

British Columbia, telegraphs 2

British Columbia, thermometer . 3

British Columbia, winds 5

Brockton Island 296

Brockton Point 148

Brodle Rock, Inner Chanuels.... 70
Brodie Rock, Chatham Sound.. 384
Brodie Rock, Principe Chan-
nel 352

Broken Channel 262

Broken Group, Barclay Sound . . . 252

Broken Group, BarUswell Group. 361

Broken lHlnudN,Desolatiou Sound 179

Broken Islands, Harvey Port.... 198

Broken Islands, Knight lulet.... 213

Broken Point 126

Brooke Island 418

Brooks Bay 289

Brooks Peninsula 289

Brotchy Ledge 67

Brotchy Lodge, buoy 67

Brothers, The 61

Brothers' Island 68

Broughtou Islaud 219

Hrougbton Strait 200

Broughtou Strait, anchorage .... 201

Broughtou Strait, directions 203

Broughton Strait. tides 201

Hrown Islaud, Beaver Passage .. 306

Brown Island, Friday Harbor.. . 117

Brown Island, Gorge Harbor 181

Brown Island, Wasp Group 126

Brown Narrows 361

Brown Passage 381

Hrown I'assiige, directions 382

Brown Passage, tides 382

Brown Point, Admiralty Inlet. .. 41

Brown Point, Quatslno Sound. .. 293

Browning Creek 294

Browning Entrance 354,366

llrow.iiug Islands 225

Bron ning Passage, Clayoqnot

Sound 260

438

INDEX.

r»gp.
Browuing Passage, Ooletas Chan-
nel 233

Browuing Passage, Smith Inlet . 307

Browning Port H4

Browuing Port, water 84

Browning Rock 198

Bruce Point 193

Bruin Bay 410

Buccaneer Bay 169

Buccaneer Bay, rock 169

Buccleuch Point 226

Buck Point 411

Buckingham Island 224

Buckland Point 149

Budslnlet 49

Bnlkeley Island 195

Bull Harbor 235

Bull Harbor, anchorage 235

Bull Harbor, directions 235

Bull Passage 169

Bull Point 307

Bull Rock, Barclay Sound 252

Bull Ruck, Qiiatsiuo Sound 296

BuUey Bay 328

Bullock Bluii' 182

Bullock Channel 314

Bunsby Islands 287

Buoyage, uniform system of 6

Burdwood Bay 184

Burdwood Group 217

Burdwood Point 271

Burges Island, Uluuden Harbor . 225

Barges Islet, Clayoquot Sound.. 262

Burgess Passage 193

Burgoy ne Bay 93

Burial Islet 93

Burke Channel 312

Burnaby Island 393

Burnaby Shoal 149

Burnaby Shoal, buoy 14!!

Burnaby Strait 393

Burnt Hill 294

Burnt-cliff Island 374

Burnt-cliff Island, ledge 374

Bnrrard Inlet 146

Bnrrard Inlet anchorage 147

Burrard Inlet, beacons 148

Burrard Inlet, communication

with 147

Burrard Inlet, directions 148

Bnrrard Inlet, Narrows, first 148

Burrard lulet. Narrows, second . 150

Burrard Inlet, North Arm 151

Burrard Inlet, shoal 148

Burrard Inlet, submarine cable.. 147

; Burrard Inlet, tides 148, 149

' linrrnrd Inlet, trade 149

Hurrard Inlet, tug 150

Burrard Inlet, water 151

Burrows Bay 133

Burrows Bay, anchorage 133

Burrows Bay, directions 133

Burrows Bay, tides 133

Burrows Island 125, 133

Bush Islet 354

Bush Islets 210

Bush Point, Admiralty Inlet 28

Bush Point, Don Island 320

Bkish Point, Sunday Harbor 215

Bush Rook 392

Bute Inlot 185

Bute Inlet, caution 187

Bute Inlet, directions 186

Bute Inlet, tides 186

Butterworth Rocks 381

Buttress Island 829

Butler's Cove 49

Cactus Islands 81

Cadboro Bay 70

Cudboro Point 72

Calamity Bay 364

CallCreek 198

Call Creek, anchorage 199

Calm Channel 185

Calm Creek 264

Calvert Cape 62

Calvert Capo, Calvert Island 308

Calvert Island 308,358

Colvert Point 339

Caraano Head 57

Caniano Islands 56

Cameleou Harbor 193

Cameleon Harbor, anchorage .. . 193

Camp Bay, Haro Strait 85

Camp Bay, Retreat Passage 213

Camp Cove 129

Camp Island, Cortes Island 182

Camp Island, Lama Paraage .... 316

Camp Islet 349

Camp Point, Coghlan Anchorage. 335

Camp Point, Johnstone Strait.. . 195

Camp Point, Klcwnuggit Inlet.. 338

Camp Point, Portland Canal.... 421

Camp Point Peak 195

Campania Island 350

Campania Sound 347

Paan.
147
148, 149
I4<J
150
151
133
133
133
133
125, 133
354
210
28
320
215
392
185
187
186
186
381
229
49

81
70
72
364
198
199
185
264
62
308
308, a58
339
57
56
193
193
85
213
129
182
316
349
335
195
338
421
195
350
347

INDEX.

439

Page,

Campbull Island 315, 301

Campbell River 190

Canaveral Port 354

Canavural Port, directions 354

Canoe Hlght 316

Couoo Flat 416

Canoe Island, Upright Channel. 122

Canoe 'aland, Queen Charlotte.. 212

Cnnov, i.ilet, Portier Pass 105

Canoe Islet, Principe Channel .. 353

Canoe Passage 208

Canoe Reef 268

Canoe Rock 308

Canoe Kocks 89

Canoe Rocks, beacon 89

Cape Islet 382

Cape Range 308

Capstan Island 254

Captain Island 172

Captain PaNsago 99

Carberry Bay 178

Cardcna Bay 340

Cardena Bay, anchorage 340

Canlero Channel 186

Cardero Channel, anchorages . . . 1^7

Cardero Channel, caution 187

Carderu Channel, tides 187

Cardigan Rocks 233

Careen Creek 122

Carey Group 208

Carolina Channel 259

Caroline Reef 71

Carpenter Bay 391

Carpenter Bay, anchorage 391

Carr Islet 371

Carrldei) Bay 223

Carrington Bay 182

Carriugton Reefs j- 358

Carro Inlet 51

Carter Bay, Pinlayson Channel.. 330
Carter Bay, Finlayson, anchor-
age 330

Carter Bay, Finlayson, supplies.. 330

Carter Bay, Finlayson, tides 330

Carter Bay, Finlayson , water 330

Carter Bay, Wells Pass 219

Carter Point 136

Cartnright Sound 411

CascadeBay 130

Cascade Inlet 315

Cases Bank 54

Cases Inlet 51

Castle Island 132

Castle Islet and Beacon 256

Page,

Castle Point 237

Catala Island 278

Cat Face Mountains 263

Catherine Point 390

Cattle Islands 205

Cattle I'oint 74,115

Caution Cape 303

Caution Point 117

Caution Rock 229, 303

Cavendish Rock 177

Cecil Islet, Greeuway Sound .... 221

Cecil Islet, Native Anchorage ... 208

Cecil Patch 341

Cecil Rock, Fulford Harbor 97

CeliaReef 88

Center Island, Burnaby Strait .. 393

Center Island, Esperanza Inlet .. 279

Center Island, HoweSound 164

Center Island, Portlanil Canal ... 421

Center Island, Shadwull Passage. 234

Center Islet, Schooner Retreat . . 309

Center Islet, Siitil Channel 182

Center Point 353

Center Reef, Clam Bay 106

Center Reef, Spicdcn Channel.. . 82

Center Retf, L'oluelet Arm 259

Center Rock, Cortes Island 176

Center Rock, Drury Inlet 223

Center Rock, Inner Channel.... 72

Cbachekwas 362

Chacon Cape 385

Chacon Cape, breaker 385

Chads Island 89

Chain Islands, Ganges Harbor.. . 93

Chain Islands, Barclay Sound... 252

Chain Islands, caution 252

Chain Islets 71

Chain Islet, Great 71

Chalmers Anchorage 341

Chalmers Anchorngo, anchorage. 341

Chambers Creek 46

ChamissBay 284

Chance Rock 310

Chancellor Channel 195

Channel Group 355

Channel Island, Baronet Passage 206

Channel Island, Ogden Channel. 3.55

Channel Island, Toba Inlet 180

Channel Islands 384

Channel Islet, Ucluelet arm 260

Channel Islets, Agamemnon

Channel 171

Channel Islets, Ganges Harbor.. 98

Channel Point 7)

440

INDEX.

Fa|{«. :

Channel Reef, Barclay Sound ... 251

Cbannel Reef, leading marks 350

Channel Reef, Esperanza Inlet.. '279

Channel Reef, Seaotter 'troup.. 305

Channel Reef, Sfjually Channel.. 348

Channel Reefs, Klaskino Inlet .. 391

Channel Rock, Great Bank 356

Channel Rock, Island Harbor. . . 353

Channel Rock, Laredo Channel. 346

Channel Rock, Neville Port 197

Channel Rock, Victoria Harbor. 67

Channel Rocks, Barclay Sound.. 346

Channel Rocks, Leading Mark.. 347

Channel Rocks, Kyuquot Sound. 3i?3

Chapman Point 373

Charles Island, Lopez Island 116

Charles Island, Montague Harbor 103 '

Charles Island, Pender Harbor. . 171

Charles Point, Blundeu Harbor. 335

Charles Point, Cooper Inlet 316

Charles Point, Farewell Harbor 307

Charles Point, Piovost Harbor.. 80

Charles Rocks 100

Charlie Islets. 204

Charlotte Bay 330

Chart Islet 'i08

Chat Channel Point 383

Chatfleld Island 318

Chatham Channel 199, 311

Chatham Islands 71

Chatham Point 193

Chatham Sound 367

Chatham Sound, anchorages .... 368

Chatham Sound, caution 368

Chatham Sound, dangers 368

Chatham Sound, landmarks 367

Chatham Sound, soundings 368

Chatham Sound, tides 379, 387

Chatham Sound, west coast 379

Cheeksquintz 324

Chemainos Bay 94

Chemainos Bay, anchorage 94

Cherry Point, 91

Cheslakee Village 301

Chick Reef 307

Chief Rock 386

Chimiklm Creek 37

Chisniore Passage 341

Chismore Passage, anchorage ... 341
Choked Passage, Hakai Channel 359

Choked Passage, Simpson Port . . 378

Chop Bay 310

Christie Bay 346

Christie Islands 355

Christie Passage 233

ChroustcheffCape 400

ChuckauutRook 135

ChnichCape 61

Claamen 174

Clahoose Indians 180

Clallam Bay 17

Clallam Indians 30

Clallam Point 32

Clam Bay 105

Clam Bay, anchorage l06

Clam Day, direutions 106

Clam Island 312

C'lanninick Harbor 385

Clanniuick Harbor, anchorage.. 286

Clanninick Harbor, directions.. . 386

Clapp Passage 211

Clara Islet 386

Clark Island 130,138

Clarke Rocks 113

Clarke Rocks, buoy 112

Clark's Point 135

Claydon Bay 334

Clay oquot Sound 361

Clayoquot Sound, caution 361

Clayoquot Sound, directions .... 367

Clayoquot Sound, tides 361

Clement's Reef 120

Clerke Reefs 289

Clirt' Island, Milbank Sound 337

Clitf Island, Namu Harbor 311

Cliff Island, Wasp Group 136

Clililslet^ 353

Cliff Point, Banks Island 365

Cliff Point, Portland Canal 433

Cliff P')iut, Portland Inlet 415

Clitton 55

Clio Bay 334

Clio Cbanuel 206

Cloak Bay 410

Clock Rock 310

Clock Rock, leading mark 210

Clover Point 69

Clown Rock 354

Cluster Reefs 306

Cluster Reefs, leading mark 306

Coach Islands 215

Coaling Stations 431,432

Coal, Anchor Cove 401

Coal,^ istaPort 432

Coal, Clu.ence Port 432

Coal, Cook's Inlet 432

Coal,Coo8Bay 431

Coal, Departure Bay 432

Pagft
233
400
135
CI
174
180
17
30
32
105
106
106
312
2»5
286
286
311
266
130, 138
113
112
135
224
261
261
367
261
120
289
327
311
126
353
365
423
415
65
SM
808
410
810
810
00
851
806
306
315
431,432
401
432
439
433
431
432

INDEX.

441

r»)jp.

Coal, Esqniiualt 431

Coal, Lisburne Cape 432

Coal, Mare Island 431

Coal, Nanairao 431

Coal, New Westminster 146

Coal, Olympia 431

Coal, Onualaska 433

Coal. Portland 431

Coal, Sabine Capo 432

Coal, San Francisco 431

Coal, Seattle 431

Coal, Sitka 433

Coal, Suquasb Anchorage 303

Coal, Tacoma 431

Coal, Townsend Port 431

Coal, Unga Island 433

Coal, Vancouver Harbor 149

Coal, Victoria 431

Coal Cone 210

Coal Harbor, Vancouver 398

Coal Island «8

Coal Island, reef near to 88

Coal Islet 343

Coal Peninsula 147

Coal Point 91

Coast Mound 368

Coast Nipple 303

Coaster Channel 3')2

Cochrane Islands 178

Cockatiice Bay. 219

Cockbnrn, Cape 172

Cod Hank, Chatham Sound 386

Cod Bank, Soaforth Channel.... 319

Cod Reefs, Blakeney, Port 326

Cod Reefs, clearing marks 326

Cod Reefs, North and South, Shute

Passage , 88

Codlish Passage 361

Codfish Rock 360

CofBn Islet, Hecate Cove 395

Colli n Islet, Oyster Harbor 94

Coghlan Anchorage 335

Coghlan Anchornge, anchorage . . -S'i't

Coghlan Anciioragc, directions.. 336

Coghlan Anchorage, soundings.. 335

Coghlan Rock, (Chatham Sound. 284

Coghlan Rook, Royal Bay 63 |

Colbourne Passage 75

Cole Bay 91

Collingwood Channel 165

Collison Bay 391

Colvos Passage. 42

Colvos Rocks 31

Colville Cape (Watmough Head) 133,132

P«(te.

Colville (Southwest) Island 132

Col wood Islet 376

Comber Rock 309

Comet Island 88

Commencement Bay 41

Commerell Cape 232

Corao!t Settlement 15!>

Compton Island, Portland Inlet. 414
Compton Island, Queen Charlotte

Sound 207

Conconi Reef 84

Cone Island. Clayoquot Sound.. 264

Cone Island, Finlayson Channel. 338

Cone Islet, Block Islets 364

Cone Islet 135

Cone Mountain 345

Connel Islanaa 3J3

Connis Rocks, Beaver Passage . . 356

Connis Rocks, Chatham Sound. . 385

Constance Bank 73

Constance Cove 64

Constance Cove, anchorage 65

Constance Mount 51

Constitution Mount 127

Conunia Peak tj73

Coode Peninsula 177

Cook Cape or Woody Point 389

Cooper Inlet, Lama Passage .... 316

Cooper Island 247

Cooper Island, San Juan Port... 59

Cooper Point 48

CooperReef 90

Copper Bay 400

Copper Islands 392

Cordova Channel 86

Cordova Channel, directions 86

Cormorant Bay 73

Cormorant Bay, anchorage /8

Cormorant Bay, directions 78

Cormorant Island 202

Cormorant Pass 46

Cormorant Rock 305

Cortes Island 176,181

Cosby Point 188

Cottam Reef 154

Cotton Point 165

Courtenny Ri ver 160

Cousins Inlet 314

Cove Island 314

Cowitchin District., 86

Cowitchin Harbor 87

Cowitchin Harbor, anchorage... 87

Cowitchin Head ' 78

Cowlitz Bay 82

442

INDKX.

Cox Island 240

Cox Point, Cluyoquot Soiinil .... iitil

Cox Point, E8tevnn IslaQil 364

Crucroft Isliiiid aOO

Craggy Mountains 179

Cruninr PaxHago 213

Crano Island X'Hi

Crano Islets 2:i7

Cranstown Point 309

Craven Rock 28

Crawfonl Anchorage lc!7

Crescent Bay 17

Crescent Inlet 39(>

Crescent Point Ut!

Crib Island 215

Cridge Inlands 370

Cridge Passage 349

Crispin Rock S-'

Crocker Lake 54

Croker Island 151

Croker Point 83

Croker Rock 233

Cross Islet, Malaspina Inlet 177

Cross Islet, Portland Canal 421

Cross Lodge 322

Cross Point 322

Crown Islet 124

Crnice Rock 342

Culleet River 292

Cullen Harbor 216

Cullen Harbor, anchorage 217

Cullen Harbor, tides 217

Cnltus Bay 30

Cuniming Point 334

Camshowa Anchorage 400

Cuuishuwa Inlet 399

Cumshewa Island 399

Cumshewa Rocks 39^»

Cumshewa Village 400

Cumshewa to Spit Point 400

Cunningham Island 318

Cunningham Passage 376

Cnnningham Passage, directions 376

Curlew Rock 374

Current Passage 195

Current Point 229

Curtis Point, Kstevan Island 364

Curtis Point, Simoom Sound 217

Curtis Rock 364

Custom HousePoint 313

Cutter Creek 211

Cuttle Group 287

Cypres&Bay 263

Cypress Bay, anchorage 264

P»g«.

Cypress Cone 125

Cypress Harlior 221

Cypress Island, Lama Passage .. 318
Cypress Island, Rosario Strait .. 125,136

Cypress Reef 137

Daliop Bay .54

Diedalns Passage 205

Dalco Passage 43

Dalco Point 43

Dalkeith Point 228

Dall Patch 319

Dall Patch, caution n9

Dallas Bank 22

Dallas Mount 79

Dana Inlet 398

Dana Passage 48

Danger Patch 329

Danger Reef 9^,108

Danger Rock, Barclay Sound . . . 250

Danger Rock, leading marks .... 250

Danger Rock, Cowlitz Bay 83

Danger Rock, Cowlitz Bay,

caution 83

Danger Rock, Nnchalitz Inlet.. . 275

Danger Rock, leading mark 275

Danger Rooks, Houston Stewart

Channel 390

Danger Rocks, Quatsino Sonnd . 293

Danger Rocks, leading marks. . . 293

Danger Shoal, Sea Otter Group . . 303

Danger Shoal, Spieden Channel.. 82

Darcy Island 76

Dark Cove 172

Dark Island 266

Dark Islet 354

Darwin Sound 39o

Darwin Sound, tides 396

Dash Point 41

Davenport Point 349

David Channel 257

David Rock 226

Davidson Island 317

Davidson Rock 138

Davis Bay, anchorage 132

Davis Bay (Shoal Bight) 132

DavlsSlough 67

Dawes Point 370

Dawes Rock 370

Dawson Lodge 335

Dawson Point 335

Day Islaud, anchorage 44

DayPoint 389

INDEX.

448

Pbk<'.
125
281
318
125, 136
137

.54

205

22«

31U

■•19

7'J

39d

329

J^.IOS

250

83
275
275

390

293

303
82
76

172

266

354

395

396
41

349

357

226

317

138

132

132
57

370

335
335

322

P»ge.

Dayman Island 97

Dnadinan Islet 352

Dfa<ITroe Point 401

Dt-an Canal 315

Docatnr Island 123

Decatur Reof 35

Di-coption Clianuol 264

Ducoption Island 13:i

Deception Pass, Clayoqnot .Sound 261!

Deception Pass, Fuca Strait 24,56, i:i3

De Courcy Islands I0(i

Deep Hay, Bay nes Sound 157

Deep Bay, Desolation Sound 179

Deep Bay, Milhank Sound 325

Deep Cove, Howe Sound I(i4

Deep Cove, Saanich Inlet 91

Deep Harbor 217

Deep Inlet 28;»

Deep Pass 263

Dci'p Patcli 380

Deep Patch, clearing mark 380

Deep-sea Bluff 217

Deep-water Bay 192

Deer Creek 2()6

Deer Harbor 128

Deer I larbor, anchorage 128

Deer Island, Beaver Harbor 204

Doer Island, Lama Passage 318

Deer Islands 246

Deer Lagoon 29

Deer Mound 367

Deer Passage, Calm Channel 185

Deer Passage, Lama Passage . . . 318

Deer Point, Chemainog Bay 95

Deer Point, Principe Channel . . . 3.52

Defeat Point 319

Defiance Point 44

De Horsey Island 344

De la Beche Inlet 394

Deluge Point 391

Deniock Point 59

Denman Island l.')5

Denman Island, caution 163

Denis Rook 134

Denny Island 315

Denny Rook :K)6

Dent Island 187

Departure Bay Ill

Departure Bay, buoy 1 12

Departure Bay, coal 112

Departure Bay, directions 112

Departure Bay, reef 112

Derby or New Langley 146

Derby Point 170 1

Pag*.

Des Chutes River 49

Deserted Bay 173

Deserted Creek 273

Deserters Islands 226

Desolation Sound 179

Despair Point 352

Detached Island 327

Devastation Channel 333

Devastation Island 370

Devil Rock 303

Devil Rocks, Dixon Entrance... 385

Devil's Head 47

Devil's Point 346

Diamond Point 130

Diana Island 247

Dick Mount 168

Dickens Point 421

Dickenson Islet 227

Dickenson Point 202

Dickerson's Point 48

Dickson Island 219

Digby Island 343,369

Dillon Point 205

Dillon Rock 232

Dimple Point 354

Dinner Island 116

Dinner Islet 92

Disappointment Inlet 264

Discovery Island 71

Discovery Island, light 428

Discovery Passage 189

Discovery Passage, directions . .. 193

Discovery Passage, soundings . .. 189

Discovery Passage, tid( s 189

Discovery Point 22

Discovery Port 22

Discovery Rocks 322

Disney Point 83,119

Disraeli Mount 420

DixieCove 283

Dixon Entrance 385

Dixon Entrance, dangers 385

Dixon Entrance, tides 387

Dixon Island 354

Dobbin Bay 219

Dockyard Island 295

Dodd Island 257

Dodd Narrows 108

Do4ld Narrows, anchorages 108

Dodd Narrows, directions 103

Dodd Narrows, tides 109

Dodd Narrows, False 106

Dotld Passage 378

Dodd Rook 378

444

INDEX.

Dodjfcr Cove AM

UolUemyir Point 48

Dog iBland ;«t7

Dog.llsth Ilniik 404

Dog n-th Bay 34

Dog-llsh IJny, Portland Canal ... 4'iO

Dolniiiito Xurrows '.VXi

Dolpliin Island '.\t>i>

Dolphin Point 40

Domvillo Island 88

Don Flat :137

Don Island ;J18

Don Ledge 'XA

Don Point ;i4ri

Donold Head ^31

Donegal Head W2

Donble Bluff 29

Double Island. Borcloy Sound .. S'lK

Double Island, Clayoijuot Sound 206

Double Island, Esperanza Inlet . '/<8

Double Island, Laredo Sound ... 'M't

Double Island, Tobn Inlet IHO

Donble Islands, Clio Channel ... 20C

Double Islands, Orcas Sound 1*28

Double Islands, anchorage 128

Double Islet Point 417

Double Islets 175

Doughty Point, Bill of Orcas 118

Douglas Bay 196

Douglas (President) Channel ... 118

Douglas Channel 334

Douglas Harlior 4P2

Douglas Harbor, directions 412

Douglas Mount 78

Douglas Rook 193

Downger Island 323

Doyle Island 23t!

Drayton Harbor 139

Drayton Harbor, anchorage .... 140

Drayton Harbor, directions 139

Drayton Passage .")()

Drew Harbor. 183

Drew Harbor, anchorage 183

Drew Harbor, directions 183

Drew Pass 185

Drew Rock 85

Druniniond Mount 196

Drury Inlet 222

DsoolishBay 307

Ducie Island, Chatham Sound . . 384

Duck Cove 211

Duckabus River 55

Duff Island 316

Dufferin Island 319,3f.2

Duncan Day, British Columbia.. 191

Duncan Bay, anchorage 191

Duncan Bay, Chatham Sound.. . 373

Duncan Bay, vlangers 373

Duncan Bay, directions 373

Duncan Bay, Discovery Passage. 191
Duncan Bay, Discovery Passage,

anchorage 191

Duncan Bay, Wliidbey Island. .. 59

Duncan Island 333

1 )uncan Rock 15

Dundas Islands 383

Dundivau Inlet 319

Dungencss River 20

Dunlop Point 161

Dnnsany Passage 234

Duntzo Head 64

DuntzeRock 15

DuHfwallips River 64

Dusky Cove 214

Duval Point 233

Duwauiish Bay 36

Duwuniish Head and Rivi. 37

Dyke Beacon 65

Dykj Point 66

Dye's Inlet 34

Eagle Creek 22

Kaglo Harbor 34

Eagle Island, Beaver Harbor.... 304

Eagle Island, Puget Sound 50

Eagle Point 133

Earl Ledge liHJ

East Bay 326

East Cove 395

East Entrance Reef 282

East Haycock 240

East Passage 295

East Passage, Bellingham Bay.. 135

East Point, Port Gamble 53

East Point, Prcvost Island 388

East Point, Saratoga Passage. .. 58

East Poin^, Saturna Island 77

East Point, Saturna Island, light 439

East Rock, Hakai Channel 359

East RocH, Nasparti Inlet 388

East Sound 129

Easy Creek 284

Echachets Villoge 361

Echo Haibor 396

Echo Island 170

Echo Islets 326

Eclipse Island 350

INDEX.

445

lUl
.■172
372
;i72
IKl

191

2:12

ir>

38J

224

54
214
232

82
34
204
50
132
196
326
305

3S»

288
129
2H4
261
396
170
226
350

EolipBO Narrows 230

EoRtall Inln'. 344

Kdeii Island 215

Edon I'oint 195

Eden Point, rock o(V 195

Edoiisaw Cape 40tJ

Edge Rnof 319

Edith Point 142

Editli Point, rocl. ff 142

Ediz Hook 18

Kdiz Hook, fog Hignnl 425

EdizHook.liglit 18,425

Edniond Islan-ls 222

Edmund I'oii) 3-'

Edmund Point, Burko Channel.. 312

Edward Roof, Clnstor Hoofs 3(Hi

Edward Rook, liarkloy Sound.. . 255

Edye PasHUge 380

E<lye Passage, dlroctiouf; 381

Edyo Pnxsago, tidaa 381

EolRoof 201

Eftlnghain Inlot 254

Egg Island 3)4

Kgg iHlaiid, False 305

Egg Rocks 304

Elbow Island 253

Elbow Point 92

Elbow Rooks 253

Eldlnlot 48

Eldon Mount 194

Eleanor Point 98

Eliza Dome 281

Eliza Island, Bollingbam Day.. . 135
Eliza Island, Queen Charlotte

Sound 227

ElizaPort 279

Elizabeth Island, Arthur Pas-
sage 341

Elizabeth Peak 341

Elizabeth Port 211

Elizabeth Port, anchorage ...... 211

Elizabeth Rook 341

Elizabeth Rooks 227

Elk Hay 192

Elk Bay, rook 192

Ellon Bay 99

Ellen Island 390

Ellorslie Channel 314

Ellinor Mount 51

Elliot Passage 210

Elliott Bluff 83

Elliott Island '. 341

Elliott Point 32

Elliott Point, Portland Inlet .... 414

Ptgt.

Ellis Bay 230

Ehvho Rivor 18

Emily Group 297

Emily Islet 70

Emma Passage 414

End Hill 352

Euliold Rook 370

Enfield Rook, caution 370

English Bay 147

English Bay, anchorage 147

English Bay, directions 148

English Bay, tides 148

Enterprise Channel 69

Enterprise Channels, directions . 69

Enterprise Reef 85

Enterprise Reet, beacons 85

Entrance Anchorage 247

Entrance Bank 190

Enfrance Bluff 333

Entrance Island, Barclay Sound . 251
Entrance Island, Laredo Sound.. 3'15, 3ti2

Entrance Island, Nanaiino 113

Entrance Island, Nanaimo, light 429

Entrance Island, Qnatsino Sound 293

Entrance Island, Secret Cove .. . 170

Entrance Island, Selwyn Inlet .. 398

Entrance Mountain 293

Entrance Mount Point 293

Entrance Point . 93

Entrance Reof, Qlawdzoet Bay.. 382
Entrance Reef, Rolling Road-
stead 278

Entrance Rock 153

Entrance Shoal 123

EntryCono 308

Entry Ledge (50

Entry Peak 3-<6,414

Erasmus Islands 187

Eric Mount 115, 133

Escalaute Point 270

Escape Island 212

Escape Reef, Johnstone Strait .. 199

Escape Reef, caution 199

Escape Roof, Stuart Channel 95

Escape Reef, leading mark 95

Escape Reefs 374

Esperanza Inlet 277

Esperanza Inlet, directions 280

Espinoza Arm 280

Esquimalt, directions from Race

Islands 63

Esquimalt, directions from Race

Islands by night 63

Esquimalt Harbor 04

446

INDEX.

ERqiiimnlt Harbor, anchorngcs.. tiO

EMi|iiiniiilt Kurbor, coal 0-1

EM(|iiiiiialt Harbor, directions ... V>:>

E8i|iiiiiiiklt I (arbor, dock (J4

ENi|iiitiiitlt ilitrbor, pilotage 65

EHi|iiiiiiiilt llnrbor, popnlatiou .. 65

ENi|iiiiiiiilt lliirbor, Hupplies 64

Ei«|iiiiiiiilt Harbor, tidcH 66

EHi|iiiiiiult lliirbor, water 64

EH(|iiiiiiiilt Hurbur, wiiidH 64

ENHiiiKtoii I'ort 344

EttHlnKtoii I' irt, ancbornge 344

EHNingtoii I'ort, tides 344

EHNingtoii Port, wituls 344

Estero IJftsin 187

Estevan Island 350,363

Esto 'an Ledge 351

Estovnn Point 270

E»tev.\n Sound SfiO

Estevan Hound, soundings 350

Eltrick Rock 368

Evnns Arm ji5

Eva'io iJny 184

Evans Point 43

Evnns Rock 4?

E veleigh Island 17U

Evening Point 336

Evening Rock 311

Evening Rocks S14

Ewing Island 120

Exposed Arm 338

Exposed Bay 360

Fair Harbor 283

Fairfax Point 00

Fairway Cbaunel 113

Fairway Island 279

Fairway Rock 359

False Boy, Cloyoqnot Sound.... 261

False Bay, Lasqueti Island 163, 168

False Bay, Lopez Island 123

False Channel 279

False Cone Hill 355

False Creek 147

False Dodd Narrows 106

False Egg Island 305

False Grassy Islet 355

FalseReef 96

False Scatchet 29

False Stuart Ancboraice 339

Fane Island 83

Fanny Bay 158

Fanny Bay, anchorage 158

]>B||«.

Fanny Reef 196

Farudny Island 394

Farewell Cape 335

Farewell Harbor 207

Farewell Harbor, directions 207

Farewell Harbor, West Passage. 207

Farewell Ledge 335

Farrant Island 349

Fauntleroy Cove 38

Fauntleroy i'oint 124

Fawn Islet 128

Fcarnoy Point 171

Fern Cove 42

Ferrer Point 275

Fidalgo Island 115

FiddleReel 71

Fiddle Reef lioacou 71

Fife Cape 403

Fife Cape, anohorago 403

Fife Sound 216

Fife Sound, directions 218

Fiulsland 348

Fin Rock 349

Fingal Island 301

Fiugal Ledges 361

Finlaysou Ann 92

Finlayson Channel 328

Finlayson Channel, landmarks.. 328

Finlayson Channel, tides 329, 336

Finlayson Island 375

Finlaysou Mount 79

Fire Islands 212

First Narrows, Burrard Inlet 148

First Narrows, Burrard lulet,

shoal 148

Fisgard Island (^5

Fisgard Island, light 63,429

Fish Point 357

Fisher Cbannel 314

Fisherman's Bay 54

Finheruian Cove, Gil Island 335

Fisherman Cove, Ursula Channel 333

Fishing Bay 130

Fitz Island 276

Fitzhugh Sound 308

Fitzhugh Sound, directions 308

Fitz Roy Reef 358

Five-fathom Shoal 72

Five-finger Island 113

Flat Islands, Georgia Strait 169

Flat Islets 170

Flat Point, Graham Reach 331

Flat Point, Portland Inlet 415

Flat Point, Upright Channel.... 122

INDEX.

447

I'M
3IM
335
a07

ao7

207
335
349
38
124

1!»
171
4i
275
115
71
71
403
403
216
218
348
349
301
361
92
328
328
329,336
375
79
S12
148

148

(K>

63,429

357

314

886

sss

130
276
308
308
358
72
113
169
170
331
415
122

FInt Uock, Rosx Harbor 391

Flat Rock Ulaud 231

Flattery Cnpe 14

Flat Top Island, Sun Juan Chan-

mbI IH

Flat Top lalnudH, Chatham 8iiimil 375
Flat Top l8laii(lH, (ieorgia Strait. 107, 1(')3

Flat Top Inletii 2ti(i

Flat Top Mouutttiii 203

Flat Top I'oiut 108

Fleming fort 340

Flora Hid({o 212

Floronvd I'uuluHula 314

Floreg Uland STiH

Flowerlslet 279

Flower-pot Island 397

Flowery Islet lui

Fly Basin 307

Fog Islands 214

Fog Kock, Barclay Sonrd 247

Fog Rooks, Lama Passage 314

t'oRSy I^"'"* 422

Folly Island 310

Fonte Bank 74

Forbes Island 258

Forbes Point 59

Forks of the Skcena River ;M2

Forsyth Point 390

Forsyth Point, rock near 3;»0

Fort Point 416

Fortune Channel ,.. 265

Fortune Point 37f>

Forward Bay 199

Forward Bay, anchorage 199

Forward Hay, caution 199

Forward Harbor 196

Forward Harbor, anchorage .... 19(5

Forward Inlet 293

For wood Channel 113

Fosdick Point 44

Foster Island 216

Foster Pier 65

Foster Point 129

Foul Bay, Banks Island 364

Foul Bay, Vancouver Island.... 69

Foul Islets 297

FoulPoi ' 69

Foul Point, Anger Island 353

Foul Point, Vancouver Island .. 70

Foul Weather Bluff 31

Fonl Weather Bluff, rock and

buoy 32

Four-Mile Rock 37

Fox Cape 386

I'ane.

Fox Island, Paget SoiukI 45

Fox Islands, (juevn Charlotte

Sound 313

Fox iHlnnds, Slingsby Channel.. 228

Fox Hock 221

Fraiii'os Point 136

FranciM Point '70

Frank Point 418

FroHiT Hay ... 188

Friistr Reach 338

Fraser River 143

FriiMcr River, directions 145

Fraser River, New Cliaii'iel 145

Fraser River, New Channel, direc-
tions 146

I'laser River, North Fork 146

Frnscr River, Sand Heads 145

Fraser River, Sand Heads, buoys. 145
Fraser River, Sand Heads, fog

bell 429

Fraser Ri'-r, Sand Heads, light. 429

Fraser River, tides 144

Fi a /or Island 81

Frederic P.iiut 184

Frederick Arm lf"7

Frederick Island 411

Frederick Islet 227

Frederick Sound 230

Freke Anchorage 177

Freshwater Bay, Fuca Strait 18

Freshwater Bay, Swanson Island. 207

Fresh water Cove 220

Friday Harbor 117

Friday Harbor, anchorage 117

Friendly Cove 271

Friendly Cove, anchorage 271

Friendly Cove, directions 271

Friendly Cove, supplies 271

Frigate Bay 309

Frost Wand 124

FucaPillar 15

Fulford Harbor 97

Fulford Harbor, Northern En-
trance 98

Fulford Harbor, Southern En-
trance 97

Fulford Reef 72

Fury Point 346

Oabriola Island 106

Gabriola Island, caution 108

Gabriola Pass 102,107

Gabriola Pass, directions 107

448

INDEX.

Fago.

Gabriola Puss, telegraph 107

Oabriola Pass, tides 107

Gabriola Reefs 107

Oabriola Reefs, beacou 107

Gabriola Reefs, buoy 108

Gale Point 353

Galiano Island, Georgia Strait . . 103

Galiano Island, Goletas Channel 233

Galley Rock 257

Gallows Point 109

Gambler Island 167

Gamble Port „ 52

Gamble Port, directions 52

Gander Islands 363

Gander Islands, caution 363

Gnndor Islands, tides 363

GnnRes Harbor 98

Ganges Harbor, anchorage 99

Ganges Harbor, directions 98

Garden Bay 172

Gardner Canal 333

Gardner Mount 146

Gardner Port 56

Gari'y Bnsh (leading tree) 145

Garry Point 145

Geduoy Island 57

Gcnn Islands 341

Geoffrey Mount 155

George Cape, Goschen Island... 355

George Cape, Washington 22

George Harbor 392

George Hill 377

George Island 233

George Islet 254

George Passage 216

George Point, Jane Creek 316

George Point, Secret Cove 170

George Point, Virago Sound 408

George Reef 226

George Rock 306

Georgia Strait 141,152

Georgia Strait, caution 142

Georgia Strait, dangers 142

Georgia Strait, directions 163

Georgia Strait, general remarks. 141, 152

Georgia Strait, Northern Shore.. 103

Georgia Strait, tdes 143,152

Georgia Strait, winds 152

Ocorgina Point, Malaspina Inlet. 178

Goorgina Point, Mayne Island. .. 101

Georgina Point, fog signal 429

Goorgina Point, light 429

Gerald Island J., 154

Gerraus Bay 171

Gibraltar Island 253

Gibson Islands 339

Gibson Point 45

Giftbrd Peninsula 178

Gig Harbor 44

Gil Island 348

Gil Mountain 348

Gilford Island 218

Gilford Island, rook off 210

Gillies Bay 163,168

GillotRook 224

Glacier Knight Inlet 212

Glacier Peak 212

Gladstone Mountains 423

GlendaleCove 212

Gleudale Cove, anchorage 212

Glenthorne Creek 99

Glimpse Reefs 69

Gnarled Islands, Chatham Sound 335

Gnarled Islands, Takush Harbor, 307

GoatCove 329

Goat Islands 188

Gold Harbor 412

Gold River 273

Goldstream Harbor 311

Goletas Channel 231

Goletas Channel, directions 23G

Goletas Channel, tides 231

Gonzales Hill 69

Gonzales Point 70

Goooh Island 88

Good Shelter Cove 304

Goose Island 116

Goose Islands 361

Goose Ledge 363

Goose Sf it 159

Gordon Group 232

Gordon Head 78

Gordon Point, Cormorant Islnnd 202

Gordon Point, Cullen Harbor... 216

Gordon Point, Fiulaysou Island . 375

Gordon River 59

Gore Island ... 273

GoreRock 2?6

Gorge Harbor 181

Gorge Harbor, anchorage 181

Gorge Harbor, directions 181

Gorges Islands 180

Gosohon Island 354,380

Gosling Rocks 361

Gossip Island, Active Pass ...... 101

Gossip Island, Reid Harbor 80

Governor Rock 104

Oower Point 166

253

339

348
348
218
210
163, 168
224
212
212
423
212
212
99
69
385
307
329
188
412
273
311
231
23G
231
09
70
88
304
116
361
S63
159
232
7d
1 202
216
375
59
273
2^6
181
181
181
180
. 354,380
361
101
80
104
166

INDEX.

449

Paue.

Gowlland Harbor 190

Oowllaud Harbor, anchorage.. .. 190

Gowlland Harbor, directions 190

Gowlland Island lltO

Gowlland Islet 256

Gowlland Rooks 261

Grace Harbor 178

Grace Harbor, anchorage 179

Grace Harbor, diicctions 178

Grace Harbor, tides 179

Grahan: Island - 411

Graham Reach 331

Graham Reach, dangers 331

Granite Island 286

Granite Point, Discovery Passage 192

Granite Point, Skincuttle Inlet. . 393

Grappler Creek 245

Grappler Reef 96

Grappler Sonnd 223

Grass Point 298

Grassy Island 252

Grassy Islet, Chatham Sonnd . . . 368

Grassy Islet, Seaforth Channel.. 319

Grassy Point 159

Grassy Point, beacon 156

Grave Point, Lama Passage 315

Grave Point, Sansura Narrows .. 93

Gravel Spit 124

Graves Port 167

Grave Port, directions 164,167

Groat nank 256

Groat Bear Islet 25G

Great Cliain Islet 71

Great Hace Island 61

Grebe Cove 213

Green Bank 130

Green Cove 248

Green Cove, water 249

Green Head 287

Green Inlet 331

Green Islet, Chatham Sound .... 385

Green Islet, sunken rock near.. . 385

(4roou iNlet, Nimpkish River.... 201

Green Islets, Bargain Harbor ... 170

Green Islets, Portland Canal.... 422

Green-mound island 375

Green Point, Keniano Bay 333

Green Point, Spieden Island.... 81,118

Green Point, Strait of Fnca 19

Green Roi'k 212

Green-top Island 369

(JreiMi-top Islet 353

Greenway Sound 221

Gren viUe Channel 336

14205— No. 96 29

Qrenville Channel directions . . . 337

Grenville Channel, tides 336,337

Grey Islet, Chatham Sound 385

Grey Islet, Chatham Sound,

sunken rocka near 38.->

Grey Islet, Desolation Soand.. 179

Grey Islets 309

Grey Point 146

Grey Rock, New Channel 237

Grey Rock, Winchelsea Group.. 154

Gribbell Island, IHetlah Catlah.. 371

Gribbell Island, Wright Sonnd.. 332

Grief Bay 308

Grief Point, Banks Island 364

Grief Point, British Columbia.. . 174

Griffin Bay 116

Griffin Bay, anchorage 116

Griffin Bay, directions 116

Griffin Bay, tides 116

Griffin Mount 367

Grismond Point 188

Grouse Island 189

Grouse Island, anchorage 190

Growler Cove 200

Guano Rocks 350

Guaqnina or Muchalat Arm 273

Gueuies Channel 135

Guenies Island 135

Guide Islet 353

Guide Islets 181

Gull Roof 81

Gull Rock 368

Gull Rock, Carpenter Bay 391

Gull Rock, Fife Sound 217

Gunboat Bay 172

Gunboat Harbor 339

Gunboat Passage 318

Gunner Harbor 266

II.

Haddington Island 202

Haida Indians 413

Haidu Point 128

Hall Islands 20^

llains Island 251

Hakai Channel 311,350

Hakai Channel, directions 360

Hale's Passage 45,138

Half-tide Rock,Clnyoquot Sonnd. 263

Half-tide Rock. Griffin Bay 116

Half-tide Rook, Lopez sound.... 124

Halibut Bank 395

Halibut Bay 421

Halibut Bay, anchorage 421

450

INDEX.

Pag.'.

Halibut Channel 285

Halibut Rocks 365

Halllsland 103

HallPoint 187

Halstead Island 2:{2

Hamabama River 55

Haramersley Island 224

Hauimond Rock ..• 3^4

Hammond Rocks 59

Hanbury Island 224

Hand Island 257

Handysldo Island 319

Hankin Lodges 354

Hankin PoiutjHarney Channel.. 129

Hankin Point, Principe Channel. 354

Hankin Point, Quatsino Sound.. 297

Hankin Reefs 378

Hankin Rook 265

Haumei' Rook 382

Hannah Rock 304

Hannon Point 52

Hanson Island 200

Harbledo wn Island 2i!6

Harbor Bank 354

Harbor Island, Eliza Port 279

Harbor Island, Klic'ctsoatli Har-
bor 317

Harbor Island, Uchucklesit Har-
bor 248

Harbor Island, Welcome Harbor. 36<)

Harbor Ledge :160

Harbor Reefs 378

Harbor Rock , Coghlan Anchorage 335

Harbor Rock, Griffin Bay 116

Harbor Rock, Massacre Bay 128

Harbormaster Point 316

Ilardinge Island 193

Hardwicke Island 196

Hardy Bay 207

Hardy Ihliind Hi

Har1e(|uiii Basin 313

Harnoy Channel 129

Haro Archipelago 9

Haro Strait 75

Haro Strait, anchorages 78

Haro Strait, directions 76

Har.i Strait, tides 77

Haro Strait, Western Channels of 86

Harriet Harbor 392

Harriet Island 392

Harris Island 70

Harris Islet 227

Harrison River 143

Harry Point 91

Page.

Hartstene Island 48

Harvell Point 230

Harvey Port 196

Harvey Port, directions 199

Harwood Island 173

Haskeious Island 406

Ilassler Bank 74

Hastings Arm 419

Hastings Arm, directions 419

Hastings Mir 149

Hastings Village 150

Hat Hill 354

Hat Island 288

Hatch Point 91

Havauuah Channe.' 198

Havelock Rock 363

Hawkesbury Island 33:<

Hawkins Island 100

Hay Point, Bed well Harbor 85

HaydonRock 389

Hayes Point 222

Haycock Island, Big Bay 374

Haycock Island, sand bank 374

Haycock Island, Estevau Island. 363

Haycock Islets 240

Haycock Rocks 363

Haystacks Rocks 288

Hazel Point 54

Head Bay 273

Headwind Point 352

Health Bay 213

Heath Point 234

HecateBay 263

Hecate Bay, watf^r 263

Hecate Channel, Esperanza Inlet 379
Hecate Channel, Seaforth Chan-
nel 319,361

HecateCove 296

Hecate Island 311

Hecate Passage, Barclay Sound.. 251

Hecate Passage, Clayorjuol Sound 263

Hecate Passage, Inner Channels. 72

Hecate Passage, directions 73

Hecate Passage, tides 73

Hecate Reefs 358

Hecate Rock, Uuncan Bay 372

Hecate Rock, Goletas Chanuel. . 239

HecnteStrait 404

Hecate Strait, Fishing Banks ... 413

Hecate St rait, shoal 404

Hecate Strait, tides. 404

Hcddington Reef 258

llodley Islands 237

Hedley Patch 308,358

Page.

. .

...

230

196

IIK)

...

173

406

a • >

419

• • •

419

■ •*

149

■ ■ .

150

> • •

354

■ ■ ■

288

...

■ • •

198

• • •

363

■ • >

33:t

...

100

■ ■ •

...

389

• • •

232

...

374

. B ■ >

374

ud.

363

240

363

• • ■ •

288

..a .

■ > • ■

273

■ • ■ •

352

■ ■••

213

• > a •

234

■ ■ ■ •

263

■ « • •

2C3

Diet

279

lan-

■ >•>

319, 361

■ • • •

296

• ■ ■ ■

311

3(1..

251

)UDd

263

lels.

. • ■ ■

• ■ • a

• ■ • •

358

....

372

el..

230

. ••*

404

s ...

413

....

404

....

258

. . . •

237

....

308,358

INDEX.

461

PaK&

Hein Bank... 74 '

Helby Island 247

Helen Point 85,100

Helen Point, beacons 85

Holmcken Island 195

Helmet Island 398

Helmet Peak 321

Henry Bay 158

Henry Bay, anchorage 158

Houry Capo 412

Henry Island, Edyo Passage 380

Henry Island, Ilaro Strait 79

Henry Point 171

Heneluug Cove 4lu

Henslung Cove, anchorage 410

Hensluug Cove, tides 410

Hepburn Point 337

Herbert Arm 267

Herbert Island 238

Herbert Point 358

Herbert Reefs 340

Heriot Islet 183

Hermit Islet 257

Hernando Island 175

Hesquiat Bluff 809

Hesquiat Harl)or 26D

Hesquiat Harbor, bar 269

Hesquiat Harbor, directions 269

Hesquiat Harbor, tides 269

Hesquiat Harbor, water 269

Hewitt Rock 330

Hewlett Bay 412

Heyer Point 41

Hiekish Narrows 330

llielleu River 405

High Island 212

Highest Island 281

I iigli Water Rock 129

High Water Rocks, Banks Island 365

High Water Rocks, Lowe Inlet.. 337

Highway Island 310

Hll! Island, Barclay Sound 247

Hill Island, Shute Passage 88

Hill Island, Sutil Channel 184

Hillingdon Point 177

Hippii Island 411

Ilobbs Islet 262

Hodges Reef ;}1S

I lodgson Reefs 373

Hodgson Reefs, leadingmark.... 373

Hoeya Sound 211

Hohoae Island 283

Holds worth Mount 201

Hole in the Wall 270

Page.

Holford Islands 215

Holland Island 369

Holland Point, Malaspina Inlet.. 178

Holland Point, Vancouver Island 68

HoUoway Point 296

Holmes Bay 334

Holmes Bay, anchorage 334

Holmes Bay, tides 336

Holmes Harbor 58

Ilomaiko Kiver 186

Home Island 166

Homfray Channel 180

Hood's Canal 24,31,51

Hood's Canal, The Great Bend of 55

Hood'sIIead 51

Hood's Point 164

Hoop Reef 304

Hooper Island 224

Hope Island 235

Hope Point 164

Hope, town of 143

Hopetown Passage 224

Horace Point, Forward Harbor . 196
Horace Point, Waddington Chan-
nel 180

Hornby Island 155

Hornby Point 389

Hornet Passage 217

Horse Rock 214

Horseshoe Bay 94

Horseshoe Bay, anchorage 94

Hnrswell Bluff and Buoy 112

Hoskyu Inlet 183

Hotham Sound 172

Hot Spring Island 395

House Island, Juan Perez Sound 395

House Island, anchorage 395

House Island, Queen Charlotte

Sound 212

Houston Island 123

Houston Possage 96,104

Houston Passage, anchorage 96

Hourtton Stewart Channel 339

Houston Stewart Channel, an-
chorage 390

Houston Stewart Channel, from

the eastward 389

Houston Stewart Channel, from

the west ward 390

Howe Sound 163

Hudson Island, Arrow Passage.. 215
Hudson Island, Telegraph Har-
bor 96

Hudson Point 26

452

INDEX.

Page.

HiilaU (Kellett) Ledge 132

Hull Island 198

Hull Island, caution 198

Hummock Islets 389

Humphrey Rock 218

Humphries Reef 258

Hundred Islands 253

HuntPoint 342

Hunter Island 311,361

Hurst Island 237

Hurtado Point 174

Huston Inlet 392

Huston Island 215

Hutt Island 167

Hutton Inlet 394

Huxley Island 393

Hyacinthe Bay 183

Hyndman Reefs 320

Ibbetson Cape 380

Iceberg Bay 417

Iceberi; Ba;, , anchorage 417

Iceberg Bay, directions 417

Iceberg Point 122

Idollslet 96

Idol Point 320

Image Island 257

Image Point 401

InatiBay 136

Indian Cove, Blunden Bay 304

Indian Cove, Upright Channel.. 122

Indian Island, Bull Harbor 235

Indian Island, Clayoquot Sound. 266

Indian Island, Nowish Cove 328

Indian Island, Trincomalie Chan-
nel 106

Indian Islands 210

Indian Passage 216

Indian Point 29

Indian Point, Massacre Bay 12V

luman Point 80

Inner Bajo Reef 275

Inner Basin, Mary Basin 276 '

Inner Channel, Nanaimo 112

Inner Channels, British Colum-
bia 302

Inner Channels, Vancouver Isl-
and 69

Inner Channels, Vancouver Isl-
and, directions 73

Inner Channels, Vancouver Isl-
and, tides 73

Inner Island 397

Pncf*

Inner Waters, Cape Mudge to the

Pacific 240

Inner Waters, navigation 240

Inner Waters, supplies 241

Inner Waters, water 241

Inner Low Rock 391

Insect Island 215

Inskip Bank 47

Inskip Channel 412

Inskip Islands, rooks 65

Inskip Passage 378

Inskip Point 408

Inverness Fishery 340

Invisible Point 404

Iron Point 391

Iron Rocks 304

Iron Rocks, clearing marks 304

Ironside Island 309

Isabel Bay 178

Isabel Island 371

Isabel Island, rock off 371

Isabella Point 97

Island Bay, Burnaby Strait 392

Island Bay, Xootka Sound 273

Islan'' Cove 366

Islani ilarbor 253

Isl Harbor, anchorage 254

Islai larbor, directions 253

Islan Harbor, Harbor Entrance. 253

Island Harbor, South Entrance.. 253

Island Point 215

Islet Point, Carpenter Bay 391

Islet Point, Cramer Passage 213

Islet Rook 346

Itsanii Shoal 48

Ivory Island 320

Jackson Ba> 196

Jackson Passage 328

Jalun River 409

James Bay 100

James Cape 234

James Island, Ilaro Strait 86

James Island, Prevost Harbor. . . 80

James Island, Rosnrio Strait .... 131

James Point, Lowe Inlet 337

James Point, Quatsino Narrows . 297

James Point, Saanich Peuinsala. 91

James Point, Wells Pass 220

James Rock 30.',

James Rock, clearing mark 30(i

Jane Creek 310

Jane Creek, anchorage 31(i

INDEX.

453

240
240
241
241
391
215

47
412

65
378
408
340
404
391
304
304
309
178
371
371

97
392
273
966
253
254
253
253
253
215
391
213
346

48
320

196
328
409
100
231
86
80
131
337
297
91
2iO
30.'.
30r.
310
316

P»go.

Jane Island 329

Jane Island, kelp patch 329

Jeals Point iS

Jeuunette Island 225

Jeftcrson Point 33

Jemmy Jones Islet 73

Jenkins Island 169

Jeuuis Bay 223

Jennis (Iceberg) Point 122

Jer vis Inlet 170

Jervis Inlet, tides 173

Jorvis Inlet, Nortliern Entrance. 172

Jcs»o Island, Departure Bay.... 112

Jesse Island, reef and buoy 112

Jesse Island, Johnstone Strait.. . 197

Joachim Island 309

Jocelyn Ranf(e 323

Joe Cove 215

Joe Brown's Cove 58

John Port 315

John Reef 305

John Reef, leading mark 306

Johns Island 81

Johnson Channel 314

Johnson's Point 48

Johnstone Reef 78

Johnstone Strait 194

Johnjtone Strait, anchorages... 194

Johnstone Strait, directions 200

Johnstone Strait, tides 194

Joues Island, Haro Strai t 88

Jones Island, San Juan Channel. 118

Joues Point 305

Jordan River 60

Jorey Point 408

Jorkins Point 327

Josephine Islands 177

Josliug Peninsula 412

Josling Point 95

Juan de Fuca Strait 9

Juan de Fuca Strait, anchorages 9

Juan de Fuca Strait, currents.. . 11

Juiin de Fuca Strait, directions.. 15

Juan de Fnoa Strait, fogs 13

Juan de Fuca Strait, lights 425

Juan de Fuca Strait, North Shore 59

Jua. e Fuca Strait, pilot laws. 13

Juan de Fuca Strait, soundings. 9

Juan de Fuca Strait, tides 10

Juan do Fnoa Strait, winds 12

Juan Perez Sound 394

Juan Perez Sound, anchorage... 395

Juan Perez Sound, directions... 395

Judd Rock 307

Page,

Julia Island 102

Jumble Island 210

Juniper Island 217

J uuct ion Island 273

Junction Passage 252

Junction Point ■ 177

Junk Ledge 365

Jupiter Hills 51

Kahtsisilla 228

Kakaekao Village 179

Kakleeska 303

Kakoh Village 409

Kakooshdish Creek 317

Kakweiken River 218

Kala Point 27

Kamasik 322

Kauiux Island 208

Kapilish 309

Karluk wees Village 208

Karslake Point 309

Kate Island 215

Keatslsland 165

Keith Island, Drury Inlet 223

Keith Island, Island Harbor 253

Kellett Bluff 79

Kellett Island 132

Kellett or Hulah Ledge 132

Kelp Bar, Bayne's Sound 159

Kelp Bar, buoys 158

Kelp Bar, leading marks 156

Kelp Bay 245

Kelp Head 306

Kelp Islet 258

Kelp Ledge 365

Kelp Passage 341

Kelp Patch 329

Kelp Point, Banks Island 365

Kelp Point, Ooldstream Harbor. 311

Kelp Point, Sausum Narrows ... 93

Kelp Reef, Bayne's Sound 157

Kelp Reefs 76

Kelp Reefs, buoy 76

Kelp Rock 371

Kolp Rocks 206

Kolsemart Village 262

KomauoBay 333

Keuiano Bay, tides 334

Keniano River 333

Kemano Valley 334

Kendrick Arm 873

Kennedy Island 340

Kenneth Passage 224

454

INDEX.

Page.

Kent Island 237

Keppel Cape 1K2

Kerouart Islets 389

Ketron Island 46

Khutze Arm 331

Kbutze Arm, anoborage 331

Kbutzeyniateen Inlet 415

KildalaArm 334

Kilisutlnlet 27

Kilkite Tribe 412

Kiltik 314

Kimswit River 315

Eincolitb, mission station 410

Kingl8l<"jd 246

King Islets 84

Kingcorabe Point 332

Kingcome Inlet 2^1

Kingcome Inlet, anchorage 222

Kingcome Mountains 221

Kingfisher Cove 392

Kingborn Island 1 79

Kingui Island 399

Kinnahan Islands 369

Kinnaird Island 220

Kiokh 212

Kluosta Village 409

Kitakauze Village 417

Kitimat Arm 334

Ki t i mat Indians, language 334

Kitimat Village 334

Kititstu Hill 314

Kitkatlab Village.... 353

Kitkiatab Inlet 334

Kiikiatah Inlet, <;ncborage 334

Kitlahkumkadah Village 417

Kitlup Indians 333

Kitniiniook Village 417

Kitsahwatl 418

Kitson Island 369

KitBunigalluni River and trail.. . 343

Kitten Island 297

Kitty Islet 69

Kitty Patch 327

Kiwasb Island 311

Klttbosloh Rock 17

KlasRock 28

Klaskino Inlet 29J

Klaskino Inlet, directions 291

KlaHkino Inlet, water 291

Klaskish Inlet 289

Klnskisb Inlet, anchorage, cau-
tion 290

KlaHhkisb Inlet, directions 29U

Klaskwun Point 409

KlekaneArm 332

Klekaue Arm, anoborage 332

Kleintoo Passage 328

Klemtoo Passage, anchorage ... 32)

Klemtoo Passage, directions .... 3J9

Klemtoo Passage, tides 329

Klewnuggit lulet 338

Klewnnggit Inlet, anchorage.... 338

Klewnuggit Inlet, directions.... 336

Klicktsoatli Harbor 317

Klue Village 397

Klunkwoi Bay 396

Kuapp Island 69

Knight Island 371

Knigbtlulet 208

Knight Inlet, tides 209

Knob Islet 126

Knob Islet, Portland Inlet 415

Knob Point, Alberni Inlet 248

Knob Point, Klaskino lulet 290

Knox Bay 194

Knox Cape 410

Knox Point 376

KoitlaPoiut 16

Kokshittle Arm 284

Komas Blurt' 161

Koprino Harbor 295

Koskeemo Bay 296

Kubushan Point 162

KulaKalaPoint 21

Kultowsis 403

Kultus Cove 296

Kumealon Inlet 33S

Kung Village 408

Kuuga Island 397

Kuper Island, Queen Charlotte

lands 412

Kuper Island, Stuart Channel. .. 95

Kwnkshua Passage 311,358

Kwaksbun Rock 358

K watna Arm 313

Kwatsi Bay 218

Kwomais Point 139

K.xngi>al Inlet 338

Kynunipt Harbor 318

Kynquot Channel 282

KyuquotHill 282

Kyuqont Sound 281

Kyuqout Sound, directions 284

L..

Lauusobere Channel, Dean Canal 315
Labouohere Channel, Queen

Charlotte Sound 224

338
332
328
32 »
329
329
338
338
338
317
397
396
89
371
208
209
126
415
248
290
194
410
376
16
284
161
295
296
162
21
403
296
33S
408
397

lotto

1..

412
95
311,358
358
313
218
139
338
318
282
282
281
284

INDEX.

455

nal
n

315
224

Lady Island 323

Lady Islands 210

Lagoon Cove 206

La Conner 59

Lake Island 321

Lake Island, white rocks off south

end 326

Lakhou 373

Lakohwitz 369

Lama Passage 315

Lama Passage, tides 316

Lamb Islet 339

Lambert Channel ICO

Lambert Channel, anchorage ... 161

Lambert Channel, caution 163

Lambert Island 220

Lancelot Arm 178

Landslip Monntain 416

Landslip Point, Frazer Reach.. . 332

Landslip Point, Portland Canal. 422

Langford Point 389

LangfordPort 276

Langley Fort 146

Langley, town of 146

Lanz Island 240

Larcomb Island 419

Laredo Channel 345

Laredo Channel, directions 348

Laredo Channel, soundings 344

Laredo Sound 344

Laredo Sound, coast 346

Laredo Sound, directions 345

Laredo Sound, landmarks 344

Laredo Sound, soundings 344

L&redo Sound, tides 347

Large Gander Island 363

Larkins Island 257

Lascelles Point 228

Laskeek Bay 397

Laskoek or Klue Village 397

Lastiueti Island 163, 168

Lassiter Bay 230

Latoua Passage 167

Laura Point 100

LawnHill 403

Lawn Point, Brooks Bay 292

Lawu Point, Skidegate 401

Lawn Point to Kose Point 403

Lawrence Islands 263

Lawrence Point 127, 137

Lawrence Point, tides 137

Lawson Bluff 120

La wson Harbor 340

Lawson Harbor, anchorage 340

Lawson Reef 133

Lawson Rock 124

Lawyer Group 342

Lazo Cape 162

Leading Bluff 247

Leading Cone 289

Lending Hill, British Columbia . 225
Leading Hill, Esperanza Inlet .. 278
Leading Island, Dnsky Cove .... 214
Leading Island, Klowuuggit In-
let 338

Leading Island, Kyuquot Sound. 282

Leading Island, Skidegate 402

Leading Island, Welcome Harbor 360

Leading Mountain 269

Leading Peak, Chatham Sound.. 367

Leading Peak, Howe Sound 165

Leading Peak, Welcome Harbor. 359

Leading Point, Chatham Islands- 72

Leading Point, Knight Inlet 210

Leading Point, Nass River .416

Leading Point, Portland Canal.. 421

Lending Point, Ucluelet Arm . .. 259

Lending Point, Whale Channel.. 349

Lccbo Island 222

Ledge Point, Gil Island 348

Ledge Point, McNeill Port 201

Ledge Rook 214

Lee Rock 70

Leech Island 106

Logge Point 329

Lemon Mount 236

Lemon Point 236

Lennard Island 261

Leonard Point 202

Letitia Point 335

Lr wiii Channel 176

Lfwife Channel, tides 176

Lewis Island, Arthur Passage... 340
Lewis Island, Queen Charlotte

Sound 207

Lewis Passage 348

Lewis Reef 71

Lewis Reef, beacon 71

Lewis Rucks 224

Liddell Point 98

Liddlo Island 419

Lignr Island 224

Light List 425-430

Light, Admiralty Head 426

Light, Atkinson Point 430

Light, Battery Point 428

Light, BealeCape 429

Light, Berens Island 429

456

INDEX.

Pago.

Light, Brockton Point 430

Light, Browu Point 428

Light, Burrows Bay 425

Light, Carinannh 429

Light, Cattle Point 42r)

Light, Cranille Spit, Fidalsa B'»y 426

Light, Deception PasB 425

Light, DiHCOvery Island 438

Light, Doftlemeyer's Point 428

Light, Eagle Island 428

Light, East Point, Ijatnrna Isl-
and 429

Light, Ediz Hook or False Dunge-

uesa 425

Light, Entrance Island, Naua-

imo 429

Light, Fidalgo Bay 42ti

Light, Fisgard Island 429

Light, Eraser River, Sand Heads, 429

Light, Galliher Point 42(5

Light, Georgina Point 429

Light, Hole in the Wall 42(5

Light, Hudson Point 427

Light, Johnson's Point 428

Light, La Conner 426

Light, Marrowstone Point 427

Light, Munroe Point 427

Light, New Dungeness 425

Light, Oak Harbor 426

Light, Olynipia 428

Light, Olympia, West 428

Light, Peavine Pass 425

Light, Pleasant Point 426

Light, Point No Point 427

Light, Pole Pass 426

Light, Race Islands 428

Light, Robinson Point 438

Light, Sandy Point 427

Light, Skagit River 427

Light, Smith or Blunt Island . . . 425

Light, Stan wood 427

Light, Susan Port 427

Light, Tatoosh, Capo Flattery.. 425

Light, Taylor's Spit 427

Light, West Point 427

Light, William Point 426

Light, Wilson Point 427

Light, Yellow Island 429

Lighthouse Island 113

Lighthouse Island Ledge 113

Lighthouse Island Ledge, buoy . 113

Lightville 55

LimaPoint 343

Limestone Island, Otter Cove... 192

Page.
Limestone Island, Quatsino

Sound 396

Limestone Islands 399

Liuipstone Point 348

Limestone Rock 393

Limit Island 362

Limit Point, Smith Sound 306

Limit Point, Victoria Harbor ... 66

Linu Island 400

Linlithgow Point 324

Lion Rock 178

Little Group 88

Littleton Point 211

Lizard Islet 83

Lizard Poiut, Portland Inlet 415

Lizzie Hill 377

Lockhart Creek 319

Lofty Island 353

Log Point, Queen Charlotte Isl-
ands 402,411

Log Point, Winter Harbor 294

Logan lulet 397

Logan Point 421

Long Arm 400

Long Buy 260

Long Hay, caution 361

Long Harbor 37

Long Harbor, Ganges Harbor.. . 99

Long Island, Cullen Harbor 216

Long Island, Lopez Island 122

Long Island, Ogden Channel 355

Long Island, Starfish Group .... .359

Long Island, Stuart Channel 94

Long Poiut, Lady Island 326

Long Point, Smith Sound 306

Loo Rock 312

Lookout Island, Barclay Sound . 258
Lookout Island, Clanuinick Har-
bor 286

Lopez Island 121

Lopez (Maury) Pass 124

Lopez Sound 123

Lopez Sound, tides 133

Lord Island 276

Lord Islands 386

Lord Rock 386

Loughborough Inlet 187

Loughborough Inlet, tides 188

Louie Creek 276

Louisa Islet . 317

Louisa Point 196

Louisa Rock 98

Louise Island 398

Louscoone Harbor 389

INDEX.

457

Page.

aoc

399
248
393
3U2
306
66
400
224
178
8a
211
83
415
377
319
353

402,411

294

397

421

400

260

261

99
216
122
355
309

94
»M
S06
318
858

286
121

124

123

276

386

187
188
276
217
196

98
398
389

Page.

Low Cone 287

Low Island, Kyuumpt Harbor. .. 319

Low Island, Laskoek Day 398

Low Island, Miner's Cbauuel.... 87

Low Island, Wasp Cliuuiitil Vi7

Low Islets 294

Low Point, Dowager Island 323

Low Point, GriflQn Bay lUi

Low Point, Laredo Sound 345

Low Point, Nass Bay 416

Low Point, Strait of Fiica 17

Low Kock, Esperanza Inlet 278

Low Rock, Laredo Sound 345

Low Black Rock 392

Lowe Inlet 337

Lowe Inlet, anohorago 338

Lowe Inlet, landmarks 337

Lowe Inlet, supplies 338

Lowell Point 58

Lucan Islands 233

Lucy Island 410

Lucy Island, village (Tartanne). 410

Lucy Islands 369

Lucy Islands, ledge of rocks .... 369

Lucy Rook 177

Ludlow Port 30

Ludlow Port, directions 31

Lummi Bay 138

Lunirai Channel 131

Luninii Island 138

Luninii Island, rock, near 138

Luuimi River 138

LuxannBay 388

Lyall Harbor 84

Lyall Harbor, anchorage 84

Lyall Harbor, water 84

Lyall Point 257

Lyell Island 395

Lyle Point 47

Lyre River 17

Maast Island 406

Mocaulay, Point 66

Macdonald Point 212

Macdonald Ridge 212

Mackaye Harbor 122

Mackaye Harbor, directions 122

Mackenzie Sound 224

Madison Port 33

Maggy Point 207

Magin Islands 221

Magin Saddle 234

Magnolia Bluflf 36

Page.

Main passage, Chatham Sound.. 385

Main passage, Lama Passage .... 317

Malacca Passage 342

Malacca Passage, directions .... 342

Malaspina Inlet 177

Malispiuu Strait 169

Malcolm Island 202

Malcolm Island, kelp patch 203

Malksope Inlet 287

MamalilacuUa village 208

Mamin River 407

Maple Bay 93

Maple Point, Bayue's Sound 156

Maple Point, bank 156

Maple Point, Oil Island 349

Mapld Point, Portland Canal.... 422

Maquinna Point 271

MarbleCreek 297

Marble Creek, rock 351

Marchant Rock 364

Margaret Point 230

Mark Hill 275

Mark Islet, Barclay Sound 246

Murk Islet, St. John Harbor 335

Mark Nipple 358

Mark Rock, John Port 315

Mark Rock, Seaforth Channel.. . 320

Marmot River 423

Marrack Island 340

Marrack Rock ?,40

Marrowstone Island 28

Marrowstone Point 28

Mars Island 215

Marsden Islands 215

Marsha I Point 168

Martin Island 171

Marviuas Bay 271

Marvinas Bay, water 272

Mary Basin 276

Mary Cove 328

Mary Island, Desolation Suuud . 179

Mary Island, Georgia Strait .... 182

Mary Island, Malaspina Inlet.. . 178

Mary Island, Milbank Sound 322

Mary Island, Pender Harbor 171

Mary Island, Sutil Channel 182

Mary Poiuo 408

Mary Rock 226

Marylebone Point 180

Mary Todd Islet 70

Maskely ne Point 379

Massacre Bay 128

Masset Harbor 405

Masset Harbor, directions 405

468

INDEX.

Puge.
MaHBet Harbor, missionaTy sta-

tiou 405

Massetlnlet 406

Masset Sound 40)i

MaHset Sound, tides 40'.

Masset to Virngo Sound 407

Masset to Virago Sound, aucbor-

age 408

Mastermau's Islands '^^05

Matliit'gou Channel 'A'ii

Matia Island 121,i:t8

Matilda Creek 2C7

Matliksimtas 341)

Mattbew Island 31.')

Maudlsland lUO

Maude Island, Georgia Strait . . . l.")3

Mande Island, Skidegate 40*^

Maude Islet '^^1

Maunsell Bay 230

Maury Island 40

Maury ( Lopez ) Pass 1 23

Mauve Islet 220

Maycock Rock 193

Mayday Island 21>2

Mayne Bay 257

Mayne Island 142

Mayne Passage 187

Mayor Channel 70

Mayor Channel, directions 73

Mayor Island 228

Maze Islands 310

McBrideBay 188

McCauley Island 3.53

McCullough Rock 38<i

McGratb Mount 343

McKay Cove 400

McKay Reach 332

McKay Reef 262

McLaughlin Bay 316

McLnnghlin Bay, mission 316

McLaughlin Point 66

McLcod Island 226

McNeil Bay 6!)

McNeil Farm 69

McNeil Mount 367

McNeil Island 46

McNeill Port 201

McNeill Port, directions 201

Meadow Island 318

Meadow Point 36

Meares Island 264

Melanie Cove 180

Melville Island 179

Menzies Bay 191

Page.

Menzies Point 313

Mereworth Sound 230

Metlab Catlah Day 369

Mi'tlub Catlah Bay, anchorage . . 372
Metlab Catlah Bay, directions .. 370,372

Metlab Catlah Bay, villages 369

Mexicaiia Point 2.34

Mid Rock 281

Middle Bank, Haro Strait 74

Middle Bank, Lopez Sound 123

Middle Bank, Nanaimo 110

Middle Bank, Nanainio, buoy ... 110

Middle Bank, Nass River 417

Middle Channel, Barclay Sound. 250
Middle Channel, Barclay Sound,

directions 255

Middle Chanuel, Esporanza Inlet 277

Middle Channel, Nanaimo 113

Middle Channel, San Juan Chan-
nel 115

Middle Dundas Island 383

Middle Gander Island 363

Middle Passage, Skeona River . . 344

Middle Point 22

Middle Point, current 22

Middle Point, rock and buoy 23

Middle Reef 177

Middle Reef, leading mark 278

Middle Rock, Broken Group .... 361
Middle Rock, Queeu Charlotte

Sound 238

Middle Rocks 365

Midge Reefs 320

Midge Rock 370

Midsummer Island 210

Migley Point 138

MIgnon Point 230

Milbank Sound 321

Mllhank Sound, directions 324

Milbank Sound, fogs 321

.Milbank Sound, kelp 321

Milbank Sound, landmarks 321

Milbank Sound, Northern Shore. 324

Milbank .Sound, soundings 321

Milbank Sound, tides 324

Mile Rook 288

MileRock, breaker 288

Miles Cone 232

MillCreekBay 92

Mill Stream 110

Mill Stream, buoy 110

Millar Group 226

Miller Point 59

Mills Point 196

INDEX.

459

.'(13
230
36»
372
370, 372
3G»
234
2S1
74
123

110
417
250

255
277
113

115

3«3

363

344
22

23
177
278
361

23fl
365
320
370
210
138
880
891
884
881
881
321
324
321
324
288
288
232
92
110
110
226
59
196

Ptge. I

Milly Island 197

Miners Bay 100

Miners Channel 87

Miners Cliannel, nnoborage 87

Miners Chanuol, reef in 87 j

Mink Island 179 I

MinkPoint 214

Mink Trap Boy 353

Minor Island, beacon 74

Minstrel Island 211

Misery Point 51,54

Mission Mountain 307

MissionPoint 369

Mission Station, Nass Bay, Kinco-

lith , 416

Mission Valley 416

MissionValley, observation spot. 416

Mist Islands 198

Mist Rock 296 '

Mistaken Island 154

Misty Passage.. 215

Mitcliell Bay 202

Mitchell or Gold Harbor 412

Mitchell or Gold Harbor, direc-
tion 412

Mitlenatch Island 175

Moffat Islands 384 '

Moffat Rock 204

Moketas I slaud 283 j

Molly Point 349

Monarch Head 83

Monday Anchorage 216 ,

Monday Shoal 295

Money Point 334

Monroe Point and Baoy 33

Montagu Channel 165

Montagu Channel, anchorage... 165

^Inntague Harbor

Monument Rock 393

Moody Point 48

Moody Port 150

Moody Port, anchorage 151

Moodyville 150

Moore Head 38H

Moore Channel 412

Moore Channel, directions 412

Moresby Island, Prevost Passage 89 I

Moresby Island, Queen Charlotte !

Island 391

Moresby Islands 412

Moresby Passage 89

Moresby Passage, directions .... 89

Moresby Passage, leading marks. 90

Morgan Island 179 ^

P»Re.

MorningReefs 337

Morphy Rook 298

Morris Bay 327

Morris Bay, anchorage 327

Morris Bay, directions 327

Morris Bay, supplies 327

Morris Bay, water 327

Morris Island 222

Morse Island 79

Mosquito Harbor 265

Mosquito Harbor, anchorage 266

Mosquito Harbor, directions .... 265

Mosquito Piissage 79

Moss Passage 326

Moss Point 178

MouatRock 233

MouRtt Channel 71

Monatt Channel, directions 73

Mouatt Islets 163

Monatt Point 100

Monatt Reef, Cowlitz Bay 83

Mouatt Reef, Enterprise Channel 69

Mouse Island 214

Mouse Rook 320,322

MuchalatorGnaquina Arm 273

Muchalat Indians 273

Muckilteo 56

Muckshwanne fishery 419

MudBank 295

Mud Islands 417

MudgeCape 162

Mudge Island 108

Muirhcad Islands 223

Mulchalat Arm 273

Mullins Island 253

Muinford Landing 342

Mnrchison Island 394

Murray Cape 405

Murray Labyrinth 227

Mussel Inlet 330

Mussel Rock 264

Mntine Point 248

Mutiny Bay 29

Mylor Peninsula 416

Mystery Rock 174

Murdeu's Cove 34

1¥.

Naasglee Village 342

Nab Rock 345

Nabaiihah Bay 337

Naden Cape 408

Nadeu Harbor 408

Naden River 408

460

INDEX.

Pkgo.

Nftdon River, tides 4(W

Niiliiniiit liny 24!)

Nabwhitti Bar a:»r)

Naliwliitti iiar, directions 23(i

Niiliwbitti liar, leading marl< .. . ZW

Naiad Islet 2;W

Naiknon 403

Naknt Inlot 38i)

Nak wakto Rapids '•iriH

Nakwakto Rapids, directions.... 928

Nak wakto Rapids, tides 22H

Nalau Island 311

Nalau Passage 311, 3t)U

Naniii Harbor 311

Namii Harbor, nucborage 311

Nanaiino Harbor lO'J

Nanaimo Harbor, anchorage .... Ill
Nanaimo Harbor, buoys and i'

rectious 110,114

Nauaiino Harbor, coal Ill

Nanaimo Harbor, commuuicatiou 110

Nanaimo Harbor, pilots Ill

Nanaimo Harbor, supplies Ill

Nanaimo Harbor, tides 112

Nanaimo Harbor, trade.... .... Ill

Nauoose Uarl>or 152

Nanoose Harbor, anuborage 153

Nanoose Harbor, directions 153

Nanoose Harbor, supplies 154

Nanoose or Notch Hill 107,152

Napier Bay 220

Napier Point 317

Narrow Island, Nootka Sound.. . 272
Narrow Island, T r i n c o m a 1 i e

Channel 104

Nari'owgnt Creek 2t*3

Narrows Arm 173

Narrows Island, Lama Passage,. 317

Narrows Island, Sunday Harbor. 215

Nash Bank 161

Nasoga Gulf 415

NosogaOuIf, anchorage 415

Nasparti Inlot 287

Nttsparti In let, directions 2tf8

Nass Bay 416

Nass Boy, anchorage 416

Nass Bay, caution 417

Nass Indians 417

Nass River 417

Nass River, directions 418

Nass River, fish 417

Nass River, ice 417

Nass River, tides 417

Nass Villages 417

TttKe.

Native Anchorage

208

Native Point

104

Nftvv (Mtnnnel ..... •...>■ ...•••

Narrows, Tli«, Puget Sound

NftrrowH Thu niiToiLta.... ......

Navy Channel, directions

Navy Channel, tides

Neck Islet, Gorge Harbor

181

Neck Point, British Columbia...

304

Neok Point, Shaw Island

127

Xe^ah Ba V ...... .

Nedah Bay, anchorage

Nedah Bay, directions

Needle Peak, Portland Inlet

114

Needle Peaks, Laredo Sound

344

277

Negro Rock

206

Neill Point

Nelly Ifllfind ...,.

216

NcImoii IslniKi .... .... .... ...«••

172

171

351

Nettle Basin

337

Nettle Island

254

Neville Islet

178

Neville Port

197

Neville Port, anchorage

197

Neville Port, directions

198

318

New Bank

294

Newcastle Island

109

New Channel, Haro Archipelago

New Channel, Queen Charlotte

Sound,

236

New Channel, Queen Charlotte

238

New Dungoness Bay

New Dungenoss Bay, anchorage.

New Duugeness, fog signal

425

New Duugeness, light

2, 425

New Duugeness Rivor

New Langley

146

New Patch

303

New Rock

181

New Westminister

145

New Westminister, supplies and

146

New Westminister, pilots

146

Newton Mount

NichoUs Island

222

218

NickoU Passage

211

Nicol Rock

110

Nicolas Islands

234

Page.
208
104
H4
43
43
85
85
181
304
Vi7
16
17
17
114
344
277

aotj

216

172

171

351

337

254

178
1U7
197
198
318
294
109

236

238
19
20
425
2, 425
20
146
303
181
145

INDEX.

461

NiKht Islet 210

Nil« (Nelson) Rock 171

Niin])kiHh liivvr 201

NiuaHill 22»

Ninn-piii Knck 147

NinstintH VilliiKe 31)1

NigquiiUy 47

Nisfiually Flats 47

Nisfumlly Laiuling 47

Nisqually Narrows 47

Nisqually Kcacb 47

Nitinat Lake 244

Noble Islets 233

Noble Mountain 353

Noblo Point 317

Nodnles Channel Iii3

Nodule Point 28

Nooklialk Kiver 313

Nootka Coup •270

Nootka Island 275

Nootka Sound 270

Nootka Sound, aspect 270

Nootka Sound, directions 274

Nootka Sound, tides 270

No Point, point 32

No Point, foj^' sign 111 427

No Point, light 427

Norman Point, Lambert Channel 160

Norman Point, PendiT Harbor.. 171

Norman's Creek IS)

Norris Hock, Lambert Channel.. 100

Norris Rock, Saanich Inlet 91

North Arm, Burrard Inlet 151

North Arm, Clayociunt Sound.... 267

North Bank 263

North Bay, San Juau Channel.. 116

North Bay, anchorage 116

North Bay, Waldron Island 83

North Bay Islands 345

North Bontinck Arm 313

North Blntt', Kwoiaais Point 139

North Breaker, Broken Group .. . 362

North Breaker, Brown Passage.. 382

North Channel, Clayoquot Sonnd 267

North Channel, Esperauza Inlet. 278

North Channel, lending mark... 278
North Channel, Queen Charlotte

Sonnd 226

North Channel, Nanaimo 110

North Channel Islands.. .. 346

North Danger Rock 293

North Danger Rocks 365

North Dundrts Island 383

North Fork , Frazer River 146

I'aKe.

North Harbor 294

North Iron Rock 304

North Iron Rock, clearing mark . ,304
North Island aiid Group, Milbank

Sound 323,324

North liland, Queen Charlotte

Islands 410

North Island, ai>choragp 410

North Ledges 323

North Needle Peak 344

North Obstruction Pass 125

North Passage, Farewell Harbor 207

North Passage, Fitzhngh Sound . 308

North Passage, Klemtoo Passage 329
North Passage, Klemtoo Passage,

directions 329

North Pttssnge, Namn Hurbor 311

North I'assagf, Ramsay Arm.... 185

North Passage, SkeenaRiver 343

North Passage, anchorage 343

.North Passage, Wasp Passages . 127

North (Granite) Point 394

North Point, .Milbank Sound.... 325

North Point, Nass Bay 416

North Point, Queon Charlotte

Islands 410

North Point, Taknsh Harbor .. 307

North Pointers 359

North Reef 95

North Rock, Beaver Passage 356

North Rock, Fulford Harbor 98

North Rock, Nanoose Harbor.... 153
North Rock, Queen Charlotte

Sound 238

North Rocks 365

North Side Bay 392

North Surf Islands 348

North Twin Islet 356

North Watcher Islet 351

Northumberland Channel 109

Northwest Bay 154

North west Cone 275

Northwest Rocks 305

Nose Peak 294

Notch Hill 107

Nowisli Cove 328

Nuchalitz Inlet 275

Nnchalitz Inlet, directions 276

Nuchalitz Reef 275

Nngent Sound ^30

Nuuias Islands 224

Numukamis Bay 246

Nunez Reef. 385

Nye Rock 237

462

INDEX.

Page.

Oak Bay , 28

Oak Bay, Vancouver Island 70

OftkCove 27

OakHarbor 59

Oakhead 54

Oakland 55

Oar Point ^3

Oatsoalis 310

O'Brien Bay 217

Observation Islet 253

Observation Point,Blakeney Port 326
Observation Point, Coghlau An-

choragj 335

Observation Point, Glendale

Cove 212

Observation Point, Metlah Cat-

lah 371

Observation Point, ledge 371

Observation Point, Shoal Chan-
nel 166

Observatory Inlet 418

Observatory Inlet, anchorage.. . 418

Observatory Inlet, soundings ... 418

Observatory Inlet, tides 419

Observatory Islet, Clayoquot

Sound 263

Observatory Islet, Friendly Cove. 271
Observatory Islet, Koprino Har-
bor 295

Observatory Islet, Stamp Harbor. 249

Observatory Ledgo 335

Observatory Point 18

Observatory Point, ledgo of rocks. 371

Observatory Rock 294

Observatory Kocks 59

Obsiruction Island, Clayoquot

Sound 269

Obstruction Island, Orcas 125

Obstruction Islet 231

Obstruction Passes 125

Obstruction Pai^os, tides 125

Obstruction Pass, North 125

Obstruction Pass, South 125

O'Connor 38

Ogden Channel 355

Ogden Channel, directions 3r6

Ogden Cliannol, landmarks 355

Ogden Cliannel, tides 3,57

Ogden Point 66

Oke iB;.-.nd 326

Oko Reefs 326

Okeover Arm 177

Old Passage 215

Paxe.

Oldtleld Basin 343

Oldfleld Island 343

Oldtield Mount 343

Olympus Mountains 51

Olympia 49

Olympia, directions 49

Olympia Wharf 49

Ommaney Islet 220

O'Neal Island 117

One-tree Island :}75

One-tree Island, ledgo 375

One-tree Islet, Jervis Inlet 172

One-tree Islet, Shadwell Passage 234

One-tree Islet, .Simpson Port.... 376

Oona Bay 357

Oona River 357

Open Bay, Clayoquot Sound 262

Open Bay, Fitzhugh Sound 303

Opeji Bay, Henry Island 79

Open Bay, Valdes Island 183

Open Bay, Vancouver, NW. Coast 300

Orange Point 190

Orcas Island 127

Orcas Island, Eastern Side 137

Orcas Knob 127

Orcas Sound, East 129

Orcas Sound, East, anchorage .. 129

Orc.is Sound, West 123

Orcas Sound, West, auchorage .. 123

Orchard Point 36

Orchard Port ."4

Orford Bay J86

OrielRocks 180

Oriflammo Passage 385

Oritlamme Passage, tides 385

Ormidale lUrbor 318

Osborn Bay 93

Osborn Bay, auchorage 94

Osborne Islands 382

Oscar Patiago 328

Otter Anchorage .'175

Otter Bay 100

Otter Channel 351

Otter Cove, Discovery Passage.. 192

Ottor Cove, Finlayson Channel. 328

Otter Island 179

Otter Mountains 97

Otter Passage 352

Otter Point, Discovery Passage. . 192
Otter Point, Vancouver, South

Const 60

Otter f>hoal 335

Otter Wood-cutting Establish-
ment 375

INDEX.

4fi3

343
343
343
51
49
49
49
220
117
375
375
172
234
376
357
357
a62

3oa

79
183
300
190
127
137
127
129
129
128
128
36

180
385
385
313

94
382
328
375
100
351
192
328
179
97
352
192

60
335

375

Page.

Ououkinsh Inlet 2'i6

Uuoukinsh Inlet, directions 287

Ououkinsh Inlet, rook off of 286

Outer Island 346

OvalHill 380

Owen Island 59

Owen Point 59

Owikino Canning Establishment 310

Owl Island 210

Oybter Bay 162

Oyster Bay, anchorage 162

Oyster Harbor 94

Oyster Harbor, anchorage 94

Oyster Harbor, reef in 94

Ozzard, Mount 259

Pachcna Bay 244

Padilla Hay 56,135

Paddle Rock 308

Paddy Passage 418

Palmer Point 255

PalmerstoDiCape 300

Pan Point 188

Panama (Bowlder) reef 137

Pandora Head 2i3

Pandora Peak 60

Park Hill 116

Park Point 50

Parke Mount 102

Parker Island 102

Parker Reef 121

Parkin Islands 379

Parry Bay 62

Parry Bay, anchorage 62

Parry Passage 409

Parry Passage, directions 410

Parry Passage, tides 4 10

Parson Bay 206

Parson Bay, anchorage 206

Partridge Bank 74

Partridge Point t.'3

Partridge Point, ledge, buoy .... 24

Pasley Island 165

Paslcy Passage 320

Pass Islet 274

Passage, Cone 355

Passage Island, Mo we Sound.... 145,164
Passage Island, Mathieson Chan-
nel 326

Passage Island, Wasp Passage.. 126

Paisago Island, Whale Channel. 350

Pastage Islet 210

Pasi.ago Rook, Clayoquot Sound. 262

Paeo,

Passage Rock, Howe Sound 165

Passage Rock, Wasp Passage... 126

Patoy Rock 91

Patey Rock, clearing marks... . 91

Patoslslaud 119

Patrick Passage 220

Peacock Channel 257

Peale's Passage 48

Peapods » 137

Pearce Point 381

Pearl Harbor 375

Pearl Harbor, anchorage 375

Pearl Harbor, directions 376

Pearl Island 79

Pearl Rocks 308

Pearse Chuunel 419

Pearse Island 414

Pearse Island, mountains 414

Pearse Islands 202

Pearse Peninsula 217

Pearson Island 171

Pedder Bay 62

Pedder Bay, anchorage 62

Pedder Bay, tides 62

Peel Island 204

Peile Point 99

Pelly Island 67

Pelorus Point 100

Pender Harbor 171

Pender Harbor, anchorage 172

Pender Island, Barclay Sound.. . 257

Peuder Island, Haro Strait 83

Pender Islands 194

Pendril Sound 180

Penfold Island 216

Penguin Bluft" 14S

Penguin Island 119

Peninsula Point 357

Peninsula Point, anchorage 357

Penn Islands 184

Penn Islands, rock near 184

Pcnn's Cove 58

Penphraso Passage 222

Penrose Bay 178

Penrose Island 309

Percy Anchorage 108

Percy Islanil 219

Percy Island, caution 219

Percy Ledge 295

Percy Point 405

Peril Rock 315

Perpendicular BlutF 273

Perpendicular Mountain 230

Perry Bay 419

464

INDEX.

Page,

Perry Rock 83

Potor Point A2

Petrel Channe' 35a

Petrel Shoal 307

Peveril Rock 361

Philip Poiut 297

Philips Passage 215

Philipps Arm 187

Pbillimore Point 102

Piers Island 87

Pike Island 371

Pilkey Poiut 96

Pilllslet 181

Pillar Bay 409

Pillar Point 17

Pilley Shoal 294

Pilot Poiut, Admiralty Inlet .... 32

Pilot Point, Gribbell Island .... 332

PinRock 277

Pincher Rocks 390

Pine Island 238

Piuer Point 41

Pinnace Channel 283

Pinnace Rock 253

Pinnacle Islet 293

Pinnacle Poiut 287

Pipestem Inlet 258

Pirie Paint 422

Pitt Island 337

Pitt Passage 50

Pitt River 146

Plover Island 311

Plover Poiut, Fin Island 348

Plover Point, Mosquito Harbor.. 265

Plover Reefs 262

Plumper Bay, Discovery Passage 192

Plumper Bay, Esquimau Harbor 64

Plumper Channel '.,15,36!

Plumper Cove 166

Plumper Cove, anchorage 167

Plumper Harbor 272

Plumper Harbor, anchorage — 272

Plumper Harbor, directions 274

Plumper Island 295

Pluuiper Passage 72

Plumper I'assago, directions ... 73

Plumper Passage, leading nirtrk . 72

PliiuipeiReof 120

Plumper Sound 83

Plumper Sound, water 84

Plunger Pass 182

Pocttuook 246

Pointer Island 315

Pointer's Rocks 3h1

Page,

Point No Point 32

Poison Cove 330

Polelslet 317

Polkinghorne Islands 219

Polnell Point 59

Pollard Point 217

Polly Island 178

Popham Island 165

Popham Island, rock near 166

Poppleweli Point 220

Porcher Island 342

Port Reef 359

Portage Cove 178

I'ortier Pass 102,104

PortierPass, directions 105

Porticr Pass, tides 105

Portland Canal 419

Portland Canal, climate 4,420

Portland Canal, currents 420

Portland Canal, natives 420

Portland Canal, supplies 420

Portland Canal, temperature 420

Portland Canal, temperature of

water 4

Portland Canal, tides 424

Portland Island 87

Portland Inlet 414

Portland Inlet, landmarks 414

Portlanil Point, Portland Inlet.. 415
Portland Point, Vancouver, West

Coast 261

Possession Point, Admiralty

Inlet 29

Possession Point, Kuca Strait ... 61

Possession Sound 30, 56

Pot Rocks 298

Pow.ll Islets 175

Powell point, rock oflf 213

Poyntz Island 196

Preedy Harbor 97

Preedy Harbor, anchorage i*7

President (Uonglas) Channel 116

President (Douglas) Directions.. 118

President (Douglas) Tides 119

President Point 33

Prcseott Island 379

Prevost Harbor 80

Prcvost Island, Queen Charlotte

Island 388

Prevosl I.sland,Swaii80U Channel, 99

Prevost Passage 90

Price Island 323

I'rideaux Haven 180

Prideanx Point 295

INDEX.

465

Page.

330

317

219

217

178

165

166

220

342

359

178

102, 104

105

419

4,420

420

4
424
87
414
414
415

261

30,56

298

175

213

196

in-
ns

118

119

379

388

90
38S

Page.

Prince of Wales Group 385

Prince ofWales Reach 172

Priucess Louiaa Inlet 173

!Prince88 Royal Island 330

Princess Royal Reach 173

Principe Channel 352

Principe Channel, direotiona.... 354

Princip5 Channel, tides 354

Prominent Point 'iVi

Promise Island 335

Promise Ledge 335

Promise Point, Blakeney Port. .. 325
Promise Point, Coghlaa An-
chorage 335

Prosser Rocl£ 8:!8

Protection Island, Barclay Sound. 253

Protection Island, Discovery Port. 21

Protection Island, Nanaimo 109

Protection Island, Squirrel Cove. 17U

Protection Point 211

Providence Cove 60

Providence Passaf.e 210

Piy.!e Channel 180

Puffin Islet 122,138

Puget Sound 24,44

Puget Sound, general description. 2''.

Puget Sound, romarlts oO

Pully Point 39

Pulteuey Point 203

Pumish 211

Punt Rocli 207

Purple Bluff 301

Puyalliip Rivor 41

Puzzle Island 253

Pylades Channel 106

Pyni Island 89

Pym Rock 217

Qlawdzeet Anchorage 382

Qlawdzeet Anchorage, directions. 382

Quadra Hill 103

Qunlaiiuto 361

Qualiciim Bay ir)5

(jualicum River 155

Qualicnra River, buoy off 155

Quaruitchau Valley and River .. ',»2

Quartermaster's Harbor 40

Qnarteruiaster Rock 370

Quarteriuastcr Roi'k, rook near.. 370

Quascillah Villiigo 307

Quatsap Point 55

QiiatliiiiskiCovo lei)

Quathiaski Cove, anchorage .... U)0

1420.5— No, 9G 30

Page.

Quatishe 297

Qiiatsino Narrows 297

Quatsino Narrows, tides 297

Quatsiuo Sound 292

Quatsino Sound, directions 298,299

Queen Charlotte Channel 164

Queen Charlotte Channel, direc-
tions 164

Queen Charlotte Islands 388

Queen Charlotte Islands, climate 4, 388

Queen Charlotte Islands, natives. 413

Queen Charlotte Islands, supplies 413

Queen Charlotte Islands, winds . 388

Queen Charlotte Sound 203

Queen Charlotte Sound, Eastern

Shoresof 206

Queen's Cove 279

Queen's Cove, water 280

Queen's Cove, Jervis Inlet 173

Qneon's Sound 318,360

Quiet Cove 296

Quilceue 54

Quilcene Bay 54

Quiniper Peninsula 23

Quinamass Bay 415

Quoin Hill 309

Quoin Islet 234

Race L^lands ^ 61

Racelslands, fog signal 428

Race Islands, light 428

Race Islands to Esquimalt 63

Race Islands to Esquimalt, cau-
tion 63

Race Narrows 265

Race Passage 61

Race Passage, Broughton Strait. 202

Race Passage, Johnstone Strait. 195

Race Point, Discovery Passage .. 191

Race Point, Portier Pass 104

Race Point, Tumbo Island 142

Race Point, Tumbo Island, rock

off 142

Rachel Islands 369

Rafael Point 268

Raft Covo 300

Rage Reef 325

Ragged Island, Howe Sound.... 164

Ragged Island, Stuart Channel.. 96

Ragged I.«lands 175

Ragged Islet 251

Ragg(Ml Reef 237

Raglan Point 233

466

INDEX.

Rain Point :V25

Kainier Mount ii

Rainy Bay 252

Rait Creek 319

Raleigh Passage 'il7

Ramsay Arm 185

Ramsay Island 394

Raiusden Point 415

Ranger Cape 30 J

Ranger Islet 416

Ransom Point 197

Rftl.id Hill 212

Raspberry Cove 389

Raspberry Islands 344

Ray uer Group 224

Raza Island 185

Razor Poiut 83

Read Island 184

Read Mount 219

Rebecca Islet 174

Rebecca Spit 183

Red Island 101

Red Poiut 354

Red CliiT Point, Cunningham

Passage 375

Red Cliff Point, Graham Reach.. 332

Redfern Island 237

Redonda Island, Broken Group.. 252
Redonda Islands, Desolation

Sound 179

Red Stripe Mountain 291

Red Top Mountain 396

Reef Bluflf, buoy 156

Reef Island, Laskeek Day 'ids

Reef Island, Laskeol Bay, Port-
laud Caual 421

Reef Island, Wasp Group 126

Reef Islet 246

Reef Point, Cortes Island 181

Reef Point, Cypress Island 136

Reef Point, Moresby Island 89

Reef Point, Quatsiuo Sound 292

Reef Point, Thetis Island 94

llefuge Bay, Edye Passage 381

Refuge Bay, anchorage 381

Refuge Cove, Chatham Island. .. 72

Refuge Cove, Vancouver Island. 268

Refuge Cove, directions 208

Refuge Cove, rook in 208

Regatta Rock 319

Reginald Hill , 98

Reid Harbor 80

Reid Island 106

Roid Island, Storm Islands 238

Paga.

Reid Rock 117

Remarkable Cone Mountain .... 315

Renipstone Rocks 362

Rendezvous Islands 185

Resolution Cove 272

Restoration Cove 313

Restoration Cove, anchorage.... 313

Restoration Point , 35

Retreat Cove 102

Retreat Passage 213

Return Clianuel 31S

Richard Islet. 226

Richard Point 418

Richard Rock 257

Richardsou Inlet 397

Richardson Inlet, anchorage.... 397

Richardsou Inlet, tides 397

Richardson Point 333

Richmond Bay 222

Richmond Settlement 151

Rich's Passage 34

Ridge Islands 210

Ring Islaud 181

Ripple Bank, Big Bay 374

Ripple Bauk, Klemtoo Passage . . 329

Ripple Blutf, tide-rip 210

Ripple Islets 265

Ripple Passage 226

Ripple Poiut 195

Ripple Rock 191

Ripple Shoal 194

Ripple Tongue 417

Ritchie Bay 264

Ritchie Bay, directions 264

River Bight 349

Rivers Inlet 310

Robbers Island 247

Robbers Knob 197

Robert Point 264

Roberts Bank 141

Roberts Point 120,140

Roberts Point, anchorage 140

Roberts Poiut, anchorage, direc-
tions 14L

Roberts Spit 140

Roberts Town 140

Robertson Island 225

Robinson Island 225

Robinson Point 40

Robson Island 294

Robsou Reef 70

Roche Harbor 79

Roche Harbor, anchorage 60

Roche Harbor, direction^ 79

INDEX.

467

Paga.
117
315
362
185
272
313
313

35
102
213
318
226
418
257
397
397
397
333
222
151

34
210
181
374
329
210
265
226
195
191
194
417
264
264
349
310
247
197
264
141
120, 140
140

141

140

225

994

Pftge. i

Roche Harbor to Port To wnsend . 79 i

n— »-Mii">M— — ■iii^aai— »ji — w ■iii*«Mi I I'll J jni*T»~i-

ock Creek 312 j

Rock Islet 136 i

Rocket Shoal IOG",

Rock-fish Harbor 398 ,

Rockj' Bay 117

Rocky Pass 269

Rocky Patch 170

Rooky Point, Gabriola Ishind... 113

Rocky Point, Saratoga Passage . . 58

Rocky Point, Strait of Fuca 23

Rodd Poi ut 65

Roderick Island 324

Roffey Point 221

Rogers Islet 227

Roller Bay 239

Rolling Roadstead 278

Root Point 199

Rosa Mount 276

Rosario Strait 131

Rosario Strait, anchorages 131

Rosario Strait, directions 131

Rosario Strait, tides 131

Roscoe Inlet 314

RosedaleRock 61

Rose Harbor 390

Rose Islets 106

Rose Point (Naikoon) 403

Rose Point, coast from Lawn Hill 403
Rose Point, coast to Massett

Sound 405

Rose Spit 404

Rosetta Rock 177

Ross Bay 09

Ross Island 390

Rough Bay 69

Rough Bay, Malcolm Island 202

Round Island and Beacon, Bar-
clay Sound 256

Round Island, Heaver Harbor.. . 204

Round Island. Carolina Channel. 259

Round Island, Mereworth Sound. 231

Round Island, Quatsiuo Sound.. 297
Round Island, Queen Charlotte

Sound 225

Round Island, Stuart Channel .. 95

Round Island, anchorage 95

Round Island, Templar Channel. 262

Round Poiht 423

Rowo Stream ()5

Royal Bay or Roads 62

Royal Bay, anc'iorage 63

RiddcrRcof 154

Rudlin Bay 71

Pago.

Rugged Group 268

Rugged Point 300

Rugged Point, Kyuquot Sound.. 282

Rupert Arm 297

Rupert Fort 204

Russell Cape 301

Russell Island 97

Ruxtou Passage 106

Ryan Point 372

Saanich District 86

Saauich Inlet 91

Saanich Peninsula 91

Sabine Channel 169

Sabine Channel, tides 169

Sackville Island 818

Safe Entrance 303

Safety Cove 310

Safety Cove, anchorage 311

Safety Cove, fresh water 311

Sail Island 213

SailRock 256

Salal Point 327

Salmon Arm, Jervis Inlet 173

Salmon Arm, Seymour Inlet 230

Salmon Bank 115

SalmonBay 36

Salmon Bay, Johnstone Strait .. 195

Salmon Channel 216

Salmon Cove 418

Salmon Cove, anoliorage 418

Salmon River 423

Salmon River, anchorage 424

Salmon River, bight 374

Salmon River, Port Discovery. .. 22

Salmon River, valley 424

Snlsbury Point 52

Saltspring Settlement and Dis-
trict 104

Sambo Head 206

Samuiamtsh Lake 37

Samuel Island 84

SandllyBay 421

Sand Heads 145

Suiid Patch 320

Saudspit Point, haredo Channel. 346

Sandspit Point, Welcome Harbor. 360

Sandspit Shoal 346

Sandstone Reef 323

Sandy Island 158

Sandy Point, Lummi Bay 138

Sandy Point, Waldron Island ... 82, 118

Sandy Point, Whidbey Island. .. 58

468

INDEX.

Page.
San Francisco to Vancouver Isl-
and 6

Saugster Island 163,169

San Jos6 Inlet 246

San Josef Bay 300

San Josef Bay, directions 300

San Juan Cbanuel (Middle Chan-
nel) 115

San Juan Channel, caution 118

San Juan Channel, directions . .. 115

San Juan Channel, tides 116

San Juan Island 80

San Juan Port 59, '244

San Juan Port, anchorage 60

San Mateo Bay 248

Sansum Island..., 412

Sansum Narrows 93

Saratoga Passage 57

Sarah Island 329

Sarah Point, British Colninbia .. 175

Sarah Point, Finhiysou Island .. 370

Saranac Island 264

Sarita Valley 246

Satellite Channel 90

Satellite Pass 251

Satellite Reef 110

Satellite Reef, buoy 110

Saturna Island 76,142

Savary Island 174

Saw Reef 394

Sawmill Point, Port Ludlow 30

Scarlett Point 233

ScatchetHead 29

Schooner Cove, Nanoose Har-
bor 153

Schooner Cove, Wreck Bay 261

Schooner Ledge 345

Schooner Passage, Milbauk Sound 327
Schooner Passage, Ogden Chan-
nel 356

Schooner Passage, Ogden, direc-
tions 356

Schooner Pa8sage,Slingsby Chan-
nel 228

Schooner Passage, North En-
trance 229

Schooner Passage, Walker Group 237

Schooner Point 345

Schooner Retreat 309

Schooner Retreat, directions.... 310

Schooner Retreat, gales 310

Schwartzonherg Gorge 230

Scotch Fir Point 170

Scott Cape 239,301

Paga

Scott Cape, shelter 239

Scott Channel 239

Scott Island 95

Scottlslands 239

Scott Point 177

Scout Patch 80

Scrogg Rocks 65

Scrub Island 215

Scmlder Point 394

Seabeck Bay 54

Seabeck Harbor 51

Seabeck Point 54

Sea Bird Islet 244

Sea Blutf 309

Seabreeze Island 213

Sea Egg Rocks 169

Seaforth Channel 318

Seaforth Channel, anchorage ... 320

Seal Rock, Strait of Fuca , 17

Seal Rocks, Edye Passage 380

Seal Rocks, Laredo Channel .... 340

Seal Rocks, Lasiiiieti 163,169

Seal Rocks, Portland Canal 423

Sealed Passage 238

Sea OtterCovo .. 300

Sea Otter Group 303

Sea Otter Group, caution 304

Sea Otter Group, clearing-mark. 304

Sea Otter Rock 262

Search Island 305

Seattle 37

Seattle, directions 37

Sebastian Point 178

Sechart Channel 254

Sechart Village 254

Seoholt Arm 173

Sechelt Arm, rapids 173

Sechelt Arm, tides 173

Sechelt Indians 168

Second Narrows, Alberui Inlet . . 249

Second Narrows, Burrard Inlet.. 150

Second Narrows, telegraph 150

Section Cove 393

Sec-et Cove 170

Seen t Cove, auchorago 170

Secretary Island, Fuca Strait ... 01
Se'cretary Island, Houston Pas-
sago 96,104

Secure anchorage 310

Sedge Lsland 212

Scdwick Bay 394

Sedmond River 390

Selione village 135

Selina Point V^

ark.

3t ..
et..

Paga

239

939

177

215

394

244

309

213

169

318

320

380

346

163, 169

423

238

300

303

304

262

305

178

254

173

168

249

150

393

170

Pas-

96,

104
310
212
394
390
135

INDEX.

469

Page.

Selwyn Inlet 398

Semiahmoo Bay 139

Seniiahinoo, town 139

Scuiiatimoo, towu, supplies 139

Senanus Islaud 91

Seutiiiol IslaDd, Aristazablo Is-
land 362

Sentinel Island, Ogden Cliannol. 356

Sentinel Islaud, Spieden Channel 81

Sentinel Rock 82

Separation Head 192

Separation Point, Lopez Sound . 124
Separation Point, Sanaum Nar-
rows 93

Soppings Island 251

Sergeaunt Passage, anchorage . . 21 1

Sergeannt Passage, tides 211

Seymour Inlet 230

Seymour Island 196

Seymour Mount 401

Seymour Narrows 191

Seymour Narrows, directions ... 192

Seymour Narrows, tides 191

Seymour Point 89

Shad well Passage 234

Shad well Passage, anchorage ... 235

Shadwoll Passage, directions 235

Shadwell Passage, tides 234

Shag Rock 256

Sbangoi Tribe 391

Shark Cove 84

Shark Pass 251

Shark Reef 122

Shark Reefs 262

Sharp Passage 220

Sharp Peak 374

Sharp Point, Northumberland

Channel 109

Sharp Point, Sydney Inlet 268

SharpSpit 182

Shattock Point 374

Shaw Island 125

Shawl Hay , 217

Sheep Islet, Otcas Sound 128

Sheep Islet, Stamp Harbor 249

Sheep Passage 330

Shelf Point, Blundeu Harbor.... 225

Shelf Point, Kyuunipt Harbor.. . 319

Shell Islet 205

Shelter Arm 269

Shelter Bay 227 i

Shelter Island 289 i

Shelter Islands, Barclay Sound.. 259 :

Shelter Islands, Shoal Channel.. 106

Shelter Pass 228

, Shelter Point 168

Shepherd Mount 163

Sherringham Point 60

Shewell Island 211

; Shilshole Bay and Creek 36

Shingle Point, Goletas Channel . 232

Shingle Point, Narrowgut Creek. 283

Shingle Point, Valdes Island 106

ShingleSpit 160

Ship Auchora<;e 338

Ship Bay, Guemes Channel ...: . 131

Ship Bay, Orcas Sound 130

Ship Channel, Barclay Sound. .. 258

Ship Channel, Clayoquot Sound 263

Ship Harbor 135

Ship Islet 246

Ship Passage, Takush Harbor.. . 307

Ship Passage, Uchucklesit 248

Ship Point 157

Ship Rock, Brooks Bay 290

Ship Rock, Brooks Bay, leading

marks 290

Ship Rock, Takush Harbor 307

Shoal Bay 123

ShoalBay, anchorage 123

Shoal Bight, Davis Bay 132

Shoal Channel 166

Shoal Creek. 197

Shoal Harbor, Cramer Passage.. 213
Shoal Harbor, Cramer Passage,

tides 214

Shoal Harbor, Shute Passage a8

Shoal Islands 93

Shoal Point 66

Shower Island 305

Shrub Islet, Banks Island 364

Shrub Islet, Metlah Catlah 371

Shrub Islet Ledge 371

Shrub Point 349

Shushartie Bay 238

Shushartie Bay, anchorage 238

Shushartie Bay, directions 238

Shushartie Saddle 232

Shute Passage 87

Shute Reef 91

Shuttle Island 396

Sidney Bay 188

Sidney Channel 86

Sidney Channel, directions 87

Sidney Island 86

SidneySpit 86

Sidney Spit, beacon 86

Signalilchew Creek 47

470

INDEX.

Page.

Simoom Sound 217

Simpson Fort 377

Simpson Port 3*7

Simpson Port, anchorage 377

Simpson Port, birds 3

Simpson Port, climate 3

Simpson Port, deviation 379

Simpson Port, directions 378

Simpson Port, landmarks 377

Simpson Port, repairs 37i)

Simpson Port, supplies 377

Simpson Port, temperature 4,377

Simpson Port, tides 379

Simpson Port, Wood-cutting Es-
tablishment 375

Simpson Rock 382

Sinclair Island 137

Single Islet 296

Sir Ererard Islands 223

Sisters Inlet 314

Sisters Islets, Lasqueti 163

Sisters Islets, Principe Channel . 353

Sisters Point 55

Sisters, The, Barclay sound 267

Sisters, The, Pinlayson Channel. 328

Sisters, The, Hood's Canal 53

Sisters, The, Moresby Passage.. . 89

Sisters, The, Rosario Strait 138

Skaat Harbor 393

Skardon Islands 17 1

Skagit Bay 5'J

Skagit River 59

Skedans Bay 399

Skedans Islands 399

Skedans Village 399

Skeena River 342

Skeena River, anchorage 343

Skeena River, caution 343

Skeena River, channels 342

Skeena River, forks of 342

Skeena River, ice 342

Skeena River, missionary stations 342

Skeena River, soundings 343

Skeena River, supplies 343

Skeena River, tides 344

Skeena River, winds 344

Skidcgate Channel 402,411

Skidegate Channel, directions . . . 402
Skidegate Channel, East andWest

Narrows 402

Skidegate Inlet 400

Skidegate Inlet, bar 401

Skidegate Village 401

Skidegate to Rose Point 403

Page.

SkiffPoint 34

Skincuttle Inlet 391

Skiucuttlo Inlet, anchorages .... 392

Skincuttlo Inlet, North Side 392

Skipjack Island 119

Skirmish Islets 287

Skukomish River 55

Skull Cove 228

Skull Reef 85

Slab Point 423

Slate Chuck Brook 401

Slave Island 234

Slimpson Reef 198

Slingsby Chaunel 228

Slingsby Channel, directions 229

Slingsby Chaunel, Outer Narrows 228

Slingsby Channel, tides 228

Slip Point 17

Slipatia Island 406

Slippery Rock 373

Slope Point 209

Smalllslet 289

Smith Inlet. 307

Smith Island , Chatham Sound .. - 343

Smith Island, anchorage 343

Smith or Blunt Island, Faca

Strait 74

Smith or Blunt Island, anchorage 74

Smith or Blunt Island, beacon.. 74

Smith or Blunt Island, light .... 425

Smith Sound 305

Smith's Cove 37

Snag Rock 192

Snake Rock 31

Suakelaud Point 58

Snohomish River 56

Snug Hnsin 248

Snug Cove 104

Snug Creek, anchorage 92

Solauder Island 289

Solitary Island 213

Soniass River 249

Sombrio River 60

Souierville Island 414

Songhics Point 66

Sooko Bay 60

Sooko Inlet 60

Sooke Inlet, anchorage 61

Sophia Islets 20O

Sophy Islet 419

Sorrow Islands 303, 358

Sorrow Islands, landing 358

Sound Point 319

South Bay _., . , 40O

Pnge.

34
391
392
392
119
267

55
228

65
423
401
234
198
228
229
228
228

17
406
373
209
289
307
343
343

425

305

192

248

164

2g9

213

249

414

200

419

303, 358

358

319

400

INDEX.

471

Page.

South Uay Islands 345

South Bentiuck Arm 314

South Bluft', Birch Point 139

South Channel, Nanaimo 110

South Chnunol Islands 346

South C'ovo 391

South Danger Rock 293

South Dubdns Island 3i?3

South Gander Island 363

South Iron Rock 304

South Iron Rock, clearing mark. 304

South Island, Big Bay 373

South Island, Dusky Cove 214

South Island, Skidegato 400

South Island Ledgo 374

South Needle Peak 341

South Obstruction Pass 125

South Passage, Fitzhugh Sound. 304

South Passage, NaiQU Harbor .. . 311

South Passage, Klemtoo Passage. 329
South Passage, Klemtoo Passage

directions 329

South Point, Shelter Island 16i)

South Pointers 359

South Reef 275

South Rock, New Channel 238

South Rocks, Banks Island 365

South Sand Head 145

South Surf Islands 317

South Twin Islet :i5(;

South Watcher Islet 351

Southeast Arm, Quatsino Sound. 290

Southeast Arm, Gander Island .. 363

Southey Island 153

Southey Point 94,104

Soutbgafe Group 227

Soutbgate River 1h6

Southwest (Coh-ille) Island 132

Soutbworth Point 42

Spanish Bank 1 17

Spanish Bank, buoy 147

Sparrowbawk Breakers 363

Sparrowliuwk Rock 375

Speaker Rock 195

Spencer Ledgo 71

Spbm.'c Island 102

Spieer Island 355

Spider Island 360

Spicden Blutl' 80

Spieden Channel 81

Spieden Channel, directions 82

Spieden Island 81

Spiller Channel 318

Spiller Passage 215

Pag*.

Spit Point, Portland Cannl 421

Spit Point, Skidegate 401

Spray Point 347

Spring Passage, Knight Inlet.... 213
Spring Passage Rock, Gilford

Island 210

Spring Passage, Sau Juan Chan-

nel 118

Sproat Bay 247

Spuksut 344

Spur Rock 308

Squall Point 354

Squally Channel 348

Squally Channel, soundings 348

Sciually Channel, tides 336

Si|nally Cbauuel, weather 348

Squally Reach 92

Square Island 231

S(iuaw Island 326

Siiuamish Harbor 53

Squamish Rocks 54

Squawmislit River 164

Squirrel Cove 176

St. lunes Island 257

St. James Cape 383

St. John's Harbor 324

St. John's Harbor, anchorage... 325

St. John's Harbor, caution 325

St. John's Harbor, directions ... 325

St. John's Harbor, ledges 325

St. John's Point 101

St. Mary Cape 132

Stackhouse Island 221

Stag Bay 175

Stag Bay, anchorage 175

Stag Rock, Greuville Channel .. 339

.Stamp Harbor 249

Stamp Harbor, anchorage 249

Stamp Harbor, supplies 249

Staniforth Point 333

Stanley River 408

Staples Island, Ucluolet Arm 260

Staples Isl»t 224

.Star Islands 207

Star Islet 329

Star Rock 220

Starfish Group 359

Starfish Ledge 359

Starllsh Ledge, clearing mark... 3.'J9

.Starlight Re-fs 258

Starr Rock 135

Start Island 212

Start Point 415

Statioi> Island 179

472

INDEX.

Vage.

Btcatiici' Covo 2C9

Steiiiiier Passage, liarouct Pas-

Hugo a06

Stoaiiicr Passage, Klicktsoatli

Hnibor 317

Btuaiiier I'oHsage, Purtlaiid lulet. 415

Steamer Passage, Uchucklesit . .. 248

Steep Clirt Poiut 166

Steep Islaud, Arrow Passage .... ai3

Steep Islaud, Discovery Passage. 100

Steep Poiut, Laredo Souud 34")

Steep Poi 'It, Orcas Islaud Vi7

Stee)) I'oiut, Otter CUaunel 351

Steep Poiut, Portlaud C'auul A'ii

Steep Poiut, Takusli Harbor 307

Steilacoom 46

Steilacooui River 46

Stoiiliouse Shoal 38'2

Stepbeu Rock 354

Stepliuus Islaud 379

Stephens Mouut 230

Stephens Poiut 335

Stephens Port 353

Stevens Passage 169

Stewart Bay 259

Stewart Narrows 336

Stillaguaniish Slough 57

Stockade Bay 129

Stockade Poiut 129

Stony Poiut 418

Stopford Point 421

Stopper Islands 257

Storm Islaud 250

Storm Islands, Principe Chaunel 353
Storm Islands, Queen Charlotte

Sound 238

Stove Islet 181

Strachau Bay 231

Straggling Islands 298

Strawberry Bay 136

Strawberry Bay, anchorage 136

Strawberry Bay, directions 136

Strawberry Bay, water 136

Strawberry Islaud 136

Stripe Islaud 208

Stripe Mountain 321, 328

Striped Peak 17

Strong Tide Islet 72

Stuart Anchorage 338

Stuart Anchorage, directions 339

Stuart Anchorage, tides 339

Stuart Channel 93

Stuart Channel, directions 96

Stuart Island, Haro Archipelago . 80

rage.

Stuart Islaud, Calm Chaunel — 185

Stuart Narrows 222

Stuart Point 225

Stul.bs Island 262

Stuniaun Bay 377

Stunted Island 310

Sturgeon Bank 141

Styles Point 187

Sucia Harbor 120

Sucia Harbor, directions 120

Sucia Island 120

Sugar Loaf Hill 359

Sulivan Reefs 287

8un Rock 226

Sunday Harbor 215

Sunday Harbor, anchor.ige 215

Sunday "laud 312

Sunday Rock 270

Suuderlaud Channel 196

Sunderland Channel, tides 196

Sunk Reef 320

Sunken Rock 233

Superstition Ledge 361

Superstition Point 361

Sucjuash Aucliorage 203

Surf Islands 293

Surf Islet, Soaforth Channel .... 320

Surf Islet, Smith Sound 305

Surf Poiut 309

Surge Islets 289

Surge Narrows 347

Surge Narrows, tides 347

Surge Rocks 209

Surgeon Islands 220

Surprise patch 306

Surry Islands 170

Susau Island 328

Susan Port 56

Sutherland Bay 223

Sutil Channel 180

Sutil Chaunel, directions 184

Sutil Channel, tides 180

Sutil Mouut 103

Sutlej Chaunel 220

Sutlej Chaunel, tides 221

^^utlej Poiut 313

Suwanee Rock 234

Swain Cape 321

Swale Rock 254

Swallow Islaud 374

Swamp Islet 373

Swamp Point 422

S wansou Bay 331

Swanson Bay, anchorage 331

INDEX.

473

Page.

1S5

2-J5

377
310
141
1«7
liiO
180
120
359
287
826
215
215
312
270
196
196
320
233
361
361
203
293
320
305
309
289
347
347
209
220
306
170
328
56

223
130
184

180

103

220

221

313

234

391

254

374

373

422

331

Page.

Swausou Chanucl 97

8 wniison Island 207

Swindle Island 324

Swinoniish Slough 59

BwiHS Boy lulaud 852

Swiss Boy Island, caution 252

Sydney Inlet 263

Sydney Islet 172

Sykes Reef 258

Tanltz Village 230

Table Hill 354

Table Hill, Dundas Island 303,333

Table Island, Barrier Group 2'<5

Table Island, anchorage 285

Table Island, Smith Sound 306

Table Islet 256

Table Mountain 402

Table Point 381

Tacoma 42

Tahsis Canal 272

Talisis Narrows 272,279

Tahsisb Arm 233

Takush Harbor. 307

Takush Harbor, anchorage 307

Takusli Harbor, directions 307

Tala Point 31

Talnnkwan Island 398

Tauoo Island 397

Tangle Cove 392

Tar Islands 395

Tartanue Village 410

Tasoo Harbor 412

Tatchu Point 231

Tatnall Beefs 236

Tatnall Reefs, leading mark .... 236

Tatoosh Island 15

Taf oosh Island, fog signal 425

Tatoosh Island, light 15,425

Tnttenham Lodge 169

Taylor Islet 247

Taylor'sCreek 19

Teakerne Arm 179

Teka River 408

Telakwas 308

Telegraph Harbor 96

Telegraph Harbor, anchorage . . 97

Telegraph Passage 343

Telegraph Passage, directions .. 343

Templar Channel 261

Templar Rocks 69

Tent Island 95

Tent Island, rock near to 95

Pacre.

Termination Point 03

Terror Point 364

Terror Rocks 864

Toxada Island 168

Thames Shoal 70

Thatcher Passage 124

Tliatcher Passage, directions 124

Tliatcher Passage, tides 124

Thoodosia Arm 178

Theodosia Arm, anchorage 178

Thetis Cove 65

Thetis Cove, Esquimault 64

Thetis Cove, Mitchell Harbor . .. 412

Thetis Island, Esquimalt 64

Tlietis Island, Trincomalie Chan-
nel 102

Thorn Ledge 335

Thorn Point 335

Thomas Point 204

Thompson Cove 47

Thompson Point 127

Thompson Sound 218

Thorburne Island 318

Thormanby Islands 169

Thorn Rock 412

Thornborough Channel 167

Thorp Island 177

ThorsCove 178

Thresher Rock 107

Thrasher Rock and Buoy 108

Three Islets 176

Three Shoal Patches 78

Thrumb Cape 410

Thumb Peak 368

Thunder Bay 172

Thurlow Islands 194

Thynnolslond 178

Tide Islet 181

Tide Point 134

Tide Rip Islands 363

Tide Rip Island, caution 363

Tide Rip Island, tides 363

Tie Island 306

Tininowe Inlet 406

Titnl Island 398

Titusi Bay 50

Tlekhonslti Harbor 386

Tlell River 403

Tlupana Arm 273

Toaudos Peninsula 51

Toba Inlet 180

Tod Creek 91

Todd Rook, Barclay Sound 247

Todd Rock, Oak Bay 71

474

INDEX.

TooPoiut 148

Totluo Inlet 2C(;

Toliva Shoal -15

Toltnio Cliaunel 3:!0

Toliniu Chaunol, caiitioD 330

Toliiiie Cbaniiol, «liroctious 331

Toliiiio Cbannel, tides 331

Tolniie Rock 331

Tomlslet 337

Tom Point UO

Tom Browne Lake 'iVi

Tomliatone Bay 42ii

Touiliuson Mountain 41G

Tongass Isluml 386

Tongass Island, anchorage 38ii

TongaHB Island, settlement 38(J

Tougne Point, Hernando Island. 175

Tongue Point, Portier Pass ..... 105

Tongue Point, Soniiahmoo Bay.. 139

Tongue Point, Strait of Fuca.... 17

Tongue Spit 139

Tonkin Point 354

Toowitl 320

Topaze Harbor 190

Topaze Harbor, anchorage 196

Top-knot Point 306

Toiiuart Harbor •.i57

Toquart Harbor, anchorage .... 258

Toquart Harbor, directions 2.')8

Tow Hill 405

Townsend Port 26

To wnsend Port, anchorage 27

Townsend Port, directions 27

Townsend Port, tides 28

Towustasin Hill 407

Tracey Harbor 220

Traccy Harbor, anchorage 220

Tracey Island 215

Trade Islands 353

TrnH'ord Point 218

Trail Bay 168

Trail Hay, anchorage 168

Trail Islets 168

Trainer Passage 215

Tramp Harbor 40

Tranquil Creek 266

Transit Point 199

Trap, The 314

Trap BlufY 285

Trap Island 214

Trap Rocks 351

Treadwell Bay 229

Treadwcll Bay, anchorage 229

Tread well Bay, directions 229

Pug*.

Trcadwidl Bay, tides 229

Tri'bhi Point 50

Trie Blutl' 373

Tree Blulf, dangers 373

Tree Island, Haro Archipelago.. 88
Tree Island, Trincomalie Chan-
nel 109

Tree Islet, Cypress Harbor 22 1

Tree Islet, Lama Passage 317

Tree Islet, Skidogate 401

Tree Islets 238

Tree Point, Portland Canal 420

Tree Point, Tsimpseau Peninsula 343

Tree Point Reef 420

Tree Knob Group 38'".

Trefusis Point 41o

Trcmoton Mount 157

Trevan Rock 390

Trjvenon Bay 178

Trial Islands 69

Triangle Island, Queen Charlotte

Sound 215

Triangle Island, Scott Islands . . 240

Tribune Bay 161

Tribune Bay, anchorage 162

Tribune Channel 211,218

I'rincotnalie Channel 101

Trincomalie Channel, directions. 103
Trincomalie Channel, tidal

streams 105

Trinity Bay 203

Trinity Bay, anchorage 203

Trivptt Island 222

Trivett Point 332

Trouble Island 349

Truro Island 415

Truro Island, anchorage 415

Triiscott Patch 380

Tsakonu Cove 211

Tsauwati Village 212

Tsinipsean Peninsula 343

Tskulsko Point 54

Tsooskatli 406

Tsusiat Waterfall 244

Tnam Mount 87

Tucker Bay 168

Tucker Bay, anchorage 168

Tuft Island 395

Tugwoll Island 370

Tngwell Island, leading mark .. 370

Tulalip 57

Tulalip Bay 57

Tumbo Island 76. 142

Tumwater 49

INDEX.

475

I'ase.

Tuna Point, shoal oflf 11>7

Turku Point ,. 47

Turn iMland, Unrclfty Sound .... U4C

Turn Island, Sun Juan Clianuel. 117

Turn Point, Liiwis Ciiannel 170

Turn Point, Portland Canal Vi-i

Turn Point, Quatxino Narrows.. ^117

Turn Point, Shadwoll Passago .. 'J34

Turn Point, Stuart Channel 80

Turn Rock 117

Turnagain iHland 170

Turnbnll Cove 2^4

TurubuUReef H'J

Tumour Island 208

Turret Islet 228

Turtle Point 348

Turtle Back Mountain 127

Twenty- foot Rock 2y0

Twilight Point :!15

Twilight Reefs 210

Twilight Rock 207

Twin Island, Oyster Harbor ;>4

Twin Islands, Baker Passage 17i')

Twin Islands, Trinconialie Chan-
nel 102

Twin Islet, Queen Charlotte

Sound 21(i

Twin Islets, Claydiuot Sound .. 2i);i

Twin Islets, EQlnghnui Inlet — 254

Twin Islets, Espcranza Inlet.... 278

Twin Islets, Howe Sound 107

Twin Rock, Beaver Harbor 204

Twin Rocks, Ripple Passage.... 226

Twins Islands 102

Twins Mountains Sit:!

Two- fathom Patch 105

Tzaartoos Island 247

Uchucklesit Harbor 948

Ucluelet Arm 251)

Ucluelet Arm, anchorage 2ti0

Ucluelet Arm, directions 200

Ugly Channel 258

Union Bay, Portland Inlet 414

Union Bay, Saanich Inlet lU

Union City 55

Union Island 282

Union Lake 36

Union Passage 349

Union Spit and Beacon 156

Unit Rock 70

Upright Channel 122

Upright Channel, anchorage 122

Psgo.

UprightCliff !»7

Upright Hill 124

Upriglit Point 123

Upwood Point lfl»

Ursula Channel 332

Useless Arm 258

Useless Bay 29

Useless Bay, Edye Passage 381

Utsalady 59

Uttewas Village, Masset Harbor. 405
Utti'was, Hudson Bay Company's

Post 405

Uttewas Missionary Station 40'>

Valdes Island 104,183

Vancouver Bay 17^

Vancouver Harbor, Burrar.1 In-
let 149

Vancouver Harbor, anchorage .. 149

Vancouver Harbor, directions .. 150

Vancouver Island .. 5,242

Vancouver Island to San Fran-

tisco <>

Vancouver Island, climate 2,243

Vancouver Island, Coast North

of, winds ^

Vancouver Island, Coast North

of, fogs <>

Vancouver Island, West Coast of. 242
Vancouver Island, West Coast of,

making the land 242

Vancouver Island, West Coast of, ^

natives 24;t

Vancouver Island, West Coast of,

soundings 243

Vancouver Island, West Coast of,

supplies 243

1 Vancouver IsliUul,We8t Coast of,

tides 242

Vancouver Island, West Coast of,

trade 244

Vancouver Island, West Coast of,

winds 245

Vancouver Rock 323

Vancouver Town, Burrard Inlet. 149

Vancouver Town, supplies 150

Vnnsittart Ishi-.vl 234

; Vargas Cone 261

Vargas Island 262

Vashon Island 39

Vashon Island, anchorage 40

Vashon I'oint 40

Veudovia Island 135

476

INDEX.

Page

Venn Creek 343,371

Verduie Point 4ii3

Verney Falls 337

Verney Passage, Seboouer Re-
treat 310

Verney Passage, Wright Sound. 333
Verney Passage, WrigUt Sound,

tides 336

Vernon Bay 254

Vertijal Point 399

Vesuvius Bay 96

Victoria 66

Victoria Harbor 66

Victoria Harbor, anchorage ... 67

Victoria Harbor, buoys 67

Victori a Harbor, coal 67

Victoria Harbor, directions 68

Victoria Hr.rbor, harbor dues ... 67

Victoria Harbor, mails 66

Victoria Harbor, passages 6^

Victoria Harbor, patent slip .... 66

Victoria Harbor, pilots 67

Victoria Harbor, supplies 67

Victoria Harbor, tides 68

Victoria Mount 173

View Point 3fli>

Vigilant Point 190

Vigis Point 222

Village Bay, Mereworth Sound.. 231

Village Bay, Skidogato 401

Village Bay, Valdes Island 183

Village Island, Halibut Channel. 285
Village Island, Halibut Channel,

rock near 286

Village Island, Broken Group... 252
Village Island, Queen Charlotte

Sound 208

Village Island, Simpson Port .... 376

Village Islands, Koskeenio Bay . . 296

Village Islands, Skidegate 401

Village Islet 294

Village Passage, Barclay Sound. %3
Village Passage, Queen Charlotte

Sound 208

Village Point, Baynes Sound.... 158

Village Point, Burdwood Group. 218

Village Reef 253

Village Rocks, Barclay Sound... 251

Village Rooks, Esquimr.lt 65

Village Rocks, Esquimau, buoy. 65

Vincent Island 219

Vincent Island, caution 219

Viner Point 184

VinerSouud 217

Page.

Virago Rook 104

Virago Sound 408

Virago Sound, ancliorug" 408

Virago Souud, tides 408

Virago Srund to Capo Knox 4o;}

Virgiu Rocks 303

A'iscouji* Island 211

VitiRojk 135

Voak Fock 229

Von D mop Creek .... 182

Waaddah Island 16

Wadditigton Channel 180

Wadding,;.on Harbor 186

Wahkana Bay 218

Wahshihlast'v 212

Wakemau Soi'.d 222

Wakennerish Island 261

Walau Foiut 27

Waidron Island 82

Wales Island 386,414

Wales Point 386,414

Walker Group 237

Walker Hook 102

Walker Hook, anchorage 102

WalkerPoint 312

Walker Point, anchorage 312

Walker Rock 103

Walker Rock, beacon 103

Wall Islands 120

Wallace Bight 329

Wallace Islands 227

Walsh Cove 180

Wanderer Island 39:^

Warke Island 332

Warn Bay 265

Warn Island 2o6

Warr Bluff 209

Warren Islands 199

AVarrior Rocks 380

Washington Harbor 21

Washiugvou Mount 160

Wasp Islands... 117,126

Wasp Channels and Passages .. . 126
Wasp Channels ■ind Passages,

directions 126

Wasp Channels and Passages,

tides 127

Wasp Channel, North Passage .. 127

Watch Island 320

Watch Rock 303

Watcher Islands 351

Watmougb Head, Cape Colville. 122, 132

INDEX.

477

Page.

Wiitniougb Hill 132

Watsak Point iind Buoy 58

Watson Bay • 329

Watsou Island 2S23

Watsou Rock 339

Watts Poiut 165

WaverlyPeak 3(57

Wawattle Bay 230

Wawattle Indiaus 230

Webster Island 254

Wedtje Island, Koprino Harbor.. 295
Wedge Island, Queen Charlotte

Sound 209

Wedge Point 328

Wedge Kock 3v9

Welcome Harbor 359

Welciinie Harbor, directions .... 360

Welcome Harbor, tides 3()0

Welcome Pass 109

Welcome Point 402

Wellborc Channel 195

Wellbore Channel, tides 196

Wellington Village 112

Wellington Village, coal 112

Wells Pas.s 219

Wells Point .,. 32

Went worth Rock 227

Wepusec Inlet 49

Werner Bay 3':'4

Weser Islet 231

West Arm 297

Weet Haycock 240

West Point 30

West Point, fog-signal 427

West Point, light 36,427

West Rock, Goose Island Group. 361

West Rock, Milbank Sound 322

West Rock. , Georgia Strait 112

West Rocks, Kyuquot Channel . 282

West Seattle 38

West Sound 128

Westcott Creek 79

Weslerman Bay 231

Wesfern Channels, Haro Strait . 86

Western Reef 251

Westv'i'.istpr, Nev.' 145

Westminster Point 316

Weynfcon Passage 202

Wbalf Channel 349

V^^lialo Channel, tides 336

Whale Islet 87

Whale Rock and Buoy, Esqui-
mau 65

Whiile Rock, Retreat Passage. .. 813

Page.

Whale Rocks 115

Whaler Island 263

Wharoom village 135

Wheeler Islet 353

Wheolock Puss 317

Wbidboy Island 23,50

Whiffln Spit 01

Whirlwind Bay 312

White Beach 150

White Beach, anchorage 128

White Beach Bay 128

White Beach Passage 208

White BlutV 159

White Cliff 122

White Cliff Head 282

White Cliff Island, Arthur Pas-
sage . . 341

White Cliff Island, Big Bay 374

White Cliff Island, Nalau Pas-
sage 360

White Cliff Islands 209

White Cliff Po' t 164

Whitehorn P 139

White Island, Howe Sound 165

White Island, north channel 228

White Islands 385

White Islet, Clayoquot Sound.. . 263

White Islet, Georgia Strait 167

White Islet, Hutado Point, near

to 175

White Knob Point 211

White Pine Co vo 267

White Poiut, Darwin Sound .... 395

White River 41

White River, Portland Canal ... . 422

White Rock, Aristazable Island . 302

White Rock, Cowlitz Bay 83, 118

White Rock, Cowlitz Bay, cau-
tion 83

White Rock, Howe Sonud 164

White Rock, Milbank Sound 322

White Rock, Ogden Channel 355

AVhite Rock, Rosurio 'trait 134

White Rock, Secret Cove 170

White Rock, Stuart Channel 96

White Rook, Walker Group 237

White Rocks, Banks Island 306

White Rocks, anchorage 366

White Rocks, Beaver Passage. . . ,305

White Rocks, Cole Kay 91

White Rocks, Pundas Island ... 383

White Rocks, Lady Island 326

Whitesand l.slet , 384

White Spit, Bayneo Sound 158

478

INDEX.

Page.

White Spit, Clam Bay 105 '

White Spit Poiut 106

WhitoStone 319

Whitestone Islands 170

Whitestoue Point 8D6

Whiting Bank, Lowe Inlet 337

Wliiting Bank, Vancouver Har-
bor 149

Whitley Point 353

Whollochct Eay 45

Wilfred Point I'Jl

Wilfred Poiut Bluff M

Willaclagh Mining Camp lO

Willes Island S '

AVilliam Head <S

William Island 326

Williams Island 171

Williams Point 3S

Williamson Rocks 133

Willis Point 92

Willow Point 102,190

AVilson Island 225

Wilson Point 23

Wilson Point, fog-signal 427

Wilson Point, light 427

AVinchelsea Islands 153

Winds, Fuca Strait 12

Winds, Georgia Strait 152

Winds, Queen Charlotte Islands. 388
Winds, Vancouver, Coast of,

North 5

Windy Islet 420

Windy Islets 348

Windy Rock 348

Wing Point 34

Winter Cove 84

Winter Harbor iai

Wise Island 102

Wishart Peninsula 210

Wizardlslet 247

WolfCove 220

Wolf Point, Buccaneer Bay 170

Wolf Point, Pitt Island 352

Wolf P L'k 300

Wolf Island 61

Wood Island 325

Wood Islands 205

Woods Rock „.., 306

Woodcock Landing 343

Woodcock Landing, anchorage . . 343

Woods Point ., . 221

Woody I'uint ■ ■ C ipe Co.'k 289

Page.

Woolridge Island 167

Woottcn Bay 178

Work Channel » 379

Worlcnibe Island 165

Wreck Bay 200

Wreck Bay, caution 261

Wreck Point 365

Wright Sound 334

Wright Sound, directions 334

Wright Sound, Inudmark.^ 331

Wright Sound, tidal streams.... 336

Vryuya;*! Mount 224

'Ischwan Fishery 419

Yale, town of 143

T'akoun River 407

Vatza Village 408

VellocUi Village 361

Yellow Bank 264

Yellow Bluff 202

Yellow Cliff, anchorage 106

Yellow Island, Bayues Sound . .. 156

Yellow Island, Wasp Group 126

Yellow Islet, Discovery Passage . 190

Yellow Islet, Prevost Passage ... 90

Yellow Point 95

YellowRot-. 213

Yemoalt P , 34

Yec Isi ■ 314,318

Yeo T n<^ 155

Yew P(j :u . . ., 65

Yolk Point .. 349

YoiK iiland, J.. (!•' .eStrait... 196

Yo.h Island, Portland Inlet 414

Young Island 133

Young Pa.s8age 193

Young Poiut 109

Ynle Islet 288

Ynqiiot Point 271

Yulkat Bluff 54

Zr,-.^i,i.iTid 383

Zehi) ,.!-.• 280

Zephii . i,i> .... 178

Zero Ro-k 75

Zero Rock, beacon 75

Zero Rock, rocky patch near.... 75

Zuclarte Channel 273

38
42

BOOKS FOR THE PURPOSE OF NAVIGATION PUBLISHED BY THE HYDRO-
GRAPHir OFFICE, NAVY DEPARTMENT.

No.

Price.

38
42

61
70
34
35

60
23
52

25 !
37

Atlantic Ocean, General Examination of. 1870

Supplement. 1886.
Atlantic Oceau, the Navigation of. Second edition.
Newfoundland and Labrador. 1881

Newfoundland and Labrador. Supplement. 188ti .
Caribbean Sea and Gulf of Mexico. Vol. I. The West India Islands, in-
iudiug the Bahama Bank.s and the Bermuda Islands. Second edi-
tion. 1887

Supplements. 1889 and 18'J0 .10

Caribbean Sea and Gulf of Mexico. Vol, II. Coast from the Rio Grande
del Norto to Cape Orange, with adjacent islands and dangers. Second

edition. 1890 1.50

Supplement. 1891 10

South America. East coast of. Coast of, from Cape Orange to Cape
Virgins, including the Falkland, South Georgia, Sandwich, and South

Shetland Islands. 1889 1.00

Supplement. 1891 , .10

The Rio de la Plata. 1875 1.50

Supplement. 1886 10

Kattegat, Sound, and the Great and Little Belts to the Baltic Sea. 1881. . 75

Supplement. 1886 10

English Channel. Parti. South Coast of England, 1880 1.50

Supplement. Second edition. 1889 10

English Channel. Part II. North Coast of France and Channel Islands.

1877 3.50

Supplement. Second edition. 1889 10

Biscay, Bay of, coasts and jwrts of. 1876 2. 50

Supplement. Second edition. 1890 \ .10

Cadiz, Gulf of. The Western Coast of the Spanish Penins..la, and the

Strait of Gibraltar, Winds, Currents, and Navigation of. 1870 i 1.00

Spain, Northwest, West and South Coast of, and the Coast of Portugal, i

Point Estaca to Capo Trafalgar. 1874 1 1.50

Supplement. Second edition. 1890 .10

Mediterranean Sea, General examination of. 1870 | 2,00

Mediterranean Sea. Part I. South and Southeast Coasts of Spain from i
MalaBahiato Cape Croux. Balearic Islands and the Nortli Coast of i

Africafrom Conta to La Cala, 1875 2.50

Supplement. Second edition. 1890 10

Mediterranean Sea. Part II. Smith Coast of France; West Coast of

Italy ; Tuscan Archipelago ; Corsica and Sardinia. 1878 2,50

Supplement. Second edition. 1890 | .10

Mediterranean Sea, Part III. Coast of Tunis, Sardinia, Sicily, and
Malta Channels ; Lipari Islands, Sicily, Strait of Messina; Coast of

Tripoli; Coast of Egypt, Syria. 1879 2.35

Supplement. Second edition. 1890 10

Mediterranean Sea. Part IV. Gulf of Gioja to Capo Santa Maria de
Leuca: South Coast of Italy; Adriatic Sea; Ionian Islands; the
Coasts of Albania and Greece to Capo Malea, with Cerigo Island, in-
cluding the Gulfs of Patras and Corinth. 188:) 2.35

Supplement. Second edition. 1890 10

479

480

PUBLICATION.

No.

53
46
47

58
20

81
89

41
416

41a

85
24
39

76
33

Title.

Price,

ATLANTIC OCEAN— continued.

Azores, Madeiras, Canaries, and Capo Verde Islands. 1874

Siipplemeut. 1886

Africa, ^^ est Coast of. Parti. Cape Spartel to Sierra Leone. 1873

Supplement. 18^0

Africa, West Coast of. Part II. From Sierra Leone to Cape Lopez.

1875

Supplement. 1886

Africa, West Coast of. Part III. From Cape Lopez to Cape of Good
Hope, including the Islands in the Bif;ht of Biafra, and Ascension

and St. Helena Islands. First edition. 1877

Supplement. 1886

Atlantic, North. Memoir of the Dangers and Ice. 1868

PACIFIC OCEAN.

The Coast of British Columbia, including the Strait of Jnan de Fuca

Paget Sound, Vancouver, and Queen Charlotte Islands. 1891

Pacific Ocean, General examination of. 1867

Supplement. 1886

Pacific Ocean, Navigation of. 1874

Alaska, Coast of, and Bering Sea. Directory for. 1869

Supplement. 1886

Mexico and Central America, From Panama to the U.iited States. 1887.

South America, Coast of. West coast of. Including i'agellan Strait,

Tierra del Fuego, and outlying islands. 1890

Supplement. 1890

Pacific, North. Reported Dangers to Navigation in, 1871

Pacific, North. Supplement. 1880

Supplement. 1887

Pacific, South. Reported Dangers to Navigation in. 1879

Supplement. 1887

INDIAN OCEAN.

Indian Oceau. Including the Java Sea, Sulu Sea, Afuera Sea, and the

Philippine Islands. 1887 '

Supplement. 1889, and No. 2, 1890 \

Indian Oceau, General Examination of, with directions for the naviga- |

tion of Torres Strait, etc. 1870 |

Supplement. 1886

Red Sob, Physical Geography of. 1872

LIGHT-LISTS.

List of Lights (No. 1) of North and South America (East and West
Coasts), including the West Indies and Pacific Islands. Hydrographic

Office

Supplement. 1890 ,

List of Lights (No..")) of the North, Baltic, and White Seas, including
the Coast of iJcninark, Prussia, Hu.ssia, .Sweeden, and Norway. 8vo.
Hydrographic Office

List of Lights (No. 6) of the British Islands. 8vo. Hydrographic Office.

List of Lights (No. 4) of thj Atlantic Coast of Europe, including Spain,
Portugal, Franco, Belginm, and Holland. 8vo. Hydrographic Office..
Supplement. 1890

List of Lights (No. 3) of the West Coast of Africa and the Mediterranean
Sea, in''luding the West and North Coasts of Africa, tlie Mediterra-
nean the Adriatic, the Black Sea, audthe Sea of Azof. 8vo. Hydro-

graphic Office

Supplement. 1890

List of Lights (No. 2) of South and ICast Coasts of Africa, and tl'O East
Indies, including the East India Islands, China, Japan, Australia,

Tasmania, and New Zealand. 8vo. Hydrographic Office

Supplement. 1890

S2.00
.10

2.00
.10

1.50
.10
.25

1.50

.10

2.00

1.00

.10

.50

1.28

.10
1.00
1.00

.10
1.00

.10

1.00
.10

2.00
.10
.25

.25
.15

.25
.25

.25
.15

.25
,15

■Price.

....

$2.00

.10

2.00

.10

iZ.

■ • • >

2.00
.10

1.50
.10
.25

1.50

.10

2.00

1.00

.10

.50

1.28
.10

1.00

1.00
.10

2.00
.10
.25

.25
.15

.25
.25

PUBLICATIONS.

481

94
92
91
90
72

9
13
17

62
4

87
95

Report of the International Meteorological Congress at P.iris, France,
1889,

Ice and Ice Movements in the North Atlantic Ocean. 1890

Ice and Ice Movements iu Bering Sea and the Arctic Basin. 1890....

Table of Meridional Parts for the Terrestrial Spheroid. 1889

The Development of Great Circle Sailing. 1889

List of Geographical Positions. 1883

The New American Practical Navigator. Edition of 1890

Bowditch's Useful Tables. 1890

Projection Tables. 18C9

Magnetism of Ships and the Deviations of the Compass. By Pols-
son, Airy, Smith, Evans, and Randall, with other papers and doc-
uments. Edited by B. Franklin Greene. 1867

Magnetism of Ships and the Deviations of the Compass. Comprising
the three reports of the Liverpool Compass Commission, with addi-
tional papers by Mr. Archibald Smith, F. K. S., etc., !uid Staff-
Captain F. J. Evans, R. N. 18(i9

Azimuth Tables for parallels of latitude between 61= N. and 61" S.
1883

Arctic Azimuth Tables for parallels of latitude between 70° and 88°.
1881

Fiuding the Compatis Error on board Ship. Greene. 1876

The Way to Avoid the Center of our Violent Gales. IdO'^

Tables for tinding the Distance of an Object bv two Benringe. (Pam-
phlet.) 1874 '.

Tlie Route of Mail Steamers between the Engllsli Channel and New
York. 187.3. (Pamphlet)

International Signal Code. Edition of 1890

The Average Form of Isolated Submarine Peaks. 1890

$0.25

.25

1.28

1.00

.75

2.25

1.25

1.50

3.00

4.25

.80

2.75

.15

.20

3.00

.70

14205—96 31

.25
,15

.25
.15

,25
,15

AGENTS FOR THE SALE OF HYDROGRAPHIC OFFICE CHARTS, SAILING

DIRECTIONS, ETC.

ITNITED 8TATE8.

N. C. Wallace, Millbridge, Me.

Albert VV. Bee, Bar Harbor, Me.

Spear, May & Stover, 408 Main street, Rocklaud, Me.

George Bliss, Waldoborough, Me.

William 0. McCobb, Booth Bay, Me.

Charles F. Hayden, Bath, Me.

William Senter»& Co., No, 51 Exchange street, Portland, Me.

John A. Arthur, custom-house, Burlington, Vt.

P. A. Chisolm, No. 161 Main street, Gloucester, Mass.

Henry P. Ives, 232 Essex street, Salem, Mass.

Chas. C. Hutchinson, No. 126 Commercial street, Boston, Mass.

Samuel Thaxter & Son, No. 125 State street, Boston, Mass.

D. W. Stevens, Vineyard Haven, Mass.

C. R. Sherman & Son, New Bedford, Mass.

Geo. A. Stockwell, Providence, R. I.

J. M. K. Sonthwick, 185 Thames street, Newport, R. I.

C. C. Ball, Block Island.

D. B. Hempstead, 25 Bank street, New London, Conn.
Sergt. P. Daniels, New London, Conn.

Jas. H. Stivers, 72 Water street, Stonington, Conn.

R. D Stevens, custom-house, Hartford, Conn.

H. H. Babcock, custom-house, New Haven, Conn.

A. H. Kellam,New Haven, Conn.

T. S. & J. D. Negus, No. 140 Water street. New York City.

R. Merrill's Sons, 179 Water street, New York City.

Michael Rupp & Co., No. 39 South street, New York City.

A. J. Churchill, No. 6i South street. New York City.

D. Eggert's Sous, No. 74 Wall street. New York City.
John Bliss & Co., No. 128 Front street, New York City.
Thomas Manning, No 45 Beaver street, New York City.
Owain L. Hughes, 34 New street. New York City.

E. Steiger & Co., 25 Park Place, New York City.
Frank M. Porch, custom-house, Bridgoton, N.J.
Riggs & Bro., No. 221 Walnut street, Philadelphia, Pa.

F. J. Sloaue «& Co., corner Pratt street and Speer's Wharf, Baltimore, Md.
M. V. O'Neal, No. 502 East Pratt street, Baltimore, Md.

T. J. Lapsley, jr., S. W. corner Gay and Lombard streets, Baltimore, Md.

J. J. Chapman, No. 915 Pennsylvania avenue, Washington, D. C.

W. H. Lowdermilk & Co., 1424 F street, N. W., Washington, D. C.

J. H. Hickcox, 90C M street, N. W., Washington, D. C.

R. Bell's Sons, South Fairfax street, Alexandria, Va.

C. F. Greenwood & Bro., 1.58 Main street, Norfolk, Va.

Vickery & Co., 124 Main street, Norfolk, Va.

Godfrey Hart, No. 24 South Front street, Wilmington, N. C.

W. N. Harriss with Geo. Harriss & Co., North Water street, Wilmington, N. C.

W. A. ' Vilson, No. 115 East Bay street, Charleston, 8. C.

483

484

AGENTS.

David Porter, 'So. 122 Broiighton street, SavaDniih, Ga.

W. S. Cherry & Co., No. 69 Bay street, Savannah, Oa.

Horace Drew, Jacksonville, Fla.

Robert Kanson, Titusville, Fla.

Brelsfonl Bros., Palm Beaoh, Fla.

Alfted Brost, Office of Light-Honse Inspector, Key West, Fla.

Babbitt &, Co., Franklin street, Tampa, Fla.

D. W. Snyder, Tarpon Springs, Fla.
J. E. Grady, Apalaohicola, Fla.
Henry Horsier & Co., Pensncula, Fla.
J. R. Edwards, Mobile, Ala.

Jas. I. Friar, Pascagoula, Miss.

L. Frigerio, No. 161 Canal street. New Orleans, La.

Woodward, Wight & Co., Nos. 38, 40, 42, Canal street. New Orleans, La.

Chas. F. Trube, Galveston, Tex.

Rand, McNally & Co., 148-154 Monroe street, Chicago, 111.

Dodge & Burbeok, corner Fifth and D, streets, San Diego, Cal.

W. L. Banning, San Pedro, Cal.

StoU & Thayer, 47 South Spring street, Los Angeles, Cal.

H. A. C. McPhail, Santa Barbara, Cal.

S. S. Arnheim, No. 8 Stuart street, San Francisco, Cal.

Dillon & Son, No. 310 California street, San Francisco, Cal.

Louis Weiile, No. 418 Battery street, San Francisco, Cal.

GrilFen & Reed, Astoria, Oregon.

J. K. Gill & Co., Nus. 28 and 30 First street, Portland, Oregon.

James Jones, Port Townsend, Wash,

Waterman & Katz, Port Townsend, Wash.

E. C. Vaughan, Tacoma, Wash.
Boeringer & Co., Tacoma, Wash.
G. Davles & Co., Seattle, Wash.
W. H. Pumphrey, Seattle, Wash.

FOKEION PORTS.

Garrett Byrne, St. John's, Newfoundland.

Robert 11. Cogswell, Halifax, N. S.

J. & A. McMillan, .St. John, N. B.

Hunter & Grant, Hamilton, Ontario.

T. Darlinj.; & Co., Nassau, Bahamas.

R. D. MohiMi, Greytown, Nicaragua.

E. J, D. Astwood, Turk's Islaad,

Edwin W. Wilson, 41 and 4?. Obispo street, Havana, Cuba.

Juan B. Carbo, U. S. vice consul, Cieufuogos, Cuba.

J. P. Thorsen, St. Thomas, W. I.

James Gall, Kingston, Jamaica.

G. Anclaux, United States consulate, Barbados, W. I.

John A. Donnatien, Port Spain, Trinidad, W. I.

V. & M. Lopotit, 15 Rue de Paris, Havre, France.

G. W. Lohraann, Schlelfmuhle, 21, Bremen, Germany.

Charles Gaupp & Co., Hong Kong, China.

Russell L. Webb, Manilla, Philippine Islands.

M. W. Waitt & Co., 77 Government street, Victoria, B. C.

Philip, Son, & Nephew, Liverpool, England.

John Newton, 2 Calle de la Constitucion, Callao, Peru.

At the consulate. Para, Brazil.